TANK EQUIPMENT

HEATING SYSTEMS
ACCESSORIES
ALARM UNITS
SMART HOME
WATER TECHNOLOGY
Complete catalogue
2023 / 2024

PRESSURE
TEMPERATURE
LEVEL
GAS ANALYSIS
We would be pleased to help you with any
questions you may have. You can reach your The catalogue has been presented by:
contact person on +49 7135 102-

Sales group domestic technology

Tank. Heating. Water Technology.
Germany: North -121
West -169
East -446
South -124
Gas analysis -255/-455
Export: -125

Sales Group Industrial Technology

Pressure. Temperature. Level.
Germany: North -297
Centre -300
South -228
South-East -235
Gas analysis -166
Export: -405

Service and repairs

Hotline -211

www.afriso.com/contact
Dear business partner

Whether you are looking for products for groundwater protection, flue gas
monitoring or industrial measuring and control technology solutions for pro-
cess engineering – the AFRISO range provides proven, competitively priced
series products.

Our complete catalogue covers all DOMESTIC TECHNOLOGY products for

safety and measuring equipment for heating systems, solutions for energy
savings and water technology. In addition, it contains alarm units, sensors,
actuators and smart home systems for wireless building automation.

The area INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY comprises the complete range of

high-quality measuring instruments and system solutions for pressure,
temperature and level as well as customised, industrial solutions for level and
tank monitoring as well as stationary gas analysis. PORTABLE MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS can be found in a sperate catalogue.

In addition, we develop and manufacture complex customised products as well

as complete system solutions – precisely to your specifications. Going against
the general trend, we insist on a high degree of vertical manufacturing integra-
tion from our own tool design and construction department all the way to fully
automatic assembly machines for electronic components. This makes us fast,
flexible and independent.

For us, globalisation is an opportunity to market our products – manufactured

in Germany and Europe – on a global scale.

As a medium-sized company, we place particular importance on personal con-

tact with you. There are many factors that set AFRISO apart from others – one
of them is the people who make up the company. Competent experts provide
you with optimum solutions – both technically and economically. And whenever
you need it, a well trained team of service experts is at your disposal.

We look forward to a successful cooperation.

Best regards

Matthias Blasinger
Managing Director Sales and Distribution
AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH
 From page
Level indicators and level controllers 3

Level sensors, overfill prevention systems and PTC thermistor typeFrom

levelpage
controllers
type level controllers 51

Leak detectors, leak monitoring systems and From page

leak protection
and leak linings
protection linings 73
45

From page
Alarm units, probes and signalling devices 65
93

AFRISO smart
Smart home:
Home: Intelligent
Intelligent alarm
alarm units,
units, sensors and From page
actuatorsand
sensors with
actuators
EnOceanfor
®
wireless
building for
automation
building automation 125
91

From page
Equipment for fuel oil storage tanks and oil carrying pipes 123
157

From page
Equipment for heating systems, boiler rooms and chimneys 185
151

From page
Equipment for surface heating and cooling systems 203
247

Valves and control technology for radiators and From page

Valves and control technology for radiators and hydraulic balancing 285
237
hydraulic balancing

Equipment for drinking water supply, From page

hot water treatment and rainwater harvesting 331
283

From
From page
page
Mechanical pressure
Mechanical pressure measuring
measuring instruments
instruments (pressure
(pressure gauges)
gauges) 311
357

Chemical seals: From page

Temperature measuring instruments and controllers (thermometers)
From page
349
Diaphragm seals, in-line chemical seals and 519
piston type chemical seals

From page
Appendix –pressure
Electronic Technicalmeasuring
Information
instruments: From page
417
Pressure transducers, digital pressure gauges, pressure switches 553

From
From page
page
Appendix – Technical
Temperature Information
measuring instruments and controllers 417
621

Signalling devices/display units/signal processing, From page

Appendix – Technical Information 417
697
monitoring and communication systems

From page
Appendix –gas
Stationary Technical Information
analysers and service instruments 417
711

Appendix – Technical information, From page

index 731
Level – Continuous: Mechanical, pneumatic, hydrostatic,
hydrostatic capacitance, ultrasound, guided micropulse
Level – Point level:Float
Floats, conductive, capacitance, vibration 1
Switches:
Contents and Product Range
Universal withdrawing
Universal withdrawing system
system with
with level
level sensor
sensor chain
chain for
for battery
battery tank
tank facilities,
facilities, PTC
PTC thermistor
thermistor level
level sensors
sensors for
for indoor
indoor tanks,
tanks, PTC thermis-
tor
PTClevel sensorslevel
thermistor for outdoor
sensorstanks, level sensor
for outdoor tanks, testers, overfill
level sensor prevention
testers, overfillsystems withsystems
prevention Ex and WHG
with Exapproval,
and WHG level controllers
approval, 2
level controllers

Leak detectors - sight glass principle, liquid-based leak detectors, vacuum/pressure type leak detectors, tank protection packages, inner
inner
liningslinings foroil,
for fuel fuel oil, diesel,
diesel, AdBlue AdBlue
®
and rainwater
and®rainwater 3

WATCHDOG-LINE
WATCHDOG LINE alarm
alarm units,
units, leak
leak detectors
detectors with
for oilprobes
and water
(PTCwith
thermistor,
probes photoelectric,
(photoelectric,conductivity),
conductivity),drip
alarm
pans,
unitsgas
foralarm
separators,
units for
households,
gas alarm units,
domestic/building
gas sensors, test
applications,
gas bags, gas
signalling
detectors,
devices,
signalling
additional
devices,
alarmadditional
units, gasalarm
sensors,
unitstest gas units, gas detectors 4

Water valves, water sensors, temperature and pressure measuring instruments, tank contents indicators, smoke alarms, heat alarms, tem-
perature controllers,
temperature controllers,
roomroom
temperature
temperature
sensors,
sensors,
wireless
wireless
transmitters
transmitters
(temperature/humidity),
(temperature/humidity),
actuators
actuators
for radiators,
for radiators,
CO2 sensors, rocker 5
CO
switches,
2
door/window
measuring contacts,
instruments, indoor
rocker sirens,
switches, wireless gateways,
door/window mobile
contacts, indoor apps
sirens, wireless gateways, mobile apps

Mounting accessories, tank fittings, overpressure devices, tank withdrawal systems, anti-siphon valves, tester for anti-siphon valves, pull
cord,cord,
pull screwscrew
connections,
connections,
fuel fuel
oil filters,
oil filters,
filterfilter
inserts,
inserts,
automatic
automatic
fuel fuel
oil de-aerators
oil de-aerators 6

Motorised boiler room vents, draft stabilisers, boiler water low level alarms, thermal safety valves, combustion controllers, boiler safety
Motorised boiler room vents, draft stabilisers, boiler water low level alarms, thermal safety valves, boiler safety group assemblies, safety
group assemblies, safety valves, filling fittings, quick air vents, connection assemblies for expansion vessels, anti-tamper cap valves,
valves, filling fittings, quick air vents, connection assemblies for expansion vessels, anti-tamper cap valves, flow meters, mixing valves,
flow meters, mixing valves, actuators, fixed setpoint controllers pump assemblies for heating and solar, boiler manifolds, bypass valves, 7
pump assemblies for heating and solar, bypass valves, air/sludge separators
air/sludge separators

Single room temperature controllers, terminal blocks for controllers, room temperature sensors, room thermostats, thermostatic actuators,
mechanicalmechanical
actuators, single roomsingle
controller
roomRTL-Box,
controllerstainless
RTL-Box,steel
stainless
heating
steel
circuit
heating
manifolds,
circuit manifolds,
pump assemblies
pump assemblies
for manifold
forsystems,
manifoldOEM
systems,
pump 8
assemblies:
OEM surface heating
pump assemblies: andheating
Surface coolingand
systems,
coolinggeothermal systems and
systems, geothermal drinking
systems andwater
drinking water

Valves and control technology for hydraulic balancing: Valve bodies with measuring/adjustment function, adjustable dynamic valve bodies,
lockshield
bodies, lockshield
valves, combination
valves, combination
blocks, screw
blocks,fittings
screwwith
fittings
measuring
with measuring
function,function,
handheld handheld
measuring
measuring
instruments
instruments
and apps,
and apps, 9
vales and control technology for radiators: Valve bodies, lockshield valves, combination blocks, thermostat control heads

Water filters, domestic water system centre, check valves, strainers, boiler safety group assemblies, safety valves, sacrificial anodes, hot
Water filters, domestic water system centre, check valves, strainers, boiler safety group assemblies, safety valves, hot water circulation
water circulation systems, circulation lances and controllers, thermostatic mixing valves, oil tank conversion kits, inner linings for rainwater
systems, circulation lances and controllers, thermostatic mixing valves, oil tank conversion kits, inner linings for rainwater tanks,
tanks, accessories for rainwater harvesting, backup controller kits for rainwater storage tanks 10
accessories for rainwater harvesting, backup controller kits for rainwater storage tanks

Capsule pressure gauges, Bourdon tube pressure gauges, Bourdon tube pressure gauges with glycerine filling, pressure gauges with
plastic or copper capillary tube, pressure gauges with outputs, diaphragm pressure gauges, pressure gauges with electrical contacts, 11
differential pressure gauges, accessories for pressure gauges

Combined thermometers/pressure gauges with plastic or copper capillary tube, bimetal thermometers, standard thermometers, air duct
thermometers, industrial thermometers, stainless steel thermometers, combined thermometer/pressure gauges, industrial thermometers,
Diaphragm seals, piston type chemical seals, in-line chemical seals
thermostats, safety temperature cut outs, thermostats with housing, resistance thermometers 12

AFRISO service, training, specialised company search, checklists for enquiries, test reports, conversion table for pressure units, informa-
tion on thetransducers,
Pressure Pressure Equipment Directive,
digital pressure certificates,
gauges, General
differential Terms
pressure and Conditions of Delivery (GTCD)
switches 13

Electronic and mechanical temperature measuring instruments, combined thermometers/pressure gauges with plastic or copper
AFRISO
capillary service, training,
tube, bimetal specialised company
thermometers, standard search, checklists
thermometers, for enquiries,
air duct test reports,
thermometers, conversion
thermometers for table for pressure
chemical units, informa-
applications,
tion on the Pressure Equipment Directive, certificates, General Terms and Conditions of Delivery (GTCD)
industrial thermometers, stainless steel thermometers, combined thermometer/pressure gauges, industrial thermometers, gas filled 14
thermometers, thermowells, thermostats, safety temperature cut outs, thermostats with housing, resistance thermometers

AFRISO service,
Isolation training,
amplifiers, supplyspecialised companytrip
isolation amplifiers, search, checklists
amplifiers, for enquiries,
Ex safety barriers, test reports, conversion
multifunction table
transducers, for pressure
digital units, informa-
plug-in displays,
tion ondisplay/control
digital the Pressure Equipment Directive,process
units, multichannel certificates, General
display, Termswarning
combined and Conditions
light andofhorns,
Delivery (GTCD)alarm unit
additional 15

AFRISO service, training, specialised company search, checklists for enquiries, test reports, conversion® table for pressure units, informa-
Gas analysis systems, oxygen measuring systems, gas treatment system, service instruments, CAPBs -sensor modules
tion on the Pressure Equipment Directive, certificates, General Terms and Conditions of Delivery (GTCD) 16

AFRISO service, training, specialised company search, checklists for enquiries, test reports, conversion table for pressure units,
selection criteria for pressure gauges, dials for pressure gauges, information on the Pressure Equipment Directive, information on 17
flanges and materials, certificates, General Terms and Conditions of Delivery (GTCD), index
How to work with
this catalogue

Table of Contents Minimum order quantities / packing units

Our product range covers measuring, control and monitoring tech- Many products can be manufactured in small quantities – in
nology for domestic, industrial and environmental applications. many cases, you may even order a single piece.
This includes products for groundwater protection, flue gas moni- However, for some items there are minimum ordering quantities
toring, efficient use of energy, use of the sun, geothermal and rain or packing units. The product overview tables provide the appro-
as well as a complete range of pressure, temperature and level priate information.
instruments.
In addition to the products presented in the catalogue, we manu- The product package contains the specified number of
facture special versions to customer specifications. Please products or can be delivered in the specified order
enquire. quantity.

Finding information An additional package contains the specified number of

The complete catalogue is divided into 17 chapters. A chapter products.
overview is provided on pages II and III. The blue chapter tabs on
the side of the page let you find the desired chapter. Each chap- Small order handling fee / minimum order value
ter contains a detailed table of contents as well as an overview For very small orders with net values below € 150 a handling fee
table and the main features of the products in that chapter to of € 25 plus shipping costs will be charged. No other minimum
help you find the product page you need fast. order conditions apply.
To find products, you can also use the comprehensive index in
Return of goods
the appendix.
Goods can only be returned with return note and only up to
Usually, all information on a product is contained on a single
3 months after delivery, minimum value of goods for return is
page.
€ 100,–. Please enquire for a return note at [email protected].
Enquiries Please note that only standard stock items can be returned;
To make enquiries as simple as possible and to assist you in products not available from stock and devices with Ex approval
gathering all the necessary information, the appendix contains a cannot be returned. For returned stock items we charge 30 % of
number of checklists for enquiries, e.g. for pressure gauges, ther- the price for testing and handling or at least € 40. Shipping costs
mometers and level indicators. for returns are to be borne by the customer.

Contact person Prices / terms of delivery

Our sales department is divided into three industry-specific sales A separate gross price list is available for this catalogue. Please
groups. Please visit www.afriso.com/contact or see the second refer to your local AFRISO representation or get in touch with the
page of this catalogue for further information on your specific AFRISO headquarters for detailed price information and condi-
contact person. tions. We will charge a fee of € 15.– to a maximum of € 100.– per
shipment for drop shipping.
Delivery times / stock items Our Terms of Delivery apply (see www.afriso.com or appendix).
All stock items have part numbers printed in blue in the price This catalogue supersedes all previous versions, including previ-
lists. ous prices. All prices subject to change; the catalogue may con-
Please enquire for the delivery times of non-stock items as they vary tain printing errors.
greatly depending on the product specifications.
Technical modifications
As we are constantly improving our products, we reserve the
right to technical modifications without prior notice.

Copyright
Copyright 2023 by AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH.
No part of the catalogue may be reproduced, copied, distributed,
translated or in any other way processed without prior written
approval of AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH.

IV www.afriso.com
 AFRISO quality products
AFRISO quality products are continuously being enhanced and are subject to stringent inspections.
Quality labels and approvals designate special features and application areas of the products. For cer-
tificates and manufacturer's declarations, please refer to chapter 17 or to www.afriso.com,
INFO CENTRE > Downloads or to the directly to the product on the website.
All products with the quality label PROOFED BARRIER® are odour-tight. The quality label is awarded
by the Fraunhofer-Institut (IVV) in Freising, Germany, exclusively for components that have passed
stringent initial and repeat tests.

The Green Production label distinguishes AFRISO products that make a special contribution to sus-
tainability as a result of their production processes or application. Many of these products have an
extremely low CO2 footprint, since they are entirely manufactured according to ecological criteria at
the respective AFRISO production site.
The Bio-Oil label certifies chemical resistance, and full performance and functionality of the products
even if biodiesel or biofuel are used. The percentage shown corresponds to the maximum permissible
FAME admixture (EN 14214).

The Green Fuels Ready label of the Federation of German Heating Industry (BDH) marks AFRISO
products that are suitable for use with synthetically produced paraffinic fuels such as HVO or GTL.

In flood hazard areas, oil must be kept from escaping from oil tank systems as a result of buoyancy,
flooding, or damage due to floating refuse. AFRISO products with the label Suitable for Use in Flood
Hazard Areas meet this requirement.

The DVGW is the German technical and scientific association for gas and water. The association is
concerned with technical and scientific aspects of the supply of gas and water, implements results in
the form of the national German DVGW rules and also contributes to DIN, EN and ISO standards.
AFRISO products bearing the DVGW label have been tested and approved in compliance with the
stringent safety requirements of the DVGW.
The PED (Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU) specifies the requirements for selling
PED pressure equipment within the European Union. See chapter 17 for detailed information.
Det Norske Veritas AS (DNV) is global, independent classification society organised as a foundation
with the purpose of safeguarding life, property and the environment, specially in maritime applications.
AFRISO products with the DNV-GL label have been tested, classified and certified for compliance with
the DNV classifications and standards.
AFRISO is a company member of the expert network of the EHEDG (European Hygienic Engineering &
Design Group). The EHEDG issues directives describing characteristics for the hygienic design of
devices for processing food. It provides recommendations for the design of components and test
methods for using and cleaning devices.
The FDA (Food and Drug Administration) is an agency of the United States Department of Health
and Human Services. It issues recommendations, directives and test methods for the examination
of materials. AFRISO products with the corresponding designations have been tested for material
compatibility.

3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. is a non-profit organisation in the USA, dedicated to product safety in
processes in the pharmaceutical and food industries.

The European Ecodesign Directive covers Energy-related Products (ErP) and is implemented in
German law as the Energiebetriebene-Produkte-Gesetz, EBPG. ErP-Ready means that the electronic
equipment bearing this mark complies with this directive and has an increased energy efficiency.

EnOcean is a battery-less wireless technology which allows for maintenance-free sensor solutions.
These sensors deliver data for intelligent networks in buildings. The basic idea is driven by a simple
observation: Wherever sensors capture measured values, the energy state changes as well. A switch
is pressed, the temperature changes or the illuminance varies. These processes provide sufficient
energy to transmit wireless signals. Visit www.enocean.com for details.

Suitable devices for any application. In order to be able to optimally focus on the requirements of the
individual target markets, we have divided our product portfolio into the areas of DOMESTIC
ku
nde
nspe
zifisch & indiv
idu
ell TECHNOLOGY, INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY and PORTABLE MEASURING INSTRUMENTS.
OEM The corresponding icons allow for easy assignment to main industries and provide for easy navigation
in our complete range of products. In addition, we offer customised OEM solutions in these areas.
So

de
ge

un
n

ran
fer t lös
ig u n g e n & S y s t e m

www.afriso.com V
How to work with
this catalogue

AFRISO complete catalogue: Clear structure and layout

■ Clear user guidance ■ Easy-to-find tabs
■ Detailed tables of contents ■ Everything at a glance
■ Overview tables with product features ■ Complete range in a single catalogue

Overview table
to help you make your selection with comparison of product features.
Level Overview Overview Level
Index
1
Level indicators at a glance
1
from page 763

Appendix
Appendix Index
Index Index
Index Appendix
Appendix
DTA 10/ CapFox® CapFox® PulsFox® Sonar Fox® HydroFox® HydroFox®
Dipstick MT-Profil R Unimes Unitel Unitop DIT 10 TankControl CoFox® ELT DMU 07 VibraFox GVG
20 E EFT 2 0 ENT 21 PMG 20 UST 20 DMU 08 DMU 09
Conversionkit
Conversion kitfor
forwithdrawal
withdrawalsystems
systems 163
163 Dual stop
Dual stop valve
valve 515
515 Euroflex
Euroflex 162
162 Flood hazard
Flood hazard areas,
areas, suitable
suitable products
products
Indoor tanks • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • • • •Conversion Dual-line filters
Dual-line filters for
for fuel
fuel oil
oil 171
171 Anti-siphon valves
Anti-siphon valves 167–168
167–168
Outdoor tanks Conversionkit
kitshut-off
•shut-offvalve
valve • • 163•
163 Europress
Europress 90
90
Electrically isolating tanks • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Cable extension
Cable extension fittings
fittings 60
60
Tanks

Conversionkits
Conversion kitsfor
foroil
oiltanks
tanks 352
352 Dynamic thermostat
Dynamic thermostat valves
valves Vario-DP
Vario-DP 306
306 EuroSoft live
EuroSoft live app
app 294
294
Electrically conductive tanks • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Caps for
Caps for dipsticks,
dipsticks, filler
filler caps
caps 161
161
Pressurised tanks • • • • •CosiTherm singleroom
CosiTherm®®single roomtemperature
temperaturecontroller
controller 248–252•
248–252 Eurovac NV/HV
Eurovac NV/HV 80–82
80–82 Condensate traps
Condensate traps 16
16
Unpressurised tanks • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Couplingsocket/plug
Coupling socket/plug 64
64 Ex products
Ex products Fuel oil
Fuel oil de-aerators
de-aerators 173
173
< 1,000 mm • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Measuring range

Digital plug-in
Digital plug-in display
display DA
DA06-EX
06-EX 701
701 GWG level
GWG level sensor
sensor filler
filler caps
caps 60, 161
60, 161
Up to 2,000 mm
Up to 2,500 mm
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
E
E Gas measuring
Gas measuring system
system 121
121 Level indicators
Level indicators 10–13, 16–19
10–13, 16–19

Up to 2,900 mm • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Isolating switching

Isolating switching amplifiers
amplifiers 698
698 Level sensors
Level sensors 58–64
58–64
Electrical contacts
Electrical contacts for
for pressure
pressure gauges
gauges 465
465
Up to 3,000 mm
> 3,000 mm
• • •
•
•
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
D
D
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Electrical contacts
Electrical contacts for
for thermometers
thermometers 660
660
Leak detector
Leak detector LAG-14
LAG-14 ER
ER 78
78 Mounting kits
Mounting kits for
for level
level indicators
indicators 16
16

Level indicator
Level indicator PulsFox PMG 20
PulsFox®® PMG 20 30
30 Pressure compensation
Pressure compensation unit
unit 165
165
Liquid media • • • • • • • • • • • • •DA
DA06,
06,DA •
DA06-Ex
06-Ex • • 701•
701 Electrical contacts
Electrical contacts 465
465 Pressure relief
Pressure relief device
device 160
160
General media

Level probe
Level probe 585–590
585–590
Solid media (bulk solids) • • •
DA 10/12/14
DA 10/12/14 702
702 Electronic pressure
Electronic pressure switch
switch 617
617 Level probe
Level probe 70
70 Tank withdrawal
Tank withdrawal systems
systems 162–164
162–164
Powdery media • • •
Level sensors
Level sensors (Ex)
(Ex) 62–63
62–63 Vacuum gauges
Vacuum gauges 182
182
Electrically isolating media • • • • • • • • • • • Datalogger
•Data loggerwith
with processdisplay
• process display
• ––MPA
MPA20
20 • 705•
705 Electro-thermostatic actuators
Electro-thermostatic actuators TSA
TSA 268
268
Floor water
Floor water probe
probe BWS
BWS 10-1
10-1 38, 107
38, 107
Electrically conductive media • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Overfill prevention
Overfill prevention system
system (Zone
(Zone 0)
0) 70
70
DeltaFoxpressure
DeltaFox pressuretransducers
transducers 591–594
591–594 ELT680
ELT 680 37
37
Fuel oil/diesel fuel (EN 590) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Floor water
Floor water probe
probe BWS
BWS 10-2
10-2 131
131
Special media

Pressure transducers
Pressure transducers 564, 573,
564, 573, 577,
577, 579,
579, 585,
585, 599
599
Biofuel/biodiesel (EN 14214) • • • • • • • • • • • Detectors
•Detectors • • • 94•
94 ELT88
ELT 36
36
Safety barrier
Safety barrier ZZ 787
787 699
699 FloorControl
FloorControl 261
261
Water • • • • • • • • • • • •Diaphragm •
Diaphragmpressure
pressure • chemical
gaugesfor
gauges for •
chemicalapplications
applications 486•
486 Energy harvesting
Energy harvesting 126
126
WGA01
WGA 01 –– WGA
WGA06
06 110–114
110–114
AdBlue® • • • • • • • • • Flow filters
Flow filters 201
201
Diaphragmsafety
Diaphragm safetyvalves
valves 203,242,
203, 242,351
351 EnOcean®® wireless
EnOcean wireless module
module TCM
TCM 320
320 152
152
Guided micro- Extension module
Extension module Zigbee
Zigbee 151
151
Measuring principle Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Conductivity Capacitance Capacitance Ultrasonic Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Vibration fork Flow meter
Flow meter DFM
DFM 207
207
pulse (TDR)
Diaphragmseals
Diaphragm sealsMD
MD 524–546
524–546 EnOcean®®wireless,
EnOcean wireless,smart
smarthome
homeproducts
products 126
126
Type

Local display • • • • • • • • • • • Extension universal

Extension universal withdrawal
withdrawal system
system 56
56 Flow-Control
Flow-Control 174
174
Actuator
Actuator 142
142
Point level • • • • Diaphragmtype
Diaphragm typeanti-siphon
anti-siphonvalve
valveMAV
MAV 168•
168
Airquality
Air qualitytraffic
trafficlight
light 143–144
143–144 Flue gas
Flue gas thermometers
thermometers 639
639
Continuous measurement • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Differentialpressure
Differential pressurebypass
bypassvalve
valveDÜ
DÜ 205
205
Analogue output (4–20 mA, 0–10 V) • • • • • • Alarmunits
Alarm units 153
153 Front flange,
Front flange, 3-hole
3-hole front
front flange
flange 511
511
Binary output (relay, PNP) • • • Differentialpressure
Differential pressuregauges
gauges 492–510•
492–510 CO2measuring
CO2 measuringinstruments
instrumentsCM
CM10,
10,CM
CM20
20 143–144
143–144
F
F Frost protection
Frost protection valve
valve AAV
AAV 204
204
Indication/ signal

EnOcean® wireless •* Differentialpressure

Differential pressureswitches
switchesDS
DS01
01 616
616 Door/windowcontact
Door/window contact 147
147
% liquid level • • • • • • Fuel oil
Fuel oil alarm
alarm unit
unit HMS
HMS 104
104
Gateway
Gateway 150
150
% volume • • • • •
Differentialpressure
Differential pressuretransducers
transducers 591–594
591–594 Felt sieve
Felt sieve 181
181
Heatdetector
Heat detector 136
136 Fuel oil
Fuel oil de-aerators
de-aerators 173
173
cm liquid level • • • • Differentialpressure
Differential pressuretransmitters
transmitters 591–594
591–594 Field housing
Field housing (pressure
(pressure transducers)
transducers) 573, 577,
573, 577, 599
599
Leakdetectors
Leak detectors 80–82,90
80–82, 90 Fuel oil
Fuel oil filters
filters Optimum/Opticlean
Optimum/Opticlean 181
181
mm liquid level • • • •
Digitaldisplay
Digital displayunits
units Levelswitches
Level switches 35
35 Field housing
Field housing (resistance
(resistance thermometers)
thermometers) 686
686
Litres • • • • Fuel oil
Fuel oil filters
filters 171
171
m • • DA06,
DA 06,DA
DA06-Ex
06-Ex 701
701 Radiatoractuator
Radiator actuator 142
142
3
Filler caps
Filler caps 161
161
DA10/12/14
DA 10/12/14 702
702 Fuel oil
Fuel oil withdrawal
withdrawal systems
systems 162
162
Repeater 152
Certificates

ATEX • • • • • • • Repeater 152

Filler caps
Filler caps 60
60
VarioFox®®24
VarioFox 24 704
704 Rockerswitches
Rocker switches 146
146 Fully insulated
Fully insulated probe
probe (level)
(level) 30
30
WHG approval • Filling and
Filling and flushing
flushing unit
unit solar
solar 242
242
Digitalplug-in
Digital plug-indisplay
displayDA
DA06
06 701
701 Roomtemperature
Room temperaturesensor
sensor 139
139
Display unit DA 10/12/14 • • • • • •
Digitalpressure
Digital pressuregauges
gaugesDIM
DIM20
20//DIM
DIM30
30 611–615
611–615 Siren
Siren 148
148 Filling fittings
Filling fittings FA/FAM
FA/FAM 206
206
Control unit

Display and control unit

• • • • • • Smokealarm
Smoke alarm 135
135
VarioFox® 24 Digitaltank
Digital tankcontents
contentsindicators
indicators 14–15
14–15 Filter cups
Filter cups 181
181
Transducer MFU • • •
DINrail
DIN railclip
clip
• • •
109
109
Tankcontents
Tank contentsindicators
indicators 15
15
Filter spanners
Filter spanners 182
182 G
G
* Depends on version Page 9 Page 10 Page 10 Page 11 Page 12 Page 14 Page 17 Page 18 Page 36 Page 21 Page 40 Page 30 Page 30 Page 26 Page 20 Page 589 Page 46 Temperatureand
Temperature andhumidity
humiditysensor
sensor 141
141
Dipsticks
Dipsticks 99 Filter spare
Filter spare parts
parts (fuel
(fuel oil)
oil) 181
181 GAMPPER valves
GAMPPER valves 286
286
i Temperatureand
Temperature andpressure
pressuremeasuring
measuringinstrument
instrument 133
133

Technical specifications, application areas and suitability depend on the product version. Displayand
Display andcontrol
controlunits
units 701–706
701–706 Temperaturecontrol
Temperature control 137
137 Filters for
Filters for drinking
drinking water
water 350
350 Gas alarm
Gas alarm system
system 118
118
See catalogue data sheet and/or operating instructions for options and details. Transmitters
Transmitters 145
145
Displayunits
Display units 701–706
701–706 Filters for
Filters for fuel
fuel oil
oil 170
170 Gas analyser
Gas analyser BIOLYZER
BIOLYZER 716
716
4 5 Transmitters,temperature/humidity
Transmitters, temperature/humidity 140
140
Domesticwater
Domestic waterstation
stationHWSC
HWSC 347
347 Fixed setpoint
Fixed setpoint controller
controller ACT
ACT ProClick
ProClick 215
215 Gas analyser
Gas analyser for
for CH4,
CH4, CO2,
CO2, H2S,
H2S, O2
O2 716
716
Watersensors
Water sensors 128
128
Doorcontact,
Door contact,wireless
wireless 147
147 Watervalves
Water valves 132
132
Flex pipe
Flex pipe 242
242 Gas analysis,
Gas analysis, stationary
stationary 711
711

Draftstabiliser
Draft stabiliserWZB-1
WZB-1 189
189 ENT21
ENT 21––level
levelswitch
switch 40
40 Flexible mono
Flexible mono probe
probe 21, 30
21, 30 Gas applications,
Gas applications, pressure
pressure gauges
gauges for
for 459
459

Drinkingwater
Drinking watermixing
mixingvalves
valves 342
342 Equipmentfor
Equipment fordrinking
drinkingwater
watersupply
supply 347–351
347–351 Floating probe
Floating probe SWS
SWS 103, 107
103, 107 Gas filled
Gas filled thermometers
thermometers 654
654

Drippan
Drip pan 109
109 Equipment for
Equipment for rainwater
rainwater harvesting
harvesting 352–355
352–355 FloCo-Top
FloCo-Top 176–180
176–180 Gas sensors
Gas sensors 119
119

17
17 766
766 www.afriso.com
www.afriso.com www.afriso.com
www.afriso.com 767
767
17
17

Navigation bar organ-

ised according to relevant
selection criteria for fast Product advantages
orientation even when and main benefits
browsing through the Level Continuous

catalogue. 1
Digital tank contents indicator
DTA 10

For fuel oil EL, L, diesel fuel, biodiesel, HVO,

Quality labels provide infor-
Tab
■

■
GTL, water and other media with a density
from 0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3
Universal application in tanks of a height of
mation about special charac-
up to 4 m
■ Push-to-Read function:

Fast start with just a push of a button

teristics or application areas of
■ Remote measurements up to 15 m

A A A
products.
Page 16 Page 16 Page 163

Application examples
Application Location-independent level measurement with digital display and minimum level signal (reserve level
alarm) with a single measurement. For tanks with fuel oil EL, L (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590),
provide a clear picture of
the application and available
water (no drinking water!), AdBlue®, liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well
as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all eco-
logically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an

options.
admixture or 100 %. For maximum accuracy of the displayed measured value, determine the density
of the medium and set it at the DTA when using these fuels. In addition, DTA 10 can be used for level
measurement with all non-corrosive liquids with a density from 0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3.
Suitable for tanks up to 400 cm liquid level. Remote measurements (measuring line) up to 15 m.

Description The electro-pneumatic tank contents indicator DTA 10 consists of a battery-operated control unit with
digital display and a measuring line. Measured values are displayed in litres, % and liquid level (cm).
Simple operation and setup via three function keys. Measurements are requested by means of pressing
Clearly structured the control key (Push-to-Read function). If the level falls below a minimum level that is freely adjustable
as a percentage, the backlight of the display flashes red to indicate an alarm during the measurement.
Appropriate accessories with
product descrip-
Standard tank shapes (linear and cylindrical, horizontal) are stored. Measuring line connection for hose
with 4 mm inside diameter.
page reference.
tions, divided into Technical Functions
Push-to-Read level measurement
Measuring line
PVC hose 4 x 1 mm
specifications

application, descrip- Measuring range (tank height)

0/400 cm (fuel oil)
Length 20 m
Balance chamber stainless steel

tion and technical 0/350 cm (water)

Measuring accuracy
Supply voltage
9 V monobloc battery

specifications.
±3.0 cm Minimum alarm
Backlight flashes red
Operating temperature range
during measurement process
Ambient: 0/50 °C
Storage: –20/+65 °C Housing
Medium: 0/50 °C Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (PC/ABS)
Display
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Multi-coloured, backlit
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
graphical display (30 x 50 mm):
■ Blue = Operation Scope of delivery
■ Red = Alarm ■ Control unit with 9 V monobloc battery

Order information table

■ Green = Setup ■ Pneumofi x type 2:

Indication of litres (5 digits), 20 m measuring line with bottom part, connec-

% or liquid level in cm tion kit for G½, G1, G1½ and G2, 30 nail cable

The Info box provides you clips, hose connector (4 x 4 mm), mounting
accessories with part numbers, packing
with important information, unit details plus options. Refer
e.g. about order processing, to the latest AFRISO gross
PG: 4, DG: M Part no.
DTA 10 with Pneumofix type 2 52145

price list for prices.

DTA 10 without Pneumofix type 2 52155
cross references and much
more.
14 www.afriso.com

VI www.afriso.com
AFRISO support centres – close by, guaranteed.

Sites in Germany

AFRISO sales office/

field staff
AFRISO production site

We ensure that you get professional,

personal service.

With a staff of more than 80 field and internal experts!

Please visit www.afriso.com/contact for further information
on your specific contact person.
Business hours:
Monday – Thursday: 7.30 a.m. – 12.00 a.m. and
1.00 p.m. – 4.30 p.m.
Friday: 7.30 a.m. – 12.30 p.m.

www.afriso.com VII
AFRISO production sites in Germany.

Made in Germany

Headquarters
AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH
Lindenstr. 20
74363 Güglingen
Baden-Württemberg

A staff of more than 650 are at work

for you in our four German production
sites.

AFRISO training centre

Stocks and logistics

Maximum availability, short
delivery times. Our range com-
prises more than 25,000 differ-
ent products. More than 3,000
of them are on stock. A total of
more than 1,600,000 individual
devices and instruments are
available ex stock.
With a storage and logistics
area of more than 3,750 m2
and a storage capacity of over
3,500 bin locations, the storage
and service centre, which went
into operation in 2021, offers
sufficient space for current and
future requirements.

VIII www.afriso.com
 AFRISO development centre
for portable measuring
instruments

Plant Illmensee
Systronik GmbH
Gewerbestr. 57
88636 Illmensee
Lake Constance/Baden-Württemberg

Plant Amorbach Plant Amorbach – Production of linings

AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH
Friedhofstr. 3 Von-Stein-Straße 17
63916 Amorbach 63916 Amorbach
Odenwald/Bavaria Odenwald/Bavaria

Alsenz plant
GAMPPER GmbH
Niedermoscheler Str. 2
67821 Alsenz
Rhineland-Palatinate

www.afriso.com IX
Close, direct customer contact as a result of consistent, international alignment.

On site worldwide for you

A tightly woven network of branches, distri-

bution partners and service centres guaran-
tees optimum consulting and delivery.
More than 1,300 AFRISO employees re-
spond to country-specific challenges with
close customer contact and individual ser-
vice on site – worldwide!

More than 1,300 employees

Exports to 65 countries

AFRISO production site

AFRISO branch office
AFRISO representation
AFRISO authorised dealer

AFRISO Group

Germany

France

Great Britain Czech Republic

Belgium Poland Your contact

Netherlands Romania

Switzerland Sweden

Austria Russia
www.afriso.com/worldwide
Spain China

Italy India

Hungary USA

X www.afriso.com
 AFRISO
representations

Norway

Finland

AFRISO production sites Denmark

United Arab Emirates
Germany Lithuania
Egypt
Belgium Latvia
Peru
Great Britain Belarus
Thailand
Sweden Italy
Vietnam
Romania Croatia
South Korea
China Iran

www.afriso.com XI
AFRISO product programme.

Technology for Environmental Protection

AFRISO monitors, controls and protects the elements fire, water, Product development revolves around our motto "Technology for
earth and air – in the broadest sense. On the one hand, these Environmental Protection". We strive to improve the environment,
elements symbolically stand for the relief and protection of the to make processes which work with greater environmental com-
environment – and on the other, they illustrate our fields of activity: patibility and to avoid putting a strain on the environment. With a
balanced portfolio of innovations, proven products, systems and
Flue gas control services, we offer our customers efficient solutions which are of
Energy savings great benefit.
Groundwater protection
Conservation of resources

Tank. Heating. Water

Technology.
AFRISO provides "Safety for Heating Systems". With a comprehen-
sive range of building technology products, AFRISO prides itself in
"Making Heating Systems Safe". Irrespective of whether the heating
system uses regenerative energy or fossil fuels. In addition to this
extensive range, a large selection of alarm units for the fast detec-
tion of level, liquid spillage, leakage, gas or smoke is available.

Mechanical/pneumatic level indicators

Overfill prevention systems/overfill alarm systems
Leak detectors/leak monitoring systems
Inner tank linings
Equipment for fuel oil storage tanks, oil carrying pipes, boiler
rooms, boilers and heating systems
Heating controllers
Distribution manifolds for heating, cooling and geothermal systems
Smart home systems for building automation
Valves and control technology for radiators
and hydraulic balancing
Equipment for drinking water supply

Gas analysis and service

instruments
The BlueLine series is the perfect solution for official measure-
ments, adjustment, servicing, maintenance and repair work. You
benefit from an optimally tuned range of measuring instruments
which is continuously setting new standards – from basic devices
all the way to portable all-in-one flue gas analysers. AFRISO offers
gas analysers, gas sampling probes and turnkey analysis systems
with data acquisition systems for continuous emission monitoring.

Portable gas analysers

Portable measuring instruments, analysers and testers
Modular sensor module systems
Gas alarm units
Stationary gas analysers
Emission measurement technology
Measurement data acquisition systems

XII www.afriso.com
Pressure. Temperature. Level.
In addition to our comprehensive range of mechanical and electronic
pressure, temperature and level instruments, we also offer suitable
mounting and installation accessories as well as display, control and
evaluation devices.

AFRISO measuring instruments cover the following ranges:

Pressure: 0/2.5 mbar to 0/4,000 bar
Temperature: -50 °C to +1,100 °C
Level: 0/20 cm to 0/250 m

Pressure gauges
Accessories for pressure gauges
Chemical seals
Pressure transducers
Bimetal thermometers and gas filled thermometers
Thermostats
Resistance thermometers
Electronic level indicators
Display, evaluation and control units
Event reporting systems/communication systems

Special designs
and system solutions
In addition to our comprehensive range of standardised, proven
off-the-shelf products, we also offer customised special products
made exactly to your requirements. We are constantly setting new
standards with innovative concepts, for example, using plastic
fittings instead of metal ones or a combination of plastic and brass
materials in complex assemblies.
Our range does not only cover the delivery of individual sensors,
but includes suitable components for power supply and evaluation
of the measurement signals. In the case of system solutions, we do
the entire engineering for you, all the way to the production of the
control unit – ready for operation.

Adapted to your specific requirements

Housing geometry
Shape and colour
Mechanical or electrical connections
Pre-assembled, tested, ready-to-connect assemblies

www.afriso.com XIII
Convincing solutions for a wide variety of applications.

We know your industry

AFRISO is at home wherever there is measuring, controlling or partner in your industry. We know what is necessary as a result of
monitoring required. As a full-range manufacturer, we offer our cus- our many years as a supplier in the OEM business and our intensive
tomers a broad product portfolio from a single source. A wealth of contact with standardisation committees, associations and guilds.
experience from numerous applications as well as our knowledge We tap our employees' know-how and expertise in the industry
of the requirements in the individual markets make us a reliable to make our customers' processes simpler, safer and more com-

Building technology

The subject of saving energy has been our focus for more than 50 protection. Innovative testers and apps for flue gas analysis and
years. From the start, we have supported the move towards geo- technical building equipment yield high-precision and reproducible
thermal and solar systems as well as the use of biogenous fuels by results so that your customers can achieve their goals: The right
supplying professional components and assemblies. amount of heat at the right time, low energy consumption and low
Our range for the secure storage of fuel oil and professional equip- emissions. And we always respond to sustainable new technolo-
ment for heating systems reduces operating costs, helps make gies, for example, by providing compelling sensors and systems for
optimum use of fuels, provides timely warnings if hazardous situa- increasing security and convenience in smart homes.
tions arise and constitutes an active contribution to environmental

Target markets
Manufacturer of heat generators
Manufacturers of solar thermal systems
System suppliers of surface heating systems
Tank protection/revision
Tank manufacturers
Heating and plumbing system wholesalers
Electrical wholesalers
Engineering and planning consultancies
Smart home and building automation
Manufacturers of fittings
Chimney sweeps
Public institutions, municipalities

XIV www.afriso.com
petitive. In process engineering, in building technology or facilities
– you benefit with a strong partner at your side.

Industrial technology and process engineering

Reliability, precision and a long service life are crucial when it AFRISO solutions meet the pertinent directives and standards.
comes to highly automated processes. Our robust measuring de- Certificates, for example, for food-quality materials, explosion pro-
vices deliver perfect measurement results and reliably monitor and tection and resistance to media and temperatures attest to this.
control simple to highly complex processes – even under the most
adverse conditions.

AFRISO products meet the requirements Target markets

Wide variety of process connections Machines and plants
Large selection of materials Tanks
Compact designs Food and beverages industry
Hygienic and easy to clean Chemical industry
Suitable for CIP and SIP Pharmaceutical industry
FDA-listed materials Cosmetics industry
Silicone-free versions Biotechnology
Resistant to corrosive and abrasive media Refineries
High overload safety Offshore industry
Resistant to vibration and temperature Mineral oil industry
Raw materials industry
Hydraulic and pneumatics (fluid engineering)
Medical technology, safety engineering
Energy production
Technical trade

www.afriso.com XV
The guarantee for high-quality products.

AFRISO quality

Although we serve an extremely wide variety of markets and indus- At AFRISO, quality is systematically planned and, at every stage
tries, all AFRISO employees work according to the same values. of product development and production, managed and monitored.
Reliability, flexibility and independence are the basis of our day-to- This is attested to by national and international approvals and cer-
day work. tificates. Quality Assurance as per ISO 9001 and environmental
Our corporate culture is marked by a sense of responsibility. We management in accordance with ISO 14001 are a matter of course
want our employees to be content here with us. Numerous offers for for us and implemented in every process.
ensuring an optimum work/life balance and continuous optimisa-
tion measures within the framework of the occupational health and
safety management system help us show this to the outside world.

XVI www.afriso.com
www.afriso.com XVII
For us, ecological responsibility along the entire value chain is not a hype.

Together, we make the world more sustainable

For many, sustainability is trendy. Many companies have now Green Production
jumped on the sustainability bandwagon. We were instrumental in The "Green Production" label underpins that sustainability takes
putting this train on the track more than 50 years ago. Today, eco- centre stage. Using plastic as an essential raw material allows us
logical thinking is firmly anchored in our products and corporate to manufacture our products with low material input and energy
processes. For us, sustainable business means securing business consumption. We control most of the processes ourselves and are
success in the long term while protecting natural resources. not dependent on suppliers. This dramatically reduces transport.
For example, in the Güglingen plant, everything from tool design
to plastic injection molding to final assembly is performed within
a distance of 250 m in a production hall. Therefore, our products
have always had an extremely small CO2 footprint. Replacing metal
with plastic accelerates this.

Short transport routes

are beneficial for the
environment.

In the new logistics and service centre, building technology operational pro-
cesses are perfectly aligned: Electricity from the 2,078 m² photovoltaic area
is used to operate the forklift trucks, heat pumps and electric vehicles for
shuttling between the plant halls.

XVIII www.afriso.com
Mission: Optimisation Answers to today's pressing questions
For decades, our commitment to "Technology for Environmental Our corporate values of independence and reliability are pillars on
Protection" has been both a requirement and an obligation to con- which the AFRISO brand is based. The fact that our products are
stantly put products and processes to the test. When new products manufactured in the middle of the main sales regions with a high
are developed or existing ones are revised, ecological aspects are degree of vertical integration attest to this. On our way to becom-
also a part of the focus: What is the required product size? How ing an energy self-sufficient company, we have remained true to
much weight can be saved? How do we ensure a long service life? Germany and do not need any "re-globalization". In this way, we
Or: Which environmentally compatible raw materials and packag- can remain flexible even in times of crisis and respond quickly to
ing materials can be used? The objective is to find partners in the changing challenges.
region and, of course, to manage projects with others in a digitised,
paperless way. Using LED lighting or concepts for optimum heating
of office space conserve resources and contribute to increasingly
CO2-reduced operations.

On the company site with a size

of four hectares, 30 % green
area with over 160 trees and 270
bushes create a "green lung".
Our employees like to relax in
the park-like area during breaks.
In addition, orchard trees match-
ing the cultural landscape, flower
meadows as well as green roof
areas are available as habitat
and food supply for insects and
our own AFRISO bee colonies.

www.afriso.com XIX
Success for more than 150 years.

Tradition and innovation

perfectly in tune

Jürgen and Elmar Fritz,

great-grandsons of the company founder

In 1869, our great-grandfather Adelbert Fritz founded his company After World War II, Franz Fritz and his son Georg, our father, rebuilt
in Thuringia. When his son Franz Fritz, our grandfather, entered the the company in Kleingartach and in Güglingen in Württemberg.
company, the company name changed to "Adelbert Fritz & Sohn". The capsule element was used in pneumatic level indicators which
AFRISO became an internationally renowned brand for temperature marked our entry to the fuel oil market. Back then, we developed
and pressure measurement. For 50 years, the company focussed overfill prevention systems and leak monitoring systems for the safe
on glass thermometers, medical glass instruments and laboratory storage of mineral oil products, and technologies for environmental
equipment; then, a small, thin-walled, circular and concentrically protection become the credo and mission for the future product
shaped metal sheet completely changed the AFRISO world in the portfolio. AFRISO secured the market leadership in this sector.
1920s. Two diaphragm half shells form a capsule element which Product development revolves around the motto "Technology for
expands or contracts depending on the pressure. This pioneering Environmental Protection" which is one of the key pillars of our cor-
invention became the foundation for a host of innovative products: porate strategy.
Precision pressure gauges, blood pressure measurement instru-
ments and temperature controllers became the most important
products for the time up to 1945 and the new beginning after that.

XX www.afriso.com
 Georg Fritz 1922 – 2004 Franz Fritz 1890 – 1968 Adelbert Fritz 1846 – 1918

The early 1960s marked the beginning of the internationalisation of We are now the fourth Fritz generation to lead the company. We
AFRISO: sales and production companies were founded in almost are very well aware of the benefits of a medium-sized company
all Western European countries. The oil crisis in 1973/1974 trig- with a long tradition of innovation, run by its owners. The value of a
gered the development of a comprehensive range of products for handshake still applies in a figurative sense, and this is something
the efficient and environmentally friendly operation of heating sys- everyone can count on – employees, suppliers and customers. For
tems. In 1972, we pioneered on the market with the first portable us, the past is not a closed chapter but an incentive to constantly
flue gas analyser and we have been a key driver in the development adapt to changing market requirements. After more than 150 years,
of mobile measurement technology ever since. we are embracing a promising future, which we would like to shape
with trend topics such as "smart home".
After the political change in Eastern Europe, subsidiaries were
founded in Hungary, Romania, the Czech Republic, Poland, the
Ukraine, Russia and China. Today, the AFRISO family comprises Elmar and Jürgen Fritz
17 branches. Together with more than 15 representations, we offer
our customers optimum consulting and superior supplier's reliabil-
ity all over the globe.

www.afriso.com XXI
A Tradition of Innovation

AFRISO milestones

1869: Foundation of the company by Adelbert AFRISO became a globally re-

Fritz in Schmiedefeld am Rennsteig (Thuringia). nowned brand for temperature
and pressure measurement.

1924: A new era com-

menced with the patent and
the production of capsule
elements: Precision pressure
gauges, blood pressure
measurement instruments
and temperature controllers
became the most important
products for the time up to
1945 and the new Up to 1945: Production of glass thermometers
beginning after and glass instruments for medical applications and
that. laboratory equipment.

In the Germany-wide spirit of optimism of the 1950s, Franz and

Georg Fritz began rebuilding the company in Kleingartach and
Güglingen/Baden-Württemberg.

XXII www.afriso.com
 1958: Products for
electronic level meas-
urement extended the
range for industrial
applications.

The capsule element was also key in the development

of pneumatic level indicators which marked the entry
to the fuel oil market in 1955
1955.. This was followed by
mechanical level indicators, overfill prevention systems
and leak monitoring systems for the safe storage of oil
products.

www.afriso.com XXIII
 Market launch of
the first portable
electronic flue gas
analyser. Market launch of the first
compact plastic manifold for
surface heating systems.

The future lies in the

economical and envi-
Founding of sales and ronmentally compatible
production companies operation of heating
in Western Europe. systems. AFRISO
AFRISO renamed launches a broad
AFRISO-EURO-INDEX. product portfolio on
the market.

1960 1972 1974 1981

Measurement technology a step ahead:

Modular sensor module system AFRISO
CAPBs® for BlueLine measuring instruments,
smartphones and tablets.

2021 2020 2019 2016

Commissioning of logistics
and service centre Güglingen,
total investment:
Acquisition of the majority Wireless AFRISO
6.5 million Euros.
of shares in Belparts N.V., smart home system
Rotselaar (Belgium). for building automation.

Anniversary year

XXIV www.afriso.com
 Innovation: AFRISO presents
the EUROLYZER ST, the first
all-in-one flue gas analyser.

Market launch: Prod-

uct portfolio for solar
thermal systems.

Integration of
SYSTRONIK into the
corporate group. Presentation
Measuring instru- of the first
ments for the industry modular
and the environment plastic mani-
are combined in a fold for brine.
new division.

1994 1996 2006 2008 2009

Internationalisation: Founding of
Founding of subsidiaries subsidiaries
in Eastern Europe. in China and India.

Acquisition of the start-up

CODEATELIER for further Expansion and new brand
development of the smart identity of the AFRISO group:
home solutions Innovative products for the Introduction of the new com-
heat pump sector complete pany logo.
the OEM range.

2015 2014 2012 2011

Acquisition of Gampper
Technik GmbH – Control units
and fittings for hydraulic
balancing extended the
Industry focus: product portfolio.
Pressure transducer range DMU
02 Vario with high-flexibility
connection technology.

www.afriso.com XXV
XXVI www.afriso.com
Complete Catalogue
Measuring, Control and
Monitoring Technology for
Domestic, Industrial and
Environmental Applications
 SonarFox® UST 20

TankControl

HydroFox DMU 08
 1

CHAPTER 1

Level indicators and level controllers

OVERVIEW

Level indicators at a glance 4

Selection table level indicators for process engineering 7

Industry solutions for level: Customised solutions – your possibilities 49

LEVEL – CONTINUOUS Quick finder

Dipstick, pipe for dipstick 9

Mechanical level indicators MT-Profil R, Unimes 10

Pneumatic level indicator Unitel 11

Pneumatic level indicator Unitop 12

Pneumatic level indicator U

 nitop-Set AdBlue 13

Digital tank contents indicator DTA 10/DTA 20 E 14

Mounting accessories pneumatic level indicators 16

Digital tank contents indicator DIT 10 17

Hydrostatic level indicator T

 ankControl 10 18

Hydrostatic level indicator H

 ydroFox® DMU 08 – level probe 20

Capacitance level indicator CapFox® EFT 20 21

Ultrasonic level indicator SonarFox® UST 20 26

Guided micropulse level indicator PulsFox® PMG 20 30

LEVEL – POINT LEVEL Quick finder

Level switches M
 inimelder-R, Maximelder-R 35

Conductivity level switch C

 oFox® ELT 8 36

Conductivity level switch C

 oFox® ELT 680 37

Probes for conductivity level switches C

 oFox® ELT 38

Capacitance level switch C

 apFox® ENT 21 40

Vibration level switch for liquids V

 ibraFox GVG 46

3
 Level Overview

1
Level indicators at a glance

DTA 10/
Dipstick MT-Profil R Unimes Unitel Unitop DIT 10 TankControl
20 E
Indoor tanks • • • • • • • •
Outdoor tanks • • • • • •
Electrically isolating tanks • • • • • • • •
Tanks

Electrically conductive tanks • • • • • • • •

Pressurised tanks
Unpressurised tanks • • • • • • • •
< 1,000 mm • • • • • •
Measuring range

Up to 2,000 mm • • • • • • • •
Up to 2,500 mm • • • • • • •
Up to 2,900 mm • • • • • •
Up to 3,000 mm • • • • •
> 3,000 mm • • •
Liquid media • • • • • • • •
General media

Solid media (bulk solids)

Powdery media
Electrically isolating media • • • • • • • •
Electrically conductive media • • • • • • • •
Fuel oil/diesel fuel (EN 590) • • • • • • • •
Special media

Biofuel/biodiesel (EN 14214) • • • • • • • •

Water • • • • • • •
AdBlue ®
•

Measuring principle Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Hydrostatic Hydrostatic
Type

Local display • • • • • • • •
Point level • •
Continuous measurement • • • • • • • •
Analogue output (4–20 mA, 0–10 V)
Binary output (relay, PNP) •
Indication/ signal

EnOcean wireless®
•*
% liquid level • • • •
% volume • • • • •
cm liquid level • • • •
mm liquid level • •
Litres • • • •
m3 • •
Certificates

ATEX

WHG approval

Display unit DA 10/12/14

Control unit

Display and control unit

VarioFox® 24
Transducer MFU
* Depends on version Page 9 Page 10 Page 10 Page 11 Page 12 Page 14 Page 17 Page 18

i
Technical specifications, application areas and suitability depend on the product version.
See catalogue data sheet and/or operating instructions for options and details.

4
 Overview Level

CapFox® CapFox® PulsFox® Sonar Fox® HydroFox® HydroFox®

CoFox® ELT DMU 07 VibraFox GVG
EFT 2 0 ENT 21 PMG 20 UST 20 DMU 08 DMU 09
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • •
• • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
Guided micro-
Conductivity Capacitance Capacitance Ultrasonic Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Hydrostatic Vibration fork
pulse (TDR)
• • •
• • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • •

• •

• •

• • • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •
Page 36 Page 21 Page 40 Page 30 Page 30 Page 26 Page 20 Page 589 Page 46

5
 Level Overview process engineering

1
Selection table level indicators for process
engineering by medium

Relative
PulsFox® SonarFox® HydroFox® CapFox® CapFox® VibraFox
State dielectric
constant ( r)
PMG 20 UST 20 DMU 07/ 08/09 EFT 20 ENT 21 GVG

Fertilizer (aqueous solution) Liquid 78      –

Agriculture

Manure Liquid 78      
Grain and seeds Solid 3.0–5.0   –   

Animal feed mixtures Solid 3.0–5.0   –   

Vegetable oil Liquid 2.5      

Calcium carbonate aqueous solution Liquid 78      –
Construction materials

Cement Solid 1.5–10  – –   –

Ground, stone, sand, gravel Solid 2.5–5.0  – –   –
Powdered lime (CaO) Solid 1.6–2.2  – –   –
Slacked lime (lime hydrate) /
Liquid –   –   –
lime milk (Ca(OH)2)
Gravel Solid 5.5   –   –
Liquid asphalt Liquid 2.8  – –   –
Bitumen Liquid 2.8  – –   –
Ammonia (NH3) Liquid 17–25  –    
Ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH) 25 % Liquid 30–32     – 
Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl)
Liquid 35–40     – 
aqueous solution 33 %
Boric acid (H3BO3), aqueous solution Liquid > 25      
Carbon tetrachloride (CCl4) Liquid 2.3   –   
Ether, diethyl-ether (CH3CH2)2O Liquid 3.1–4.4     – 
Formaldehyde (HCHO) in H2O,
Liquid 23   –  – 
formalin
Fluorosilicic acid [(H2SiF6)in H2O)] Liquid > 35     – 
Glycerol (glycerine, propane 1,2,3-
Liquid 42.5–47      
triol) (HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH)
Ethylene glycol (CH2OH2) Liquid 37–41.2      
– – –
Chemical Industry

Hydrochloric acid (HCl) Liquid 5.0   

Ferric chloride [(FeCl3) in H2O)] Liquid 1.9    – – –

Formic acid (HCO2H) Liquid 57.9      –
Phosphoric acid (H3PO4) Liquid 3.2   –   –
Sodium chloride [(NaCl) in H2O)] Liquid > 25    –  –
Sodium carbonate, soda (Na2CO3) Solid 5.3–8.4  –    –
Sodium hydroxide, caustic soda
Liquid > 25   – – – –
[(NaOH) in H2O)]
Sodium bicarbonate, baking soda
Solid 5.7  – – – – –
(NaHCO3)
Sodium hypochlorite [(NaOCl)
Liquid > 25   – –  
in H2O)], bleach
Potassium permanganate
Liquid > 25    – – 
[(KMnO4) in H20)]
Potassium hydroxide [(KOH) in H2O)] Liquid > 25    – – 

Sodium hydroxide [(NaOH) in H2O)] Liquid > 25    – – 

Sodium bisulphite [(NaHSO3)
Liquid > 25    – – 
in H2O)]
Sulphuric acid (H2SO4),
Liquid 84   – –  –
low concentrated
– Not suitable  Limited suitability  Suitable P. 30 P. 26 P. 583/585/587 P. 21 P. 40 P. 46

6
 Overview process engineering Level

1
Selection table level indicators for process
engineering by medium

Relative
PulsFox® SonarFox® HydroFox® CapFox® CapFox® VibraFox
State dielectric
constant ( r)
PMG 20 UST 20 DMU 07/ 08/09 EFT 20 ENT 21 GVG
Sulphuric acid (H2SO4),
Liquid 21.9 – – –
Chemical Industry

  
low concentrated
Chloroform (CHCl3) Liquid 3.7–5.5   – – – –
Trichloroethane (CH3CCl3) Liquid 7.2  – – –  
Acetic acid (CH3COOH), vinegar Liquid 6.2   – –  –
Painting and varnish agents dilut-
Liquid > 25   –   
ed with water (non-explosive)
Beer Liquid 25.0      
Citric acid [(C6H8O7) in H2O)] Liquid –      
Coconut oil Liquid 2.9      
Palm oil Liquid 1.75     – 
Animal fat Liquid 2.7      –
Lumpy fruit or vegetable Solid – – – – – – –
–
Cream, yogurt Liquid 5–7.5   – – –
Milk Liquid > 80      
Sugar syrup Liquid –   – – – –
Margarine Liquid 2.8–3.2   – – – –
Food and beverage

Confectionery coating pastes,

honey, jam, marmalade, liquid Liquid 2.4; 23; 3   – – – –
chocolate
Edible oil Liquid 3.9      
Fruit juice Liquid > 10      
Potato (whole) Solid 1.7  – – – – –
Sodium chloride (NaCl),
Liquid 3.3  – –   
table salt, rock-salt
Wine Liquid 25.0      
Colza oil Liquid 2.0      
Sunflower oil Liquid 2.0      
Olive oil Liquid 2.0      
Alcohol Liquid 25.8      –
Flour Solid 2.5   –   
Coffee, ground Solid 2.4–2.6   –   
Coffee, raw Solid 4.0–4.3   –   
Fuel oil Liquid 2.1      
Mazut Liquid 2.2   –   –
Hot water in high pressure vessels Liquid 81  –    
Water in condensing vessels Liquid 81      
Power Plants

Water level in
Liquid 81      
supply water basin
Cooling lubricant emulsion Liquid 25–60      
Coolant Liquid 40      
Wood pellets Solid 1.8–2.5   – –  –
Wood chips Solid 2.0–3.5   – –  –
Wood, dry Solid 2.0–3.5   – –  –
Crude oil Liquid 1.7–2.2      
Shale oil Liquid 2.1 
Oil Industry

    
Grease (lubricant) Liquid 3.15    – – –
Diesel oil Liquid 2–2.5      
Lubricating oil Liquid 2–2.5      –
Transformer oil Liquid 2–2.5      
– Not suitable  Limited suitability  Suitable P. 30 P. 26 P. 583/585/589 P. 21 P. 40 P. 46

7
 Level Overview process engineering

1
Selection table level indicators for
process engineering by medium

Relative
PulsFox® SonarFox® HydroFox® CapFox® CapFox® VibraFox
State dielectric
constant ( r)
PMG 20 UST 20 DMU 07/ 08/09 EFT 20 ENT 21 GVG

Paper pulp Liquid 1.2 –    – –

Paper
Mill

Water Liquid 81      
Granular plastic materials Solid 1.1–2.8  – –   –
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Solid 3.4  – –   –
Industry
Plastic

Polyethylene pellet Solid 1.5–1.8 – – –  – –

Polystyrene Solid 2.2–2.6 – – – – – –
Plastic powder Solid 1.3–1.8  – –   –
Silicone oil Liquid 2.7      
Drinking water in reservoirs Liquid 81      
Thermal water in cooling
Liquid 81      
reservoirs
Water / waste water

Water level in rivers for

Liquid 81      
flood control
Water level in well Liquid 81 –    – –
Seawater Liquid 81     – 
Rainwater reservoir Liquid 81      
Waste water in reservoirs or
Liquid 81      
channels
Distilled water Liquid 80      –
– Not suitable  Limited suitability  Suitable P. 30 P. 26 P. 583/585/589 P. 21 P. 40 P. 40

i
Important note: This table is only intended for general information. The values are provided on an "as is" basis for which
AFRISO does not assume liability. Verify the values of the substance you want to measure when determining the suitability for
your application. The suitability of a specific type of measuring device for an application is determined by a great variety of
factors – the experts at AFRISO will be happy to help you with your selection.

8
 Continuous Level

1
Dipstick, pipe for dipstick

Plastic dipstick Pipe for dipstick

Application For manual level measurement, primarily in cylin- For suspension in 1" pipe. Protects inner tank lin-
drical underground tanks. Suitable for the follow- ings and coatings against damage caused by the
ing media: fuel oil and diesel fuel. dipstick.

Description Dipstick made of flexible, break-proof plastic with Pipe for dipstick, crimped at one end, closed at
100 cm brass chain. Excellent readability due to the other end. Various lengths available, suitable
cm graduation. for AFRISO dipsticks.

Technical Material Material

specifications Plastic Steel, galvanised
Measuring ranges (tank height) / Connection
dipstick length
160 cm / 170 cm Pipe for dipstick Dipstick
200 cm / 210 cm Length 160 cm Length 170 cm
250 cm / 260 cm Length 200 cm Length 210 cm
290 cm / 300 cm
Length 250 cm Length 260 cm
Length 290 cm Length 300 cm

Cap for dipstick with

connection thread G1
female, Zamak

DG: G PG Part no.

Plastic dipstick:
Length 170 cm, measuring range 160 cm* 1 1 - 20010
Length 210 cm, measuring range 200 cm* 1 1 - 20011
Length 260 cm, measuring range 250 cm* 1 1 - 20012
Length 300 cm, measuring range 290 cm* 1 1 - 20013
Cap for pipe for dipstick G1 female x G1¼ 2 1 140 20464
Pipe for dipstick 160 cm* 3 1 - 71315
Pipe for dipstick 200 cm* 3 1 - 71320
Pipe for dipstick 250 cm* 3 1 - 71330
Pipe for dipstick 290 cm* 3 1 - 71335
* Extra shipping charges apply for dipsticks and pipes for dipsticks (all lengths).

www.afriso.com 9
 Level Continuous

1
Mechanical
level indicators

G2
Part no. 16500 = G1½ G1½
Part no. 16540 = G2

Ø 41 mm Ø 41 mm

MT-Profi l R – G1½ and G2 Unimes

Application For continuous level measurement in tanks con- For continuous level measurement in tanks con-
taining fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel taining fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN
(EN 590), water, liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and
51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel
and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214) or other
This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically low-viscosity media which do not attack materials
upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the used. This product is therefore ideal for all ecolog-
new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture ically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that
or 100 %. Also for use in flood hazard areas and use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an
flood risk areas. admixture or 100%.
For tanks heights from 0 to 250 cm. For tank heights from 900 to 2,000 mm.

Description Universal, mechanical level indicator with plastic Universal mechanical level indicator with fully
planetary gear. Measuring range is adjustable adjustable brass and nickel silver movement. The
from 0 to 250 cm by reversible scale. pointer deflection amounts to 280° at tank heights
from at least 900 mm to 2,000 mm maximum.
With reversible scale 0–150 cm and 0–250 cm for The contents is indicated in % liquid level. With
fast adaptation to the tank height. Odour-tight. reference pointer for consumption monitoring.
Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Measuring range (tank height) Measuring range (tank height)

specifications 0/150 to 0/250 cm 0/900 to 0/2,000 mm
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Medium: –20/+60 °C Medium: –20/+60 °C
Ambient: –20/+40 °C Ambient: –20/+40 °C
Storage: –20/+60 °C Storage: –20/+60 °C
Displayed values Displayed values
0/150 or 0/250 liquid level in cm 0/100 % liquid level
Connection thread Connection thread
G1½ or G2 G1½ and G2
Housing / float Housing / float
Window: SAN Housing: ABS, impact-resistant
Housing: ABS, impact-resistant Window: SAN
Float: PE-HD, Ø 41 mm Float: PE-HD, Ø 41 mm

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

Unimes 1 - 11500
MT-Profil R – G1½ 1 50 16500
i
See page 16 for suitable MT-Profil R – G2 1 50 16540
reducers. Reducer G2 x G1½ 1 - 20903

10 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Pneumatic
level indicator Unitel

■ No power supply required

■ Reference pointer for easy consumption
monitoring
■ Zero correction possible
■ For remote measurements up to 50 m

A A A
1
1 Max. 50 m

Page 16 Page 16 Page 163

Application For level measurement in tanks containing fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), rainwater, liq-
uid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to
100 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming
systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also for use in flood
hazard areas and flood risk areas.
For tank heights from 900 to 3,000 mm (depends on version).

Description Universal, pneumatic level indicator with capsule movement. The tank height is fully adjustable.
Measuring accuracy ±3 % of full scale value. In the case of use with paraffinic fuels or mixtures, the
measuring accuracy may be different due to the lower density. A dual scale facilitates measurements
in rectangular tanks (= linear tanks) and cylindrical tanks. Indication in % volume (Unitel) or % liquid
level (Unitel for water). Impact-resistant plastic housing for wall mounting. With zero correction and
integrated overpressure safety device. Reference pointer for easy consumption monitoring. Connection
for pipe or hose (6 mm outside diameter, universal) for tight mounting of the measuring line (e.g.
Pneumofix). Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Medium Scale (displayed values)

specifications Fuel oil or diesel fuel (density = 0.84 g/cm³) or Unitel: Dual scale 0/100 % volume
water (density = 1 g/cm³) for Unitel for water Outer for rectangular tanks,
inner for cylindrical tanks
Measuring range (tank height)
Unitel for water: 0/100 % liquid level
0/900 to 0/3,000 mm (part no. 72500, fuel oil)
0/900 to 0/2,500 mm (part no. 72511, water) Housing
Wall mounting housing made of impact-resistant
Measuring accuracy
plastic with integrated hand pump
±3 % of full scale value
W x H x D: 145 x 135 x 65 mm
Operating temperature range
Scope of delivery
Ambient: –5/+55 °C
Level indicator with connection kit and screws
PVC hose (accessory)
For measuring line extension. (e.g. Pneumofix).
20 m PE measuring line 4 x 1 mm
with hose extension piece

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

Unitel for fuel oil tanks 1 - 72500
Unitel for water tanks 1 - 72511
i
Accessories
See chapter 10 for
more products for PVC hose Ø 4 x 1 mm, 20 m 1 - 20696
rainwater harvesting. Hose connector 4 x 4 mm 1 25 43945

www.afriso.com 11
 Level Continuous

1
Pneumatic
level indicator Unitop

■ No power supply required

■ Consumption monitoring with date indication
■ Zero correction possible
■ Sturdy brass connector for reliable and tight
installation of the measuring line 2
■ For remote measurements up to 50 m

A A A
Discon-
tinued 1
product 1 Max. 50 m
available up 2 Tank height H
to approx. Page 16 Page 16 Page 163
end of 2023

Application For level measurement in tanks containing fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as
per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME
(EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that
use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also for use in flood hazard areas
and flood risk areas.
For tank heights from 900 to 3,000 mm (depends on version).

Description Universal, pneumatic level indicator with capsule movement. The tank height is fully adjustable.
Measuring accuracy ±2 % of full scale value. In the case of use with paraffinic fuels or mixtures, the
measuring accuracy may be different due to the lower density. A dual scale facilitates measurements
in rectangular tanks (= linear tanks) and cylindrical tanks. The basic version indicates % of volume so
that it is independent of the tank shape. Impact-resistant plastic housing for wall mounting. With zero
correction at the front side, reference pointer and date indication for easy consumption monitoring;
with integrated pressure relief device. The mechanism carrier of extremely rugged plastic is separated
from the housing for stable zero point and high measurement accuracy. Sturdy brass connector with
pressure screw for pipe or hose (Ø 6 mm) for tight installation of the measuring line. A vent screw, inte-
grated in the connector, allows you to check the zero setting of the pointer. Watertight up to 10 m
water column.

Technical Medium Housing

specifications Fuel oil or diesel fuel (density = 0.84 g/cm³) Wall mounting housing made of impact-resistant
plastic with integrated hand pump
Measuring range (tank height)
W x H x D: 155 x 166 x 73 mm
0/900 to 0/3,000 mm (part no. 28000)
Scope of delivery
Measuring accuracy
Measuring instrument, litre scales for cylindrical
±2 % of full scale value
tanks 3,000/5,000, 7,000/10,000, 16,000/20,000
Operating temperature range
Ambient: –5/+55 °C
Storage: –5/+55 °C
Scale (displayed values)
Dual scale 0/100 % volume
Outer for rectangular tanks,
inner for cylindrical tanks

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

Unitop 3000 1 - 28000

12 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Pneumatic level indicator
for AdBlue® – Unitop-Set AdBlue

■ Specially calibrated for AdBlue® Pneumofix type 2

■ Universally adjustable Ø 4 x 1 PVC
20 m
■ Easy mounting G1 x G1 1/2

■ Complete with special mounting kit ③ G1 x G1/2

■ No power supply required G1 1/2 x G2

①

A ②
Discon-
tinued ① PVC hose
product ② Balance chamber stainless steel
available up ③ Reducers
to approx. Page 16
end of 2023

Application For level measurement in tanks containing AdBlue® (density 1.09 g/cm3). For tank heights from 700 to
2,300 mm. Suitable for use in flood hazard areas and for remote indication up to 50 m. The term
AdBlue® is the same as "NOx Reducing Agent AUS 32" and "Urea solution 32.5 %".

Description Universal, pneumatic level indicator with capsule movement. Specially adjusted to the specific weight
(density) of AdBlue® = 1.09 g/cm3. Fully adjustable from 700 to 2,300 mm tank height. Measuring
accuracy ±2 % of full scale value. Indication in percentage of level. With zero correction at the front
side, reference pointer and date indication for easy consumption monitoring; with integrated overpres-
sure safety device. Universal measuring line connection for pipe or hose with an outside diameter of
6 mm. Easy mounting by means of a mounting kit specially designed for AdBlue®. Process connection
G1 and G½, standpipe PVC 2.5 m with stainless steel balance chamber, 10 m measuring line PVC
4 x 1 mm, reducer G1 x G1½ x G2. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Measuring range Process connection

specifications 0/700 to 0/2,300 mm tank height G½ and G1, reducer G1 x G1½ x G2
Measuring accuracy Standpipe
±2 % of full scale value Plastic PVC
Length 2.5 m balance chamber stainless steel
Operating temperature range
Medium: 0/35 °C Measuring line
Ambient: -5/+55 °C PVC hose 4 x 1 mm
(Please observe the pertinent regulations Length approx. 17 m
concerning the storage of AdBlue®!)
Scope of delivery
Scale (displayed values) Level indicator and mounting kit consisting of
0/100 % liquid level screw fittings G½ and G1, reducers G1 x G1½ x G2,
20 m hose with bottom part
Housing
Wall mounting housing made of impact-resistant
plastic with integrated hand-operated pump
W x H x D: 155 x 166 x 73 mm

i
Make sure to observe all
pertinent legislation con-
cerning selection of mate-
rials and construction
when building storage
facilities for AdBlue®.

See chapter 2 for suitable

overfill prevention systems
and chapter 3 for inner DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.
tank linings. Unitop-Set AdBlue 1 - 28040

www.afriso.com 13
 Level Continuous

1
Digital tank contents indicator
DTA 10

■ For fuel oil EL, L, diesel fuel, biodiesel, HVO,

GTL, water and other media with a density
from 0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3
■ Universal application in tanks of a height of

up to 4 m
■ Push-to-Read function:

Fast start with just a push of a button

■ Remote measurements up to 15 m

A A A

Page 16 Page 16 Page 163

Application Location-independent level measurement with digital display and minimum level signal (reserve level
alarm) with a single measurement. For tanks with fuel oil EL, L (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590),
water (no drinking water!), AdBlue®, liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well
as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all eco-
logically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an
admixture or 100 %. For maximum accuracy of the displayed measured value, determine the density
of the medium and set it at the DTA when using these fuels. In addition, DTA 10 can be used for level
measurement with all non-corrosive liquids with a density from 0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3.
Suitable for tanks up to 400 cm liquid level. Remote measurements (measuring line) up to 15 m.

Description The electro-pneumatic tank contents indicator DTA 10 consists of a battery-operated control unit with
digital display and a measuring line. Measured values are displayed in litres, % and liquid level (cm).
Simple operation and setup via three function keys. Measurements are requested by means of pressing
the control key (Push-to-Read function). If the level falls below a minimum level that is freely adjustable
as a percentage, the backlight of the display flashes red to indicate an alarm during the measurement.
Standard tank shapes (linear and cylindrical, horizontal) are stored. Measuring line connection for hose
with 4 mm inside diameter.

Technical Functions Measuring line

specifications Push-to-Read level measurement PVC hose 4 x 1 mm
Length 20 m
Measuring range (tank height)
Balance chamber stainless steel
0/400 cm (fuel oil)
0/350 cm (water) Supply voltage
9 V monobloc battery
Measuring accuracy
±3.0 cm Minimum alarm
Backlight flashes red
Operating temperature range
during measurement process
Ambient: 0/50 °C
Storage: –20/+65 °C Housing
Medium: 0/50 °C Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (PC/ABS)
Display
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Multi-coloured, backlit
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
graphical display (30 x 50 mm):
■ Blue = Operation Scope of delivery
■ Red = Alarm ■ Control unit with 9 V monobloc battery

■ Green = Setup ■ Pneumofi x type 2:

Indication of litres (5 digits), 20 m measuring line with bottom part,

% or liquid level in cm connection kit for G½, G1, G1½ and G2,
30 nail cable clips, hose connector (4 x 4 mm),
mounting accessories

PG: 4, DG: M Part no.

DTA 10 with Pneumofix type 2 52145
DTA 10 without Pneumofix type 2 52155

14 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Digital tank contents
indicator DTA 20 E

■ Plug & play level indicator for smart home

systems based on EnOcean® wireless
■ Daily measurement and worldwide access
to consumption data
■ Local display and push message (adjustable)
when minimum level is reached
■ For fuel oil, (bio) diesel, water and other
media with a density between 0.5 and 1.5 g/cm3

A A A A

Page 150 Page 149 Page 16 Page 163

Application Location-independent level measurement with digital display and minimum level signal (reserve level
alarm). If the product is operated in conjunction with the AFRISOhome gateway, the tank operator/
owner can also read the level on a mobile device. For tanks with fuel oil EL, L (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel
(EN 590), water (no drinking water!), AdBlue®, liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS
51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). Also for systems that use
the paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. For maximum accuracy of the displayed
measured value, determine the density of the medium and set it at the DTA when using these fuels.
DTA can be used with all non-corrosive liquids with a density from 0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3.
Suitable for tanks up to 400 cm liquid level. Remote measurements (measuring line) up to 15 m.

Description The electro-pneumatic tank contents indicator DTA 20 E consists of a control unit, an EnOcean® wire-
less module, a digital display and a measuring line. Measured values are displayed in litres, % and liq-
uid level (cm). Simple operation and setup via three function keys at the device. DTA 20 E measures
the level (adjustable interval) and transmits it to the AFRISOhome gateway via EnOcean® wireless. In
addition, measurements can be taken by means of pressing the control key (Push-to-Read function). If
the level falls below a minimum level that is freely adjustable as a percentage, the backlight of the dis-
play flashes red to indicate an alarm during the measurement. In addition to indication on the local dis-
play, the tank owner/operator can receive a push message on the smartphone or tablet. Standard tank
shapes (linear and cylindrical, horizontal) are stored.

Technical Functions Supply voltage

specifications Periodic level measurement (1 to 240 hours) 9 V monobloc battery
with wireless transmission to master systems
Minimum alarm
such as AFRISOhome gateway
Backlight flashes red
Push-to-Read level measurement
Push message to mobile devices
Measuring range (tank height) Housing
0/400 cm (fuel oil) Wall mounting housing made of
0/350 cm (water) impact-resistant plastic (PC/ABS)
Measuring accuracy W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
±3.0 cm Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless
Ambient: 0/50 °C EEP: Generic Profile (GP)
Storage: –20/+65 °C Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Medium: 0/50 °C Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Display arrangement and materials in the building)
Multi-coloured, backlit
Scope of delivery
graphical display (30 x 50 mm): ■ Control unit with battery
■ White = Operation
■ Pneumofi x type 2: 20 m measuring line with
■ Red = Alarm

■ Green = Setup
bottom part, connection kit for G½, G1, G1½
and G2, 30 x nail cable clips, hose connectors
i Indication of litres (5 digits), (4 x 4 mm), mounting accessories
See operating instruc- % or liquid level in cm
tions for detailed infor- DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
Measuring line
mation on the range of PVC hose 4 x 1 mm
the EnOcean® wireless DTA 20 E with Pneumofix 2 52146
Length 20 m
module. Balance chamber stainless steel DTA 20 E without Pneumofix 2 52156

www.afriso.com 15
 Level Continuous

1
Mounting accessories
pneumatic level indicators

Pneumofi x type 2
Description Complete, universal mounting kit for pneumatic level indica-
tors (Unitel, Unitop, DTA). Can be used for tanks of up to
4,000 mm in height or diameter. Consisting of screw fitting
with dual thread G½ and G1, reducer G1 x 1½ x 2. Standpipe
in tank with balance chamber. PVC measuring line (4 x 1 mm),
20 m with 30 x nail cable clips,
hose connector (4 x 4 mm) and mounting accessories.
Suitable for use in flood hazard areas. Watertight up to 10 m
water column. If no connection socket is available at an individ-
ual tank, it is recommended to use Euroflex (see page 163).

Pneumofix

PVC hose Ø 4 x 1 mm
Description For extending the measuring line (Pneumofix) of pneumatic
level indicators.
Consisting of: 20 m PE measuring line 4 x 1 mm with hose
extension piece. Suitable for use in flood hazard areas.
Watertight up to
10 m water column.

PVC hose with mounting

accessories
Condensate trap KG 2
Description For protection of pneumatic level indicators against conden-
sate. Made of high-grade, impact-resistant plastic. The con-
densate trap can be easily unscrewed for emptying.
Universal connections for hose or pipe with 6 mm outside
diameter. Suitable for use in flood hazard areas. Watertight
up to 10 m water column.

Scope of delivery:
KG 2, incl. mounting material (screws, screwed connections)

Condensate trap KG 2
Reducers/adapters Reducers
Description Reducer 2 x 1½
Reducer G2 x G1½ made of grey plastic (ABS).

Reducer 1½ x 1
Reducer G1½ x G1 made of grey plastic (ABS).

Description Flange adapter for battery tanks

Flange adapter G1 made of black plastic (ABS). Mounting kit

Flange adapter
Description Mounting kit for battery tanks
For mounting of Unitel, Unitop or DTA if all process connections
at the tank are used.

PG: 1 DG Part no.

Pneumofix type 2 G 1 - 20142
PVC hose Ø 4 x 1 mm, 20 m, with mounting accessories G 1 - 20696
Hose connector 4 x 4 mm G 1 25 43945
Condensate trap KG 2 G 1 5 20320
Reducer 2 x 1½ G 1 - 20903
Reducer 1½ x 1 G 1 - 20905
Flange adapter G1½ female G 1 10 20900
Mounting kit for battery tanks M 1 - 52154

16 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Digital tank contents
indicator DIT 10

■ For fuel oil EL, L, diesel fuel, biodiesel

and water
■ Universal application in tanks of up to 4
m in height or diameter
■ No external supply voltage required
■ Push-to-read function for extremely long
battery service life

Application For level measurement in tanks containing fuel oil EL, L (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels
as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 %
FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming sys-
tems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Specially suitable for
underground tanks and basement tanks, also for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas. For
filling levels from 900 mm to 4,000 mm.

Description The hydrostatic level indicator consists of a control unit with digital display and a submersible probe
with integrated pressure measuring cell. High measuring accuracy due to electronic sensor (pressure
measuring cell). Simple operation due to device setup via menus. No bearing charts required since all
standard tank shapes are stored. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Functions Scope of delivery

specifications Push-to-read, selection of units, ■ Control unit with digital display
calculation of total volume ■ 5 m connection cable to probe

(can be extended by up to 10 m)
Measuring range ■ Moisture-proof junction box (IP 54)
0/400 mbar ■ Submersible probe with 6 m submersible cable

■ Screw connector kit G1 x G1½ x G2

Measuring accuracy
■ Mounting kit for withdrawal flange (PG 9 gland)
±1.5 % FS
■ Wall mounting

Operating temperature range

Medium: –5/+70 °C
Ambient: 0/45 °C
Storage: –5/+70 °C
Display
4-digit, 12 mm high 7-segment LC display with
additional symbols
Displayed values
Litres, m³, %, liquid level in mm
Submersible probe
Housing: Stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
Cable: PVC, 6 m with breather tube
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L (1.4435)
Seals: FKM (Viton)
Spacer: POM, PE
Supply voltage
1 x lithium battery 3.6 V (included)
Service life approx. 5 years
Housing
PA6, glass-fibre reinforced, blue, DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Ø 75 mm, wall mounting
DIT 10 52150
Degree of protection Spare submersible probe
Control unit: IP 51 (EN 60529) 52153
(0/400 mbar)
Submersible probe: IP 68 (EN 60529)
Spare battery 68309

www.afriso.com 17
 Level Continuous

1
Hydrostatic indicator
TankControl 10

■ For fuel oil EL, L, diesel fuel,

biodiesel and water
■ Graphical indication of consumption
1 2
and remaining range
■ With visual/audible alarms,
Acknowledge key and 2 relays
■ Remote measurements up to 15 m
A A A

1 Additional probe differential alarm

2 Floating probe
Page 109 Page 709 Page 707

Application Continuous level measurement with graphical display for indication of consumption (history), calcula-
tion of remaining range (forecast) and signalling of minimum or maximum levels as well as for level con-
trol. Suitable for fuel oil EL, L (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), water (no drinking water!), liquid fuels
as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as wells as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 %
FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming sys-
tems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %.
For tanks from 1,000 to 4,000 mm liquid level.

In conjunction with an additional submersible probe for differential alarm also suitable for detecting
level differences in communicating tanks (e.g. battery tanks) which may cause overfilling. It is also pos-
sible to connect a floating probe for backflow alarms (drain system, e.g. for rain water harvesting sys-
tems) or for additional minimum or maximum alarms. Suitable for use in flood hazard areas and flood
risk areas.

Description The hydrostatic level indicator consists of a control unit with numerical and graphical display and a
submersible probe with integrated pressure measuring cell. Optionally with additional submersible
probe for differential alarm or with floating probe. The system displays either litres, m3, % or liquid level
(mm). When the level falls below or exceeds an adjustable minimum or maximum value, the control unit
triggers visual and audible (can be acknowledged) alarms. The value for submersible probe 2 is dis-
played in mm. If an adjustable level difference between submersible probe 1 and submersible probe 2
is exceeded, an alarm is triggered. Two additional relay contacts with selectable switching points are
available for external alarm devices, for level control or for connection to telecommunication or building
control systems. Easy operation due to device setup via menus. High measuring accuracy due to elec-
tronic sensing. Standard tank shapes are stored. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Functions Display

specifications Selection of units, daily saving of level data, High-resolution, backlit graphical display
consumption monitoring, graphical evaluation of (30 x 50 mm). Indication of either litres (6 digits),
consumption values (up to 5 years), calculation of m³, % or liquid level in mm. Symbols for alarm
remaining range, alarm functions (min./max.), functions.
sensor error and short circuit alarms. Submersible probe
Measuring range Housing: Stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
0/400 mbar Cable: PVC, 6 m with breather tube
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L (1.4435)
Measuring accuracy Seals: FKM (Viton)
±1.5 % FS Spacer: POM, PE
Operating temperature range Degree of protection: IP 68 (EN 60529)
Medium: –5/+70 °C Supply voltage
Ambient: 0/45 °C AC 230 V
Storage: –5/+70 °C Lithium battery for data backup (calendar function)
Switching outputs
Relay contacts: 2 voltage-free changeover
contacts
Contact rating: AC 230 V, 2 A

18 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Hydrostatic level indicator TankControl 10

Technical Visual alarm Scope of delivery

specifications Red LED ■ Control unit with graphical display and 15 m

connection cable to the probe (cannot be

Audible alarm
extended)
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged ■ Submersible probe with 6 m submersible cable

■ Moisture-proof junction box (IP 54)

Housing
■ Screw connector kit G1 x G1½ x G2
Wall mounting housing made of
■ Mounting kit for withdrawal flange at plastic
impact-resistant plastic (PC/ABS)
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm battery tanks
Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529)
Options
■ Submersible probe for differential alarm

■ Floating probe (spare probe Minimelder)

Application examples TankControl 10

Monitoring of the levels in two communicating tanks. A submers-

ible probe is installed in each tank. If the level difference exceeds
a defined value, the unit triggers an alarm. The causes of the
uneven levels can be removed prior to filling. Potential damage as
a result of different levels in the two tanks is avoided.

Monitoring of the level in a fuel oil tank with early signalling of Monitoring of the level in an outdoor rain water tank. A com-
minimum level. With combined alarm light and horn as addition- bined alarm light and horn is connected in the vicinity of the tank;
al alarm equipment outside of the building and transmission of TankControl 10 is installed inside the building. It is also possible
alarm messages, level data and reaming range to a central build- to connect a float switch to monitor for backflow from the drain.
ing control system.

PG: 4 DG Part no.

TankControl 10 H 52151
Spare submersible probe (0/400 mbar) H 52153
Additional probe differential alarm H 52152
Floating probe (spare probe Minimelder) G 16703

www.afriso.com 19
 Level Continuous

1
Hydrostatic level indicator HydroFox®
DMU 08 – level probe

■ Compact and sturdy stainless steel design 1

■ Special calibration for all standard
pressure units possible
2
■ Version with PUR or FEP cable
■ Optional Ex version
3

A A

4
1 Junction box with pressure relief port
Page 702 Page 704
2 Digital display and control unit
VarioFox® 24
3 Signalling device
4 HydroFox® DMU 08

Application For electronic, continuous level measurement, e.g. in wells, drilling holes, water, containers or in waste
water systems. Suitable for groundwater, drinking water, waste water (with optional FEP cable), diesel
fuel, fuel oil; also for use in flood hazard areas.

Description Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 08 convert physical pressure into an electrical signal propor-
tional to the pressure. HydroFox® DMU 08 uses a piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Electrical connection (degree of protection)

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according PUR cable, 5 m (IP 68)
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, With integrated breather tube for reference to the
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.5 % FSO ambient atmospheric pressure
Measuring ranges Options
Relative pressure: 0/100 mbar bis 0/400 mbar ■ Extended weight

(see chapter 13 for further measuring ranges) ■ Ex version (see chapter 13)

■ FEP cable (see chapter 13)

Operating temperature range
Medium: -10/+70 °C Accessories
Ambient: -10/+70 °C ■ Screw connector kit

Storage: -25/+70 °C ■ Junction box

■ Anchor clamp
Temperature error band
In compensated range
0/70 °C ≤ ±1 % FSO/10 K
Dynamic characteristics
Response time ≤ 10 ms
Materials
Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Seals: FKM (Viton)
Cable: PUR
DG: H PG Part no.
Pressure transmission liquid
DMU 08 with 5 m PUR cable
Silicone oil
Measuring range
Supply voltage
DC 12–36 V 0/100 mbar 4 31555
0/160 mbar 4 31556
Output signal
4–20 mA, 2-wire 0/200 mbar 4 31557

Load 0/250 mbar 4 31558

4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin)/0.02 A] Ω 0/300 mbar 4 31519
Current input 0/400 mbar 4 31559
4–20 mA < 25 mA Screw connector kit
i 1 52125
plastic, G2 x 1½ x 1
Electrical protection
Complete range for Junction box with pressure
Short circuit proof and protected against reverse 1 31824
"hydrostatic level measure- relief port
polarity
ment" see chapter 13: Anchor clamp 3 31825
DMU 07 – DMU 09. Blue part no. = in-stock items

20 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Capacitance level indicator
CapFox® EFT 20

■ Easy adjustment via magnetic pin

■ Degree of protection IP 68 with fixed cable
connection
■ For tank heights of 100 mm and more
■ Ex version suitable for mining applications

Page 702

Application Capacitance level indicator with 2-wire or 3-wire technology for continuous level measurement of liq-
uids and bulk solids (flour, sand, cement, plastic granules) in open and closed container, tanks or silos.
Particularly suitable for low tank heights.

Description The capacitance level indicator CapFox® EFT 20 detects the change in electrical capacitance caused
by the change in level and converts the amount of change into a current signal (4–20 mA) or a voltage
signal (0–10 V). The electronics module is contained in a robust stainless steel housing. Flexible probes
or rod probes are available as measurement electrode. For level measurement of adhesive, corrosive
or electrically conductive media, the electrodes are available with an insulating coating. If media are
stored in tanks made of non-conductive materials or in open containers, the probes must be equipped
with an additional coax reference pipe or an earth electrode.

Technical Indication Current input

specifications LED, green: Operation indication Max. 20.5 mA / 2-wire
LED, orange: Status indication
Load
Min. measuring range Rmax= 700 Ω at 24 V
0/100 mm
Housing
Max. measuring range Stainless steel 304
MS: ≤ 2,000 mm
Degree of protection
MF: ≤ 6,000 mm
IP 68 (cable gland with fixed cable connection)
KX: ≤ 1,000 mm
IP 67 (connector M12 x 1, 4-pin)
(please specify exact probe length when ordering)
Electrical connection
Accuracy
Plastic cable gland M12 x 1.5
Non-linearity: Max. 1 % of measured value
with fixed cable connection, 2 m
Temperature error: Max. 0.05 %/ K
Weight
Operating temperature range
Approx. 0.3 kg
Medium (tm): -40/+300 °C
HT version approx. 0.6 kg
Flange (tp): -40/+85 °C
(Ex version up to 75 °C) Probe material
(high temperature up to +200 °C) Stainless steel 316 L (MS)
Ambient (ta): -30/+85 °C Stainless steel 316 (MF)
(Ex version up to 75 °C) Stainless steel 304 (KX)
Process pressure Scope of delivery
See pressure resistance table CapFox® EFT 20 according to configuration
Process connection with magnetic pin
Either G1B, G¾B, ¾ NPT, Options
Tri-Clamp (Ø 34 or Ø 50.5 mm) ■ Other process connections
■ PFA coating/FEP coating
Supply voltage
■ Ex version
DC 9–34 V / 2-wire
■ Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIB T4 Ga
for Ex version DC 9–28 V
■ Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T120°C Da/Db
DC 12–34 V / 3-wire
■ Ex M1 Ex ia I Ma

Output signal
4–20 mA / 2-wire (standard)
0–10 V / 3-wire (option)

www.afriso.com 21
 Level Continuous

1
Capacitance level indicator
CapFox® EFT 20

Connection diagram

ta – ambient temperature
(housing) HT version

tp – flange temperature

Zone 1

Zone 21

tm – temperature of
medium at electrode Zone 0

Zone 20

Maximum operating pressure at temperature tp

Pressure resistance
Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to
Version
30 °C 85 °C 120 °C 150 °C 200 °C
EFT 20 MS – 20 50 bar 25 bar – – –
EFT 20 MS – 21, 22 + KX 50 bar 20 bar – – –
EFT 20 MF 1 bar 1 bar – – –
EFT 20 MS – 20 HT 50 bar 25 bar 15 bar 10 bar 5 bar
EFT 20 MS – 21, 22 + KX HT 50 bar 20 bar 15 bar 10 bar 1 bar
EFT 20 MF – HT 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar

Pin assignment
output signals Electrical connection, 2-wire
mA system +U
Uout (BK)
BU (3) 0 V (3)
BN (1) 0V + - +U (BN) 0 V (BU)
mA +U
BU (3)
BN ( 1)
0V
+U
BK (3)
Uout +U (1) M 12 x 1, 4-pin
U BU
BN ((21))
0V
EN 61076-2-101
+U
Electrical connection,
BK (3) 3-wireVsystem
Uout 0 V (3)
U BU ( 2)
BN (1) 0V + -
+U
BK (4) V
Uout
Legend:
BU (3)
BN ( 1) (1...) – Terminal assignment
0V
+U Uout (4) in connector
BK (4) V +U (1) BN – brown
Uout BU – blue
U BU (3) BK – black

22 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Capacitance level indicator
CapFox® EFT 20

Types and dimensions (mm)

CapFox® EFT 20 MS – 20 with rigid mono probe CapFox® EFT 20 MS – 21, 22 with rigid mono probe
(FEP- or PFA-insulated)
35
6,5

36
42
64

16

①
22
15

10
10

100 –2000
100 –2000

8 10

① Process connection

CapFox® EFT 20 MF – 60 with flexible mono probe High temperature version

10
3
500 – 6000

5
50

22
105

CapFox® EFT 20 KX – 40, 41 with coax probe Process connection Tri-Clamp DIN 32676

① Tri-Clamp (Ø 34 mm)
Tri-Clamp (Ø 50.5 mm)

www.afriso.com 23
 Level Continuous

1
Capacitance level indicator
CapFox® EFT 20

Electrical connections (mm)

Version with short stainless steel cable gland Version B with PVC cable gland M12 x 1.5

12
6,5

20
18
15
-

-
+

+
12

Version C with connector M12 x 1, 4-pin Version D with dust-tight cable gland (Ex)

M12
13
-
+

24 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Capacitance level indicator
CapFox® EFT 20

Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4

1 Capacitance level indicator
56550 CapFox® EFT 20

2 Probe type / max. measuring range / application / base price incl. 1 m electrode
20 Mono probe rigid with FEP insulation EFT 20 MS, max. 2,000 mm, for non-conductive media
21 Mono probe rigid with FEP insulation, EFT 20 MS, max. 2,000 mm, for conductive media
22 Mono probe rigid with PFA insulation, EFT 20 MS, max. 2,000 mm, for conductive media and food
40 Coax probe without insulation, EFT 20 KX, max. 1,000 mm, for non-conductive liquids
41 Coax probe with FEP-insulated measuring electrode, EFT 20 KX, max. 1,000 mm, for non-conductive liquids
60 Mono probe flexible, with weight Ø 22 mm, EFT 20 MF, max. 6,000 mm, for bulk solids

3 Temperature range
ST Standard for max. flange temperature tp 85 °C (Ex version 75 °C)
HT High temperature version for max. flange temperature tp 200 °C

4 Probe length (L) Extra charge for each 100 mm probe length for lengths > 1,000 mm
2000 Length in mm e.g. 2,000 mm
Rigid mono probe without insulation for EFT 20 MS
Rigid mono probe with FEP insulation for EFT 20 MS
Rigid mono probe with PFA insulation for EFT 20 MS
Flexible mono probe without insulation for EFT 20 MF

5 Process connection
1 G1B
2 G¾B
3 ¾ NPT
4 Tri-Clamp DIN 32676, Ø 34 mm
5 Tri-Clamp DIN 32676, Ø 50.5 mm

6 Electrical connection
A Short stainless steel cable gland
B Plastic cable gland M12 x 1.5
C Connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
D Dust-tight cable gland (Ex)

7 Output signal
01 4–20 mA / 2-wire / DC 9–34 V
02 0–10 V / 3-wire / DC 12–34 V
4–20 mA (ia) / 2-wire / DC 9–28 V (gas and dust Ex)
EX
Ui = 30 V DC; Ii = 132 mA; Pi = 0.99 W; Ci=35 nF; Li =1 0 mH
4–20 mA (ia) / 2-wire / DC 9–28 V (mining applications)
MEX
Ui = 30 V DC; Ii = 132 mA; Pi = 0.99 W; Ci = 35 nF; Li = 10 mH

Ordering code
example
56550 21 ST 10 0 0 1 A 01

www.afriso.com 25
 Level Continuous

1
Ultrasonic level indicator
SonarFox® UST 20

■ Non-contact level measurement

■ Easy adjustment even without medium
■ Robust housing for rough ambient
conditions
■ Suppression of interference signals
■ Optional Ex version

Page 704

Application For continuous, non-contact level measurement in open or closed containers, tanks or silos. Suitable
for liquid, mushy and pasty media. Ideal for sludge, adhesives, resins and waste water. The device can
be easily adjusted even without a medium by means of the programming display with user-friendly
menus. It also serves as a local display.

Description The SonarFox® UST 20 level indicator uses the physical properties of ultrasonic waves to determine
the level. An ultrasonic wave is emitted which is reflected by objects in the sound cone. The time up to
the reception of the reflected echo is a measure of the distance. Since the mounting position is
defined, it is possible to calculate the filling level of the medium. Type, density and temperature of the
medium have no effect on the measurement – the only prerequisite is a reflecting surface.
Acoustically diffuse surfaces such as foam or uneven surfaces of bulk solids are to be tested with
regard to the application. An optional, additional alignment horn adapter can be used for such media.
Installations or stirrers above the surface of the medium can be masked during empty setup.

Probe selection
Probe type UST 20 – 01 UST 20 – 11 UST 20 – 21 UST 20 – 31
Measuring range 0.15 – 2 m 0.25 – 6 m 0.4 – 10 m 0.5 – 20 m
Low tanks < 1,000 mm + - - -
Tanks between 1,000 mm and 2,000 mm + + - -
Tanks between 2,000 mm and 6,000 mm - + + -
Tanks between 6,000 mm and 10,000 mm - - + +
High tanks > 10,000 mm - - - +
Liquids + + + +
Pastes and adhesives + + + +
High-viscosity or adhesive media + + + +
Low-viscosity media + + + +
Corrosive media + + + +
Conductive media + + + +
- Not suitable Non-conductive media + + + +
O Limited suitability
+ Suitable Foam on the medium* o o o o
* Use of alignment horn adapter advisable, see accessories.

26 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Ultrasonic level indicator
SonarFox® UST 20

Technical Programming display (option) Temperature error

specifications 5-digit, 9 mm high, Max. 0.04 %/K
yellow matrix OLED
Measuring frequency
Resolution 128 x 64 pixels
UST 20 – 01: 120 kHz
Status indicator UST 20 – 11: 75 kHz
Level outside of measuring range, UST 20 – 21: 50 kHz
no echo, etc. UST 20 – 31: 30 kHz
Adjustable in the modes:
Operating temperature range
3.75 mA, 22 mA, last measured value
UST 20 – 01, 11: -30/+70 °C
Signal damping UST 20 – 21 / 31: -30/+60 °C
Adjustable from 0 to 99 s at process connection up to 90 °C
(short-term up to 60 min)
Delay of initial measurement
at measurement start Process pressure
Approx. 30 s Max. 1 bar
Measuring interval Process connection
1–4 s UST 20 – 01: PP, G1B
UST 20 – 11: PP, G 1½B
Supply voltage
UST 20 – 21: PP, G 2¼B
DC 18–36 V
UST 20 – 31: Aluminium alloy,
for Ex version DC 18–28 V
Flange EN 1092-1 DN100 PN16
Output signal
Ultrasonic transducer
4–20 mA/HART, 2-wire
PVDF
Current input
Housing
Max. 22 mA
Aluminium die cast
Max. load
Degree of protection
Rmax= 270 Ω at: U= 24 V
IP 67 (EN 60529)
Rmax= 180 Ω at: U= 22 V
Rmax= 90 Ω at: U= 20 V Electrical connection
Rmax= 45 Ω at: U= 19 V Cable gland M16 x 1.5
Measuring range Weight
UST 20 – 01: 0.15 – 2 m UST 20 – 01: 0.3 kg
UST 20 – 11: 0.25 – 6 m UST 20 – 11: 0.4 kg
UST 20 – 21: 0.4 – 10 m UST 20 – 21: 0.6 kg
UST 20 – 31: 0.5 – 20 m UST 20 – 31: 3.1 kg
Adjustable measuring range Options
Min. 200 mm ■ Output RS-485 Modbus RTU

■ Ex version
Resolution
Ex II 1/2G Ex ia IIB T5 Ga/Gb
UST 20 – 01: <1 mm
Ex II 1/2G Ex ia IIA T5 Ga/Gb (UST 20 – 21)
UST 20 – 11: <2 mm
Ex II 2G Ex ia IIA T5 Gb (UST 20 – 31)
UST 20 – 21: <1 mm
UST 20 – 31: <2.5 mm
Accuracy
±0.15 % FS

www.afriso.com 27
 Level Continuous

1
Ultrasonic level indicator
SonarFox® UST 20

Types and dimensions (mm)

Housing UST 20 – 01 Housing UST 20 – 11

① Cable grommet
② Earthing terminal

Housing UST 20 – 21 Housing UST 20 – 31

28 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Ultrasonic level indicator
SonarFox® UST 20

Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4

1 Ultrasonic level indicator
56220 SonarFox® UST 20

2 Probe type / measuring range / measuring frequency / process connection

01 Measuring range 0.15–2 m, 120 kHz, PP G1B
11 Measuring range 0.25–6 m, 75 kHz, PP G1½B
21 Measuring range 0.4–10 m, 50 kHz, PP G2¼B
31 Measuring range 0.5–20 m, 30 kHz, aluminium alloy EN 1092-1 DN 100 PN 16

3 Display (required for programming)

D With local display, housing cover with window
O Without local display, housing cover without window

4 Output signal / interface

01 4–20 mA + HART / 2-wire / DC 18–36 V
02 RS-485 Modbus RTU
4–20 mA (ia) + HART / 2-wire / DC 18–28 V
EX
Ui = 30 V DC; Ii = 132 mA; Pi = 0.99 W; Ci = 370 nF; Li = 0.9 mH; Tamb = –30 °C ≤ +70 °C

Ordering code
example
56220 11 D 01

DG: H, PG: 4
Standard versions Part no.
56220 11 D 01 measuring range 0.25 – 6 m, G1½B, with display 33542
56220 01 D 01 measuring range 0.15 – 2 m, G1B, with display 33543
56220 11 O 01 measuring range 0.25 – 6 m, G1½B, without display 33544
56220 01 O 01 measuring range 0.15 – 2 m, G1B, without display 33545
56220 21 D 01 measuring range 0.4 – 10 m, G21/4B, with display 33557
56220 31 D 01 measuring range 0.5 – 20 m, DN 100 PN 16, with display 33558
56220 21 O 01 measuring range 0.4 – 10 m, G21/4B, without display 33559
56220 31 O 01 measuring range 0.5 – 20 m, flange DN 100, without display 33560
Accessories
Programming display/local display PD 20 UST/PMG 56225
Alignment horn adapter made of plastic (PP) G1 female 56221
Alignment horn adapter made of plastic (PP) G1½ female 56222
Alignment horn adapter made of plastic (PP) G2¼ female 56223
Housing cover with window 56224
Housing cover without window 56226
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 29
 Level Continuous

1
Guided micropulse level indicators
PulsFox® PMG 20

■ Level measurement independent of changes in

pressure, temperature or density
■ Stable, reliable measurement even with foam,
vapour, dust or turbulent surfaces of the medium
■ Robust housing for rough ambient conditions
■ Maintenance-free, not subject to wear and tear

Page 704

Application For universal continuous level measurement in containers, tanks or silos. Suitable for liquid, powdery,
electrically conductive or non-conductive media. Ideal for changing media. FEP-coated and PFA-
coated probes are available for corrosive, highly clean media or food. Also suitable for pressurised or
vacuum tanks.
The device can be easily adjusted by means of the programming display with user-friendly menus; it
also serves as a local display.

Description PulsFox® PMG 20 level indicators operate on the basis of the guided micropulse principle (TDR, time
domain reflectometry). A micropulse is emitted along a probe. The micropulse is surrounded by an
electromagnetic field. Reflections of the pulses from objects and surfaces serve as the basis of dis-
tance measurement. The pulse's propagation time is directly proportional to the distance between the
probe and the surface of the medium. The reflectance of materials depends on the dielectric constant
εr. Changes of the medium such as, for example vapour, dust or a turbulent surface do not affect the
measuring accuracy of this measuring principle. No recalibration is required when a different medium
is used. Even if properties such as pressure, temperature and density change, the system operates
with high reliability and precision. PulsFox® PMG 20 has no moving parts and is therefore mainte-
nance-free and not subject to wear.

Application examples ■ Cement silo ■ Supply tanks for hydraulic oil

■ Liquid bitumen ■ Condensation tanks for liquids
■ Containers for construction materials such as ■ Water separators upstream of vacuum pumps
mortar, plaster, gypsum ■ Small in medium tanks for raw and finished
■ Silos for additional fuels such as meat and products in refineries
bone meal or dried sewage sludge ■ Level measurement in facilities for
■ Tanks for liquefied gas such as LPG, LNG leachate treatment
■ Tanks facilities for ethanol fuel ■ Supply water tanks of turbines
■ Tank facilities for hydrochloric acid ■ Level measurement in bodies of water
■ Storage of intermediate products,
chemical industry

30 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Guided micropulse level indicators
PulsFox® PMG 20

Rigid Flexible PFA FEP

mono mono Coax Partially Fully Fully
probe probe probe insulated insulated insulated
Probe selection MS MF KX probes probes probes
Low tanks
o - + - - -
≤ 1,000 mm
Tanks > 1,000 mm /
+ o + + + +
≤ 2,000 mm
Tanks > 2,000 mm /
- + - + - +
≤ 3,000 mm
High tanks
- + - + - +
> 3,000 mm
Liquids + + + + + +
Solids + + - - - +
High-viscosity or
o o - o o o
adhesive media
Low-viscosity media + + + + + +
Disturbing installations/
- - + + + +
small distances
Conductive foam on
+ + - + + +
the medium
Liquids in environ-
ments with condensing - - - + + +
vapours
Corrosive and very
- - - - + -
clean liquids
– Not suitable
Corrosive liquids and
O Limited suitability - - - - - +
+ Suitable beverages

Technical Display (option) Process connection

specifications 5-digit, 9 mm high, G1B, stainless steel 316 Ti (1.4571)
yellow matrix OLED
Supply voltage
Resolution 128 x 64 pixels
DC 18–36 V / 2-wire
Min. measuring range for Ex version DC 18–28 V
0/100 mm, depending on probe
Output signal
Max. measuring range 4–20 mA/HART, 2-wire
MS: ≤ 3,000 mm
Current input
with PFA-coating max. 2,000 mm
Max. 22 mA
MF: ≤ 40,000 mm
with FEP coating max. 12,000 mm Housing
KX: ≤ 3,000 mm Aluminium die cast
(please specify exact probe length when ordering)
Degree of protection
Dielectric constant ε of medium IP 67
MS/MF: ≥ 2.1
KX: ≥ 1.8 Electrical connection
Cable gland M16 x 1.5
Accuracy
MS/MF: ±4 mm ≤ 2 m Probe material
±2 mm ≥ 2 m Stainless steel 316 L (MF)
KX: ±3 mm ≤ 2 m Stainless steel 316 Ti (MS/KX)
±2 mm ≥ 2 m Options
Operating temperature range
■ Other process connections
■ PFA coating/FEP coating
Medium: -40/+300 °C
■ Ex version
(Ex version up to +98 °C)
Flange: -40/+85 °C Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIB T5 Ga/Gb
(high temperature up to +200 °C)
Ambient: -30/+70 °C
Process pressure
MS/KX: Max. 100 bar
(high temperature and MF max. 10 bar)

www.afriso.com 31
 Level Continuous

1
Guided micropulse level indicators
PulsFox® PMG 20

Types and dimensions (mm)

PulsFox® PMG 20 MO – 00, mono probe without electrode PulsFox® PMG 20 MS – 20-with rigid mono probe

① Electrode holder
② Electrode

PulsFox® PMG 20 MS –22, 23 with mono probe PulsFox® PMG 20 MS – 21 with rigid mono probe
(PFA-insulated or FEP-insulated) (partially insulated)

PulsFox® PMG 20 KX – 40 with coax probe PulsFox® PMG 20 MF – 60, 62, 63 with flexible mono probe

① 4 x opening

32 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Level

1
Guided micropulse level indicators
PulsFox® PMG 20

Types and dimensions (mm)

PulsFox® PMG 20 MF – 61 with flexible mono probe PulsFox® PMG 20 as high temperature version
(PTFE-insulated)

PulsFox® PMG 20 with process connection TriClamp 1" PulsFox® PMG 20 – 62, 63 mounting eyelet

① Mounting of version PMG 20-62 (63)

www.afriso.com 33
 Level Continuous

1
Guided micropulse level indicators
PulsFox® PMG 20

Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4

1 Guided micropulse level indicator
56540 PulsFox® PMG 20

2 Probe type / process connection / max. measuring range

Mono probe without electrode, PMG 20 MO, G1B, probe connection M8 female thread
00
Electrode provided by customer, probe length max. 40,000 mm
20 Mono probe rigid without insulation, PMG 20 MS, G1B, max. 3,000 mm
21 Mono probe with partially insulated probe, PMG 20 MS, G1B, max. 3,000 mm
22 Mono probe rigid with PFA insulation PMG 20 MS, G1B, max. 2,000 mm
23 Mono probe rigid with FEP insulation PMG 20 MS, G1B, max. 2,000 mm
40 Coax probe, PMG 20 KX, G1B, max. 3,000 mm
60 Mono probe flexible, without insulation, with weight Ø 30 mm, PMG 20 MF, G1B, max. 40,000 mm
Mono probe flexible, with FEP insulation and weight Ø 29 mm (PTFE insulation), PMG 20 MF, G1B,
61
max. 12,000 mm
62 Mono probe flexible, without insulation, with mounting eyelet, PMG 20 MF, G1B, max. 40,000 mm
Mono probe flexible, with PA insulation and mounting eyelet (not insulated), PMG 20 MF, G1B,
63
max. 40,000 mm

3 Display/temperature range
D With local display, housing cover with window
High temperature version with local display , housing cover with window
HTD
(flange temperature: MS + KX up to 200 °C; MF up to 130 °C)
O Without local display, housing cover without window
High temperature version without local display, housing cover without window
HTO
(flange temperature: MS + KX up to 200 °C; MF up to 130 °C)

4 Probe lengths (L) E xtra charge for each metre probe length for lengths > 2,000 mm
02000 Length in mm, e.g. 2,000 mm
Rigid mono probe without insulation for PMG 20 MS
Rigid, partially insulated mono probe for PMG 20 MS
Coax electrode for PMG 20 KX
Flexible mono probe without insulation for PMG 20 MF
Flexible mono probe with FEP insulation or PFA insulation for PMG 20 MF
Flexible mono probe with PA insulation for PMG 20 MF

5 Process connection
1 G1B
3 Tri-Clamp 1" (only possible with probe types 22, 23 and 61)

6 Output signal / interface

01 4–20 mA + HART / 2-wire / DC 18–36 V
02 RS-485 Modbus RTU
4–20 mA (ia) + HART / 2-Leiter / DC 18–28 V
EX
Ui = 30 V DC; Ii = 132 mA; Pi = 0.99 W; CI = 370 nF; Li = 0.9 mH; Tamb = –30 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +70 °C

Ordering code
example 56540 22 D 015 0 0 1 01
Accessories DG PG Part no.
Programming display/local display PD 20 UST/PMG H 4 56225
Housing cover with window H 4 56224
Housing cover without window H 4 56226
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

34 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Level switches
Minimelder-R and Maximelder-R

■ For fuel oil EL, L, M, oil/water

mixtures and many other media
■ With visual/audible alarms,
Acknowledge key and 1 relay
■ Wall mounting housing for fast,
professional mounting
■ EnOcean®-ready
A A A

Page 109 Page 150 Page 149

Application Designed to signal minimum or maximum levels of water, heating oil EL, L, M, oil/water mixtures and
neutral, non-viscous and non-adhesive liquids in tanks. System owners are alerted when the supply
runs low or if there is a hazard of overfilling.

Description Minimelder/Maximelder consist of a control unit and a height-adjustable float probe. The Minimelder
probe is mounted in the bottom area of the tank and generates an alarm signal when the liquid level
falls and the probe is no longer submerged in the liquid. The Maximelder probe is mounted in the top
area of the tank and generates an alarm when the liquid reaches the probe. The liquid levels are
adjustable. When these levels are reached, the units generate visual and audible alarms. The integrat-
ed relay can be used for transmission of the signal to external alarm equipment or for connection to
telecommunication or building control systems.
Alarm units with the EnOcean-ready label can be integrated into your existing building automation sys-
tems at a later point in time. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 into the
EnOcean® interface (PCB of the device). The AFRISO gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO
products with EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to configure a whole range of fully customisable,
extensible features for the protection of plants and buildings.

Technical Operating temperature range Function test

specifications Medium: -5/+50 °C By means of Test key
Ambient: -5/+55 °C
Housing
Process connection Wall mounting housing made of
Plastic screw fitting G1, with cable gland for impact-resistant plastic (PC/ABS)
height adjustment W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Probe
Magnetic float switch
L x Ø: 85 x 25.2 mm
Float: Plastic (PA/PP)
Cable: 5 m oil-resistant cable 2 x 0.5 mm2
Material: Brass
Degree of protection: IP 68 (EN 60529)
Probe voltage: Max. 17 VAC
Connection probe – control unit DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
Length: 5 m (optionally up to 50 m) Minimelder-R 1 - 16701
Supply voltage (control unit) Maximelder-R 1 - 16702
AC 230 V
Spare probe
1 - 16703
Power input for Minimelder
5 VA Spare probe
1 - 16719
for Minimelder, 50 m
Switching output
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact Spare probe
1 - 16704
for Maximelder
Contact rating: AC 250 V, 2 A
Accessories (DG: G, PG: 1)
Visual indication
Green LED: Mains operation Mounting frame 1 - 43521
Red LED: Alarm condition Sealing kit (IP 54) 1 - 43416
Audible alarm EnOcean® wireless
1 - 78082
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged module TCM 320

www.afriso.com 35
 Level Point level

1
Conductivity level switch
CoFox® ELT 8

■ For conductive media such as water,

waste water, emulsions and many more
■ Min. or max. fail-safe mode adjustable
■ Two voltage-free relay outputs
■ Low response threshold

A A

Page 707 Page 709

Application Suitable for use with electrically conductive liquids whose level is to be limited or controlled. The liquids
such as water, emulsions or waste water must neither foam excessively nor be viscous or adhesive
(bridging). CoFox® ELT 8 can be operated with one probe as a level switch or with two probes for con-
trolling pumps, valves, etc (start/stop). Can also be used as a water alarm unit, for example in control
stations or IT rooms, in conjunction with floor water probe BWS 10-1.

Description Level switch in wall mounting housing with visual alarm and operation indicator. CoFox® ELT 8 is
designed for continuous operation and operates on the basis of conductivity. If a probe electrode is in
contact with the liquid, this closes a circuit to the tank wall or to a second electrode via the liquid. The
relay outputs switch. The sensitivity is adjustable. 2 voltage-free relay contacts are provided for switch-
ing functions.

Switching functions Level switch: The relay can be set to either energise or de-energise when the probe rod comes into
contact with or loses contact with the liquid. The switching point must be adjusted according to the
conductivity of the liquid.
Level control for filling: A minimum of 2 probe rods are required. Set the internal switch to "Max" (H).
The relay energises when the min. probe loses contact with the liquid. Relay de-energises when the
max. probe comes into contact with the liquid.
Level control for emptying: A minimum of 2 probe rods are required. Set the internal switch to "Min"
(L). The relay energises when the max. and min. probes have contact with the liquid. The relay de-
energises when the min. probe loses contact with the liquid.

Technical Response threshold Visual indication

specifications 2.5 kOhm – 60 kOhm Green LED: Mains operation
fully adjustable Red LED: Alarm condition
Operating temperature range Fail-safe mode
Ambient: -10/+60 °C Integrated selector for min. or max.
Supply voltage fail-safe mode (low/high)
DC 24 V
Housing
Power input Wall mounting housing with plug-in base
2 VA made of impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Probe circuit W x H x D: 53 x 113 x 108 mm
Max. AC 3 V Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Switching outputs
Scope of delivery
Relay contact: 2 voltage-free changeover contacts
Level switch without probe
Contact rating: AC/DC 250 V, 2 A

Version DG PG Part no.

ELT 8 DC 24 V H 4 53503A
Accessories
Additional alarm unit ZAG 01 H 4 40633
i Combined warning light and horn WLH 1 G 4 61020
See page 38 for probes for Cable extension fitting KVA G 1 40041
probes for level switches. Blue part no. = in-stock items

36 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Conductivity level switch
CoFox® ELT 680

■ Specially designed for applications in the

food industry
■ Detection of interface layers between liquids
with different levels of conductivity
(product, foam)
■ Adjustable delay helps to avoid unwanted
switching
■ Contact resistance does not influence
measurement
A A

Page 707 Page 709

Application Suitable for use with electrically conductive media, predominantly liquids, e.g. milk, wine, fruit juices,
waste water or lyes. Also suitable for foaming or adhesive media, e.g. beer or yoghurt.

Description The CoFox ELT® 680 level switch operates on the basis of conductivity. A delay can be set to avoid
undesired switching as a result of surface turbulence. The sensitivity and adjustment range of the
device have been designed in such a way as to keep contact resistance from impairing the reliability of
the unit, e.g. caused by foam on the electrode insulator (in breweries, dairies and ice-cream plants).
Furthermore, the unit is capable of interface layer detection between liquids having different levels of
conductivity (e.g. water and milk) in pipes and tanks.

Switching functions The unit can be operated either with one electrode as a single-point controller or with two electrodes
as a dependent dual-point controller.

Technical Adjustment range Probe circuit

specifications Variable adjustment Max. AC 3 V
HR: 1 kOhm to 100 kOhm
Switching output
LR: 50 Ohm to 2,000 Ohm
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact
Operating temperature range Contact rating: AC 250 V, 750 VA
Ambient: -10/+60 °C DC 12 V, 1 A
Supply voltage Visual indication
AC 230 V or DC 24 V Green LED
Power input Time delay
2.5 W, 4 VA Adjustable from 0 to 20 s
Fail-safe mode
Integrated selector for min. or
max. fail-safe mode (low/high)

Large area Housing

monitoring DIN rail housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
W x H x D: 73 x 55 x 112 mm
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
Scope of delivery
Level switch without probe

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

ELT 680
① Green LED (normal): relay energised 53682
② Fail-safe mode selector
DC 24 V
③ Relay output ELT 680
53681
④ Potentiometer for sensitivity
AC 230 V
i
⑤ Potentiometer for switching delay
⑥ Mains supply Phase-L1-(Dc+) Accessories
See page 38 for probes for ⑦ Mains supply Zero-N-(DC)
Additional alarm unit ZAG 01 40633
⑧ Mains supply earth PE
probes for level switches. Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 37
 Level Point level

1
Probes for conductivity level switches,
suitable for CoFox® ELT 8, ELT 680

Types and dimensions (mm)

Single-rod probe LST 12 Flexible probe LSE 23

① Standard length (can be shortened) ① Standard length (can be shortened)

Multi-rod probes LSM 01/LSM 02 Single-rod probe LST 32

① Standard length (can be shortened) ① Standard length (can be shortened)

Floor water probe BWS 10-1 Wall mounting rail probe WSS

① Response level ① Adjustment range

i
Many other probe versions are
available. Please enquire.

38 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Probes for conductivity level switches,
suitable for CoFox® ELT 8, ELT 680

DG: H, PG: 4

Type Single-rod Triple-rod Quadruple-rod Triple-rod Single-rod

Flexible probe Dual-rod probe
probe probe probe probe probe
LSE 23 LSM 02
LST 12 LSM 01 LSM 01 LSM 02 LST 32
Version

Type number 6921 21 1000 6622 27 1030 6272 14 1230 6272 14 1240 6812 24 002P 6812 24 003P 6812 21 000P
Suitable for CoFox ELT 8 / CoFox ELT 680
® ®

Part no. 55312 55323 55034 55021 55041 55044 55332

Probe head
Material Aluminium, Aluminium, PVC, PVC,
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
screw cover screw cover screw cover screw cover
316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti
ABS ABS ABS ABS
Electrical 2m 2m 2m
PG 11 PG 11 PG 11 PG 11
Connection fixed cable fixed cable fixed cable
Degree of
IP 66 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 66 IP 66 IP 66
protection
Process con-
G½B G1B G1B G1B G1B G1B G1B
nection
Electrodes
Number 1 3 3 4 2 3 1
Material 316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti
Insulator PTFE PTFE Epoxy resin Epoxy resin PTFE PTFE PTFE
Diameter 9.5 mm 9.5 mm 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 3.2 mm 9.5 mm
Length 1,000 mm 3,000 mm 1,000 mm 1,000 mm 800 mm 800 mm 1,000 mm
Application area
Process
0/3 bar 0/2 bar 0/3 bar 0/3 bar 0/10 bar 0/10 bar -1/+20 bar
pressure
Temperature 2 bar: 0/50 °C
-20/+150 °C 0/50 °C 0/50 °C -20/+120 °C -20/+120 °C -20/+220 °C
of medium 1 bar: 0/100 °C
Wall mounting rail probe WSS
Height-adjustable wall mounting probe,
Application
suitable for CoFox® ELT 8 / CoFox® ELT 680
Part no. 55050
Temperature
0/50 °C
of the medium
Adjustment range Approx. 200 mm
Electrical connection Permanently installed cable, 150 cm
Floor water probe BWS 10-1
Application Suitable for CoFox® ELT 8 / CoFox® ELT 680
Part no. 55112
Response level Approx. 2–3 mm
Temperature of
0/50 °C
the medium
Probe diameter 70 mm
Material Plastic, orange
Electrical connection Permanently installed cable, 200 cm
 Blue part no. = in-stock items
i
Select according to the operating conditions. Special customised probes
are available in addition to the standard probes listed. Please enquire.

www.afriso.com 39
 Level Point level

1
Capacitance level switch
CapFox® ENT 21

■ Easy adjustment via magnetic pin

■ Degree of protection IP 68
■ For temperatures of the medium of up to 300 °C
■ Ex version suitable for mining applications

Page 707

Application For point level detection of conductive and non-conductive liquids in tanks, ducts, pipes or silos.
Particularly suitable for application in the food, pharmaceutical and chemical industries. Also ideal for
point level detection of bulk solids such as sand, gravel, cement and granular material stored in open or
closed containers.

Description The capacitance level switch CapFox® ENT 21 consists of an electronics module integrated in a robust
stainless steel housing and the measuring electrode. The electrode is partially or fully insulated; in con-
junction with a conductive tank wall or an earthed counter-electrode, it forms a capacitor whose
capacitance depends on the electric characteristics of the environment. As soon as the dielectric (elec-
tric field) is no longer formed by a air or a different gas (free electrode), but by a liquid or the bulk solids,
the capacitance changes. This is converted into a switching signal by the electronics. A 3-pin NPN or a
PNP transistor output is available as electrical output. The sensor output of the Ex version complies
with EN 60947 (NAMUR).
Fully or partially insulated rigid probes or flexible probes are available, depending on the medium and
the application. Only fully insulated electrodes are used for point level detection of adhesive, corrosive
or electrically conductive media.

Probe selection Rigid Rigid Flexible

Rigid Rigid mono Rigid mono
compact compact mono
mono probe MS probe MS
probe MK probe MK probe
probe MS (FEP-insulated) (PFA-insulated)
(50 mm) (100 mm) MF
Clean, non-conductive
liquids such as oil, diesel, + + + o o +
petrol
Slightly polluted, non-con-
ductive liquids such as - + + o o +
lubricants, vegetable oil
Conductive liquids such as
- - - + + -
water solutions, sludge
Corrosive liquids - - - - + -
Non-adhesive bulk solids
such as plastic granules,
- + o + + +
sand, sugar, grains,
cleaning powder
Other bulk solids such as
cement, hydrated lime,
- - + o o o
flour, fly ash, sawdust,
animal feed mixtures
Horizontal mounting + + + + + -
Vertical mounting o + + + + +
Tilted vertical mounting o + + + + -
Mounting in non-metallic
– Not suitable tanks, minimum surface 200 mm² 200 mm² 400 mm²
O Limited suitability
+ Suitable
of metal plate***
*** In the case of non-metallic storage tanks, it is recommended to mount the sensor to a metal plate.

40 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Capacitance level switch CapFox ENT 21 ®

Technical Indication Degree of protection

specifications LED, green: Operation indication IP 68 (cable gland with fixed cable connection)
LED, orange: Status indication IP 67 (connector M12 x 1, 4-pin)
Operating temperature range Electrical connection
See table operating temperature range Plastic cable gland M12 x 1.5
Process pressure with fixed cable connection, 2 m
See pressure resistance table PVC cable 3 x 0.5 mm²
Process connection Weight
Either G1B, G¾B, ¾ NPT, Approx. 0.3 kg
Tri-Clamp (Ø 34 or Ø 50.5 mm) HT version approx. 0.6 kg
Supply voltage
Probe material
DC 7–34 V, load current max. 300 mA
Stainless steel 316 L (MS)
Ex version DC 8–9 V
Stainless steel 316 (MF)
Output
3-wire transistor (PNP and NPN) DC Scope of delivery
2-wire as per EN 60947 (NAMUR) CapFox® ENT 21 according to configuration,
≤ 1 mA (contact open); ≥ 2.2 mA with magnetic pin
(contact closed) Options
Switching point adjustment ■ Other process connections
Adjustment via magnetic pin supplied ■ PFA coating/FEP coating

with the unit ■ Ex version

■ Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIB T6 Ga
Current input
■ Ex II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T80°C Da
Max. 5 mA without load
■ Ex I M1 Ex ia I Ma
Housing ■ HT Ex version
Stainless steel 304 ■ Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIB T6 Ga/Gb

■ Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T80°C Da/Db

Operating temperature range

Operating
Version tm tp ta
temperature range
ENT 21 – MK -40 °C ... +200 °C -25 °C ... +85 °C* -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MS partially insulated -40 °C ... +300 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C* -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MS fully insulated -40 °C ... +200 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C* -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MF -40 °C ... +250 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C* -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MS – HT partially insulated -40 °C ... +300 °C -40 °C ... +200 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MK – HT -40 °C ... +200 °C -25 °C ... +200 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MS – HT fully insulated -40 °C ... +200 °C -40 °C ... +200 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C
ENT 21 – MF – HT -40 °C ... +250 °C -40 °C ... +200 °C -40 °C ... +85 °C
*Ex version tp = max. 75 °C.

Connection diagram
ta – ambient temperature
(housing)

tp – flange temperature

Zone 1

Zone 21

tm – temperature of the
medium at the electrode Zone 0

Zone 20

www.afriso.com 41
 Level Point level

1
Capacitance level switch CapFox® ENT 21

Maximum operating pressure at temperature tp

Pressure resistance
Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to
Version
30 °C 85 °C 120 °C 150 °C 200 °C
ENT 21 – MS partially insulated 50 bar 25 bar 15 bar 10 bar 5 bar
ENT 21 – MK 75 bar 50 bar 45 bar 10 bar 35 bar
ENT 21 – MS fully insulated 50 bar 20 bar 15 bar 10 bar 1 bar
ENT 21 – MF 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar

Pin assignment
output signals NPN output

BN (1)

BK (1)
BN (4)

BU
BK 1)
((3)
BN (4)

BK (4)
BU (3)

BU (3)
PNP output Connector (BK)
① assignment
BN (1)
+U (BN) ① (BK) 0 V (BU)
(1)
BK (4)
BN
+U (BN) ① (BK) 0 V (BU)
BU ((3)
1)
BK (4)
BN
+U (BN) 0 V (BU)
BU (3)
BK (4)

BU (3)
① Switching output
BN (1)
Output as per NAMUR (DIN EN 60947)
BN (1)

1)
BU ((3)
BN

BU (3)

BU (3)
Legend:
BN – brown
BU – blue
BK – black

* The NPN or PNP output may only be used for resistive or inductive loads.

42 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Capacitance level switch CapFox ENT 21 ®

Types and dimensions (mm)

CapFox® ENT 21 MK – 05, 10 CapFox® ENT 21 MS – 20

dls-35-10 35

6,5
35
6,5

36

42
36

64

16
42

①
64

22
16

①
22

15
13 13
15

10
50 / 100

100 - 2000
10

10

① Process connection ① Process connection

CapFox® ENT 21 MS – 21, 22 CapFox® ENT 21 MF – 60

100 - 2000

10

Process connection Tri-Clamp DIN 32676 High temperature version

① Tri-Clamp (Ø 34 mm)
Tri-Clamp (Ø 50.5 mm)

www.afriso.com 43
 Level Point level

1
Capacitance level switch CapFox® ENT 21

Electrical connections

Version with short stainless steel cable gland Version B with PVC cable gland

12

20
6,5

18 15
-

-
+

+
12

Version C with connector M12 x 1, 4-pin Version D with dust-tight cable gland (Ex)

M12
13
-
+

44 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Capacitance level switch CapFox ENT 21 ®

Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4

1 Capacitance level switch
56560 CapFox® ENT 21

2 Probe type / probe length / application

05 Compact probe rigid with PPS partial insulation, ENT 21 MK, 50 mm, for non-conductive media
10 Compact probe rigid with PPS partial insulation, ENT 21 MK, 100 mm, for non-conductive media
20 Mono probe rigid with FEP partial insulation, ENT 21 MS, 100 – 2,000 mm, for non-conductive media
21 Mono probe rigid with FEP insulation ENT 21 MS, 100–2,000 mm, for conductive media and food
22 Mono probe rigid with PFA insulation, ENT 21 MS, 100 – 2,000 mm, for conductive, corrosive media
60 Mono probe flexible, with weight Ø 22 mm, ENT 21 MF, 1,000–6,000 mm, for bulk solids

3 Temperature range
ST Standard for max. flange temperature tp 85 °C (Ex version 75 °C)
HT High temperature version for max. flange temperature tp 300 °C

4 Probe length (L) Extra charge for each 100 mm probe length for lengths > 1,000 mm
2000 Length in mm, e.g. 2,000 mm
Rigid mono probe, partially insulated for ENT 21 MS
Rigid mono probe with FEP insulation for ENT 21 MS – 21
Rigid mono probe with PFA insulation for ENT 21 MS – 22
Flexible mono probe without insulation for ENT 21 MF

5 Process connection
1 G1B
2 G¾B
3 ¾ NPT
4 Tri-Clamp DIN 32676, Ø 34 mm
5 Tri-Clamp DIN 32676, Ø 50.5 mm

6 Electrical connection Extra charge for cable lengths > 2 m, see accessories table
A Short stainless steel cable gland
B Plastic cable gland M12 x 1.5
C Connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
D Dust-tight cable gland (Ex)

7 Output signal
01 3-wire PNP / DC 9–34 V
02 3-wire NPN / DC 9–34 V
EN 60947 (NAMUR) / DC 8 V (gas and dust Ex)
EX
Ui = 12 V; Ii = 15 mA; Pi = 45 mW; Ci = 15 nF; Li = 10 µH
EN 60947 (NAMUR) / DC 8 V (mining)
MEX
Ui = 12 V; Ii = 15 mA; Pi = 45 mW; Ci = 15 nF; Li = 10 µH

Ordering code
example
56560 05 ST 10 0 0 1 A 01

Accessories DG PG Part no.

Magnetic pin MP-8 H 4 56227
Extra charge per metre PVC cable, grey (3 x 0.5 mm²) H 4 On request
Extra charge per metre PVC cable, blue (2 x 0.75 mm²) H 4 On request
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 45
 Level Point level

1
Vibration level switch
for liquids VibraFox GVG

■ Compact design
■ WHG approval
■ Maintenance-free
■ High resistance to chemicals
■ Various process connections
■ Commissioning without calibration

Application Suitable for point level detection in liquids with a maximum dynamic viscosity of 10,000 mPa • s and a
minimum density of 0.7 kg/dm³. Specially useful in applications in which float switches cannot be used
due to liquid flow, turbulence or product adherence. Ideally suited as an overflow alarm or for dry-run
protection. Due to the WHG approval, VibraFox can be used as part of an approved overfill prevention
system.

Description The vibration fork of VibraFox is excited to its resonance frequency. When the fork comes into contact
with the medium, there is a change in frequency which is detected by the electronics and converted
into a switching signal. The unique evaluation electronics enable the application of the system even
under adverse conditions, e.g. in vibrating tanks or with turbulent liquid surfaces.

Technical Density of medium Output

specifications 0.7 kg/dm3 ... 2.5 kg/dm3 2-wire AC/DC
or 3-wire transistor (PNP) DC
Dynamic viscosity of the medium
0.1 ... 10,000 mPa • s Switching delay
After immersion: 0.5 s
Flow rate
After removal: 0.5 s
Max. 6 m/s (at a viscosity of 10,000 mPa • s)
Switching point
Operating temperature range
Installation from top: 11 mm
Medium: -40/+100 °C
Installation from bottom:34 mm
Medium HT version: -40/+150 °C
(in water at 25 °C)
Ambient: -40/+70 °C
Switching hysteresis
Process pressure
Vertical installation:Approx. 2 mm
-1/+64 bar
Horizontal installation:2 mm
Process connection (in water at 25 °C)
G¾A or G1A (PN 64)
Visual indication
Vibration fork 2 colour-LEDs green/red
Stainless steel 316 L
Function test
Supply voltage With test magnet (included)
AC/DC 20–253 V (2-wire)
Housing
Load current min. 10 mA, max. 250 mA
Stainless steel 316 L, cover PEI
or DC 10–55 V (3-wire)
Load current max. 250 mA Electrical connection
Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
Power input
(DIN 43650-A) IP 65 or M12 x 1 (IP 67)
2-wire: Depending on external load
3-wire: Max. 0.6 W Approval for construction products
DIBt: Z-65.11-412

Options ■ Other process connections ■ Coupling relay (only for DC version)

(e.g. NPT, Clamp, dairy fitting) ■ Extended operating temperature range
■ Surface roughness Ra < 0.8 µm -40/+150 °C (medium)
■ Other electrical connections

46 www.afriso.com
 Point level Level

1
Vibration level switch
for liquids VibraFox GVG

Electrical connections and dimensions (mm)

GVG 10/12 GVG 10 HT/12 HT GVG 11 GVG 11 HT

Standard version High temperature version Standard version High temperature version

① Protective cover thread

GVG 13/14 GVG 13 HT/14 HT GVG 10 MR/GVG 12 MR GVG 10 CP/GVG 12 CP

Standard version High temperature version Dairy fitting Tri-Clamp

① Screwed pipe connection

② Tri-Clamp

Wiring diagram non-contact switch AC/DC Wiring diagram transistor output (PNP) DC

Connector, ISO 4400 M12x1 – connector

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black

www.afriso.com 47
 Level Point level

1
Vibration level switch for liquids VibraFox GVG

DG: H, PG: 4

Type GVG 10 GVG 11 GVG 12 GVG 13 GVG 14

Version

Process connection G¾A G¾A G¾A G¾A G¾A

Part no. 56164 56166 56168 56170 56172
Installation length 64 mm 64 mm 64 mm 112 mm 112 mm
Process connection G1A G1A G1A G1A G1A
Part no. 56165 56167 56169 56171 56173
Installation length 67 mm 67 mm 67 mm 115 mm 115 mm
Supply voltage AC/DC AC/DC
DC 10–55 V DC 10–55 V DC 10–55 V
20–253 V 20–253 V
Output Non-contact Transistor Transistor Non-contact Transistor
switch output PNP output PNP switch output PNP
Electrical connection Connector and Connector and Connector and Connector and
junction box as per junction box as per junction box as per junction box as per
ISO 4400 M12 x 1 ISO 4400 ISO 4400 ISO 4400
(DIN 43650-A) (DIN 43650-A) (DIN 43650-A) (DIN 43650-A)

Options
Extended operating temperature range (medium)
• • • • •
-40 °C/+150 °C
Process connection*
¾" NPT • • • • •
1" NPT • • • • •
Tri-Clamp 1", PN 16, Ra ≤ 0.8 µm, -40/+150 °C** • • • • •
Tri-Clamp 1½", PN 16, Ra ≤ 0.8 µm, -40/+150 °C** • • • • •
Tri-Clamp 2", PN 16, Ra ≤ 0.8 µm, -40/+150 °C** • • • • •
Dairy fitting DIN 11851
• • • • •
DN 25, PN 40, Ra ≤ 0.8 µm, -40/+150 °C**
Dairy fitting DIN 11851,
• • • • •
DN 40, PN 40, Ra ≤ 0.8 µm, -40/+150 °C**
Dairy fitting DIN 11851,
• • • • •
DN 50, PN 25, Ra ≤ 0.8 µm, -40/+150 °C**

Accessories Part no.

Coupling relay KR 100 ST (only for DC versions) output: 1 x voltage-free changeover contact 53700
Spare test magnet for function test 56155
* Option available with extra charge for version with process connection G¾ male. Blue part no. = in-stock items
** Options included extended operating temperature range -40/+150 °C.

48 www.afriso.com
 Industry solutions Level

1
Customised solutions

Level measurement or point level detection

AFRISO level indicators allow for continuous measurement and On request, we develop and manufacture customised solutions
point level detection in tanks, silos, mobile containers or pipes in according to your requirements and take care of the entire engi-
industrial and process engineering applications. Depending on neering for you, all the way to the production of the finished sys-
the application, the medium or the required approval, you can tem.
choose between different measuring principles.

Level/point level Minimum/maximum level detection

Non-contact level measurement with ultrasonic

measuring instrument UST 20 and digital display
unit VarioFox® 24 as standalone complete solution
for individual tanks and small tank farms.

Min./max. level detection with CapFox® ENT 21.

Calibration for the medium is performed via a magnetic
pin in a very easy way.

Process visualisation, data logging

and control cabinet engineering

Multi-channel process display with data logger

and switching outputs in control cabinet, pro-
grammable according to customer requirements.

www.afriso.com 49
 Level sensors

Overfi ll prevention
systems

Accessories
 2
CHAPTER 2

Level sensors, overfill prevention systems

and PTC thermistor type level controllers

OVERVIEW

Level sensors/overfill prevention systems at a glance 52

Level sensor chain G

 WG chain 54

Level sensors with metallised sleeve 57

LEVEL SENSORS

Universal withdrawing system with level sensor chain 56

Level sensors for indoor tanks G

 WG 12 58

GWG filler caps, cable extension fitting KVA and reducers 60

Level sensors for outdoor tanks G

 WG 23-Ro/T 62

Level sensors for outdoor tanks G

 WG 23-Wa 63

TESTERS

Level sensor tester G

 PG 01 65

Level sensor tester GPR 4 66

OVERFILL PREVENTION SYSTEMS

Transducers U
 FS 01 67

Transducer N
 B 220 H 68

Level probe t ype 76 A, type 76 AH 69

Transducer L
 S 500, level probe L
 S 300 EU 70

LEVEL CONTROLLER

Level controllers R
 G 210 71

51
 Filling Overview

Level sensors/overfill prevention systems

at a glance
2

GWG 12 K/1 GWG 12 K/1C GWG 12 K/MT GWG 23-Ro

Level sensors
Rectangular tanks (DIN 6625-1) • • • •
Cylindrical horizontal steel tanks
• • • •
(EN 12285-1, 12285-2, DIN 6624-1, 6608-2)
Cylindrical vertical steel tanks (DIN 6618-1) •
Tanks

Cylindrical vertical steel tanks (DIN 6619-1) •

Cylindrical vertical steel tanks (DIN 6623-1) •
Flat bottom tanks (DIN 4119-1)
Plastic tanks • • • •
Other tank types* • • • •
Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1) • • • •
Diesel fuel (EN 590) • • • •
Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1) with 30 % fatty acid
• • • •
methyl ester (FAME) as biofuel
Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1) with 100 % fatty acid
• • •
methyl ester (FAME) as biofuel
Diesel fuel (EN 590) with 30 % fatty acid methyl
• • • •
ester (FAME) as biodiesel
Diesel fuel (EN 590) with 100 % fatty acid methyl
• • •
ester (FAME) as biodiesel
HVO/GTL • • • •
Petrol (EN 228) •**
Aviation petrol
Media

Aviation / Gasoline
Aviation turbine fuels
Special grade fuels
Aliphatic hydrocarbons
Gearbox oils, motor oils and hydraulic oils
Transformer oil
Vegetable oils
Oil/water mixtures
Antifreeze agents
AdBlue®
Additional flammable and non-flammable liquids*
Approval:
Approvals

German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt)

Approval: CE as per EU Construction Products
• • • •
Regulation, EN 13616:2004
ATEX type examination certificate •**
* See the product description on the corresponding catalogue
page or the operating instructions for suitability for other Page 58 Page 59 Page 59 Page 62
tanks/media.
** Depending on product version.

52
 Overview Filling

GWG 23-T GWG 23-Wa UFS 01, type 76 A/AH NB 220 H LS 500

Level sensors Overfill prevention systems

• • • • •

• • • • •

• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • •

• • • • •

• • • • •

• • • • •

• • • • •

• •
•** •
•
•
•
•
•
• • •
• • •
• • •
• • •
• • •
• • •
• • •

• • •

• •

• •

Page 62 Page 63 Pages 67/69 Page 68 Page 70

53
 Filling Level sensors

Level sensor chain

Is the battery tank facility protected against overfi ll damage?

Level differences at the beginning of or during the filling process the first tank filled is not equipped with a level sensor, there is a
are not an uncommon phenomenon; there are various reasons for high risk of overfilling and fuel oil spills. Possible fatal consequenc-
this. If this effect occurs, the causes must be identified and es: damage to the building, soil contamination, environmental
removed as quickly as possible. Possible causes include an in- damage (groundwater), long-term odour problems and immense
sufficient flow rate during filling, pollution in the filling or withdrawal consequential costs. The owner or operator is fully responsible for
systems or leaks. When conventional tank facilities are filled and all damages.

1 GWG level sensor connection

1
fitting
2 3 3
2 Universal base unit,
4 4 communicating
7
3 Universal extension,
communicating

4 Wiring box
5
6 6 5 Level sensor

6 Float switch

7 Terminating plug current circuit

Universal withdrawing system

with GWG level sensor chain for protection against overfilling.

Function principle of GWG level sensor chain

The current circuit of the level sensor which is supplied from the float switch stops the filling process just as if the level sensor had
tank vehicle during the filling process and which serves as a safe- responded. The additional volume caused by the shut off delay
ty shut-off system includes float switches if the GWG level sensor and the content of the filling line is considered. Since the filling
chain is installed. A terminating plug at the last tank closes the level of all tanks must be visually detectable or indicated by
current circuit. During normal filling, the filling process is terminat- means of a level indicator, the tank that has caused the shut off is
ed when the level sensor is submerged. However, if a tank of the easy to identify.
facility without a level sensor reaches its maximum level first, the

54 www.afriso.com
 Level sensors Filling

Level sensor chain

GWG level sensor chain – the best protection against damage caused by overfilling

The AFRISO GWG level sensor chain is used to protect battery sor chain, each additional tank of the facility contains a float
tank facilities against overfilling. The system is available for com- switch to limit the filling level; this level switch is connected to the
municating and non-communicating tank facilities. The first tank – wiring box of the first level sensor by means of pre-assembled
in direction of filling – is equipped with the level sensor officially cables and connectors. A terminating plug is connected at the
required (system with filling from the top). With the GWG level sen- last tank.

Universal withdrawal system with

GWG level sensor chain in non-com-
municating system for three battery
tanks with level sensor, level limiters
and floating withdrawal. Available for
retrofitting of existing systems and
for new systems of virtually all well-
known tank manufacturers.

Picture: DEHOUST GmbH

Application example with Dehoust tanks: GWG level sensor chain as top filling system DE-A-01 with combined
filling and vent line, withdrawal line, level sensor, level limiters and floating withdrawal.

www.afriso.com 55
 Filling Level sensors

Universal withdrawing system

with level sensor chain
2
■ Complete withdrawal system with level
sensor chain
Extension, communicating

Universal replacement for withdrawal

Base unit, communicating

systems of battery tank facilities

■ Reliable protection against overfilling by
means of monitoring of all tanks
■ Level sensor with metallised
sleeve for permanent operation
Adapters for various tank connections
even with biofuel/biodiesel

Application Replacement for withdrawal system at battery tank facilities of almost all manufacturers. Depending on
the version, available for communicating and non-communicating systems. One base unit per system
and one extension for each additional tank. The level sensor chain is completely integrated. Suitable
for fuel oil (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-
8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable for use with
the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%.

Description The base unit with the level sensor is mounted in the first tank (viewing in direction of filling). An exten-
sion is mounted in each additional tank of the battery tank facility. This applies to regular filling from the
top. The level sensor and the level limiters are fully wired, the cables just need to be plugged in. The
connector shipped with the base unit is plugged into the last extension. This closes the circuit. The
connection cable to the level sensor fitting is connected in the junction box. The pipes for the with-
drawal line can be connected with a diameter of 8 mm or 10 mm.
The connection pipes for the withdrawal line are not included. Adapters for the tank connections of
tanks of virtually all manufacturers are included.

Technical Tank height Scope of delivery

specifications Up to 200 cm, ■ Base unit: Floating withdrawal unit, wiring box,

hose can be shortened as required terminating connector, level sensor, adapters for
tank connection
Connection thread (tank) ■ Extension: Floating withdrawal unit, wiring box,
G1½
float switch, connection cable, adapters for tank
Enclosed adapters for tank connections:
connection
G2, M60 x 4, S75 x 6, flange Ø 68 mm
Media
Fuel oil (DIN 51603-1) with up to 30 % FAME
Diesel fuel (EN 590) with up to 7 % FAME
biodiesel with up to 30 % FAME
HVO/GTL with up to 100 %
Approval
GWG: CE as per EU Construction Products
Regulation (EN 13616:2004)
GWG chain, level limiter: Z-65.17-182 (DIBt)

DG: G, PG: 3 Part no.

Universal base unit, communicating, level sensor chain - - 20820
Universal extension, communicating, level sensor chain - - 20824
Universal base unit, not communicating, level sensor chain - - 20825
i
Universal extension, not communicating, level sensor chain - - 20826
See operating instructions
for list of suitable tanks Withdrawal unit multi-way union Ø 8/10 mm 1 10 20842
and tank connections. Withdrawal pipe universal Ø 10 x 1 x 1000 mm, aluminium 10 - 20843

56 www.afriso.com
 Level sensors Filling

Level sensor with metallised sleeve

With the GWG level sensors and the metallised sleeve, AFRISO offers maximum safety for the filling of
tank facilities. In the case of conventional level sensors, a plastic sleeve provides mechanical protec-
tion of the PTC thermistor. The sleeve is open at the bottom and has a slot at the side so that the
fuel oil can easily reach the PTC thermistor. However, the openings of the sleeve may get clogged
due to the growth of microorganisms (such as bacteria and fungi) and an air cushion prevents the
fuel oil from reaching the PTC thermistor. The rise in the use of biofuel with a certain percent-
age of FAME (fatty acid methyl ester) increases this risk. The higher the FAME content, the
greater the water content in the fuel can be. This creates an environment even more sus-
ceptible to the growth of microorganisms. This may cause the level sensor to malfunction
and ultimately disable the safety shut-off system. This may lead to overfill damage for
which the owner/operator of the facility is liable.

Permanently reliable.
The metallised surface of the new sleeves and the new shape of the slot
help to prevent the growth of microorganisms and improve the long-term
reliability of the level sensor.

Level sensors GWG with metallised sleeve or stainless steel sleeve

Type GWG 12 K/1 GWG 12 K/1C GWG 12 K/MT GWG 23-Ro GWG 23-Wa GWG 23-T
For indoor tanks or plastic tanks, also battery tank For all indoor or outdoor tanks (aboveground
Application
systems or underground), except for battery tank systems
Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603), diesel fuel (EN 590), FAME 100 % (EN 14214) as biofuel or biodiesel
Media
(up to 20 % FAME with GWG 12 K/1C), paraffinic fuels HVO and GTL with up to 100 %
Approval CE marking as per EC Construction Products Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014 (EN 13616:2004)

www.afriso.com 57
 Filling Level sensors

Level sensors for

indoor tanks
2
■ Design as per EN 13616
■ Metallised sleeve for permanent operation even
with biopetroleum/biodiesel
■ Universal use due to variable height adjustment
■ Impact-resistant, shock-resistant and deformation-
resistant GWG level sensor connection fitting
GWG 12 K/1

(type 905 yellow)

■ The right version for each application
GWG 12 K/1 with bracket

Application To be used as part of an overfill alarm system to avoid overfilling of tanks. For battery tank systems,
rectangular tanks welded on site and other indoor tanks. Suitable for fuel oil (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel
(EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel
with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil
consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also for
use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description PTC thermistor type level sensor consisting of probe, screw fitting, fitting for wall mounting as well as
cable between probe and fitting. Watertight up to 10 m water column. Odour-tight. Metallised sleeve.
The GWG level sensor connection fitting type 905 yellow is shock-resistant, impact-resistant and
deformation-resistant. GWG 12 K/1 (bracket) with pre-mounted connection fitting type 905 made of
grey plastic. The connection fitting is fixed to an aluminium bracket. The connection cable of the level
sensor is factory-wired to the connection fitting. To be used for tanks with direct filling (without filling
pipe from the outside). See the ordering table for the available versions, fitting colours, probe and
cable lengths. GWG filler cap type 906 (part no. 20430) can also be used.

Technical Process connection Adjustment range

specifications Screw fitting G1, plastic Probe length 360 mm: 80 to 338 mm
Probe length 480 mm: 80 to 438 mm
Media
■ Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1) Approval
■ Diesel fuel (EN 590) CE marking as per EU Construction
with up to 100 % FAME each Products Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014,
■ HVO/GTL with up to 100 % EN 13616:2004

DG: G, PG: 3 Probe length Fitting Cable length Part no.

GWG 12 K/1 yellow 360 mm Yellow 1.5 m 1 25 45100
GWG 12 K/1 grey 360 mm Grey 1.5 m 1 25 45105
GWG 12 K/1 grey 480 mm Grey 1.5 m 1 25 45102
GWG 12 K/1/5 yellow 360 mm Yellow 5.0 m 1 15 45160
GWG 12 K/1/5 grey 360 mm Grey 5.0 m 1 15 45165
GWG 12 K/1 360 mm Without 1.5 m 1 25 45166
GWG 12 K/1 360 mm Without 5.0 m 1 20 45167
GWG 12 K/1 with bracket 360 mm Grey 0.4 m 1 25 45104
GWG 12 K/1/5 As desired Grey As desired 1 - 45199

58 www.afriso.com
 Level sensors Filling

Level sensor combinations

Application To be used as part of an overfill alarm system to avoid overfilling of tanks. For battery tank systems,
rectangular tanks welded on site and other indoor tanks. Suitable for fuel oil (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel
(EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel
with up to 30 % for GWG 12 K/1C or 100 % FAME (EN 14214) for GWG 12 K/MT. This product is
therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic
fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture. Also for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

GWG 12 K/1C (Eurofl ex 312) GWG 12 K/MT

Description Combination fitting exclusively for individual PTC thermistor type level sensor consisting of
tanks. PTC thermistor type level sensor consisting mechanical level indicator MT-Profil R, probe, screw
of probe, screw fitting, fitting for wall mounting as fitting, fitting for wall mounting as well as cable
well as cable between probe and fitting. Watertight between probe and fitting. Watertight up to 10 m
up to 10 m water column. Odour-tight. Metallised water column. Odour-tight. Metallised sleeve. The
sleeve. The screw fitting is a withdrawal system GWG level sensor connection fitting type 905
Euroflex 312 with quick-action shut-off valve with yellow is shock-resistant, impact-resistant and
connection for flow, return and measuring lines. deformation-resistant.
The GWG level sensor connection fitting type 905
yellow is shock-resistant, impact-resistant and
deformation-resistant.

Technical Fitting Fitting

specifications Type 905 yellow for wall mounting Type 905 yellow for wall mounting
Process connection Process connection
Screw fitting G1½ Screw fitting G1½
Medium Medium
■ Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1) with up to 30 % FAME ■ Fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1) with up to 100 % FAME

■ Diesel fuel (EN 590) with up to 7 % FAME ■ Diesel fuel (EN 590) with up to 7 % FAME

■ Biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME ■ Biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME

■ HVO/GTL with up to 100 % ■ HVO/GTL with up to 100 %

Adjustment range Measuring range level (tank height)

80 to 338 mm Reversible scale 0/150 cm and 0/250 cm
Probe length Adjustment range level sensor
360 mm 80 to 338 mm
Hose length Probe length
2.15 m 360 mm
Cable length Cable length
5m 5m
Approval Approval
CE marking as per EU Construction CE marking as per EU Construction
Products Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014, Products Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014,
EN 13616:2004 EN 13616:2004

DG: G PG Part no.

i
GWG filler cap GWG 12 K/1 C with withdrawal system Euroflex 1 1 10 20190
see page 60. GWG 12 K/MT with level indicator MT-Profil R 3 1 10 45311

www.afriso.com 59
 Filling Level sensors

Accessories for level sensors

2
GWG filler cap
Application For systems operated with fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel
fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/
TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel or biodiesel with up to 100 %
FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable for use with the new paraffin-
ic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%. Suitable for
use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description GWG filler cap with bayonet connection G2 with integrated

level sensor connection fitting. Brass male coupling as per EN
14420-6. Filler cap made of oil- and weather-resistant plastic.
Watertight up to 10 m water column. Lockable with standard
padlock. GWG filler cap

Cable extension fitting KVA

Application For 2-wire electrical cables (max. 42 V/4 A).
Suitable for flood hazard areas.

Description Clamp connections (gland) at both ends for cable diameters

between 6 and 8.3 mm. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Wire cross section: max. 2.5 mm²

Degree of protection: IP 68 (EN 60529)
Cable extension fitting KVA

Reducers

Reducer G1½ x G1
Reducer G1½ x G1 made of grey plastic (ABS).
Reducer G2 x G1½
Reducer G2 x G1½ made of grey plastic (ABS).

Reducers

See page 161 for DG: G PG Part no.

additional filler caps.
GWG filler cap 2 1 10 20430
See page 65 for level
sensor testers. Reducer G1½ x G1 1 1 - 20905
See page 64 for fittings Reducer G2 x G1½ 1 1 - 20903
for level sensors. Cable extension fitting KVA 1 1 50 40041

60 www.afriso.com
 Level sensors Filling

Level sensors
for outdoor tanks as per EN 13616:2004
2

2 1
3

Fittings for 1 Coupling plug type 902, part no. 40045

level sensors
2 Coupling socket type 903, part no. 40030

3 GWG level sensor fitting for wall mounting type 905, part no. 40050 or 40052

4 Pipe fitting type 904 with flange plug type 901 (e.g. GWG 23)

Benefits ■ The right version for each application

■ Compact, corrosion-proof design
■ Adjustable for different tank sizes
■ Universal use due to variable height adjustment
■ Yellow fitting made of impact-resistant plastic with Ex approval (zone 0)
and stainless steel sleeve
■ Chemical resistance even if used with biodiesel, biofuel or or paraffinic fuels
such as HVO and GTL as admixtures up to 100 %
■ Metallised sleeve of grey fitting for permanent operation even with
biofuel/biodiesel
■ Easy and fast installation

www.afriso.com 61
 Filling Level sensors

Level sensor GWG 23-Ro/T

for outdoor tanks as per EN 13616:2004
2 125

(min. 160, max. 590)

For fuel oil EL, diesel fuel, biofuel/biodiesel and

Min. 160, max. 750

■

petrol
■ With metallised sleeve (with grey version) for
permanent operation even with biofuel/biodiesel
■ Yellow fitting with Ex approval (EU type examina-
G1
tion certificate, zone 0) and stainless steel sleeve

1000
(700)
1 ■ Variable height adjustment

GWG 23-T
GWG 23-Ro

1 Probe length

Application Part of a control chain for overfill alarm systems. The level sensor helps to prevent overfilling of tanks.
For tanks as per EN 12285-1, 12285-2, DIN 6618, 6619, 6623, 6624, 6608, 4119 and tanks as per DIN
6620 and DIN 6625 or equivalent tanks.
Suitable for fuel oil (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/
TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable for use
with the new paraffinic fuels HVO and GTL as an admixture or 100% or of petrol under certain condi-
tions. See the operating instructions for additional information.

Description PTC thermistor type level sensor consisting of height-adjustable probe and screw fitting. Pressure- and
vacuum-tight. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

GWG 23-Ro with tube fitting made of yellow plastic, highly impact-resistant, deformation-resistant,
with strong chain and flange gasket. Also suitable for petrol with GWG level sensor sleeve made of
stainless steel.

GWG 23-Ro with tube fitting made of grey plastic. Suitable for the following media: fuel oil, diesel
fuel, biofuel and biodiesel. With metallised sleeve.

GWG 23-T with telescopic tube for height adjustment of the connection fitting. Tube fitting made grey
plastic, shock-resistant, with tie, without flange gasket. With metallised sleeve.

When selecting a level sensor, please check to see that the fitting is as close as possible below the
access chamber cover – the distance should be no less than 20 mm and no more than 300 mm. See
the operating instructions for the adjustment dimension in the tank.

Technical Probe length Material

specifications From 400 to 1,000 mm, probe lengths GWG level sensor fitting: Plastic
up to 3,000 mm, see ordering table Probe tube: Steel, galvanised
Screw fitting: Brass
Process connection
PTC thermistor: Glass-encapsulated
Screw fitting G1
GWG sleeve: Plastic, metallised
Operating temperature range (grey version)
Medium: –25/+50 °C stainless steel (yellow version)
Ambient: –25/+60 °C
Approval
Operating pressure in the tank CE marking as per EU Construction
No pressure Products Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014,
EN 13616:2004
GWG with yellow fitting:
Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIB T3 Ga
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIB T3 Ga/Gb

i
Versions see page 64.

62 www.afriso.com
 Level sensors Filling

Level sensors GWG 23-Wa

for outdoor tanks as per EN 13616:2004
2
85

■ Fitting for wall mounting

■ For fuel oil, diesel fuel, biofuel/biodiesel
■ Yellow fitting with Ex approval
(EU type examination certificate, zone 0)
■ Variable height adjustment
G1 ■ Suitable for use in flood hazard areas
1
■ Yellow fitting with high-grade stainless
steel sleeve
GWG level sensor fitting for wall mounting

1 Probe length

Application Part of a control chain for overfill alarm systems. The level sensor helps to prevent overfilling of tanks.
For tanks as per EN 12285-1, 12285-2, DIN 6618, 6619, 6623, 6624, 6608, 4119 and tanks as per DIN
6620 and 6625 or equivalent tanks whose diameters and volumes correspond to the EN 12285-1
design. Suitable for fuel oil (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6
and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable
for use with the new paraffinic fuels HVO and GTL as an admixture or 100% or of petrol under certain
conditions.
See the operating instructions for additional information

Description PTC thermistor type level sensor consisting of height-adjustable probe, screw fitting, junction box at
the upper end of the tube and fitting for wall mounting. Pressure- and vacuum-tight. Watertight up to
10 m water column.

Technical Probe length Material

specifications From 400 to 700 mm, Junction box: Brass/plastic
probe lengths up to 3,000 mm GWG level sensor fitting
possible, see ordering table (wall mounting): Plastic
Probe tube: Steel, galvanised
Process connection
Screw fitting: Brass
Screw fitting G1
PTC thermistor: Glass-encapsulated
Operating temperature range GWG sleeve: Stainless steel
Medium: –25/+50 °C
Approval
Ambient: –25/+60 °C
CE marking as per EU Construction Products
Operating pressure in the tank Regulation 305/2011,
No pressure EU 574/2014, EN 13616:2004
GWG with yellow fitting:
Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIB T3 Ga
Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIB T3 Ga/Gb

i
Versions see page 64.

www.afriso.com 63
 Filling Level sensors

Level sensors for outdoor tanks as per EN 13616:2004

Fitting Probe length (mm) DG PG Part no.

2
GWG 23-Ro 400 Yellow 400 G 3 1 - 46115
GWG 23-Ro 700 Yellow 700 G 3 1 - 46116
GWG 23-Ro 1000 Yellow 1,000 G 3 1 - 46117
GWG 23-Ro So, special lengths* Yellow Max. 3,000 G 3 1 - 46118
GWG 23-Ro 400 Grey 400 G 3 1 - 46125
GWG 23-Ro 500 Grey 500 G 3 1 - 46185
GWG 23-Ro 700 Grey 700 G 3 1 - 46126
GWG 23-Ro 1000 Grey 1,000 G 3 1 - 46127
GWG 23-Wa 400 Yellow 400 G 3 1 - 46130
GWG 23-Wa 700 Yellow 700 G 3 1 - 46131
GWG 23-Wa So, special lengths* Yellow Up to max. 3,000 G 3 1 - 46133
Min. length: Max. length:
GWG 23-T 700 Grey 700 G 3 1 - 47622
860 1,290
GWG 23-T 1000 Grey 1000 1,160 1,750 G 3 1 - 47623
* Extra shipping charges may apply (bulk goods).

Accessories Fitting DG PG Part no.

GWG level sensor fitting 905-W Grey G 1 1 - 40050
GWG level sensor fitting 905-W Yellow G 1 1 - 40052
Coupling socket TW 903 - G 1 1 - 40030
Coupling plug TW 902 - G 1 1 - 40045

64 www.afriso.com
 Testers Filling

Level sensor tester GPG 01

2
■ Intuitive operation by means of step by step instructions
■ For all level sensors as per EN 13616:2004 design B1 (formerly TRbF 511)
■ For liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C such as fuel oil, diesel and other
liquid fuels or oils
■ High-resolution TFT colour display for optimum readings
■ PDF report via QR-Code and Eurosoft® connect app

Application For full testing of level sensors which are not used in hazardous areas/potentially explosive atmos-
pheres. It is possible to perform a simple electrical function test with the level sensor installed as well
as a wet test with the level sensor uninstalled.

Description Modern, robust housing with high-resolution TFT colour display and foil keypad with four keys and On/
Off button. A 1.2 m connection cable with a coupling socket 903 for plugging in the level sensor is
mounted at the top. A mini USB port for the power supply unit/battery charger is located at the bot-
tom.
The electrical function test displays the heat-up time in seconds and filling release. When a wet test is
performed, the switch off time in seconds after submersion in liquid is indicated. At the end of the test,
the full test result is displayed in the form of a summary. In the case of error messages and malfunc-
tions, the display colour changes to red and a corresponding text is shown. If the device is not in use,
it is switched off automatically; the charging function remains active.
GPG 01 can display the measurement result as a QR code. The Eurosoft® connect app (iOS, Android)
allows you to convert the QR code and generate a PDF report.

Technical Operating temperature range Display

specifications Ambient: -10/+50 °C TFT colour display, 2.8"
Storage: -20/+50 °C W x H: 45 x 60 mm
Hours of operation User interface language
Max. 38 hours German, English
Weight Supply voltage
Approx. 360 g (device) Lithium-ion battery (3.6 V/2,350 mAh)
or power supply unit (USB)
Dimensions
W x H x D: 67 x 144 x 37 mm Scope of delivery
(without connection cable) Tester with coupling socket 903,
USB power supply unit, mini USB cable,
Connection level sensor
a protective sleeve with magnet, case, instructions
1.2 m connection cable with coupling socket 903

Level sensor testers

with connector 903 – suitable for all level
sensor fittings.

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

Level sensor tester GPG 01 46200
Spare parts
Power supply unit NTE 5 523493
Charging cable mini USB USB 523506
Spare case 523372

www.afriso.com 65
 Filling Testers

Level sensor tester GPR 4

2
■ For fast and easy function tests
■ Battery operation
■ A signal lamp indicates errors

Application For fast and easy electrical function tests of level sensors. For use with storage tanks for fuel oils, lubri-
cating oil or paraffinic fuels and diesel fuels. Not permitted for use in hazardous areas and not for level
sensors which are installed in tanks containing hazardous media.

Description Simple level sensor tester with connector, suitable for all level sensor fittings. A signal lamp indicates
function or error. Battery operation. Delivery with battery and level sensor connection fitting, also suita-
ble for level sensor with brass fitting.

Technical Operating temperature range Supply voltage

specifications Operation: 0/40 °C 2 x 9 V monobloc battery (PP3)
Storage: -10/+60 °C
Scope of delivery
Weight Tester with coupling socket 903 and battery
344 g (with connector)
Dimensions
W x H x D: 123 x 70 x 34 mm

Level sensor testers

with connector 903 – suitable for all level
sensor fittings.

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

Level sensor tester GPR 4 62301

66 www.afriso.com
 Overfill prevention systems Filling

Transducer for
overfill prevention system UFS 01 (WHG)
2
■ Compact, modern design
■ With visual/audible alarms, 1
Test and Acknowledge buttons
■ 2 relay outputs for additional alarm equipment,
EMS, etc.
■ Fail-safe, self-monitoring transducer for
maximum reliability
A A

1 Pump

Page 69 Page 707

Application To avoid overfilling of stationary tanks and stationary-use tanks.

Suitable for a wide range of flammable and non-flammable water-polluting liquids with a flash point
> 55 °C.

Description Type-approved together with all level probes type series 76 as part of an overfill prevention system.
UFS 01 in a wall mounting housing consists of a transducer and a suitable level probe (to be ordered
separately). The transducer contains all display elements and controls as well as all electronic compo-
nents for signal processing and conversion of the level probe signal into a digital output signal. The
level probe and the transducer are connected by means of a two-wire signal cable. When the maxi-
mum permissible level is reached, UFS 01 triggers visual and audible alarms. The transducer features
two output relays for switching tasks or connection of event reporting systems, the additional alarm
unit ZAG 01 or additional equipment.
Ancillary control unit type 907-Z can be connected as an additional control unit to enable connec-
tion to a road tanker with overfill alarm system.

Media ■ Fuel oil EL, biofuel ■ 2.4 dimethylaniline (N, N dimethylaniline)

■ Diesel/biodiesel mixtures ■ n octanol (n octyl alcohol)
■ Used gearbox oils and motor oils ■ Diethyloxalate
■ Unused motor oils, gearbox oils and hydraulic oils ■ Aniline
■ Transformer oil ■ Vegetable oil (also as per EN 51605)
■ Hexanol 1 ■ Oil/water mixtures (e.g. drilling oil or lubricating oil)
■ Ethyl aceto-acetate (aceto-acetic ester) ■ Perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene
■ Acrylic acid 2-ethyl hexylene ester ■ Antifreeze agents
(2-ethyl hexylene acrylate) ■ Cleaning agent/water mixtures
■ Cyclohexyl acetate, benzaldehyde ■ AdBlue® (urea solution) as per DIN 70070
■ Methyl aceto-acetate (only with level probe 76 N and 76 E)
■ Nitrobenzene, 1.2 dichlorobenzene

as well as comparable water-polluting liquids with identical heat conductivity with a flash point of
> 55 °C.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing

specifications Ambient: -20/+60 °C Wall mounting housing made of
Supply voltage impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
AC 230 V or AC / DC 15–40 V W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Power input: < 10 VA Degree of protection
Output relay IP 40 (EN 60529)
1 changeover contact / 1 normally open contact Weight
(can be acknowledged) 0.6 kg
Approval
DIBt: Z-65.11-193

DG PG Part no.
Transducer UFS 01, AC 230 V H 4 53202
Transducer UFS 01, AC/DC 15–40 V H 4 53216
Mounting frame G 1 43521
i Sealing kit (IP 54) G 1 43416
See page 69 for Ancillary control unit type 907-Z, 230 V H 2 53232
level probes. Ancillary control unit type 907-Z, DC 24 V H 2 53262

www.afriso.com 67
 Filling Overfill prevention systems

Transducer NB 220 H
for overfill prevention systems (WHG)
2
■ Compact design
■ Either as 230 V or as 24 V version

Page 69

Application To avoid overfilling of stationary tanks and stationary-use tanks.

Suitable for a wide range of water-polluting liquids with a flash point of > 55 ºC (see product description
UFS 01 for list of substances).

Description Type-approved together with all level probes type series 76 as part of an overfill prevention system.
When the level probe comes in contact with the liquid, the relay switches. Alarm units for visual and
audible alarms are additionally required.

Technical Supply voltage

specifications AC 230 V or DC 24 V
Power input
Max. 4 VA / 6 W
Output
Voltage-free changeover contact
Contact rating
AC 250 V, max. 500 VA
Housing (degree of protection)
Plug-in housing (IP 30)
W x H x D: 50 x 110 x 110 mm
Approval
DIBt: Z-65.11-193

i
See page 67 for a list of
liquids (substances).
DG: H PG Part no.
See page 707 for addi-
tional alarm unit ZAG 01 Transducer NB 220 H – AC 230 V 4 1 - 53210
with visual/audible alarms. Transducer NB 220 H – DC 24 V 4 1 - 53219

68 www.afriso.com
 Overfill prevention systems Filling

Level probes for overfill prevention

systems (WHG)
2

High
re
te peratu
m
up to 80 °C

Application Level probe for transducers as part of an overfill prevention system for stationary tanks and station
stationary-
use tanks used to store water-polluting liquids with a flash point of > 55 ºC (see product description
UFS 01 for list of substances).

Level probe type 76 A Level probe type 76 AH

Description Approved as part of an overfill prevention system Approved as part of an overfill prevention system
together with level transducers UFS 01 and together with level transducers UFS 01 and
NB 220 H. The level probe type 76 A consists of a NB 220 H. The level probe type 76 AH consists of
probe tube with a stainless steel-encapsulated a probe tube with a stainless steel-encapsulated
PTC thermistor sensor at the lower end, a junction PTC thermistor sensor at the lower end, a junction
box and a screw fitting. Tube length 100 to box and a screw fitting. Tube length 100 to
3,000 mm in increments of 100 mm. Standard 3,000 mm in increments of 100 mm. Standard
lengths up to 500 mm. The overfill prevention lengths up to 500 mm. The overfill prevention
system must be set up in such a way that a suffi- system must be set up in such a way that a visual
ciently loud audible alarm is triggered when the alarm and a sufficiently loud audible alarm are
maximum permissible level is reached. triggered when the maximum permissible level is
reached.

Technical Material Material

specifications Junction box: Brass Junction box: Brass
Probe tube: Stainless steel 316 Ti or 304 Probe tube: Stainless steel 304 or 316 Ti
Screw fitting: Brass Screw fitting: Brass
PTC thermistor: Stainless steel-encapsulated PTC thermistor: Stainless steel-encapsulated
Process connection Process connection
Connection thread G¾ Connection thread G¾
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Medium: -25/+50 °C Medium: -25/+80 °C
Degree of protection Degree of protection
IP 54 (EN 60529) IP 54 (EN 60529)
Approval Approval
DIBt: Z-65.11-185 DIBt: Z-65.11-185

DG: H, PG: 3 Part no.

Level probe type 76 A
100 mm 53225
200 mm 53217
300 mm 53220
i 400 mm 53207
See page 67 for a list of 500 mm 53209
liquids (list of substances). Extra charge per 100 mm On request
Level probes type 76 N
Level probe type 76 AH*
and 76 E for AdBlue® on 500 mm 53214
request.
* Please enquire for other response lengths.

www.afriso.com 69
 Filling Overfill prevention systems

Overfill prevention system LS

for hazardous areas (Ex)
2
(WHG)

parts
All wet ted less
ain
made of st Ti
steel 316

Transducer LS 500 Level probe LS 300 EU

Application To avoid overfilling of stationary tanks and Level probe for transducers as part of an overfill
stationary-use tanks. Approved without list of prevention system for stationary and stationary-
substances for water-polluting liquids, also with use tanks. Suitable for installation in all tank
flash point < 55 °C. versions. Approved without list of substances
The overfill prevention system must be set up for water-polluting liquids, also with flash point
in such a way that visual and audible alarms are < 55 °C.
triggered when the maximum permissible level is
reached. The transducer must be installed outside
of the hazardous area.

Description Transducer with Test key. Type-approved together Approved part of an overfill prevention system
with the level probes LS 300 EU, LS 300 FU or LS according to WHG together with the LS 500
300 ESPU as part of an overfill prevention system. transducer – self-monitoring and with automatic
The transducer supplies the level probe via an corrosion monitoring. LS 300 EU consists of a
intrinsically safe circuit, evaluates the change in height-adjustable probe tube made of stainless
resistance of the PTC thermistor, continuously steel with a PTC thermistor sensor element at the
checks the PTC thermistor operation and moni- lower end, a screw fitting and a brass junction
tors the system (power outage, short circuit, line box with integrated overvoltage protection.
interruption, etc.). Negative results cause the over- Standard length 500 mm, max. length 3,000 mm.
fill prevention system to respond. The additional The level probe can be used in liquids up to 3 bar
alarm unit ZAG 01 can also be connected. overpressure.

Technical Supply circuit Material

specifications Supply voltage: AC 230 V Junction box: Brass, chrome-plated
Power input: max. 4 VA Probe tube: Stainless steel 316 Ti
(Supply voltage: DC 24 V Screw fitting: Stainless steel 316 Ti
or AC 24 V at extra charge) PTC thermistor: Stainless steel-encapsulated
Output current circuit 1 voltage-free
Process connection
changeover contact
Screw fitting G 3/8
Sensor current circuit (intrinsically safe)
Voltage: < DC 15.8 V Operating temperature range
Current: < 154 mA Medium: -25/+50 °C
Power: < 600 mW
Degree of protection
Operating temperature range IP 67 (EN 60529)
-25/+50 °C
Approval
Housing (degree of protection) DIBt: Z-65.11-228
Wall mounting housing (IP 40)
W x H x D: 75 x 150 x 110 mm EU Type Examination Certificate:
TÜV 00 ATEX 1656X
Approval Ex II 1G Ex ia IIC T4
DIBt: Z-65.11-228 Ex II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4
EU Type Examination Certificate:
TÜV 00 ATEX 1641 Ex II (1)G [Ex ia] IIC DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
LS 500 53310
Level probe LS 300 EU,
53300
500 mm
Extra charge per 100 mm
On request
(from 500 mm)

70 www.afriso.com
 Level controller Filling

PTC thermistor level controller RG 210

2
■ Compact control unit Example:
Daily-service tank
■ Universal application due to for fuel oil

selectable functions 1

Type 937

1 Storage tank pump

Application For use in electrically non-conductive liquids which are not viscous or adhesive, such as fuel oil, diesel
fuel and media which are not corrosive.

Description PTC thermistor type level controller with selectable functions:

■ Level switch (1 probe)
■ Level control for filling (2 probes)

■ Level control for emptying (2 probes)

Level switch with 1 probe:

The relay switches in case of contact or loss of contact with the liquid. When the switch point is set, it
must be observed that the PTC thermistor requires approx. 8 seconds to heat up depending on the
ambient temperature.
Level control for filling with 2 probes:
Set internal switch to "fill". The relay energises after the min. probe has heated up. Relay de-energises
when the max. probe comes into contact with the liquid.
Level control for emptying with 2 probes:
Set internal switch to "empty". Relay energises when max. probe has contact with the liquid. Relay
de-energises when the min. probe loses contact with the liquid and heats up.

Technical Operating temperature range Flexible PTC thermistor probe type 937
specifications Medium: -25/+55 °C Flexible PTC thermistor designed for oils and
Ambient: -10/+55 °C other electrically non-conductive liquids (low-vis-
cosity, non-adhesive). The PTC thermistor con-
Supply voltage
nection wires are not encapsulated. Not suitable
AC 230 V
for installation in humid environments.
Power input
Probe
12 VA
PTC thermistor probe, type 937
Relay contact (output) Cable length: 3 m (max. 50 m)
1 changeover contact voltage-free Process connection: G½, G1
Medium: -25/+50 °C
Housing (degree of protection)
Plug-in housing (IP 30)
W x H x D: 53 x 113 x 108 mm

i
Note: Not to be used as an
overfill prevention system
according to WHG. DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Requires the connection Level controller RG 210 1 - 53206
of an overfill prevention Flexible PTC thermistor 1 - 53204
system according to WHG. probe type 937

www.afriso.com 71
 Vacuum type
leak detector EUROVAC

Liquid-based leak
detector LAG

Inner tank linings

Leak detectors - sight

glass principle
CHAPTER 3

Leak detectors, leak monitoring systems 3

and leak protection linings

OVERVIEW

Leak protection, leak monitoring and oil tank conversion 74

Vacuum type leak detector Eurovac

80

LEAK DETECTION

Leak detectors – sight glass principleLAS

76

Leak detectorLAG-13 KR
77

Leak detectorLAG-14 ER
78

Accessories for leak detectors 79

Vacuum type leak detectorEurovac NV

81

Vacuum type leak detectorEurovac HV

82

Protective equipment for leak detectors: L

 iquid barrier, condensate bar
83

Spare parts for leak detectors 84

Pressure type leak detectorEuropress

90

LEAK PROTECTION

Tank protection packageAK-Sfor fuel oil, diesel 85

Inner linings AF-S for liquid fertiliser AHL, AdBlue®

86

Inner linings AR-S for rainwater harvesting 87

Rainwater inner lining AR-SM with magnets 88

Mounting accessories for inner linings 89

73
 Leak monitoring Overview

Professional equipment and convincing solutions

for tank protection

3 With a comprehensive range of building technology products,

AFRISO prides itself in "Making Heating Systems Safe". In addi-
tion to this extensive range, a large selection of alarm units for
the fast detection of level, liquid spillage, leakage, gas or smoke
is available.

Advantages –
your benefits
■ Complete range of products for professional tank
protection from a single supplier
■ Maximum protection against fuel oil accidents
with brand products with approval for construction
products
■ For fuel oil EL, biofuel, e-fuels, diesel
(with up to 30 % FAME)
■ Inner linings exactly made to size and ready for
easy installation
■ 10 years warranty on material and workmanship
for plastic inner linings
■ Fittings and devices ready to be installed,
with all required mounting accessories

Leak protection lining

The installation of customised AFRISO leak protection linings
turns single-walled steel tanks into double-walled tanks.
Complex drip pans or collection facilities are no longer
required. Oil cannot escape even if there is a leak in the outer
tank wall. The Eurovac leak detector uses a vacuum in the
interstitial space between the inner lining and the tank wall
to monitor both walls for leaks. Malfunctions and leaks are
immediately signalled.

74 www.afriso.com
 Overview Leak monitoring

Leak detectors and alarm units WATCHDOG-LINE 3

The uniform appearance not only ensures customer confidence,
but also underpins the professionalism of the specialised company.

Leak monitoring Oil tank conversion kits

Application areas Media If oil tanks can no longer be used or if the heating system is con-
■ Cylindrical steel or plastic ■ Fuel oil EL verted to other types of energy or if old unused cesspits and cis-
(glass-fibre reinforced plastic) tanks ■ Diesel fuel terns are available, the containers can be equipped with a plastic
■ Double-walled steel tanks ■ Biofuel inner lining for rainwater harvesting and integrated into a rainwater
■ Steel tanks manufactured on site ■ E-fuels harvesting system.
■ Spherical tanks ■ Paraffinic fuels Various conversion kits, inner linings and a complete range of
■ Tanks with inner lining ■ AHL accessories are available.
■ Inspection ducts ■ AdBlue ®

■ Oil storage rooms/collection facilities ■ Rainwater

■ Containers, cisterns, cesspits ■ Other liquids

www.afriso.com 75
 Leak detection Sight glass principle

Leak detectors LAS – sight glass principle

Tilting valve closes

vent if the tank tips
over.

LAS 24 EK
LAS 230

LAS 72
Application For aboveground double-walled tanks containing water-polluting liquids. Application under atmospher-
ic conditions for steel tanks and double-walled tanks with approval for leak detectors. Types LAS 24 E,
LAS 39 E and LAS 72 E for all water-polluting liquids. Types LAS 24, LAS 39, LAS 72 and LAS 230 for
water-polluting liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C.

Description Leak detector for liquid systems consisting of a transparent acrylic glass cylinder, stainless steel hous-
ing covers and bottoms. Connection thread G1. Approval DIBt: Z-65.24-381.

Versions Version E with wire mesh cylinder. LAS 24 EK for mobile tanks with tilting valve to protect against loss
of leak detection fluid during transport and for venting on site. LAS 72 with G1 connection at the side
for up to 4 additional containers with 4.5 litres each. The additional containers allow for leak detection
at tanks with a greater interstitial space (see overview).

Overview
Number of Active volume Max. leak To be used ①
LAS 72 with additional LAS 72 and detection fluid for tanks with
additional containers additional in the intersti- a volume
containers containers tial space in litres up to
in litres in litres
④
②
0 2.1 l Max. 72 l Approx.
7,000 l ③

1 6.6 l Max. 230 l Approx.

30,000 l
2 11.1 l Max. 387 l Approx. ① Make sure to observe height
50,000 l ② Min. 100 mm
③ Min. 500 mm
3 15.6 l Max. 545 l Approx. ④ Max. 5 m to tank bottom
80,000 l
4 20.1 l Max. 700 l 100,000 l
Values for LAS 230 on request.

Active Interstitial Max. no. of

DG: H, PG: 3 Part no.
volume space of tank additional tanks
LAS 24 0.7 l Max. 24 l - 43515
LAS 24 E 0.7 l Max. 24 l - 43516
LAS 24 EK 0.7 l Max. 24 l - 43517
LAS 39 1.1 l Max. 39 l - 43526
LAS 39 E 1.1 l Max. 39 l - 43525
LAS 72 2.1 l Max. 72 l 4 43528
LAS 72 E 2.1 l Max. 72 l 4 43527
LAS 230 6.6 l Max. 232 l 4 43550
Mounting kit LAS 0 (test valve) - - - 43529
Mounting kit LAS 1* - - - 43530
Mounting kit LAS 2* - - - 43531
Mounting kit LAS 3* - - - 43532
Mounting kit LAS 4* - - - 43533
* Including the corresponding number of additional containers (Ex-Elstat I).

76 www.afriso.com
 Liquid-based Leak detection

Leak detector LAG-13 KR

Class II, EN 13160-1/-3

■ Version as per German WHG/AwSV and

BetrSichV
■ For monitoring of aboveground, 3
double-walled tanks
■ With fail-safe mode

A A

Page 79 Page 79

Application For double-walled tanks with liquid in the interstitial space. For monitoring water-polluting liquids with a
flash point of > 55 °C stored aboveground. Approved for all suitable tanks under atmospheric conditions.

Since July 2003, the LAG-13 KR leak detector may only be used for replacements of existing systems
at underground, double-walled tanks as a result of the reclassification of water-polluting liquids in
Germany!

Description Leak detector class II (EN 13160-1/-3). The system consists of a control unit, a container for leak detec-
tion fluid (LAG container white) and a probe. Control unit with operating and alarm indicators, audible/
visual alarm, test button and increased interference protection. The audible alarm can be muted with
the Acknowledge key. The voltage-free relay contact is provided for connection of additional external
alarm equipment (such as horns,) or an additional alarm unit ZAG 01. With fail-safe mode: Audible
alarm if the probe fails. Suitable for panel mounting with a mounting frame; a sealing kit (IP 54) is avail-
able for rough application conditions. The LAG container serves as detection container and as expan-
sion vessel at the same time. For aboveground tanks, the ratio between usable contents and total vol-
ume of leak detection fluid must be no more than 1:35. If the interstitial space has a greater volume,
you must use additional containers.

Technical Operating temperature range Tanks

specifications Ambient: -20/+50 °C Plastic, white
Storage: -20/+60 °C W x H x D: 300 x 325 x 145 mm
Usable contents / total contents: 4.5 l / 10 l
Supply voltage
Outlet: G¾ female
AC 230 V
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Nominal power 5 VA
Approval
Control unit
CE-marking as per EU Construction Products
Wall mounting housing made of
Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014, EN 13160-1/-3
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
and ÜHP
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Switching outputs
Relay output: 1 voltage-free changeover contact
Contact rating: AC 250 V, 2A

DG: G PG Part no.

LAG-13 KR, including container and probe 4 1 - 43500
LAG container white, without probe 1 1 - 40730
Control unit LAG-13 KR 4 1 - 40630
Accessories
Mounting frame 1 1 - 43521
Sealing kit (IP 54) 1 1 - 43416
i LAG mounting kit 1 1 - 40540
See page 79 for a detailed
product description LAG Mounting kit for 1 additional LAG container (without container) 1 1 - 40539
container. Leak detection fluid, concentrate Antifrogen N 1 1 - 43645

www.afriso.com 77
 Leak detection Liquid-based

Leak detector LAG-14 ER

Class II, EN 13160-1/-3

■ EU type examination certificate

■ Version as per German WHG/AwSV
3 and BetrSichV
■ With fail-safe mode
■ For monitoring of aboveground,
double-walled tanks

A A A

Page 79 Page 79 Page 709

Application For double-walled tanks with liquid in the interstitial space. For monitoring water-polluting liquids stored
aboveground. The LAG container can be installed in hazardous areas zones 0, I and II (e.g. manhole of
petrol tanks). Approved for all suitable tanks under atmospheric conditions.

Since July 2003, the LAG-14 leak detector may only be used for replacements of existing systems at
underground, double-walled tanks as a result of the reclassification of water-polluting liquids in
Germany!

Description Class II leak detector (EN 13160-1/-3) with intrinsically safe probe circuit. The system consists of a con-
trol unit, a container for leak detection fluid (LAG container black) and a probe. Control unit with
operating and alarm indicators, audible/visual alarm, test button and increased interference protection.
The audible alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. The voltage-free relay contact is provided
for connection of additional external alarm equipment (such as horns,) or an additional alarm unit ZAG
01. With fail-safe mode: Audible alarm if the probe fails. Suitable for panel mounting with a mounting
frame; a sealing kit (IP 54) is available for rough application conditions. The LAG container serves as
detection container and as expansion vessel at the same time. For aboveground tanks, the ratio
between usable contents and total volume of leak detection fluid must be no more than 1:35. If the
interstitial space has a greater volume, you must use additional containers.

Technical Operating temperature range Tanks

specifications Ambient: -20/+50 °C Antistatic plastic, black
Storage: -25/+60 °C W x H x D: 300 x 325 x 145 mm
Usable contents / total contents: 4.5 l / 10 l
Supply voltage
Outlet: G¾ female
AC 230 V
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Nominal power 5 VA
Approval
Control unit
CE-marking as per EU Construction Products
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014, EN 13160-1/-3
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
and ÜHP
Switching outputs
EU type examination certificate
Relay outputs: 1 voltage-free changeover contact
TPS 22 ATEX 015639 0019 x
Contact rating: AC 250 V, 2A
Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] Ga IIC

DG: G PG Part no.

LAG-14 ER with relay, including container and probe 4 1 - 43410
LAG container black without probe 1 1 - 40731
Control unit LAG-14 ER 4 1 - 40642
Accessories
Mounting frame 1 1 - 43521
Sealing kit (IP 54) 1 1 - 43416

78 www.afriso.com
 Liquid-based Leak detection

Accessories for leak detectors

LAG container
Description Detection container for LAG leak detectors. The LAG
container also serves as an expansion vessel. For
3
aboveground tanks, the ratio between usable contents
and total volume of leak detection fluid must be no more
than 1:35. If the interstitial space has a greater volume,
you must use additional containers.

Technical LAG container black

specifications Suitable for LAG-14 ER, for all stored liquids
W x H x D: 300 x 325 x 145 mm LAG container black
Usable contents / total contents: 4.5 l / 10 l
Outlet: G¾
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Technical LAG container white
specifications Suitable for LAG-13 K,
for all liquids with a flash point > 55 °C
W x H x D: 300 x 325 x 145 mm
Usable contents / total contents: 4.5 l / 10 l
Outlet: G¾
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)

LAG mounting kit LAG container white

Description For approved hydraulic mounting of leak detectors
(LAG-13 KR, LAG-14 ER).

Leak detection fl uid,

concentrate Antifrogen N
Description For use with leak detectors for double-walled tanks.
Concentrate for mixing the leak detection fluid for the
interstitial space. 10 l container with 3.5 l leak detection
fluid Antifrogen N (BAM no: 1.3/9790-5.1/3436), can be
mixed with water to 10 l at up to -20 °C. Please enquire
for larger containers. LAG mounting kit

Mounting frame and sealing kit

Description Suitable for all wall mounting housings of the
WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units series. Mounting frame for
fast integration into control cabinet. Sealing kit for rough
application conditions. The sealing kit is easy to mount
between the housing cover and base. With this measure,
the alarm unit reaches degree of protection IP 54 (not
suitable for DTA 10/20, AFA 11 and RENA).
Leak detection fluid –
concentrate

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

LAG container white, without probe 1 1 40730
LAG container black, without probe 1 1 40731
LAG mounting kit 1 - 40540
Mounting kit 1 additional LAG container
1 1 40539
(scope of delivery without container)
Leak detection fluid, concentrate Antifrogen N 1 - 43645
Mounting frame 1 1 43521
Sealing kit (IP 54) 1 1 43416 Mounting frame and sealing kit

www.afriso.com 79
 Leak detection Vacuum

Vacuum type leak detector Eurovac

Your benefits
■ Leak detector class I, EN 13160-1/-2
3 ■ Modern housing design, in line with WATCHDOG-LINE alarm unit series
■ Large supply voltage range (AC 100–240 V) for worldwide application
■ With power outage monitoring (with optional 9 V battery)
■ Indication of pump operating time
■ Low-noise operation
■ Electronic pressure sensor for permanently stable switching points
■ Drilling template included – for easy and fast installation
Eurovac in protective housing (IP 65)
■ Relay output for additional signalling devices, with heating and horn
additional alarm units, event reporting systems or for
integration into building control systems

EnOcean-ready
Can be combined
with EnOcean®
wireless module
TCM 320 for
integration into
Robust wall mounting hous- building automation
ing with hole pattern – suit- systems.
able for most standard
vacuum type leak detectors

Control panel with

visual/audible alarms
and Acknowledge
key

Service indicator for

annual maintenance

High energy efficiency:

economical, powerful DC
motor with high starting
torque

Hose connection (Ø 4/6 mm) for

the pneumatic connection to the
interstitial space of the tanks
Supply voltage

Connection measuring line

Connection exhaust line

Sintered plastic filter and condensate
trap to indicate the current degree of
Connection suction line pollution and to protect the pump

80 www.afriso.com
 Vacuum Leak detection

Vacuum type leak detector Eurovac NV

as per WHG, AwSV and BetrSichV, EN 13160-1/-2, class I

■ With visual and audible alarms, Acknowledge

key and switching output
■ High energy efficiency: economical, 3
powerful DC motor with high
starting torque
■ Service indicator for annual maintenance
■ With power outage monitoring

A A

Page 83 Page 709

Application Class I vacuum type leak detector according to EN 13160-1/-2 for safe monitoring of double-walled
tanks and single-walled tanks with inner lining for the unpressurised storage of water-polluting liquids
with a flash point > 55 °C, also AdBlue® (urea solution 32.5 %) according to DIN 70070 or other media
(e.g. used hydraulic oil, cooling agent from grinding processes, etc). The broad voltage range (AC 100 –
240 V) allows for applications in a large variety of countries.

Description Compact leak detector in a robust wall mounting housing with audible and visual alarms. The audible
alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. Eurovac NV maintains a vacuum in the interstitial
space of the tank in the low range. The vacuum pump is operated by an economical DC motor with a
high starting torque (energy efficiency class AA++). Eurovac features a switching output for additional
equipment (such as additional alarm unit ZAG 01) or integration into building control systems. The
pump operating time can be displayed. Three hose connections (red, white, green) for the pneumatic
connection to the interstitial space of the tank. The universal connection pieces can be used for 4 mm
and 6 mm hoses.
With condensate trap to protect the electronics. Electrical connection from the top or from the bottom.
An optional 9 V battery can be connected so that an alarm is triggered in the case of power outage.
For outdoor applications, Eurovac NV is available in a protective housing (IP 65).
Alarm units with the EnOcean-ready label allow for wireless integration into a building automation sys-
tem. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 into the EnOcean® interface (PCB of the
device). The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with
EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible
features for the protection of plants and buildings.

Technical Operating temperature range Operating pressure

specifications Ambient: -5/+60 °C Interstitial space: Approx. -70 mbar
Storage: -25/+60 °C
Housing
In protective housing with heating: -25/+60 °C
Wall mounting housing made of
Supply voltage impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
AC 100–240 V W x H x D: 202 x 230 x 70 mm
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Nominal power
< 10 VA Alarm sound
Min. 70 dB(A)
Switching output
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact Approval
CE-marking as per EU Construction Products
Contact rating
Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014, EN 13160-1/-2
Max. 250 V, 2 A, resistive load
and ÜHP
i
See page 85 for inner PG: 4 DG Part no.
linings and a complete
Eurovac NV H 43755
range of mounting
accessories. Eurovac NV in protective housing (IP 65) H 43788
See the catalogue Eurovac NV in protective housing (IP 65) with horn H 43782
PORTABLE MEASURING Eurovac NV in protective housing (IP 65) with heating H 43792
INSTRUMENTS for test-
ers for vacuum type leak Eurovac NV in protective housing (IP 65) with heating and horn H 43789
detectors. EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 G 78082

www.afriso.com 81
 Leak detection Vacuum

Vacuum type leak detector Eurovac HV

as per WHG, AwSV and BetrSichV, EN 13160-1/-2, class I

■ With visual and audible alarms,

Acknowledge key and switching output
3 ■ High energy efficiency: economical,
powerful DC motor with high
starting torque
■ Service indicator for annual maintenance
■ With power outage monitoring
A A

Page 83 Page 709

Application Class I vacuum type leak detector according to EN 13160-1/-2 for safe monitoring of double-walled
tanks and single-walled tanks with inner lining for the unpressurised storage of water-polluting liquids
with a flash point > 55 °C, also AdBlue® (urea solution 32.5 %) according to DIN 70070 or other media
(e.g. used oil, hydraulic oil, cooling agent from grinding processes, brake fluid, etc.). The broad voltage
range (AC 100 –240 V) allows for applications in a large variety of countries.

Description Compact leak detector in a robust wall mounting housing with audible and visual alarms. The audible
alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. Eurovac HV maintains a vacuum in the interstitial
space of the tank in the high range. The vacuum pump is operated by an economical DC motor with a
high starting torque (energy efficiency class A++). Eurovac features a switching output for additional
equipment (such as additional alarm unit ZAG 01) or integration into building control systems. The
pump operating time can be displayed.
Three hose connections (red, white, green) for the pneumatic connection to the interstitial space of the
tank. The universal connection pieces can be used for 4 mm and 6 mm hoses. With condensate trap to
protect the electronics. Electrical connection from the top or from the bottom. An optional 9 V battery
can be connected so that an alarm is triggered in the case of power outage. For outdoor applications,
Eurovac HV is available in a protective housing (IP 65).
Alarm units with the EnOcean-ready label allow for wireless integration into a building automation sys-
tem. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 into the EnOcean® interface (PCB of the
device). The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with
EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible
features for the protection of plants and buildings.

Technical Operating temperature range Operating pressure

specifications Ambient: -5/+60 °C Interstitial space: Approx. -400 mbar
Storage: -25/+60 °C
Housing
In protective housing with heating: -25/+60 °C
Wall mounting housing made of
Supply voltage impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
AC 100–240 V W x H x D: 202 x 230 x 70 mm
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60259)
Nominal power
< 10 VA Alarm sound
Min. 70 dB(A)
Switching output
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact Approval
CE-marking as per EU Construction Products
Contact rating Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014, EN 13160-1/-2
Max. 250 V, 2 A, resistive load and ÜHP
i
PG DG Part no.
See page 85 for inner
linings and a complete Eurovac HV 4 H 43750
range of mounting Eurovac HV in protective housing (IP 65) 4 H 43774
accessories. Eurovac HV in protective housing (IP 65) with horn 4 H 43776
See the catalogue
Eurovac HV in protective housing (IP 65) with heating 4 H 43793
PORTABLE MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS for test- Eurovac HV in protective housing (IP 65) with heating and horn 4 H 43781
ers for vacuum type leak EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 4 G 78082
detectors. Connection piece G1 x ND 4/6 mm 1 H 43698

82 www.afriso.com
 Vacuum Leak detection

Protective equipment for

Eurovac leak detectors

Liquid barrier Condensate bar

Application For increased reliability and for the protection of For the protection of vacuum type leak detectors
vacuum type leak detectors. used on double-walled tanks to avoid ingress of
condensate liquid into the device or clogging of
hoses.

Description Liquid barrier with condensate trap for visual Condensate bar with three condensate traps for
inspection, complete with fixing bracket for easy visual inspection, with integrated bracket for easy
mounting to manhole cover. The liquid barrier is wall mounting. If there is no steady gradient in the
mounted directly into the suction line between the measuring, exhaust and suction lines from the
leak detector and the double-walled tank. The leak detector to the tank, a condensate bar must
liquid carried in the suction line (condensate or, in be mounted at each lowest point of the lines.
the event of a leak, the medium or groundwater) is When condensate forms, the liquid is collected in
collected in the condensate trap of the liquid bar- the relevant condensate trap. The condensate
rier. An integrated float shuts off the suction line if traps can be easily unscrewed for emptying.
too much liquid is contained in the liquid barrier.
The condensate trap can be easily unscrewed for ■ Tightness-tested
emptying. ■ Compact, robust design made of high-strength
plastic
■ Tightness-tested ■ Compatible with hoses with 4/6 mm inside
■ Compact, robust design made of diameter
high-strength plastic
■ Compatible with hoses with 4/6 mm inside
diameter

Technical Hose connection Hose connection

specifications Interchangeable Ø 4 or 6 mm Ø 4 and 6 mm
Housing Housing
Plastic Plastic
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery
■ Liquid barrier with condensate trap Condensate bar with 3 condensate traps
■ Mounting bracket

■ Hose connection Ø 4/6 mm

① Mounting diagram
⑧ ③
⑨
④ ① Electrical connection
②
② Suction line (transparent)
③ Condensate trap/condensate bar
⑤ ④ Tank vent
⑤ Liquid barrier
⑦ ⑥ Interstitial space Part
DG: H, PG: 1
⑥
⑦ Outer wall of tank no.
⑧ Exhaust line (green)
⑨ Measuring line (red) Liquid barrier 1 1 43646
Condensate bar 1 20 43692

www.afriso.com 83
 Leak detection Vacuum

Spare parts for leak detectors

When ordering spare parts, please specify the unit designation (refer to type designation plate on the control unit).
Spare parts for discontinued models are also listed.
Visit www.afriso.com for additional spare parts lists

3 LAG spare parts

DG: G PG Part no.
LAG probe, plug-in connection, for LAG 13 and LAG 14 1 1 - 40510
Foil keypad for control units year of manufacture 1996 and later 4 1 - 43726
Foil keypad for control units year of manufacture 2007 and later 4 1 - 43727
Spare parts LAG mounting kit
Test valve plastic, complete 1 1 - 40555
Hose connection G1 (angled) 1 1 - 40557
Hose nipple G¾ 1 ¹ - 40558
Hose EPDM 14 x 3 (reel with 10 m) 1 1 - 40544

Eurovac/Europress spare parts

DG: H PG Part no.
Pump with motor Eurovac HV 4 1 - 43777
Pump with motor Eurovac NV 4 1 - 43783
Foil keypad Eurovac / Europress 4 1 - 43728

i
Contact our service depart-
ment if you have questions
concerning spare parts.
E-mail: [email protected]
Phone: +49 7135 102-211

84 www.afriso.com
 Inner tank linings Leak protection

Tank protection package AK-S

for fuel oil and diesel
as per WHG/AwSV and EN 13160-7

Application
Suitable for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid
fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as 3
biofuel and biodiesel with up to a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN
14214). Also suitable for use with the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100%.

Description
Tank protection packages for standardised cylindrical tanks.
Enquire for rectangular and spherical tanks.

Approval
CE as per EU Construction Products Regulation ((EU) Nr.
305/2011 and no. 574/2014),
EN 13160-1:2003, EN 13160-7:2003
DIBt: Z-65.30-162

Scope of delivery ■ Leak protection lining according to standard ■ Angled nipple long 4/6 mm
or made to size ■ PVC suction line 3 x 6 mm perforated
■ Vacuum type leak detector Eurovac and not perforated
■ Front wall lining made of fleece LSV2 ■ Fastening ring 500 mm or 600 mm
■ Intermediate layer made of fleece ■ Hose connector 4 or 6 mm
■ Mipoplast plate 800 x 800 mm ■ T piece hose connection 4 or 6 mm
■ Condensate bar triple 4/6 mm ■ Hose connector kit G 3/8 x G1/8 x G4/6
■ Liquid barrier 4/6 mm ■ Warning sign with holder and felt overshoes
■ Angled nipple short 4/6 mm

AK-S for cylindrical, standard

tanks (EN/DIN)

DG: H, PG: 1 Part no.

3,000 l 43901.003
5,000 l 43901.005
7,000 l 43901.007
10,000 l 43901.010
13,000 l 43901.013
15,000 l 43901.015
16,000 l 43901.016
20,000 l 43901.020
25,000 l 43901.025
i
30,000 l 43901.030
On request:
40,000 l 43901.040 ■ Dimensional drawings for customised

50,000 l 43901.050 inner linings

■ Tank protection packages for rectangu-
60,000 l 43901.060
lar and spherical tanks
80,000 l 43901.080 ■ Training seminars on installation of inner

100,000 l 43901.100 linings and leak detectors

www.afriso.com 85
 Leak protection Inner tank linings

Inner linings AF-S for the storage

of liquid fertiliser AHL, AdBlue®

Application
For liquid fertiliser AHL and urea solution 32.5 % AdBlue®.
3 Enquire for other liquids.
2
1 Description
Plastic inner linings, blue, with Technical Approval of the German
Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) for cylindrical standard tanks
3
and rectangular or spherical tanks. Made of PVC film WP6120,
4 0.8 mm thick.
8
5 When AdBlue® is stored, the surface temperature
must not exceed 35 °C!

Approval
DIBt: Z-65.30-483

6
7

1 Measuring line 5 Suction line/suction line perforated

2 Leak detector Eurovac 6 Inner lining
3 Exhaust line 7 Intermediate layer (fleece)
4 Liquid barrier 8 Fastening ring

Inner linings for AHL and AdBlue®

for cylindrical standard tanks (EN/DIN)

DG: H, PG: 1 Part no. DG: H, PG: 1 Part no.

Inner linings AF-S for AHL and AdBlue for ®
3,000 l 43880.003
43870
rectangular tanks per m2
5,000 l 43880.005
Stainless steel fastening ring
7,000 l 43880.007
V2A flat steel (without seal), 40 x 8 mm, 43900N
glass bead blasted, 500 mm diameter 10,000 l 43880.010
Stainless steel fastening ring 13,000 l 43880.013
V2A flat steel (without seal), 40 x 8 mm, 43900O 15,000 l 43880.015
glass bead blasted, 600 mm diameter
16,000 l 43880.016
20,000 l 43880.020
25,000 l 43880.025
30,000 l 43880.030
40,000 l 43880.040
50,000 l 43880.050
60,000 l 43880.060
80,000 l 43880.080
100,000 l 43880.100
* Please enquire for larger linings and other shapes.
Scope of delivery does not include accessories.

i
On request:
■ Dimensional drawings for customised

inner linings
■ Complete tank protection packages

■ Training seminars on installation of

inner linings and leak detectors

86 www.afriso.com
 Inner tank linings Leak protection

Inner linings AR-S for rainwater harvesting

Application
When old heating oil storage tanks are taken out of service, for
example due to corrosion, or if the heating system is converted to 3
other types of fuel, the existing tanks can be used to collect rain-
water. For integration into a rainwater harvesting system, the tank
is cleaned and then fitted with a special inner lining suitable for
water. The old, standardised manhole cover (Ø 500 mm) is
replaced with a plastic cover specially designed for rainwater
harvesting.

Description
Plastic inner linings for rainwater tanks. For hygienic sealing of
cylindrical or rectangular tanks to be used in rainwater harvesting
systems. Please enquire for inner linings for spherical tanks, cis-
terns, cesspits and other containers. It is advisable to install a
vacuum type leak detector to monitor the rainwater storage tank
for tightness, but this is not mandatory in the case of cylindrical
tanks.

Inner lining for rainwater for Inner lining for rainwater for
cylindrical tanks* rectangular tanks *

DG: H, PG: 1 Part no. DG: H, PG: 1 Part no.

3,000 l 43887.003 3,000 l 43888.003
5,000 l 43887.005 4,000 l 43888.004
7,000 l 43887.007 7,000 l 43888.007
10,000 l 43887.010 8,000 l 43888.008
13,000 l 43887.013 10,000 l 43888.010
15,000 l 43887.015 Enquire for other sizes
16,000 l 43887.016 * Scope of delivery does not include accessories.

20,000 l 43887.020
25,000 l 43887.025
30,000 l 43887.030
40,000 l 43887.040
50,000 l 43887.050
60,000 l 43887.060
80,000 l 43887.080
100,000 l 43887.100
* Scope of delivery does not include accessories.

Other tanks, cisterns, cesspits, etc. can also

be sealed and converted to hygienic storage
facilities by means of internal linings.
Please enquire.

i
Se page 89 for,
accessories, see page 353
for plastic manhole cover.

www.afriso.com 87
 Leak protection Inner tank linings

Rainwater inner lining

AR-SM with magnets

■ Operation without vacuum type leak detector,

3 no pressure, no current
■ Easy and fast installation by means of
powerful neodymium magnets
■ Perfectly fitting, robust PVC lining

Page 353

Application For conversion of cylindrical steel DIN tanks such as decommissioned fuel oil tanks, diesel tanks or
storage tanks into reliable, high-grade rainwater storage tanks. No pressure or flow required. The rain-
water inner lining AR-SM with magnets is suitable for storing rainwater in cylindrical steel tanks (3,000
to 50,000 litres).
Please note: In the case of coated steel tanks, verify that the attractive force of the magnets is suffi-
cient.

Description The rainwater inner lining AR-SM with magnets allows owners to convert a decommissioned steel tank
into a rainwater storage tank with very little effort.

The rainwater inner lining AR-SM is a PVC lining with flat, round, extremely powerful neodymium mag-
nets welded into lateral and top areas. The lining is reliably held at the inner wall by the magnets - no
pressure or power supply are required inside the tank. A tank can be conveniently converted into a
rainwater storage tank: First, the tank is measured and then a precisely fitting lining is manufactured.
The tank is prepared on the basis of a defined procedure (thorough cleaning of the tank, corrosion
checks, etc.); then, a fleece layer is placed on the tank floor for impact protection.

Then the lining is fitted in the steel tank and inflated by means of a blower; if necessary, the final fit is
achieved by means of a vacuum pump. When the PVC lining is inflated, the magnets click into place at
the inner wall exactly where planned. The fit of the PVC lining is checked and then it is fastened in the
manhole by means of a fastening ring. The tank is ready for storing rainwater immediately after the lin-
ing and the piping connections have been installed.

Scope of delivery Rainwater inner lining AR-SM, made of plastic film Sikaplan® WP5140-08 black, film thickness 0.8 mm,
for closed tanks, with all neodymium magnets welded into the film in the lateral and top areas, with film
flange for the standard fastening ring.

i
Not only cylindrical DIN
steel tanks, but certain
steel tanks with different
geometrical shapes can
be converted into rainwa-
ter storage tanks. DG: H, PG: 1 Part no.
Please enquire separately. 3,000 l 43889.003
5,000 l 43889.005
i PG Part no. 7,000 l 43889.007
Depending on the local Additional manhole 10,000 l 43889.010
conditions and on the 500 mm 1 08027 13,000 l 43889.013
tank, a fleece lining may
600 mm 1 08024 15,000 l 43889.015
be required in the bottom
area of the tank as an Accessories (DG: H) 16,000 l 43889.016
impact protection. Fastening ring, Ø 500 mm 3 43900A 20,000 l 43889.020
Different manhole distanc-
Fastening ring, Ø 600 mm 3 43900C 25,000 l 43889.025
es and special dimensions
are manufactured at the Fleece plate LSV2, 1 x 2 m 1 43952 30,000 l 43889.030
same conditions. Bottom plate, 800 x 800 mm 1 43894 50,000 l 43889.050

88 www.afriso.com
 Inner tank linings Leak protection

Mounting accessories for inner linings

DG: H Designation Specification PG Part no.

a) Condensate bar Connections 4/6 mm 1 1 - 43692
3
b) Liquid barrier with condensate
Connections 4/6 mm 1 1 - 43646
a) b) trap and fastening bracket

Angled nipple with

6 x 4/6 mm 2 1 - 43904
spacer

a) b) a) Angled nipple short 6 x 4/6 mm 2 1 25 43906

b) Angled nipple long 6 x 4/6 mm 2 1 10 43908

a) Suction line perforated

6 x 3 mm 1 1 - 43910
(reel 100 m)
b) Suction line not perforated
a) b) 6 x 3 mm 1 1 - 43911
(reel 100 m)
Ø 500 mm 3 1 - 43900A
Fastening ring with Ø 550 mm 3 1 - 43900B
round seal,
foam rubber Ø 600 mm 3 1 - 43900C
Ø 620 mm 3 1 - 43900D
Hose connector 4 x 4 mm 1 1 25 43945
for suction hose 6 x 6 mm 1 1 25 43912
T piece for 4 x 4 x 4 mm 1 1 25 43944
suction hose 6 x 6 x 6 mm 1 1 25 43913
ND 4 x G / 18
Hose connector kit
ND 6 x G1/8 1 1 25 43914
ND 4/6, G 3/8 x G1/8
G 3/8 x G1/8
with plate, clamp and label DE,
Plate holder 3 1 - 43918
FR/IT

PVC hose red 4 x 2 mm 1 1 - 43648

100 m 6 x 2 mm 1 1 - 43662
PVC hose green 4 x 2 mm 1 1 - 43649
100 m 6 x 2 mm 1 1 - 43663
PVC hose transparent 4 x 2 mm 1 1 - 43650
100 m 6 x 2 mm 1 1 - 43664
Sealing material 1,000 ml Epple 28 1 1 - 43919
Glue 0.8 kg Epple 200 S 1 1 - 44025

V2A flat steel (without seal),

Stainless steel fastening ring 40 x 8 mm, glass bead blasted, 3 1 - 43900N
500 mm diameter

V2A flat steel (without seal),

Stainless steel fastening ring 40 x 8 mm, glass bead blasted, 3 1 - 43900O
600 mm diameter

KT NW 65 3 1 - 44006
Flanges
KT G2 3 1 - 44007

Foam rubber roll 10 m 50 x 5 mm 1 1 - 43926

Foam rubber roll 10 m 50 x 8 mm 1 1 - 43942

Mipoplast bottom plate 800 x 800 mm 1 1 - 43928

Connection piece G1 x ND 4/6 mm 1 1 - 43698

www.afriso.com 89
 Leak detection Overpressure

Pressure type leak detector Europress

as per WHG/AwSV and BetrSichV, EN 13160-1/-2, class I

■ With visual and audible alarms, Acknowledge

key and switching output
3 ■ Pump operating time can be displayed
■ Service indicator for annual maintenance
■ With power outage monitoring

A
Europress in protective housing

Page 709

Application Class I pressure type leak detector as per EN 13160-1/-2 for safe monitoring of suitable double-walled
tanks for unpressurised storage of numerous water-polluting liquids, also AdBlue® (urea solution 32.5 %).
The flexible voltage supply (AC 100–240 V) allows for application in a large variety of countries.

Description Compact leak detector in a robust wall mounting housing with audible and visual alarms. The audible
alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. Europress indicates the pump operating time and fea-
tures a switching output for additional equipment (such as additional alarm unit ZAG 01) or integration
into building control systems. The pump operating time can be displayed.
Three hose connections (red, white, green) for the pneumatic connection to the interstitial space of the
tank. The universal connection pieces can be used for 4 mm and 6 mm hoses. With condensate trap
to protect the electronics. Electrical connection from the top or from the bottom. An optional 9 V bat-
tery can be connected so that an alarm is triggered in the case of power outage. For outdoor applica-
tions, Europress is available in a protective housing (IP 65).
Alarm units with the EnOcean-ready label can be integrated into your existing building automation sys-
tems at a later point in time. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wireless module into the EnOcean® interface
(PCB of the device). The AFRISO home gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home
products with EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to configure a whole range of fully customisa-
ble, extensible features for the protection of plants and buildings.

Technical Operating temperature range Operating pressure

specifications Ambient: -5/+60 °C Interstitial space: Approx. 510 mbar
Storage: -5/+60 °C
Housing
In protective housing with heating: -25/+60 °C
Wall mounting housing made of
Supply voltage impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
AC 100–240 V W x H x D: 202 x 230 x 70 mm
Nominal power Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60259)
< 10 VA Alarm sound
Switching output Min. 70 dB(A)
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact
Approval
Contact rating CE-marking as per EU Construction Products
Max. 250 V, 2 A, resistive load Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014, EN 13160-1/-2
and ÜHP

PU: 1 DG PG Part no.

Europress H 4 43790
Europress in protective housing (IP 65) with horn H 4 43795
Europress in protective housing (IP 65) with horn and heating H 4 43796
Europress with filter, pipe clamp PG42 and drying beads H 4 43701
Mounting kit (20 m PVC 6 x 2 red and transparent; 2 x connection piece G1 x
H 1 43704
ND 4/6 mm)
Drying filter TF 220 with pipe clamp PG42 H 1 43688
Drying beads, 850 ml H 1 69226
Connection piece G1 x ND 4/6 mm H 1 43698
Drying filter TF 220 EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 G 4 78082

90 www.afriso.com
 3

www.afriso.com 91
 Gas detectors

Liquid detector

Signalling devices
CHAPTER 4

Alarm units, probes and signalling devices

OVERVIEW ALARM UNITS FOR GAS

WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units for fast detection 94 Gas alarm unit GS 1.1,gas alarm unit GS 2.1 115

Alarm units at a glance 96 External gas sensor G

 S 4,test gas bag PGT 10 116

Gas alarm units GW-S 2.1/GW-S 4.1 

ALARM UNITS FOR OIL/WATER in wall mounting housing 117

Liquid detectorAFA 11 99 Gas alarm system GW-SK 6.1in DIN rail housing 118

Gas sensors series GS 119

Liquid detectorAFA 11 with burner connection kit 100
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1
Oil/water alarm unitOM 5 101 with Ex approval (zones 1 and 2) 121
Water alarm unit for separate Alarm unit AG 10 Ex 122
detection of oil and waterÖWU 102

Oil-on-water detectorÖAWD-8 103 ACCESSORIES

Floor water probeBWS 10-1,wall mounting
rail probeWSS, floating probe SWS 107
ALARM UNITS FOR OIL
Photoelectric probe, wall mounting rail probeOWU,
Fuel oil alarm unitHMS 104
EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 108

Drip pan, mounting frame, seal kit IP 54, DIN rail clip 109
ALARM UNITS FOR WATER

Water alarm unitWWG 105

Level switch CoFox® ELT 8 106

ALARM UNITS FOR

O I L / PETROL/ GREASE SEPARATORS
Alarm units (layer thickness/overflow alarm)
WGA 01, WGA 02, WGA 03 110/112

Alarm unit (layer thickness/overflow/

sand – sludge alarm) W  GA 01 D 111

Alarm units (sand/sludge/layer thickness alarm) 

WGA 04, WGA 05 113

Alarm unit (oil-on-water alarm/overflow alarm) 

WGA 06 114

93
 Alarm units Overview

Alarm units for fast detection of levels,

accumulations of liquids, leakage, gases or smoke

WATCHDOG-LINE –
for maximum safety

4
4

1 Oil/water alarm unit OM 5 with

EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320
for integration into smart home systems
4

2 Photoelectric probe
for tank room monitoring

3 Photoelectric probe
with drip pan

4 Wireless smoke alarm ASD 10

5 Digital tank contents indicator 4

DTA 20 E (wireless) 1 5

2
3

In the building technology sector, there are many risks which integration into AFRISO smart home systems, the devices are
should be monitored to avoid annoyance to home owners, jani- ready for the installation of an EnOcean® wireless module and fea-
tors, property managers or maintenance personnel and to avert ture a switching output contact. This way, the persons in charge
extensive damage. WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units report undesira- can be notified of an alarm condition – whether or not they have a
ble events, danger and emergency conditions early so that imme- mobile device. Residential buildings, factories and facilities are
diate measures can be taken. protected and monitored.
The WATCHDOG-LINE devices excel with easy and intuitive oper- From standard wall mounting to integration into control cabinets
ation. A large variety of probes and sensors enable fast detection using mounting frames – WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units are easy
of liquid levels, leakage and accumulations of liquids, gases or and quick to install. With very little effort, the devices can also be
smoke. Integrated visual and audible alarms provide the appropri- retrofitted with seal kits for use in rough dirty and wet environ-
ate signals in hazard conditions. For remote signalling and easy ments (IP 54).

Fast integration into con-

trol cabinets by means of
mounting frames.

With seal kit

DIN rail clip for fast and easy mounting of IP 54 for rough
the alarm units. application conditions.

94 www.afriso.com
 Overview Alarm units

WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units

■ Audible and visual alarms

for maximum safety
■ Additional signalling devices (ZAG 01,
horn, warning light) can be connected
■ Ready-to-connect device for easy installation
and commissioning
■ High reliability and long service life 4
A A A

Page 709 Page 109 Page 108

Typical application ■ Collection facilities below oil and ■ Canal shafts, manholes and inspection ducts
areas water consuming equipment ■ Cellars, kitchens, laundry rooms
■ Drip pans below storage tanks, burners or ■ Warehouses and storage areas
motors in buildings or outdoors ■ Machinery rooms
■ Containers, barrels and tanks/ ■ Museums, archives, office buildings
double-walled tanks ■ Lift shafts
■ Sewage tanks ■ High-tech equipment rooms and server rooms
■ Cisterns and water storage tanks ■ Pumping stations and control rooms
■ Drinking water installations ■ Catchment and overflow basins
■ Oil depots, boiler rooms and rooms with mains ■ Flood hazard areas
water connection ■ Oil, petrol and grease separators
■ Heating systems ■ Protective pipes and pipelines
■ Cable and pipe ducts

Detectable ■ Water, waste water, groundwater ■ Emulsions

media ■ Heating circuit water ■ Sludge, sand
■ Cooling water ■ Oil, petrol and grease layers
■ Rainwater ■ Conductive water mixtures and liquids
■ Fuel oil ■ Gases, vapours, smoke
■ Paraffinic fuels ■ Many other liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C
■ Diesel fuels or low-viscosity lubricating oils
■ Motor oils, gearbox oils and hydraulic oils
■ Vegetable oils and transformer oils
■ Beverages
■ Antifreeze agents and fertilisers

Pluggable EnOcean® wireless

module TCM 320 for WATCHDOG-
LINE PCBs, can be ordered sepa-
rately for EnOcean®-ready products.

www.afriso.com 95
 Alarm units Overview

WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units at a glance

Catalogue
Alarm unit Probe Media Application
page
Wall mounting rail probe ■ Water Single-channel
Water alarm unit WSS ■ Conductive Suitable for water, but also for electri-
WWG cally conductive liquids, emulsions and
or water mixtures
■ Electrically con- conductive water mixtures. Page 105
ductive liquids
EnOcean -ready
®

Floor water
■ Emulsions
probe BWS 10-1

4 Oil/water alarm
■ Oil + water Single-channel
ÖWU distinguishes oil alarms and
unit water alarms and indicates the appro-
ÖWU Wall mounting rail priate alarm condition. Page 102
combination probe
EnOcean®-ready

■ Fuel oil Single-channel

Liquid detector ■ Diesel fuel AFA 11 generates alarms in the event
AFA 11* of accumulations of liquids caused
■ Biodiesel
Oils by tank leaks, backflow, flooding, etc.
Photoelectric probe
■
Page 99
■ AdBlue® EnOcean®-ready
■ Water Certificate:
DIBt: Z-65.40-214

■ Fuel oil 5 channels

Oil/water ■ Diesel fuel For collection facilities below oil equip-
alarm unit ment, pipe and cable ducts, pumps
■ Biodiesel
OM 5* and control stations and tanks.
Photoelectric probe ■ Oils Page 101
■ AdBlue® Certificate:
■ Water DIBt: Z-65.40-214

■ Oil on water Single-channel

Oil-on-water ÖAWD monitors standing water and
detector ÖAWD calmly flowing bodies of water / water
ÖAWD-8 surfaces for pollution by oil. Page 103

Floating
probe SWS

■ Fuel oil Single-channel

Digital tank con- ■ Diesel fuel For manual level measurement and
tents indicator ■ Water signalling of a minimum level during
DTA 10/ Pneumatic measurements – battery-operated. Pages
■ Non-corrosive 14/15
DTA 20 E measuring line
media (density DTA 20 E EnOcean® inside
0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3)

Submersible
■ Fuel oil 1 channel/2 channels
Level indicator probe ■ Diesel fuel For continuous level measurement
TankControl 10 and alarms in the event of minimum
■ Biodiesel
or ■ Water or maximum levels, level differences, Page 18
backwater and level control.
Magnetic
float switch
■ Water Single-channel
Level switches ■ Fuel oil Suitable to signal
Minimelder / minimum or maximum levels in tanks
■ Oil/water
Maximelder containing liquids. Page 35
mixtures
Magnetic float ■ Neutral liquids
switch EnOcean®-ready

■ Rainwater Single-channel
Backup controller Controls backup supply of mains water
RENA if the rainwater level is low.
Page 355

Level probe
* Use as leak detection system class III as per EN 13160-1/-4

96
 Overview Alarm units

Catalogue
Alarm unit Probe Media Application
page

WaterSensor ■ Water Multi-channel

Water valve con ■ Rainwater For manually or remotely controlled
WaterControl 01 closing and opening of a water pipe in
the case of a leak. Page 132
Water Teach-in of up to 40 sensors.
Sensor
BWS
WaterSensor EnOcean®-inside
eco
Battery-less

Overfill preven-
■ Water-polluting Single-channel 4
liquids Signals when the maximum level in
tion system (flash point stationary tanks is reached.
UFS 01 accord- Page 67
> 55 °C) Certificate:
ing to WHG Level probe
Type 76 A DIBt: Z-65.11-193, Z-65.11-185

■ Water-polluting Single-channel
Leak detector liquids Leak detection system for double-walled
LAG tanks with liquid in the interstitial
as per WHG/ space.
AwSV and Page 77
Approval: CE marking as per EU
BetrSichV
Construction Products Regulation
Leak detection fluid 305/2011, EU 574/2014, EN 13160-1,-3
container with probe and ÜHP
■ Gases Single-channel
Alarm unit Alarm unit for low gas level for mon-
AG 10 Ex Pressure gaug-
itoring the pressure in gas-filled con-
es with electri- Page 122
cal contacts tainers.

Alarm units WGA-ES8

■ Oil Devices with
WGA 01/01 D (ultrasound, ■ Petrol 1 channel / 2 channels / 3 channels
for separators only for WGA 01 D) ■ Grease Monitor, for example, the layer thick-
(Sludge, sand) ness and the maximum level of sep-
(capacitance)
WGA-ES4

arated liquid in oil, petrol and grease

separators.
Pages
110/111
PTC thermistor
probe WGA-R6

Alarm unit WGA 02/03 for ■ Oil Single-channel WGA 02 /

separators ■ Petrol dual-channel WGA 03
WGA-AS Monitor the layer thickness and the max-
(capacitance)
■ Grease
imum level (WGA 03) of separated liquid Page 112
in oil, petrol and grease separators.
WGA-SD 02
(conductivity)

Alarm unit WGA 04/05 for ■ Oil 2 channels

separators ■ Petrol Monitors sand or sludge accumulations in
WGA-SN ■ Grease oil, petrol and grease separators as well
(ultrasound) as the layer thickness of the separated Page 113
■ (Sludge, sand)
liquid.
WGA-SD 02
(conductivity)

Alarm unit WGA 06 for WGA-ÖW

■ Oil Single-channel
separators (capacitance) ■ Petrol Monitors pump pits and inspection ducts
■ Grease in separator systems for accumulations
of oil (oil on water) and for the maximum Page 114
permissible level.
WGA-AS
(capaci-
tance)

The WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units will successively be EnOcean®-enabled so that an EnOcean® wireless module can be retrofitted. Whether or not an alarm unit
already features this technology is indicated by the labels "EnOcean-ready®" or "EnOcean® -inside" on the nameplate.

97
 Alarm units Overview

Application examples
WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units

Leak detection in tank and boiler rooms with AFA 11. When the maximum level in the catchment basin is reached, the
WWG alarm unit controls the draining process by means of a
connected pump.

AFRISO Smart Home: Monitoring and control of domestic equip- Warning system (water leaks, flooding) for complete buildings
ment, apartments and buildings for function and leaks with the with central alarm CoFox®.
AFRISOhome gateway. Interconnected sensors, actuators and
alarm units increase safety and convenience.
Application examples: Heating systems, laundry rooms, base-
ments, utility rooms and drinking water installations.

98 www.afriso.com
 Oil/water Alarm units

Liquid detector AFA 11

Class III, EN 13160-1/-4

■ For storage rooms, manholes,

collection facilities, etc.
■ With visual/audible alarms
■ Test/Acknowledge keys and relay output
■ Self-monitoring probe
■ Power outage alarm with optional battery
■ EnOcean®-ready
4
A A

Page 707 Page 709

Application For visual and audible alarms if liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C are detected. AFA 11 is suitable for
the following media: fuel oil, diesel fuel, paraffinic fuel s(GTL), AdBlue® urea solution, low-viscosity lubri-
cating oils, motor oils, gearbox oils or hydraulic oils, vegetable oils, hydrogenated vegetable oils (HVO),
transformer oils, water and other liquids. Application as leak detection system class III as per EN 13160-
1/-4 as well as safety device as per worksheet DWA-A 791 and worksheet DWA-A779.

Description The unit in a wall mounting housing triggers visual and audible alarms in the event of accumulations of
liquids which can be caused by leaks, backflow, flooding, etc. AFA 11 consists of a control unit with
visual/audible alarm, Test and Acknowledge keys, a relay output and a photoelectric probe. The probe
is mounted at the lowest point of the area to be monitored. Alarm is triggered when escaped liquid is
detected. The audible alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. The visual alarm remains active
until the leak has been removed. The Test key allows you to simulate an alarm condition in order to per-
form a function test. The voltage-free relay contact is provided for connection of additional alarm equip-
ment (such as additional alarm unit ZAG 01, horn) or building control technology. The alarm units are
suitable for panel mounting with a mounting frame.
Power outage alarm: An optional 9 V battery can be connected so that an audible alarm is triggered in
the case of power outage. The alarm cannot be acknowledged and is disabled once power is available
again.
EnOcean®-ready: AFA 11 can be integrated into the AFRISO smart home system or other smart home
systems based on EnOcean® wireless by means of the optional wireless module TCM 320. This allows
for additional push messages to smartphones or via e-mail (further accessories required).

Technical Operating temperature range Alarm sound

specifications Ambient: –10/+60 °C Min. 70 dB(A)
Probe Housing
L x Ø: 33 x 10 mm Wall mounting housing made of
Cable length: 10 m impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Response level (EN 13160-4): ≥ 4 mm W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Supply voltage Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
AC 100–240 V or AC/DC 15–24 V
Approval
Nominal power DIBt: Z-65.40-214
1.5 VA at 230 V
1 VA at 24 V Scope of delivery
Control unit with probe
Switching output
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact Option
2 A, AC 250 V, DC 30 V ■ EnOcean® wireless module (can be retrofi tted)

DG: G, PG: 4 Part

no.
Liquid detector AFA 11, AC 230 V 40890
Liquid detector AFA 11, 24 V 40894
i Spare probe: photoelectric probe, 10 m 44503
Successor pro- EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 78082
duct of ÖWWG 3.
Mounting frame 43521

www.afriso.com 99
 Alarm units Oil/water

Liquid detector AFA 11

with burner connection kit

■ Leak detection system class III,

EN 13160-1/-4
■ Connection pre-wired
■ With visual/audible alarms,
Test and Acknowledge buttons
■ Automatic switching off of
4 the burner in alarm conditions
■ EnOcean® -ready

Application For visual and audible alarms in the event of accumulations of liquids below the burner of an oil fuelled
system and for switching off the burner in alarm conditions. Suitable for the following media: fuel oil,
diesel fuel, paraffinic fuel s(GTL), AdBlue® urea solution, low-viscosity lubricating oils, motor oils, gear-
box oils or hydraulic oils, vegetable oils, hydrogenated vegetable oils (HVO), transformer oils, water and
other liquids. Application as leak detection system class III as per EN 13160-1/-4 as well as safety
device as per worksheet DWA-A 791 and worksheet DWA-A779.

Description The liquid detector AFA 11 with burner connection kit consists of a control unit with visual/audible
alarm, Test and Acknowledge keys, a relay output and a photoelectric probe with 10 m connection
cable. Cable and connector for connection of burner and boiler are fully wired and ready to be con-
nected. In the event of an alarm, the unit triggers visual and audible alarms and switches off the burn-
er. The audible alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. The visual alarm remains active until
the leak has been removed. The burner then resumes operation. The Test key allows you to simulate
an alarm condition in order to perform a function test. Alarm units with the EnOcean®-ready label can
be integrated into your existing building automation systems, for example, AFRISO smart home, at a
later point in time. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wireless module into the EnOcean® interface (PCB of
the device). The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products
with EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to configure a whole range of fully customisable,
extensible features for the protection of plants and buildings.
Power outage alarm: An optional 9 V battery can be connected so that an audible signal is triggered in
the case of power outage. The audible signal cannot be acknowledged and is disabled once power is
available again.

Technical Operating temperature range Scope of delivery

specifications Control unit : Ambient –10/+60 °C ■ Control unit

■ 1 connected photoelectric probe

Probe ■ One connected plug each for
L x Ø: 33 x 10 mm
burner and boiler connection
Cable length: 10 m
Response level (EN 13160-4): ≥ 4 mm Option
■ EnOcean ® wireless module (can be retrofi tted)
Connector
Burner: 7-pin, female with 3 m cable
Boiler: 7-pin, male, with 3 m cable
Supply voltage
AC 230 V
Nominal power
2.5 VA
Alarm sound
Min. 70 dB(A)
Housing
Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529) Liquid detector AFA 11 BAS 230 V 40891
Approval EnOcean ® wireless module
78082
DIBt: Z-65.40-214 TCM 320

100 www.afriso.com
 Oil/water Alarm units

Oil/water alarm unit OM 5

Class III, EN 13160-1, -4

■ For storage rooms, manholes, drip pans, Monitors up to 5 tanks

tanks with integrated collection facility
■ With visual/audible alarms, Test/
Acknowledge buttons and relay output
■ Self-monitoring probe

4
A A A

Page 109 Page 707 Page 709

Application For visual and audible alarms if liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C are detected. OM 5 is suitable for
the following media: fuel oil, diesel fuel or low-viscosity lubricating oils, motor oils, gearbox oils or
hydraulic oils, vegetable oils and transformer oils, water and other liquids.
Use as leak detection system class III as per EN 13160-1/-4 and as leak detection system as per
TRWS 791.

Description The unit in a wall mounting housing triggers visual and audible alarms in the event of accumulations of
liquids which can be caused by tank leaks, backflow, flooding, etc. OM 5 consists of a control unit with
visual/audible alarm, Test and Acknowledge buttons as well as a relay output. Up to five photoelectric
probes can be connected. The probes are mounted at the lowest point of the object to be monitored.
Alarm is triggered when there is contact with escaped liquid. The audible alarm can be muted with the
Acknowledge key. The visual alarm is cleared once the leak has been fixed. The Test key allows you to
simulate an alarm condition in order to perform a function test.
The voltage-free relay contact is provided for connection of additional alarm equipment (such as addi-
tional alarm unit ZAG 01, horn). The alarm units are suitable for panel mounting with a mounting frame.
A sealing kit (IP 54) is available for rough application conditions.

OM 5/1 with additional probe for detection of minimum levels, e.g. in fuel oil tanks.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing

specifications Ambient: -10/+60 °C Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Probe
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
L x Ø: 33 x 10 mm
Cable length: 10 m
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Response level (EN 13160-4): ≥ 4 mm
Approval
Supply voltage
DIBt: Z-65.40-214
OM 5: AC 230 V or AC/DC 24 V
OM 5/1: AC 230 V Scope of delivery
OM 5: control unit without probe
Nominal power
OM 5/1: control unit
5 VA
1 photoelectric probe
Switching output 1 Minimelder (minimum alarm) probe
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact
2 A, AC 250 V
Alarm sound
Min. 70 dB(A)

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Oil/water alarm unit OM 5 44502
i
Oil/water alarm unit OM 5, 24 V 44486
Please order the pho-
toelectric probes Oil/water alarm unit OM 5/1 44517
separately. Photoelectric probe 10 m 44503

www.afriso.com 101
 Alarm units Oil/water

Oil/water alarm unit ÖWU

■ Combination probe for determination

of leaking medium oil and water
■ For storage rooms, manholes, drip pans
and pumps
■ With fail-safe mode
■ With visual/audible alarms, Test/
4 Acknowledge buttons and relay output
A A A

Page 109 Page 707 Page 709

Application For visual and audible alarms if liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C are detected. Suitable for the fol-
lowing media: Water, fuel oil, diesel fuel or low-viscosity lubricating oils, motor oils, gearbox oils or
hydraulic oils, vegetable oils and transformer oils. Separate detection of electrically conductive and
non-conductive liquids.

Description Alarm unit in wall mounting housing for early detection of accumulations of liquids. ÖWU consists of a
control unit with visual/audible alarm, Test and Acknowledge buttons, two relay outputs as well as a
combination probe with photoelectric and conductivity sensors. An integrated microprocessor deter-
mines whether the detected medium is oil or water. The probe is mounted at the lowest point of the
object to be monitored. Alarm is triggered when there is contact with escaped liquid. The audible alarm
can be muted with the Acknowledge key. The visual alarm is cleared once the leak has been removed.
The Test key allows you to simulate an alarm condition in order to perform a function test.
The two voltage-free relay contacts are provided for connection of additional external alarm equipment
or additional alarm units; e.g. 1 relay for water alarm and 1 relay for oil alarm. ÖWU features a "fail-
safe" mode. The alarm units are suitable for panel mounting with a mounting frame. A sealing kit
(IP 54) is available for rough application conditions.
Alarm units with the EnOcean®-ready label can be integrated into your existing building automation
systems, for example, AFRISO smart home, at a later point in time. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wire-
less module into the EnOcean® interface (PCB of the device). The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction
with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to config-
ure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible features for the protection of plants and buildings.

Technical Operating temperature range Contact rating

specifications Medium: 5/50 °C Max. AC 250 V, 2 A
Ambient: -10/+60 °C
Alarm sound
Wall mounting rail probe Min. 70 dB(A)
W x H x D: 40 x 300 x 55 mm
Housing
Standard probe cable: 1.5 m
Wall mounting housing made of
Supply voltage impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
AC 100–240 V W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Nominal power
6 VA Scope of delivery
■ Control unit
Switching output ■ Wall mounting rail probe ÖWU
1 voltage-free changeover contact (water alarm)
1 changeover contact (oil alarm) Option
■ EnOcean ® wireless module (can be retrofi tted)
Switching over
Eco mode/fail-safe mode

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Oil/water alarm unit ÖWU 40028
EnOcean® wireless module
78082
TCM 320

102 www.afriso.com
 Oil/water Alarm units

Oil-on-water detector ÖAWD-8

■ For the detection of oil layers on water

■ Alarm unit on conductivity principle
■ With visual alarm, Test and Unlock pushbuttons
■ Relay output for additional alarm

4
A A

Page 109 Page 709

Application For visual and audible alarms in the event of oil layers on water. Especially suitable for catchment
basins, floods and inspection ducts.

Description Alarm unit in wall mounting housing for the detection of oil layers on water. ÖAWD consists of a control
unit with visual/audible alarm, Test/Unlock buttons as well as a relay output. ÖAWD is based on the
conductivity principle. The floating probe SWS is used for detection. If an oil layer (of at least 2 mm) is
detected, the alarm unit triggers a visual alarm and stores the alarm condition. Once the cause of the
alarm condition has been removed, press the Unlock button to reset ÖAWD. The visual alarm is deac-
tivated. The Test key allows you to simulate an alarm condition in order to perform a function test. The
voltage-free relay contact is provided for connection of additional signalling equipment (such as ZAG
01), actuators (pumps, valves), additional alarm units or event reporting systems. The alarm units are
suitable for panel mounting with a mounting frame. A sealing kit (IP 54) is available for rough applica-
tion conditions. ÖAWD-8 features a delay of 8 s which helps to avoid false alarms in applications with
turbulent surfaces.

Technical Operating temperature range Contact rating

specifications Medium: 0/50 °C AC 250 V, 2 A
Ambient: 0/55 °C
Response delay
Probe SWS ÖAWD-8: 8 s
2-rod electrode, encapsulated cable connection
Housing
W x H x D: 200 x 140 x 200 mm
Wall mounting housing made of
Cable length: 10 m
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Adjustment range: 2/10 mm oil layer thickness
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Also suitable for changing levels
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Supply voltage
Scope of delivery
AC 100–240 V ■ Control unit without probe

Nominal power
5 VA
Switching output
Relay output: 1 voltage-free changeover contact

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

Oil-on-water detector ÖAWD-8 1 - 55105
Floating probe SWS 1 - 55100

www.afriso.com 103
 Alarm units Oil

Fuel oil alarm HMS

in connector housing

■ Immediate switching off of monitored devices

in the event of a leak alarm
■ With visual alarm
■ Ready-to-connect device for fast
and easy installation

Application For the detection of oil in drip pans below oil equipment, pipe and cable ducts, pumps and control sta-
tions and tanks. Suitable for the following media: water, fuel oil, diesel fuel, motor oils, machine oils,
hydraulic oils and similar liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C. Liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C.

Description The HMS fuel oil alarm unit consists of a transducer and a photoelectric probe. Devices to be moni-
tored are connected directly to the socket of the transducer. If there is no leak, the green lamp is on. If
the probe detects unwanted liquid, the alarm unit triggers a visual alarm (red lamp) and the socket in
the transducer is automatically switched off.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing

specifications Ambient: -10/+60 °C Connector housing
W x H x D: 65 x 120 x 92 mm
Photoelectric probe
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Probe head: Polyamide
Cable: 2 m Approval
DIBt: Z-65.40-214
Supply voltage
AC 230 V Scope of delivery
■ Transducer
Visual indication ■ Photoelectric probe with 2 m probe cable
Green lamp Operation ■ Bracket for probe with mounting accessories
Red lamp Alarm

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Fuel oil alarm unit HMS 44513

104 www.afriso.com
 Water Alarm units

Water alarm unit WWG

■ Ideal for laundry rooms, cellars/storage

rooms, pump and inspection ducts
■ With visual/audible alarms, Test and
Acknowledge buttons and 2 relay outputs
■ With floor probe or wall mounting rail probe
■ EnOcean® -ready
4
A A A

Page 109 Page 707 Page 709

Application For visual and audible alarms in the event of accumulations of electrically conductive liquids such as
rainwater, tap water, fresh water, waste water, cooling water and heating water.

Description Alarm unit in wall mounting housing for the detection of even the smallest amounts of water caused
by, for example, backflow due to clogged water pipes, water ingress from outdoors, broken pipes or
failure of a waste water pump. WWG 1 consists of a control unit with visual/audible alarm, Test and
Acknowledge buttons, two relay outputs as well as a special floor probe. The probe is mounted at the
lowest point of the object to be monitored. Alarm is triggered when there is contact with escaped
liquid. The audible alarm can be muted with the Acknowledge key. The visual alarm is cleared once the
leak has been removed. The Test key allows you to simulate an alarm condition in order to perform a
function test.
The two voltage-free relay contacts are provided for connection of additional external alarm equipment
or alarm units. One relay can be acknowledged (e.g. for an external horn), the other relay cannot (e. g.
for an external lamp, a solenoid valve, a pump). The alarm units are suitable for panel mounting with a
mounting frame. A sealing kit (IP 54) is available for rough application conditions.
Alarm units with the EnOcean®-ready label can be integrated into your existing building automation
systems, for example, AFRISO smart home, at a later point in time. To do so, plug the EnOcean® wire-
less module into the EnOcean® interface (PCB of the device). The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunc-
tion with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allow you to
configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible features for the protection of plants and
buildings.

Water alarm unit WWG 2 like WWG 1, but with height-adjustable wall mounting rail probe.

Technical Operating temperature range Contact rating

specifications Ambient: -5/+55 °C Max. AC 250 V, 2 A
Floor probe BWS 10-1 Alarm sound
Response level: Approx. 2–3 mm Min. 70 dB(A)
Dimensions: Ø 70 mm
Housing
Wall mounting rail probe WSS Wall mounting housing made of
Height-adjustable by approx. 200 mm impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
W x H x D: 37 x 320 x 55 mm W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Standard probe cables Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
1.5 m, max. length 50 m (shielded) Scope of delivery
■ Control unit
Function principle
■ Floor probe BWS 10-1 (for WWG 1)
Conductivity measurement
■ Wall mounting rail probe WSS (for WWG 2)

Supply voltage
AC 100–240 V Option
■ EnOcean ® wireless module (can be retrofi tted)

Nominal power
2.5 VA DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
Switching output Water alarm unit WWG1 40029
1 voltage-free changeover contact Water alarm unit WWG 2 40031
1 voltage-free normally open contact
EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 78082
(can be acknowledged)

www.afriso.com 105
 Alarm units Water/chemicals

Conductivity level switch

CoFox® ELT 8

■ For conductive media such as water,

waste water, emulsions and many more.
■ Min. or max. fail-safe mode adjustable
■ Two voltage-free relay outputs
■ Low response threshold

4
A A

Page 707 Page 709

Application Suitable for use with electrically conductive liquids whose level is to be limited or controlled. The liquids
such as water, emulsions or waste water must neither foam excessively nor be viscous or adhesive
(bridging). CoFox® ELT 8 can be operated with one probe as a level switch or with two probes for con-
trolling pumps, valves, etc (start/stop). Can also be used as a water alarm unit in conjunction with floor
water probe BWS 10-1, for example, in control stations or IT rooms.

Description Level switch in wall mounting housing with visual alarm and operation indicator. CoFox® ELT 8 is
designed for continuous operation and operates on the basis of conductivity. If a probe electrode is in
contact with the liquid, this closes a circuit to the tank wall or to a second electrode via the liquid. The
relay outputs switch. The sensitivity is adjustable. 2 voltage-free relay contacts are provided for
switching functions.

Switching functions Level switch: The relay can be set to either energise or de-energise when the probe rod comes into
contact with or loses contact with the liquid. The switching point must be adjusted according to the
conductivity of the liquid.
Level control for filling: A minimum of 2 probe rods are required. Set the internal switch to "Max" (H).
The relay energises when the min. probe loses contact with the liquid. Relay de-energises when the
max. probe comes into contact with the liquid.
Level control for emptying: A minimum of 2 probe rods are required. Set the internal switch to "Min"
(L). The relay energises when the max. and min. probes have contact with the liquid. The relay
de-energises when the min. probe loses contact with the liquid.

Technical Response threshold Visual indication

specifications 2.5 kOhm – 60 kOhm Green LED: Mains operation
fully adjustable Red LED: Alarm condition
Operating temperature range Fail-safe mode
Ambient: -10/+60 °C Integrated selector for min. or max.
Supply voltage fail-safe mode (low/high)
DC 24 V
Housing
Power input Wall mounting housing with plug-in base
2 VA made of impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Probe circuit W x H x D: 53 x 113 x 108 mm
Max. AC 3 V Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Switching outputs
Scope of delivery
Relay contact: 2 voltage-free changeover contacts
Level switch without probe
Contact rating: AC/DC 250 V, 2 A

Version DG PG Part no.

CoFox® ELT 8 DC 24 V H 4 53503A
Accessories
Additional alarm unit ZAG 01 H 4 40633
i
See page 38 for probes Combined warning light and horn WLH 1 G 4 61020
for level switches. Cable extension fitting KVA G 1 40041

106 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Alarm units

Probes for alarm units

Floor water probe BWS 10-1

Application For the detection of conductive liquids such as flood water,
rainwater, tap water, fresh water, waste water, cooling water
and heating water.

Description Floor probe suitable for WWG 1, ELT 8 and ELT 680. The
probe is mounted at the lowest point of the object to be 4
monitored. The alarm is triggered by the alarm unit when the
probe comes into contact with liquid.

Probe diameter: 70 mm
Cable length: 2 m
Response level: Approx. 2–3 mm Floor water probe BWS 10-1

Wall mounting rail probe WSS

Application For the detection of conductive liquids such as rainwater, tap
water, fresh water, waste water, cooling water and heating
water.

Description Height-adjustable wall mounting rail probe suitable for WWG

2, ELT 8 and ELT 680. The probe is mounted to the wall at
the object to be monitored. The desired response level (dis-
tance from probe to floor) is adjusted via the wall mounting
rail. The alarm is triggered by the connected alarm unit when
the probe comes into contact with liquid.

Dimensions: 37 x 320 x 55 mm Wall mounting rail probe WSS

Cable length: 1.5 m
Height-adjustable by approx. 200 mm

Floating probe SWS

Application For the detection of oil layers, emulsions or foam on water.
Also suitable for changing levels
(e. g. flowing bodies of water).

Description Floating probe suitable for ÖAWD-8, ELT 8 and ELT 680.
The probe floats on the water surface. The oil layer thick-
ness (at least 2 mm) is set via the height-adjustable 2-rod
probe. The alarm is triggered by the connected alarm unit
when the probe comes into contact with the oil layer.

Dimensions Floating probe SWS

W x H x D: 200 x 140 x 200 mm
Cable
Encapsulated cable connection
Length: 10 m
Adjustment range
2/10 mm oil layer thickness

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

i Floor water probe BWS 10-1 1 - 55112

Many probe versions are Wall mounting rail probe WSS 1 - 55050
available. Please enquire. Floating probe SWS 1 - 55100

www.afriso.com 107
 Alarm units Accessories

Probes and accessories for alarm units

Photoelectric probe
Application For the detection of liquids with a flash point of > 55 °C.
Suitable for the following media: water, fuel oil, diesel fuel or
low-viscosity lubricating oils, motor oils, gearbox oils or
hydraulic oils, vegetable oils and transformer oils.

4 Description Probe suitable for oil/water alarm unit OM and liquid detec-
tor AFA 11. The probe is mounted at the lowest point of the
object to be monitored. The alarm is triggered by the alarm
unit when the probe comes into contact with liquid.

Probe diameter: 10 mm
Cable length: 10 m Photoelectric probe
Response level: 5 mm

EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320

Application For remote indication and easy integration of WATCHDOG-
LINE alarm units into smart home systems (such as AFRISO
smart home) based on EnOcean® wireless. Users with
mobile devices can immediately take appropriate action in
response to an alarm.

Description EnOcean® wireless module for WATCHDOG-LINE alarm

units. Can be plugged into PCBs of boards which are
factory-equipped with a slot for the EnOcean® wireless
module. Can be integrated into all AFRISO products with the
label "EnOcean®-ready" on the front.
EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320

Wall mounting rail probe ÖWU

Application For detection and differentiation of oil and/or water accumu-
lations (electrically conductive/non-conductive).

Description Height-adjustable wall mounting rail probe suitable for ÖWU.

Dimensions
W x L x D: 40 x 200 x 50 mm
Cable length
1.5 m

Wall mounting rail probe ÖWU

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Photoelectric probe 1 - 44503
EnOcean wireless module TCM 320
®
1 - 78082
Wall mounting rail probe ÖWU 1 - 55051
Spare probes ÖWWG 3
Spare probe ÖWWG 3, length 3.2 m, year of manufacture 09/2013 and later 44516
Spare probe ÖWWG 3, length 10 m, year of manufacture 09/2013 and later 44484
Spare probe ÖWWG 3, length 3.2 m, year of manufacture up to 08/2013 44481
Probe fuse for ÖWWG3 44495

108 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Alarm units

Accessories for alarm units

Drip pan
Application For the collection of, e. g., escaping oil. Drip pans should be
mounted below all oil fittings such as filters, oil vents, burn-
ers in order to avoid damage resulting from escaping oil and
in order to detect leaks as early as possible.

Description Drip pan made of white plastic (PE). 4

At the lowest part of the drip pan, the sensor of an
oil alarm unit can be installed, e. g. the liquid detector AFA 11.
If the drip pan cannot be checked on a daily basis, oil alarms
with audible and visual alarms are required.
Several independent drip pans can be monitored, e. g. with a
single oil alarm unit OM 5 and up to 5 probes. A mounting Drip pan
clamp for the sensor is supplied with the drip pan.

Dimensions (W x D): 600 x 300 mm

Mounting frame
Description Mounting frame for wall mounting housings
100 x 188 x 65 mm (W x H x D) of the WATCHDOG-LINE
alarm units from year of manufacture 10/2007.
For fast integration in control cabinets.

Mounting frame

Sealing kit (IP 54)

Description Sealing kit for rough application conditions. Suitable for all
wall mounting housings of the WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units
from year of manufacture 10/2007, with the exception of tank
contents indicators DTA 10/20, liquid detector AFA 11 and
backup controller RENA. The sealing kit is easy to mount
between the housing cover and base. This increases the
degree of protection of the alarm unit to IP 54.

Sealing kit (IP 54)

DIN rail clip

Description DIN rail clip for fast and easy mounting of WATCHDOG-LINE
alarm units in the control cabinet or for side-by-side mount-
ing of several units on the wall. The clip is mounted by
means of screws so that the alarm unit can be clipped onto
standard DIN rails.

DIN rail clip

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

Drip pan 1 - 44512
Mounting frame 1 - 43521
Sealing kit (IP 54) 1 - 43416
DIN rail clip 1 - 43100

www.afriso.com 109
 Alarm units For separators

Alarm unit for separators

WGA 01

■ For oil and petrol separators

■ Layer thickness/overflow alarm

4 2

1 Oil
2 Water

Application Oil and petrol pose a great hazard to groundwater and waste water. WGA 01 monitors the thickness of
the layer of separated liquid in oil and petrol separators and generates an alarm signal when it is time
to drain the separator. In addition, the maximum level in the separator can be detected. This avoids
overfilling that may be caused by clogged outlets or other circumstances. The unit keeps harmful
substances from reaching the sewage water system.

Description WGA 01 consists of a control unit, a capacitance probe (WGA-ES4) for monitoring the thickness of the
oil or petrol layer and an optional additional PTC thermistor probe (WGA-R6) for detecting the maximum
level (overflow alarm). The control unit is equipped with 2 relay outputs, visual and audible alarms as
well as Test and Acknowledge buttons. The WGA-ES4 probe is mounted at least 150 mm below the
constant level of the separator. As soon as the oil or petrol layer reaches the critical level, the device
generates an alarm signal. By installing the optional WGA-R6 probe above the constant level, you can
also monitor the maximum level. The control unit monitors the probes for short circuits or line
interruptions.

Technical Operating temperature range Audible alarm

specifications Medium: -20/+40 °C Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged
Ambient: 0/40 °C
Function test
Probe WGA-ES4 By means of Test key
Function principle: capacitance
Housing
Length: 220 mm, Ø 25 mm
Wall mounting housing made of
Cable length: 5 m
impact-resistant plastic (polycarbonate)
Probe WGA-R6 (option) W x H x D: 175 x 125 x 75 mm
Function principle: PTC thermistor
Degree of protection
Length: 100 mm, Ø 22 mm
IP 65 (EN 60529)
Cable length: 5 m
ATEX approvals
Connection probe – control unit
Control unit:
Maximum 200 m
Ex II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIB
Supply voltage
Scope of delivery
AC 230 V
Control unit, probe WGA-ES4
Power input Cable extension fitting, mounting accessories
Approx. 4 VA
Switching outputs Options
Relay contacts: voltage-free changeover contacts
Probe WGA-R6
(cannot be acknowledged)
1 x for layer thickness
1 x for overfilling (overflow)
Contact rating: AC 250 V/5 A/ 100 VA
Visual indication DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
1 green LED: layer thickness (operation)
WGA 01 incl. probe WGA-ES4
i 1 green LED: overflow (operation)
(layer thickness)
53410
1 red LED: layer thickness (alarm)
Enquire for other Additional probe WGA-R6
1 rote LED: overflow (alarm) 53419
probe cable (overflow)
lengths. Spare probe WGA-ES4 53418

110 www.afriso.com
 For separators Alarm units

Alarm unit for separators

WGA 01 D

■ For oil and petrol separators

■ Up to 3 probes for layer thickness
alarm, overflow alarm,
sand/sludge alarm
■ With LC display 1

2
3 4

1 Oil
2 Water
3 Sand/sludge

Application Oil and petrol pose a great hazard to groundwater and waste water. WGA 01 D monitors the thickness
of the layer of separated liquid in oil and petrol separators and generates an alarm signal when it is
time to drain the separator. In addition, the maximum level in the separator can be detected. This
avoids overfilling that may be caused by clogged outlets or other circumstances. The unit keeps harm-
ful substances from reaching the sewage water system. It is also possible to signal impermissible sand
or sludge accumulations.

Description WGA 01 D consists of a control unit with LC display and a capacitance probe (WGA-ES4) to monitor
the layer thickness of oil or petrol layers. The PTC thermistor probe WGA-R6 for monitoring the maxi-
mum level (overflow alarm) and/or the ultrasonic sludge probe WGA-ES8 for monitoring impermissible
sand or sludge layer can also be connected. The control unit is equipped with 2 relay outputs, visual
and audible alarms as well as Test and Acknowledge buttons. The WGA-ES4 probe is mounted at
least 150 mm below the constant level of the separator. As soon as the oil or petrol layer reaches the
critical level, the device generates an alarm signal. By installing the optional WGA-R6 probe above the
constant level, you can also monitor the maximum level. The control unit monitors the probes for short
circuits or line interruptions. The device automatically detects the connected probes during commis-
sioning.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing

specifications Medium: 0/40 °C Wall mounting housing made of
Ambient: 0/40 °C impact-resistant plastic (polycarbonate)
W x H x D: 175 x 125 x 75 mm
Probe WGA-ES4
Function principle: capacitance Degree of protection
Length: 220 mm, Ø 25 mm IP 65 (EN 60529)
Cable length: 5 m
Ex approvals
Probe WGA-R6 (option) Control unit: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIA
Function principle: PTC thermistor
Scope of delivery
Length: 100 mm, Ø 22 mm
Control unit, probe WGA-ES4
Cable length: 5 m
Probe WGA-ES8 (option) Options
Function principle: ultrasound
H x W x D: 85 x 160 x 32 mm Probe WGA-R6
Cable length: 5 m Probe WGA-ES8

Connection probe – control unit

Maximum 200 m
Supply voltage
AC 230 V
Power input
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Approx. 4 VA
WGA 01 D incl. probe WGA-ES4
Switching outputs 53409
(layer thickness)
Relay contacts: 2 x voltage-free changeover contacts WGA 01 D without probe 53409A
Contact rating: AC 250 V/5 A/ 100 VA
Additional probe WGA-R6
53419
Visual indication (overflow)
LC display, 3 lines Spare probe WGA-ES4 53418
Audible alarm Additional probe WGA-ES8
53399
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged (sand/sludge)

www.afriso.com 111
 Alarm units For separators

Alarm unit for separators

WGA 02/WGA 03

■ For oil, petrol and grease separators

■ Layer thickness/overflow alarm
■ With Ex approval for zone 0

4 2

1 Oil
2 Water

Application Oil, grease and petrol pose a great danger to groundwater and waste water.
WGA 02 monitors the thickness of the layer of separated liquid in oil, petrol and grease separators and
generates an alarm signal when it is time to drain the separator.
WGA 03 can also detect the maximum level in the separator. This avoids overfilling that may be caused
by clogged outlets or other circumstances. The unit keeps harmful substances from reaching the sew-
age water system.

Description WGA 02 consists of a control unit and a conductivity probe (WGA-SD 03) for monitoring the oil, petrol
or grease layer. The control unit is equipped with 2 relay outputs, visual and audible alarms as well as
Test and Acknowledge buttons. The WGA-SD 03 probe is mounted below the constant level of the
separator. As soon as the oil, petrol or grease layer reaches the critical level, the device generates an
alarm signal.
WGA 03 is equipped with an additional capacitance probe (WGA-AS). It is mounted above the constant
level. An alarm is triggered when the maximum level is reached.
The control unit monitors the probes for short circuits or line interruptions.

Technical Operating temperature range Ex approvals

specifications Medium: 0/60 °C Control unit: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] IIC
Ambient: -25/+50 °C Probe WGA-SD 03: Ex II 1 G Ex ia IIA T5 Ga
Scope of delivery
Probe WGA-SD 03 (layer thickness)
Control unit, probe WGA-SD 03, terminal box,
Function principle: conductivity
mounting material
Length: 216 mm, Ø 25 mm
Cable length: 5 m, PVC, oil-resistant Additional specifications WGA 03
Connection probe – control unit Probe WGA-AS (overflow)
Maximum 300 m Function principle: capacitance
Length: 81 mm, Ø 82 mm
Supply voltage Cable length: 5 m, PVC, oil-resistant
AC 230 V
Power input
Power input Approx. 4 VA
Approx. 2 VA Visual indication
Switching outputs 1 green LED: operation
Relay contacts: 2 voltage-free changeover contacts 2 red LED: alarm
2 red LED: error
(1 can be acknowledged, WGA 02 only)
Contact rating: AC 250 V/5 A/100 VA Ex approvals
Probe WGA-AS: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] IIA T5 Ga
Visual indication
Scope of delivery
1 green LED: operation
Like WGA 02, but with additional WGA-AS probe
1 red LED: alarm
1 red LED: error
Audible alarm
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged
WGA 02 incl. probe WGA-SD 03 53540
Housing WGA 03 incl. probes WGA-SD,
Wall mounting housing made of 53541
WGA-AS
impact-resistant plastic (polycarbonate) Spare probe WGA-SD 03 53542
W x H x D: 175 x 125 x 75 mm
Spare probe WGA-AS 53415
Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529)

112 www.afriso.com
 For separators Alarm units

Alarm unit for separators

WGA 04/WGA 05

■ For oil, petrol and grease separators

■ Sand alarm/sludge alarm/
layer thickness alarm
■ With Ex approval for zone 0
1

2
3 4

1 Oil
2 Water
3 Sand/sludge

Application WGA 04 monitors oil, petrol and grease separators for accumulations of sand and sludge and gener-
ates an alarm signal when it is time to clean the separator. WGA 05 additionally monitors the thickness
of the layer of separated liquid and generates an alarm signal when it is time to drain the separator.

Description WGA 04 consists of a control unit and an ultrasonic probe (WGA-SN 01). The probe generates an
alarm signal when it detects solid matter between the two probe tips.
The control unit is equipped with 2 relay outputs, visual and audible alarms as well as Test and
Acknowledge buttons.

WGA 05 is additionally equipped with a conductivity probe (WGA-SD 03) for monitoring the layer of oil,
petrol or grease. The WGA-SD 03 probe is mounted below the constant level of the separator. As soon
as the oil, petrol or grease layer reaches the critical level, the device generates an alarm signal. The
control unit monitors the probes for short circuits or line interruptions.

Technical Operating temperature range Ex approvals

specifications Medium: 0/60 °C Control unit: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] II C
Ambient: -25/+50 °C Probe WGA-SN 01: Ex II 1 G Ex ia II B T5 Ga
Probe WGA-SN 01 (sand) Scope of delivery
Function principle: ultrasound Control unit, probe WGA-SN 01, terminal box,
Length: 142 mm, width 79 mm, depth 21 mm mounting material
Cable length: 5 m, PVC, oil-resistant
Additional specifications WGA 05
Connection probe – control unit
Maximum 300 m Probe WGA-SD (layer thickness)
Function principle: conductivity
Supply voltage Length: 216 mm, Ø 25 mm
AC 230 V
Power input
Power input Approx. 4 VA
Approx. 2 VA
Visual indication
Switching outputs 1 green LED: operation
Relay contact: 2 voltage-free changeover contacts 2 red LEDs: alarm
(1 can be acknowledged WGA 04) 2 red LEDs: error
Contact rating: AC 250 V/5 A/100 VA
Ex approvals
Visual indication Probe WGA-SD 03: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] IIA T5 Ga
1 green LED: operation
1 red LED: alarm Scope of delivery
1 red LED: error Like WGA 04, but with additional
probe WGA-SD 03
Audible alarm
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged
Function test DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
By means of Test key
WGA 04 incl. probe WGA-SN 01 53412
Housing WGA 05 incl. probes WGA-SN 01,
53543
Wall mounting housing made of WGA-SD 03
impact-resistant plastic (polycarbonate) Spare probe WGA-SN 01 53416A
W x H x D: 175 x 125 x 75 mm
Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529) Spare probe WGA-SD 03 53542

www.afriso.com 113
 Alarm units For separators

Alarm unit for separators

WGA 06

■ For oil, petrol and grease separators

■ Oil-on-water alarm/overflow alarm
■ With Ex approval for zone 0
1

4 2

1 Oil
2 Water

Application Together with the WGA-ÖW probe, WGA 06 monitors pump and control shafts in separator systems
for oil accumulations and generates an alarm signal before pollutants can reach the sewage system. It
is also possible to connect the WGA-AS probe. This way, the maximum levels in separators or reten-
tion tanks can be detected. This avoids overfilling that may be caused by clogged outlets or other cir-
cumstances. The unit keeps harmful substances from reaching the sewage water system.

Description WGA 06 consists of a control unit and a capacitance probe (WGA-ÖW or WGA-AS). The control unit is
equipped with 2 relay outputs, visual and audible alarms as well as Test and Acknowledge buttons.
Either the floating probe WGA-ÖW or the fixed probe WGA-AS can be connected. WGA-ÖW floats on
the surface of the water in the shaft and generates an alarm signal when an oil, grease or petrol layer
of at least 15 mm has built up. WGA-AS is mounted above the constant level of the separator or the
retention tank. An alarm is triggered when the maximum level is reached.
The control unit monitors the probes for short circuits or line interruptions.

Technical Operating temperature range Function test

specifications Medium: 0/60 °C By means of Test key
Ambient: -25/+50 °C
Housing
Floating probe WGA-ÖW Wall mounting housing made of
(oil-on-water) impact-resistant plastic (polycarbonate)
Function principle: capacitance W x H x D: 175 x 125 x 75 mm
3 PVC floating balls Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529)
Height: 120 mm, Ø 370 mm
Ex approvals
Cable length: 5 m, PVC, oil-resistant
Control unit: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] II C
Probe WGA-AS (overflow) Probes: WGA-ÖW: Ex II (1) G Ex ia IIA T5 Ga
Function principle: capacitance WGA-AS: Ex II (1) G [Ex ia] IIA T5 Ga
Length: 81 mm, Ø 82 mm
Scope of delivery
Cable length: 5 m, PVC, oil-resistant
Control unit: without probes
Connection probe – control unit Probe: with terminal box, without mounting material
Up to 300 m (depends on line resistance)
Supply voltage
AC 230 V
Power input
Approx. 2 VA
Switching outputs
Relay contact: 2 voltage-free changeover contacts
(1 can be acknowledged)
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Contact rating: AC 250 V/5 A/100 VA
WGA 06 without probes 53414
Visual indication
1 green LED: operation Floating probe WGA-ÖW
53417
(oil-on-water)
1 red LED: alarm
1 red LED: error Probe WGA-AS (overflow) 53415
Terminal box
Audible alarm 53403A
1 x input/1 x output
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged
Terminal box
53403B
2 x input/1 x output

114 www.afriso.com
 For gas monitoring Alarm units

Gas alarm units for the private home

With relay
l
for externa
s e n so r

Gas alarm unit GS 1.1 Gas alarm unit GS 2.1

Application For the detection of flammable gases such as methane, propane, butane in ambient air in residential
buildings.

Description Gas alarm unit with integrated semiconductor Gas alarm unit with integrated semiconductor
sensor and alarm buzzer. LEDs for operation sensor, alarm buzzer and relay output for connec-
(green), alarm (red), error (yellow), the Test key and tion of additional external alarm equipment (e.g.
the Reset button are located at the front side of horn, warning light). LEDs for operation (green),
the housing. The alarm is triggered when approx. alarm (red), error (yellow), the Test key and the
20 % of the LEL (lower explosive limit) is reached. Reset button are located at the front side of the
The audible alarm can be muted with the Reset housing. The alarm is triggered when approx.
button. The visual alarm remains active until the 20 % of the LEL (lower explosive limit) is reached.
alarm condition no longer exists. The audible alarm can be muted with the Reset
button. The visual alarm remains active until the
alarm condition no longer exists. The unit features
an additional input for connection of an external
gas sensor GS 4 as a second measuring point,
e.g. for monitoring different rooms.

Application example 1 Methane

Technical Supply voltage 1

specifications AC 230 V
Housing Application example 1 Propane
W x H x D: 120 x 80 x 35 mm
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Supply voltage: AC 230 V
Operating temperature range
Housing
Ambient: 0/50 °C; max. 75 % r.h.
W x H x D: 120 x 80 x 35 mm
Alarm value Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Approx. 20 % LEL Operating temperature range
Alarm tone Ambient: 0/50 °C; max. 75 % r.h.
Internal buzzer, min. 50 dB(A) Alarm value: Approx. 20 % LEL
Service life Audible alarm: Internal buzzer, min. 50 dB(A)
Approx. 5 years Service life: Approx. 5 years

i DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

GS gas alarm units are Gas alarm unit GS 1.1. Methane 1 - 61184
cross-sensitive to hydro-
carbons, lacquers, sol- Gas alarm unit GS 1.1. Propane/butane 1 - 61186
vents, alcohols and similar Gas alarm unit GS 2.1 Methane 1 - 61185
media. Gas alarm unit GS 2.1 Propane/Butane 1 - 61187

www.afriso.com 115
 Alarm units For gas monitoring

External gas sensor GS 4

and test gas bag PGT 10
for gas alarm units/sensors

External gas sensor GS 4 Test gas bag PGT 10

for gas alarm units/sensors
Application Additional gas sensor to be used with the gas For checking and servicing gas alarm systems
alarm unit GS 2.1. Enables monitoring at two during function tests and system checks. Nylon
points in different rooms. bag with test gas cap and sampling unit MiniFlo
(valve, Perspex flow meter with stainless steel float
Description Remote probe for gas alarm unit GS 2.1. Audible for gas flow regulation from 0.5 –1.5 l/min and test
alarm is triggered by the gas alarm GS 2.1. gas hose). Can accommodate 1 to 3 test gas cyl-
inders.

Detectable gases: Methane, propane, butane. Calibration gas not included in scope of delivery;
LEDs at the sensor indicate the operating and please order separately.
alarm state of the gas alarm system:
■ LED green: Operation
■ LED yellow: Error
■ LED red: Gas alarm

Technical Measured gas

specifications Flammable gases and vapours in ambient air.
Measuring range: 0–50 % LEL
Measuring principle
Semiconductor (service life approx. 5 years,
depending on the operating conditions)
Supply voltage: Via GS 2.1
Housing
W x H x D: 80 x 80 x 35 mm
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Operating temperature range Sampling unit MiniFlo
Ambient: 0/50 °C
max. 75 % r.h.
Alarm value: Approx. 20 % LEL
Service life: Approx. 5 years

DG: H, PG: 4 PG Part no.

External gas sensor GS 4 Methane 1 - 61188
External gas sensor GS 4 Propane/Butane 1 - 61189
Test gas bag PGT 10 incl. sampling unit MiniFlo (without test gas cylinders) 4 1 - 500542
Sampling unit MiniFlo 3 1 - 69050
Calibration gas methane 20 % LEL, non-recyclable cylinder containing 12 l 2 1 - 69060
Calibration gas methane 40 % LEL, non-recyclable cylinder containing 12 l 2 1 - 69061
i
Calibration gas propane 20 % LEL, non-recyclable cylinder containing 12 l 2 1 - 69062
GS gas alarm units and s
ensors are cross-sensitive Calibration gas propane 40 % LEL, non-recyclable cylinder containing 12 l 2 1 - 69063
to hydrocarbons, lacquers, Calibration gas carbon monoxide (300 ppm), non-recyclable cylinder containing 12 l 2 1 - 69064
solvents, alcohols and Synthetic air for zero point calibration, non-recyclable cylinder containing 12 l 2 1 - 69065
similar media.
Enquire for other calibration gases and concentrations.

116 www.afriso.com
 For gas monitoring Alarm units

Gas alarm units GW-S 2.1 / GW-S 4.1

in wall mounting housing

■ For connection of two or four gas

sensors (measuring points)
■ Digital display for concentration,
programming and calibration data
■ Alarms: Memory mode or volatile
mode (1–2)
■ Self-monitoring for line interruption, 4
short circuit and power outage
■ Data logger (option

Application For continuous monitoring for flammable or toxic gases as well as oxygen in ambient air. Ideal for
industrial and building technology applications. Not suitable for use in hazardous areas (Ex areas).

Description Freely programmable gas alarm unit in a compact wall mounting housing for the connection of up to
four gas sensors. The control unit can monitor various types of gases. GW-S can be operated in single-
stage or dual-stage mode. Limit values can be set as required.
Four integrated relays can be assigned as required (1 relay is used for general alarm and 1 relay for the
audible alarm signal (horn)). The other relays are available for control outputs.

The gas alarm system features a display with alternating indication of measured values and three
operating levels:
1. Measurement level: Displays measured values, errors, alarms
2. Parameter level: Displays measuring ranges, limit values, alarm groups
3. Service level: Displays limit values, performs function tests of the relays, parameterisation
(such as alarm group settings, limit values)

GW-S alternately displays the concentration of the gas in the ambient air. If a sensor exceeds alarm
level 1 or alarm level 2, the visual alarm and the alarm relay are activated. When the concentration falls
below the alarm level, the alarm is cleared. It is also possible to program GW-S in such a way that
alarm level 2 remains stored until a manual reset. The activation of the relay for the horn can also be
programmed for each alarm level. Stop mode allows for permanent indication of the concentration at a
given measuring point. GW-S is self-monitoring (line interruption, short circuit and power outage) and
signals errors via LED and error relay. In addition, the display shows an "E". The alarm function can be
tested without test gas.
Version GW-S 2.1 for connection of up to two gas sensors.
Version GW-S 4.1 for connection of up to four gas sensors.

Technical Sensor inputs Operating temperature range

specifications 4–20 mA Ambient: -10/+40 °C
GW-S 2.1: 2 gas sensors can be connected
Housing
GW-S 4.1: 4 gas sensors can be connected
Wall mounting housing
Digital interface: RS 232 for configuration
W x H x D: 240 x 120 x 190 mm
Alarm thresholds Weight: 1.3 kg
Max. 2, adjustable, memory or volatile mode Degree of protection IP: 54 (EN 60529)
Switching outputs Connectable sensors
4 voltage-free relay contacts AC 250 V, 1A Series 400, 500, 600, 700 and 800
Controls Option
Keypad for alarm and horn reset, edit, ■ Data logger

menu selection, confirmation

Indication
Digital display for: concentration value,
menu LEDs for:
■ Alarm and error for each measuring point

■ Operational, horn and indicated measuring point

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

i Supply voltage
AC 230 V GW-S 2.1 61146
Suitable gas sensors
(series 400−800) Power input GW-S 4.1 61145
see pages 119–120 Max. 20 VA Version with data logger On request

www.afriso.com 117
 Alarm units For gas monitoring

Gas alarm system GW-SK 6.1

in DIN rail housing

■ For connection of up to six gas sensors

(measuring points)
■ Digital display for concentration, programming
and calibration data
■ Alarms: Memory mode or volatile mode (1–4)
■ Self-monitoring for line interruption, short
4 circuit and power outage
■ Data logger (option)

Application For continuous monitoring for flammable or toxic gases as well as oxygen in ambient air. Ideal for
industrial and building technology applications. Not suitable for use in hazardous areas (Ex areas).

Description Freely programmable gas alarm system in a compact DIN rail housing for the connection of up to six
gas sensors. The control unit can monitor various types of gases. GW-SK can be operated in single-
stage or dual-stage mode. Limit values can be set as required. 6 integrated relays can be assigned as
required (1 relay is used for general alarm and 1 relay for the audible alarm signal (horn)). The other
relays are available for control outputs.
Among others, the following combinations are possible:
■ 1 alarm threshold, 6 sensors, 4 alarm groups

■ 2 alarm thresholds, 6 sensors, 2 alarm groups

■ 3 alarm thresholds, 6 sensors, 1 alarm group

The gas alarm system features a display with alternating indication of measured values and three
operating levels:
1. Measurement level: Displays measured values, errors, alarms
2. Parameter level: Displays measuring ranges, limit values, alarm groups
3. Service level: Displays limit values, performs function tests of the relays, parameterisation
(such as alarm group settings, limit values)

GW-SK 6.1 alternately displays the concentration at each measuring point. If a sensor exceeds alarm
level 1 or alarm level 2, the visual alarm and the alarm relay are activated. When the concentration falls
below the alarm level, the alarm is cleared. It is also possible to program GW-SK 6.1 in such a way that
alarm level 2 remains stored until a manual reset. The activation of the relay for the horn can also be
programmed for each alarm level. Stop mode allows for permanent indication of the concentration at a
given measuring point. GW-S 6.1 is self-monitoring (line interruption, short circuit and power outage)
and signals errors via LED and error relay. In addition, the display shows an "E". The alarm function
can be tested without test gas.

Technical Sensor inputs Electrical connections

specifications 4–20 mA 35-pin screw terminals
Up to six gas sensors can be connected
Operating temperature range
RS-232 interface for configuration
Ambient: -10/+40 °C
Alarm thresholds Housing
Max. 4, adjustable, memory or DIN rail housing (DIN 43880)
volatile mode Can be clipped onto 35 mm DIN rails
Switching outputs W x H x D: 105 x 71 x 90 mm
6 voltage-free relay contacts Weight: 650 g
Degree of Protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Controls
Keypad for alarm and horn reset, Option
edit, menu selection, Enter Serial interface, data logger,
emergency power system
Indication
Digital display for concentration values, menu DG: H; PG: 4 Part no.
LEDs for: GW-SK 6.1 61163
■ Alarm and error for each measuring point
Options
■ Operational, horn and indicated measuring point
Power supply unit NTE 24 SK
69114
Supply voltage: 24 V DC, ± 5 % for AC 230 V operation
Emergency power supply NSV,
Power input 69115
24 V operation
24 V max. 30 W,
without measuring system approx. 3 W Data logger On request

118 www.afriso.com
 For gas monitoring Alarm units

Gas sensors for

GW-S 2.1/GW-S 4.1/GW-SK 6.1

Description For the detection of flammable, explosive gases. Can also be used in dusty and dirty environments.
For connection to the gas alarm units GW-S, GW-S4 and GW-SK. Aluminium wall mounting design.
Connection cable (shielded) 3 x 1.5 mm2 Cu+ protective conductor, supply and return conductor
(max. 100 Ohm line resistance).

GS 400 ST GS 500 ST
Technical Measuring range Measuring range
specifications 0/500/1,000 ppm 0/100 % LEL

Measuring principle Measuring principle

Semiconductor (HL) Heat tone (WT)
(service life approx. 5 years) (service life approx. 3 years)

Supply voltage Supply voltage

24 V DC, ± 5 % 24 V DC, ± 5 %

Ambient temperature Ambient temperature:

-10/+50 °C -20/+50 °C

Humidity Humidity
40/50 % rH 15/95 % rH

Housing Atmospheric pressure

W x H x D: 90 x 85 x 65 mm 900/1100 hPa
Weight: Approx. 0.5 kg
Housing
Degree of protection: IP 54 (wEN 60529)
W x H x D: 90 x 85 x 65 mm
Output Weight: Approx. 0.5 kg
4–20 mA Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529)
Output: 4–20 mA
Option: RS-232 interface

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

Gas sensor GS 400 ST (HL) R134a 1 1 69148
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) methane 1 1 69109
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) propane 1 1 69120
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) butane 1 1 69124
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) LPG 1 1 69130
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) H2 1 1 69137
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) ethanol 1 1 69138
Gas sensor GS 500 ST (WT) n-heptane 1 1 69139

www.afriso.com 119
 Alarm units For gas monitoring

Gas sensors for

GW-S 2.1/GW-S 4.1/GW-SK 6.1

Description For monitoring the oxygen concentration or toxic gases. Can also be used in dusty and dirty environ-
ments. For connection to the gas alarm units GW-S 2.1, GW-S 4.1 and GW-SK 6.1. Aluminium version
for wall mounting housing. Connection cable (shielded) 3 x 1.5 mm2 Cu+ protective conductor, supply
and return conductor (max. 100 Ohm line resistance).

GS 600 ST GS 700 ST GS 800 ST

Technical Measuring ranges Measuring ranges Measuring ranges

specifications 0/25 % O2 by volume GS 700 ST-CO2: 0/5 % by volume 0.1/25 % O2 by volume
Measuring principle Measuring principle Measuring principle
Electro-chemical (EC), Infrared (IR) Zirconium dioxide (Zr)
service life 1–2 years
Supply voltage Supply voltage
Supply voltage 24 V DC, ± 5 % 24 V DC, ± 5 %
24 V DC, ± 5 %
Ambient temperature Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature -10/+40 °C -20/+60 °C
-20/50 °C
Humidity Humidity
Humidity Max. 95 % rH Max. 95 % rH
15/95 % rH
Atmospheric pressure Atmospheric pressure:
Atmospheric pressure 900/1100 hPa 800/1100 hPa
900/1100 hPa
Housing Housing
Housing W x H x D: 90 x 85 x 65 mm W x H x D: 90 x 85 x 65 mm
W x H x D: 90 x 85 x 65 mm Weight: Approx. 0.5 kg Weight: Approx. 0.6 kg
Weight: Approx. 0.5 kg Degree of protection: Degree of protection:
Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529) IP 54 (EN 60529)
IP 54 (EN 60529)
Output Output
Output 4–20 mA 4–20 mA
4–20 mA

Options RS-232 interface RS-232 interface RS-232 interface

PG: 4 DG Part no.

Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) CO (0–300 ppm) H 1 - 61180
Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) O2 (0.1–25 % by volume) H 1 - 61179
Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) H2S (0–50/100 ppm) H 1 - 61121
Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) NH3 (0–100 ppm) H 1 - 61122
Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) NO2 (0–50 ppm) H 1 - 61123
Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) CI2 (0–10 ppm) H 1 - 61124
Gas sensor GS 600 ST (EC) SO2 (0–100 ppm) H 1 - 61126
Gas sensor GS 700 ST (IR) CO2 (0–5 % by volume) H 1 - 69112
Gas sensor GS 800 ST (Zr) O2 H 1 - 69113
Adjustment adjustment/programming costs for the alarm thresholds
- 1 - 61177
for standard gases (methane, propane/butane, O2, CO, CO2, hydrogen) per sensor
Adjustment adjustment/programming costs for the alarm thresholds for special gases per sensor - 1 - 61183

120 www.afriso.com
 For gas monitoring Alarm units

Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1

with Ex approval for zones 1 and 2

■ For monitoring of combustible gases and vapours or carbon monoxide

■ On site calibration by one person (without opening the housing),
indication of measured value and system info
■ Measuring principle: Heat tone principle (WT) or
electro-chemical principle (EC)
■ Suitable for control units GW-S 2.1, GW-S4.1 and GW-SK 6.1
4
A A

Page 117 Page 118

Application For the detection and monitoring of flammable, explosive, toxic gases or oxygen. Can also be used in
dusty and dirty environments. Can be used as standalone measuring system or in conjunction with the
gas alarm systems GW-S 2.1, GW-S4.1 and GW-SK 6.1 as a complete gas alarm facility for hazardous
areas. Approved for operation in potentially explosive atmospheres/Ex areas zone 1 and zone 2.

Description Gas sensor with digital display in compact wall mounting housing. Diverse gases can be monitored
(see ordering table). Connection cable (shielded) 3 x 1.5 mm2 Cu+ protective conductor, supply and
return conductor (max. 100 Ohm line resistance). Thanks to the local display, it is possible to immedi-
ately read current measured values, perform calibration and set limit values. The concentration is out-
put via the 4–20 mA interface for further processing.

Technical Measuring range Atmospheric pressure

specifications Version WT: 0/100 % LEL 700/1300 hPa
Version EC: 0/300 ppm Housing
Measuring principle Wall mounting housing made of
Version WT: Heat tone, aluminium alloy/stainless steel
catalytic sensor (pellistor) Ø x H: 84 x 78 mm
Version EC: Electro-chemical sensor Weight: 1.1 kg
(Service life approx. 3 years) Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529)
Supply voltage Output signal
DC 18–30 V 4–20 mA
Current input Ex approvals
Approx. 105 mA at 24 V Ex II 2G Ex db eb IIC T6/T4 Gb
Operating temperature range Options
Ambient: -40/+60 °C, temperature class T4 • RS-232 interface at control unit
-40/+50 °C, temperature class T6
Humidity
10/95 % r. H. non-condensing

PG: 4 DG Part no.

Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-CH4 (P) methane H 1 1 69111
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C3H 8 (WT) propane H 1 1 69004
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C4H10 (WT) n-butane H 1 1 69007
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C3H 8 / C4H10 (WT) LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas H 1 1 69009
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-H2 (WT) hydrogen H 1 1 69010
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C7H16 (WT) n-heptane H 1 1 69013
Gas gas measuring system system MF420-Ex-2.1-C9H10 (WT) xylene H 1 1 69014
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C2H 6O (WT) ethanol H 1 1 69034
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C3H 8O (WT) i-propanol H 1 1 69035
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-C2H2 (WT) acetylene H 1 1 69036
Gas measuring system MF420-Ex-2.1-CO (EC) carbon monoxide H 1 1 69037
Adjustment (adjustment/programming costs alarm thresholds and alarm relays)
For standard gases (methane, propane/butane, O2 , CO, CO2 , hydrogen) per sensor - 1 1 61177
For special gases per sensor - 1 1 61183

www.afriso.com 121
 Alarm units Plant engineering

Alarm unit AG 10 Ex

■ With visual/audible alarms,

Test and Acknowledge buttons
■ Relay output for event reporting systems 3 3 3

■ Logistics made easy: For example, just in

time information on empty gas cylinders
①
1
4
A
②
2

1 Combined alarm light and horn

Page 471
2 Cylinder battery
3 Pressure gauge with electrical contacts

Application For monitoring the pressure in gas-filled containers (e.g. pressure control panels, cylinder batteries or
bundle stations).

Function The alarm signal is generated by a pressure gauge with an electrical contact. The alarm threshold can
be set to any value from 5 to 95 % of the range by means of the contact arm of the pressure gauge.
A green LED indicates normal operation. In case of a power outage, the device does not generate an
alarm signal; when power becomes available again, the unit immediately resumes operation. If, in the
meantime, the gas pressure has fallen below the set limit, an alarm signal is generated. In the case of
an alarm, the red LED lights up; in addition, the system generates an audible alarm. The audible alarm
can be acknowledged. The red LED remains lit. The alarm can also be configured as fail safe, so that
an alarm is triggered even in the case of power outage.
Proper operation of the system can be checked at all times by means of pressing the Test key. If this
button is pressed, the system triggers an alarm, i.e. the red alarm lamp lights up and the audible alarm
sounds.

Description The alarm system consists of one or several contacts connected in series, a control unit (alarm unit
AG 10 Ex) and, if required, an additional alarm unit.
If contacts are to be monitored, the corresponding number of contacts can be connected in series and
monitored by a single alarm unit. It is also possible to connect a separate alarm unit for each measur-
ing point. The alarm is triggered when the contact opens.
An event reporting system can be connected to the relay output of the alarm unit for remote reporting.

Technical Operating temperature range Response delay

specifications Ambient: -20/+50 °C None

Supply voltage Intrinsic safety

AC 230 V ±10 % Ex II (1)G [Ex ia Ga] IIC

Power input Housing

5 VA Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Switching input W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
For voltage-free connection, e.g. Bourdon tube
pressure gauge with magnetic spring contact Degree of protection
IP 30 (EN 60529)
Probe circuit
Intrinsically safe, maximum values:
U0 = 16.8 V
I0 = 57 mA
P0 = 240 mW
C0 = 180 nF for IIC
675 nF for IIB
L0 = 1 mH for IIC
8 mH for IIB
Switching output
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact DG: M, PG: 4 Part no.
Contact rating: Max. 250 V, 2 A,
Alarm unit AG 10 Ex 67000
(resistive load)

122 www.afriso.com
 4

www.afriso.com 123
 Water sensors

Temperature control

AFRISOhome gateway

Wireless automation
CHAPTER 5

AFRISO Smart Home:

Intelligent alarm units, sensors and actuators
for building automation

5
OVERVIEW WIRELESS AUTOMATION

Building automation with AFRISO Smart Home 126 Universal wireless transmitter F TM 145

Sensors for the detection of water leakage 128 Wireless rocker switch F T4F-rw 146

WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units Door and window contact AMC 20 147

with EnOcean® wireless 153
Indoor sirens AIS 10 PRO with repeater function 148
ALARM UNITS
Spare parts and accessories for AFRISO Smart Home 152
Mechanical water sensor WaterSensor eco 129

Conductivity water sensor WaterSensor con 130 CENTRAL CONTROL/MANAGEMENT

Mobile app AFRISOhome 149

Conductivity water sensor WaterSensor BWS 131
AFRISOhome gateway HG 02 150
Radio-controlled water valve WaterControl 132

Temperature and pressure measuring instrument

TDM 51 F 133

Digital tank contents indicator DTA 20 E 134

Wireless smoke alarm ASD 135

Wireless heat detector AHD 10 136

HOME COMFORT
Single room temperature controller
CosiTherm® – wireless 137

Room temperature sensor F T/FTF 139

Wireless transmitter for temperature and/or

humidity FTM T/TF 140

Temperature and humidity sensor FTM 20 TF 141

Wireless actuator AVD 30 for radiators 142

CO2 measuring instrument CM 10 143

CO2 measuring instrument C

 M 20 144

125
 AFRISO Smart Home Overview

Customised building automation

with AFRISO Smart Home

Safety means more comfort –

the intelligent, energy-saving building with AFRISO Smart Home

AFRISO has been manufacturing alarm units for the safe operation of tank facilities and heating systems for more than 60 years. So
far, alarms were mainly signalled directly on site. Transferring alarm messages to building control systems was possible, but it involved
considerable effort.
The wireless transmission standard EnOcean®, available for domestic technology since 2003, breaks new ground for a completely dif-
ferent approach to building automation. The transmission protocol allows a whole range of different products to be networked on the
basis of EnOcean® wireless. This technological milestone breaks new ground for building automation not only in new buildings –
reasonably priced intelligent networking becomes possible in existing buildings. Products with an EnOcean® wireless module do not
require cable connections to a building control centre and can be used almost anywhere in buildings due to their compact design.
Manufacturers from a great variety of areas have teamed up in the EnOcean® Alliance and offer a large range of products. With the
smart home system, AFRISO has developed a portfolio of outstanding sensors and alarm units for reliable leakage protection (for
example, water/oil) as well as devices for controlling heating systems in an economical way. AFRISO smart home products are cost-
effective, reliable and practical.
Even for end customers, there are no more barriers to entry into the networked world of customised, modularly extensible building
automation and security systems. The perfect approach to a flexible smart home solution.

No cables.
No cables are required for building automation systems on the basis of the EnOcean® wireless tech-
nology. Ten metres of power cable (NYY 3 x 1.5 mm) weigh approx. 2.3 kg – not using this cable
saves money and is great for the environment.

No batteries.
Energy harvesting is the foundation of battery-less, maintenance-free and flexible building automa-
tion. The energy required for sending messages is derived from ambient sources – small move-
ments, pressure, light, temperature or vibration are sufficient to allow for power-independent opera-
tion of the sensors.

No limits.
Renovation projects and new buildings benefit from the new, creative and innovative developments
based on EnOcean® wireless technology. There are countless ways of combining EnOcean® products.

126 www.afriso.com
 Overview AFRISO Smart Home

A fully featured smart home system on the basis of

EnOcean wireless technology networks all light,
heating and air conditioning control systems via a
central gateway. The gateway processes sensor and
consumption data, triggers control action and initi-
ates other measures, and transmits the information
to mobile devices such as smartphones, tab-
lets, etc. via WLAN or Internet. Products
from other members of the EnOcean®
Alliance for controlling household
12 appliances can also be inte-
grated.

11

10

7
4 8
6
13 5

11

12

3
1

AFRISO Smart Home

1 Radio-controlled water valve WaterControl 7 Wireless rocker switch FT4F-rw

2 Wireless conductivity water sensor WaterSensor BWS 8 Indoor siren AIS 10
3 Digital digital tank contents indicator DTA 20 E 9 AFRISOhome gateway HG 02
4 Room air monitoring: CO2 sensor wireless 10 Heat detector AHD 10
5 Single room temperature controller 11 Wireless mechanical water alarm WaterSensor eco
CosiTherm® – wireless
12 Wireless smoke detector ASD 10
6 Wireless room temperature sensor FT
13 Wireless actuator for radiators AVD 30

www.afriso.com 127
 AFRISO Smart Home Alarm units

Sensors for the detection

of water leakage

Product type WaterSensor eco WaterSensor con WaterSensor BWS 10-2 WWG 1 with BWS 10-1

Catalogue page See page 129 See page 130 See page 131 See page 105

5
Inaccessible areas without
Accessible areas subject
light source or areas where Accessible areas subject Most robust and reliable
to sunlight or areas where
battery replacement is difficult to sunlight or areas where version for industrial facil-
Typical applications batteries can be replaced,
or impossible, e.g. below bath- batteries can be replaced, ities, basements, storage
in basements or utility
tubs, sinks, kitchen cabinets, in living spaces. rooms, etc.
rooms.
refrigerators, shafts, etc.

Measuring principle Fibre disks Conductivity Conductivity Conductivity

EnOcean® wireless • • • Via additional module TCM 320

AFRISO HG 02 • • • •
Can be connected to the

homee EnOcean®
• • •
following gateways

Cube

wiButler • • •

alphaEos • • •

Digital Concepts • • • •

Eltako GFVS •

Standalone operation
with AFRISO water
valve WaterControl 01
• • • •
or indoor siren AIS 10

Availability monitoring
(heartbeat)
• • •

AC 230 V (mains voltage

Energy harvesting via solar cell Energy harvesting via solar cell
External power supply Energy Harvesting monitoring and alarm in the
or optional battery or optional battery
case of power outage)

Response level 1.5 mm 0.5 mm 2–3 mm 2–3 mm

Response delay < 6 minutes None None None

Non-breakable probe • •

Floor mounting • • •

Wall mounting • •

Integrated temperature
measurement
• •

128 www.afriso.com
 Alarm units AFRISO Smart Home

Mechanical water sensor

WaterSensor eco

■ Flexible location-independent use

anywhere in buildings
■ No battery, no cables required
■ Wireless transmission without
power supply in the case of state
transitions

A A A
Battery-less sensor system: Fibre disks
generate the energy to signal events

Page 132 Page 149 Page 150

5

Application For the detection of accumulations of water at defined horizontal surfaces or positions (e.g. below
pipes, fittings and in the area of washing machines, below bath tubs or dishwashers, in utility rooms or
basements). Suitable for water.

Description WaterSensor eco is equipped with fibre disks that work as a sensor; it does not require an additional
power supply. In the case of a leak, the fibre disks expand and generate the required power to send
the event message to WaterControl or to the AFRISOhome gateway. The event message is sent when
the fibre disks expand or shrink. WaterControl can be used, for example, to shut off the water pipe to
keep further water from escaping. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and state
transition messages via WLAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager,
the janitor or other configured contacts). The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional
AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allows the user to configure a
whole range of fully customisable, extensible applications.

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: -25/+65 °C EEP: F6-05-01
Storage: -25/+65 °C Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Medium: 1/65 °C Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Response level
arrangement and materials in the building)
1.5 mm
Scope of delivery
Response delay ■ WaterSensor eco
< 6 min (for the first 5 expansion processes) ■ Adhesive tape
up to 1 hour (for expansion processes 6 to 10 )
Necessary additional components
Supply voltage ■ WaterControl
Energy harvesting (via fibre disks)
and/or
Housing indoor siren AIS 10
Plastic housing (PC) and/or
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003 AFRISOhome gateway
W x H x D: 80 x 55 x 30 mm
Weight: 66 g
Degree of protection: IP 43 (EN 60529)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
module. Water sensor WaterSensor eco 55080

www.afriso.com 129
 AFRISO Smart Home Alarm units

Conductivity water sensor

WaterSensor con

■ No cables required (operation via photo-

voltaic cell or battery)
■ Shapely probe for use in living spaces,
kitchens or business rooms
■ Additional temperature measurement

A A A A
Immediate leakage detection
via conductivity sensor surface

5 Page 132 Page 149 Page 150 Page 152

Application For the detection of accumulations of water at defined horizontal surfaces or positions (e.g. in the area
of fittings washing machines, coffee makers with water connection). Suitable for water.

Description WaterSensor con features a conductivity sensor at the bottom.

The energy required to send an EnOcean® telegram is generated by means of an integrated photovol-
taic cell. An optional battery can be used for application in darker rooms. An extension cable is availa-
ble for separate mounting of sensor and wireless transmitter. WaterSensor con cyclically transmits the
actual ambient temperature and the logical state of the conductivity sensor (conductive liquid present or
not present) and also sends a telegram when the state changes via the integrated EnOcean® wireless
module to the water valve WaterControl or to the AFRISOhome gateway.
WaterControl can close the water pipe in response to an event message to keep further water from
escaping. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and state transition messages via
WLAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager, the janitor or other con-
figured contacts); the message includes information on which water sensor has signalled the state tran-
sition.
The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean®
wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible appli-
cations.

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: 0/40 °C EEP: A5-30-03
Storage: -20/+60 °C Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Medium: 1/60 °C Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Response level
arrangement and materials in the building)
0.5 mm
Scope of delivery
Temperature measuring range ■ WaterSensor con
Measuring range: 0/40 °C ■ Without battery
Accuracy: ±1 K
Necessary additional components
Supply voltage ■ WaterControl
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell)
and/or
or 1/2 AA lithium battery, DC 3.6 V
indoor siren AIS 10
(with daylight less than 200 lx)
and/or
Housing AFRISOhome gateway
Plastic housing (PC)
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
W x H x D: 55 x 50 x 42 mm
Weight: 47 g
Degree of protection: P 42 (EN 60529)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
module. Water sensor WaterSensor con 78146

130 www.afriso.com
 Alarm units AFRISO Smart Home

Conductivity water sensor

WaterSensor BWS

■ No cables required (operation via

photovoltaic cell or battery)
■ Robust, non-breakable probe
especially for utility rooms
■ Additional room temperature meas-
urement via wireless transmitter

A A A
Immediate leakage detection
and stationary mounting.

Page 132 Page 149 Page 150

5

Application For the detection of accumulations of water at defined horizontal surfaces or positions (e.g. in the area
of fittings, washing machines, below pipes).
Suitable for water.

Description WaterSensor BWS consists of a probe with extension cable and a wireless transmitter with an integrat-
ed temperature sensor. The probe features a conductivity sensor at the bottom. The energy required
to send an EnOcean® telegram is generated by means of a photovoltaic cell in the wireless transmitter.
An optional battery can be used for application in darker rooms. WaterSensor BWS cyclically transmits
the actual ambient temperature and the logical state of the conductivity sensor (conductive liquid pres-
ent or not present) and also sends a telegram when the state changes via the integrated EnOcean®
wireless module to the water valve WaterControl or to the AFRISOhome gateway.
WaterControl can close the water pipe in response to an event message to keep further water from
escaping. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and status messages via WLAN or
LAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager, the janitor or other config-
ured contacts); the message includes information on which water sensor has signalled the state transi-
tion.
The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean®
wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible appli-
cations.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing floor probe BWS 10.2

specifications Ambient: 0/40 °C EEP: A5-30-03
Storage: -20/+60 °C Dimensions Ø x L: 75 x 40 mm
Medium: 1/60 °C Cable length: 1.80 m
Response level EnOcean® wireless
Approx. 2–3 mm Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Temperature measuring range
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Measuring range: 0/40 °C
arrangement and materials in the building)
Accuracy: ±1 K
Scope of delivery
Supply voltage ■ Wireless transmitter
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell) ■ Sensor BWS 10-2 with connection cable
or 1/2 AA lithium battery, DC 3.6 V
(with daylight less than 200 lx) Necessary additional components
■ WaterControl
Housing
and/or
Plastic housing (PC)
indoor siren AIS 10
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
and/or
W x H x D: 52 x 40 x 17 mm
AFRISOhome gateway
Weight: 22 g
Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor- PG: 4 Part no.
mation on the range of
Water sensor WaterSensor BWS 55120
the EnOcean® wireless
module. Spare probe BWS 10-2 55116

www.afriso.com 131
 AFRISO Smart Home Alarm units

Water valve WaterControl 01

with wireless control

■ Immediate shutting off of the water pipe

in the case of a leak
■ Reduced damage after pipe burst
■ Shut-off valve with modular design, removable
motor and ball valve with additional screw
connection for easy mounting, also if mounting
space is limited

A A A

5 Page 129 Page 130 Page 149

Application For manually or remotely controlled closing and opening of a water pipe in buildings in response to an
event message from the water sensors WaterSensor eco, con or BWS.

Description WaterControl 01 consists of a shut-off valve and a control unit with power supply and an EnOcean®
wireless module. The shut-off valve features a drinking water-approved ball valve with an electric motor
which is integrated in the water-carrying pipe. Two ball valves (G1 male / G1½ male) with correspond-
ing screw connections
for G¾ female and G1 female / G1¼ female and G1½ female are available. There several ways to open
and close the shut-off valve in the water pipe:
■ Opening/closing the shut-off valve mechanically via the operating handle

■ Opening/closing the shut-off valve electrically via buttons at the control unit

■ Closing the shut-off valve via water sensors

■ Opening/closing the shut-off valve via EnOcean® switch

■ Opening/closing the shut-off valve via AFRISOhome gateway and smartphone

The control unit has a permanent wireless connection to the water sensors WaterSensor eco or
WaterSensor con or WaterSensor BWS and/or the AFRISOhome gateway. An event message is trig-
gered if the water sensors detect a leak, e.g. caused by a defective household appliance or a water
pipe burst. WaterControl 01 can be used, for example, to shut off the water pipe to keep further water
from escaping. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and state transition messages
via WLAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager, the janitor or other
configured contacts).

Technical Operating temperature range Devices to teach in

specifications Ambient: 0/50 °C Teach in of up to 40 devices:
Storage: -10/+80 °C ■ 1 EnOcean® centre/gateway

Medium: 4/80 °C ■ WaterSensor con (20 x) / BWS

■ WaterSensor eco (10 x)

Supply voltage
■ EnOcean® rocker switch open/close (10 x)
AC 100–240 V
Nominal power
Motor at standstill: < 2 VA
Motor running: < 5 VA
Housing
Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Weight: 430 g
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
Ball valve (DVGW-tested) with motor
Weight: 800 g to 2 kg
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
i DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
EnOcean® wireless
See operating instruc- WaterControl 01 G¾ 42570
EEP: D2-A0-01
tions for detailed infor- Frequency: 868.3 MHz WaterControl 01 G1 42571
mation on the range of Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
the EnOcean® wireless WaterControl 01 G1¼ 42575
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
module. arrangement and materials in the building) WaterControl 01 G1½ 42576

132 www.afriso.com
 Alarm units AFRISO Smart Home

Temperature and pressure

measuring instrument TDM 51 F

■ Ideal for measuring a great variety of values and

parameters in domestic technology applications
■ Pressure and temperature sensors can be connected
■ Integrated mains voltage monitoring
■ EnOcean®-inside

A A

Page 149 Page 150

5

Application For measuring pressure and temperature in domestic technology applications such as filling pressure
in the heating system, level in fuel oil tanks or cisterns, layer temperature in hot water storage tanks or
system temperatures (e.g. flow, return).

Description The temperature and pressure measuring instrument TDM 51 F features five inputs for PT 1000 tem-
perature sensors and an RS-485 Modbus connection for digital temperature sensors. The measured
data is transmitted to the AFRISOhome gateway HG 01 via an integrated EnOcean® wireless module.
The measured data is visualised on the AFRISOhome application. If the measured value is out of
range, groups of persons (e.g. owner or janitor) can be notified selectively. TDM 51 F monitors the
mains voltage and sends an alarm message in the case of a power outage. EnOcean® wireless
technology allows for integration into building control systems.

Technical Operating temperature range Accuracy

specifications Ambient: -5/+55 °C Temperature: ±0.5 K
Storage: -10/+60 °C Pressure: Depends on sensor used
Supply voltage EnOcean® wireless
AC 100–240 V EEP: Generic Profile (GP)
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Nominal power
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
5 VA
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Housing arrangement and materials in the building)
Wall mounting housing made of
Scope of delivery
impact-resistant plastic (ABS) ■ Control unit with EnOcean ® wireless module
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Weight: 430 g
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
Inputs
■ 5 x PT 1000 (2-wire),
measuring range: -100/+300 °C
■ 1 x Modbus RTU (RS 485)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless
module. PG: 4 DG Part no.
See chapters 13 / 14, Temperature and pressure measuring
G 78089
for temperature and instrument TDM 51 F
pressure sensors. PT 1000 sensor H 78495

www.afriso.com 133
 AFRISO Smart Home Alarm units

Digital tank contents

indicator DTA 20 E

■ Plug & play level indicator for smart home

systems based on EnOcean® wireless
■ Daily measurement and worldwide access
to consumption data
■ Local display and push message (adjustable)
when minimum level is reached
■ For fuel oil, (bio) diesel, water and other
media with a density between 0.5 and 1.5 g/cm3

A A A A

5
Page 150 Page 149 Page 16 Page 163

Application Location-independent level measurement with digital display and minimum level signal (reserve level
alarm). If the product is operated in conjunction with the AFRISOhome gateway, the tank operator/
owner can also read the level on a mobile device. For tanks with fuel oil EL, L (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel
(EN 590), water (no drinking water!), AdBlue®, liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS
51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). Also for systems that use
the paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. For maximum accuracy of the displayed
measured value, determine the density of the medium and set it at the DTA when using these fuels.
DTA can be used with all non-corrosive liquids with a density from 0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3.
Suitable for tanks up to 400 cm liquid level. Remote measurements (measuring line) up to 15 m.

Description The electro-pneumatic tank contents indicator DTA 20 E consists of a control unit, an EnOcean® wire-
less module, a digital display and a measuring line. Measured values are displayed in litres, % and liq-
uid level (cm). Simple operation and setup via three function keys at the device. DTA 20 E measures
the level (adjustable interval) and transmits it to the AFRISOhome gateway via EnOcean® wireless. In
addition, measurements can be taken by means of pressing the control key (Push-to-Read function).
If the level falls below a minimum level that is freely adjustable as a percentage, the backlight of the
display flashes red to indicate an alarm during the measurement. In addition to indication on the local
display, the tank owner/operator can receive a push message on the smartphone or tablet. Standard
tank shapes (linear and cylindrical, horizontal) are stored.

Technical Functions Supply voltage

specifications Periodic level measurement (1 to 240 hours) 9 V monobloc battery
with wireless transmission to master
Minimum alarm
systems such as AFRISOhome gateway
Backlight flashes red
Push-to-Read level measurement
Push message to mobile devices
Measuring range (tank height) Housing
0/400 cm (fuel oil) Wall mounting housing made of
0/350 cm (water) impact-resistant plastic (PC/ABS)
Measuring accuracy W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
±3.0 cm Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless
Ambient: 0/50 °C EEP: Generic Profile (GP)
Storage: –20/+65 °C Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Medium: 0/50 °C Transmission power:Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Display arrangement and materials in the building)
Multi-coloured, backlit
Scope of delivery
graphical display (30 x 50 mm): ■ Control unit with battery
■ White = Operation
■ Pneumofi x type 2: 20 m measuring line with
■ Red = Alarm

■ Green = Setup
bottom part, connection kit for G½, G1, G1½
and G2, 30 x nail cable clips, hose connectors
i Indication of litres (5 digits), (4 x 4 mm), mounting accessories
See operating instruc- % or liquid level in cm
tions for detailed infor- DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
Measuring line
mation on the range of
PVC hose: 4 x 1 mm DTA 20 E with Pneumofix 2 52146
the EnOcean® wireless Length: 20 m
module. Bottom part: Stainless steel DTA 20 E without Pneumofix 2 52156

134 www.afriso.com
 Alarm units AFRISO Smart Home

Wireless smoke alarm ASD

■ Immediate triggering of an alarm

before a flue gas concentration
becomes hazardous
■ Wireless transmission, cyclically
(function check)
and in the case of state transitions
■ Compact, unobtrusive design
■ Design as per EN 14604
A A

5
Page 149 Page 150

Application For detection of fumes and smoke gas in living spaces. Audible alarm when a defined smoke concen-
tration is exceeded.

Description The photoelectric smoke alarm ASD consists of a sensor head and a mounting base with integrated
EnOcean® wireless module. The sensor head features a permanently installed lithium battery with a
service life of up to 10 years for reliable, long-term fire protection. A fire alarm is indicated by an alarm
tone with approx. 85 dB and a flashing LED. The alarms are transmitted via the EnOcean® wireless
module.
In addition, ASD 10 transmits the ambient temperature. A photovoltaic cell generates the required
energy. A battery can be inserted in the base for use in darker environments.
Wireless smoke alarm ASD 10 with transmission of fire alarm and current room temperature.
Wireless smoke alarm ASD 20 with transmission of fire alarm and battery state of the mounting
base for the EnOcean® wireless module.
The AFRISOhome gateway lets you program a great variety of scenarios for an alarm, for example,
switching on the lights for the escape route, opening of shutters for escaping, push messages. The
EnOcean® wireless module is not only used for transmission, but also for regular function checks.

Technical Operating temperature range

specifications Ambient: 0/+40 °C
Storage: -20/+60 °C
Max. humidity, non-condensing
Supply voltage
Sensor head: Permanently installed lithium battery
Base: Energy harvesting
(via photovoltaic cell) or
1/2 AA lithium battery, DC 3.6 V
(with daylight less than 200 lx)
Housing
Plastic housing (PC)
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
ø x H: 87 x 48 mm
Weight: 38 g
Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529)
EnOcean® wireless
EEP: A5-30-03 (ASD10)
F6-05-02 (ASD20)
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
arrangement and materials in the building) DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
i Wireless smoke alarm ASD 10 61245
See operating instruc-
Wireless smoke alarm ASD 20 61249
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of Spare part
the EnOcean® wireless Sensor head smoke alarm ASD
61246
module. 10/20 SH

www.afriso.com 135
 AFRISO Smart Home Alarm units

Wireless heat detector AHD

■ Immediate triggering of an alarm if the temperature

rises rapidly and if it exceeds 58 °C
■ Wireless transmission, cyclically (function check)
and in the case of state transitions
■ Compact, unobtrusive design
■ Design as per EN 54-5 class A1/R

A A

5 Page 149 Page 150

Application For detection of heat and fire in living spaces. Audible alarm and direct transmission to the
AFRISOhome gateway if the temperature rises rapidly or if it exceeds 58 °C. AHD is ideal for use in
rooms subject to generation of smoke or vapour (such as kitchens, bathrooms) or rooms in which
dust, dirt and exhaust gases can develop (such as workshops, garages). Recommended if smoke
alarms cannot be used due to possible false alarms.

Description The heat detector AHD consists of a sensor head and a mounting base with integrated EnOcean®
wireless module. The sensor head features a permanently installed lithium battery with a service life of
up to 10 years for reliable, long-term fire protection. A fire alarm is indicated by a flashing LED and a
sound sequence with the maximum alarm sound pressure of 85 dB. The alarm is also transmitted via
the EnOcean® wireless module. A photovoltaic cell generates the required energy. A battery can be
inserted in the base for use in darker environments. Each heat detector has a unique ID so that the
recipient can distinguish the individual heat alarms if multiple sensors are used. The AFRISOhome
gateway lets you program a great variety of scenarios for an alarm, for example switching on the lights
for the escape route, opening of shutters for escaping, push messages, etc. The EnOcean® wireless
module is not only used for transmission, but also for regular function checks.
AHD 10 with transmission of heat alarm and current room temperature.
AHD 20 with transmission of heat alarm and battery status of mounting base.

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: -10/+50 °C EEP: A5-30-03 (AHD 10),
Storage: -20/+60 °C F6-05-02 (AHD 20)
Max. humidity: 90 %, non-condensing Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Supply voltage
Range: 10 to 30 m
Sensor head: Permanently installed lithium battery
(depending on room arrangement
Base: Energy harvesting
and materials in the building)
(via photovoltaic cell)
or 1/2 AA lithium battery, Approval
DC 3.6 V (with daylight EN 54-5, class A1/R for heat detection systems
less than 200 lx)
Scope of delivery
Housing ■ Wireless mounting base
Plastic housing (PC/ABS) ■ Heat detector

Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003 ■ Mounting accessories

ø x H: 86 x 45 mm
Weight: 38 g
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)

DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.

i Wireless heat detector AHD 10 61550
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor- Wireless heat detector AHD 20 61553
mation on the range of Spare part
the EnOcean® wireless Sensor head heat detector
61551
module. AHD 10/20 SH

136 www.afriso.com
 Home comfort AFRISO Smart Home

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® Wireless

■ Controller terminal bar for connection

of actuators
■ For manifold systems for heating
and cooling
■ Worldwide access via
AFRISOhome gateway

A A A A

Page 149 Page 150 Page 139 Page 269

5

Application Controls the temperature of individual rooms in connection with manifold systems for heating or cool-
ing. EnOcean® wireless technology for integration into building automation systems.

Description The base version of the single room temperature controller CosiTherm® Wireless consists of a base
module, at least one controller module with two or six independent control circuits and a correspond-
ing number of room temperature sensors. The controller modules can be interconnected in a modular
way to account for the number of control circuits/rooms. One room temperature sensor is required per
control circuit; the standard version is battery-less and connected to the controller module via the
EnOcean® wireless technology. The room temperature sensor measures the actual temperature in the
room. The reference temperature is adjusted via the rotary knob of the room temperature sensor or via
the app AFRISOhome. The controller module compares the actual temperature and the reference tem-
perature and controls the volume flow of the heating/cooling water via the thermostatic actuators of the
manifold system.
The base module features two independently programmable switching channels for temperature
reduction, nine programmable memory blocks and a valve and pump protection function. The addi-
tional pump running time is adjustable. The terminals of the controller modules are colour-coded for
easy assignment to the wires of the thermostatic actuators; in conjunction with the DIN rail snap con-
nectors at the rear of the housing, this facilitates installation.
With an AFRISOhome gateway, it is possible to remotely check and, if necessary, adjust the room tem-
peratures via the AFRISOhome app (for example, when coming back from winter vacation). This flexible
remote control of the room temperature combines multiple benefits: you can increase living comfort
and reduce energy costs.
In conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology, the
user can configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible applications.

Functions Base module BM Controller module

■ Power supply of the thermostatic ■ Comparison of actual and reference temperatures

actuators (AC 230 V) ■ Control of heating/cooling water via connected

■ Switchover of the system to thermostatic actuators

"Heating" or "Cooling" ■ Connection of two or six control circuits, extensible

■ Control of the heating/cooling pumps ■ Connection to room temperature sensors via

EnOcean® wireless technology

Technical Connections Operating temperature range

specifications Base module BM Ambient/storage: -10/+60 °C
Max. 9 controller modules F2 or
EnOcean® wireless
3 controller modules F6
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Controller module F2
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Max. 2 room temperature sensors and
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
8 actuators as well as external antenna
arrangement and materials in the building)
Controller module RM F6
Max. 6 room temperature sensors
and 24 actuators as well as external antenna

www.afriso.com 137
 AFRISO Smart Home Home comfort

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wireless

Technical Base module BM Controller module

specifications Supply voltage Supply voltage
AC 230 V, 50–60 Hz AC 230 V (via base module BM)
Nominal power Nominal power
1 VA Controller module F2: 0.3 W
Controller module F6: 0.5 W
Housing
Plastic housing PC/ABS Housing (W x H x D)
Colour: Light grey, similar to RAL 7047 Plastic housing PC/ABS
W x H x D: 122 x 92 x 45 mm Controller module F2: 73 x 92 x 45 mm
5 Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529) Controller module F6: 162 x 92 x 45 mm
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Weight
215 g Weight
Controller module F2: 130 g
Controller module F6: 260 g

Types and dimensions (mm)

Base module BM Controller module F2

Controller module F6

i
See operating instruc- DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
tions for detailed infor-
Base module BM 78112
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless Controller module F2A with external antenna, for 2 control circuits 78123
module. Controller module F6A with external antenna, for 6 control circuits 78124

138 www.afriso.com
 Home comfort AFRISO Smart Home

Room temperature sensor

FT/FTF – wireless

■ Extremely flat with a height of 12.5 mm

■ No cables required
(operation via photovoltaic cell or battery)
■ Flexible location-independent use
anywhere in buildings

A A A

Page 137 Page 149 Page 150

5

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature.

Description The room temperature sensor FT transmits the actual ambient temperature as well as the reference
room temperature via the integrated EnOcean® wireless module to the single room temperature con-
troller CosiTherm® – Wireless or to the AFRISOhome gateway. The room temperature sensor FTF also
transmits the current humidity value. The reference value for the room temperature is adjusted by
means of the integrated rotary knob.
The actual temperature in rooms with an underfloor heating system is compared to the reference tem-
perature on an ongoing basis. If there is a difference, the single room temperature controller
CosiTherm® Wireless adapts volume flows of the heating/cooling water via the thermostatic actuators
of the manifold system of the surface heating system. The energy required to send reference tempera-
ture and actual temperature values is generated by means of an integrated photovoltaic cell; it is also
possible to use a standard battery.
The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and changes in temperature and/or humidity via
WLAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager, the janitor or other con-
figured contacts); the message includes information on which room temperature sensor has signalled
the change. The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products
with EnOcean® wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable,
extensible applications.

Technical Operating temperature range or type 1632 battery, DC 3 V

specifications Ambient: -20/+60 °C (with daylight less than 200 lx)
Storage: -20/+60 °C
Housing
Temperature adjustment range Plastic housing PC
8/30 °C Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
Temperature measurement W x H x D: 78 x 82.5 x 12.5 mm
0/40 °C Weight: 43 g
Accuracy: ±1 K Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Humidity measurement EnOcean® wireless
With room temperature sensor FTF only EEP: A5-10-03 (FT) or A5-10-12 (FTF)
Room humidity: 0/100 % r.h. Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Accuracy: ±5 % r.h. Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Supply voltage Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell) arrangement and materials in the building)
Scope of delivery
■ Room temperature sensor FT/FTF

■ 4 x adhesive dots

Necessary additional components

■ CosiTherm® – wireless and/or

■ AFRISOhome gateway

i
See operating instruc- DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
tions for detailed infor- Room temperature sensor FT
78111
mation on the range of (temperature)
the EnOcean® wireless Room temperature sensor FTF
78119
module. (temperature, humidity)

www.afriso.com 139
 AFRISO Smart Home Home comfort

Wireless transmitter FTM T/TF

for temperature and/or humidity

■ Flexible location-independent use

anywhere in buildings
■ Wireless transmission, cyclically (function
check and transmission of values)
■ No cables required (operation via
photovoltaic cell or battery)
■ Easy mounting via wall bracket

A A A
Wall bracket FTM with snap-on mounting.

5 Page 149 Page 150 Page 152

Application Determination of the ambient temperature and air humidity at a defined location.

Description The temperature sensor FTM T transmits the current ambient temperature via the integrated EnOcean®
wireless module to the AFRISOhome gateway. The temperature and humidity sensor FTM TF also
transmits the value of the current air humidity.
Based on the event message, the AFRISOhome gateway can trigger measures. The energy required to
send a wireless telegram is generated by means of the integrated photovoltaic cell. An optional battery
can be used for application in darker rooms. The ambient temperature can be readjusted via the single
room temperature controller CosiTherm® – Wireless in order to keep the room temperature from rising
or falling. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and changes in temperature and/or
humidity via WLAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager, the janitor
or other configured contacts); the message includes information on which temperature sensor has
signalled the change.
The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean®
wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible appli-
cations.

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: 0/40 °C EEP: A5-02-05 (FTM T) or
Storage: -20/+60 °C A5-04-01 (FTM TF)
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Measuring range
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Temperature: 0/40 °C
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Accuracy: ±1 K
arrangement and materials in the building)
Humidity: 0/100 % r.h.
Accuracy: ±5 % r.h. Scope of delivery
■ Temperature sensor
Supply voltage ■ Wall bracket
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell) ■ 2 x adhesive dots
or 1/2 AA lithium battery, DC 3.6 V
(with daylight less than 200 lx) Necessary additional components
■ CosiTherm® – Wireless
Housing
and/or
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003 ■ AFRISOhome gateway
W x H x D: 52 x 40 x 17 mm
Weight: 24 g
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor- DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
mation on the range of Temperature sensor FTM T 78144
the EnOcean® wireless Temperature and humidity sensor
78145
module. FTM TF

140 www.afriso.com
 Home comfort AFRISO Smart Home

Temperature and humidity

sensor FTM 20 TF

FTM 20 TF
■ Maintenance-free battery-less operation with base
and triangular
■ Solar-operated energy storage module for cover.
several days of operation even in darkness
■ Either easy adhesive mounting
or placement by means of base
■ Battery operation optionally possible

A A A

Page 149 Page 150 Page 142

5

Application Wireless sensor for determination of the ambient temperature and air humidity at a defined location
and transmission to AFRISOhome gateway.

Description The temperature sensor FTM 20 TF measures the ambient temperature and the humidity at regular
intervals. Significant changes of the sensor data are immediately transmitted to the AFRISOhome
gateway; they can be used as parameters to control actuators such as the radiator actuators AVD 30
or extractor fans with EnOcean® wireless technology.
The energy required to send a wireless telegram is generated by means of the integrated photovoltaic
cell. The integrated energy storage module allows for several days of operation even in total darkness.
In permanently dark environments (such as basements or warehouses) it is also possible to use a
button cell battery.
A double-sided adhesive strip allows for extremely easy mounting of the compact housing to walls or
furniture. It is possible to plug on a metal plate which serves as a base for placing the sensor on a
shelf, a window sill or a sideboard.

The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean®
wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible applica-
tions.

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: -20/+60 °C EEP: A5-04-03
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Measuring range
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Temperature: -20/+60 °C
Range: 10 to 30 m
Accuracy: ±0.5 K
(depending on room arrangement
Humidity: 0/100 % r.h.
and materials in the building)
Accuracy: ±4.5 % r.h.
Scope of delivery
Supply voltage ■ Temperature sensor
Energy harvesting ■ Cap triangular or quadrangular
(via photovoltaic cell) ■ Base
or CR 1225 button cell ■ 1 x adhesive tape/wall bracket

■ Without battery
Housing
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9010
Necessary additional components
W x H x D: 76.2 x 22 x 15 mm ■ AFRISOhome gateway
Weight: 20 g
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
Operation start up time with empty energy
storage module
Typically: 2.5 min at 400 lx/25 °C

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
the EnOcean® wireless Temperature and humidity sensor
61255
module. FTM 20 TF

www.afriso.com 141
 AFRISO Smart Home Home comfort

Bidirectional wireless radiator

actuator AVD 30

■ Battery-less control of radiators

■ Maintenance-free without additional operating costs
■ Connection M30 x 1.5: Easy replacement of existing
thermostat heads
■ Low-noise operation

A A A

5 Page 147 Page 149 Page 150

Application For wireless and battery-less temperature control in individual rooms. Ideal for heating, ventilation
and air conditioning systems. Adjustments are made exclusively via the AFRISOhome app or via a
central operating unit.

Description Wireless, bidirectional radiator actuator AVD 30 based on EnOcean® wireless with integrated frost pro-
tection function. AVD 30 requires no batteries; to generate the energy required for operation and com-
munication between the AFRISOhome gateway it uses the temperature difference between the room
and the radiator. An internal energy storage module helps to prevent conditions with insufficient energy
supply during operation. If the energy storage module is empty, the actuator opens the radiator valve
by 50 % and switches to idle state. Once a sufficient volume of heating water flows, AVD 30 starts
automatically and resumes controlling the room temperature. In sparely heated rooms, it may be nec-
essary to charge the energy storage module via the integrated micro USB port; the actuator triggers a
corresponding alarm on time.

AVD 30 controls, for example, the room temperature in a room with radiators. For this purpose, the
actual temperature is measured directly at the actuator or with an additional room temperature sensor.
The reference temperature can be set, for example, via the AFRISOhome app in combination with an
AFRISOhome gateway. The actual temperature and the reference temperature are compared in the
AFRISOhome gateway and necessary change requests are transmitted to the actuator at regular inter-
vals. Additional configurable conditions can be included in the temperature control (for example, tem-
perature reduction if a window is open or in the case of absence). This flexible control of the room tem-
perature combines multiple benefits: you can increase living comfort and reduce energy and operating
costs.

Technical Drive EnOcean® wireless

specifications Valve stroke: Max. 4.5 mm EEP: A5-20-1
Adjustment time: 0.24 mm/s Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Actuating force: Max. 80 N Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m
Supply voltage
(depending on room arrangement
Energy harvesting via temperature
and materials in the building)
difference radiator <> room
Necessary additional components
Housing ■AFRISOhome gateway
W x H x D: 60 x 63 x 59.5 mm
Weight: Approx. 225 g
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Connection
M30 x 1.5 mm

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
the EnOcean® wireless Bidirectional wireless actuator
75008
module. AVD 30

142 www.afriso.com
 Home comfort AFRISO Smart Home

CO2 measuring instrument

CM 10

■ Monitoring of room air quality

■ Compact, unobtrusive design
■ Visual indication of concentration
■ With or without EnOcean® wireless
technology

A A Flexible use in buildings due to integrated

Euro mains plug.

Page 149 Page 150

5

Application For continuous monitoring of the carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the ambient air. Application in
rooms in which many persons work, study or live and where carbon dioxide levels may consequently
be elevated. High concentrations of carbon dioxide in the ambient air reduce the ability of persons to
concentrate and perform. Ideal for educational institutions, training/meeting rooms, office areas and
household.

Description CO2 measuring instrument with infrared technology in plastic housing, for connection to a standard
Euro socket with PE contact. The CO2 concentration in the room air is indicated directly at the device
by a colour scale. From 1,000 ppm beep every 10 minutes; from 1,500 ppm double beep every 10
minutes (beep can also be disabled).

■ LED green: No ventilation required

■ LED yellow: Ventilation recommended
■ LED red: Ventilation required

The version CM 10 E (with EnOcean® wireless module) sends the measured values to the AFRISOhome
gateway for further processing and initiation of appropriate action. For example, it is possible to start a
room ventilation system in order to reduce the CO2 concentration. The current carbon dioxide concen-
tration is also displayed by the app AFRISOhome. The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with addi-
tional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allows the user to configure a
whole range of fully customisable, extensible applications.

Version CM 10: Version without wireless transmission as stand-alone solution.

Technical Measuring range Visual indication

specifications 0/2,000 ppm LED green: < 1,000 ppm CO2
LED yellow: 1,000–1,500 ppm CO2
Measuring accuracy
LED red: > 1,500 ppm CO2
400/1,250 ppm: ±30 ppm or ±3 %
of measured value EnOcean® wireless (Part no. 79131)
1,250/2,000 ppm: ±30 ppm or ±5 % EEP: A5-09-09
of measured value Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Operating temperature range
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Ambient: 0/50 °C
arrangement and materials in the building)
Storage: -40/+70 °C
Humidity: Max. 95 % r.h. Necessary additional components
■ AFRISOhome gateway
Housing
Plastic housing (PC/ABS),
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
W x H x D: 69 x 69 x 31 mm
Weight: 108 g
i Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor- Supply voltage DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
mation on the range of AC 100–240 V via Euro mains socket CO2 measuring instrument CM 10E,
79131
the EnOcean® wireless with EnOcean® wireless module
Nominal power
module. 2.5 VA CO2 measuring instrument CM 10 79132

www.afriso.com 143
 AFRISO Smart Home Home comfort

CO2 measuring instrument

CM 20

■ Monitoring of room air quality

■ Compact design
■ Visual indication of concentration
via traffic light system
■ Desktop unit with USB-C connection LED green
■ With or without EnOcean®
wireless technology

A A LED yellow

5
Page 149 Page 150

Application For continuous monitoring of the carbon dioxide (CO2) concentration in the ambient air. Application in
rooms in which many persons work, study or live and where carbon dioxide levels may consequently
be elevated due to breathing, or in rooms where a very high air quality is required (for example, bed-
rooms, children's' rooms). High concentrations of carbon dioxide in the ambient air reduce the ability of
persons to concentrate and perform. In addition, the concentration of aerosols increases with the CO2
concentration and, therefore, the risk of respiratory infections. Ideal for educational institutions, train-
ing/meeting rooms, office areas and household.

Description Portable CO2 sensor with infrared technology in a plastic housing with USB-C interface for power sup-
ply. The CO2 concentration in the room air is indicated directly at the device by a colour scale:

■ LED green: No ventilation required

■ LED yellow: Ventilation recommended
■ LED red: Ventilation required

When the device switches from green to yellow (approx. 1,000 ppm), a short signal tone sounds (<1
second) which is repeated every ten minutes. When the device switches from yellow to red (approx.
1,500 ppm), two short signal tones sound which are repeated every ten minutes. The signal tone can
be disabled.

The version CM 20E (with EnOcean® wireless module) sends the measured values to the AFRISOhome
gateway for further processing and initiation of appropriate action. For example, it is possible to start a
room ventilation system in order to reduce the CO2 concentration. The current carbon dioxide concen-
tration and the history (day, week, month) is also displayed by the app AFRISOhome. This data is the
ideal basis for ensuring healthy indoor ambient air. The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with
additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allows the user to config-
ure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible applications.

Technical Measuring range Visual indication

specifications 0/2,000 ppm LED green: < 1,000 ppm CO2
LED yellow: 1,000–1,500 ppm CO2
Measuring accuracy
LED red: > 1,500 ppm CO2
400/1,250 ppm: ±30 ppm or ±3 %
of measured value EnOcean® wireless (CM 20E only)
1,250/2,000 ppm: ±30 ppm or ±5 % EEP: A5-09-09
of measured value Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Transmission power: 10 mW
Operating temperature range
Ambient: 0/40 °C Scope of delivery
Storage: -20/+60 °C ■ CO2 measuring instrument
■ Power supply unit
Housing ■ Operating instructions
Plastic housing (PC/ABS),
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
W x H x D: 50 x 60 x 50 mm
Weight: 80 g PG: 4 DG Part no.
Degree of protection IP 20 (EN 60529) CO2 measuring instrument CM 20 - 79134
Supply voltage CO2 measuring instrument CM
L 79133
USB charger with mains plug 20E, with EnOcean® wireless module

144 www.afriso.com
 Wireless automation AFRISO Smart Home

Universal wireless transmitter

FTM

■ Equipment can be integrated into

building automation systems via volt-
age-free contact
■ Transmitters for a wide range of
AFRISO probes
■ Compact design

A A A Connection cable for easy device con-

nection.

Page 149 Page 150 Page 152

5

Application Monitoring of the switching states of voltage-free contacts. In addition, transmission of ambient tem-
perature.

Description The universal wireless transmitter can integrate any device with a voltage-free contact into a building
automation system. Examples comprise the alarm relays of heating systems or status messages of
alarm systems. The voltage-free contact is supplied with voltage by the universal wireless transmitter.
A defined recipient is immediately notified of each state transition is via EnOcean® wireless. The univer-
sal wireless transmitter is used as a transmission unit for many AFRISO probes such as Minimelder or
Maximelder, pressure gauges with electrical contact, etc. The energy required to send the message
with the state transition is generated by means of an integrated photovoltaic cell; it is also possible to use
a battery in dark rooms. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and state transition
messages via WLAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the facility manager, the janitor
or other configured contacts); the message includes information on which universal wireless transmit-
ter FTM has signalled the state transition.
The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean®
wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible appli-
cations:

■ Floor water probe (for water detection)

■ Minimelder (for signalling minimum levels in tanks)
■ Maximelder (for signalling maximum levels in tanks)
■ Pressure gauge with electrical contact (for signalling limit values)

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: 0/40 °C EEP: A5-30-03
Storage: -20/+60 °C Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Temperature measuring range Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Measuring range: 0/40 °C Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Accuracy: ±1 K arrangement and materials in the building)
Supply voltage Scope of delivery
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell) ■ Universal wireless transmitter FTM

or 1/2 AA lithium battery, DC 3.6 V ■ Wall bracket

(with daylight less than 200 lx) ■ 2 x adhesive dots

Housing Necessary additional components

Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003 ■ AFRISO probe with plug-in connector

W x H x D: 52 x 40 x 17 mm (see accessories)
Weight: 22 g ■ AFRISOhome gateway

Degree of protection:IP 54 (EN 60529)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor- DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless Universal wireless transmitter FTM 78143
module. Connection cable 2 m 78974

www.afriso.com 145
 AFRISO Smart Home Wireless automation

Wireless rocker switch

FT4F-rw

■ Energy harvesting: Generates the energy

for the wireless telegram when button
is pressed
■ No battery, no connection cable required
■ Flexible and location-independent use

A A A
Dual rocker DWF

5 Page 132 Page 149 Page 150

Application For switching wireless actuators. The switch automatically generates the energy required for wireless
telegrams when the switch is operated. Connection cables or batteries are not required.

Description Flexible use with single or dual rocker. If a single rocker is used, two signals can be transmitted: top
part of rocker pressed, bottom part of rocker pressed. Switches with dual rockers can transmit four
signals: Two rockers, top and bottom parts pressed. The holding plate can be screwed to a plane sur-
face or glued to walls, glass or furniture by means of the enclosed adhesive film. The unit can also be
easily screwed to an existing 55 mm switch box using the existing screw sockets. It is possible to
directly establish a wireless connection of the wireless rocker switch to many EnOcean® actuators
such as the water valve WaterControl or the indoor siren AIS 10 PRO. The wireless rocker switch can
also be operated as a component of the AFRISOhome gateway.

Technical Supply voltage Scope of delivery

specifications Energy harvesting (via press of button) ■ Frame R1F

■ 1 x rocker WF
Housing ■ 1 x dual rocker DWF
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003 ■ 1 x frame BRF
W x H: 80 x 80 mm, outside ■ 1 x plate HP
63 x 63 mm, inside dimensions of frame ■ 1 x wireless module
15 mm height ■ 1 x adhesive film

EnOcean® wireless
EEP: RPS
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
arrangement and materials in the
building)

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
module. Rocker switch FT4F-rw 78972

146 www.afriso.com
 Wireless automation AFRISO Smart Home

Door and window contact

AMC 20

■ Maintenance-free battery-less operation

■ Solar-operated energy storage
module for several days of operation
even in darkness
■ Easy adhesive mounting at doors
and windows
■ Battery operation optionally possible

A A A

5
Page 148 Page 149 Page 150

Application Magnetic contact sensor for monitoring the states OPEN and CLOSED and for transmission to the
AFRISOhome gateway or to stand-alone wireless components such as the indoor siren AIS 10 PRO.

Description The door and window contact AMC 20 is a battery-less, maintenance-free magnetic contact wireless
module. The energy required to send an EnOcean® telegram is generated by means of an integrated
photovoltaic cell. The integrated energy storage module allows for several days of operation even in
total darkness. In permanently dark environments (such as basements or warehouses) it is also possi-
ble to use a button cell battery. The module monitors the presence of a magnet at the side by means
of an integrated Reed contact and signals state changes. A double-sided adhesive strip or the
enclosed backet allow for extremely easy mounting of the compact housing to windows, door frames
or cabinet doors.

The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean®
wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible
applications.

Technical Operating temperature range Operation start up time with empty

specifications Ambient: -25/+65 °C energy storage module
Typically: 2.5 min at 400 lx/25 °C
Supply voltage
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell) EnOcean® wireless
or CR -1225 button cell EEP: D5-00-01
Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Housing
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9010
Range: 10 to 30 m
Grey, similar to RAL 7016
(depending on room arrangement
Reed contact: 76.2 x 22 x 15 mm
and materials in the building)
Magnet housing: 20 x 10 x 1.5 mm
Weight: 20 g Scope of delivery
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529) ■ Door and window contact
■ Magnet
Reed contact ■ Adhesive tape/wall bracket
1 x integrated ■ 1 x mounting bracket

i
See operating instruc-
tions for detailed infor-
DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless Door and window contact AMC 20, white, similar to RAL 9010 61254
module. Door and window contact AMC 20, grey, similar to RAL 7016 61258

www.afriso.com 147
 AFRISO Smart Home Wireless automation

Indoor siren
AIS 10 PRO

■ Ideal as a stand-alone device for

setting up a modular alarm system
without a gateway
■ Compact, unobtrusive design
■ Version with mains plug (Euro plug)
■ Loud 90 dB alarm tone
■ Integrated repeater function

A A A

5
Page 129 Page 135 Page 147

Application Alarm siren as a stand-alone solution for EnOcean® wireless products. You can teach in up to 20
EnOcean® wireless smart home devices into the siren. AIS 10 PRO allows you to create a modular alarm
system with or without a gateway or a mobile device.

Description The indoor siren AIS 10 PRO allows for versatile use in building technology applications. As a mains
plug version, you can plug it into any power outlet and the siren is ready for operation. The siren lets
you connect up to 20 smart home sensors via EnOcean® wireless. This includes, among others, door
and window contacts, water sensors, smoke alarms, switches, universal wireless transmitters, window
handles, AFRISO WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units and additional AFRISO AIS 10 PRO series indoor sirens
for alarm on additional floors. If one of the connected EnOcean® devices responds, a radio signal is
sent to the indoor siren. The alarm signals from the corresponding sensor are repeated at intervals of
one second to ensure reliable transmission. The indoor siren AIS 10 PRO emits a loud alarm tone and
the LED lights red.
The following alarm scenarios can be distinguished:
Pre-alarm: LED red and beeping sound 1 x per second. After 5 seconds transition to main alarm.
Main alarm: LED red and 90 dB continuous alarm sound for 5 minutes. Finally, transition to post-alarm.
Post-alarm: LED red and beeping sound 1 x per 5 seconds.
Once the cause of the alarm has been removed, the alarm tone is muted and the LED lights green. In
addition, AIS 10 PRO can be operated as a component of the AFRISOhome gateway. If the device is
operated as a stand-alone alarm system, the wireless rocker switch FT4F-rw must be integrated as an
activation switch. The alarm system can operate in the operating states ACTIVE and NOT ACTIVE,
depending on the presence of the persons in the building. In the operating state NOT ACTIVE, the LED
lights green, in the operating state ACTIVE, it lights yellow. In the operating state NOT ACTIVE, only
safety-related sensors such as water sensors, smoke alarms, rocker switches (used as "panic buttons")
or WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units trigger an alarm. In addition, AIS 10 can be operated as a component
of the AFRISOhome gateway. The siren can be controlled via a mobile device. AIS 10 PRO also fea-
tures a repeater function. When operated with an AFRISOhome gateway, the indoor siren also monitors
the mains voltage. In the case of power outage, an alarm signal is sent to a master network.

Technical Operating temperature range Visual indication

specifications Ambient: 0/50 °C LED red: Alarm
Storage: -40/+70 °C LED yellow: Alarm system ACTIVE
Humidity: Max. 95 % r.h., LED green: Operation, alarm system NOT ACTIVE
non-condensing
EnOcean® wireless
Housing EEP: Generic Profile (GP)
Plastic housing (PC/ABS) Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003 Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
W x H x D: 69 x 69 x 31 mm Range: 10 to 30 m (depends on room
Weight: 120 g arrangement and materials in the building)
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
i Supply voltage
See operating instruc- AC 100–240 V via Euro mains socket
tions for detailed infor- Nominal power
mation on the range of 2.5 VA
the EnOcean® wireless DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
Alarm condition
module. Sound pressure: 90 dB Indoor siren AIS 10 PRO 79135

148 www.afriso.com
 Central control/management AFRISO Smart Home

Mobile app AFRISOhome

■ Intuitive mobile app for AFRISOhome gateways

■ Location-independent status checks and
operation of the building automation system
■ Operating systems: iOS and Android
■ Web App

Available as
A Web App

Page 150
5

Application User interface for mobile devices such as tablets or smartphones to control and visualise all AFRISO
smart home building automation sensors and actuators.
The AFRISOhome app allows for integration and interoperation of devices based on the wireless
standards EnOcean®, Z-Wave, WLAN and Zigbee. This allows for almost limitless automation. Visit
www.afrisohome.de for a detailed list of devices.

Description All wireless devices, sensors and actuators integrated into a smart home system can be easily divided
into groups by means of AFRISOhome gateways. Actuators in rooms, buildings, etc. can be defined as
groups.
The access rights for the various groups can be configured separately for mobile devices.
After selection of a group, the display of the mobile device shows the various wireless products. The
user is provided with a clear overview of the current situation of the smart home system. Logic states,
temperature values, information on the air quality and buttons for the actuators are displayed, among
other things.

AFRISOhome gateways with the AFRISOhome app provide for countless combination possibilities in
wireless building automation. AFRISO offers reliable, safe and innovative devices with EnOcean® wire-
less modules. It is also possible to integrate other products of the EnOcean® Alliance into your building
automation system. With currently more than 80 compatible devices, the AFRISOhome gateway HG 02
provides great versatility. Along with the optional extension modules Z-Wave and Zigbee, the AFRISO
smart home integrates more than 250 devices.

App structure
Function Function
Teaching in devices groups automation

i
Test the demo app.

www.afriso.com 149
 AFRISO Smart Home Central control/management

AFRISOhome gateway HG 02

■ Base module of your building

management system
■ Cross-vendor, versatile combinations
of products of the EnOcean®,
Z-Wave and Zigbee Alliance
■ No data in the cloud
■ Voice control with Alexa
(Amazon Echo)
A

5
Page 149

Application For controlling and managing wireless sensors and actuators with EnOcean® and WLAN technology.
Events, messages and measured values are documented, and alarms are transmitted to mobile devic-
es (smartphones), if necessary.
Ideal as control centre of a smart home system in apartments and single-family homes.

Description The AFRISOhome gateway HG 02 is the control centre of your smart home. The app (iOS, Android
and WebApp) allows you to add and control a large variety of compatible devices (see whitelist at
www.afrisohome.de) to the smart home.
A WLAN interface is provided for Internet access and communication with routers and smartphones.
All user data and passwords are stored and processed locally on the AFRISOhome gateway.
Three slots are available that allow you to integrated additional wireless standards by means of an
extension module. Currently, Zigbee and Z-Wave are provided.
The free AFRISOhome app for iOS and Android allows for fast and easy operation of the gateway.
Smart home systems based on an AFRISOhome gateway excel with virtually unlimited customisability
and extensibility.

Technical Operating temperature range EnOcean® wireless

specifications Ambient: 0/40 °C Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Storage: -20/+60 °C Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
Supply voltage
arrangement and materials in the building)
AC 100–240 V
Frequency: 50–60 Hz Scope of delivery
■ Gateway HG 02 with neutral cubes as covers
Housing ■ Power supply unit
W x H x D: 205 x 46.1 x 146 mm

i
Complete whitelist of all
compatible products on
www.afrisohome.com

150 www.afriso.com
 Central control/management AFRISO Smart Home

AFRISOhome gateway HG 02

2
1
3 4 5 5

1 Mains connection, Micro USB 3 Docking station wireless standard 5 Cover for docking station
extension via cubes
2 Reset
4 Extension module Z-Wave (option)

Smart Home with AFRISOhome gateway

AFRISO Smart Home devices

Optional Optional

Devices form other manufacturers

(e.g. Amazon) (e.g. Philips, (e.g.

Osram, IKEA) Netatmo)

i DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.

See operating instruc- AFRISOhome gateway HG 02 with WLAN and wireless module EnOcean ®
78102
tions for detailed infor- Accessories
mation on the range of
the EnOcean® wireless Extension module Zigbee for HG 02 78103
module. Extension module Z-Wave V700/Gen 7 for HG 02 78126

www.afriso.com 151
 AFRISO Smart Home Wireless automation

Accessories and spare parts

for AFRISO Smart Home

Wireless transmitter
Room temperature
WaterSensor BWS

WATCHDOG-LINE
WaterSensor con/

ASD 10/ASD 20

gateway HG 02
sensor FT/FTF

CosiTherm ® –

AFRISOhome
Smoke alarm

alarm units

Wireless
FTM
PG: 4 Description Suitable for Part no. DG

1/2 AA lithium battery • • • 78100 L

5
CR -1632 button cell • 78132 G

Extension cable
• • 78141 L
Cable length: 2 m

Connection cable
Cable length: 2 m
• 78974 L
Connector: One end for FTM, other end flying
leads

Adhesive antenna
Cable length: 3 m • 78175 G
Connector: Angular SMA connector

Magnetic foot antenna

• 78167 G
Connector: Angular SMA connector

Conductivity floor water probe con • • 78142 L

Conductivity floor water probe

• • 55116 L
BWS 10-2

Probe Minimelder
Length: 10 m • 78147 L
Connector: For FTM

Probe Maximelder
Length: 10 m • 78148 L
Connector: For FTM

Repeater
• 75007 L
Switchable level 1 and level 2 mode

Pluggable EnOcean® wireless module

TCM 320
• 78082 G
For WATCHDOG-LINE PCBs, can be ordered
separately for EnOcean-ready products

152 www.afriso.com
 Alarm units AFRISO Smart Home

Alarm units with EnOcean® wireless at a glance

With the proven WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units, AFRISO has been offering devices for reducing a vast array of risks in buildings and
homes for many years. The alarm units will now successively be EnOcean®-enabled so that an EnOcean® wireless module can be ret-
rofitted. Whether or not an alarm unit already features this technology is indicated by the labels "EnOcean-ready" on the nameplate.

All devices of the WATCHDOG-LINE are compact units in wall mounting housings for professional and safe installation. Visual alarm
and audible alarm that can be acknowledged ensure that the persons in a building are notified of the alarm condition. Residents with
or without mobile devices can immediately take appropriate action. The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with additional AFRISO
smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allows the user to configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible
applications.

Typical application areas

5

■ Collection facilities below oil and

water consuming equipment
■ Drip pans below
storage tanks, burners
or motors in buildings
or outdoors
■ Containers, barrels and tanks/
double-walled tanks
■ Sewage tanks
■ Cisterns and water storage tanks
■ Oil depots, boiler rooms and rooms
with mains water connection EnOcean-ready
■ Heating systems The label "EnOcean-ready" indicates that the PCB
■ Cable and pipe ducts of the device features a slot for the EnOcean®
■ Canal shafts, manholes and wireless module. It is sufficient to plug in the TCM
inspection ducts 320 wireless module to integrate the device into
■ Pipes and hoses an EnOcean® wireless building automation system.

Pluggable EnOcean®
wireless module TCM 320
Part no. 78082

Alarm unit Probe EnOcean® Media Application

Wall mounting ■ Water Single-channel
rail probe WSS ■ Conductive water Suitable for water, but also for
or mixtures electrically conductive liquids,
emulsions and conductive water
■ Electrically con-
mixtures.
ductive liquids
EnOcean-
ready ■ Emulsions

Floor water
probe
Water alarm unit WWG BWS 10-1
i See page 105

■ Oil + water Single-channel

ÖWU distinguishes oil alarms and
water alarms and indicates the
appropriate alarm condition.
Wall mounting
EnOcean-
rail combinati-
ready
on probe

Oil/water alarm unit ÖWU

i See page 102

www.afriso.com 153
 AFRISO Smart Home Alarm units

Alarm unit Probe EnOcean® Media Application

■ Electrically Single-channel
conductive and AFA 11 generates alarms in
non-conductive the event of accumulations of
liquids
liquids caused by tank leaks,
backflow, flooding, etc.
Photoelectric EnOcean-
probe ready Certificate:
DIBt: Z-65.40-214

Liquid detector
AFA 11* i See page 99

■ Water Single-channel
■ Fuel oil EL, L, M Suitable to signal minimum or
maximum levels in tanks contain-
5 ■ Oil/water mixtures
ing liquids.
■ Neutral
Minimelder/ liquids
EnOcean-
Maximelder
ready
probe

Level switches i See page 35

Minimelder / Maximelder
■ Fuel oil Single-channel
■ Diesel fuel For manual level measurement
and signalling of a minimum level
■ HVO, GTL
during measurements – battery-
■ Water operated.
■ Non-corrosive
Pneumatic EnOcean-
media (density
Measuring line inside
0.5 to 1.5 g/cm3)

Digital tank contents

indicator DTA 20 E
i See page 134

Water-polluting For monitoring aboveground or

liquids (flash point underground double-walled tanks
> 55 °C) or single-walled tanks with inner
AdBlue® (urea lining.
solution 32.5 %)
AA++
A++ High vacuum Approval:
EnOcean-
or low vacuum CE mark EU
ready
based Construct Products Regulation
PVO 305/2011, EU 574/2014,
EN 13160-1/-2 and ÜHP

Leak detector i See page 81

Eurovac
Water-polluting For monitoring aboveground or
liquids underground double-walled tanks.
AdBlue®
(urea solution Approval:
AA++ 32.5 %) CE mark EU
A++
Construct Products Regulation
Pressure EnOcean-
type ready PVO 305/2011, EU 574/2014,
EN 13160-1/-2 and ÜHP

Leak detector
Europress i See page 90

* Use as leak detection system class III as per EN 13160-1/-4.

154 www.afriso.com
 5

www.afriso.com 155
 Automatic
Fuel oil de-aerators

Tank withdrawal systems

Fuel oil fi lters

Anti-siphon valves
CHAPTER 6

Equipment for fuel oil storage tanks and oil

carrying pipes

OVERVIEW FUEL OIL DE-AERATORS

Equipment for double-walled underground tanks 158 Overview automatic fuel oil de-aerators 173
6
Fuel oil de-aerator F
 low-Control 3/K 174
WITHDRAWAL SYSTEMS
Fuel oil de-aerator F
 low-Control 3/K HT 175
Tank withdrawal systemEuroflex 162
Fuel oil de-aerator F
 loCo-Top-1K 176
Tank withdrawal systemsMiniflex 164
Fuel oil de-aerator F
 loCo-Top-1C 177
Pull cord, pressure compensation unitDAE 165
Fuel oil de-aerator F
 loCo-Top-2KM 178
ANTI-SIPHON VALVES
Fuel oil de-aerator F
 loCo-Top-2CM 180
Anti-siphon valves 166

Piston type anti-siphonKAV 167 ACCESSORIES

GWG filler cap, filler cap K, pressure relief device 160

Diaphragm type anti-siphon valveMAV 168

Vent caps, dip stick pipe cap/filler caps 161

Tester for safety-related equipment against siphoning 169
Screw connections, vacuum gauges, adapters,
oil filter spanners, hand-held suction pump 182
FUEL OIL FILTERS

Comparison of fuel oil filters 170

Single-line and dual-line filters for fuel oil 171

Spare parts for filters 181

157
 Oil fittings Overview

Equipment for double-walled underground tanks

Leak monitoring with vacuum

11
6

9
10

15 3
7
4 12
8
6 13
1
14

16

1 Manhole cover 9 Filler cap

2 Seal 10 Cap for dipstick pipe
3 Filling pipe with immersion pipe 11 Level indicator Unitop
4 Pipe for dipstick 12 Condensate trap
5 Dipstick 13 Leak detector Eurovac
6 Vent cap 14 LAZ mounting kit
7 Level sensor GWG 23 15 Liquid barrier
8 Combination fitting Euroflex made of plastic, 16 Condensate bar
also acts as isolating piece

Our product portfolio for the safe operation of fuel oil systems and fuel oil tanks reduces operating costs, helps make optimum use of
fuels, provides timely warnings if hazardous situations arise and contributes to the protection of the environment. Irrespective of the
tank size or the fuel to be stored.

Application areas Media

■ Cylindrical steel or plastic ■ Fuel oil

(glass-fibre reinforced plastic) ■ Diesel fuel

double-walled tanks ■ Biofuel with up to 30 % FAME

■ Double-walled steel tanks ■ Biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME

■ Steel tanks welded on site ■ AdBlue ®

■ Spherical tanks ■ AHL

■ Tanks with inner lining ■ Rainwater

■ Oil storage rooms/collection facilities ■ Many other media

■ Containers, cisterns, cesspits ■ Paraffinic fuels (e.g. HVO/GTL)

158 www.afriso.com
 Overview Oil fittings

Equipment for double-walled underground tanks

Leak monitoring with leak detection fluid

12

11

9
10

4
7 3
6
8
1

13 13

1 Manhole cover 8 Combination fitting Euroflex 3 made of plastic,

also acts as an isolating piece
2 Seal
9 Filler cap
3 Filling pipe with immersion pipe
10 Cap for dipstick pipe
4 Pipe for dipstick
11 Level indicator DIT
5 Dipstick
12 Leak detector
6 Vent cap
13 LAG mounting kit
7 Level sensor GWG 23

Safety and protection of the oil storage system are the basis of our product development. Continuous adaptation to current standards
and directives as well as intelligent products such as the piston type anti-siphon valve approved for use in manholes up to -25 °C
ensure optimum safety concepts.

i
Since 2003, leak monitoring by means of
systems with leak detection fluids is only
permissible in the case of existing sys-
tems. New systems must be monitored
with vacuum type or pressure type sys-
tems (such as Eurovac or Europress).

www.afriso.com 159
 Oil fittings Accessories

Accessories for GWG filler caps,

pressure relief device

GWG filler cap

Application For systems operated with fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel
fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/
TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel or biodiesel with up to 100 %
FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable for use with the new paraffinic
fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%. Suitable for use
in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description GWG filler cap with bayonet connection G2 with integrated

level sensor connection fitting. Brass male coupling as per
EN 14420-6. Filler cap made of oil- and weather-resistant
plastic. Watertight up to 10 m water column. Lockable with
standard padlock. GWG filler cap

6
Filler cap K
Application For systems operated with fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel
fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/
TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel or biodiesel with up to 100 %
FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable for use with the new paraffin-
ic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%. Suitable for
use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Filler cap with bayonet connection G2. Brass male coupling
as per EN 14420-6. Filler cap made of oil- and weather-
resistant plastic. Lockable with standard padlock.
Filler cap K

Pressure relief device

Application To avoid overpressure of storage tanks during filling. Suitable
for flood hazard areas.

Description Pressure relief device with male connection thread G1½.

Opening pressure approx. 25 mbar.
Two or more overpressure devices must be installed for filling
rates of more than 300 l/min.
Watertight up to 10 m water column.

i
GWG filler caps are also
used in building renova- DG: G PG Part no.
tion projects since the
GWG filler cap 2 1 10 20430
existing GWG wall fitting
can no longer be fixed Filler cap K 2 1 10 20440
to the outside insulation. Pressure relief device 1 1 25 20466

160 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Oil fittings

Vent caps, dip stick pipe

caps/filler caps

Vent caps Caps for dipsticks, fi ller caps

Application To cover the vent line. For closing dip stick pipes and filling pipes of
6
systems operated with fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1),
diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC
51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel or
biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). Also
suitable for use with the new paraffinic fuels HVO
or GTL as an admixture or 100%. Suitable for use
in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Cap for vent line. Dip stick pipe cap/filler cap made of Zamak alloy.
Watertight up to 10 m water column.
Metal version: Zamak alloy,
thread G1½ or G2. Lockable with standard padlock.
Plastic version: Plug-in type with fixing by
means of screw or G2 male thread

DG: G PG Part no.

Vent cap 2", plastic – plug-in version 1 1 25 20460
Vent cap 1½" plastic – plug-in version 1 1 25 20450
Vent cap G2, plastic – male thread 1 - 200 20462
Vent cap G2 metal 3 1 25 20463
Vent cap G1½ metal 3 1 25 20455
i
See page 9 for pipes Cap for pipe for dipstick G1 x G1¼ 2 1 140 20464
for dipsticks. Filler cap G2 x G2½, fuel oil EL standard 3 1 55 20445

www.afriso.com 161
 Oil fittings Withdrawal systems

Tank withdrawal system Euroflex

Suitable for use in flood Quick-action shut-off valve

hazard areas and flood risk with lever for fast shutting
areas. Watertight up to 10 m off of the oil supply. Remote
operation from outside of Version Euroflex 3 with direct
water column. connection for pneumatic
the tank room possible with
pull cord. tank contents gauges. Ideal
for retrofitting or for applica-
tions involving tanks with few
connections.

Floating withdrawal as per Figure: Euroflex 3 with float

DIN 4755 recommendation.
Makes it possible to with-
draw fuel oil in the clean
area and thus supports
Version with special G1 Fitting made of high-
optimum functionality of the
screw connection to avoid strength, weather-resistant
downstream fittings (e.g. oil
twisting. Ideal for use with plastic. Approved as an iso-
filters).
Euroflex with heating band lating piece.
for fast, simple mounting.

All materials resistant to biofuel

Flexible suction line for and biodiesel with max. 30 %
maximum variability – also FAME (fatty acid methyl ester).
in terms of hose length. The Also suitable for use with the
standard lengths 2.15 m paraffinic fuels HVO and GTL.
and 3.15 m can be short-
ened as required without
any problems.

Measuring line with

balance chamber
(for Euroflex 3).

162 www.afriso.com
 Withdrawal systems Oil fittings

Tank withdrawal
system Euroflex

■ Combination fitting made of high-strength

plastic
■ Integrated, TÜV-tested isolating piece
■ Silent check valve
■ Euroflex 3 for floating withdrawal,can also
be converted for self-securing suction line
Euroflex 312

■ Suitable for use in flood hazard areas

Application For withdrawal of fuel oil from underground and aboveground tanks in single-line or dual-line mode.
Suitable for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and
DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). Also suit-
able for use with the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%. Suitable for flood haz- 6
ard areas and flood risk areas.
No floating withdrawal in the case of underground tanks.

Description Combination fitting made of plastic as a withdrawal system with measuring line (not Euroflex 2) and
TÜV-tested isolating piece that screws into the tank. G3/8 stainless steel threaded female connections
for suction and return lines. Universal compression fittings for pipes with 8 and 10 mm outside diame-
ters for connecting the suction line are enclosed. The integrated check valve with elastic valve seat
keeps the oil column in the suction line from being interrupted when the burner is off. Quick-action
shut-off valve with lever for remote closing in emergency situations. Pressure- and vacuum-tight up to
1 bar. Available also without check valve for self securing suction line.
Euroflex 3 with float and special G1 screw connection for withdrawing oil in the clean area (as per
TRWS 791 not permitted in underground tanks). Measuring line connection for hose or pipe with 6 mm
outside diameter. Suction hose length 2.15 m or 3.15 m with additional float at the suction hose end.
Euroflex 312 (GWG 12 K/1C), combination of level sensor and withdrawal system. With measuring
line connection for hose or pipe with 6 mm outside diameter. For battery tanks as per DIN 6620 and
tanks as per DIN 6625 manufactured on site. Specially useful if there is no connection socket at the
tank. Connection G1½.

Technical Connection Flow rate

specifications Tank: G1 male thread Max. 150 l/h
(Euroflex 312: G1½ male thread)
Material
Suction/Return line: G3/8 female thread
Screw fitting: Plastic (POM), blue
Measuring line: 6 mm Suction hose: NBR/PVC
Length Balance chamber: Zamak (ZnAl4Cu1)
Suction hose: 2.15 m or 3.15 m Approval
Measuring hose: 2.15 m or 3.15 m Conformity certificate (EN 12514), ÜHP
(not Euroflex 2) Euroflex 312: CE marking as per EC Construction
Test pressure Products Regulation 305/2011, EU 574/2014,
Max. 6 bar EN 13616:2004

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

Euroflex 2 (2.15), suction hose 2.15 m, without measuring line connection 1 25 20162
Euroflex 3 (2.15), suction hose 2.15 m 1 25 20160
Euroflex 3 (3.15), suction hose 3.15 m 1 25 20164
Euroflex 3 with float, suction hose 2.15 m 1 25 20130
Euroflex 3 with float, suction hose 3.15 m 1 20 20131
Euroflex 3 (3.15) without check valve, suction hose 3.15 m
1 25 20129
for self-securing suction line
Euroflex 312 (GWG 12 K/1C), suction hose 2.15 m 1 10 20190
Conversion kit float kit G1 for Euroflex and Miniflex 1 25 20125
Conversion kit float kit G1½ for single tanks and
i communicating withdrawal systems
1 - 20120
Pull cord for Conversion kit shut-off valve for Euroflex (10/98 and later), Miniflex and
remote closing communicating AFRISO withdrawal systems for battery tanks for conversion 1 - 74305
See page 165. to self-securing suction lines

www.afriso.com 163
 Oil fittings Withdrawal systems

Tank withdrawal
system Miniflex

■ Combination fitting made of brass as a

withdrawal system with measuring line
that screws into the tank
■ Quick-action shut-off valve with lever for
remote closing in emergency situations
■ Suitable for use in flood hazard areas

6 Application For withdrawal of fuel oil from underground and aboveground tanks in single-line or dual-line mode.
Suitable for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and
DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). Also suit-
able for use with the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%. Suitable for use in
flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Combination fitting made of brass as a withdrawal system with measuring line that screws into the
tank. Threaded female connection for suction and return lines. Universal compression fittings for pipes
with 8 and 10 mm outside diameters for the suction line are enclosed.

Miniflex 3: With measuring line connection for hose or pipe with 6 mm outside diameter.

Quick-action shut-off valve with lever for remote closing in emergency situations. Pressure- and
vacuum-tight up to 1 bar.

Technical Connection
specifications Tank: G1 male thread
Suction/return line: G3/8 female thread
Measuring line: 6 mm
Length
Suction hose: 2.15 m or 3.15 m
Measuring hose: 2.15 m or 3.15 m (not Miniflex 2)
Test pressure
Max. 6 bar
Flow rate
Max. 150 l/h
Material
Screw fitting: Brass
Suction hose: NBR/PVC
Bottom part: Zamak (ZnAl4Cu1)

DG: G PG Part no.

Miniflex 2, suction hose 2.15 m, without measuring line connection 2 1 25 74200
Miniflex 3, suction hose 2.15 m 2 1 25 74300
Miniflex 3, suction hose 3.15 m 2 1 25 74310
Conversion kit float kit G1 for Euroflex and Miniflex 1 1 25 20125
Conversion kit float kit G1½ for single tanks and
1 1 - 20120
communicating withdrawal systems
Conversion kit shut-off valve for Euroflex (10/98 and later),
Miniflex and communicating AFRISO withdrawal systems for battery 1 1 - 74305
tanks for conversion to self-securing suction lines

164 www.afriso.com
 Withdrawal systems Oil fittings

Pull cord, pressure compensation unit

Pull cord
Description Pull cord with handle and a sealable case for the remote acti-
vation of quick-action shut-off valves (e.g. Euroflex or Miniflex).
TÜV-tested. Consisting of:
■ Pull cord (steel, plastic-coated), 10 m long
■ Handle
■ 4 eyelet screws for deflecting the pull cord
■ Sealable case with wire and lead seal
■ Dowels and screws

Pull cord

Pressure compensation unit DAE

Application Used to limit pressure increases in closed pipe sections result-
ing from expansion caused by temperature changes. Suitable 6
for fuel oil pipe sections which are closed at both ends (e.g. by
means of solenoid valves or check valves) and which are sub-
ject to considerable temperature differences (e.g. due to pipe
heating).

Suitable for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid
fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as well
as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN
14214). This product is therefore ideal for all ecologically
upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new par- Pressure compensation unit DAE
affinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also for
use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description G3/8 female thread connections at both ends. A pipe volume of

725 cm3 can be buffered at a temperature difference of 40 °C.
This corresponds to the following max. line lengths (depending
on the line diameter):
■ 25.5 m ≥ Ø 8 x 1
■ 14 m ≥ Ø 10 x 1
■ 9 m ≥ Ø 12 x 1
Watertight up to 10 m water column.
Approval
Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
as per EN 12514

DG: G PG Part no.

Pressure compensation unit DAE 2 20800
Pull cord 1 20475

www.afriso.com 165
 Oil fittings Anti-siphon valves

Safety-related equipment against

siphoning: anti-siphon valves

3 1

5
6 4

1 Piston type anti-siphon valve KAV* 4 For KAV: Set actual safe height
2 Diaphragm type anti-siphon valve MAV* 5 For MAV: Set max. height difference between MAV
and the lowest line point at the system
3 Pressure compensation unit DAE

* Mounting position (example), arrangement is variable

and must be adapted to suit local conditions.

Legal and technical Legislation for water pollution control (German Water Act WHG) stipulates that any adverse modifica-
requirements tion of the characteristics of water must be avoided. § 62 of the German Water Act specify the han-
concerning fuel oil dling of water-polluting substances in facilities.
consuming systems
The regulations may be national and/or local.

In the case of oil consuming systems operating in suction mode where a pipe section is below the
maximum tank level, fuel oil can be siphoned out if a leak occurs. Therefore, protection equipment
against siphoning must be installed. Anti-siphon valves are used for this purpose; they are available as
solenoid, diaphragm or piston type anti-siphon valves. Diaphragm or piston type anti-siphon valves are
usually installed in smaller and medium sized facilities; the piston type anti-siphon valve offers a num-
ber of decisive advantages.

Depending on the applicable regulations, the valves must be approved.

Notes on installation It must be ensured that the vacuum in the system does not exceed 0.4 bar.

Factors to be considered include:

■ The maximum suction lift at minimum oil level

■ The suction line length

■ The viscosity of the oil in the storage tank at extreme winter temperatures

■ Additional pressure losses caused by fi ttings (such as oil filters, shut-off valves, etc.) and lines

166 www.afriso.com
 Anti-siphon valves Oil fittings

Piston type anti-siphon

valve KAV

■ Piston instead of diaphragm – for maximum

safety even in case of pollution, ice or system
overpressure
■ Adjusted value corresponds to the
safe height (reduced line resistance)
■ Also for outdoor use (manhole)
■ Sealed system for error-free operation
■ Pressure relief mechanism
A
essu re in both directions With universal screw connections
O pt ion: Pr 6/8/10 mm and lead sealing kit
fo r in dicating
gauge
op ening
the K AV
pr essu re
Page 169

Application For oil carrying suction lines in fuel oil consuming systems where a pipe section is below the maximum
6
tank level. KAV keeps fuel oil from being siphoned out of the tank in the case of leaks.

Suitable for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and
DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is
therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic
fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Vacuum-controlled shut-off system with a completely new function principle. KAV is closed when the
burner pump is not in operation. When the burner pump starts, a vacuum is generated in the suction
line. This opens the KAV and fuel oil is pumped from the tank. If the suction line has a leak or if the
burner pump stops, KAV closes and the suction line between the tank and the burner pump is closed.
KAV features a pressure relief mechanism, i.e. if the fuel oil contained in the suction pipe heats up and
therefore expands, KAV opens. The fuel oil can flow back into the tank, provided that a tank withdraw-
al fitting without backflow preventer is installed. The pressure relief is independent of the adjusted safe
height and operates reliably at a response pressure as low as 300 mbar. KAV is continuously adjusta-
ble from 1–4 m. The adjusted value corresponds to the actual safe height and not the installation
height (as, for example, in the case of diaphragm type anti-siphon valves). This results in reduced line
resistance, which has a positive effect on the service life of the burner and the pump. KAV is designed
as a sealed system. Therefore, no vent is required and water or dirt cannot get into the system. Since
the sensitive diaphragm as the main actuating element has been replaced by a piston, malfunctions
caused by pollution, ice or system overpressure (rupture of the diaphragm) are practically impossible.
Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Adjustment of safe height Test pressure

specifications Corresponds to actual safe height Max. 10 bar
1–4 m, continuously adjustable
Response pressure
Connection thread Pressure relief: 300 mbar
3
/8 female thread at both ends
Housing material
Mounting position Brass
Any
Approval
Oil flow rate DIBt: Z-65.50-415
Max. 220 l/h
Scope of delivery
Operating temperature range Piston type anti-siphon valve with screw con-
Medium/ambient: –25/+40 °C nector kit for pipes Ø 6, 8 and 10 mm and lead
sealing kit
Vacuum-tight
Up to –1 bar

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Piston type anti-siphon valve KAV 1 20 20240
Pressure gauge (–0.7/+0.9 bar) for indicating the KAV opening pressure 1 10 70030

www.afriso.com 167
 Oil fittings Anti-siphon valves

Diaphragm type
anti-siphon valve MAV

■ Safe height 1–4 m

■ With shut-off and venting function

A
Lead sealing kit

Page 169

6 Application For oil carrying suction lines in fuel oil consuming systems where a pipe section is below the maximum
tank level. MAV keeps fuel oil from being siphoned out of the tank in the case of leaks.

Suitable for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and
DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). This
product is therefore ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new
paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also suitable for use in flood hazard areas and
flood risk areas.

Description MAV is continuously adjustable to a safe height of 1– 4 m for optimum adaptation to suit local condi-
tions. The adjusted value corresponds to difference between the installation height and the lowest point
of the oil line. MAV shuts off under spring pressure and opens under the vacuum caused by the pump.
Watertight up to 10 m water column. If necessary, install a pressure compensation unit.

Technical Adjustment of safe height Test pressure

specifications 1–4 m (corresponds to installation height), Max. 6 bar
continuously adjustable
Housing material
Connection thread Brass
3
/8 female thread at both ends
Approval
Mounting position DIBt: Z-65.50-415
Any
Scope of delivery
Oil flow rate Diaphragm type anti-siphon valve
Max. 220 l/h with lead sealing kit
Operating temperature range
Medium/ambient: –25/+40 °C
Vacuum
Up to –1 bar

DG: G PG Part no.

Diaphragm type anti-siphon valve MAV 2 1 20 20139
Screw connections with Cu flat gasket G 3/8 x 6 (dual) 3 1 - 20507
Screw connections with Cu flat gasket G 3/8 x 8 (dual) 3 1 - 20504
Screw connections with Cu flat gasket G 3/8 x 10 (dual) 3 1 - 20505
Screw connections with Cu flat gasket G 3/8 x 12 (dual) 3 1 - 20506

168 www.afriso.com
 Anti-siphon valves Oil fittings

Tester for safety-related

equipment against siphoning

■ Reliable function tests of all

diaphragm type/piston type
anti-siphon valves
■ Simple check and assessment
of the system safety
■ Test can be performed easily at
all systems with standard filter
combinations

rer-
Manufactu
nt
independe
o n
applicati

Application Tester for vendor-independent function tests of built-in mechanical "safety-related equipment against
6
siphoning" (diaphragm type or piston type anti-siphon valves) in oil carrying pipes or withdrawal sys-
tems. Test can be performed at all systems with standard filter combinations. If no AFRISO filter cup
with test and drain valve is available, it is sufficient to replace the existing filter cup with the filter cup of
the tester. AFRISO recommends to replace all filter cups without drain valve so that the fuel oil filter can
be drained rapidly and the function test performed easily during servicing. Suitable for testing fuel oil
EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8 as
well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 100 % FAME (EN 14214). Also suitable for the new
paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as an admixture or 100%.

Description The tester for "safety-related equipment against siphoning" allows to quickly come to a sound conclu-
sion concerning the correct operation of mechanical anti-siphon valves of third-party vendors.
Mounting is simple: Screw the filter cup of the tester into the fuel oil filter of the facility (not necessary in
the case of oil filter cups with test and drain system), plug the hose into the tester drain system, con-
nect an oil suction pump to the other end of the tester and you are ready for testing. For the test, a
vacuum must be generated which sucks in oil; the oil flows into the tester cup. The vacuum is main-
tained in the tester cup via the shut-off fitting and displayed by the pressure gauge. When no more oil
flows into the tester cup, there is pressure equilibrium. The vacuum can now be read at the test pres-
sure gauge and you can determine whether the siphoning protection works.

Technical Dimensions (W x H x D) Scope of delivery

specifications Tester: 180 x 286 x 71 mm ■ Tester with long filter cup

Case: 395 x 106 x 295 mm ■ Vacuum gauge

■ Hose
Range ■ Long tester cup with drain system
–0.6/0 bar ■ Plastic case

■ Short test cup for FloCo-Top-C series

Connection
G3/8 with 60° cones
Operating temperature range
Ambient: –25/+40 °C
Storage: –25/+60 °C

i
Safety equipment against
siphoning must be
checked for correct
operation at least every DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.
5 years according to the Tester anti-siphon valve 1 - 20239
approval.
Accessories
Inspection certificate
www.afriso.de > INFO Filter cup short with drain system 1 - 20257
CENTRE > Downloads Filter cup long with drain system 1 - 20262

www.afriso.com 169
 Oil fittings Fuel oil filters

Comparison of fuel oil filters

Paper filters

■ Optimum ultra-fine filtration

■ Specially for small and very
small burner capacities
■ Preferably for single-line
mode

Opticlean MS-5/MC-7 Opticlean MC-18 Replaceable filter cartridge

ultra-fine filter ultra-fine filter Excellent filtration.
Optimum filter surface due to Optimum filter effectiveness Also suitable for pressure mode
folded paper filter. and long service life. and temperatures of up to 80 °C.

6 Mesh size Mesh size: 5–20 µm

Filter surface: 1,850 cm2
Mesh size: 12–30 µm
■ 20–35 µm (MS-5) Filter surface: 967 cm2
■ 5–20 µm (MC-7)

Can be used with long filter cup. Can be used for all AFRISO
Filter surface: 500 cm2 (MS-5) filter types with additional
700 cm2 (MC-7) adapter.

Sintered plastic
sieves
■ Excellent filtration
■ For small and medium
burner capacities
■ Suitable for single- and
dual-line mode
■ Suitable for almost all
standard filter combinations

Sintered plastic sieve, Sintered plastic sieve Filter cup Optimum

short Optimum Extra long filter cup provides
Star shape for large filter surface. Excellent filtration and long for sedimentation volume and
service life. space for all standard, long
Colour code: Blue filter inserts.
Mesh size: 50–70 µm Colour code: Blue
Filter surface: 115 cm2 Mesh size: 50–70 µm Version with drain system
■ Removing the oil from the
Filter surface: 200 cm2
Optimum replacement oil filter quickly
characteristics: Can be used with long filter cup, ■ No oil odour caused by

Filter base does not swell. preferably for single-line mode. oil dripping

Felt and stainless

steel sieve

■ Proven filtration technology

Schematic
Drawing

Felt sieve with internal tubular sieve Stainless steel sieve

For medium and high burner capacities. Good filtration, pollution visible. For medium
Suitable for single- and dual-line mode. and high burner capacities. Suitable for single-
and dual-line mode.
Mesh size: 50–75 µm
Filter surface: 15.3 cm2 Mesh size: 100 µm
below the felt rings Filter surface: 48 cm2

Disadvantage: Filter fibres may come loose

and get into the burner nozzles.

170 www.afriso.com
 Fuel oil filters Oil fittings

Single-line/dual-line
filters for fuel oil

Dual-line fi lter Single-line fi lter Single-line fi lter

Z 500 Si/St R 500 Si/St V 500 Si/St
Application For dual-line systems. Suitable For single-line systems with For single-line systems. Suitable
for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), die- return line. Suitable for fuel oil EL for fuel oil EL (DIN 51603-1), die-
sel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN sel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as 6
per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and 590), liquid fuels as per DIN per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and
DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as bio- SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS DIN/TS 51603-8 as well as bio-
fuel and biodiesel with a maxi- 51603-8 as well as biofuel and fuel and biodiesel with a maxi-
mum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). biodiesel with a maximum of 30 mum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214).
This product is therefore ideal % FAME (EN 14214). This prod- This product is therefore ideal
for all ecologically upgraded fuel uct is therefore ideal for all eco- for all ecologically upgraded fuel
oil consuming systems that use logically upgraded fuel oil con- oil consuming systems that use
the new paraffinic fuels HVO or suming systems that use the the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100 %. new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL GTL as an admixture or 100 %.
Also for use in flood hazard as an admixture or 100 %. Also Also for use in flood hazard
areas and flood risk areas. for use in flood hazard areas areas and flood risk areas.
and flood risk areas.

Description Brass filter housing, filter cup Brass filter housing, filter cup Brass filter housing, filter cup
made of transparent, impact- made of transparent, impact- made of transparent, impact-
resistant plastic. With check resistant plastic. resistant plastic.
valve in the return line and shut- With shut-off valve in the flow With shut-off valve. Universal
off valve in the flow line. line, vent valve with hose con- compression fittings for pipes
Universal compression fittings nector in the return line. with 8/10 mm outside diameters
for pipes with 8/10 mm outside Universal compression fittings included. Watertight up to 10 m
diameters included. Watertight for pipes with 8/10 mm outside water column.
up to 10 m water column. diameters included.

Approval Conformity certificate (ÜHP) Conformity certificate (ÜHP) Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
as per EN 12514. as per EN 12514. as per EN 12514.

Connection Universal screw * Oil throughput

DG: G, PG: 2 Filter Part no.
Tank Burner connection ∆p=100 mbar
2 x G3/8 2 x G3/8 Sintered
Dual-line filter Z 500 Si 2 x 8/10 mm 200 l/h 1 25 20429
female male plastic
2 x G3/8 2 x G3/8
Dual-line filter Z 500 St 2 x 8/10 mm Steel 220 l/h 1 25 20425
female male
1 x G3/8 2 x G3/8 Sintered
Single-line filter R 500 Si (return) 1 x 8/10 mm 210 l/h 1 20 20281
female male plastic
1 x G3/8 2 x G3/8
Single-line filter R 500 St (return) 1 x 8/10 mm Steel 250 l/h 1 20 20283
female male
1 x G3/8 1 x G3/8 Sintered
Single-line filter V 500 Si 1 x 8/10 mm 250 l/h 1 25 20292
female male plastic
1 x G3/8 1 x G3/8
Single-line filter V 500 St 1 x 8/10 mm Steel 320 l/h 1 25 20294
female male
2 x G½ 2 x G½ Sintered
Dual-line filter Z ½-500 Si --- 310 l/h 1 25 20480
female female plastic
1 x G½ 1 x G½ Sintered
Single-line filter V ½-500 Si --- 390 l/h 1 25 20485
female female plastic
1 x G½ 1 x G½
Single-line filter V ½-500 St --- Steel 560 l/h 1 25 20487
female female
* At filter insert pollution degree of 50 %.

www.afriso.com 171
 Oil fittings Fuel oil de-aerators

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

Product highlight: FloCo-Top-2CM

Advantages – your benefits

■ Reduced height facilitates installation if mounting space is limited
■ Vacuum gauge for monitoring the system pressure and indicating
when the filter needs to be replaced
■ Proofed Barrier if installed with vent hose
■ Suitable for use in flood hazard areas
■ Green fuels ready: All materials resistant to biofuel and biodiesel
(up to a maximum of 30 % FAME) and the new paraffinic fuels
HVO and GTL

The oil is de-aerated via the vent hose, the Rotatable service indicator for the system
system remains odour-tight. Connection owner. It is easy to see when the filter
6 via supply air of the room air-independent
ventilation or via the return supply of the
needs to be changed. If the filter insert is
polluted, the vacuum increases and the
tank withdrawal system Euroflex. heating expert can be notified.

De-aerator unit with dual float safety system –

keeps oil foam from escaping.

360°

Backflow preventer with integrated

pressure relief towards the tank.
Robust base hous-
ing made of high-
strength plastic.

Installation with click system.

Pipe connection for universal
compression fitting or stand
screwed connection with threaded
connection G3/8.

Lateral dual shut-off valve, can be operated

from both sides for left or right mounting.

Drain system for controlled discharging

of the oil from the de-aerator unit.

Drain valve with hose connection for fast, clean draining

of the oil from the filter cup during filter replacement,
emergency operation or connection of a tester for
tightness tests.

Optimised filter cup with thread and radial

O ring seal for easy loosening of
screwed connection.

172 www.afriso.com
 Fuel oil de-aerators Oil fittings

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator comparison

Automatic fuel oil de-aerators Automatic fuel oil de-aerators with filter

FloCo-Top-2
Flow-Control Flow-Control FloCo-Top- FloCo-Top-
Version FloCo-Top-1K FloCo-Top-1C Optimum
3/K 3/K HT 2KM Si 2CM
MC-18
Catalogue
See page 174 See page 175 See page 176 See page 177 See page 178 See page 178 See page 180
page 6
Application
Single-line systems with return line
area
Media ■ Fuel oil EL ■ Fuel oil EL ■ Fuel oil EL
■ Diesel fuel ■ Diesel fuel ■ Diesel fuel
■ Biofuel or bio- ■ Biofuel or bio- ■ Biofuel or biodiesel with up to 30 % FAME
diesel with up diesel with up ■ HVO
to 30 % FAME to 100 % ■ GTL
■ HVO FAME
■ GTL ■ HVO
■ GTL

Continuous
Continuous de-aeration Continuous de-aeration
Function Continuous de-aeration de-aeration
and oil filtration and multiple oil filtration
and oil filtration
Sintered Opticlean Sintered plastic or
Filter - - Sintered plastic filter
plastic filter ultra-fine filters Opticlean filter
Vacuum
- - - - -0.7/+0.9 bar
gauge

Approval Conformity certificate (ÜHP) as per EN 12514

i
Nomograph for determining the internal pipe diameter (NW) of Our tip
the fuel oil suction line in order to keep gas from accumulating in
Installation by expert companies certified according to the applicable regula-
higher pipe sections and sections with downward gradients, or
gas formation resulting from excessively high flow speeds. tions is mandatory. For optimum combustion, longer nozzle and filter service
life and reliable function, the expert determines the following prior to installa-
② ③ tion and compares the values with the nomograph:

■ Oil throughput per hour at burner nozzle

■ Inside diameter of the (installed) oil suction line
■ Vacuum (overpressure) in the oil carrying pipe upstream of the burner
① ⑤ The oil suction line is often too large. The flow rates of 0.2/0.5 m/s, required
according to DIN 4755, are often not reached in systems converted from
dual-line to single-line mode. The nomograph shows the proper values for
④ sizing the suction line.

① Nozzle consumption l/h

② Inside diameter of the suction line in mm
Example: A pipe with Ø 8 x 1 mm (NW 6) is required for a volume ③ Flow rate of the fuel oil in m/s
of 20 l/h and an average flow rate of approx. 0.23 m/s. ④ Less than Ø 4 mm not advisable
⑤ Recommended range as per DIN 4755

www.afriso.com 173
 Oil fittings Fuel oil de-aerators

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

Flow-Control 3/K TÜV-tested

■ Trouble-free operation due to

automatic de-aeration
■ Dual float safety system keeps oil foam
from escaping
■ Increased fuel oil filter service life –
the amount of oil drawn from the tank
corresponds exactly to the oil actually burnt
■ The suction line can usually
"PROOFED BARRIER" if installed
have a smaller cross section
with vent hose.

6 Application For single-line systems with return line in oil-fired systems for continuous de-aeration. Suitable for fuel
oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8
as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore
ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

The risk of a leak in the return line going unnoticed is removed with Flow-Control. It is no longer neces-
sary to regularly check the return line for leaks.

Description Automatic fuel oil de-aerator consisting of a diecast zinc housing with female G¼ connection thread at
the tank end and male G3/8 connection threads with 60° cone at the burner end for connection of the
burner hoses. Plastic or metal de-aerator hood. Flow-Control 3/K features two separate float chambers.
The lower float chamber contains the operating float; the upper float chamber contains the safety float.
The upper float chamber keeps oil foam from escaping via the vent opening (e.g. during commission-
ing/filter exchange) and indicates malfunctions of the vent valve. An oil hose with ball-shaped sealing
for 60° cone and a G3/8 union nut is supplied for connection to the fuel oil filter. Watertight up to 10 m
water column. All Flow-Control versions are TÜV-tested.

Flow-Control 3/K (G¼) with connections G¼ female instead of G3/8 male.

Technical Connection burner Operating temperature range

specifications G3/8 male with 60° cone Medium: Max. 60 °C
for burner hose or G¼ female (part no. 69978) Ambient: Max. 60 °C
Connection tank Operating overpressure
Part no. 69930: Max. 0.7 bar
G3/8 female with oil hose G¼ male x G3/8 female; (corresponds to static oil column of approx. 8 m)
Part no. 69978:
Test pressure
G¼ female thread with oil hose G¼ male
6 bar
thread x G3/8 union nut for connection to filter
Dimensions
Nozzle capacity
W x H x D: 95 x 147 x 95 mm
Max. 100 l/h
Tests
Return flow
TÜV-tested (S 556 2021 S1)
Max. 120 l/h
Approval
Separating capacity air/gas
Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
Approx. 4 l/h
as per EN 12514
Mounting position
Float housing vertical to the top

i DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

The devices must not be Flow-Control 3/K
subjected to undiluted 1 - 69930
(G 3/8 male)
additives, alcohol and Flow-Control 3/K
acids. 1 - 69978
(G¼ female)

174 www.afriso.com
 Fuel oil de-aerators Oil fittings

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

Flow-Control 3/K HT TÜV-tested

■ High temperature version:

Up to a temperature of the medium of 80 °C
■ Dual float safety system keeps oil foam
from escaping
■ Increased the fuel oil filter service life –
the amount of oil drawn from the tank
corresponds exactly to the oil actually burnt
■ No unnoticed leakage in the return line
"PROOFED BARRIER" if installed
with vent hose.

Application For single-line systems with return line in oil-fired systems for continuous de-aeration. Suitable for fuel
6
oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8
as well as biofuel and biodiesel with up to 100 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore ideal for
all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or GTL as
an admixture or 100 %. Also suitable for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Flow Control 3/K HT is recommended for mounting below the max. fuel level in the tank and for any
application requiring particular safety.

Description Automatic fuel oil de-aerator consisting of a diecast zinc housing with female G¼ connection thread at
the tank end and male G3/8 connection threads with 60° cone at the burner end for connection of the
burner hoses. An oil hose with ball-shaped sealing for 60° cone and a G3/8 union nut is supplied for
connection to the fuel oil filter. The de-aerator hood consists of glass-fibre reinforced plastic (not trans-
parent), all seals are made of FKM. Flow-Control 3/K HT features two separate float chambers. The
lower float chamber contains the operating float; the upper float chamber contains the safety float. The
upper float chamber keeps oil foam from escaping via the vent opening (e.g. during commissioning/
filter exchange) and also indicates malfunctions of the vent valve. The risk of a leak in the return line
going unnoticed is removed with the single-line system. It is no longer necessary to regularly check the
return line. Also suitable for pressure mode up to 0.7 bar. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Connection burner Operating temperature range

specifications G3/8 male with 60° cone for burner hose Medium: Max. 80 °C
Ambient: Max. 60 °C
Connection tank
G¼ female or oil hose G¼ male x G3/8 Operating overpressure
union nut for connection to filter Max. 0.7 bar
(corresponds to static oil column of approx. 8 m)
Nozzle capacity
Max. 100 l/h Test pressure
6 bar
Return flow
Max. 120 l/h Dimensions
W x H x D: 95 x 147 x 95 mm
Separating capacity air/gas
Approx. 4 l/h Tests
TÜV-tested (S 556 2021 S1)
Mounting position
Float housing vertical to the top Approval
Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
Seals
as per EN 12514
FKM

i
The devices must not be
subjected to undiluted
additives, alcohol and DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.
acids. Flow-Control 3/K HT 1 - 69929

www.afriso.com 175
 Oil fittings Fuel oil de-aerators

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

FloCo-Top-1K TÜV-tested

■ Fuel oil de-aerator, filter and shut-off

valve in a single, compact unit
■ Safety system keeps oil foam from
escaping
FloCo-Top-1K Si

A A

Page 182 Page 181

6 Application For single-line systems with return line in oil-fired systems for continuous de-aeration. Suitable for fuel
oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8
as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore
ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also suitable for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Automatic fuel oil de-aerator, safety version, with integrated filter and shut-off valve. Zinc die cast hous-
ing with G 3/8 female connection thread at the tank end and G3/8 male connection threads at the burner
end with female cone for connection of the burner hoses. The de-aerator hood is made of transparent
plastic and features two separate float chambers. The lower float chamber contains the operating float;
the upper float chamber contains the safety float. The upper float chamber keeps oil foam from escap-
ing through the vent opening. In addition, it is possible to detect malfunctions in the de-aeration system.
Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Connection burner Dimensions

specifications G3/8 male with 60° cone for burner hoses W x H x D: 165 x 221 x 99 mm
Connection tank Material
G3/8 female Housing: Zinc die cast
De-aerator hood: Transparent plastic
Nozzle capacity Filter cup: Transparent plastic
Max. 100 l/h
Tests
Return flow TÜV-tested (S 556 2021 S1)
Max. 120 l/h
Approval
Separating capacity air/gas Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
Approx. 4 l/h as per EN 12514
Mounting position Scope of delivery
Float housing vertical to the top ■ Fuel oil de-aerators

■ Bracket with mounting material

Operating temperature range
■ Cover for connection of the vent hose
Medium: Max. 60 °C
Ambient: Max. 60 °C
Operating overpressure
Max. 0.7 bar
(corresponds to static oil column of approx. 8 m)
Test pressure
6 bar

DG: G, PG: 1 De-aerator hood Filter Filter cup Part no.

Sintered plastic sieve
FloCo-Top-1K Si Plastic short 69960
short, 50 µm
Spare part
Bracket FloCo-Top-1 - - - 69946

176 www.afriso.com
 Fuel oil de-aerators Oil fittings

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

FloCo-Top-1C TÜV-tested

■ Fuel oil de-aerator, filter and shut-off valve in a single,

compact unit
■ Backflow preventer with integrated pressure relief
towards the tank
■ Safety system keeps oil foam from escaping
■ Drain system for controlled discharging of the oil from
the de-aerator unit
A A

Page 182 Page 181

Application For single-line systems with return line in oil-fired systems for continuous de-aeration. Suitable for fuel
6
oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8
as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore
ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also suitable for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Automatic fuel oil de-aerator, safety version, with integrated filter and lateral dual shut-off valve, can be
operated from both sides. Housing made of high-strength plastic with backflow preventer and integrat-
ed pressure relief towards the tank. Female connection thread G3/8 and male connection thread G3/8
with female cone for connection of the burner hoses. The de-aerator hood is made of transparent
plastic and features two separate float chambers.
The lower float chamber contains the operating float; the upper float chamber contains the safety float.
The upper float chamber keeps oil foam from escaping through the vent opening. In addition, it is pos-
sible to detect malfunctions in the de-aeration system. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Connection burner Dimensions

specifications G3/8 male with 60° cone for burner hoses W x H x D: 185 x 224 x 109 mm
Connection tank Material
G3/8 female Housing: Plastic
De-aerator hood: Transparent plastic
Nozzle capacity Filter cup: Transparent plastic
Max. 100 l/h
Tests
Return flow TÜV-tested (S 556 2021 S1)
Max. 120 l/h
Approval
Separating capacity air/gas Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
Approx. 4 l/h as per EN 12514
Mounting position Scope of delivery
Float housing vertical to the top ■ Fuel oil de-aerators

■ Bracket with mounting material

Operating temperature range
■ Cover for connection of the vent hose
Medium: Max. 60 °C
Ambient: Max. 60 °C
Operating overpressure
Max. 0.7 bar
(corresponds to static oil column of approx. 8 m)
Test pressure
6 bar

DG: G, PG: 1 De-aerator hood Filter Filter cup Part no.

Sintered plastic sieve
FloCo-Top-1C Si Plastic short 70155
short, 50 µm
Spare parts
Bracket FloCo-Top-2/-1C/-2C - 70127
Filter cup FloCo-Top-1C/-2C short 20277

www.afriso.com 177
 Oil fittings Fuel oil de-aerators

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

FloCo-Top-2 TÜV-tested
FloCo-Top-2KM Si
■ Multiple filtration for maximum separation
of dirt particles
■ Backflow preventer with integrated
pressure relief towards the tank
■ Drain valve for fast and
clean filter change
■ Bypass valve for easy and
clean burner hose replacement

A A

Page 182 Page 181

6 Application For single-line systems with return line in oil-fired systems for continuous de-aeration. Suitable for fuel
oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8
as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore
ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also suitable for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.
FloCo-TOP-2 can be installed in any system. Multiple filtration is recommended for burners with an oil
consumption of < 20 l/h while larger systems should be operated with single filtration.

Description Automatic fuel oil de-aerator, safety version, with integrated filter, shut-off valve and vacuum gauge.
Housing with changeover valve for multiple filtration as well as backflow preventer with integrated pres-
sure relief towards the tank. Compact de-aerator hood made of transparent plastic with dual float safe-
ty system to keep oil foam from escaping via the de-aerator opening. The vent hose is connected at
the side in an unobtrusive way. For venting, the oil is guided via the float chamber and can then be
added directly to the flow or it can be filtered again by switching a valve. In the case of multiple filtra-
tion, the return oil increases the flow rate so that the filter bowl is permanently filled with de-aerated oil.
In service mode, the vacuum gauge indicates the pump vacuum. The suction capacity of the burner
pump can be checked with closed shut-off valve. Increased vacuum provides information on the
degree of pollution of the filter. The drain valve ensures that replacing the filter is easy and clean:
Connect the hose, open the drain valve, loosen the union nut of the filter cup and drain the oil in a con-
trolled way. When the burner hose needs to be replaced, it is sufficient to open a bypass valve so that
the oil is drained from the float chamber via the filter cup and the drain system. Watertight up to 10 m
water column.

Technical Connections burner Dimensions (W x H x D)

specifications G3/ 8 male with 60° cone for burner hoses Short cup: 183 x 254 x 103 mm
Tank connection Long cup: 183 x 348 x 103 mm
G3/ 8 female Material
Nozzle capacity Housing: Zinc die cast
Max. 100 l/h De-aerator hood: Transparent plastic
Filter cup: Transparent plastic
Return flow
Max. 120 l/h Tests
TÜV-tested (S 556 2021 S1)
Separating capacity air/gas
> 4 l/h Approval
Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
Mounting position as per EN 12514
Float housing vertical to the top
Scope of delivery
Operating temperature range ■ Fuel oil de-aerators

Medium/ambient: Max. 60 °C ■ Universal screw connections

Operating overpressure for pipes Ø 6/8/10 mm

Max. 0.7 bar ■ Bracket with mounting material

(corresponds to static oil column of approx. 8 m) ■ Cover for connection of the vent hose

■ Drain hose
Test pressure
6 bar
Vacuum gauge
Range: –0.7/+0.9 bar

178 www.afriso.com
 Fuel oil de-aerators Oil fittings

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

FloCo-Top-2 TÜV-tested

DG: G, PG: 1 Filter Filter surface Part no.

Sintered plastic sieve short,

FloCo-Top-2KM Si 115 cm2 1 - 70110
50 µm

Sintered plastic sieve

FloCo-Top-2KM
Optimum, 200 cm2 1 - 70115
Optimum Si
50 µm

6
Opticlean MC-7 short,
FloCo-Top-2KM MC-7 700 cm 2
1 - 70112
5–20 µm

FloCo-Top-2KM Opticlean MC-18 long,

1,850 cm2 1 - 70114
Optimum MC-18 5–20 µm

Spare parts PG

Vacuum gauge -0.7/+0.9 bar 2 1 10 70030

Bracket
- 1 1 - 70127
for FloCo-Top-2/-1C/-2C

www.afriso.com 179
 Oil fittings Fuel oil filters

Automatic fuel oil de-aerator

FloCo-Top-2CM TÜV-tested

■ Backflow preventer with integrated

pressure relief towards the tank
■ Drain system and drain valve for
fast and clean filter change
■ Pressure gauge as service indicator
(system pressure / filter change)

A A

Page 182 Page 181

6 Application For single-line systems with return line in oil-fired systems for continuous de-aeration. Suitable for fuel
oil EL (DIN 51603-1), diesel fuel (EN 590), liquid fuels as per DIN SPEC 51603-6 and DIN/TS 51603-8
as well as biofuel and biodiesel with a maximum of 30 % FAME (EN 14214). This product is therefore
ideal for all ecologically upgraded fuel oil consuming systems that use the new paraffinic fuels HVO or
GTL as an admixture or 100 %. Also suitable for use in flood hazard areas and flood risk areas.

Description Automatic fuel oil de-aerator, safety version, with integrated filter and lateral dual shut-off valve, can be
operated from both sides, with vacuum gauge. Housing made of high-strength plastic with backflow
preventer and integrated pressure relief towards the tank. Compact de-aerator hood made of transpar-
ent plastic with dual float safety system to keep oil foam from escaping via the de-aerator opening. For
venting, the oil is guided via the float chamber and can then be added directly to the flow. In service
mode, the vacuum gauge indicates the pump vacuum. The suction capacity of the burner pump can
be checked with closed shut-off valve. Increased vacuum provides information on the degree of pollu-
tion of the filter. The drain system and the drain valve ensure that replacing the filter and burner hoses
is easy and clean: Connect the hose, open the drain valve and drain the oil in a controlled way.
Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Technical Connections burner Vacuum gauge

specifications G3/ 8 male with 60° cone for burner hoses Range: –0.7/+0.9 bar
Connection tank Dimensions (W x H x D)
G3/ 8 female Short cup: 185 x 253 x 109 mm
Nozzle capacity Long cup: 185 x 341 x 109 mm
Max. 100 l/h Material
Return flow Housing: Plastic
Max. 120 l/h De-aerator hood: Transparent plastic
Filter cup: Transparent plastic
Separating capacity air/gas
> 4 l/h Tests
TÜV-tested (S 556 2021 S1)
Mounting position
Float housing vertical to the top Approval
Conformity certificate (ÜHP)
Operating temperature range as per EN 12514
Medium/ambient: Max. 60 °C
Scope of delivery
Operating overpressure ■ Fuel oil de-aerators
Max. 0.7 bar ■ Universal screw connections

(corresponds to static oil column of approx. 8 m) for pipes Ø 6/8/10 mm

■ Bracket with mounting material
Test pressure
■ Cover for connection of the vent hose
6 bar
■ Drain hose

DG: G, PG: 1 Filter Filter cup Part no.

FloCo-Top-2CM Si Sintered plastic sieve short, 50 µm short 70156
FloCo-Top-2CM Optimum MC-18 Opticlean MC-18 long, 5–20 µm Long 70158
FloCo-Top-2CM MS-5 MS-5 short, 20–35 µm short 70159
Spare parts
Vacuum gauge, –0.7/+0.9 bar - 70034
Bracket FloCo-Top-2/-1C/-2C - 70127

180 www.afriso.com
 Fuel oil de-aerators Oil fittings

Spare parts for filters

DG: G Description PG Part no.

Opticlean MC-7*
1 1 240 20319
Ultra-fine filter 5–20 µm, short, filter surface: 700 cm2
Opticlean MC-18*
1 1 120 20318
Ultra-fine filter 5–20 µm, long, filter surface: 1,850 cm2

Opticlean MS-5*
1 - 25 20308
Ultra-fine filter 20–35 µm, short, filter surface: 500 cm2

Replaceable filter cartridge

3 1 - 70010
Mesh size: 12–30 µm, filter surface: 967 cm2

Adapter replaceable filter cartridge

1 1 - 70020
to AFRISO oil filter and FloCo-Top-1K/-2KM
Sintered plastic sieve short, 50–70 µm blue
Filter base ABS white 1 - 25 20045
6
Box of 25 pieces
Sintered plastic sieve Optimum, 50–70 µm blue
1 - 10 20053
Filter base ABS white

Felt sieve
individually packed in bag that can be closed, 1 - 25 20034
in box of 25 pieces

Stainless steel sieve 100 µm

1 1 250 20032
Box of 250 pieces

Short 1 1 10 20254
Filter cup
Plastic, for suction mode for oil Short with drain valve
filter and FloCo-Top-1K/-2KM and transparent drain hose 1 1 - 20257
Ø 6 x 500 mm
Optimum 1 1 10 20258
Filter cup
Plastic, for suction mode for oil Optimum with drain valve
filter and FloCo-Top-1K/-2KM and transparent drain hose 1 1 - 20262
Ø 6 x 500 mm
Filter cup, brass
for pressure mode, without union nut. 1 1 - 20261
For oil filter and FloCo-Top-1K/-2KM

O ring for filter cup

1 - 10 20422
for oil filter and FloCo-Top-1K/-2KM

Filter cup FloCo-Top-1C/-2C 20277

Filter cup with drain valve FloCo-Top-1C/-2C 20288

Filter cup Optimum with drain valve

20289
FloCo-Top-1C/-2C

O ring for filter cup

1 10 - 20267
for FloCo-Top-C

i
* The filter surface of Opticlean ultra-fine filters is up to 37 Even the smallest drops of water and emulsion are retained with
times greater than that of conventional filter inserts; they excel with high reliability. Opticlean filter cartridges can be used in any stand-
an extremely high degree of filtration. Filter fineness of nominal ard fuel oil filter, they are metal-free and can be recycled in an envi-
5 μm (absolute 20 μm) separation is possible. ronmentally protective way.

www.afriso.com 181
 Oil fittings Accessories

Accessories for fuel oil de-aerators/oil filters

Screw connections
Description For installation in the oil pipe. See ordering table for versions.

Vacuum gauge
Description For indication of the filter condition. Available for direct
mounting to standard fuel oil filters. G3/8-union nut at filter
end, G3/8 male thread with sealing cone 60° for burner hose.
Or with G3/8 female thread x G3/8 male thread for mounting to
filter with G3/8 female thread. Suitable for use in flood hazard
Screw connection
areas. Watertight up to 10 m water column.

Replaceable fi lter adapter

6
Description The replaceable fine filter cartridge can be fitted to all
AFRISO filter types (except Z ½-500 and V ½-500) by means
of an adapter and can then be operated both in pressure
and suction mode.

Vacuum gauge

Oil fi lter spanner

Description To loosen the union nut of the filter cup of oil filters and auto-
matic fuel oil de-aerators FloCo-Top-K und FloCo-Top series
(not suitable for replaceable filter cartridge, part no. 70010).

Open end spanner

Description For easy and fast operation of the replaceable filter adapter.

Replaceable filter adapter

Hand-held suction pump for fuel oil

SW
69
Description For commissioning and after problems in the suction pipe
system. With check valve/vent valve.

Oil filter spanner Open end spanner

DG: G PG Part no.

Screw connection G 3/8 x 6 mm 3 1 - 20509
Screw connection G 3/8 x 8 mm 3 1 - 20508
Screw connection G 3/8 x 10 mm 3 1 - 20510
Screw connection G 3/8 x 12 mm 3 1 - 20512
Vacuum gauge G 3/8 with 60° cone, -0.7/+0.9 bar 2 1 - 20400
Hand-held suction pump for fuel oil, with hose 1 1 - 70058
Replaceable filter adapter 2 1 10 70020
Open end spanner for replaceable filter adapter 3 1 - 70065
Oil filter spanner 1 1 - 70061 Hand-held suction pump for fuel oil

182 www.afriso.com
 6

www.afriso.com 183
 Boiler safety group
assemblies

Pump assemblies
for heating and
solar thermal
systems

Safety equipment
for heating systems

Motorised boiler room vent

CHAPTER 7

Equipment for heating systems,

boiler rooms and chimneys

OVERVIEW HEATING PUMP ASSEMBLIES

Equipment for safe operation 3-/4-way mixing valvesARV ProClick 210
of heating systems 186
ActuatorsARM ProClick 213
SUPPLY AND EXHAUST AIR
Fixed setpoint controllerACT 343 ProClick 215
Motorised boiler room ventAir-Control 188
Weather-compensated controllerARC 345 ProClick 216 7
Draft stabiliserWZB-1 189
Boiler manifoldKSV 125 217

SAFETY EQUIPMENT Boiler manifold KSV 125 HW, hydraulic separator 218

Boiler water low level alarmWMS-WP6 190

Heating pump assembliesPrimoTherm® overview 221
Thermal safety valveTAS 03 191
Pump assemblyPrimoTherm® 180-1 DN 25 222

Combustion controllerFR 1 191 Pump assembly

PrimoTherm® 180-2 DN 25 KVS Vario (RTA) 224
Quick air ventPrimoVent 192
Pump assemblyPrimoTherm 180-3 DN 25 RTA
®

Boiler safety group assembliesKSG 195 for increased return temperature 226

Charging unitDN 25 RTA WP 228

Connection assembly for expansion vesselGAK 197
Pump assemblyPrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 25 231
Air separators 199
Pump assembly
Sludge separators 200 PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25 KVS Vario 233

Flow filters, combined air/flow filters 201 Pump assemblyPrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 32 235

Anti-tamper cap valves 202 Pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 32 KVS Vario 236
Diaphragm safety valvesMS, MSM 203
Spare parts pump assemblyPrimoTherm® 238
Frost protection valveAAV 204
SOLAR THERMAL EQUIPMENT
Differential pressure bypass valveDÜ 205
Solar pump assembliesPrimoSol® 130 240
Boiler filling and drain valves KFE, filling fittingsFA, FAM 206
Filling and flushing unit, diaphragm
safety valveMSS,connection kit 242
FLOW MEASUREMENT
Quick air vents for solar systems, air separators 243
Flow metersDFM 10-1M, 15-2M, 20-2M 207
Collector tank for solar liquid 244

185
 Equipment for heating systems Overview

Equipment for safe operation

of heating systems

AFRISO offers a broad range of products for the safe operation of heating systems. Irrespective of
whether the heating system uses renewable energy or fossil fuels.

Anti-siphon valves, withdrawal systems, level sensors, leak detectors and overfill prevention systems
increase the safety of fuel oil storage facilities. Boiler safety group assemblies, solar and heating pump
assemblies, connection assemblies for expansion vessels, anti-tamper cap valves, boiler safety group
assemblies, diaphragm safety valves, control thermostats, thermal safety valves and boiler water low
level alarms are provided as equipment for heating systems.

The EnOcean® wireless technology allows

you to easily integrate alarm units and sen-
sors into building automation systems and
operate them conveniently via smart-
phones or tablets.

AFRISO products in a heating system with

oil burner and solar thermal system

1 Motorised boiler room vent Air-Control 14 Automatic fuel oil de-aerator FloCo-Top-2CM
2 Water valve for wireless control WaterControl 01 15 Piston type anti-siphon valve KAV
3 Wireless conductivity water sensor WaterSensor BWS 16 Tank contents gauge MT-Profil
4 Water filter WAF 04-R 17 Level sensor GWG with metallised sleeve
5 Boiler safety group assembly BFK 12 18 Withdrawal system Euroflex
6 Solar pump assembly PrimoSol 130-4® 19 Vent cap
7 Collector tank for solar liquid 20 Level sensor filler cap and
GWG level sensor fitting for wall mounting type 905
8 Heating pump assembly PrimoTherm ®

21 Oil/water alarm unit OM 5

9 Boiler water low level alarm WMS-WP6
22 Digital tank contents indicator DTA 20 E (wireless)
10 Boiler safety group assembly KSG
23 Pneumatic level indicator for water
11 Sludge separator
24 Pull cord
12 Air separator
13 Connection assembly for expansion vessel GAK

186
 Overview Equipment for heating systems

42

41

40 35
39

7
38

37
31 34
36
30
32

33
35
29

41
24 20

19
1
21 22 23
2 8
3 27
6
7 15 16 26
12
9
2 13
11
18
5 10 17 28
4

14
25

Oil tank conversion kits 33 Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C
Vario-DP with dynamic control valve
25 Calmed inlet
34 Room air monitoring: CO2 measuring instrument CM 10
26 Manhole cover
35 Battery-less wireless water alarm unit WaterSensor eco
27 Cartridge filter
36 Wireless room temperature sensor FT
28 Rainwater inner lining AR-SM
37 Wireless rocker FT4F-rw
38 AFRISOhome gateway HG 02
29 Combination block for compact radiator with valve
VarioQ Kombi 39 Wireless heat detector AHD 10
30 Thermostat control head 323 40 Thermostat combination block Vario THK
31 Indoor siren AIS 10 41 Wireless smoke alarm ASD 10
32 Single room temperature controller CosiTherm wireless ® 42 Air separator combination Solar LKS

187
 Equipment for heating systems Supply and exhaust air

Motorised boiler room vent

Air-Control

■ Saves heating costs, is reliable ①

and silent
②
■ System or room cannot cool down
■ Sturdy, impact-resistant plastic
③
■ Complete with accessories for easy ④
installation

⑤
⑥ ⑦

① Hood PC ⑤ Protective grille

② Terminal block ⑥ Window/wall
③ Fixing screw (on site)
④ Connection cable ⑦ Insect protection
(4-core) Stainless steel mesh

Application Suitable for installation in basement windows or ventilation ducts for burner-controlled oxygen supply
of boiler rooms with oil and gas-fired burners of up to 50 kW. System or room cannot cool down.

Description Burner-controlled motorised boiler room vent, consisting of a robust, impact-resistant plastic housing
7 with injection-moulded mounting flange, a mating flange with a protective grille and a gear motor for
actuating the slide. Can also be operated manually; with function indication.
Boiler rooms which are equipped with oil- or gas-fired burners must be supplied with a sufficient
amount of oxygen (e.g. in accordance with the German FeuVo). This is often achieved by constantly
open boiler room windows or by inlet air ducts. The cold air which constantly flows into the boiler room
causes the boiler and the water supply as well as the pipes to cool down. As a result, the burner is
switched on more frequently and consumes unnecessarily high amounts of fuel.
Air-Control is mounted onto the pane and is electrically connected to the boiler thermostat. Air-Control
can also be mounted onto air ducts. The window remains closed and keeps the warmth inside. As
soon as the boiler temperature drops, the boiler thermostat switches on Air-Control. Opening the vent
activates a microswitch which closes the burner circuit. The burner starts to operate only when the
motorised boiler room vent is open and is supplied with pre-warmed ambient air in the ignition phase.
The motorised boiler room vent remains open during the entire combustion process and provides the
boiler room with enough fresh air. The burner switches off when the preset temperature is reached.
Air-Control closes automatically.

Technical Housing Supply voltage

specifications Plastic (ABS) AC 230 V
W x H x D: 260 x 300 x 115 mm
Contact rating
Weight: 1.0 kg
AC 250 V, 2 A
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Burner capacity
Installation opening
Max. 50 kW. For larger installations, several
216 x 166 mm
motorised boiler room vents can be installed.
Cross section fresh air supply
150 cm2

DG: G, PG: 1 Part no.

Air-Control 69964

188 www.afriso.com
 Supply and exhaust air Equipment for heating systems

Draft stabiliser WZB-1

■ Saves heating costs, ①

optimises combustion and
keeps the chimney draft constant
■ Stabilises the chimney draft
②
■ For oil, gas or solid fuel systems

① "Chimney connection" always above

flue connection
② "Flue gas connection" with pipe
connection piece

Application The draft stabiliser for oil, gas or solid fuel systems keeps chimney draft constant and the chimney dry.
Suitable for connection to flue gas pipes with Ø 120 to 200 mm by means of pipe connection pieces
or to brickwork chimneys or chimneys with several walls by means of special connection pieces.

Description Draft stabiliser made of galvanised sheet steel with flap. The flap is set on site by means of a rotary 7
knob acting on a weight for precise adjustment. Depending on the adjustment of the weight, the flap
admits more or less secondary air into the chimney when the vacuum gets too high.

The natural chimney draft is approx. 20 to 50 Pa, depending on the height and the cross section of the
chimney as well as the weather conditions. These values increase when the temperature increases.
The draft stabiliser allows for setting the vacuum required by the manufacturer of the heating system
(oil or gas burner/boiler combination, oil or gas furnace, etc.) and keeps this vacuum almost constant.
Correct chimney draft is a prerequisite for an optimum combustion process and contributes to a
reduction in heating costs.

The draft stabiliser performs the following functions:

■ It limits the vacuum to the required value
■ It keeps the chimney dry and prevents soot deposits

Technical Adjustment range (draft requirements): Mounting position

specifications 10/26 Pa Flap axis horizontal
Flap vertical
Application area
Heights of up to 20 m and chimney group i/II up Tightness at ∆p 10 Pa
to 400 cm2, chimney group III up to 500 cm2 < 3 m3/h
Operating temperature range
Flue gas: Max. 400 °C

DG: G, PG: 3 Part no.

Draft stabiliser WZB-1 1 - 69760
Mounting sleeves
Chimney sleeve for WZB-1 1 - 69761

www.afriso.com 189
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Boiler water low level alarm

WMS-WP6 – mechanical

■ For protection of the boiler when

the water level is too low
■ TÜV-tested as a water level limiter
■ Direct mounting via welding socket or
connection thread
■ With Test key for function test

Version with
connection thread
R2 AG

Application For sealed heating systems to protect the boiler as per EN 12828 in the case of low water levels.

Description Mechanical boiler water low level alarm with float. Consisting of a cast brass body with welding sock-
ets and a float mechanism, an electrical switch, test and unlock buttons. TÜV-tested as a water level
7 limiter. If the water level in the boiler drops below a minimum level, a float activates a switch. The power
supply to the boiler is interrupted. A locking mechanism keeps the burner from switching back on
automatically. The Test key allows the float to be lowered to simulate a low water alarm condition.

Version WMS-WP6-R2 with male connection thread R2 for direct installation in the boiler.

Technical Operating temperature range Contact rating

specifications Medium: Max. 120 °C AC 250 V, 6 (2) A
Ambient: Max. 70 °C
Type approval mark
Housing TÜV.WBH.yy-232
Cast brass "yy" represents the year of the approval
Height: 358 mm
Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529) Dimensions (mm)
Float
Plastic
Connection
Welding socket DN 20
or male thread R2
Operating pressure
Max. 10 bar R2
DIN 2999
Test pressure
15 bar
WP6 DN 20 WP6 R2

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

WMS-WP6 with welding socket DN 20 1 - 42300
i
According to EN 12828, WMS-WP6 without locking, with welding socket DN 20 1 - 42305
sealed heating systems WMS-WP6-R2 with connection thread R2 male 1 - 42319
with capacities of more Spare parts
than 300 kW must be
Upper part WMS-WP6 with locking 1 - 42310
equipped with a TÜV-
tested boiler water low Upper part WMS-WP6 without locking 1 - 42311
level alarm. Probe body for WMS-WP6 DN 20 1 - 42368

190 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Thermal safety valve

Combustion controllers

perature
ponse tem
- High res
m
- S hort ste le function test
p
- Very sim

Thermal safety valve TAS 03 Combustion controller FR 1

Application To protect sealed or open solid fuel heating sys- For temperature-dependent adjustment of the air
tems as per EN 12828 with a heating capacity of supply damper of solid fuel and dual-fuel boilers.
up to 86,000 kcal. Also required for dual-fuel boil-
ers which can be operated with solid fuels.
1 7
Description Thermal safety valve with two independent sensor
systems. TAS consists of a valve housing, a valve,
two independent bellow type displacement
probes with liquid-filled temperature probes and a
pocket. The capillary tube is protected by a flexi- 2
ble metal hose. TAS is connected to the water
outlet of the water heater or to the inlet of the
safety heat exchanger. If the response tempera-
ture is exceeded, the valve is opened by the ther- 1 Chain
mal probe and cooling water is supplied to keep Installation option FR 1 2 Air supply damper

the system from exceeding the maximum operat-

ing temperature. Correct operation of TAS can be The FR 1 combustion controller controls the com-
verified quickly and easily by simply pressing the bustion air supply. The temperature in the heat
valve head. generator is detected by an integrated thermostat.
The thermostat is connected to the air supply
damper by means of a lever and a chain.
The air supply is controlled by means of opening
or closing the air supply damper, depending on
the boiler flow temperature.

Technical Operating pressure: Max. 10 bar Control range: 30/90 °C

specifications Operating temperature range
Operating temperature range: Ambient: 80 °C
Medium: Max. 115 °C
Response temperature: 99 °C
Ambient: Max. 70 °C (at switching button)
Blow-off capacity
Connection: G¾
At 110 °C and ∆p = 1 bar > 2.4 m3/h
Dimensions: Stem length: 53 mm,
Connections: 2 x G¾ female thread
chain length: 1.2 m
Connection stem: G½ male thread
Chain load: 100 to 600 g
Dimensions
Mounting position: Horizontal or vertical
Pocket length: 146 mm
Capillary tube length: 1,300 or 4,000 mm Materials
Housing: Plastic
Housing: Hot-pressed brass
Stem: Brass
Lever/chain: Galvanised steel

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

i Thermal safety valve TAS 03, capillary tube 1.3 m 1 - 42415
See chapter 14 for the Thermal safety valve TAS 03, capillary tube 4 m 1 - 42418
complete range of temper- Screw connection for TAS 03 (1 piece) 1 20 42450
ature measuring instru- Pocket G½ for TAS 03 1 10 42449
ments and controllers. Combustion controller FR 1 1 10 42294

www.afriso.com 191
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Automatic quick air vents PrimoVent

Air in the system is a frequent cause of malfunctions of heating, cooling and solar systems. The cause of "air in the system" should be
able to removed. However, there are no systems that are always 100 % tight. The AFRISO PrimoVent product family continuously and
automatically removes air from heating and solar systems, thus helping to avoid corrosion caused by air and inclusion of air in sys-
tems. AFRISO quick air vents are available as brass, plastic or hybrid versions and are always subjected to a 100 % function test prior
to shipment.

Universal application for water and water-glycol mixtures (max. 50 % glycol)

Integrated aqua stop for reliable oper-

ation without water leakage. The pro-
tective cap does not need to be
removed even during initial filling or
maintenance.

Protective cap for vent, cannot be lost.

Cover with patented nozzle

7 geometry: The slot-shaped vent
opening provides for a high
venting capacity.

Slim design for low heat

loss – ideal for installations
where space is limited.

Multifunctional lever for depend-

able opening and closing of the
valve – directly connected to the
float so that disconnection is not
possible.

Two-way venting principle: sepa-

rated air escapes via the central
hole in the float in a defined way
without taking along water.

Optimised float geometry for mini-

mum capillary effect – avoids the
formation of an air cushion to sup- i
press undefined "jumps" of the float. Mounting valves for quick air vents
Depending on the version: ensure easy, fast installation.
Brass or plastic connection, Dismounting is possible at any time
G3/8 or G½ with O ring seal. without draining the system.

G 3/8 G 3/8
R/
38
R1/2

192 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Quick air vent PrimoVent

Quick air vent 12 bar Angled quick air vent 12 bar

Application For automatic venting of sealed heating systems For automatic venting of radiators. Suitable up to
as per EN 12828. Suitable for up to 12 bar/110 °C 12 bar/110 °C for water and water/glycol mixtures
for water and water/glycol mixtures with up to 50 with up to 50 % glycol.
% glycol.
7
Description Automatic quick air vent with mounting valve and Automatic quick air vent with aqua stop. The vent
aqua stop. The vent cap does not have to be cap does not have to be removed during opera-
removed during operation of the quick air vent, tion of the quick air vent, not even for initial filling
not even for initial filling or servicing. Its high, nar- or servicing.
row design is perfect in terms of appearance and
function. Self-sealing connection thread.

Technical Connection Connection

specifications G3/8 or G½ R½ as per DIN 3858
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Max. 110 °C Max. 110 °C
Nominal pressure Nominal pressure
Max. 12 bar Max. 12 bar
Housing Housing
Brass Brass, nickel-plated
Cover Cover
Glass-fibre reinforced plastic Glass-fibre reinforced plastic
Union ring Union ring
Brass Brass, nickel-plated

DG: G, PG: 2 Mounting valve Part no.

Quick air vent G /8 3
R /8
3
1 25 77700
Quick air vent G3/8 R½ 1 25 77706
i
Mounting valves as acces- Quick air vent G /8 3
Without 1 25 77710
sories for quick air vents: Quick air vent G½ Without 1 25 77752
Angled quick air vent R½, with aqua stop Without 1 10 77753
G 3/8 G 3/8 Accessories
R3/8 R1/2 Mounting valve R3/8 x G3/8 – 25 77720
Mounting valve R½ x G3/8 – 25 77723

www.afriso.com 193
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Quick air vent PrimoVent

Plastic quick air vent Quick air vent Hybrid

Application For automatic venting of sealed heating systems For automatic venting of sealed heating systems
as per EN 12828. Suitable for water and water/ as per EN 12828. Suitable for water and water/
glycol mixtures with up to 50 % glycol. glycol mixtures with up to 50 % glycol.

7 Description Automatic quick air vent made of high-grade Automatic quick air vent made of high-grade
glass-fibre reinforced plastic, with aqua stop. The glass-fibre reinforced plastic, with aqua stop. The
vent cap does not have to be removed during vent cap does not have to be removed during
operation of the quick air vent, not even for initial operation of the quick air vent, not even for initial
filling or servicing. Its high, narrow design is per- filling or servicing. Its high, narrow design is per-
fect in terms of appearance and function. Sealing fect in terms of appearance and function. Sealing
by means of O ring. Mounting valves available as by means of O ring. Mounting valves available as
accessories. accessories.

Technical Connection Connection

specifications G3⁄8 or G½ with O ring G3⁄8, brass with O ring
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Depending on nominal pressure Depending on nominal pressure
Max. 95/120 °C Max. 95/120 °C
See operating instructions See operating instructions
Nominal pressure Nominal pressure
At 95 °C: Max. 8 bar At 95 °C: Max. 8 bar
At 120 °C: Max. 3.5 bar At 120 °C: Max. 3.5 bar
Housing Housing
Glass-fibre reinforced plastic Glass-fibre reinforced plastic
Latching ring Latching ring
Glass-fibre reinforced plastic Glass-fibre reinforced plastic

DG: G Mounting valve PG Part no.

Plastic quick air vent G 3/8 Without 1 1 25 77766
i
Mounting valves as acces- Plastic quick air vent G½ Without 1 1 25 77761
sories for quick air vents: Quick air vent Hybrid G³⁄8 Without 1 1 25 77729
Quick air vent Hybrid G³⁄8 R3⁄8 1 1 25 77730
G 3/8 G 3/8 Accessories
R3/8 R1/2
Mounting valve R³⁄8 x G³⁄8 2 – 25 77720
Mounting valve R½ x G³⁄8 2 – 25 77723

194 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Boiler safety group assemblies KSG

KSG Mini – 2.5 bar/3 bar KSG – 3 bar

Application For sealed heating systems as per For sealed heating systems as per
EN 12828 with a capacity of up to 50 kW. EN 12828 with a capacity of up to 50 kW.

Description Complete, pre-assembled, tightness-tested boiler Complete, pre-assembled, tightness-tested boiler

safety group assembly, lightweight design. safety group assembly. Consisting of carrier, pres- 7
Consisting of carrier, pressure gauge for indicating sure gauge for indicating the system pressure,
the system pressure, quick air vent and diaphragm quick air vent with aqua stop and diaphragm safe-
safety valve MS, including form-fit heat insulation. ty valve MS, including form-fit heat insulation. With
With self-sealing mounting valve for easy replace- self-sealing mounting valve for easy replacement
ment of the quick air vent. of the quick air vent.

Technical Connection boiler Connection boiler

specifications G1 female thread G1 female thread
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Max. 120 °C Max. 120 °C
Dimensions Dimensions
W x H x D: 147 x 140 x 70 mm W x H x D: 183 x 144 x 70 mm
Heat insulation Heat insulation
Polystyrene EPS Expanded polypropylene EPP
Carrier Carrier
Brass Brass
Diaphragm safety valve MS Diaphragm safety valve MS
Inlet x outlet: G½ x G¾ Inlet x outlet: G½ x G¾
Seal: EPDM sealing ring Seal: PTFE sealing ring, can be rotated
Response pressure: 2.5 bar or 3 bar Response pressure: 3 bar
Pressure gauge for heating installations Pressure gauge for heating installations
Range: 0/4 bar Range: 0/4 bar
Diameter: 50 mm – with plug connection Diameter: 63 mm – G¼ bottom
bottom back
Quick air vent with aqua stop
Quick air vent with aqua stop Inlet: G 3⁄8
Inlet: G ³⁄8 Nominal pressure: 12 bar
Nominal pressure: 12 bar

DG: G, PG: 2 kW bar Connection Heat insulation Part no.

KSG Mini, 2.5 bar Max. 50 2.5 G1 Yes 1 10 77351
KSG Mini, 3 bar Max. 50 3 G1 Yes 1 10 77350
KSG Max. 50 3 G1 Yes 1 10 77938
Spare parts
Pressure gauge for KSG Mini, Plug
– 3 – 1 – 77352
3 bar connection
Pressure gauge for KSG Mini, Plug
– 2.5 – 1 – 77353
2.5 bar connection

www.afriso.com 195
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Boiler safety group assemblies KSG

KSG Maxi – 3 bar KSG Magnum – 3 bar

Application For sealed heating systems as per For sealed heating systems as per EN 12828 with
EN 12828 with a capacity of up to 100 kW. a capacity of up to 200 / 350 kW.

Description Complete, pre-assembled, tightness-tested boiler Complete, pre-assembled, tightness-tested boiler

7 safety group assembly. Consisting of carrier, pres- safety group assembly. Consisting of carrier, pres-
sure gauge for indicating the system pressure, sure gauge for indicating the system pressure,
quick air vent with aqua stop and diaphragm safe- quick air vent with aqua stop and diaphragm safe-
ty valve MS, in form-fit heat insulation. With ty valve MS. With self-sealing mounting valve for
self-sealing mounting valve for easy replacement easy replacement of quick air vent.
of the quick air vent.

Technical Connection boiler Connection boiler

specifications G1 female thread Up to 200 kW: G1¼ with union nut
Up to 350 kW: G1½ with union nut
Operating temperature range
Max. 120 °C Operating temperature range
Max. 120 °C
Dimensions
W x H x D: 183 x 144 x 70 mm Dimensions
W x H x D: 230 x 190 x 105 mm
Heat insulation
Expanding polypropylene EPP Heat insulation
Expanding polypropylene EPP
Carrier
Brass Carrier
Brass
Diaphragm safety valve MS
Inlet x outlet: G¾ x G1 Diaphragm safety valve MS
Seal: PTFE sealing ring, can be rotated Up to 200 kW (inlet x outlet): G1 x G1¼
Response pressure: 3 bar Up to 350 kW (inlet x outlet): G1¼ x G1½
Seal: PTFE sealing ring, can be rotated
Pressure gauge for heating installations
Response pressure: 3 bar
Range: 0/4 bar
Diameter: 63 mm – G¼ centre back Pressure gauge for heating installations
Range: 0/4 bar
Quick air vent with aqua stop
Diameter: 63 mm – G¼ bottom
Inlet: G3⁄8
Nominal pressure: 12 bar Quick air vent with aqua stop
Inlet: G3⁄8
Nominal pressure: 12 bar

Boiler Heat
DG: G, PG: 2 kW bar Part no.
connection insulation
KSG Maxi Max. 100 3 G1 female Yes 1 10 77581
KSG Magnum G1¼ Max. 200 3 G1¼ female Yes 1 10 77627
KSG Magnum G1½ Max. 350 3 G1½ female Yes 1 10 77628

196 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Connection assembly for

expansion vessel GAK – steel

■ Time-saving installation with pre-assembled,

tightness-tested assembly
■ Service-friendly:
Air vent and expansion vessel
can be replaced without draining

258 mm

Application For connection of diaphragm expansion vessels up to 50 l for sealed heating systems as per EN 12828
up to a capacity of 50 kW.

Description Pre-assembled combination fitting consisting of:

■ Steel carrier with enclosed anti-tamper cap valve for connection of the diaphragm expansion vessel
7
■ Safety valve with type approval

■ Pressure gauge for heating installations with red reference pointer

■ Quick air vent (12 bar), mounted via self-sealing mounting valve

Technical Connections Pressure gauges for heating installations

specifications Boiler: G¾ male thread Bourdon tube pressure gauge
Expansion vessel: G¾ female thread Range: 0/4 bar, with red reference pointer
Diameter: 63 mm – G¼ bottom
Operating temperature range
Medium: Max. 120 °C Quick air vent with aqua stop
Inlet: G3/8
Dimensions
Nominal pressure: 12 bar
W x H x D: 275 x 270 x 70 mm
Scope of delivery
Carrier ■ GAK
Steel, galvanised, protrusion 258 mm ■ Mounting accessories:

Diaphragm safety valve MS Screws, washers, dowels

■ Anti-tamper cap valve (not mounted)
Inlet x outlet: G½ x G¾
Seal: Teflon ring, rotatable
Response pressure: 3 bar
Heat capacity: 50 kW

DG: G, PG: 3 Part no.

GAK-ST G¾ male 3 bar
1 - 77470
KV, steel

www.afriso.com 197
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Connection assembly for

expansion vessel GAK

■ Time-saving installation with pre-assembled,

tightness-tested assembly
■ Service-friendly:
Pressure gauge, air vent and expansion vessel
can be replaced without draining
■ Reliable venting due to top-mounted
connection for quick air vent
■ With heat insulation
300 mm

Application For connection of diaphragm expansion vessels up to 50 l for sealed heating systems as per EN 12828
up to a capacity of 50 kW.

Description Pre-assembled combination fitting consisting of:

7 ■ Carrier made of solid cast brass with integrated anti-tamper cap valve for

connection of the diaphragm expansion vessel

■ Safety valve with type approval

■ Pressure gauge for heating installations with red reference pointer,

mounted via self-sealing mounting valve

■ Quick air vent (12 bar), mounted via self-sealing mounting valve

■ Two form-fi t shells for heat insulation

Technical Connections Pressure gauges for heating installations

specifications Boiler: G¾ female thread Bourdon tube pressure gauge with self-sealing
Expansion vessel: G¾ female thread mounting valve
Range: 0/4 bar, with red reference pointer
Operating temperature range
Diameter: 63 mm – G3⁄8 bottom
Medium: Max. 120 °C
Quick air vent with aqua stop
Dimensions (with heat insulation)
Inlet: G3⁄8
W x H x D: 360 x 185 x 100 mm
Nominal pressure: 12 bar
Heat insulation
Scope of delivery
Expanded polypropylene EPP ■ GAK

■ 2 heat insulation shells

Carrier
■ Mounting accessories:
Brass, protrusion 300 mm
Screws, washers, dowels, seal, seal, screw
Diaphragm safety valve MS connection G¾ female x G¾ union nut for
Inlet x outlet: G½ x G¾ connection of the expansion vessel
Seal: Teflon ring, rotatable
Response pressure: 3 bar
Heat capacity: 50 kW

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

GAK-MS G¾ female
Easy wall mounting of the robust console thread 3 bar IL KV, 1 - 77932
with mounting accessories (included). with heat insulation

198 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Air separator

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and

heat-insulated assembly
■ Continuous, automatic venting
of the system
■ Cost savings due to fewer malfunctions and
longer service life of the system
■ Fast and easy integration into existing pipes
via reducer unions
Function principle

Application For removing air from heating systems. The air separator ensures reliable operation, better and faster
heat transfer and thus contributes to reduced fuel consumption and emissions. Suitable for hot water
heating systems and underfloor heating systems. Air is removed from the system without chemical
additives.
7
Description Compact air separator with integrated quick air vent in form-fit heat insulation. The new function princi-
ple with two separation chambers ensures a reduced flow speed for effective separation of air and
water. The lower the flow rate in the separator, the better the air bubbles can be removed from the
water due to the difference in density. The air bubbles rise, collect in the upper area in a calm zone
and are automatically removed by means of the quick air vent without taking along water. The quick air
vent features an aqua stop to keep water from escaping. The air separator can be installed in the flow
(preferred) or return line. Reducer unions G1 female and G¾ female are available for renovation or ret-
rofitting in existing pipes.

Technical Housing
Brass Dimensions (mm)
specifications
Heat insulation
EPP
Operating pressure
Max. 10 bar
Operating temperature range
Max. 95 °C
Connections
Top G1½ female (union nut)
Bottom G1½ male
Mounting position
Vertical

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Air separator G1½ 40682
Accessories
Reducer union kit G1 female 40684
Reducer union kit G¾ female 40685

www.afriso.com 199
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Sludge separator

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and

heat-insulated assembly
■ Single-operation cleaning while the sys-
tem is running
■ Energy savings due to improved heat
transfer at system components
■ Fast and easy integration into existing
pipes via reducer unions
Function principle

Application For removing dirt particles from heating systems. Particles can cause problems in fittings and control
units. The sludge separator ensures clean water, reliable operation, better and faster heat transfer and
thus contributes to reduced fuel consumption and emissions. Suitable for hot water heating systems
and underfloor heating systems. Rust, lime particles, calcium, magnesium, oxides, carbonates and
7 sludge as well as larger particles such as chips or construction residues are removed from the water –
without the use of chemicals. Excellent for the renovation of system parts subject to sludge accumula-
tion.

Description Compact sludge separator with drain valve in form-fit heat insulation. The highly efficient concept
removes sludge from the water. Plates in the separator deflect the particles into a separate area. From
there, the dirt particles can be flushed out during normal operation by means of a valve. The sludge
separator can be combined with the air separator and can be installed in the flow (preferred) or return
lines. Reducer unions G1 female and G¾ female are available for renovation or retrofitting in existing
pipes.

Technical Housing
specifications Brass Dimensions (mm)

Heat insulation
EPP
Operating pressure
Max. 10 bar
Flow coefficients NS
13.6 m3/h (flow top down)
14.7 m3/h (flow bottom up)
Operating temperature range
Max. 95 °C
Connections
Top G1½ female (union nut)
Bottom G1½ male
Mounting position
Vertical

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Sludge separator G1½ 40683
Accessories
Reducer union kit G1 female 40684
Reducer union kit G¾ female 40685

200 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Flow filters, combined air/flow filters

■ Dirt particle separator

■ Suitable for open and
sealed circuits
■ Flushing possible during operation
of the system
■ Cost savings due to fewer malfunctions
and longer service life of the system
■ Energy savings due to improved heat
transfer at clean system components

Application Flow filters and combined air/flow filters remove lime, rust, sludge, dirt and gas from heating systems
to provide clean water and trouble-free operation. Suitable for hot water heating systems, underfloor
heating systems, fuel cells and renovation of system components (sludge removal).

Description Most advanced heating systems use water for heat transmission. This water may also transport 7
unwanted substances such as lime, calcium, magnesium, oxide, carbonates as well as larger particles
such as welding or soldering residue, metal chips and dirt. These substances may cause malfunctions
in fittings and control units. A compact flow filter (particle separator) removes these particles from the
water. The particles settle in the collection chamber of the filter and can be flushed out via a valve with
small amounts of water. Clean water supports trouble-free operation of systems and reduces the fuel
and maintenance costs.

Clean system components have better thermal conduction, they provide for faster heating up and thus
contribute to reduced fuel consumption and emissions.

The combined air/flow filter was developed for heating systems which are subject to problems caused
by oxygen or other gases. The vent valve automatically removes the gases.

Technical Housing Connections

specifications Brass Flow filter: Inlet G¾
Outlet G1
Operating pressure
Combined air/flow filter: 2 x G¾
Max. 10 bar
Scope of delivery
Operating temperature range
Flow filters and combined air/flow filters are
Max. 95 °C
delivered with form-fit heat insulation.
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Flow filter: 120 x 194 x 60 mm
Combined air/flow filter: 120 x 394 x 60 mm

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Flow filter – heating 28 kW 1 5 78210
Flow filter – heating 50 kW 1 5 78211
Combined air/flow filter – heating 28 kW 1 5 78212
Combined air/flow filter – heating 50 kW 1 5 78213

www.afriso.com 201
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Anti-tamper cap valves

ing
High drain
fo r ea sy
capacit y
d ra in ing
and fast

Anti-tamper cap valve with integrated Anti-tamper cap valve

boiler fi lling and drain valve KFE with drain valve
Application For connection, maintenance and checks of diaphragm expansion vessels in heating systems as per
EN 12828 and in solar systems. To be installed at the water inlet of the expansion vessel.

Description Anti-tamper cap valve with screw connection Anti-tamper cap valve with screw connection G¾
7 G¾ x G¾ or G1 x G1. The shut-off valve is x G¾ or G1 x G1. The shut-off valve is secured
secured against inadvertent closing by means of against inadvertent closing by means of a cap
a cap and a lead seal. The integrated boiler filling and a lead seal. Valve operation via standard
and drain valve KFE (connection: G¾ eurocone) square spanner size 5 for radiator vent valves. The
allows for easy draining of the expansion vessel. expansion vessel can be shut off from the heating
For this purpose, a hose can be connected by system and drained via the drain valve for the
means of a union nut. The expansion vessel can required function test or for replacement.
be shut off from the heating system and drained
with a high draining capacity (time saving) via the
drain valve for the required function test or for
replacement.

Technical Operating pressure Operating pressure

specifications Max. 10 bar Max. 10 bar
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Operation: 0/120 °C Operation: 0/120 °C
Drain capacity Drain capacity
Flow coefficient Kvs: 1.5 m3/h Flow coefficient Kvs: 0.5 m3/h

1 1

2 4 2 4
5 3 5 3
① Diaphragm expansion vessel
② Screw connection ① Diaphragm expansion vessel
③ Anti-tamper cap valve ② Screw connection
④ Boiler filling and drain valve KFE, ③ Anti-tamper cap valve
G¾ eurocone ④ Drain valve with hose connection
⑤ Cap with seal and wire ⑤ Cap with seal and wire

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Anti-tamper cap valve G¾ x G¾ with integrated boiler filling and drain valve KFE G¾ 1 25 77949
Anti-tamper cap valve G1 x G1 with integrated boiler filling and drain valve KFE G¾ 1 25 77950
Anti-tamper cap valve G¾ x G¾ with drain valve 1 25 77924
Anti-tamper cap valve G1 x G1 with drain valve 1 25 77934
Spare part seal kit 1 - 77493

202 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Diaphragm safety valves MS, MSM

MSM with pressure gauge

■ For protection against overpressure for heating systems
in heating systems
■ For water and water-glycol mixtures
■ MSM with pressure gauge for indication
of the system pressure

Application For sealed heating systems as per TRD 721; VdTÜV sheet Safety Valve 100 and 100/4 sheet 1;
EN 12828. Also for water heating systems as per DIN 4751-2 with flow temperatures up to 120 °C and
DIN 4751-3 with flow temperatures up to 95 °C. Suitable for water, water/glycol mixtures (with up to
50 % glycol).
7
Description Safety valve with factory-adjusted opening pressure. MSM with pressure gauge for indicating the system
pressure. The size of the valve inlet determines the unit type, the outlet is ¼" larger.

Technical Connection Cap

specifications See selection table PA6, red
Operating temperature range Pressure gauge for heating installations
-20/+120 °C (for MSM)
Diameter: 50 mm – G¼ back
Opening pressure
Range: 0/4 bar
See selection table
Connection: bottom back
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Type approval mark
MS G½ x G¾: 48 x 60 x 35 mm
TÜV.SV.yy-2017.13.H
MS G¾ x G1: 52 x 60 x 40 mm
"yy" represents the year of the approval
MSM G½ x G¾: 35 x 60 x 45 mm
Housing
Brass

Maximum heating Opening Pressure

DG: H, PG: 2 Part no.
capacity pressure* gauge
MS G½ x G¾ 50 kW 2.5 bar – 1 84 42385
MS G½ x G¾ 50 kW 3.0 bar – 1 84 42390
MS G¾ x G1 100 kW 2.5 bar – 1 84 42386
MS G¾ x G1 100 kW 3.0 bar – 1 84 42391
MS Rp1 x Rp1¼ 200 kW 2.5 bar – 1 - 42383
MS Rp1 x Rp1¼ 200 kW 3.0 bar – 1 - 42378
i
MS Rp1¼ x Rp1½ 350 kW 3.0 bar – 1 - 42495
See pages 242, 351 for
safety valves for solar liquid MSM G½ x G¾ 50 kW 3.0 bar 0/4 bar 1 30 42382
and drinking water. * Enquire for other pressure ratings and connections.

www.afriso.com 203
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Frost protection valve AAV

for heat pumps

■ For protecting monobloc air source heat

pumps against frost damage in the case
of malfunctions or power outage
■ Helps to avoid damage to system
components such as heat exchanger,
pump or valves
■ With integrated manual vent valve
■ Maintenance-free

Application For applications where monobloc air source heat pumps are connected directly to the heating circuit
water outdoors. The system can freeze in such applications in the case of inoperable circulation – for
example, as a result of a technical defect or power outage – at low outside temperatures. This may
entail damage to sensitive system components (heat exchanger, pumps, valves, etc.) in the outdoor .
7
Description Frost protection valve for installation outside the building, in the system flow and return. The valve must
be installed as close as possible to the outdoor unit of the heat pump so that sensitive components of
the heat pump are protected from damage caused by freezing of the medium.

Function If the temperature of the medium in the system drops to 3°C, the thermostatic element inside the valve
opens the flow of the medium to the outside, helping to prevent possible damage. If the temperature of
the medium rises above 4 °C, the thermostatic element automatically shuts off the water flow from the
system.
Prior to recommissioning, it is sufficient to check the system pressure, refill heating circuit water, if nec-
essary, and vent the system.

Technical System connection Operating temperature ranges

specifications See selection table Medium: 0/70 °C
Ambient: -30/+60 °C
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar Material
Housing: CW 617 N
Opening temperature (medium)
Spring: Stainless steel
3 °C (+/-1 °C)
Seals: EPDM
Closing temperature (medium)
4 °C (+/-1 °C)

AAV 100 AAV 300

DG: G, PG: 2 Connection Flow coefficient Kvs Part no.

Frost protection valve AAV 100 G1 male 55 m /h
2
1 - 81465
Frost protection valve AAV 300 G1¼ male 70 m2/h 1 - 81466

204 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Equipment for heating systems

Differential pressure bypass valves

DÜ

■ For constant pump pressure in heating systems

■ Reduction of flow noise
■ With adjustment scale
■ Differential pressure fully adjustable
■ Either space-saving angled version
or straight version

Application For keeping the pump pressure in sealed heating systems as per EN 12828 constant and for reducing
flow noise in the heating system.

Description Differential pressure bypass valve with directly readable adjustment scale. Housing made of brass.
Available as straight version or angled version for space-saving installation. 7
The differential pressure in the heating system at full load is set directly at the bypass valve. If the volume
flow is reduced, the valve opens to keep the head of the circulation pump constant.

Technical Operating temperature range Connection angled version

specifications Max. 95 °C, (short-term 120 °C) Inlet: G¾ female thread
Outlet: Screw connection, flat-sealing with union
Operating pressure
nut G¾ or G1 male thread
Max. 6 bar
Connection straight version
Differential pressure
Screw connection at both sides, flat-sealing with
Fully adjustable 0.1/0.5 bar
union nut G¾
Housing
Angled version or straight version
Material: Brass

Differential pressure Differential pressure bypass valve

bypass valve straight version
Angled version

DG: G, PG: 2 Connection Part no.

DÜ with screw connection, angled version G¾ x G¾ 1 10 42379
DÜ with screw connection, straight version G¾ x G¾ 1 - 42384
DÜ without screw connection, angled version G¾ x G1 1 - 42308

www.afriso.com 205
 Equipment for heating systems Safety equipment

Filling and drain fittings

Filling fitting FAM

Filling fi ttings FA / FAM Boiler fi lling and drain valve

KFE, brass, plain
Boiler fi lling and drain valve
KFE, brass, nickel-plated
Application For sealed heating systems as per EN 12828. For sealed heating systems as per EN 12828.

7 Description Filling fitting with housing and spring cap made of Boiler filling and drain valve. Ball valve version
brass. Inlet for hose inside diameter 12 mm, outlet made of brass. One side G½ male thread with
G½ female thread. PTFE sealing ring, other side ½" hose connector
With G¼ connection for pressure gauge for heat- with G¾ union nut and blind cap with chain or
ing installations. strap. Available in plain brass (drinking water) or
With pressure reducer, shut-off valve and back- nickel-plated brass (heating circuit water).
flow preventer. Inlet pressure 6 up to 10 bar,
outlet pressure adjustable between 0.5 and 3 bar.
Version FAM with pressure gauge for heating
installations
Ø 63 mm, 0/4 bar, G¼ bottom.

Filling fitting FA

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Filling fitting FA 1 5 42405
Filling fitting FAM 1 5 42406
Boiler filling and drain valve KFE, brass plain, in cardboard box 12 72 42401
Boiler filling and drain valve KFE, brass nickel-plated, in cardboard box 12 72 42407

206 www.afriso.com
 Flow measurement Equipment for heating systems

Flow meter DFM 10-1M

Dimensions
■ Direct indication of the flow rate in l/min
(mm)
■ Compact design

Application For monitoring the flow in heating/cooling systems. Specially for direct mounting to heating circuit
manifolds. Suitable for heating and cooling water as well as water mixtures with standard corrosion
protection and antifreeze agents.

Description Compact flow meter with scale. The flow meter can be installed in pipes in a horizontal, tilted or vertical 7
position. The reading mark corresponds to the lower edge of the rotameter/float.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing

specifications Max. 100 °C Brass
Operating pressure Connection
Max. 10 bar G¾ x G¾ (eurocone)
male thread x union nut
Measuring principle
Rotameter type with counter spring Mounting position
Horizontal, tilted or vertical
Measuring range
1–3.5 l/min
Nominal diameter
DN 10

i
Please enquire for DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.
other versions. DFM 10-1M - 10 78619

www.afriso.com 207
 Equipment for heating systems Flow measurement

Flow meters
DFM 15-2M / DFM 20-2M

■ Integrated ball valve for adjustment and shutting off

■ Direct indication of the flow rate in l/min
■ Adjustment without diagram, table or measuring instrument
■ Available with numerous connection versions

Application For hydraulic balancing and flow monitoring in heating/cooling systems, air conditioning systems, solar
systems and geothermal systems. DFM allows for fast hydraulic balancing of the system or of system
components without diagrams, tables or measuring instruments. Suitable for heating and cooling
water as well as water mixtures with standard corrosion protection and antifreeze agents.
7
Description Compact flow meter with scale and ball valve for shutting off and adjustment.
The flow meter can be installed in pipes in a horizontal, tilted or vertical position. Adjustments are
made by means of a screwdriver via the adjustment screw. The reading mark corresponds to the lower
edge of the rotameter/float.
Systems with correct hydraulic balancing provide for optimum energy distribution and cost-efficient
operation.

Technical Operating temperature range System connections

specifications 120 °C, short-term 160 °C G¾ x G¾, G1 x G1, G1¼ x G1¼
Male thread x male thread,
Operating pressure
male thread x union nut
Max. 10 bar
Mounting position
Measuring principle
Horizontal, tilted or vertical
Rotameter type with counter spring
Options
Measuring range ■ Other nominal diameters
See ordering table ■ Other connections

■ Other measuring ranges

Nominal diameter
DN 15, DN 20
Housing
Brass

Flow coefficients NS Nominal Measuring Flow coefficient

diameter range Kvs
DN 15 1–6 l/min 2.1 m3/h
DN 15 2–12 l/min 3.0 m3/h
DN 15 8–28 l/min 4.8 m3/h
DN 15 8–38 l/min 5.9 m3/h
DN 20 5–42 l/min 9.7 m3/h
DN 20 20–70 l/min 12.9 m3/h

i
Please enquire for
other versions.

208 www.afriso.com
 Flow measurement Equipment for heating systems

Flow meters DFM 15-2M / DFM 20-2M

Types and dimensions (mm)

A B

C D

DG: G, PG: 2
Male thread x male thread Male thread x union nut
Type Nominal Connections Measuring Part no. Type Nominal Connections Measuring Part no.
diameter range diameter range
DFM 15-2M DFM 15-2M
DN 15 1–6 l/min 80958 DN 15 1–6 l/min 80960
DN 15 2–12 l/min 80963 DN 15 2–12 l/min 80965
G¾ x G¾ G¾ x G¾
DN 15 8–28 l/min 80968 DN 15 8–28 l/min 80970
DN 15 8–38 l/min 80973 DN 15 8–38 l/min 80975
A B
DN 15 1–6 l/min 80959 DN 15 1–6 l/min 80961
DN 15 2–12 l/min 80964 DN 15 2–12 l/min 80966
G1 x G1 G1 x G1
DN 15 8–28 l/min 80969 DN 15 8–28 l/min 80971
DN 15 8–38 l/min 80974 DN 15 8–38 l/min 80976

DFM 20-2M
DN 20 5–42 l/min 80978
C G1 x G1
DN 20 20–70 l/min 80983

DN 20 5–42 l/min 80979

D G1¼ x G1¼
DN 20 20–70 l/min 80984

www.afriso.com 209
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

3-/4-way mixing valves

ARV ProClick

■ For distribution and mixing

■ Compact design
■ Non-slip rotary knob
■ Low torque for increased
service life of actuator
■ ProClick adapter system for motor
mounting without tools

Page 213

Application Universal mixing application in water-based heating and cooling systems (radiators, panel heating sys-
tems). The 3-way mixer can also be used as a distribution or zone mixer. Suitable for water and water/
glycol mixtures with up to 50 % glycol. Not suitable for drinking water.

7 Description Compact, low-loss 3-way or 4-way mixing valves with brass base and easy-to-handle rotary knob
made of high-strength plastic. The rotary knob with scale allows for easy and accurate manual adjust-
ment of the mixing valve. The elevated mark allows for fast position determination. Two scales with "0
to 10" for horizontal installation and "10 to 0" for vertical installation are included for maximum flexibility.

3-way mixing valve for distribution and mixing: The desired flow temperature is obtained via the pre-
cise mixing ratio of hot boiler water and cold water from the return line.

4-way mixing valve for dual mixing. The return temperature to the boiler can be high in order to avoid
corrosion damage, for example.

The mixing valves are easy to automate with the AFRISO actuators. The new AFRISO ProClick adapter
system allows for hassle-free mounting of the motor to the mixing valve without tools – snap on and
done. The low torque ensures a low load on the valves and a long service life.

Technical Angle of rotation Leak rate (∆p = 100 kPa)

specifications 90° DN 25 – DN 32 = Max. 0.2 % Kvs
DN 40 – DN 50 = Max. 0.5 % Kvs
Operating temperature range
Medium: 5/110 °C Required torque
DN 20 / DN 25: Max. 0.5 Nm
Nominal pressure
DN 32: Max. 2 Nm
Max. 10 bar
DN 40 / DN 50: Max. 3 Nm
Flow rate
Material
See ordering table
Housing: Brass (CW617N)
O rings: EPDM

i Flow coeffi-
DG: G, PG: 2 DN Connection Part no.
cient Kvs
ADAPT
ick E 3-way mixing valve ARV 382 20 Rp ¾ 6.3 m³/h 78234
Cl
R
Pro

3-way mixing valve ARV 384 25 Rp 1 10 m³/h 78235

SY
STEM
for AF

3-way mixing valve ARV 385 32 Rp 1¼ 16 m³/h 78236

3-way mixing valve ARV 386 40 Rp 1½ 25 m³/h 78237
RI

O
)

ri
S

AR
V (KVS V
a 3-way mixing valve ARV 387 50 Rp 2 40 m³/h 78238
4-way mixing valve ARV 484 25 Rp 1 10 m³/h 78239
Only AFRISO ARM
4-way mixing valve ARV 485 32 Rp 1¼ 16 m³/h 78241
ProClick actuators can
be mounted to ARV 4-way mixing valve ARV 486 40 Rp 1½ 25 m³/h 78242
ProClick valves. 4-way mixing valve ARV 487 50 Rp 2 40 m³/h 78243

210 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

3-way mixing valves ARV ProClick

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

3-way mixing valve DN 20 3-way mixing valve DN 25

3-way mixing valve DN 32 3-way mixing valve DN 40

3-way mixing valve DN 50

www.afriso.com 211
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

4-way mixing valves ARV ProClick

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

4-way mixing valve DN 25 4-way mixing valve DN 32

4-way mixing valve DN 40 4-way mixing valve DN 50

212 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Actuator ARM ProClick

The new silent actuator ARM ProClick is the optimal solution for ual mode – it is sufficient to press a button. The new actuator
the automatic control of the return admixture. Thanks to the excels with smart features such as integrated protection against
AFRISO ProClick adapter system, it can be easily mounted to the blocking of the mixing valve or maintenance-free operation for a
mixing valve in a matter of seconds: Snap on – done. This sim- long service life.
plicity is also available for switching between automatic and man-

Mounting in a matter of sec- Colour LEDs indicate direction

onds without tools: Simply of rotation, ideal for use in
snap the actuator onto the darker environments.
mixer, done. Dismounting at
the push of a button.

ADAPT
ick E
Cl
R
Pro

7
SY
STEM
for AF
RI

O
)

ri
S

AR a
V (KVS V

Full flexibility with regard

to mounting direction:
The plate features scales
A rotary knob with scale on both sides with "0 to
Simply press a button: allows for fast and accu- 10" or "10 to 0" and can
Fast switching between automatic rate adjustment of the be turned, depending on
mode and manual mode. mixing valve. the direction of flow.

Advantages – your benefi ts

■ Compact, silent actuator with an angle of rotation of 90°
■ With ProClick adapter system suitable for AFRISO mixing valves DN 25 and DN 32
■ High reliability: An integrated protection unit keeps the actuator and mixing valve
from blocking for a long service life

www.afriso.com 213
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Actuator ARM ProClick

■ Compact, silent actuator with an angle of

rotation of 90°
■ Mounting without tools: Simply snap the
actuator onto the mixer.
■ Colour LEDs indicate direction of rotation
■ Fast switching between automatic mode
and manual adjustment ADAPT
ick E
Cl

R
Pro

SY
A

STEM
for AF
IS R
O

)
ri

o
Page 215 AR a
V (KVS V

Application Can be used for controlling AFRISO series ARV ProClick mixing valves DN 20 to DN 50. Perfect solu-
tion for automated operation of water-based heating and cooling systems. Suitable for the AFRISO
mixing valve series AVR with ProClick adapter system and for automating the AFRISO pump assem-
blies PrimoTherm® 180-2 with nominal diameters DN 25 and DN 32. The new AFRISO ProClick adapt-
7 er system allows for hassle-free mounting of the motor to the mixing valve without tools – snap on and
done.

Description Compact, silent actuator with an angle of rotation of 90° and keys for switching from automatic mode
to manual mode. The rotary knob with scale allows for a precise indication of the position in both
modes. Three LEDs indicate the direction of rotation of the actuator. The pre-assembled connection
cable with colour-coded wires as well as a wiring diagram on the nameplate simplify installation. For
full flexibility during mounting, the plate features scales on both sides with "0 to 10" or "10 to 0" and can
be turned, depending on the direction of flow. The integrated protection unit keeps the actuator and
mixing valve from blocking for a long service life. ARM is maintenance-free.

Technical Angle of rotation Supply voltage

specifications 0 / 90° AC 230 V
Operating temperature range ARM 992: AC/DC 24 V
Ambient: 0 / 50 °C Torque
Cable length 6 Nm
2m
Term
Power input ARM 323: 60 s
AC 2.5 /4 VA ARM 343, 443: 120 s
Housing ARM 992: 60/120 s
Material: Plastic (PC)
Scope of delivery
W x H x D: 102 x 84 x 89 mm
Actuator with AFRISO ProClick adapter system
Protection class: II
Degree of protection: IP 42 (EN 60529)
Input signal
ARM 323, 343, 443: 3-point, digital
ARM 992: 0–10 V, 2–10 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA, PWM

DG: G, PG: 4 Input Term Torque AC/DC Part no.

ARM 323 ProClick 3-point 60 s 6 Nm AC 230 V 77820
ARM 343 ProClick 3-point 120 s 6 Nm AC 230 V 77812
0–10 V, 2–10 V, 0–20 mA,
ARM 992 ProClick 60/120 s 6 Nm AC/DC 24 V 78256
4–20 mA, PWM

214 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Fixed setpoint controller

ACT 343 ProClick

■ Compact design, suitable for 3-/4-way

mixing valve series ARV ProClick
■ Mounting without tools: Simply snap the
fixed setpoint controller onto the mixer.
■ Temperature probe and mains cable
already connected
■ Colour display and navigation keys for ADAPT
ick E
easy setup Cl

R
Pro

SY
A

STEM
for AF
IS R
O

)
ri

o
Page 228 AR a
V (KVS V

Application Can be used for controlling AFRISO series ARV ProClick mixing valves DN 20 to DN 50, also available
with the pump assembly PrimoTherm®. Ideally suited for controlling the return temperature (e.g. boiler)
or to control the flow line in heating systems. The control temperature can be adjusted from 0 to 99 °C.

7
Description Compact, silent motor with integrated control. The fixed setpoint controller features the AFRISO
ProClick adapter system so that it can be click-mounted (no tools required) to the AFRISO mixing
valves ARV or to the AFRISO pump assembly PrimoTherm® 180-2. Various applications and hydraulic
schemes can be set via the display and the keys. The keys are covered to help prevent inadvertent
modifications of the settings during operation.

Technical Operating temperature range: Supply voltage:

specifications Ambient: 0/50 °C AC 230 V
Mains cable with connector, length 2 m
Temperature probe:
Probe element (L x Ø): 10 x 4 mm Torque:
Cable length: Approx. 1 m 6 Nm
Display: Scope of delivery:
Graphical colour display, Fixed setpoint controller with temperature probe
resolution 240 × 240 pixels with AFRISO ProClick adapter system
Housing:
Material: Plastic (PC)
W x H x D: 95 x 87 x 80 mm
Protection class: I
Degree of protection: IP 42 (EN 60529)

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

ACT 343 ProClick 77823

www.afriso.com 215
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Weather-compensated controller
ARC 345 ProClick

■ Compact design, suitable for 3-/4-way mixing valve series

ARV ProClick
■ Mounting without tools: Simply snap ARC 345 onto the mixer
■ Temperature probe, pump connection and mains cable
already connected
■ Colour display and navigation keys for easy setup
ADAPT
ick E
Cl

R
Pro

SY
STEM
for AF
IS R
O

)
ri

o
AR a
V (KVS V

Application Can be used for controlling AFRISO series ARV ProClick mixing valves DN 20 to DN 50 or with pump
assembly PrimoTherm®. Controls the temperature of the medium based on the outdoor temperature
and the set heating curve according to the time program.

7 Description Compact, silent actuator with integrated control. ARC 345 features the AFRISO ProClick adapter sys-
tem so that it can be click-mounted (no tools required) to the AFRISO mixing valves ARV or to the
AFRISO pump assembly PrimoTherm® 180-2. The display and the keys allow you to set various appli-
cations and 6 pre-programmed hydraulic diagrams which control the temperature according to day
and time.
The keys are hidden below the wheel to help prevent inadvertent modifications of the settings during
operation.
It is possible to connect an additional controller with a 4-way valve (bus communication).

Technical Operating temperature range Torque

specifications Ambient: 0/50 °C 6 Nm
Display Scope of delivery
Graphical colour display, ■ Flow temperature sensor (1 m)

resolution 240 × 240 pixels ■ Boiler sensor (3 m)

■ Outdoor temperature sensor

Housing ■ Circulation pump control cable (0.5 m)
Material: Plastic (PC) ■ Mains cable with connector (2 m)
W x H x D: 95 x 87 x 80 mm
Protection class: I
Degree of protection:IP 42 (EN 60529)
Supply voltage
AC 230 V
Mains cable with connector, length 2 m

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

ARC 345 ProClick 79130

216 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Boiler manifold KSV 125 for heating pump

assemblies PrimoTherm®
KSV 125-2

Wall mounting bracket

Application For distribution of the heating circuit water in sealed heating systems as per EN 12828 from the boiler
to the heating pump assemblies PrimoTherm®.

Description Boiler manifold as combination flow and return manifold for two, three, four or five heating pump
assemblies. AFRISO boiler manifolds are tightness-tested in the factory; they are maintenance-free. 7

Technical System connections 70 kW version Flow

specifications Boiler end: Threaded socket G1½ male 70 kW: 3.0 m3/h
Pump assembly: Union nut G1½, 160 kW: 7.0 m3/h
flat-sealing
System pressure
System connections 160 kW version Max. 6 bar
Boiler end: Threaded socket G2 male
Heat insulation
Pump assembly: Union nut G1½,
Polypropylene EPP
flat-sealing
Scope of delivery
Axis distance
Boiler manifold with 2 x wall mounting bracket
125 mm
and insulation
Operating temperature range
Medium: Max. 110 °C

Heating
DG: G, PG: 3 Power Hydraulic separator Part no.
circuits
Boiler manifold KSV 125-2 70 kW 2 No 77310
Boiler manifold KSV 125-3 70 kW 3 No 77311
Boiler manifold KSV 125-4 70 kW 4 No 77312
Boiler manifold KSV 125-5 70 kW 5 No 77313
Boiler manifold KSV 125-2 160 kW 2 No 77319
Boiler manifold KSV 125-3 160 kW 3 No 77320
Boiler manifold KSV 125-4 160 kW 4 No 77321
Boiler manifold KSV 125-5 160 kW 5 No 77322

www.afriso.com 217
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Boiler manifold and hydraulic separator for

heating pump assemblies PrimoTherm®

Boiler manifold Hydraulic separator

KSV 125 HW

Application For distribution of the heating circuit water in sealed heating systems as per EN 12828 from the boiler
to the heating pump assemblies PrimoTherm®.

Description Boiler manifold as combination flow and return Hydraulic separator for retrofitting boiler manifold
7 manifold for two or three heating pump assem- KSV (without hydraulic separator)
blies.
With integrated hydraulic separator for separation
of circuits. With two sockets G½ for drain/temper-
ature probe. AFRISO boiler manifolds are tight-
ness-tested in the factory; they are mainte-
nance-free.

Technical System connections 70 kW version System connections 70 kW version

specifications Boiler end: Threaded socket G1½ male Boiler end: Threaded socket G1¼ female
Pump assembly: Union nut G1½, Manifold: Union nut G1½, flat-sealing
flat-sealing
System connections 160 kW version
Axis distance Boiler end: G2 female
125 mm for pump assembly Manifold: G2 female
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
Medium: Max. 110 °C Medium: Max. 110 °C
Flow Flow
70 kW: 3.0 m3/h 70 kW: 3.0 m3/h
160 kW: 7.0 m3/h
System pressure
Max. 6 bar System pressure
Max. 6 bar
Heat insulation
Polypropylene EPP Heat insulation
Polypropylene EPP
Scope of delivery
Boiler manifold with 2 x wall mounting bracket
and insulation

Heating
DG: G, PG: 3 Power Hydraulic separator Part no.
circuits
Boiler manifold KSV 125-2 HW 70 kW 2 Yes 77314
Boiler manifold KSV 125-3 HW 70 kW 3 Yes 77315
Hydraulic separator for KSV 125, 70 kW 70 kW - Yes 77317
Hydraulic separator for KSV 125, 160 kW 160 kW - Yes 77323

218 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assemblies

PrimoTherm® 180 DN 25 KVS Vario

Combination valves with thermometer in the

hand wheel, range 0/120 °C. Red/blue mark
facilitates the assignment of "supply/return"
System connec-
and function test through the owner/operator
tion G1 female
of the system. Additional temperature
for rapid mount-
probes (for example, PT 100) can be
ing in the heating
integrated behind the ball valve.
circuit.

Integrated adjustable
gravity brake.

Virtually any standard

pump can be installed
without refitting of the
Sophisticated wall mounting heat insulation.
kit for easy, fast installation.

Ball valve below the pump

for easy shutting off and
increased safety.

Modular system with pump

and return line left or right.

High-grade, robust mixer

with adjustable flow coef-
ficient Kvs (2.5 to 12) for
System connection G1½ male Cable routing in the heat insu- Snap on – done. New maximum flexibility all the
for fast mounting to the boiler lation for professional installa- actuator with ProClick way to the construction
flow/return by means of flange tion of pump and actuator adapter system for light- site.
and union nut. Suitable for KSV. cables. ning-fast mounting to the
mixer without tools.

www.afriso.com 219
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Product highlight:
3-way mixing valve ARV 325 KVS Vario
with AFRISO ProClick adapter system
The flow coefficient is key in rating hot water heating systems and a selection error is made or the system is modified at a later point
providing the right amount of heat at the radiators. Mixing valves in time (for example, extended), the existing valve is usually no
in installations must be correctly rated before they are mounted longer usable. If the flow coefficient Kvs is only estimated, the
and adjusted to the required flow coefficient Kvs of the system. If system will not operate in an efficient way.

Mixer housing made of brass, Locking: Easy adjustment of flow coefficient

with robust, glass-fibre rein- Integrated locking unit against Kvs (initial mounting) with standard
forced plate for adjustment of unintended readjustments. slotted screwdriver at the rear of
flow coefficient Kvs. the mixer.

Fast and easy conversion bypass

to connection at the right.
7

Readjustment of flow coefficient

Adapter to attach the AFRISO Kvs by turning the adjustment
ARM ProClick actuator at the handle (no draining of system,
correct position without tools. unit mounted).
ADAPT
ick E
Cl
R
Pro

SY
STEM
for AF
RI

O
)

ri
S

AR a
V (KVS V

Easy-to-read scale
Handy, non-slip rotary knob made of with adjustment values
high-strength plastic – the scale can 2.5 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 8 – 12.
be adjusted according to the direction
of flow (flow right or left).

Advantages – your benefi ts

■ A mixer for all cases: Simply set the required flow coefficient Kvs without draining the system
■ No incorrect rating thanks to optimum adaptation to the control requirements of the system.
This allows for:

Smaller volume jump Vmin / smaller minimum controllable power Qmin

Higher valve authority PV (pressure ratio between mixer and pipe system
with all consumers connected)

Complete use of mixer control range (0 – 100 %)

Improved controllability: No cycles, no flow noise

Positive effects on hydraulic balancing: Power required to heat the heating
surfaces is available and can be used

■ Long-lasting service life: Low torque for increased service life of actuator
■ Reduces number of versions and warehousing efforts for mixers and pump assemblies

220 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Overview of versions
heating pump assemblies PrimoTherm® 180

Nominal size DN 25 DN 32
(K) 180-2 K 180-2
Version (K) 180-1 180-3 K 180-1
KVS Vario KVS Vario
Without circulation pump • • • • •
Flow coefficient Flow coefficient
3-way mixer Fixed value
Kvs (fixed value) Kvs adjustable

With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 25–70/180 • • • •

With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 3R-70 180 •

With Wilo Para RS 25-180/6 • • • • •
With Wilo Para OPT 30-180/8-60/SC •
7
Return temperature increase • •

Description The heating pump assembly PrimoTherm® excels with its versatility and great number of possible com-
binations. The system assembly for the heating circuit is pre-assembled, tightness-tested, heat-insulat-
ed and available in three versions and two sizes, each with or without high energy efficiency pump. All
circulation pumps offered by AFRISO meet the requirements of the European Ecodesign Directive
(stage 2 as of 2015). The universal heat insulation allows for the installation of virtually any standard
pump without reworking of the insulation. In addition, the system is modular so that the flow line can
be mounted at the left or the right side; due to the slim design, it is also possible to mount several
pump assemblies next to each other on AFRISO boiler manifolds. In addition, each pump assembly
comprises a fastening kit for wall mounting in any position. All PrimoTherm® heating pump assemblies
feature a gravity brake to avoid incorrect circulation. The DN -25 versions have the brake in the combi-
nation valve; it can be deactivated for servicing. It is also possible to mount tem-
perature probes in the combination valve.

The versions PrimoTherm® 180-1 DN 25 and 32 are used in non-mixed heating

circuits, specially for storage tank charging.

The versions PrimoTherm® 180-2 DN 25 and 32 are used in mixed heating cir-
cuits. With the 3-way mixer and the actuator, the flow temperature can be adjusted
to a desired temperature by adding water from the return. PrimoTherm® 180-2 can
also be used to increase the return temperature with solid fuel boilers which have a
controller for increasing the return temperature. The opening temperature must be
i set at this controller.
We provide a great vari-
ety of customer-specific
pump assemblies for
OEMs. Please enquire.

The version PrimoTherm® 180-3 DN 25 automatically controls the return temper-

ature of the system water to the heat generator to the value adjusted in the valve.
i The integrated condensation protection valve is the connection between the solid
See the operating fuel heating system and the heating circuit or the hot water storage tank.
instructions of the pump
assemblies for additional
details, www.afriso.com/
en/info-centre/download-
center

www.afriso.com 221
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® 180-1 DN 25

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested
and heat-insulated assembly
■ Modular system with flow

at left or right
■ Easy and fast installation

■ With high-efficiency pump class A

Page 217

Application Heating pump assembly for use in non-mixed heating circuits, specially for storage tank charging.
It connects the heating boiler and the pipe system.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional
7 components, form-fit heat insulation and wall mounting unit.

The flow line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (red mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Ball valve below the pump

■ Pipe for length compensation with screw connection

■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Suitable for pumps DN 25 with G1½ x 180 mm.

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with gravity brake, thermometer in the handle (blue mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Pipe for length compensation (pump/mixer) with screw connection

■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Technical Axis distance Flow coefficient Kvs

specifications 125 mm 4.8 m3/h
System connections Heat insulation
Boiler G1½ males, heating circuit G1 female Polypropylene EPP
Operating temperature range Dimensions
Medium: Tmax = 110 °C W x H x D: 250 x 475 x 152 mm
System pressure
Max. 10 bar

Options ■ Mixer and actuator, can be retrofitted

■ Other circulation pumps

222 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly PrimoTherm® 180-1 DN 25

Dimensions (mm)

PrimoTherm® 180-1 with Grundfos pump

Technical Length Supply voltage

specifications 180 mm AC 230 V, 50 Hz
circulation pumps
Degree of protection Energy efficiency class
IP 44 A

Grundfos Wilo
Type UPM3 HYBRID 25-70/180 Para RS 25-180/6
Max. pumping volume 3.6 m3 3.2 m3
Max. pump head 7M 6.7 m
Power input 2 – 52 W 3 – 43 W
Operating modes / power levels (technical data pump without guarantee)
PWM-A x/4 -/-
PWM-C x/4 -/-
PP (constant volume flow) x/3 x/3
CP (constant pressure) x/3 x/3
CC (constant speed of rotation) x/3 x/3

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm® 180-1 DN 25 Without pump 77643
PrimoTherm 180-1 DN 25 WP
®
With Wilo Para RS 25–180/6 77507
PrimoTherm® 180-1 DN 25 GP With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 25-70/180 77645

Accessories and spare parts Specification Part no.

2 x connection piece G1 female thread, 2 x union nut G1½ female thread,
Connection kit G1½ female x 1 female 77612
2 x flat gasket
Connection kit G1½ female x 1 female 2 x O ring Ø 28 x 2.5 mm, 2 x reducer G1½ male x 1 male 77613
3-way mixer ARV 325 Vario with T piece Axis distance 125 mm 77589

www.afriso.com 223
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® 180-2 DN 25
KVS Vario
■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested
and heat-insulated assembly
■ Robust mixer with adjustable flow
coefficient Kvs from 2.5 to 12 m3/h
■ Adaptation of flow coefficient Kvs also
possible during operation (under system
pressure)

A
ADAPT
ick E
Cl
R
Pro

SY
STEM
for AF

Page 217
RI

O
)

ri
S

AR a
V (KVS V

Application Heating pump assembly for use in mixed heating circuits. With the 3-way mixer and the actuator, the
flow temperature can be adjusted to a desired temperature by adding water from the return. The new
mixer with adjustable flow coefficient Kvs offers the HVAC professional maximum flexibility in adapting
the system to individual control requirements. The flow coefficient Kvs can be modified at any later
7 point in time, even if the system is under pressure. This way, a great variety of mixer/pump assemblies
can be covered with a single version. PrimoTherm® 180-2 is also available as version RTA. It can be
used to increase the return temperature with solid fuel boilers which have a controller for increasing the
return temperature.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional
components, form-fit heat insulation.

The flow line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (red mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Ball valve below the pump

■ 3-way mixing valve ARV 325 KVS Vario with adjustable fl ow coeffi cient Kvs

and ProClick adapter system

■ Maintenance-free, silent actuator ARM 343 (6 Nm, 120 s, AC 230 V) with 0/90° angle of rotation, indi-

cation for direction of rotation, selector key "Manual/Automatic Mode" and ProClick adapter system
■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Suitable for pumps DN 25 with G1½ x 180 mm.

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with gravity brake, thermometer in the handle

(blue mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Pipe for length compensation with screw connection

■ T piece for mixer connection

■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Difference version RTA

■ Interchanged colour codes of thermometers

■ 3-way mixer wit fl ow coeffi cient Kvs 12 m3/h (not adjustable)

■ System connection (storage) with additional connection flanges G1 female

■ Additional mounting bracket for upside down or lateral mounting

■ Scope of delivery does not include pump

Technical Axis distance Leak rate mixing valve ARV 325 KVS Vario
specifications 125 mm < 0.1 % of value of flow coefficient Kvs (up to Δp
0.5 bar < 0.2 % of value of flow coefficient Kvs)
System connections
Boiler G1½ male, heating circuit G1 female Heat insulation
Polypropylene EPP
Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = 95 °C, short-term 120 °C Dimensions
W x H x D: 250 x 475 x 152 mm
System pressure
Max. 10 bar
Flow coefficient Kvs
Adjustable: 2.5 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 8 – 12 m3/h

224 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® 180-2 DN 25 KVS Vario

Dimensions (mm)

PrimoTherm® 180-2 with Wilo pump

Technical Length Supply voltage

specifications 180 mm AC 230 V, 50 Hz
circulation pumps
Degree of protection Energy efficiency class
IP 44 A

Grundfos Wilo
Type UPM3 HYBRID 25-70/180 Para RS 25-180/6
Max. pumping volume 3.6 m3 3.2 m3
Max. pump head 7M 6.7 m
Power input 2 – 52 W 3 – 43 W
Operating modes / power levels (technical data pump without guarantee)
PWM-A x/4 -/-
PWM-C x/4 -/-
PP (constant volume flow) x/3 x/3
CP (constant pressure) x/3 x/3
CC (constant speed of rotation) x/3 x/3

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm 180-2 DN 25 3WM-SM Vario
®
Without pump 77300
PrimoTherm® 180-2 DN 25 WP 3WM-SM Vario With Wilo Para RS 25-180/6 77302
PrimoTherm 180-2 DN 25 GP 3WM-SM Vario
®
With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 25–70/180 77301
Version RTA:
PrimoTherm® 180-2 DN 25 3WM-SM RTA Without pump 77304

Accessories Specification Part no.

2 x connection piece G1 female thread,
Connection kit G1½ female x 1 female 2 x union nut G1½ female thread, 77612
2 x flat gasket

www.afriso.com 225
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® 180-3 DN 25 RTA

■ For increased return temperature with solid

fuel boilers
■ With temperature-controlled condensation
protection valve
■ For reduced amounts of condensate in the
combustion process
■ Avoids deposits in the boiler and in the
smoke vent

Application Heating pump assembly for automatically controlling the return temperature of the system water to the
heat generator to the value adjusted in the valve. An integrated, temperature-controlled condensation
protection valve is the connection between the solid fuel heating system and the heating circuit or
the hot water storage tank. Using PrimoTherm® 180-3 RTA keeps the temperature in the heating
7 boiler above the condensation point in all operating states. This avoids deposits in the boiler and
in the smoke vent and increases the service life of the system; corrosion damage of the heating
boiler and chimney fires caused by soot deposits are avoided.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional
components, form-fit heat insulation and wall mounting unit. With an additional mounting bracket, the
unit can be mounted in any position (vertically/horizontally).

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (blue mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Ball valve above the pump

■ 3-way mixing valve with fi xed mixing temperature 60 °C

■ System connection G1 female (boiler), G1 female (storage)

Suitable for pumps DN 25 with G1½ x 180 mm.

The flow line (hot) consists of:

■ Combination valve with gravity brake, thermometer in the handle

(red mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Pipe for length compensation with screw connection

■ System connection G1 female (boiler), G1 female (storage)

B
Function principle A Start mode (heating up of boiler):
When the boiler heats up, the condensation protection valve is fully closed in the
direction of the consumer. The liquid coming from the boiler is recirculated in the
small circuit via the bypass, which causes the boiler temperature to increase more
rapidly.

B
A Transition phase:
When the opening temperature is reached (60 °C), the circuit to the consumer is
opened proportionally and the bypass is reduced accordingly. However, the boiler
temperature will not drop below the set temperature.

B
A Regular operation:
During further operation, the temperature increases until the condensation protec-
tion valve is fully open (return storage A). The bypass (B) is closed correspondingly.
If the inlet temperature (return storage A) drops to approx 10 °C above the set
opening temperature, the admixture via the bypass (B) is increased proportionally
and outlet A is closed proportionally.

226 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® 180-3 DN 25 RTA
Technical Axis distance System capacity
specifications 125 mm Max. 32 kW at a flow rate of 1,400 l/h and a
System connections temperature spread of Δt 20 K
G1 female thread at both ends Leak rate
Operating temperature range Water-tight between connections A->AB,
Medium: Tmax= 100 °C 3 % leak rate of flow coefficient Kvs between B->AB
System pressure PN 10. A-AB = Flow coefficient Kvs: 2.94;
Max. 10 bar B-AB = 2.12
Opening temperatures Heat insulation
60 °C (fixed values) Polypropylene EPP
Nominal size
DN 25

Technical Wilo Para 25/6 RKC Energy efficiency class

specifications Length A
circulation pump 180 mm Power input
Supply voltage 3–45 W
AC 230 V, 50 Hz Pump head/rate
Max. 6.2 m / max. volume flow 3.3 m3/h
Options ■ Other opening temperatures 7
■ Other circulation pumps

Dimensions (mm)
G 1 female thread
122
474

G 1 female thread 125 G 1 female thread 153

DG: G, PG: 2 Opening temperature Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm 180-3 DN 25 RTA 60
®
60 °C Without pump 77576
PrimoTherm® 180-3 DN 25 RTA 60 WP 60 °C Wilo Para RS 25-180-6 77570

www.afriso.com 227
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Charging unit DN 25 RTA WP

■ For storage tank charging with solid fuel boilers

■ Compact unit for limited space conditions
■ With 3-way mixer KVS Vario
■ Avoids deposits in the boiler and in the smoke vent

Application Charging unit for direct connection between a solid fuel boiler and a hot water storage tank. The com-
pact design allows for mounting of RTA 60 to the pipes between the solid fuel boiler and the storage
tank even if space is limited. Using the charging unit keeps the temperature in the heating boiler above
the condensation point in all operating states. This avoids deposits in the boiler and in the smoke vent
7 and increases the efficiency and the service life of the system. The risk of corrosion damage to the
boiler and chimney fires resulting from soot deposits is reduced and the heat capacity of the boiler is
stratified in the hot water storage tank. For the purpose, the 3-way mixer is controller via an ARM 343
actuator (connection to boiler control) or via an ACT 343 ProClick fixed setpoint controller (actuator not
included in scope of delivery, please order separately). Since the flow coefficient Kvs is adjustable, the
flow rate can be optimally adapted to the boiler capacity.

Description Pre-assembled and tightness-tested assembly with 3-way mixer KVS Vario, storage tank charging unit
and three ball valves with connection thread G1 female for system connection. Heat insulation is pro-
vided by the customer.

Function principle Start mode (heating up of boiler)

When the boiler heats up, the mixer is fully closed Start mode = heating
in the direction of the consumer. The liquid coming up of boiler. The adjusted
from the boiler is recirculated in the small circuit reference temperature is
not yet reached. Water
via the bypass, which causes the boiler tempera- circulates in the small
ture to increase more rapidly. circuit.

A Mixer closed
(B-AB)

Mixing mode
When the adjusted return temperature is reached
(e.g. 60 °C), the circuit to the consumer is opened
proportionally and the bypass is reduced accord-
ingly. However, the return temperature will not
drop below the set temperature.

A Mixer partially opened, cold water from

the storage tank is added
C
B Return temperature is controlled to the B
adjusted value. A
C
Boiler has reached operating temperature

228 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Charging unit DN 25 RTA WP

Technical System connections System pressure

specifications G1 female thread Max. 6 bar
Operating temperature range System capacity
Medium: Tmax = 100 °C Max. 80 kW at a flow rate of 2,600 l/h
and a temperature spread of Δt 20 K

Dimensions (mm)

i
See pages 213–215 for suitable actuator and fixed
setpoint controller. Please order probes separately.

DG: G Pump PG Part no.

Charging unit DN 25 RTA WP Wilo Para 25-180/6-43 2 77057
Accessories
Actuator ARM 343 ProClick 4 77812
Fixed setpoint controller ACT 343 ProClick 4 77823

www.afriso.com 229
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly PrimoTherm® K 180 KVS

Vario, short design
Combination valves with thermometer in the
hand wheel, range 0/120 °C. Red/blue mark
System con-
facilitates the assignment of "supply/return"
nection G1
and function test through the owner/operator
female for rapid
of the system. Additional temperature
mounting to the
probes (for example, PT 100) can be
heating circuit.
integrated behind the ball valve.

Integrated adjustable
gravity brake.

Modular system with pump

and return line left or right.
Virtually any standard
pump can be installed
without refitting of the
heat insulation.

Easy designation of the heat-

ing circuits by means of
enclosed pictograms.

High-grade, robust mixer

with adjustable flow coef-
ficient Kvs (2.5 to 12) for
maximum flexibility all the
way to the construction
site.

System connection G1½ male Cable routing in the heat insula- Snap on – done. New
for fast mounting to the boiler tion for professional installation actuator with ProClick
flow/return by means of flange of pump and actuator cables. adapter system for light-
and union nut. Suitable for boiler ning-fast mounting to the
manifold KSV. mixer without tools.

230 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 25

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and heat-

insulated assembly (complies with German
Energy Saving Regulation)
■ Modular system with flow at left or right

■ Easy and fast installation

■ Available with high energy efficiency pumps Step data her

class A (Wilo or Grundfos) for rendering

Page 217

Application Heating pump assembly for use in non-mixed heating circuits, specially for storage tank charging.
It connects the heating boiler and the pipe system.

Description Comact, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional com-
ponents, form-fit heat insulation (complies with German Energy Saving Regulation) and wall mounting 7
unit. Adhesive labels with pictograms allow for easy designation of the heating circuits.

The flow line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (red mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Ball valve below the pump

■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Suitable for pumps DN 25 with G1½ x 180 mm.

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with gravity brake, thermometer in the handle (blue mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Pipe for length compensation with screw connection

■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Technical Axis distance Flow coefficient Kvs

specifications 125 mm 7.6 m3/h
System connections Heat insulation
Boiler G1½ males, heating circuit G1 female Polypropylene EPP
Operating temperature range Dimensions
Medium: Tmax = 95 °C, short-term 120 °C W x H x D: 248 x 400 x 155 mm
System pressure
Max. 10 bar

Options ■ Mixer and actuator, can be retrofitted

■ Other circulation pumps

www.afriso.com 231
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 25

Dimensions (mm)

PrimoTherm® K 180-1 with Wilo pump

Technical Length Supply voltage

specifications 180 mm AC 230 V, 50 Hz
circulation pumps
Degree of protection Energy efficiency class
IP 44 A

Grundfos Wilo
Type UPM3 HYBRID 25-70/180 Para RS 25-180/6
Max. pumping volume 3.6 m3 3.2 m3
Max. pump head 7M 6.7 m
Power input 2 – 52 W 3 – 43 W
Operating modes / power levels
PWM-A x/4 -/-
PWM-C x/4 -/-
PP (constant volume flow) x/3 x/3
CP (constant pressure) x/3 x/3
CC (constant speed of rotation) x/3 x/3

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm K 180-1 DN 25
®
Without pump 77811
PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 25 GP With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 25-70/180 77818
PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 25 WP With Wilo Para RS 25-180/6 77819

Accessories and spare parts Specification Part no.

2 x connection piece G1 female thread,
Connection kit G1½ female thread x 1 female thread 2 x union nut G1½ female thread, 77612
2 x flat gasket

232 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and

heat-insulated assembly
■ With high-grade, robust mixer
■ Version with adjustable flow coefficient Kvs
from 2.5 to 12 m3/h: Adjustment also possible
during operation (under pressure) at any time
■ Available with high energy efficiency pumps
class A (Wilo or Grundfos)
A

ADAPT
ick E
Cl
R
Pro

SY
STEM
for AF

Page 217
IS R

O
)

ri
o

AR a
V (KVS V

Application Heating pump assembly for use in mixed heating circuits. With the 3-way mixer and the actuator, the
flow temperature can be adjusted to a desired temperature by adding water from the return. The mixer
version with adjustable flow coefficient Kvs offers maximum flexibility in adapting the system to individ-
ual control requirements. The flow coefficient Kvs can be modified at any later point in time, even if the
system is under pressure. This way, a great variety of mixer/pump assemblies can be covered with a 7
single version.

Description Comact, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional com-
ponents, form-fit heat insulation (complies with German Energy Saving Regulation) and wall mounting
unit. Adhesive labels with pictograms allow for easy designation.

The flow line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (red mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ 3-way mixing valve with ProClick adapter system, either ARV 325 with fl ow coeffi cient Kvs 12 m3/h or

KVS Vario with adjustable flow coefficient Kvs

■ Maintenance-free, silent actuator ARM 343 (6 Nm, 120 s, AC 230 V) with 0/90° angle of rotation, indi-

cation for direction of rotation, selector key "Manual/Automatic Mode" and ProClick adapter system
■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Suitable for pumps DN 25 with G1½ x 180 mm.

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with gravity brake, thermometer in the handle

(blue mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Pipe for length compensation as T piece for mixer connection with

screw connection for system connection

■ System connection G1½ male (boiler), G1 female (heating circuit)

Technical Axis distance Leak rate mixing valve ARV 325 Kvs Vario
specifications 125 mm < 0.1 % of value of flow coefficient Kvs (up to Δp
0.5 bar < 0.2 % of value of flow coefficient Kvs)
System connections
Boiler G1½ male, heating circuit G1 female Heat insulation
Polypropylene EPP
Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = 95 °C, short-term 120 °C Dimensions
W x H x D: 248 x 400 x 155 mm
System pressure
Max. 10 bar
Flow coefficient Kvs
ARV 325: 12 m3/h
ARV 325 KVS Vario:
Adjustable 2.5 – 4 – 5 – 6 – 8 – 12 m3/h

www.afriso.com 233
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25

Dimensions (mm)

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 with Wilo pump

Technical Length Supply voltage

specifications 180 mm AC 230 V, 50 Hz
circulation pumps
Degree of protection Energy efficiency class
IP 44 A

Grundfos Wilo
Type UPM3 HYBRID 25-70/180 Para RS 25-180/6
Max. pumping volume 3.6 m3 3.2 m3
Max. pump head 7M 6.7 m
Power input 2 – 52 W 3 – 43 W
Operating modes / power levels
PWM-A x/4 -/-
PWM-C x/4 -/-
PP (constant volume flow) x/3 x/3
CP (constant pressure) x/3 x/3
CC (constant speed of rotation) x/3 x/3

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25 3WM-SM KVS Vario Without pump 77817
PrimoTherm K 180-2 DN 25 WP 3WM-SM KVS Vario
®
With Wilo Para RS 25-180/6 77816
PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25 GP 3WM-SM KVS Vario With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 25–70/180 77815
PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25 3WM-SM KVS 12 Without pump 77810
PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25 WP 3WM-SM KVS 12 With Wilo Para RS 25-180/6 77814
PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 25 GP 3WM-SM KVS 12 With Grundfos UPM3 HYBRID 25–70/180 77813

Accessories Specification Part no.

2 x connection piece G1 female thread,
Connection kit G1½ female thread x 1 female thread 2 x union nut G1½ female thread, 77612
2 x flat gasket

234 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 32

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and

heat-insulated assembly
■ Compact design
■ Available with high energy efficiency
pump class A
■ Easy and fast installation

Application Heating pump assembly for use in non-mixed heating circuits, specially for storage tank charging.
It connects the heating boiler and the pipe system.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional
components, form-fit heat insulation and wall mounting unit. 7
System connection: Primary end (consumer) G1¼ female

The flow line (flow/hot) consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (red mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Ball valve below the pump, suitable for use of pumps with 2" x 180 mm

■ System connection G1¼ female (heating circuit)

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (blue mark, range 0/120 °C)

■ Pipe for length compensation with gravity brake

■ System connection (boiler) G2 with screw connection G1¼ female

(easy mounting and adapter G1½ AB for use with boiler manifold)

Technical Axis distance Supply voltage

specifications 125 mm AC 230 V, 50 Hz
System connections Nominal size
Boiler G1¼ female DN 32
Heating circuit G1¼ female
Flow coefficient Kvs
Operating temperature range 21.0 m³/h
Medium: Tmax = 110 °C
Heat insulation
System pressure Polypropylene EPP
Max. 10 bar (observe maximum pressure of circu-
lation pumps used)

Options ■ With high energy efficiency pump EEI 0.2

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm K 180-1 DN 32
®
Without pump 79501
PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 32 GP With Grundfos UPM3(K) HYBRID 32-70 180 (N) 79503
PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 32 WP With Wilo Para OPT 30-180/8-60/SC 79504

www.afriso.com 235
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 32
KVS Vario
■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and
heat-insulated assembly
■ Compact design
■ Robust mixer with adjustable flow coefficient
Kvs from 12 to 22 m3/h
■ Available with high energy efficiency pumps
class A and high-grade, robust mixer as well
as actuator
■ Easy and fast installation

Application Heating pump assembly for use in non-mixed heating circuits. It connects the heating boiler and the
pipe system. With the 3-way mixer KVS Vario and the actuator, the flow temperature can be adjusted
to a desired temperature by adding water from the return. PrimoTherm® 180-2 can also be used to
increase the return temperature with solid fuel boilers which have a controller for increasing the return
7 temperature. The opening temperature must be set at this controller.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested heating pump assembly with all required functional
components, form-fit heat insulation and wall mounting unit.

The flow line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the hand wheel (red mark, range 0/120 °C)
■ 3-way mixing valve ARV 332 KVS Vario with adjustable fl ow coeffi cient Kvs and ProClick adapter system

■ Maintenance-free, silent actuator ARM 343 (6 Nm, 120 s, AC 230 V) with 0/90° angle of rotation, indi-

cation for direction of rotation, selector key "Manual/Automatic Mode" and ProClick adapter system
■ System connection G1¼ female (heating circuit)

Suitable for pumps with 2" x 180 mm.

The return line consists of:

■ Combination valve with thermometer in the handle (blue mark, range 0/120 °C), pipe for length

compensation with gravity brake

■ System connection (boiler) G2 with screw connection G1¼ female

(easy mounting and adapter G1½ AB for use with boiler manifold)

Technical Axis distance Flow coefficient Kvs

specifications 125 mm Adjustable: 12 – 16 – 22 m³/h
System connections Leak rate mixing valve ARV 325 KVS Vario
Boiler G1¼ female < 0.7 % of value of flow coefficient Kvs (up to Δp
Heating circuit G1¼ female 0.5 bar < 0.3 % of value of flow coefficient Kvs)
Operating temperature range Heat insulation
Medium: Tmax = 110 °C Polypropylene EPP
System pressure Dimensions
Max. 10 bar (observe maximum pressure of W x H x D: 248 x 480 x 170 mm
circulation pumps used)

Options ■ High energy efficiency pump

Wilo Stratos Para 30 1-7 r. K.
■ Other circulation pumps

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 32 3WM-SM Vario Without pump 79502
With Grundfos UPM3 (K) HYBRID
PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 32 GP 3WM-SM Vario 79505
32-70/180 (N)
PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 32 WP 3WM-SM Vario With Wilo Para OPT 30-180/8-60/SC 79506

236 www.afriso.com
 Heating pump assemblies Equipment for heating systems

Heating pump assembly

PrimoTherm® K 180-1/-2 DN 32

Dimensions (mm)

PrimoTherm® K 180-1 DN 32

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 DN 32 KSV Vario

www.afriso.com 237
 Equipment for heating systems Heating pump assemblies

Spare parts heating pump assemblies

PrimoTherm®

PrimoTherm® K 180-2 RTA

PrimoTherm® 180-2 RTA

PrimoTherm® K 180-3
PrimoTherm® K 180-2

PrimoTherm® K 180-2
PrimoTherm® K 180-1

PrimoTherm® K 180-1
PrimoTherm® 180-3
PrimoTherm® 180-2
PrimoTherm® 180-1
DG: G, PG: 2 Part no. DN 25 DN 25 DN 32

Thermometer set (2 pieces) 77531 X X – – X X – – – –

Thermometer set (2 pieces) 77530 – – X X – – X X – –

Thermometer set (2 pieces) 79512 – – – – – – – – X X

Ball valve VL PrimoTherm® DN 25 77537 X X X X X X X X – –

Ball valve PrimoTherm® DN 32 79511 – – – – – – – – X X

7
Ball valve RL PrimoTherm® DN 25 77539 X X X X X X X X – –

Mixing valve ARV 325 KVS Vario, DN 25, with T piece 77589 X X X – – X1 X1 – – –

Mixing valve ARV 332 KVS Vario, DN 32 79508 – – – – – – – – – X

Ball valve below pump 77536 X X X X – – – – – –

RTA mixing valve 77534 – – – X – – – X1 – –

Heat insulation with wall bracket long 77540 X X X X – – – – – –

Heat insulation with wall bracket short 79514 – – – – X X X X – –

Heat insulation with wall bracket short DN 32 79513 – – – – – – – – X X

Internal parts Vario mixer DN 25 79510 – X X – – X X – – –

Internal parts Vario mixer DN 32 79509 – – – – – – – – – X

X = suitable
X1 = no T piece required

238 www.afriso.com
 Solar thermal equipment Equipment for heating systems

Solar pump assemblies

PrimoSol®

1 Solar pump assembly PrimoSol® 130-4

2 Collector tank for solar liquid

3 Air separator combination Solar LKS

Efficient solar thermal systems are taking centre stage in heating system design as a result of rising
energy costs, new legislation and, most important, increasing environmental awareness. Advanced
solar thermal systems can be easily integrated into the heating system concepts for new buildings and
i for the conversion of existing systems.
We provide a great
variety of custom- AFRISO offers a comprehensive range of components for solar thermal systems for maximum reliability
er-specific solar – all from a single supplier. The innovative solar pump assemblies PrimoSol® are made to meet the
pump assemblies requirements of the solar systems available on the market.
for OEMs.
The pre-assembled, tightness-tested and heat-insulated assemblies are extremely easy and fast to
Please enquire.
install. The offer is complemented by a comprehensive range of accessories.

www.afriso.com 239
 Equipment for heating systems Solar thermal equipment

Solar pump assembly

PrimoSol® 130

■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and

heat-insulated assembly
Available with flow meter with ball valve,
PrimoSol® 130-4

integrated filling and flushing unit and

vent pot for degassing the heat transfer
fluid in the flow line

PrimoSol® 130-1

Application Solar pump assembly/line for connection of collector and storage tank in intrinsically safe, sealed solar
thermal systems. PrimoSol® 130 circulates heat transfer fluids such as water/glycol mixtures in the sys-
tem.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested solar pump assembly/line with all required safety and
functional components, including form-fit heat insulation.

7 Depending on the version, the return line (return/cold) consists of:

■ Circulation pump
■ Flow meter with ball valve for shut-off, pump end with flange and union nut G1½. Measuring range:

2–12 l/min. With integrated filling and flushing unit, system connection: G¾ male thread.
■ Combination valve with system connection G¾ male thread, pump end with flange and union nut

G1½. With adjustable gravity brake and thermometer in the hand wheel (blue mark, range 0/120 °C).
■ Safety group assembly with connection G¾ for expansion vessel. With solar safety valve 6 bar, outlet

Rp¾ female thread, pressure gauge Ø 63 mm, 0/10 bar, mounting valve.

The flow line consists of (130-4 only):

■ Combination valve with adjustable gravity brake and thermometer in the handle (red mark, range

0/120 °C) with system connection G¾ male

■ Vent pot to remove the gas from the heat transfer fluid with system connection G¾ male.

Transparent hose 200 mm as venting aid.

The heat insulation is also used to package the product for protected transport.
The safety valve of the safety group assembly complies with Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EC.

Technical Axis distance Heat insulation

specifications 100 mm Polypropylene EPP
System connections Circulation pump
G¾ male thread Grundfos UPM 3 Solar 25–75
Length: 130 mm
Operating temperature range
Degree of protection: IP 42
Ambient: Tmax = 40 °C
With PWM cable
Medium: Tmax = 120 °C,
short-term Tmax = 160 °C Supply voltage
AC 230 V, 50 Hz
System pressure
Max. 6 bar Power input/pumping head
19 W/4.5 m 28 W/5.5 m
Flow meter
35 W/6.5 m 45 W/7.5 m
2–12 l/min

DG: G, PG: 2 Pump Part no.

With Grundfos UPM3
PrimoSol® 130-1, 2 –12 l/min 77886
HYBRID 25-70/130
With Grundfos UPM3
PrimoSol® 130-4, 2–12 l/min 77889
HYBRID 25-70/130
PrimoSol® 130-4, 2–12 l/min Without pump 77859
With Grundfos UPM3
PrimoSol® 130-4, 8–38 l/min 77018
HYBRID 25-70/130
PWM cable, length 1 m suitable for Grundfos UPM 3 HYBRID 77015

240 www.afriso.com
 Solar thermal equipment Equipment for heating systems

Solar pump assembly PrimoSol® 130

Dimensions (mm)

Solar pump line PrimoSol® 130-1 Solar pump assembly PrimoSol® 130-4

②
②
③
④ ③

①
①

① Flow meter with ball valve as well as filling and flushing unit ① Flow meter with ball valve as well as filling and flushing unit
② Safety group assembly ② Safety group assembly
③ Combination valve with thermometer (return/cold) ③ Combination valve with thermometer (return/cold)
④ Combination valve with thermometer (flow)
⑤ Vent pot for fast and easy venting, especially
during filling of the system

Heat insulation 130-1 and 130-4 Scope of delivery

The heat insulation is also used to package the product for PrimoSol® completely pre-assembled with circulation pump
transportation. and mounting accessories.

www.afriso.com 241
 Equipment for heating systems Solar thermal equipment

Accessories for
solar thermal systems

Filling and fl ushing Diaphragm safety Connection kit

unit valve MSS

Description For solar systems as filling and For solar thermal systems to For diaphragm expansion vessels
flushing unit. protect against overpressure. (MAG) suitable for safety group
With ball valve, two boiler filling Suitable for water, water/ assembly for PrimoSol®.
and drain valves KFE G¾, pro- Antifrogen mixtures and water/
Consisting of:
7 cess connection G1 with union Tyfocor mixtures. ■ Bracket for wall mounting
nut and compression fittings at ■ Flex pipe (500 mm,
both ends.
1 union nut and seals)
■ MAG mounting valve

■ Mounting accessories

Technical Connections Connections Connections

specifications G1, compression fitting at both Inlet: G½ female Flex pipe: Union nut G¾
ends Ø 22 mm Outlet: G¾ female Mounting valve: G¾
Dimensions Cap Dimensions
L: 108 mm PA6, black Flex pipe (L): 500 mm
Bracket (W x L): 220 x 110 mm
Housing Opening pressure
Brass 6 bar
Dimensions
W x H x D: 35 x 60 x 45 mm
Housing
Brass CW617 N
Operating temperature
range
Medium: -20/+160 °C
Heating capacity
Max. 50 kW
Type approval mark
TÜV.SV.yy-2017.13.SOL
"yy" represents the year of the
approval

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

i
Filling and flushing unit 1 1 77781
Please enquire for dia-
phragm safety valves with Diaphragm safety valve MSS, G½ female x G¾ female 1 84 42330
other pressure ratings. Connection kit G¾ 1 1 77904

242 www.afriso.com
 Solar thermal equipment Equipment for heating systems

Vents for
solar thermal systems

Quick air vents Quick air vents Air separator

for solar systems for solar systems
with ball valve

Description Quick air vent for use in solar Quick air vent for use in solar Air separator for use in solar
thermal systems with operating thermal systems with operating thermal systems or in sealed
temperatures of up to 150 °C temperatures of up to 150 °C heating systems as per
and operating pressures of up and operating pressures of up EN 12828 with operating tem-
to 6 bar. Housing made of to 6 bar. Housing made of peratures of up to 150 °C and 7
high-precision turned brass, high-precision turned brass, operating pressures of up to 6
functional parts made of highly functional parts made of highly bar. The air separator removes
temperature-resistant plastic. temperature-resistant plastic. the air from the heat transfer
Connection G3/8 with O ring seal. Completely assembled with ball fluid. The air collects in the
valve as shut-off unit. housing and can be released via
Connection G3/8. a quick air vent or a manual vent
valve connected at the G3/8
threaded connection.
Compression fitting for Cu pipe
Ø 22 mm at both ends.

DG: G, PG: 2 Connection Part no.

Quick air vents for solar systems G3/8 1 25 77900
Quick air vents for solar systems with ball valve G /83
1 25 77996
Air separator Compression fitting Ø 22 1 - 77851

www.afriso.com 243
 Equipment for heating systems Solar thermal equipment

Air separator combination Solar LKS,

collector tank for solar liquid

Air separator combination Collector tank for solar liquid

Solar LKS

Application For use in thermal solar systems to remove air Collects groundwater polluting solar liquid in the
bubbles from the solar liquid. case of system overpressure.

Description Air separator, completely pre-assembled with Collector tank for solar liquid with integrated drain
7 quick air vent for solar systems. The air separator valve. Volume 10 l. The collector tank for solar liq-
removes the air contained in the heat transfer uid is connected to the diaphragm safety valve
medium. The air collects in the housing and can MSS or to the safety group assembly PrimoSol®
be released via the quick air vent for solar systems of the solar pump assembly via a pipe. In the case
connected at the G3/8 connection by actuating the of system overpressure, it collects escaping solar
ball valve. liquid. A basic volume of 1 to 1.5 l of liquid is
always contained in the collector tank to avoid
overheating of the collector tank if solar liquid
escapes suddenly from the solar thermal system.

Technical Operating temperature range Operating temperature range

specifications Medium: Max. 150 °C Medium: Max. 95 °C
Short-term 120 °C (without basic liquid volume)
System pressure
Max. 6 bar Dimensions
W x H x D: 300 x 390 x 145 mm
System connections
Compression fitting for Cu pipe Weight
Ø 22 mm at both ends 0.97 kg
Filling volume
Max. 10 l

Solar pump assembly

PrimoSol® 130-4 with
collector tank for solar
liquid in a solar thermal
system.

DG: G PG Part no.

Air separator combination Solar LKS,
1 1 1 77850
Connection: Compression fitting Ø 22
Collector tank for solar liquid 1 1 1 77796

244 www.afriso.com
 7

www.afriso.com 245
 Single room temperature
controllers

Terminal blocks for

controllers

Manifold systems for

heating and cooling
CHAPTER 8

Equipment for surface heating

and cooling systems

SINGLE ROOM CONTROLLER

Overview single room temperature controllerCosiTherm® 248

Single room temperature controllerCosiTherm® – wired 250

Room temperature sensor D – wired 253

Room thermostat RT 10 D 5 for CosiTherm® – wired 254

Single room temperature controllerCosiTherm® – wireless 255

Room temperature sensor FT – wireless 258

8
Single room temperature controllerCosiTherm® Basic – terminal bar WB 10 D – wired
259

Single room temperature controllerFloorControl controller terminal bar WB 01– wireless

261

Room thermostat TA 03 for controller terminal bar WB 01 / WB 10

263

Room thermostat RT 01 for controller terminal bar WB 01 / WB 10

265

Room thermostat RT 05 for controller terminal bar WB 01 / WB 10

266

Room thermostat RT 10 D 230 for CosiTherm® Basic 267

Thermostatic actuatorsTSA-02 268

Thermostatic actuatorsTSA-02 FO with First-Open function 269

Thermostatic actuatorTSA-03 270

MECHANICAL SINGLE ROOM CONTROLLER

Single room controller RTL-Box 324 Vario

271

MANIFOLDS

Stainless steel heating circuit manifoldProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP with dynamic control valve 273

Pump assemblyPrimoTherm® Floor 130 279

OEM manifold systems: Heating circuit manifold ProCalida® MC, EF 282

Heating circuit/geothermal manifold ProCalida® IN 1½, GT, drinking water manifold 283

247
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm®

Overview wired version

Base module with controller module for 6 control circuits

Base module with timer module and controller module for 8 control circuits Room temperature sensor wired

Functions
■ Adjustment of reference temperature 6/30°C
■ Measurement of actual temperature

Base module with timer module and controller module for 12 control circuits

i
The controller modules can be combined as
required, subject to the conditions on site.

Overview wireless version

Base module with controller module for 6 control circuits

Base module with controller module for 8 control circuits Room temperature sensor wireless

Functions
■ Adjustment of reference temperature 6/30°C
■ Measurement of actual temperature

Base module with controller module for 12 control circuits

248 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Functions and connections

Single room temperature controller CosiTherm®

1 2 3 4 5
Base module BM
1 LED green: Operation mains voltage
2 LED green: Operation DC 5 V
3 LED red: Pump "Heating"
4 LED blue: Pump "Cooling"
5 LED blue: Indication program mode "Heating" or "Cooling"
6 Connection supply voltage AC 230 V
7 Relay contact pump "Heating"
8 Relay contact pump "cooling"
9 Cascading output "Heating/Cooling"
10 Input switchover "Heating/Cooling"

6 7 8 9 10
Base module BM

3 4 3 4 8

5 5

6 6

1 2

Controller module D2 Controller module D6

Controller module wired

1 Controller module with two control circuits 4 LED yellow: Indication thermostatic actuator active
2 Controller module with six control circuits 5 Terminal block for room temperature sensors
3 LED green: 6 Terminal block for thermostatic actuators
Indication mains voltage for thermostatic actuators

www.afriso.com 249
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wired

■ Controller terminal bar for connection

of actuators
■ For manifold systems for heating and cooling
■ Extremely flat room temperature sensor
with a height of 12.5 mm
■ Room temperature sensor with
wire connection
■ Timer module for programming temperature
reduction, pump operating time and valve
protection function

Application Controls the temperature of individual rooms in connection with manifold systems for heating and
cooling.

Description The base version of the single room temperature controller CosiTherm® wired consists of a base mod-
ule, at least one controller module with two or six independent control circuits and a corresponding
number of room temperature sensors. The controller modules can be interconnected in a modular way
to account for the number of control circuits/rooms. One room temperature sensor is required per
control circuit; it is wired to the controller module. The room temperature sensor measures the actual
temperature in the room. The reference temperature is adjusted via the rotary knob of the room tem-
perature sensor. The controller module compares the actual temperature and the reference tempera-
ture and controls the volume flow of the heating/cooling water via the thermostatic actuators of the
manifold system.
8 An optional timer module with display and an integrated hundred-year calendar can be plugged into
the base module. It features two independently programmable switching channels for temperature
reduction, nine programmable memory blocks and a valve and pump protection function. The addi-
tional pump running time is adjustable. The terminals of the controller modules are colour-coded for
easy assignment to the wires; in conjunction with the DIN rail snap connectors at the rear of the
housing, this facilitates installation.

Functions Base module BM

■ Power supply of the room temperature sensors

(DC 5 V) and thermostatic actuators (AC 230 V)

■ Switchover of the system to "Heating" or "Cooling"

■ Control of the heating/cooling pumps

Controller module
■ Comparison of actual and reference temperatures

■ Control of heating/cooling water via connected

thermostatic actuators
■ Connection of two or six control circuits,

extensible as required
■ Wired connection of room temperature sensors

Timer module UM (option)

■ Time data: Date, time, weekday

(leap year detection)

■ Automatic switching between daylight Timer module (option) for pro-
saving time and winter time (CEST) gramming and display of date,
■ Temperature reduction adjustment
time, weekday.
■ Additional pump running time adjustment

■ Valve and pump protection function adjustment

250 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wired

Technical Connections Controller module

specifications Base module BM
Supply voltage
Max. 9 controller modules D2 or
AC 230 V, DC 5 V (via base module BM)
3 controller modules D6
Controller module D2 Nominal power
Max. 2 room temperature sensors and 8 actuators Controller module D2: 0.1 W
Controller module D6 Controller module D6: 0.3 W
Max. 6 room temperature sensors and 24 actuators Housing (W x H x D)
Operating temperature range Plastic housing PC/ABS
Ambient/storage: -10/+60 °C Controller module D2: 73 x 92 x 45 mm
Controller module D6: 162 x 92 x 45 mm
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Base module BM
Weight
Supply voltage Controller module D2: 130 g
AC 230 V, 50-60 Hz Controller module D6: 260 g
Nominal power
Timer module UM (option)
1 VA
Automatic switching between daylight
Housing
saving time and winter time (CEST)
Plastic housing PC/ABS
W x H x D: 122 x 92 x 45 mm Temperature reduction
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529) 4K
Switching channels:
Weight
215 g
2, independently programmable
Memory blocks:
8
9, independently programmable
Valve and pump protection function/
additional pump running time
0/15 min, adjustable
Supply voltage
DC 3.3 V (via base module BM)
Nominal power
3 mW
Housing (W x H x D)
Plastic housing PC/ABS
Colour: Light grey, similar to RAL 7047
W x H x D: 37 x 93 x 28 mm
Degree of protection: IP 30 (EN 60529)
Weight
33 g

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Base module BM 78112
Controller module D2
78114
for 2 control circuits
Controller module D6
78115
for 6 control circuits
Options
Timer module UM
78113
for base module BM

www.afriso.com 251
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wired

Types and dimensions (mm)

Base module BM Controller module D2

Controller module D6 Timer module UM

252 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Room temperature sensor D – wired

■ Extremely flat with a height of 12.5 mm

■ Easy surface mounting

Page 250

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature.

Description The room temperature sensor D transmits the actual ambient temperature as well as the reference
room temperature via the connection wire to the single room temperature controller CosiTherm®. The
reference value for the room temperature is adjusted by means of the integrated rotary knob. The actu-
al temperature in rooms with an underfloor heating system is compared to the reference temperature on
an ongoing basis. If there is a difference, the single room temperature controller CosiTherm® adapts
volume flows of the heating/cooling water via the thermostatic actuators of the manifold system of the
surface heating system. 8

Technical Operating temperature range Wired connection

specifications Ambient: -10/+60 °C Max. 100 m
Storage: -10/+60 °C
Housing
Temperature adjustment range Wall mounting housing made of PC
6/30 °C Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
Temperature reduction W x H x D: 78 x 78 x 12.5 mm
4K Weight: 30 g
Supply voltage Degree of protection:IP 30 (EN 60529)
DC 5 V, via controller module Scope of delivery
Nominal power ■ Room temperature sensor D
0.012 VA ■ Mounting kit (2 x screws, 2 x screws)

Dimensions (mm)

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Room temperature sensor D 78110

www.afriso.com 253
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Room thermostat RT 10 D 5 for

CosiTherm® – wired

■ Easy mounting on standard in-wall switch boxes

■ 5 V version for CosiTherm® – wired
■ Display
■ Adjustable time programs
■ Central switching between heating and cooling

Page 250

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature for use in water-based underfloor heating systems.

Description The room thermostat measures the ambient temperature, compares it to the reference temperature
and provides a control signal for CosiTherm®.

The reference value for the room temperature is adjusted by means of the function keys. The actual
temperature in rooms with an underfloor heating system is compared to the reference temperature on
an ongoing basis. If there is a difference, the single room temperature controller CosiTherm® opens or
closes the actuators, thus controlling the heating circuits. In addition to the reference temperature, you
can store timer programs (e.g. Day/Night).

8
Technical Operating temperature range Weight
specifications Ambient/storage: 5/60 °C 165 g
Temperature adjustment range Scope of delivery
5/35 °C ■ RT 10 D 5

Accuracy: ±0.5 K ■ Operating instructions

Supply voltage Necessary additional components:

5 V via CosiTherm® controller terminal bar ■ CosiTherm® base module BM

■ CosiTherm® controller module D2 and/or D6

Housing
Plastic, PC
Colour: White (RAL 9003)
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)

Dimensions (mm)

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Room thermostat RT 10 D 5 86061

254 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wireless

■ Controller terminal bar for

connection of actuators
■ For manifold systems for heating
and cooling
■ Worldwide access via the
AFRISOhome gateway

A A A

Page 149 Page 150 Page 258

Application Controls the temperature of individual rooms in connection with manifold systems for heating or cool-
ing. EnOcean® wireless technology for integration into building automation systems.

Description The base version of the single room temperature controller CosiTherm® Wireless consists of a base
module, at least one controller module with two or six independent control circuits and a correspond-
ing number of room temperature sensors. The controller modules can be interconnected in a modular
way to account for the number of control circuits/rooms. One room temperature sensor is required per
control circuit; the standard version is battery-less and connected to the controller module via the
EnOcean® wireless technology. The room temperature sensor measures the actual temperature in the
room. The reference temperature is adjusted via the rotary knob of the room temperature sensor or via
the app AFRISOhome. The controller module compares the actual temperature and the reference tem-
perature and controls the volume flow of the heating/cooling water via the thermostatic actuators of the
manifold system. 8
The base module features two independently programmable switching channels for temperature
reduction, nine programmable memory blocks and a valve and pump protection function. The addi-
tional pump running time is adjustable. The terminals of the controller modules are colour-coded for
easy assignment to the wires of the thermostatic actuators; in conjunction with the DIN rail snap con-
nectors at the rear of the housing, this facilitates installation.
With an AFRISOhome gateway, it is possible to remotely check and, if necessary, adjust the room tem-
peratures via the AFRISOhome app (for example, when coming back from winter vacation). This flexi-
ble remote control of the room temperature combines multiple benefits: you can increase living comfort
and reduce energy costs.
In conjunction with additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology, the
user can configure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible applications.

Functions Base module BM

■ Power supply of the thermostatic

actuators (AC 230 V)

■ Switchover of the system to

"Heating" or "Cooling"
■ Control of the heating/cooling pumps

Controller module
■ Comparison of actual and reference

temperatures
■ Control of heating/cooling water via connected

thermostatic actuators
■ Connection of two or six control circuits,

extensible
■ Connection to room temperature sensors via

EnOcean® wireless technology

www.afriso.com 255
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wireless

Technical Connections Controller module

specifications Base module BM Supply voltage
Max. 9 controller modules F2 or AC 230 V, DC 5 V (via base module BM)
3 controller modules F6
Controller module F2 Nominal power
Controller module F2: 0.3 W
Max. 2 room temperature sensors and 8 actuators
Controller module F6: 0.5 W
as well as external antenna
Controller module RM F6 Housing (W x H x D)
Max. 6 room temperature sensors and 24 actuators Plastic housing PC/ABS
as well as external antenna Controller module F2: 73 x 92 x 45 mm
Controller module F6: 162 x 92 x 45 mm
Operating temperature range Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Ambient/storage: -10/+60 °C
Weight
EnOcean® wireless Controller module F2: 130 g
Frequency: 868.3 MHz Controller module F6: 260 g
Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
arrangement and materials in the
building)

Base module BM
Supply voltage
AC 230 V, 50–60 Hz

8 Nominal power
1 VA
Housing
Plastic housing PC/ABS
Colour: Light grey, similar to RAL 7047
W x H x D: 122 x 92 x 45 mm
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Weight
215 g

i
See operating instructions DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
for detailed information
Base module BM 78112
on the range of the
EnOcean® wireless Controller module F2A with external antenna, for 2 control circuits 78123
module. Controller module F6A with external antenna, for 6 control circuits 78124

256 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Single room temperature controller

CosiTherm® – wireless

Types and dimensions (mm)

Base module BM Controller module F2

Controller module F6

www.afriso.com 257
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Room temperature sensor FT –

wireless

■ Extremely flat with a height of 12.5 mm

■ No cables required
(operation via photovoltaic cell or battery)
■ Flexible location-independent use
anywhere in buildings

A A A

Page 255 Page 149 Page 150

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature.

Description The room temperature sensor FT transmits the actual ambient temperature as well as the reference
room temperature via the integrated EnOcean® wireless module to the single room temperature con-
troller CosiTherm® Wireless or to the AFRISOhome gateway. The reference value for the room temper-
ature is adjusted by means of the integrated rotary knob.
The actual temperature in rooms with an underfloor heating system is compared to the reference tem-
perature on an ongoing basis. If there is a difference, the single room temperature controller CosiTherm®
8 – Wireless adapts the volume flows of the heating/cooling water via the thermostatic actuators of the
manifold system of the surface heating system. The energy required to send reference temperature
and actual temperature values is generated by means of an integrated photovoltaic cell; it is also pos-
sible to use a standard battery. The AFRISOhome gateway transmits alarm messages and changes in
temperature and/or humidity via WLAN or LAN to the person in charge (for example, to the owner, the
facility manager, the janitor or other configured contacts); the message includes information on which
room temperature sensor has signalled the change. The AFRISOhome gateway in conjunction with
additional AFRISO smart home products with EnOcean® wireless technology allows the user to config-
ure a whole range of fully customisable, extensible applications.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing

specifications Ambient: -20/+60 °C Wall mounting housing made of PC
Storage: -20/+60 °C Colour: White, similar to RAL 9003
Temperature adjustment range W x H x D: 78 x 82.5 x 12.5 mm
8/30 °C Weight: 43 g
Degree of protection: P 30 (EN 60529)
Temperature measurement
0/40 °C EnOcean® wireless
Accuracy: ±1 K EEP: A5-10-03
Supply voltage Frequency: 868.3 MHz
Energy harvesting (via photovoltaic cell) Transmission power: Max. 10 mW
or type 1632 battery, DC 3 V Range: 10 to 30 m (depending on room
(with daylight less than 200 lx) arrangement and materials in the
building)
Scope of delivery
■ Room temperature sensor FT

Dimensions (mm) ■ 4 x adhesive dots

■ Without battery

Necessary additional components

■ CosiTherm® – wireless and/or

■ AFRISOhome gateway

i
See operating instructions
for detailed information
on the range of the DG: L, PG: 4 Part no.
EnOcean® wireless Room temperature sensor FT
78111
module. (temperature)

258 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Single room temperature controller CosiTherm®

Basic controller terminal bar WB 10 D – wired

■ Controller terminal bar for connection of

actuator and room thermostats
■ For water-based underfloor heating systems
■ Suitable for room thermostat RT 10 D 230

A A

Page 268 Page 267

Application For wiring of the room thermostats and actuators. The controller terminal bar supplies the actuators
and room thermostats.

Description Up to 8 room thermostats and up to 20 actuators can be connected to the controller terminal bar. The
room thermostat measures the actual temperature in the corresponding rooms. The reference tempera-
ture is adjusted by means of the keys of the room thermostat. The room thermostat then switches the
thermostatic actuator via the controller terminal bar to control the heating circuit at the manifold.

It is also possible to connect a pump. When all actuators are de-energised (closed), the pump is
switched off.

Technical Connections Housing

8
specifications Max. 8 control circuits and 20 actuators Plastic housing PC/ABS
Max. 1 room thermostat per control circuit W x H x D: 210 x 92 x 24 mm
Control circuits 1 + 2 = 4 actuators each Colour: Light grey (similar to RAL 7047)
Control circuits 3 – 8 = 2 actuators each Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Operating temperature range Weight
Ambient/storage: 5/50 °C 275 g
Supply voltage Scope of delivery
230 V ■ Controller terminal bar with

connection cable/Euro plug

Nominal power ■ Operating instructions
500 W

Types and dimensions (mm)

CosiTherm® Basic controller terminal bar WB 10-D 8-230

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

CosiTherm® Basic controller
80236
terminal bar WB 10 D-8-230

www.afriso.com 259
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Single room temperature controller CosiTherm®

Basic controller terminal bar WB 10 D – wired

Connection controller terminal bar WB 10 D-8-230

RT 01 D-230 RT 01 D-BAT RT 05 D-230 RT 05 D-BAT TA 03 RT 10 D-230

N L L1 NO COM NC N L L1 COM NC NO 1 3 2 4

8
230 V AC
50 Hz
Circulation
pump Actuators TSA-02 Actuators TSA-02 FO

i
Room thermostats
D-BAT require a cable
2 x 0.5 mm², room ther-
mostats D-230 a cable
3 x 0.5 mm².

260 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Single room temperature controller FloorControl

controller terminal bar WB 01 – wired

■ Controller terminal bar for connection

of actuators and room thermostats
■ For manifold systems for heating and cooling
■ Suitable for room temperature sensors series
RT – wired

A A A

Page 268 Page 266 Page 265

Application Controls the temperature of individual rooms in connection with manifold systems for heating (cooling
function depends on room temperature sensor used).

Description The single room temperature controller FloorControl is a complete system consisting of a terminal
block with the corresponding number of room thermostats. The controller terminal bar has eight
control circuits. One room thermostat is required per control circuit; it is wired to the controller terminal
bar. Up to four thermostatic actuators can be connected to each of the control circuits 1 to 3;
a maximum of two actuators can be connected to the thermostatic actuators 4 to 8.

The room thermostat measures the actual temperature in the corresponding rooms. The reference 8
temperature is adjusted by means of the keys of the room thermostat. The room thermostat then
switches the thermostatic actuator via the controller terminal bar to control the heating circuit at the
manifold.

Functions and Controller terminal bar WB 01

features For controlling the reference temperature. Versions:
■ WB 01 D-8-24: Power supply for the thermostatic actuators (DC 24 V) and supply of the contacts

of the room thermostat (battery operation only)

■ WB 01 D-8-230: Power supply for the thermostatic actuators (AC 230 V) and supply of the contacts

of the room thermostat (AC 230 V or battery operation only)

Technical Connections Housing

specifications Max. 8 control circuits and 22 actuators Plastic housing ABS
Max. 1 room thermostat per control circuit W x H x D: 335 x 106 x 72 mm
Colour: White (RAL 9003)
Operating temperature range
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Ambient/storage: 5/50 °C
Weight
Supply voltage
Without mains cable
WB 01 D-8-24: 24 V
WB 01 D-8-230: 766 g
WB 01 D-8-230: 230 V
WB 01 D-8-24: 751 g
Nominal power
4.948 VA

Compatibility
Controller terminal bar
Room thermostat WB 01 D-8-230 WB 01 D-8-24
TA 03 • •
RT 01 D-230 •
RT 01 D-BAT • •
RT 05 D-230 •
RT 05 D-BAT • •
Actuators 230 V 24 V

www.afriso.com 261
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Single room temperature controller FloorControl

controller terminal bar WB 01 – wired

Connection controller terminal bar WB 01 D-8-230

RT 01 D-230 RT 01 D-BAT RT 05 D-230 RT 05 D-BAT TA 03

N L L1 NO COM NC N L L1 COM NC NO 1 3 2 4

The controller terminal bar

is equipped with remova-
ble terminals for easy
mounting.

230 V AC
50 Hz
8
Power supply for next Circulation Contact out- Heating unit (e.g. gas
WB01 D-8-230 pump put boiler) or cooling
Actuators Actuators TSA-
pump
TSA-02 02 FO

i Room thermostats D-BAT require a cable 2 x 0.5 mm², room thermostats D-230 a cable 3 x 0.5 mm².

Connection controller terminal bar WB 01 D-8-24

RT 01 D-BAT RT 05 D-BAT TA 03

i
The thermostats D-BAT require a cable
2 x 0.5 mm². In the case of the 24 V
NO COM NC COM NC NO 1 3 2 4 version of the controller, the pumps
require externals power supplies.

24 V DC

Supply voltage via power sup- Circulation Contact Heating unit

ply unit 24 V DC (e.g. Mean pump output (e.g. gas boiler) or
Actuators TSA-02 FO
Well SGA60E24-P1J) pump cooling

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Controller terminal bar WB 01 D-8-230 for 8 control circuits (230 V) 86013
Controller terminal bar WB 01 D-8-24 for 8 control circuits (24 V) 86014

262 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Room thermostats TA 03
for controller terminal bar WB 01/WB 10 D

■ Mechanical temperature controllers

with lamp and on/off switch
■ For room temperature control
■ Switch-off function for the summer months
■ Easy surface mounting
■ Universal use, also for standard controllers

A A A

Page 261 Page 259 Page 268

Application Mechanical room thermostats for domestic applications. On-wall wall mounting allows for retrofitting.

Description The temperature measured at the probe causes a change in the volume of the measuring liquid. The
force acting triggers electrical switching. For optimum temperature control, the room thermostat
should be installed at an inside wall opposing radiators. Install the room thermostat away from heat
source of all kinds and from draft and do not expose it to sunlight. The best installation height is
approx. 1.5 m above the floor.

Technical Operating temperature range Housing 8

specifications Ambient: 0/50 °C Wall mounting housing made of PVC
Storage: 0/50 °C Colour: White (RAL 9016)
W x H x D: 80 x 80 x 44 mm
Temperature adjustment range Weight: 134 g
7/30 °C Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Switching differential Electrical switching contact
∆T ≤1 K Changeover contact
Temperature change rate Contact rating
1 K/15 minutes NC 16 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Setting NO 16 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Externally adjustable
Probe element
Liquid-filled

Compatibility
DG: G, PG: 4 Lamp On/off switch WB 01/10-D-8-230 WB 01-D-8-24 Part no.
TA 03 - - • • 42616X
TA 03 • - • - 42617X
TA 03 • • • - 42618X
TA 03 • Summer/winter • - 42619X

www.afriso.com 263
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Room thermostats TA 03
for controller terminal bar WB 01/WB 10 D

Types and dimensions (mm)

TA 03 Wiring diagram

TA 03 without switch, with lamp Wiring diagram

230 V

TA 03 with switch, with lamp Wiring diagram

230 V

264 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Room thermostats RT 01
for controller terminal bar WB 01/WB 10 D

■ Compact, modern design

■ Easy surface mounting or mounting to
standard in-wall switch boxes
■ Either as 230 V or as battery version
■ Suitable for heating and cooling

A A A

Page 261 Page 259 Page 268

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature. Can also be used for cooling (manual switching).

Description The room thermostat RT 01 is a part of the complete system FloorControl for single-room temperature
control. Each room thermostat measures the actual ambient temperature and switches the output to
obtain the required reference temperature. The reference value for the room temperature is adjusted by
means of the keys. The integrated display shows the values. The actual temperature in rooms with an
underfloor heating system is compared to the reference temperature on an ongoing basis.
Versions:
■ RT 01 D-BAT: Version with battery, suitable for wall mounting
■ RT 01 D-230: 230 V version, suitable for mounting to standard junction boxes/in-wall switch boxes

8
Technical Operating temperature range Contact rating
specifications Ambient/storage: 5/50 °C NO/NC: Max. 1A 250 V AC
Temperature adjustment range Housing
5/35 °C Plastic, PC-ABS
Accuracy: ±0.5 K Colour: White (RAL 9003)
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Supply voltage
Either AC 230 V or battery, Weight
see ordering table RT 01 D-230: 105 g
RT 01 D-BAT: 84 g
Nominal power
RT 01 D-230: 5.396 VA Scope of delivery
■ RT 01 D-BAT: With battery

Types and dimensions (mm)

Room thermostat RT 01 D-230 Room thermostat RT 01 D-BAT

Compatibility
DG: G, PG: 4 WB 01/10 D-8-230 WB 01 D-8-24 Part no.
Room thermostat RT 01 D-230 (230 V) • 86018
Room thermostat RT 01 D-BAT (battery) • • 86017

www.afriso.com 265
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Room thermostats RT 05
for controller terminal bar WB 01/WB 10 D

■ Compact, modern design

■ Easy mounting on standard in-wall switch boxes
■ Either as 230 V or as battery version
■ Large display with additional information
■ Timer programs can be stored
■ Suitable for heating and cooling

A A A

Page 261 Page 259 Page 268

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature.
Can also be used for cooling (manual switching).

Description The room thermostat RT 05 is a part of the complete system FloorControl for single-room temperature
control. Each room thermostat measures the actual ambient temperature and switches the output to
obtain the required reference temperature. The reference value for the room temperature is adjusted by
means of the keys. The actual temperature in rooms with an underfloor heating system is compared to
the reference temperature on an ongoing basis. In addition to the reference temperature, you can store
timer programs (e.g. Day/Night). The display shows values such as temperature, time or battery status.
Both versions are suitable for mounting to junction boxes or in-wall switch boxes.
8
Versions:
■ RT 05 D-BAT: Version with battery
■ RT 05 D-230: 230 V version

Technical Programs Nominal power

■ Day and night mode RT 05 D-230: 1.175 VA
specifications
■ Week program:
Contact rating
Same setting for all days NO/NC: Max. 1A 250 V AC
■ Day program:
Housing
Different setting for each day
Plastic, PC
Operating temperature range Colour: White (RAL 9003)
Ambient/storage: 5/50 °C Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Operation: Max. 50 °C
Weight
Temperature adjustment range RT 05 D-230: 189 g, RT 05 D-BAT: 166 g
5/35 °C
Accuracy: ±0.5 K Scope of delivery
■ RT 05 D-BAT: With battery
Supply voltage
Either AV 230 V or battery

Dimensions (mm)

Compatibility
DG: G, PG: 4 WB 01/10 D-8-230 WB 01 D-8-24 Part no.
Room thermostat RT 05 D-230 (230 V) • 86019
Room thermostat RT 05 D-BAT (battery) • • 86020

266 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Room thermostat RT 10 D 230

■ Easy mounting on standard in-wall

switch boxes
■ 230 V version
■ Display
■ Adjustable time programs

A A

Page 259 Page 268

Application Determination of the actual ambient temperature and adjustment of the reference value for the room
temperature for use in water-based underfloor heating systems.

Description The room thermostat RT 10 D 230 is used in water-based underfloor heating systems in conjunction
with thermostatic actuators and/or controller terminal bars (e.g. CosiTherm® Basic WB 10 D-8-230 and
WB 01 D). Each room thermostat measures the actual ambient temperature and switches the output
to obtain the required reference temperature. The reference value for the room temperature is adjusted
by means of the keys. The actual temperature in rooms with an underfloor heating system is compared
to the reference temperature on an ongoing basis. In addition to the reference temperature, you can
store timer programs (e.g. Day/Night). The display shows values such as temperature, time or heating
mode.

8
Technical Programs Housing
specifications Adjustable for 5 + 2 or 6 + 1 or 7 days Plastic, PC
Colour: White (RAL 9003)
Operating temperature range
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
Ambient/storage: 5/60 °C
Weight
Temperature adjustment range
165 g
5/35 °C
Accuracy: ±0.5 K Scope of delivery
■ RT 10 D 230
Supply voltage ■ Operating instructions
AC 230 V
Contact rating
Max. 3 A 250 V AC

Dimensions (mm)

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Room thermostat RT 10 D-230 86062

www.afriso.com 267
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Thermostatic actuator TSA-02

■ Stroke indicator via grey rod on cap

■ Either as 24 V or as 230 V version
■ Slim design (Ø 39 mm)

A A A

Page 261 Page 259 Page 274

Application For controlling the hot water valves in radiators or AFRISO distribution manifolds such as heating/cool-
ing circuit manifolds ProCalida® MC, EF and VA or industrial manifolds IN. Actuators convert the elec-
trical signal received from room or timer thermostats into a valve stroke to control the set temperature
via the flow rate.
The actuator is factory-closed and thus ready for automatic operation.

Description Electro-thermostatic actuator with position indication, connection cable and union nut for direct con-
nection to the valve or upper part of the manifold. Closed when de-energised; available as 24 V or as
230 V version.
8
Technical Operating mode Closing dimension
specifications Closed when de-energised (NC) 10.8 mm
Stroke Cable length
> 3.2 mm 1m
Indication via rods on hood
Housing
Opening time Plastic
5–6 minutes Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529)
Operating temperature range Dimensions
Ambient: Max. 60 °C H x Ø: 56 x 39 mm
Supply voltage Actuating force
AC/DC 24 V or AC 230 V Approx. 90 N
Power: 2 W
Connection
Union nut M30 x 1.5 mm

i
AFRISO offers customer-
specific versions of the
actuators for many valve
DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
upper parts for OEMs.
We look forward to your TSA-02, 230 V 1 10 78882
enquiry. TSA-02, AC/DC 24 V 1 10 78883

268 www.afriso.com
 Single room controller Equipment surface heating

Thermostatic actuator TSA-02 FO

■ First Open function

■ Manual Re-Open function without power applied
■ Auto Spin function
■ Stroke indicator
■ Either as 24 V or as 230 V version
■ Slim design (Ø 39 mm)
A A

Page 261 Page 274

Application For controlling the hot water valves in radiators or AFRISO distribution manifolds such as heating/cool-
ing circuit manifolds ProCalida® MC, EF and VA or industrial manifolds IN. Actuators convert the elec-
trical signal received from room or timer thermostats into a valve stroke to control the set temperature
via the flow rate.
The actuator is factory-opened (First Open function) so that the stroke vales at the heating circuit man-
ifold remain open during initial commissioning. This facilitates mounting as well as filling and flushing of
the system since, at this point in time, the control system is usually not yet operative. The First Open
function (FO) is automatically disabled (Auto Spin function) as soon as the actuator is electrically con-
nected and fully closed. The FO function can also be disabled manually by turning the upper hand
wheel to the left by 90° to set automatic mode at the actuator. 8
For servicing, the factory setting "open" of the actuator can be restored manually via the hand wheel
without power having to be applied (Re-Open function). The slim design (housing diameter 39 mm)
allows for installation to manifolds with a heating circuit distance of 40 mm.

Description Electro-thermostatic actuator with First Open and Re-Open functions, position indication, connection
cable and union nut for direct connection to the valve or upper part of the valve. Closed when de-en-
ergised; available as 24 V or as 230 V version.

Technical Functions Supply voltage

specifications First Open and Re-Open functions AC/DC 24 V or AC 230 V
(adjustable via hand wheel), Power: 2 W
Auto Spin function
Connection
Operating mode Union nut M30 x 1.5 mm
Closed when de-energised (NC)
Closing dimension
Condition as delivered: Open
10.8 mm
Stroke
Cable length
> 3.2 mm
1m
Indication via rod
Actuating force 90 N or 110 N Housing
Plastic
Opening time
Degree of protection: IP 54 (EN 60529)
Approx. 5–6 minutes
Dimensions
Operating temperature range
H x Ø: 72 x 39 mm
Ambient: Max. 60 °C

i DG: G, PG: 4 Actuating force Part no.

AFRISO offers customer-
TSA-02 FO, AC 230 V 90 N 10 100 79014
specific versions of the
actuators for many valve TSA-02 FO, AC/DC 24 V 90 N 10 100 79015
upper parts for OEMs. TSA-02 FO, AC 230 V 110 N 10 100 79016
We look forward to your TSA-02 FO, AC/DC 24 V 110 N 10 100 79017
enquiry.
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 100 pieces; delivery only in packing units.

www.afriso.com 269
 Equipment surface heating Single room controller

Thermostatic actuator TSA-03

■ Stroke indicator via grey rod on cap

■ With integrated limit switch for
circulation pump
■ Either as 24 V or as 230 V version
■ Compact design

A A A

Page 261 Page 259 Page 274

Application For controlling the hot water valves in radiators or AFRISO distribution manifolds such as heating/cool-
ing circuit manifolds ProCalida® MC, EF and VA or industrial manifolds IN. Actuators convert the elec-
trical signal received from room or timer thermostats into a valve stroke to control the set temperature
via the flow rate.
The actuator is factory-closed and thus ready for automatic operation.

Description Electro-thermostatic actuator with position indication, limit switch, connection cable and union nut for
direct connection to the valve or upper part of the valve. Closed when de-energised. TSA 03 can be
used to switch off the pump via the integrated limit switch when all valves are closed.
8

Technical Operating mode Connection

specifications Closed when de-energised (NC) Union nut M30 x 1.5 mm
Stroke Closing dimension
> 3.2 mm 10.8 mm
Indication via rods on hood
Cable length
Opening time 1m
Approx. 5–6 minutes
Housing
Operating temperature range Plastic
Ambient: Max. 60 °C Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
Supply voltage Dimensions
AC/DC 24 V or AC 230 V H x W x L: 57 x 39 x 52 mm
Power: 2 W
Actuating force
Switching output
Approx. 90 N
1 voltage-free, normally open contact
Contact rating
AC/DC 24 V, max. 6 A / 2 A
AC 230 V, max. 6 A / 0.1 A

i
AFRISO offers customer-
specific versions of the DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.
actuators for many valve
TSA-03, AC 230 V
upper parts for OEMs. 1 10 78871
with limit switch
We look forward to your
TSA-03, AC/DC 24 V
enquiry. 1 10 78872
with limit switch

270 www.afriso.com
 Mechanical single room controller Equipment surface heating

Single room controller RTL-Box 324

Vario with return temperature limiter

■ Very compact visible plate (11.5 x 13.5 cm)

made of high-gloss plastics
■ Elegant, compact control head
■ Exact alignment with mounting wall due to
depth-adjustable mounting frame
■ Aesthetic design allows for user-friendly
mounting at the level of the light switches

Application For decentralised temperature control in individual rooms with underfloor heating systems or wall heat-
ing systems in combination with radiator installation. Ideal for scenarios without radiator installation and
if no centralised distribution is desired. The RTL-Box 324 Vario combines heating circuit, room temper-
ature sensor and control in a single unit. The purely mechanical function of the room controller requires
no additional electrical power for actuators or similar equipment. Due to the compact dimensions and
the aesthetic design, the RTL-Box fits perfectly at the level of light switch installations. This ensures
optimum control characteristics and excellent user-friendliness.

Description The single room controller RTL-Box 324 Vario consists of a high-grade, high-gloss cover plate made of
sturdy plastic, an aesthetic thermostat control head and a mounting frame. The mounting frame 8
adapts to the wall and levels a height of up to 25 mm. The optional extension kit extends the thermo-
stat head by 20 mm if the maximum wall level height is exceeded. The wall installation box with shell
protection comprises an adjustable valve assembly consisting of a control valve, a thermostat valve
and a return temperature limiter for limiting the radiator return temperature to a temperature level suita-
ble for the underfloor heating system. The valve opens when the values falls below the adjusted limit
value. The pipes of the underfloor heating system are mounted in the wall installation box by means of
standard compression fittings.

Technical Temperature adjustment range Installation depth

specifications Reference: 8/28 °C (room temperature) Min. 63 mm
Return temperature: 20/48 °C Max. 88 mm
Operating temperature range Housing
Medium: Tmax = 90 °C Plastic cover (PC/ABS)
High-gloss white
System connections
Plastic wall installation box (PP) black
Connector with eurocone, can be fixed with
Weight: 1.25 kg
spring clips
Pipe connection
Eurocone G¾
Nominal pressure
Max. 6 bar

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Single room controller
78330
RTL-Box 324 Vario
Accessories
Extension kit
78331
RTL-Box 324 Vario

www.afriso.com 271
 Equipment surface heating Mechanical single room controller

Single room controller RTL-Box 324 Vario

with return temperature limiter

Types and dimensions (mm)

Cover with wall installation box

112
+14 +13
73 –11 33 –17
115
135

Ø 50
358

52
95 62

① Wall installation box

② Adjustment unit
③ Thermostat control head
④ Depth-adjustable mounting frame
⑤ High-gloss cover
⑥ Vent hose DN 2
⑦ Plug-in nipple eurocone for pipe connection
⑧ Adjustable mounting bracket

272 www.afriso.com
 Manifolds Equipment surface heating

Stainless steel heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP with dynamic control
valve for hydraulic balancing
Valve pre-adjustment Thermostatic actuators TSA-02/03
The dynamic control valve For electronic control of the return
Vario-DP is fully adjustable with valves. Actuators convert the elec-
a standard radiator bleed screw tric signal they receive from room
key. The numerical scale with thermostats or thermostats with
intermediate points allows for timers into a valve stroke to control
precise adjustment of the calcu- the set temperature. With connec-
lated values in the flow range tion cable and union nut for direct
from 20–340 l/h. connection to the return line.

Patented control valve Vario-DP

With dynamic volume flow limiter
for automatic hydraulic balancing.
The control membrane is installed
directly in the control valve and the
valve spindle is used as the pres-
sure sensor – therefore, there are 8
no additional control components
which might be subject to pollu-
tion.
Adhesive label The system Vario-DP operates
For easy designa- Ergonomic hand wheel with a standard valve gasket and
tion of the heat- For fast opening and closing does not require additional dirt
ing circuits. of the heating circuit. filters.

End cap / end piece

Ball valve
The manifold end is equipped with a
High-grade ball
plastic end piece for filling and draining.
valve DN 25,
The surface heating/cooling system can
with or without
be subjected to a pressure test prior to
Wall bracket thermometer.
commissioning via the opening of the
For fast, safe and end cap. For this purpose, AFRISO offers
easy installation the CAPBs® set PT 70-FBH, a flexible
of manifold sys- testing system for tightness tests with a
tems. suitable adapter.

www.afriso.com 273
 Equipment surface heating Manifolds

Stainless steel heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP

■ Dynamic control valves for constant control of the water volume

■ Fast and safe mounting with union nut (flat-sealing)
■ Sound-absorbing plastic wall bracket with quick mounting function
■ 100 % tightness-tested and function-tested

A A A A

Page 268 Page 259 Page 278 Page 279

Application Manifold system for surface heating systems and cooling systems with dynamic control valves for con-
stant control of the water volume. For distribution of heating and cooling circuit water as per VDI 2035
or of water/glycol mixtures in sealed systems. Suitable for 2 – 12 heating/cooling circuits.

Description Stainless steel heating circuit manifold with polished surface. Return with dynamic control valve for
constant control of the water volume in each heating circuit. Return valves with dual O ring seal at the
valve axis. The control range is 20–340 l/h. The typical manual adjustment of the valves is therefore no
longer required. Connection by means of angular connection pieces and/or ball valve G1. End module
with filling and drain valve G¾ eurocone which can also be used for manual venting. Easy mounting by
means of plastic wall bracket with excellent sound-absorbing characteristics and with quick mounting
function – the manifold is snap-mounted to the wall bracket. Suitable for standard manifold cabinets.
With a sufficient distance between the flow and return bars, for easy, collision-free mounting even in
8 the case of large actuator and heating circuit pips up to 20 mm. AFRISO stainless steel manifold
systems are 100 % tightness-tested and function-tested.

Technical Number of heating/cooling circuits Wall bracket

specifications 2 – 12 Impact-resistant plastic with rubber support,
complies with DIN 4109, suitable for standard
Medium
manifold cabinets
Heating circuit water and cooling water
Bar distance: 220 mm
as per VDI 2035
(Water/glycol mixtures with an admixture Flow valves
of max. 50 %) Can be shut off
Test pressure Dynamic return valves
Max. 6 bar Mating thread: M30 x 1.5 mm
Male thread
Manifold pipe
Closing force: < 80 N
Stainless steel 304 (1.4301)
Closing dimension: 12 +/- 0.6 mm
Main connection (open position 15 mm)
G1 flat-sealing, with union nut Adjustment range: 20 to 340 l/h
Connection from the right or from the left Operating range: 50 to 700 mbar
Dynamic control range: 150 to 700 mbar
Connection heating/cooling circuit
G¾ male thread, eurocone, suitable for standard Suitable for electro-thermostatic actuators
compression fittings TSA-02/-03 from AFRISO or for standard
Operating temperature range actuators with union nut M30 x 1.5 mm
Medium: -20/+90 °C at 3 bar
-20/+80 °C at 4 bar
-20/+70 °C at 5 bar
-20/+60 °C at 6 bar

i
Customised versions
(private label) available
at a lot size of 2,000
manifolds per year.

274 www.afriso.com
 Manifolds Equipment surface heating

Stainless steel heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP

Dynamic control valve –

for automatic hydraulic balancing

Advantages – your benefits

Automatic control of water volume Geometry of valve insert provides

per heating circuit protection against unwanted pollution
Fast hydraulic balancing No additional line fittings required for
balancing of the individual stations or
Adjusted flow rate is not exceeded
floors
High reserve due to very wide adjust-
ment range up to 340 l/h

Technical specifications manifolds, heating/cooling circuits

Heating circuits 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Volume flow
0.48 0.72 0.96 1.20 1.44 1.68 1.92 2.16 2.40 2.64 2.88
max. [m3/h]*

Kvs [m3/h] 2.65 3.95 4.96 6.04 6.82 7.77 8.29 9.08 9.52 10.02 10.42

Δp manifold
33 33 37 40 45 47 54 57 64 69 76
[mbar]

Δp pipe e.g.
250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
[mbar]**

Δp total [mbar] 283 283 287 290 295 297 304 307 314 319 326

Heating capacity
5.6 8.4 11.2 14.0 16.7 19.5 22.3 25.1 27.9 30.7 33.5
at 10 K max. [kW]

Heating capacity
2.8 4.2 5.6 7.0 8.4 9.8 11.2 12.6 14.0 15.4 16.7
at 5 K max. [kW]
* Maximum volume flow per heating circuit: 4 l/min = 0.24 m3/h.
** Note: Use an appropriate pipe diameter.
Δp pipe at 0.24 m3/h approx.: Dim. 20 = 1.2 mbar/m; Dim. 17 = 3.1 mbar/m; Dim. 16 = 4.5 mbar/m.

www.afriso.com 275
 Equipment surface heating Manifolds

Stainless steel heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP

Types and dimensions (mm)

Dimensions wit 4 heating/cooling circuits with end module

Dimensions (mm)

Version 2 HK FM 3 HK FM 4 HK FM 5 HK FM 6 HK FM 7 HK FM 8 HK FM 9 HK FM 10 HK FM 11 HK FM 12 HK FM
Distance wall
130 180 230 280 330 380 430 480 530 580 630
bracket
Total length L
236 286 336 386 436 486 536 586 636 686 736
manifold

276 www.afriso.com
 Manifolds Equipment surface heating

Pre-adjustment water volume for Vario-DP

Adjustment table
Pre-
6•••
3•••

5•••
4•••
2•••
1•••

7•••
6••
3••

5••
4••
2••
1••

7••
adjustment
6•
3•

5•
4•
2•
1•

7•
1

8
Water volume in l/h:
Differential
pressure: 20 20 25 25 35 40 45 55 65 80 90 100 115 135 145 160 170 185 200 215 230 245 260 275 290 300 315 330 340
15–70 kPa

Example valve pre-adjustment

1 1 Indication pre-adjustment
2 Main adjustment value
2 3 Fine adjustment

www.afriso.com 277
 Equipment surface heating Manifolds

Stainless steel heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP

Number of
DG: G, PG: 3 Part no.
heating circuits
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 2 1 - 86422
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida VA 1C Vario-DP
®
3 1 - 86423
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 4 1 - 86424
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida VA 1C Vario-DP
®
5 1 - 86425
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 6 1 - 86426
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 7 1 - 86427
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 8 1 - 86428
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 9 1 - 86429
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida VA 1C Vario-DP
®
10 1 - 86430
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida® VA 1C Vario-DP 11 1 - 86431
Stainless steel heating circuit manifold ProCalida VA 1C Vario-DP
®
12 1 - 86432

DG: G, PG: 2
Accessories Description DG Part no.

Ball valve kit with thermometer

8 NG 50 G1 male x G1 female
1 - G 80460
nickel-plated with indication,
red/blue

278 www.afriso.com
 Manifolds Equipment surface heating

Pump assembly PrimoTherm®

Floor 130 for manifold systems

■ Pre-assembled and tightness-tested

assembly
■ Flow temperature fully adjustable between
35 and 60 °C
■ Mixing valve cap with window and scale,
can be lead-sealed (ideal for public facilities)
■ With shut-off ball valves
Mixing valve control knob with
A temperature scale

Page 274

Application Pump assembly for constant control of the flow temperature of water-based surface heating systems.
With the integrated thermostatic mixing valve, the flow temperature can be adjusted to a desired tem-
perature by adding water from the return. Due to the eccentrical screw connection with variable dis-
tance, PrimoTherm® is suitable for almost all manifold systems.

Description Complete, pre-assembled and tightness-tested pump assembly with all required functional compo-
nents, including shut-off ball valve DN 20. The required flow temperature is set within a range from 35
to 60 °C at the thermostatic mixing valve mixing valve ATM 563. A cover that can be lead-sealed pro-
tects the control knob against improper adjustments during operation. The selected adjustment is visi-
ble through the window in the cap. The special chamber geometry also helps to avoid damage caused 8
by overpressure during closing (backflow preventer to return).

The circulation pump automatically switches off if a safety-related temperature limitation is exceeded. It
is adjustable between 20 to 60 °C; the factory setting is 55 °C. This helps to prevent damage to the
underfloor heating system. The pump features the following operating modes:
■ Constant volume fl ow

■ Constant pressure

■ Venting function of pump housing

In venting mode, the entire surface heating/cooling system can be conveniently vented by means of the
valve integrated in the pump assembly and the enclosed vent hose.

Technical System connections Dimensions

specifications Primary end: G¾ female thread W x H x D: 200 x 370 x 88 mm
Manifold end: G1 male thread
Thermostatic mixing valve ATM 563
Operating temperature range Adjustment range: 35/60 °C
Medium: Max. 90 °C Housing: Brass (CW626N),
(short-term 110 °C) dezincification-resistant
Cap / control head: Plastic ABS/PBT
System pressure
Seals: EPDM
Max. 6 bar
Circulation pump WILO Yonos
Flow coefficient Kvs
PARA 15/6 RKA 130
2.5 m2/h
Length: 130 mm
Supply voltage Degree of protection: IP 44
AC 230 V, 50 Hz Max. capacity: 3.3 m3/h
Max. pump head: 6 m

Options ■ Other circulation pumps

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Pump assembly PrimoTherm®
77490
Floor 130

www.afriso.com 279
 Equipment surface heating Manifold systems

Pump assembly PrimoTherm® Floor 130

for manifold systems

Dimensions (mm)

① Circulation pump WILO Yonos PARA 15/6 RKA 130

② 3-way mixing valve ATM 563
③ Safety temperature limiter with thermometer and de-aeration unit

280 www.afriso.com
 Manifold systems Equipment surface heating

OEM manifold systems ProCalida®

for heating/cooling and geothermal applications

AFRISO has been manufacturing complex plastic manifolds for features and optimum, practical designs. Plastic valves are not
leading global vendors of floor heating, cooling and geothermal susceptible to corrosion and deposits. Thermometers, shut-off
systems since 1981. The know-how, together with our exception- valves, vents and flow meters are easy to integrate. Our offering is
ally high degree of vertical integration including our own tool complemented by a comprehensive range of accessories. For
design allows us to implement even complex geometries to decades, experts from the fields of heating, ventilation and air
customer specifications. conditioning have been working with AFRISO products under the
High-grade plastic materials enable a great variety of technical brands of leading system providers.

Advantages – your benefi ts

■ Complex, customised manifold systems made of
high-grade plastic materials proven over many years
■ For heating, cooling and geothermal systems
■ Numerous combinations in terms of type and number of
heating circuits
■ Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and ready to be connected
■ Excellent insulation properties (low heat emission and
noise transmission; suppression of condensate)
■ Corrosion-resistant for long service life
■ Vast array of versions for numerous application scenarios
and logistics concepts
■ Can be combined with thermometers, flow meters, thermo-
actuators, connection valves and many other components
■ Low weight
■ Simplified logistics
■ Compatible control units

www.afriso.com 281
 Equipment surface heating Manifold systems

OEM manifold systems ProCalida®

for heating/cooling and geothermal applications

Heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® MC 1
Modular, very short, robust plastic heating circuit or cooling
circuit manifold with up to 12 heating circuits. Return with
stroke valves for actuators, flow with shut-off valves or flow
meters as required. Temperature indication at flow and return
lines. Main connection with union nut G1. Manual vent, filling
and drain valve or quick air vent can be mounted. With dove-
tail guide at both ends for fast mounting to wall mounting
bracket and for maximum installation flexibility.

Heating circuit
Distance: 50 mm
Connection: G¾ eurocone
ProCalida® MC 1
Operating temperature range
Medium: Max. 60 °C at 6 bar
or max. 90 °C at 3 bar

Heating circuit manifold

ProCalida® EF 1
8 Modular, very short plastic heating circuit or cooling circuit
manifold with up to 12 heating circuits. Return with stroke
valves for actuators, flow with shut-off valves or flow meters
as required. Temperature indication at flow and return lines.
Main connection with union nut G1. Manual vent, filling and
drain valve or quick air vent can be mounted. Flexible con-
nection from left or right as well as from the bottom with a
bracket kit.

Heating circuit
Distance: 50 mm
Connection: G¾ eurocone
ProCalida® EF 1
Operating temperature range
Medium: Max. 60 °C at 6 bar
or max. 90 °C at 3 bar

tomi sed produc

cus ts

OEM
sys t
e m s olutio ns

We offer customised special products

made exactly to your requirements –
please enquire.

282 www.afriso.com
 Manifold systems Equipment surface heating

OEM manifold systems ProCalida®

for heating/cooling and geothermal applications

Heating circuit/geothermal manifold

ProCalida® IN 1½/GT 1½
Modular plastic manifold for industrial or geothermal applica-
tions with up to 20 heating circuits. Return either with stroke
valves for actuators or with shut-off valves, flow either with
shut-off valves or with flow meters as required. Main connec-
tion with union nut G1½. Individual installation of filling and
drain valve, quick air vent, pressure gauge and thermometer
via multi-way union. Easy snap-on mounting of manifold on
wall bracket.
ProCalida® IN 1½
Heating circuit
Distance: 70 or 100 mm
Connection: G1 flat-sealing, compression fitting
for pipe Ø 25 x 2.3/2.5 or Ø 32 x 2.9 and
Ø 40 x 3.7 or G¾ eurocone
Operating temperature range
Medium: -20/+60 °C at 6 bar

Geothermal manifold
ProCalida® GT 3
Modular manifold for brine, made of plastic, for any number of 8
heating circuits. With one shut-off valve each in the flow and
return (adjusted values can be locked via a ring) and integrated
flow rate indication in the return. Main circuit connection and
heating circuit connections can be made to customer specifi-
cations. Individual installation of filling and drain valve, quick air
vent and pressure gauge via cross piece. Thermometer can be
integrated in the line and/or in each individual heating circuit.
Robust, easy-to-mount wall bracket. ProCalida® GT 3

Heating circuit
Distance: 80, 90, 100, 110, 130, 140, 150 or 160 mm
Connection: Compression fitting for pipe Ø 25 x 2.3/2.5 mm
or Ø 32 x 2.9 mm and Ø 40 x 3.7 mm.
Customer-specific versions are also available.
Individual heating circuits can be rotated by 360°
Operating temperature range
Medium: -20/+60 °C at 6 bar
Range (flow meter)
2–12 l/min, 5–42 l/min, 35–70 l/min, 60–125 l/min

www.afriso.com 283
 Radiator valves

Combination
blocks

Measuring instruments
for hydraulic balancing
CHAPTER 9

Valves and control technology

for radiators and hydraulic balancing

OVERVIEW
Valves and control technology for radiators and hydraulic balancing at a glance 286

Information on hydraulic balancing 288

Automatic hydraulic balancing: Vario-DP 292

Hydraulic balancing with measuring: VarioQ 293

HYDRAULIC BALANCING
App EuroSoft livefor hydraulic balancing 294

CAPBs® set valve balancingfor measurement of radiator valves 296

CAPBs® set line balancingfor measurement of line fittings and line control valves 297

Thermostat valve bodiesVarioQ,adjustable, with measuring function (measurable balancing) 298

9

Radiator lockshield valves type 454Q,with measuring function 301

Combination blocks VarioQ-Kombi,adjustable, with measuring function 303

Screw fittings with measuring functionQ 305

Dynamic thermostat valve bodiesVario-DP,adjustable (automatic balancing) 306

Thermostat combination blocks Vario THKVario-DP,adjustable (automatic balancing) 309

Dynamic combination blocks456-DP,adjustable (automatic balancing) 311

Flow values and valve adjustment tableVario-DP 313

RADIATOR CONNECTION
Thermostat valve bodies VarioVario,adjustable 314

Radiator lockshield valvestype 456 317

Thermostat combination blocksVario THK,adjustable 319

Accessories for thermostat valves, combination blocks and lockshield valves 321

Thermostat control heads 322

Adapters and conversion informationthermostat control headsform year of manufacture 1978 329

285
 Fittings Overview

Valves and control technology for radiators

and hydraulic balancing at a glance

Vario Vario-DP VarioQ Type 456 Type 454Q

Radiator
Thermostat valve bodies
lockshield valves

Radiators Application areas • • • • •

Underfloor/panel heating sys-
• • • • •
tems
Refrigeration/air conditioning • • • • •

Hydraulic Balancing • • • • •

Vario • • •
Control insert

Adjustment spindle •
6–80 l/h,
12–250 l/h 120 l/h
14–240 l/h
Water volume adjustment range or 20–340 l/h 405 l/h or
or
55–350 l/h* 330 l/h*
39–300 l/h*
Measuring function • •

Adjustable • • • •
Functions

Can be shut off • • • • •

Can be drained • • • •

Replaceable insert • • • • •
9
Dimension (DN) 10–20 10–20 10–20 10–25 10–15
Connection

Thread • • • • •

Screw connection • • • • •

Thermostat head • • •
Control /

Thermostatic actuator
drive

• • •
24 V, 230 V, 0–10 V
Motor-driven actuator • • •
* Depends on product version. Page 314 Page 306 Page 298 Page 317 Page 301

i
Technical specifications, application areas and suitability depend on the product version.
See catalogue data sheet and/or operating instructions for options and details.

286
 Overview Fittings

Vario THK Vario-DP Kombi 456-DP VarioQ-Kombi Q

Screw fittings with

Combination blocks
measuring function

• • • •

• • • • •

• • •

6–95 l/h 79 l/h 330 l/h

or 20–340 l/h 20–340 l/h or or
12–215 l/h* 185 l/h* 900 l/h*

• •

• • • •

• • • •

• • • •

• • • •
9
15 15 15 15 15

• • • • •

• • • • •

• •

• •

Page 319 Page 309 Page 311 Page 303 Page 305

287
 Fittings Overview

Valves and control technology for radiators

and hydraulic balancing
AFRISO offers a broad range of proven products comprising standard valve bodies with suitable thermostat control heads and lock-
shield valves, combination blocks for compact radiators and adjustable radiator with measuring function for optimising existing heating
systems and hydraulic balancing. Convincing solutions are also available for automatic hydraulic balancing with pressure-independent
dynamic radiator valves.

GAMPPER Armaturen has been a member of the AFRISO group since 2012, contributing professional control technolo-
gy and clever solutions for HVAC professionals to our product range. The brand GAMPPER has been a synonym for
radiator fittings "Made in Germany" for more than 75 years.

Our comprehensive experience in the areas of domestic technology and building equipment and automation results from single-family
home projects all the way to large-scale reference projects. GAMPPER assists planners with full-scale engineering in large projects:
engineering data (such as VDI 3805 records), plant engineering or transparent project logistics via HVAC wholesalers. The OEM busi-
ness covers the entire range from custom-specific development to production at the Alsenz site. Decades of cooperation in associa-
tions and institutions working on and preparing standards and legislation ensure that our products are state-of-the-art.

Gampper is:

■ The first manufacturer who used virtually maintenance-free O ■ The inventor of the patented, adjustable radiator thermostat
rings instead of high-maintenance packings to seal the valve valves VarioQ with measuring function that allow hydraulic
spindle of manual valves. balancing of existing heating, refrigeration and air conditioning
systems.
■ The inventor of the radiator lockshield valve that can be shut off,
adjusted and drained. ■ Numerous other innovations attesting to global success: patens
for tap blocks and combination blocks for valve radiators or
■ The first manufacturer of thermostat valves to receive the top
combined thermostat valves with integrated return temperature
grade for control performance from "Stiftung Warentest", the
limiter for bathroom radiators and underfloor heating systems.
renowned, independent German consumer organisation.

Patented thermostat valve VarioQ with fixed, calibrated

orifice plate for high-precision adjustment of radiators.

288 www.afriso.com
 Overview Fittings

9
2

Solutions for hydraulic balancing of existing systems:

1 Compact radiator with thermostat control head 323 and adjustable

combination block VarioQ-Kombi with measuring function

2 Manifold system ProCalida® for underfloor heating system with screw

fitting with measuring function Q

3 Valve radiator with adjustable thermostat valve body with measuring

function VarioQ, thermostat control head 323 KH and radiator lockshield
valve type 456

www.afriso.com 289
 Hydraulic Balancing Overview

Hydraulic balancing: Highest efficiency,

maximum energy saving and comfort

Has your heating system been balanced?

On its way to the radiators and back to the boiler, the hot water pump capacities or higher flow temperatures do not improve this
flow always chooses the path of least resistance. Due to this nat- situation, but rather amplify the negative effects. Such systems
ural law, in heating systems without hydraulic balancing radiators consume much more energy than necessary without providing
further away from the pump are supplied with insufficient the expected convenience.
amounts of hot water while radiators close to the pump receive
too much hot water. Typical countermeasures such as increased

Consequences of lack of hydraulic

balancing:
Uneven heat release
Heating times of rooms/apartments differ
Thermostat valves cannot properly control the room
temperature
Limited frost protection
Disturbing flow noise in valves and pipes
Excessive power consumption due to oversized and/or
incorrectly set circulation pumps
High losses when the heating system starts or is not used
Low efficiency of condensing systems: Excessive flow through
radiators close to the pump leads to high return temperatures
and reduces the condensation effect (energy recovery during
condensation of the flue gas)
9 Flow temperature is set to an unnecessarily high value to
supply hydraulically unfavourable radiators with heat

What is hydraulic balancing?

Hydraulic balancing ensures optimum distribution of the water in for all radiators. This forces the hot water to flow through the sys-
the heating system. Based on the actual heat requirements of the tem exactly as required. The right method and suitable compo-
building, the circulation pump, the control (flow temperature), the nents allow for considerable savings. In individual cases, this may
fittings and the valves are adjusted to change the volume flow in amount to as much as 15% and more of the annual heating
the pipes in such a way as to obtain the required flow resistance capacity.

System without hydraulic balancing System with hydraulic balancing

Low resistance = Flow limitation for

high flow rate balancing
Copyright: VdZ – Forum für Enegieeffizienz in der Gebäudetechnik e.V.

Copyright: VdZ – Forum für Enegieeffizienz in der Gebäudetechnik e.V.

High resistance =
low flow rate

Pump

Adjustable thermostat valve with

measuring function

290 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Hydraulic Balancing

Advantages – your benefits

Convenience: Rooms are heated evenly

Radiators respond quickly to new thermostat valve settings
Maximum frost protection safety
No flow noise in the heating system
Heating system/pump operate with maximum efficiency
to save energy
Increased system reliability
Improved energetic quality of the building
Reduced energy consumption saves money and protects
the environment due to less emission
Reduced flow temperature possible

Legal obligations hydraulic balancing

In Germany, hydraulic balancing is mandatory, as stipulated by the

German VOB, part C (German Construction Contract Procedures), and
DIN 18380. The German EnEV (Energy Savings Ordinance) also requires 9
hydraulic balancing for all new and renovated heating systems.

www.afriso.com 291
 Hydraulic Balancing Overview

Fast and easy hydraulic balancing

In existing buildings, hydraulic balancing often involves a lot of AFRISO offers two systems for hydraulic balancing. In both cases,
estimating and approximation since precise information on the the heating system expert adjusts the heat distribution directly at
pipe system is unavailable. In old buildings, the lengths and diam- each radiator by limiting the amount of hot water at the adjustable
eters of pipes are often not sufficiently documented, the pipe thermostat valves – without additional adjustment fittings. The
systems have been changed or there are different levels of reno- decision as to which system is most suitable for a given building
vation. In such cases, a fundament prerequisite is missing. depends on a variety of factors and requirements.

Automatic hydraulic balancing for the HVAC professional

The system Vario-DP

Pre-adjustable thermostat valves Vario-DP with patented dynamic valve insert
for automatic limitation of the water volume set at the valve. Vario-DP controls
the water volume independent of pressure variation in the heating system.
This means that Vario-DP always supplies the right water volume to the radiator,
regardless of the number of open or closed thermostat valves in the system.

Your benefi ts:

Automatic control of water volume

Adjusted flow rate is not exceeded
Building type: Primarily for single-/two-family homes, residential buildings
9 Fast hydraulic balancing without measuring instrument
Wide range of products, easy planning
High reserve due to very wide adjustment range up to 340 l/h
Geometry of valve insert provides protection against unwanted pollution,
failure due to blocking is practically impossible

Valve range Vario-DP

The control membrane is installed directly in the valve insert and
the valve spindle is used as the pressure sensor – therefore, there
are no additional control components which might be subject to
pollution. The valve operates with a standard valve gasket and
does not require additional dirt filters.

292 www.afriso.com
 Continuous Hydraulic Balancing

Hydraulic balancing with measurement function for the HVAC system planner

The triple-stage VarioQ system

The pre-adjustable VarioQ thermostat valves with measurement func-
tion allow for an even more precise approach to hydraulic balancing.
The triple-stage system optimises the heating system on the basis of
calculation, measurement and adjustment. Thanks to an integrated,
fixed orifice plate, it is possible to directly measure the current flow and
adjust the calculated water volume at each radiator valve or at the
lockshield valve.

Your benefi ts:

Precise measurement and adjustment of the required water

volume per radiator
Building type: Primarily for public buildings, schools, administration
buildings and generally for larger heating systems
Reliable procedure for larger and complex heating systems
Measurement option at the valve for documentable and
verifiable adjustment
Time and cost savings: Neither dynamic valves nor
line fittings are required
Up to 80 % savings with regard to pump capacity as
compared to automatically balanced heating systems
Further optimisation potential due to, for example, fewer burner
starts or increased condensing effect
9

Valve range VarioQ

The fixed orifice plate of VarioQ allows for the precise adjust-
ment of the water volume at the valve of the radiator.
The pre-adjustable thermostat valves feature a fixed, cali-
brated orifice plate for adjustment of the volume flow directly
at the valve.

Measuring instrument
CAPBs® set PT 85

PT 85 measures the flow rate in litres

per hour and the required water volume
determined via the app can be easily set
at the valve without conversion.

www.afriso.com 293
 Hydraulic Balancing Apps for smartphone and tablet

App EuroSoft live –

Applet valve balancing

■ Free iOS and Android app for measurement and

adjustment of radiator valves and line fitting during
hydraulic balancing
■ AFRISO valves can be directly selected – third-party
valves can be measured after Kvs flow coefficient
Kvs has been entered
■ Menu-guided measuring procedure
■ Building data and customer data can be entered
■ Measurement records in PDF format

Application The applet valve balancing is the free in-app for measurements with the AFRISO CAPBs® sets valve
balancing and line balancing.

Description With the applet valve balancing, the app EuroSoft live allows for easy, menu-guided measurement of
the volume flow directly at the valve of the heating surface. The AFRISO valve data stored in the applet
facilitate the measuring process. In conjunction with the CAPBs® sets for hydraulic balancing, an intui-
tive and smart measuring system is created. Individual inspection measurements as well as a complete
hydraulic balancing procedure can be carried out quickly and easily. Comment fields, photograph
attachments and the signature function complete the final PDF documentation. With the familiar smart-
phone or tablet functions, the measurement reports can be processed or shared in a matter of seconds.

Functions ■ "Step by step" instructions ■ PDF record with valve adjustment value, com-
■ Selection of measurable AFRISO radiator ment, photograph and customer signature
valves and lockshield valves ■ Export and sharing via e-mail or messengers on
■ Creation of valves and line fittings based on the smartphone/tablet
9 valve type, design and flow coefficient Kvs
■ Flow measurement and adjustment of the
required volume flows in l/h

294 www.afriso.com
 Apps for smartphone and tablet Hydraulic Balancing

App EuroSoft® live for displaying the values

measured by CAPBs® sensor modules

Sample report

Download app

■ Google Play: ■ App Store:

www.afriso.com 295
 Hydraulic Balancing Measuring instruments

CAPBs® set
for hydraulic balancing
at radiator valves

Set for performing hydraulic balancing with the AFRISO valve

ranges VarioQ and Vario-DP directly at the radiator

Measurement and check of differential pressure and flow rate

Can be used in conjunction with AFRISO BlueLine measuring

instruments, smartphones or tablets as evaluation units

Robust, modular system case M , suitable for box and shelf

system Sortimo-BOXX

Step by step measurements in conjunction with the

app EuroSoft live

Quickly create PDF documentation with signatures,

photographs and additional notes and send them via
smartphone or tablet

EuroSoft live
app

Application ■ For differential pressure measurement and flow rate adjustment in heating and refrigerating systems
during hydraulic balancing
■ To be used in conjunction with VarioQ and Vario-DP thermostat valves, lockshield valves and com-
bination blocks during hydraulic balancing directly at the radiator. It is neither necessary to know the
pipeline system nor to perform complex calculations.

Description The CAPBs® set valve balancing is a measuring system for performing hydraulic balancing directly at the
radiator or at the manifold of surface heating systems. The free app EuroSoft live facilitates the measure-
ment with step-by-step operation of the measuring system. All standard AFRISO VarioQ/-DP valves are
stored in the app. The valve data can also be entered manually. The water volumes can be easily set at
the VarioQ valve without conversion. The measured flow rate and pressure values can be displayed in
various units; the measurement results can be documented and shared in a matter of seconds.

Scope of delivery ■ Pressure transmitter CAPBs® sens PT 85, 7 bar, connection 2 x DN 2.7 plug-in nipple
■ Adjustment key for VarioQ und VarioQ-Kombi
■ Pre-adjustment key VarioQ
■ Measuring hose set for VarioQ Ø 4 mm (red and blue), 2 x measuring needle Q
■ Measuring needle drill, screwdriver and hex key 4 mm
■ Sintered filter with O ring, reaction container 2 ml (blue), 2 x 1.5-V A A A alkaline battery
■ Modular system case M "valve balancing"

DG: B, PG: 4 Part no.

CAPBs® set valve balancing P00056
Accessories
CAPBs® extension set line balancing P00058
Handle CAPBs module BG 10
®
M091000017
Handle CAPBs® device with interface basic IF 10 P00052

296 www.afriso.com
 Measuring instruments Hydraulic Balancing

CAPBs® set
for hydraulic balancing
at line fittings

Set for performing hydraulic balancing at

line fittings and line control valves

Measurement and check of differential pressure and flow rate

Can be used in conjunction with AFRISO BlueLine measuring

instruments, smartphones or tablets as evaluation units

Robust, modular system case M , suitable for box and shelf

system Sortimo-BOXX

Step by step measurements in conjunction with the

app EuroSoft live

Quickly create PDF documentation with signatures,

photographs and additional notes and send them via
smartphone or tablet

EuroSoft live
app

Application ■ For differential pressure measurement and flow rate adjustment at line fittings and line valves during
hydraulic balancing
■ Can be used with all standard valves from all standard manufacturers

Description The CAPBs® set line balancing is a measuring system for performing hydraulic balancing at line fitting
and line valves. The free app EuroSoft live facilitates the measurement with step-by-step operation of the
measuring system. All standard valves types can be stored in the app by entering the flow coefficient
Kvs. The water volumes can be easily set at the valve without conversion. The measured flow rate and
pressure values can be displayed in various units; the measurement results can be documented and
shared in a matter of seconds.

Scope of delivery ■ Pressure transmitter CAPBs® sens PT 86, 20 bar, connection 2 x coupling DN 2.7
■ 2 x test adapter female thread ¾" with plug-in nipple DN 5
■ Measuring hose set Ø 6 mm (red and blue) with 2 x angled measuring needle Ø 3.3 mm
for line control valves
■ Measurement needle drill
■ Sintered filter with O ring, reaction container 2 ml (blue), 2 x 1.5-V A A A alkaline battery
■ Modular system case M "Line balancing"

DG: B, PG: 4 Part no.

CAPBs® set line balancing P00057
Accessories
CAPBs® extension set valve balancing P00059
Handle CAPBs module BG 10
®
M091000017
Handle CAPBs® device with interface basic IF 10 P00052

www.afriso.com 297
 Hydraulic Balancing VarioQ

Thermostat valve bodies

VarioQ

■ Fixed, calibrated orifice plate for accurate

adjustment of the radiator
■ Fully adjustable
■ Valve insert can be replaced without system
having to be drained
■ Lightning-fast hydraulic balancing
with CAPBs® set valve balancing

A A A

Page 296 Page 317 Page 322

Application For measuring and adjusting the volume flow directly at the valve, e.g. with the CAPBs® set valve bal-
ancing as measuring instrument for hydraulic balancing. Suitable for small, medium and large water
volumes. For installation in dual-pipe heating systems. Design as per standard, therefore, installation in
existing systems without changes to the connection pipes.

Description Patented, low-noise thermostat valve body with fixed, calibrated orifice plate for measuring and adjust-
ing the volume flow directly at the valve. Mounting cap with valve shut-off function. Threaded connec-
tion M30 x 1.5 mm for thermostat control heads and actuators. Fully adjustable with ES-SV adjustment
key. Valve spindle with double O ring seal. The valve insert can be replaced with the MGV mounting
unit at operating pressure without the system having to be drained.

VarioQ is a triple-stage hydraulic balancing system which allows for optimisation of the heating pipe
system by means of calculation, measurement and adjustment. The CAPBs® set valve balancing
(measuring instrument) measures the flow rate in litres per hour and the water volume can be easily set
9 at the valve without conversion. Even minimum flow rates can be set with this system.

Technical System connection Nominal diameter

specifications See ordering table DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
Thermostat head/actuator connection Operating temperature range
Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Medium: Tmax = 120 °C
Setting range Housing
VarioQ S: 6– 80 l/h VarioQ S– L: Brass, nickel-plated
VarioQ M: 14–215 l/h
Option
VarioQ L: 39– 300 l/h ■ Version PN 16

Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar

Measuring points volume flow – VarioQ section

In the case of axial version

or angled-angled version
(left/right), use valve body 1
3
Vario (axial) or Vario
angled-angled (left/right)
with lockshield valve with 1 Measuring point P2 downstream
of orifice plate
measuring function 454 Q. 2 Fixed, calibrated orifice plate
2
See page 321 for 3 Measuring point P1 upstream
accessories. of orifice plate

298 www.afriso.com
 VarioQ Hydraulic Balancing

Thermostat valve bodies VarioQ

Valve pre-adjustment VarioQ thermostat valves are fully adjustable by means of the ES-SV adjustment key, starting with the
open position (8 = open); the numbers 1–8 are shown on the adjustment key. Mark and counter-mark
are aligned. Each 1/8 of a turn corresponds to one flow characteristic, shown in a diagram (see operat-
ing instructions).

2 3 6

15

4 5

1 Marking 3 Mark 5 Indication DN

2 Counter-mark 4 Valve insert 6 Mounting cap

Type overview Flow rate range

Marking at in l/h*
Valve type Colour of mounting cap
valve insert
Min. Max.
VarioQ S 1 ring/red Red 6 80
VarioQ M 2 rings Black 20 260
VarioQ L 3 rings/green Green 20 400
* The measurable flow rate is much higher than the adjustable range of the valves.
The flow rate ranges for the VarioQ valves are shown in the ordering table.
9

Types and dimensions as per EN 215, series D

VarioQ S, M, L – angled VarioQ S, M, L – straight

Dimensions (mm) VarioQ S, M, L

Spanner Spanner b L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
DN D d1 d2 H L6 L7 L8
size SW1 size SW2 min ±2 ±2 ±1 ±1.5 ±1.5
10 Rp3/8 - R3/8 22 27 =
10.1 59 85 26 52 22 74 26 40
Height
15 Rp½ G¾ R½ 27 30 control-
13.2 66 95 29 58 26 82 29 42
head
20 Rp¾ - R¾ 32 37 14.5 74 106 34 66 29 96 34 53

www.afriso.com 299
 Hydraulic Balancing VarioQ

Thermostat valve bodies VarioQ

Nominal Flow coefficient* Flow coefficient

DG: V, PG: 2 Version Connection Part no.
diameter (m3/h) Kvs** (m3/h)
VarioQ S for small water volumes
DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 35 181 110.101

Angled DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.019–0.24 0.25 1 30 181 120.101

DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 25 181 130.101

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 35 181 160.101

Straight DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.019–0.24 0.25 1 30 181 170.101

DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 25 181 180.101

VarioQ M for medium water volumes

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 35 181 210.101

Angled DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.044–0.46 0.68 1 30 181 220.101

DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 25 181 230.101

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 35 181 260.101

Straight DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.044–0.46 0.68 1 30 181 270.101

DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 25 181 280.101

VarioQ L for large water volumes

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 - 181 310.101

9 Angled DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.125–0.51 0.94 1 - 181 320.101

DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 - 181 330.101

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 - 181 360.101

Straight DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.125–0.51 0.94 1 - 181 370.101

DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 - 181 380.101

* The flow coefficient corresponds to the water flow in m3/h through the valve at a given valve stroke (proportional offset, e.g. 1 K or 2 K)
and a differential pressure of 1 bar.
** The flow coefficient Kvs is the flow coefficient of the valve at nominal stroke (100 % open).

300 www.afriso.com
 VarioQ Hydraulic Balancing

Radiator lockshield valves type 454Q

■ Fixed, calibrated orifice plate for accurate

adjustment of the radiator
■ Individual radiators can be shut off without
the heating system having to be drained
■ Lightning-fast hydraulic balancing with
CAPBs® set valve balancing

A A A

Page 296 Page 306 Page 321

Application For measuring the volume flow directly at the screw fitting, e.g. with the CAPBs® set valve balancing for
hydraulic balancing. Suitable for small and medium water volumes. For installation in single-pipe and
dual-pipe heating systems. Adjustments are made e.g. via the adjustable dynamic thermostat valve
Vario-DP in the flow.

Description Radiator lockshield valve with measuring function type 454Q with drain and adjustment function.
Measurement via an integrated, fixed and calibrated orifice plate. With cap to protect against incorrect
operation. The optional filling and draining unit FEV 03 with hose connection ½" can be used for easy
and fast draining.

The radiator lockshield valve is a part of the product range for the triple-stage balancing system VarioQ
which allows for optimisation of the heating pipe system by means of calculation, measurement and
adjustment. The CAPBs® set valve balancing (measuring instrument) measures the flow rate in litres
per hour. Even minimum flow rates can be set with this system.
9

Technical System connection Nominal diameter

specifications See ordering table DN 10, DN 15
Adjustment range at 10 kPa Operating temperature range
454Q S: 120 l/h Medium: Tmax = 120 °C
454Q M: 330 l/h
Housing
Nominal pressure Gunmetal, nickel-plated
Max. 10 bar

Types and dimensions (mm) as per DIN 3842

Type 454Q S, M – angled Type 454Q S, M – straight

i
Dimensions (mm)
Please use valve body to
adjust the water volume. Spanner Spanner L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
DN D d2
size SW1 size SW2 ±2 ±2 ±1 ±1.5 ±1.5

See page 321 for 10 Rp3⁄8 R3⁄8 22 27 49 75 26 52 22

accessories. 15 Rp½ R½ 27 30 51 80 29 58 26

www.afriso.com 301
 Hydraulic Balancing VarioQ

Radiator lockshield valves type 454Q

Nominal Flow coefficient

DG: V, PG: 2 Version Connection Part no.
diameter Kvs* (m3/h)
454Q S for small water volumes, measuring range 20–400 l/h

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 0.38 1 - 479 011

Angled
DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.38 1 40 479 021

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 0.38 1 - 479 061

Straight
DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.38 1 40 479 071

454Q M for medium water volumes, measuring range 20–400 l/h

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1.04 1 - 479 012

Angled
DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 1.04 1 40 479 022

DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1.04 1 - 479 062

Straight
DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 1.04 1 40 479 072

* The flow coefficient corresponds to the water flow in m3/h through the valve at a given valve stroke (proportional offset e.g. 1 K or 2 K)
and a differential pressure of 1 bar. The flow coefficient Kvs is the flow coefficient of the valve at nominal stroke (100 % open).

i
See page 321
for accessories.

302 www.afriso.com
 VarioQ Hydraulic Balancing

Combination blocks VarioQ-Kombi

for compact radiators with valve

■ Fixed, calibrated orifice plate for accurate adjustment

of the radiator
■ Hydraulic balancing with CAPBs® set valve balancing
■ For wall or floor connection, also suitable for baseboard
heating systems

A A

Page 296 Page 321

Application For measuring the volume flow directly at the radiator, e.g. with the CAPBs® set valve balancing as
measuring instrument for hydraulic balancing. Suitable for small and medium water volumes. For con-
nection to compact radiators with valve with an axis distance of 50 mm in dual-pipe heating systems.
Adjustments are made either via the adjustable valve insert in the compact radiator or via the VarioQ
combination block.

Description Adjustable combination block with measuring function VarioQ-Kombi with drain and shut-off feature.
The volume flow is measured via an integrated, fixed and calibrated orifice plate. With cap to protect
against incorrect operation.

VarioQ-Kombi is a part of the product range for the triple-stage balancing system VarioQ which allows
for optimisation of the heating pipe system by means of calculation, measurement and adjustment. The
CAPBs® set valve balancing as measuring instrument measures the flow rate in litres per hour. Even
minimum flow rates can be set with this system.
9

Technical System connection (valve radiators) Nominal diameter

specifications G¾ eurocone or G½ female thread DN 15
Adjustment range Operating temperature range
VarioQ-Kombi S: 79 l/h Medium: Tmax = 120 °C
VarioQ-Kombi M: 185 l/h
Housing
Nominal pressure Gunmetal, nickel-plated
Max. 10 bar

i
See page 321
for accessories.

www.afriso.com 303
 Hydraulic Balancing VarioQ

Combination blocks VarioQ-Kombi

for compact radiators with valve

Types and dimensions (mm)

VarioQ-Kombi S, M – angled VarioQ-Kombi S, M – straight

Adapter for radiators with R½ female thread

304 www.afriso.com
 VarioQ Hydraulic Balancing

Screw fittings with measuring

function Q

■ Measuring insert with fixed, calibrated orifice plate

■ Ideal for hydraulic balancing of underfloor/heating
circuit manifolds in existing buildings

Page 296

Application For measuring the volume flow, e.g. with the CAPBs® set valve balancing as measuring instrument for
hydraulic balancing. The screw connection with measuring is ideal for underfloor heating manifolds/
heating circuit manifolds.

Description Compact screw fitting with measuring function, straight design, with fixed calibrated orifice plate for
measuring the volume flow.

The optimum volume flow is to be determined by means of a heating load calculation program and can
then be directly measured and adjusted with the CAPBs® set valve balancing. Adjustments are made
via standard adjustment valves.

Technical System connection Nominal diameter

specifications See ordering table DN 15 9
Max. flow rate at 10 kPa Operating temperature range
Q M: 330 l/h Medium: Tmax = 120 °C
Q, Lmax: 900 l/h
Housing
Nominal pressure M, Lmax: Gunmetal
M, Lmax: Max. 16 bar

Nominal Flow rate range Flow

DG: V, PG: 2 Version Part no.
diameter (m3/h) coefficient*

Q M for medium water

volumes,
PN 16, connection G¾ DN 15 0.02 – 0.40 1.04 1 - 408 025
eurocone

Q Lmax for large water

volumes
PN 16, connection G¾ DN 15 0.06 – 1.20 2.85 1 - 408 026
eurocone

* The flow coefficient corresponds to the water flow in m3/h through the valve at a given valve stroke (proportional offset, e.g. 1 K or 2 K)
and a differential pressure of 1 bar.

www.afriso.com 305
 Hydraulic Balancing Vario-DP

Dynamic thermostat valve bodies

Vario-DP

■ Automatic control of water volume

■ Fast hydraulic balancing without calculation of pipe
system and measuring instrument
■ High reserve due to adjustment range up to 340 l/h
■ Patented, simple valve insert provides
protection against pollution

A A A

Page 322 Page 317 Page 301

Application Suitable for small to large water volumes. For installation in dual-pipe heating systems. The dynamic
valve range Vario-DP makes hydraulic balancing in single and two family homes an easy and fast job.

Description Low-noise thermostat valve body with threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm for thermostat control
heads and actuators. Mounting cap with valve shut-off function. Adjustment range 20 to 340 l/h,
fully adjustable with standard radiator bleed screw key. Pre-adjustment directly readable without scale.

The patented valve insert with automatic flow limiter automatically limits the water volume adjusted at
the valves, independent of pressure variation in the heating system. This means that Vario-DP always
supplies the right water volume to the radiator, regardless of the number of open or closed thermostat
valves in the system. The valve insert can be replaced with the MGV mounting unit at operating pres-
sure without the system having to be drained.

9
Technical System connection Differential pressure (Δp)
specifications See ordering table Max. 70 kPa
Min. 15 kPa
Thermostat head/actuator connection
Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Nominal diameter
DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
Setting range
20–340 l/h Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = 90 °C
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar Housing
Gunmetal, nickel-plated

1
2
1 P1 = pressure inlet
2 Membrane:
Expands at increasing
differential pressure
3 Vario-DP: Dynamic
4 3 valve insert
i 4 Dimensions of valve housing
as per EN 215
See page 313 for valve 5 Fully adjustable with stand-
adjustment table (water ard radiator bleed screw key

volumes). See page 321 Patented valve insert with dynamic flow limiter
for accessories.
Since the control membrane is installed directly in the valve insert and since the valve spindle is
used as the pressure sensor, there are no additional control components which might be sub-
Please note the additional ject to pollution. The valve operates with a standard valve gasket and does not require addi-
information on mounting in tional dirt filters.
the operating instructions.

306 www.afriso.com
 Vario-DP Hydraulic Balancing

Dynamic thermostat valve bodies Vario-DP

Types and dimensions (mm)

Vario-DP – angled Vario-DP – straight

Vario-DP – axial Vario-DP – angled-angled, left

Vario-DP – angled-angled, right

Dimensions (mm) Vario-DP

DN D B L0 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6
10 Rp /8
3
10.1 23 59 85 26 52 25 -
15 Rp½ 13.2 23 66 95 29 58 26 55
20 Rp¾ 14.5 23 74 106 34 66 29 -

www.afriso.com 307
 Hydraulic Balancing Vario-DP

Dynamic thermostat valve bodies Vario-DP

DG: V, PG: 2 Connection Part no.

Thermostat valve body Vario-DP

Rp3⁄8 x R3⁄8 161 010.100

Angled Rp½ x R½ 161 020.100

Rp¾ x R¾ 161 030.100

Rp3⁄8 x R3⁄8 161 060.100

Straight Rp½ x R½ 161 070.100

Rp¾ x R¾ 161 080.100

Axial Rp½ x R½ 163 020.100

Angled-angled, right Rp½ x R½ 165 020.100

Angled-angled, left Rp½ x R½ 167 020.100

308 www.afriso.com
 Vario-DP Hydraulic Balancing

Dynamic thermostat combination blocks

Vario-DP

■ Automatic control of water volume

■ Fast hydraulic balancing without calculation of pipe
system and measuring instrument
■ High reserve due to adjustment range up to 340 l/h
■ Patented, simple valve insert provides
protection against pollution

A A

Page 321 Page 322

Application Suitable for small to large water volumes. For mounting to compact or bathroom radiators with centre
connection in dual-pipe heating systems. The dynamic valve range Vario-DP makes hydraulic balanc-
ing in single and two family homes an easy and fast job.

Description Thermostat combination block with threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm for thermostat control heads
and actuators. Mounting cap with valve shut-off function. Adjustment range 20–340 l/h, fully adjustable
with standard radiator bleed screw key. Pre-adjustment directly readable without scale.

The patented valve insert with automatic flow limiter automatically limits the water volume adjusted at
the valves, independent of pressure variation in the heating system. This means that Vario-DP always
supplies the right water volume to the radiator, regardless of the number of open or closed valves in
the system. The valve insert can be replaced with the MGV mounting unit at operating pressure with-
out the system having to be drained.

9
Technical System connection Differential pressure (Δp)
specifications See ordering table Max. 70 kPa
Min. 15 kPa
Thermostat head/actuator connection
Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Nominal diameter
DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
Setting range
20–340 l/h Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = 90 °C
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar Housing
Gunmetal, nickel-plated

1 P1 = pressure inlet
2 Membrane:
Expands at increasing
3 differential pressure
3 Fully adjustable with stand-
1 ard radiator bleed screw key

i
See page 313 for valve
adjustment table (water
volumes). See page 321 Patented valve insert with dynamic flow limiter
for accessories.
Since the control membrane is installed directly in the valve insert and since the valve spindle is
used as the pressure sensor, there are no additional control components which might be sub-
Please note the additional ject to pollution. The valve operates with a standard valve gasket and does not require addi-
information on mounting in tional dirt filters.
the operating instructions.

www.afriso.com 309
 Hydraulic Balancing Vario-DP

Dynamic thermostat combination blocks

Vario-DP

Types and dimensions (mm)

Version for compact radiators/bathroom radiators with G½ female thread

Cover

DG: V, PG: 2 Connection Part no.

Combination block Vario-DP for compact radiators/bathroom radiators with G½ female thread

Straight G½ female thread 221 075.100

Angled R½ female thread 221 025.100

310 www.afriso.com
 Vario-DP Hydraulic Balancing

Dynamic combination blocks

456-DP

■ Automatic control of water volume

■ High reserve due to adjustment range up to 340 l/h
■ Patented, simple valve insert provides
protection against pollution
■ Ideal for energetic renovation of older heating systems

Page 321

Application Suitable for small to large water volumes. For installation in dual-pipe heating systems for consumers
with integrated valve. The dynamic valve range Vario-DP makes hydraulic balancing in single and two
family homes an easy and fast job.

Description Low-noise, adjustable combination block with drain and shut-off feature. Adjustment range
20 to 340 l/h, fully adjustable with standard radiator bleed screw key. With cap to protect against
incorrect operation.

The patented valve insert with automatic flow limiter automatically limits the water volume adjusted at
the valves, independent of pressure variation in the heating system. This means that Vario-DP always
supplies the right water volume to the radiator, regardless of the number of open or closed valves in
the system. The valve insert can be replaced with the MGV mounting unit at operating pressure with-
out the system having to be drained.

9
Technical System connection Differential pressure (Δp)
specifications See ordering table Max. 70 kPa
Min. 15 kPa
Thermostat head/actuator connection
Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Nominal diameter
DN 15
Setting range
20–340 l/h Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = 90 °C
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar Housing
Gunmetal, nickel-plated

1 P1 = pressure inlet
2 Membrane:
Expands at increasing
3 differential pressure
3 Fully adjustable with stand-
1 ard radiator bleed screw key

i
See page 313 for valve
adjustment table (water
volumes). See page 321 Patented valve insert with dynamic flow limiter
for accessories.
Since the control membrane is installed directly in the valve insert and since the valve spindle is
used as the pressure sensor, there are no additional control components which might be sub-
Please note the additional ject to pollution. The valve operates with a standard valve gasket and does not require addi-
information on mounting in tional dirt filters.
the operating instructions.

www.afriso.com 311
 Hydraulic Balancing Vario-DP

Dynamic combination blocks 456-DP

Types and dimensions (mm)

456-DP, straight – version G3/4 female thread 456-DP, straight – version G1/2 male thread

456-DP, angled – version G3/4 female thread Außengewinde456-DP, angled – version G1/2 male thread

DG: V, PG: 2 Connection Part no.

Combination block 456-DP for compact radiators with valve with G½ female thread

Straight G3/4 eurocone 423 070

Straight G½ female thread 423 071

Angled R3/4 eurocone 423 020

Angled R½ female thread 423 021

312 www.afriso.com
 Vario-DP Hydraulic Balancing

Pre-adjustment calculated water volume for

Vario-DP valve bodies and combination blocks

Adjustment table
Pre-
6•••
3•••

5•••
4•••
2•••
1•••

7•••
adjustment
6••
3••

5••
4••
2••
1••

7••
6•
3•

5•
4•
2•
1•

7•

valve:
1

8
Water volume in l/h:
Differential
pressure: 20 20 25 25 35 40 45 55 65 80 90 100 115 135 145 160 170 185 200 215 230 245 260 275 290 300 315 330 340
15–70 kPa

Example valve pre-adjustment

1 1 Indication pre-adjustment
2 Main adjustment value
2 3 Fine adjustment

www.afriso.com 313
 Radiator connection Vario

Thermostat valve bodies

Vario

Adjustment key ES-SV

■ Fully adjustable
■ Valve insert can be replaced without
system having to be drained
■ Various versions and sizes
for virtually any application

A A A

Page 321 Page 301 Page 322

Application Suitable for medium water volumes. For installation in dual-pipe central heating systems.

Description Low-noise thermostat valve body with threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm for thermostat control
heads and actuators. Mounting cap with valve shut-off function. Fully adjustable with ES-SV adjust-
ment key. Valve spindle with double O ring seal. The valve insert can be replaced with the MGV mount-
ing unit at operating pressure without the system having to be drained.

Technical System connection Nominal diameter

specifications See ordering table DN 10, DN 15, DN 20
Thermostat head/actuator connection Operating temperature range
Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Medium: Tmax = 120 °C

9 Adjustment range at 10 kPa Housing

Vario M: 12–250 l/h Gunmetal, nickel-plated
Vario L: 55–350 l/h
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar

2 3
Valve pre-adjustment Vario thermostat valves are fully adjustable by means of
1
the ES-SV adjustment key, starting with the open posi-
tion (8 = open). The numbers 1–8 are shown on the
adjustment key. Mark and counter-mark are aligned.
Each 1/8 of a turn corresponds to one flow characteristic,
shown in a diagram (see operating instructions).

Type overview Marking at Colour of

Valve type 1 Marking
valve insert mounting cap 2 Counter-mark
Vario M 2 rings Black 3 Mark

i
See page 321
for accessories.

314 www.afriso.com
 Vario Radiator connection

Thermostat valve bodies Vario

Types and dimensions as per EN 215, series D

Vario M – angled Vario M – straight

Vario M – axial

Vario M – angled-angled, left Vario M, – angled-angled, right

Dimensions (mm)
Spanner Spanner L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 b
DN D d2 H L0
size SW1 size SW2 ±2 ±2 ±1 ±1.5 ±1.5 min
10 Rp3/8 R3/8 22 27 =
23 59 85 26 52 22 10.1
Height
15 Rp½ R½ 27 30 control
23 66 95 29 58 26 13.2
head
20 Rp¾ R¾ 32 37 23 74 106 34 66 29 14.5

www.afriso.com 315
 Radiator connection Vario

Thermostat valve bodies Vario

Nominal Flow coefficient* Flow coefficient

DG: V, PG: 2 Version Connection Part no.
diameter (m3/h) Kvs** (m3/h)
Vario M for medium water volumes
DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 - 141 210,101
Angled DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.038–0.40 0.79 1 40 141 220,101
DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 25 141 230,101
DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1 - 141 260,101
Straight DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.038–0.40 0.79 1 40 141 270,101
DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1 25 141 280,101

Axial DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.038–0.40 0.79 1 - 143 220,101

Angled-angled,
DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.038–0.40 0.79 1 - 145 220,101
right

Angled-angled,
DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 0.038–0.40 0.79 1 - 147 220,101
left

* The flow coefficient corresponds to the water flow in m3/h through the valve at a given valve stroke (proportional offset, e.g. 1 K or 2 K)
and a differential pressure of 1 bar.
** The flow coefficient Kvs is the flow coefficient of the valve at nominal stroke (100 % open).

316 www.afriso.com
 Vario Radiator connection

Radiator lockshield valves type 456

■ Fully adjustable
■ Shutting off individual radiators
■ Reproducible adjustment

A A A

Page 301 Page 306 Page 321

Application To shut off individual radiators so that maintenance work or painting can be performed without having
to drain the entire heating system. Suitable for small, medium and large water volumes. For installation
in single-pipe and dual-pipe heating systems.

Description Radiator lockshield valve type 456 with drain, shut-off and adjustment function.
With cap (version M) to protect against incorrect operation. Adjustable according to flow diagram (see
operating instructions). The selected setting is reproducible due to the integrated stroke limiter/stop
(not version M Eco) and thus independent of draining. The optional filling and draining unit FEV with
hose connection G½ can be used for easy and fast draining. Draining capacity equal to flow coefficient
1.1. Versions M Eco without stroke limiter.

Technical System connection Operating temperature range

specifications See ordering table Medium: Tmax = 120 °C 9
Adjustment range at 10 kPa Housing
405 l/h Gunmetal, nickel-plated
Version BG: not nickel-plated
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar
Nominal diameter
DN 10, DN 15, DN 20

i
Please use valve body
Vario, VarioQ or Vario-DP
in the flow to adjust the
required water volume.

See page 321 for accesso-

ries.

www.afriso.com 317
 Radiator connection Vario

Radiator lockshield valves type 456

Types and dimensions (mm)

Type 456 M – angled Type 456 M – straight

Dimensions (mm)
b L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
DN D d2 SW1 SW2 L6 L7 L8
min ±2 ±2 ±1 ±1.5 ±1.5
10 Rp3⁄8 R3⁄8 22 27 10.1 49 75 26 52 22 - - 22
15 Rp½ R½ 27 30 13.2 51 80 29 58 26 26.5 33.5 22
20 Rp¾ R¾ 32 37 14.5 59 91 34 66 29 30.5 38 22

Nominal Flow coefficient

DG: V, PG: 2 Version Connection Part no.
diameter Kvs* (m3/h)
Type 456 M Eco for medium water volumes (without stroke limiter)
DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1.28 1 50 453 010
Angled DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 1.28 1 40 453 020
DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1.28 1 30 453 030
DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1.28 1 50 453 060
Straight DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 1.28 1 40 453 070
DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1.28 1 30 453 080

Type 456 M for medium water volumes (standard version with stroke limiter)
DN 10 Rp3/8 x R3/8 1.28 1 - 453 210
Angled DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 1.28 1 - 453 220
DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1.28 1 - 453 230
DN 10 Rp / x R /
38 38 1.28 1 - 453 260
Straight DN 15 Rp½ x R½ 1.28 1 - 453 270
DN 20 Rp¾ x R¾ 1.28 1 - 453 280
* The flow coefficient corresponds to the water flow in m3/h through the valve at a given valve stroke (proportional offset, e.g. 1 K or 2 K)
and a differential pressure of 1 bar. The flow coefficient Kvs is the flow coefficient of the valve at nominal stroke (100 % open).

318 www.afriso.com
 Vario Radiator connection

Thermostat combination
blocks Vario THK

■ Fully adjustable
■ Valve insert can be replaced without
system having to be drained
■ Various versions and sizes
for virtually any application

A A A

Page 321 Page 321 Page 322

Application Suitable for medium water volumes. For mounting to compact or bathroom radiators with centre con-
nection in dual-pipe heating systems. Also for installations with copper pipes.

Description Low-noise thermostat combination block with threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm for thermostat con-
trol heads and actuators. Mounting cap with valve shut-off function. Fully adjustable with ES-SV adjust-
ment key. Valve spindle with double O ring seal.

Technical System connection Nominal diameter

specifications G¾ eurocone or G½ female thread DN 15
Thermostat head/actuator connection Operating temperature range
Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Medium: Tmax = 120 °C
Adjustment range at 10 kPa Housing 9
Vario THK S: 6–95 l/h Brass, nickel-plated
Vario THK M: 12–215 l/h
Nominal pressure
Max. 10 bar

Valve pre-adjustment Vario THK thermostat combination blocks are fully adjustable 2 3
by means of the ES-SV adjustment key, starting with the open
position (8 = open). The numbers 1–8 are shown on the adjust- 1
ment key. Mark and counter-mark are aligned. Each 1/8 of a turn
corresponds to one flow characteristic, shown in a diagram
(see operating instructions).

1 Marking
2 Counter-mark
3 Mark

i
See page 321
for accessories.

www.afriso.com 319
 Radiator connection Vario

Thermostat combination blocks Vario THK

Types and dimensions (mm)

Vario THK M – version G½ male thread

Cover Vario combination block angled/straight

Nominal Radiator Flow coeffi- Flow coefficient

DG: V, PG: 2 Version Part no.
diameter connection cient* (m3/h) Kvs** (m3/h)
Vario THK M for medium water volumes

Angled DN 15 G½ female thread 0.038–0.46 0.68 1 - 221 225.101

Straight DN 15 G½ female thread 0.038–0.46 0.68 1 - 221 275.101

* The flow coefficient corresponds to the water flow in m3/h through the valve at a given valve stroke (proportional offset, e.g. 1 K or 2 K)
and a differential pressure of 1 bar.
** The flow coefficient Kvs is the flow coefficient of the valve at nominal stroke (100 % open).

320 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Radiator connection

Accessories for valve bodies, lockshield valves

and combination blocks

DG: V Description PG Part no.

Adjustment key ES-SV,

1 1 40 140 110.850
for valve bodies Vario and VarioQ

Adjustment key Vario-DP 1 1 - 910 199.800

Adjustment key for VarioQ-Kombi 422 520.800

Valve insert S for DN 10 – DN 20 2 1 - 140 110.221

Valve insert M for DN 10– DN 20 2 1 - 140 210.221

Valve insert L for DN 10 – DN 20 2 1 - 140 310.221

Mounting unit MGV

2 1 2 140 110.860
for replacing the valve inserts Vario, VarioQ and V
­ ario-DP

Filling and draining unit FEV 03

1 - 422 520.810
For type 454Q S and M as well as VarioQ-Kombi

9
Filling and draining unit FEV 04
For valve bodies Vario/VarioQ and 2 1 - 140 110.870
combination blocks THK

Adapter for radiator R½ female thread

2 1 - 273 020.040
Connection: ½" male x ¾" male eurocone

Cover for thermostat combination blocks

1 1 30 220 000.301
Vario THK angled or straight, DN 15

www.afriso.com 321
 Radiator connection Thermostat control heads

Thermostat control heads

■ With liquid probe Scale* Room temperature

■ Adjustable eco setting Approx. 6 °C
(automatic frost
■ Adjustment range can be limited protection)
and blocked with ring 0 Zero end
■ Fits onto many other valve radiators 1 Approx. 14 °C
without adapter 2 Approx. 17 °C
3 Approx. 20 °C
A A A 4 Approx. 23 °C
5 Approx. 26 °C

* Temperature difference to
next dial marks is approx. 3 K.
Page 298 Page 306 Page 319

Application For setting and controlling the room temperature at the radiator. Version 323 suitable for valve body
series Vario, VarioQ, Vario-DP, thermostat combination blocks Vario THK, VarioQ-Kombi, Twin and
valve radiators with integrated valve insert with connection thread M 30 x 1.5 mm. Version 323 suitable
for valve versions with Gampper clamp connection (valve bodies up to year of manufacture 1998).
Version 323 KD suitable for Danfoss clamp connection (compatible series RA).

Description Thermostat control head with liquid probe, consisting of hand wheel with scale and base in different
colours (see ordering table). Optional version with remote probe or remote adjustment. The desired
room temperature is set with the hand wheel. The temperature probe continuously checks the room
temperature, compares the measured values to the set value and controls the flow rate by opening or
closing the valve to obtain the set value. Adjustment range can be limited and blocked with ring. With
optimum temperature position (eco position) adjustable via memory clip (helpful for persons with visual
impairment). Frost protection position with snowflake symbol.

9 Tamper-proof version without zero position. Lower adjustment only to snowflake symbol. The
adjustment range must be selected when the valve is mounted for the first time. A protective cap con-
sisting of two parts which cannot be removed prevents disassembly and changes to the selected set-
tings. The protective cap is secured by means of a screw.

Technical Connection valve body

specifications 323: Threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm
323: Gampper clamp connection
323 KD: Danfoss clamp connection
Operating temperature range
Ambient: Tmax = 50 °C
Material
Plastic
Option
■Personalised labels

i
Special prints on the
thermostat control
heads are possible for
purchase quantities
> 100 pieces.

Please note the manu-

facturer information
concerning the con-
nection geometry.

322 www.afriso.com
 Thermostat control heads Radiator connection

Thermostat control heads

Types and dimensions (mm)

Thermostat control head 323 with fixed probe Thermostat control head 323 F with remote probe

Thermostat control head 323 B with fixed probe, Thermostat control head 323 BF with remote probe,
tamper-proof version with anti-theft system tamper-proof version with anti-theft system

Thermostat control head 320 FV

with remote adjustment and remote transmission

www.afriso.com 323
 Radiator connection Thermostat control heads

Thermostat control heads

Types and dimensions (mm)

Thermostat control head 323 KD with fixed probe, Thermostat control head 323 KD with remote probe,
Danfoss clamp connection Danfoss clamp connection

Thermostat control head 320 KD FV with remote adjustment Angle adapter

and remote probe, Danfoss clamp connection

324 www.afriso.com
 Thermostat control heads Radiator connection

Thermostat control heads

with threaded connection

Hand wheel/
DG: V, PG: 1 Description 0 setting Capillary Part no.
base

With White/black - 1 50 360 002,100

Thermostat control head 323
With liquid probe,
threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Without White/black - 1 - 360 000.100

With White - 1 - 360 012,100

Thermostat control head 323
With liquid probe,
threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Without White - 1 - 360 010,100

Thermostat control head 323 With White/black - 1 200 360 002,109

With liquid probe, threaded connec-
tion M30 x 1.5 mm and
personalised company label Without White/black - 1 200 360 000.109

With White/black 1.2 m 1 - 362 102,100

With White/black 2m 1 30 362 202,100
With White 1.2 m 1 - 362 112,100
Thermostat control head 323 F With White 2m 1 - 362 212,100
With remote probe and bracket,
threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm Without White/black 1.2 m 1 - 362 100,100
Without White/black 2m 1 - 362 200,100
Without White 1.2 m 1 - 362 110,100
Without White 2m 1 - 362 210,100

Thermostat control head 323 B

Tamper-proof version, with anti-theft
Without White/black - 1 30 364 000.100
system, threaded connection
M30 x 1.5 mm
9

Thermostat control head 320 FV

With remote adjustment and remote
With White 2m 1 12 347 200,100
transmission, threaded connection
M30 x 1.5 mm

www.afriso.com 325
 Radiator connection Thermostat control heads

Thermostat control heads

with clamp connection: GAMPPER, Danfoss

Hand wheel/
DG: V, PG: 1 Description 0 setting Capillary Part no.
base
Thermostat control head 323
with liquid probe, GAMPPER clamp With White/black - 1 50 360 002
onnection.

For valves from 1980–1998 (and replace- Without White/black - 1 50 360 000
ment for models 313, 314, 320)
Thermostat control head 323 F N
with remote probe and bracket, With White/black 1.2 m 1 30 362 102
GAMPPER clamp connection.
For valves from 1980–1998 (and replace-
ment for models 313, 314, 320)
Replacement for thermostat control heads With White/black 2m 1 30 362 202
series 312 up to 1980

Thermostat control head 323 KD with

liquid probe, Danfoss clamp connection, With White/black - 1 15 360 002.130
compatible series RA

Thermostat control head 323 KD F

with remote probe, Danfoss clamp With White/black 2m 1 - 362 202.130
connection, compatible series RA

Thermostat control head 320 KD FV

with remote adjustment and remote trans-
With White 2m 1 - 347 200.130
mission, Danfoss clamp connection,
9 compatible series RA

Accessories for thermostat control heads

DG: V, PG: 1 Description Part no.

Angle adapter M30 x 1.5 mm, white 1 - 340 010.200

Tamper-proof cap 323 BK

1 - 364 110
for control heads 323

326 www.afriso.com
 Thermostat control heads Radiator connection

Thermostat control heads

316, 312

Conversion of thermostat control heads GAMPPER

from year of manufacture 1975 up to date

Thermostat control head 316

Description The thermostat control head 316 can be converted with the
adapter 316 KH (part no. 100 010.663) so that the thermostat
control heads series 323 (M30 x 1.5 mm) can be mounted to
an adapter. Conversion is also possible by replacing the valve
inserts. If this is done, the system must be emptied.

Thermostat control head 312

Description The thermostat control head 312 can be replaced with the
thermostat control head 323 N (part no. 360 002).

www.afriso.com 327
 Radiator connection Thermostat control heads

Thermostat control heads

313, 314, 320 S, 320 KH

Thermostat control head 313

Description The thermostat control head 313 can be replaced with the
thermostat control head 323 N (part no. 360 002).

Thermostat control head 313 E

Description The thermostat control head 313 E can be replaced with the
thermostat control head 323 N (part no. 360 002).

Thermostat control head 314

Description The thermostat control head 314 can be replaced with the
thermostat control head 323 N (part no. 360 002).
9

Thermostat control head 320 S

Description The thermostat control head 320 S can be replaced with the
thermostat control head 323 N (part no. 360 002).

Thermostat control head 320 KH

Description The thermostat control head 320 KH (M30 x 1.5 mm) can be
replaced with the thermostat control head 323 N (part no.
360 002).

328 www.afriso.com
 Thermostat control heads Radiator connection

Thermostat control heads 323,

adapter M30 x 1.5 mm

Thermostat control head 323

Description The thermostat control head 323 is available with GAMPPER
clamp connection, type 323 N (part no. 360 002) or with
threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm. All series 323
(M30 x 1.5 mm) thermostat control heads can be mounted to
the thermostat valves with M30 x 1.5 mm threaded connection.

The thermostat control head 320 N can be replaced with the

thermostat control head 323 N (part no. 360 002).

Conversion of GAMPPER clamp connection to threaded connection M30 x 1.5 mm

For thermostat valve bodies from year of manufacture 1978

Types and dimensions (mm)

Adapter V Adapter V.VF

Adapter VVO Adapter 316

DG: V, PG: 2 Part no.

Adapter V M30 x 1.5 mm 910 049
Adapter V.VF M30 x 1.5 mm 910 042
Adapter VVO M30 x 1.5 mm 910 041
Adapter 316 M30 x 1.5 mm 100 010.663

www.afriso.com 329
 Rainwater harvesting

Hot water circulation

systems

Domestic water
system centre
CHAPTER 10

Equipment for drinking water supply,

hot water treatment and rainwater harvesting

OVERVIEW

Equipment for drinking water supply, water treatment and rainwater harvesting 332

Efficient hot water treatment by intelligent circulation 333

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Hot water circulation system WZS 100 336

Hot water circulation system WZS 75 338

Thermostatic mixing valve ATM 363 WMG 340

Thermostatic mixing valve ATM 363 WSG 341

Thermostatic mixing valves ATM 342

Circulation lance ZL 2 343

Circulation controller EC 1 344

10
Circulation switch ZS 2, water safety group assembly WSG 150 345

Water safety group assembly WSG 75 and boiler safety group assembliesBFK 12 346

Diaphragm safety valves MSW 351

Anode tester CAPBs® sens AT 10 351

FILTER

Water filterWAF 04-R with pressure reducer (backwashable), automatic backwashing unit RA 01 350

DISTRIBUTION STATIONS

Domestic water system centre HWSC 347

RAINWATER HARVESTING

Oil tank conversion kits II + III for rainwater harvesting in gardens 352

Accessories rainwater harvesting 353

Rainwater inner lining AR-SM with magnets 354

Backup controller kit R

 ENA 355

331
 Water technology equipment Overview

Equipment for drinking water supply,

water treatment and rainwater harvesting

5
4
1 8

1 3 9

10

2
6

10
Quality water technology products

1 Radio-controlled water valve WaterControl

2 Wireless conductivity water sensor WaterSensor con
3 Domestic water system centre HWSC
Oil tank conversion kit:
4 Hot water circulation system WZS 100
5 Oil/water alarm unit OM 5 8 Cartridge filter PF for rainwater
6 Probe for OM 5 9 Plastic manhole cover
7 Battery-less wireless water sensor WaterSensor eco 10 Calmed inlet

Clean water
In the area of water technology, AFRISO offers equipment for drinking water supply and products for
rainwater harvesting. The focus is the protection and cleanliness of the water, the supply pipes and the
installations. AFRISO products are made to the most demanding hygienic requirements and the strin-
gent demands of the German drinking water act as well as the recommendations of the leading asso-
ciations and organisations.

332 www.afriso.com
 Hydraulic safety assemblies Water technology equipment

Hot water circulation system WZS 100

Thermostatic
mixing valve,
can be lead-
sealed to help
avoid scalding
at the tap

From
circulation
Hot water
From storage
tank outlet

Drain valve for

venting or flush-
ing the circula-
tion line
Cold water

Sophisticated fasten-
ing concept with all
accessories for wall 10
mounting

To storage
Flexible storage tank connec-
tion: WZS 100 can be mounted tank inlet
in any position; the positions of
the safety valve and the storage
tank outlet can be interchanged
Backflow preventer

Assembly for easy connection to solar, hot water, hygienic or combination

storage tanks (with or without circulation connection at the storage tank)

Pre-assembled, tightness-tested and heat-insulated assembly Fully secured: diaphragm safety valve, backflow
speeds up installation/commissioning and facilitates logistics preventer and all shut-off valves integrated

Intelligent circulation distribution by means of integrated Integrated pump for plug & play operation
bypass: No back circulation, no "mixing" of thermal layers in
the stratified storage tank Thermometer for easy on-site checks (range 0/120 °C)

www.afriso.com 333
 Water technology equipment Hydraulic safety assemblies

Unwanted, inefficient incorrect installations

of stratified storage tanks
As a result of the increasing use of renewable energy in domestic technology applications, the number of hygienic stratified storage
tanks with a temporary operating temperature of more than 60 °C is also on the rise. In order to connect such tanks in a more efficient
way, to keep the thermal layers and to limit the outlet temperature of the hot water, the installation of the service water line involves
several fittings and connection parts.
Optimum design of the circulation can often be a major challenge in terms of hydraulics and logistics. For example, the service water
connections to the water heater have been made according to the old, inefficient logic or important parts have been "forgotten".

In most cases, the circulation line of stratified storage tanks is connected to the cold water inlet of the hot water tank. This way, the hot
circulation water of the return flows through the lower area of the stratified storage tank which is usually cooler. In the lower area, the
returning circulation water is cooled - only to be heated up again in the upper thermal layers.
The consequence: The storage medium is evenly heated – which destroys the important thermal layering. The high energy density in
the upper thermal layers is lost. In the most adverse case, the function of a solar system is prevented or extremely limited in the transi-
tion period.

Typical implementation issues:

Incorrectly installed circulation pump Incorrectly installed circulation pump and

"forgotten" backflow preventer

10

Incorrectly installed circulation pump and

"forgotten" safety-related equipment

334 www.afriso.com
 Hydraulic safety assemblies Water technology equipment

WZS 100 ensures reliable function and efficient

operation
With the use of WZS 100, the return part of the circulation line has a direct connec-
tion to the cold water inlet of the thermostatic mixing valve. Depending on the water
temperatures at the inlets of the mixing valve, they will open or close the hot water
inlet and the cold water inlet to a higher or less high degree. A partial volume of the
returning circulation water flows directly to the cold water connection of the mixing
valve. Depending on the mounting situation (internal/external circulation), the other
partial volume can be resupplied upstream of the tank. This allows for considerable
energy savings.

WZS 100 thus allows for intelligent circulation distribution without back-circulation
and without "mixing" of the temperatures in the stratified storage tank. With mini-
mum installation effort, all possibilities of advanced stratified storage systems for
efficient heating of water can used to their full potential.

Function example 1
1 2
(internal circulation via bypass)
Cold water flows via the safety fitting of WZS 100 to the cold water
end via line A to the mixing valve and via line B to the water heater.
A In the example, the temperature adjustment knob of the thermo-
static mixing valve ATM 363 is set to a hot water temperature of
3 4 5
60 °C. The unmixed hot water temperature at the storage outlet is
80 °C due to the high buffer temperature as a result or solar or
6 regenerative energy. The mixing valve now opens or closes the
path to the hot and cold water end depending on the temperature.
Due to the fast control characteristics of ATM 363, the adjusted
temperature is reached at the valve outlet (mix). Only the amount
7 of heating energy really required to ensure the desired water tem-
8 perature is actually used. If the hot water has reached the last
B consumer or the point or re-entry (service water to circulation), it
is pumped back to the circulation unit via the newly developed
flow distributor. Depending on the temperature, it distributes the
10
water via line A to the mixing valve or via line B to the water tank.
What's best: Even though there are two flow lines, the pump has
1 Shut-off valve with thermometer 5 C
 heck valve to overcome only one check valve. The circulation pump has to
overcome less counterforce which results in enormous energy
2 T hermostatic mixing valve 6 D
 rain
savings and a prolonged service life of the pump.
3 Shut-off valve 7 S
 hut-off valve

4 Circulation pump 8 D
 iaphragm safety valve

1 2

Function example 2
(operation with circulation lance)
A

3 4 5 Same system requirements as in function example 1, but with use

of circulation lance ZL 2. In this configuration, the water can only
flow the direct path via the circulation lance (as opposed to the
6
bypass version). This results in doubled benefits: Increased com-
fort as well as energy and heating cost savings.
This is achieved by supplying the returning hot water of the circu-
7 lation directly to the upper thermal layer of the water heater so that
8 it does not have to flow through the complete tank. At the same
B time, there is always enough hot water available to supply the fit-
tings without inconvenient delays.

www.afriso.com 335
 Water technology equipment Hydraulic safety assemblies

Hot water circulation system

WZS 100

■ Dramatic energy savings in circulation mode compared

to conventional circulation systems
■ No mixing of the temperatures in the stratified
storage tank
■ Thermally controlled hot water temperature
(with scald protection)
■ Extremely low mounting effort and fast commissioning

A A

Page 343 Page 344

Application Circulation system for professional implementation of a service water circulation connection to an ener-
gy storage tank (hot water tank/stratified storage tank) which is operated at temperatures higher than
60 °C either permanently or temporarily. Also suitable for stratified hygienic storage and bivalent service
water tanks. If used with older existing systems (for example, hot water tanks with wood, solar, gas,
heat pump or oil-fired boiler), controlled circulation to meet actual demands results in high energy sav-
ings. The hot water circulation system is optimally suited for use with renewable energies in domestic
technology applications, primarily in single and two family homes.

Description Compact, pre-assembled and tightness-tested hot water circulation system in form-fit heat insulation
part, consisting of thermostatic mixing valve with integrated scald protection, circulation pump with all
necessary functional components such as shut-off valves, variable safety group assembly, backflow
preventer and connection parts as per DIN 1988.

The hydraulic separation of the flow paths ensures correct operation of the circulation pump since it
has to overcome only one backflow preventer in any operating condition and thus avoids mixing of the
cold water inlet in the circulation path.

10 Technical System connections Heat insulation

specifications G¾ female Polypropylene EPP
Connection lance / bypass Dimensions
G½ female W x H x D: 320 x 300 x 146 mm
Operating temperature range Technical specification circulation pump
Medium: Max. 95 °C Wilo-Star-Z NOVA
Mixing temperature Degree of protection
35/60 °C IP 42
System pressure Supply voltage
Max. 10 bar AC 230 V, 50 Hz
Flow coefficient Kvs Power input
1.6 m³/h 2 – 4.5 W
Safety valve
Opening pressure: 6 bar

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Hot water circulation system WZS 100 68405

336 www.afriso.com
 Hydraulic safety assemblies Water technology equipment

Hot water circulation system WZS 100

Dimensions (mm)

70,5
70,5

300
300
70,5
70,5
60,5 60,5

116
116
50 50
68

320 135 135

320 146 146

10

www.afriso.com 337
 Water technology equipment Hydraulic safety assemblies

Hot water circulation system

WZS 75

■ Compact hydraulic assembly for storage tanks

with existing safety-related equipment
■ Easy connection of a circulation line with existing
safety-related equipment
■ Thermally controlled hot water temperature
(with scald protection)
■ Considerable time savings during mounting

A A

Page 345 Page 344

Application Circulation system for professional implementation of a service water circulation connection to an ener-
gy storage tank with existing safety-related equipment (hot water tank/stratified storage tank) which is
operated at temperatures higher than 60 °C either permanently or temporarily. WZS 75 is ideal for ret-
rofitting existing systems, primarily in single-family and two-family homes.

Description Compact, pre-assembled and tightness-tested hot water circulation system, consisting of thermostatic
mixing valve with integrated scald protection, thermometer, shut-off valve, drain valve for venting or
flushing the circulation line as well as connection parts as per DIN 1988. The hydraulic assembly is
suitable for storage systems which are already fitted with safety-related equipment such a diaphragm
safety vales or backflow preventers or where such equipment is to be installed in the form of conven-
tional individual components. Storage systems without safety-related equipment can be retrofitted with
the safety group assembly WSG 150.

WZS 75 optimises temperature control in the hot water circulation and ensures that the temperature in
the storage system is not unnecessarily reduced. A partial volume of the returning circulation water
flows directly to the cold water inlet of the thermostatic mixing valve via an internal connection and is
added there.

10
Technical System connections Technical specification circulation pump
specifications G¾ female thread, G1 female thread Wilo-Star-Z NOVA
Operating temperature range Degree of protection
Medium: Max. 95 °C IP 42
Mixing temperature Supply voltage
35/60 °C AC 230 V, 50 Hz
System pressure Power input
Max. 10 bar 2 – 4.5 W
Flow coefficient Kvs Scope of delivery
1.6 m³/h Assembly without heat insulation

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Hot water circulation system WZS 75 68416

338 www.afriso.com
 Hydraulic safety assemblies Water technology equipment

Hot water circulation system WZS 75

Dimensions (mm)

10

www.afriso.com 339
 Water technology equipment Safety equipment

Thermostatic mixing valve

ATM 363 WMG

■ Compact assembly for storage tanks with

existing safety group assembly and pump
■ Thermally controlled hot water temperature
(with scald protection)
■ Easy mounting without time-consuming,
extensive insulation work
■ Circulation lance can be connected

A A

Page 343 Page 345

Application Mixing valve for control of hot water in drinking water systems, boilers or drinking water heaters as per
EN 806. Suitable for implementing or retrofitting a service water circulation connection to an energy
storage tank (hot water tank/stratified storage tank) with existing safety-related equipment and pump.

Description Compact, pre-assembled and tightness-tested assembly in form-fit heat insulation. ATM 363 WMG
consists of an adjustable thermostat mixing valve, connection pieces as per DIN 1988 and a flow dis-
tribution unit with backflow preventer, lance connection and drain valve for venting or flushing the cir-
culation line. Mixing valve control knob with temperature scale (35/60 °C) for easy adjustment of the
temperature of the water to be mixed. A cap protects the control knob against improper operation; it
can be lead-sealed to help prevent unwanted adjustments. The selected adjustment is visible through
the window in the cap. If the cold water line is interrupted, the mixing valve automatically closes the hot
water supply to help protect against scalding.

Technical System connections System pressure

specifications G¾ female thread, G1 female thread Max. 10 bar
Connection lance / bypass Flow coefficient Kvs
G½ female 1.6 m³/h
10
Operating temperature range Heat insulation
Medium: Max. 95 °C Polypropylene EPP
Mixing temperature
35/60 °C

Dimensions (mm)

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Thermostatic mixing valve ATM 363 WMG 68417

340 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Water technology equipment

Thermostatic mixing valve

ATM 363 WSG

■ Compact assembly for tankless water heaters

and solar-heated drinking water heaters
■ Thermally controlled hot water temperature
(with scald protection)
■ All relevant backflow preventers at the correct
positions
■ Extremely time-saving as compared to
installation consisting of many individual parts

Application Mixing valve with boiler safety group assembly for controlling hot water at solar-heated drinking water
heaters and hot water storage tanks with hot water heating according to flow principle, as well as
drinking water storage units. Ideal for applications in which circulation is not necessary or if the water
heater already has a circulation connection.

Description Compact, pre-assembled and tightness-tested assembly consisting of adjustable thermostatic mixing
valve, safety group assembly with integrated backflow preventers, shut-off valve and safety valve.
Mixing valve control knob with temperature scale (35/60 °C) for easy adjustment of the temperature of
the water to be mixed. A cap protects the control knob against improper operation; it can be lead-
sealed to help prevent unwanted adjustments. The selected adjustment is visible through the window
in the cap. If the cold water line is interrupted, the mixing valve automatically closes the hot water sup-
ply to help protect against scalding.

Technical System connections

specifications G¾ female Dimensions (mm)

Operating temperature range

Medium: Max. 95 °C
10
Mixing temperature
35/60 °C
System pressure
Max. 10 bar
Flow coefficient Kvs
1.6 m³/h
Safety valve
Opening pressure: 6 bar
Scope of delivery
Assembly without heat insulation

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Thermostatic mixing valve ATM 363 WSG 68419

www.afriso.com 341
 Water technology equipment Safety equipment

Thermostatic mixing valves

ATM

■ High accuracy, fast response

■ With integrated scald protection
■ Maintenance-free
■ Ideal for showers and smaller
underfloor heating circuits
■ Cap with window and scale, can be
lead-sealed (ideal for public facilities)

Control knob with temperature scale

Application Universal units for controlling hot water in sanitary applications, solar-heated, tankless water heaters or
for smaller underfloor heating circuits which are directly connected to the flow (max. 60 °C). Also for
panel heating systems such as wall or underfloor heating systems which require a constant mixed
water temperature to avoid damage to floors and pipes. Suitable for drinking water or water with up to
50 % glycol.

Description Thermostatic mixing valve as per EN 1111 with base made of brass and cap and control knob made of
high-strength plastic. With temperature scale (20/43 °C or 35/60 °C) for easy adjustment of the tem-
perature of the water to be mixed. A cap protects the control knob against improper operation; it can
be lead-sealed to help prevent unwanted adjustments. The selected adjustment is visible through the
window in the cap. If the cold water line is interrupted, the mixing valve automatically closes the hot
water supply to help protect against scalding. The new chamber geometry also helps to avoid damage
caused by overpressure during closing (backflow preventer at cold water end). The internal geometry
as well as the materials used at the control surfaces help to ensure that control errors (for example,
caused by lime deposits on the sealing surfaces) are practically excluded. ATM is maintenance-free.

Technical Operating temperature range

specifications Medium: Max. 90 °C Dimensions (mm)
(short-term 110 °C)
Nominal pressure
10 Max. 10 bar
Dynamic operating pressure: Max. 5 bar
Flow rate
Flow coefficient 1.6 m3/h or 2.5 m3/h
Accuracy
±2 °C (EN 1111)
Material
Housing: Brass (CW626N),
dezincification-resistant
Upper part: Plastic (ABS)
Control knob: Plastic (ABS)
Seals: EPDM

DG: G, PG: 2 DN Kvs Connection Temperature Part no.

ATM 341 15 1.6 m /h3
G¾ male thread 20 / 43 °C 78247
ATM 343 15 1.6 m /h3
G¾ male thread 35 / 60 °C 78246
ATM 331 20 1.6 m3/h Rp¾ female thread 20 / 43 °C 78249
ATM 333 20 1.6 m /h3
Rp¾ female thread 35 / 60 °C 78248
ATM 361 20 1.6 m3/h G1 male thread 20 / 43 °C 78245
ATM 363 20 1.6 m /h3
G1 male thread 35 / 60 °C 78244
ATM 561 20 2.5 m3/h G1 male thread 20 / 43 °C 78283
ATM 563 20 2.5 m3/h G1 male thread 35 / 60 °C 78284
G¾ female thread x R¾
Screw connection kit DN 15 - 1220110
male thread
G1 female thread x R1
Screw connection kit DN 20 - 1220210
male thread

342 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Water technology equipment

Circulation lance ZL 2

■ Integrated lance valve, design with no dead space

■ Easy connection of stratified combination storage
tanks without circulation connection
■ Ensures optimum function of the stratified storage
tank (layers are kept)
■ Increased convenience due to shorter lead time

Application Hydraulic connection assembly for tanks with drinking water flow heating to allow circulation mode for
the domestic drinking water supply. Can be used in conjunction with the hot water circulation system
WZS 100.
A stratified combination storage tank (corrugated pipe tank) which heats up drinking water according
to the flow principle usually does not have a circulation connection. This frequently results in a connec-
tion problem. With the circulation lance, the circulation connection is made via the hot water outlet end.
Thus, correct function of the stratified storage tank is ensured; the thermal layers are kept. The results
in heating cost savings and electrical energy savings.

Description Circulation lance for mounting in hygienic tank, consisting of part SPP with sleeve Ø 8 mm and PE-Xc
pipe Ø 8 mm. A part of the circulation return volume is resupplied to the tank via the lateral circulation
connection of ZL 2, heated up by means of the counter flow method and removed via the hot water
connection of ZL 2. This is done via the circulation hose located in the heat exchanger pipe of the
tank. Returning the circulating hot water in an optimum way ensures that the layers in the stratified
storage tank remain intact.

Technical System connections Material

specifications Rp1 female Brass 10
Connection circulation return Circulation hose
G¾ male Ø 8 mm meshed polyethylene, 1 m long
Operating temperature range Approval
Medium: Max. 110 °C Lance valve: SVGW certificate no. 0809-5419
System pressure
Max. 6 bar

Function principle
external circulation WZS 100 with circulation lance
In the case of external circulation, a partial vol-
ume is supplied to the stratified storage tank via
the circulation connection and reheated in the
upper area of the tank via the circulation lance.
In the thermostatic mixing valve, the two partial
flows are mixed together again to the adjusted
reference temperature. Since only a part of the
circulating water is heated directly in the top
thermal layer of the tank, a mixing of the thermal
layers is excluded.

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Circulation lance ZL 2 68406

www.afriso.com 343
 Water technology equipment Safety equipment

Circulation controller EC 1

■ Demand-controlled pump control for hot

water circulation
■ Legionellae protection function
■ High energy savings due to intelligent
pump control
■ Intuitive use, reliable operation

Page 345

Application For demand-controlled optimum control of the hot water circulation in conjunction with the hot water
circulation system WZS 100. Unnecessary periods of operation (time control or thermal control) and
energy costs can be reduced.

Description Circulation controller in wall mounting housing with controller adjustment via menus. A flow switch
connected to EC 1 (for example, circulation switch ZS 2) monitors water withdrawal at the hot water
end. After short opening of a tap in the hot water line, the circulation pump is switched on and
stopped after an additional running time adjusted by the user has elapsed. This turns any standard fit-
ting in the hot water system into a kind of "remote control".

This is energy savings in two ways: due to the demand-controlled pump, the storage tank is not
cooled down unnecessarily by circulating the hot water, and the shorter running time of the circulation
pump saves energy.

Technical Functions Switching output

specifications ■ Circulation control 1 semiconductor relay
■ Time control
Housing
10 ■ Additional pump running time
Wall mounting housing made of plastic
Operating temperature range (PC, ABS, PMMA)
Ambient: 0/40 °C Control panel mounting possible
W x H x D: 172 x 110 x 49 mm
Display
Degree of protection: IP 20 (EN 60529)
LC display, multifunctional combination display
Protection class II
Menu control with 3 pushbuttons
Scope of delivery
Supply voltage ■ Circulation controller
AC 220–240 V ■ Mounting material

Inputs
1 x sensor input for circulation switch

i
For full functionality of the
circulation controller, the
circulation switch ZS 2 is DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.
required. Circulation controller EC 1 68407

344 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Water technology equipment

Accessories WZS series

Water safety group

Circulation switch ZS 2 assembly WSG 150

Application Can be used in conjunction with the circulation Safety group assembly for sealed hot drinking
controller EC 1 for demand-controlled circulation water systems, boilers or drinking water heaters
control via opening and closing of a tap. as per EN 806 to secure the inlet of the energy
storage tank (hot water tank/stratified storage
tank) and for protection against overpressure and
back-circulation.

Description Circulation switch in pipe piece for direct mount- Compact, tightness-tested storage tank connec-
ing in the heat insulation of the hot water circula- tion kit with integrated backflow preventers, shut-
tion system WZS 100. off valve and safety valve. Easy adaptation to
Mandatory for optimum operation of the cir- on-site requirements by rotating the safety valve.
culation controller EC 1. WSG 150 is very easy to mount, even directly to a
water heater. WSG 150 can be extended at the 1"
connection (remove cap).

Technical Brass pipe piece System connections

specifications G¾ female, DN 20, PN 10 G¾ female
Operating temperature range Operating temperature range
10
Medium: Max. 100 °C Medium: Max. 95 °C
Switching point System pressure
1.5 ± 0.7 l/min in horizontal mounting position Max. 10 bar
1.8 ± 0.75 l/min in other mounting position
Safety valve
Switching contact Opening pressure: 6 bar
Closes if value is exceeded G¾ x G¾

Output Flow coefficient Kvs

Voltage-free contact 4.97 m3/h

Sheathed cable
Length: 1.5 m PVC
Dimensions (mm)

DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.

Circulation switch ZS 2 68408

Water safety group assembly
68412
WSG 150

www.afriso.com 345
 Water technology equipment Safety equipment

Boiler safety group assemblies

Water safety group assembly Boiler safety group assembly

WSG 75/10 and WSG 75/8 BFK 12
Application For sealed hot drinking water systems or drinking For sealed hot drinking water systems or drinking
water heaters as per EN 806, DIN 1988 and DIN water heaters as per EN 806, DIN 1988 and DIN
4753-1 and for protection against overpressure. 4753-1 and for protection against overpressure.

Description Combination fitting with rotatable safety valve 8 Combination fitting with safety valve 6 bar or 10
bar or 10 bar, Bourdon tube pressure gauge 0/16 bar, shut-off fitting, check valve and test screw.
bar, shut-off fitting, check valve and test screw. Noise characteristics as per DIN 4109 class 1.
Noise characteristics as per DIN 4109 class 1.

Technical Connections Connections

specifications Soldered screw connection Ø 18 mm Compression fitting at both ends Ø 15 mm
at both ends
Safety valve
Safety valve 6 bar or 10 bar
8 bar or 10 bar, rotatable
Flow coefficient Kvs
G½ x G¾
2.2 m3/h
Max. heating capacity: 75 kW
10 Flow coefficient Kvs
Operating pressure
6 bar or 10 bar
2.8 m3/h
Housing
Operating pressure
Brass
8 bar or 10 bar
Dimensions
W x H: 95 x 95 mm
Dimensions (mm)
Housing
Brass
Bourdon tube pressure gauges
0/16 bar, Ø 50 mm, connection G¼
Options
Other connection types

DG: G, PG: 2 Safety valve Part no.

Boiler safety group assembly BFK 12/6 6 bar 1 - 77986
Boiler safety group assembly BFK 12/10 10 bar 1 - 77988
Water safety group assembly WSG 75/8 8 bar 1 - 77978
Water safety group assembly WSG 75/10 10 bar 1 - 77976

346 www.afriso.com
 Distribution stations Water technology equipment

Domestic water system centre HWSC

Pressure-reduced supply
Heat-insulated assembly with
outlet with backflow pre-
transparent door for easy moni-
venter, safety valve and
toring and backwashing (mark via
drain hose
memory pointer)

CLIP connections for

convenient mounting of
the pipe transitions

Sophisticated wall
bracket with 3-point fix-
4
ing via hanger bolts for fast
and easy mounting, even if
3
the wall is not level

Fast and easy conversion of 5

connection from left to right.
Only a few parts need to be
dismounted. Interfaces are
already defined in the heat
insulation.
10
7

Guides in the heat insulation for Mark at standard height of

professional installation of the water meter (0.90–1.10 m)
drain and outlet hoses as a mounting aid
8

1 Storage compartment for spare seals/silicone grease 5 Backflow preventer, DVGW approval

2 Filtered high pressure outlet (as per DIN 1988), 6 Connection G¼ for sampling valve
e.g. for garden line
7 Filter combination with fine filter and pressure reducer,
3 Pressure-reduced supply outlets with drain hoses (1 outlet DVGW approval
with backflow preventer)
8 Drain unit consisting of funnel (DN 75) and reducing adapter
4 Safety valve (6 bar) outlet hose (DN 75/DN 50)

www.afriso.com 347
 Water technology equipment Distribution stations

Domestic water system centre HWSC

■ Extremely compact system centre

395 x 760 mm (W x H)
■ Lightning-fast, easy installation
■ Innovative backwashing system – fast and
thorough cleaning of the filter element,
low water consumption
■ Modular design: Can be extended by addi-
tional pressure-reduced outlets, automatic
Automatic backwashing unit RA 01
backwashing unit, refill combinations, etc. (accessory) for setting the time intervals.

Application For drinking water installations as per EN 806, DIN 1988 and DIN 4753-1. The system centre combines
all functions of conventional water distribution installations in a small-footprint unit: the pressure reduc-
er reduces the inlet pressure to an even, system-specific pressure in order to protect the installation
and to ensure economical water consumption. The water filter keeps pollutants such as rust particles
or sand grains from reaching the domestic water installation, thus protecting valves, machines, boilers,
etc. from malfunctions caused by dirt. With its straightforward design and unobtrusive colour, the
domestic water system centre fits in perfectly with modern equipment rooms, basements and utility
rooms.

Description Compact, tightness-tested domestic water system centre as a complete solution for the distribution of
drinking water in buildings. The base version of HWSC consists of a backflow preventer, filter combina-
tion with fine filter and pressure reducer, drain unit with connection possibility to the wastewater sys-
tem, three supply outlets, safety valve and all function components. The individual components are
DVGW-certified or comply with the DVGW regulations. The assembly is contained in a form-fit heat
insulation for easy access and operation. The integrated transparent front door allows for checking the
system pressure and the safety valves and provides easy access to start backwashing; it is not neces-
sary to remove the upper part of the heat insulation. The memory pointer on the door lets you set the
date for the next backwashing procedure.

10 HWSC excels with a dramatic reduction of the installation time: a drilling template is shipped with the
unit for precise positioning of the three holes. Hanger bolts allow for precise adjustment of the domes-
tic water system centre to the wall and enable easy horizontal and vertical alignment. HWSC features a
variable height adjustment from 65 to 115 mm to allow for precise adaptation to the individual distance
of the water meter from the wall. The default connection setting is intended for left-side connection,
but HWSC can be converted to right-side connection in a matter of minutes.

The integrated filter combination features an innova-

tive backwashing system with rotating impeller
which ensures fast and thorough cleaning of the fine
filter and low water consumption. The entire sieve
surface of the filter insert is cleaned at high pres-
sure. The pressure reducer reduces the inlet pres-
sure to an even, system-specific pressure; part of
the water flows directly and without pressure reduc-
tion to the high-pressure outlet for the garden line. If
this is not required, it can be converted into an addi-
tional pressure-reduced supply outlet. The insulation
can accommodate up to four supply outlets; any
additional outlets must be mounted outside the heat
insulation. Due to the modular design and the
defined connections, it is easy to fit extensions with
an automatic backwashing unit, a refill combination
for filling heating systems and the connection of a
sampling valve or a water softening system.

Door for fast checking the system pressure as well

as the safety valve or for starting backwashing.

348 www.afriso.com
 Distribution stations Water technology equipment

Domestic water system centre HWSC

Technical Medium Connection drinking water

specifications Drinking water Inlet: R1
Supply system: G¾ female thread
Inlet pressure
Max. 16 bar Connection waste water
DN 50, DN 75
Flow coefficient Kvs
4.2 m3/h Material
Fittings: Brass (CW617N)
Operating temperature range
Heat insulation: Polypropylene EPP
Medium: 5 / 30 °C
Filter housing: Brass (dezincification-resistant)
Mounting position Fine filter: Stainless steel
Vertical Seals: EPDM
Supply outlets to the top
DVGW approval
Dimensions (housing) All components are DVGW-conform.
W x H x D: 395 x 665 x 210 mm Components with DVGW approval: filter
combination, backflow preventer, seals
Weight
Approx. 12 kg SVGW approval
Components with SVGW approval:
Filter combination
Certificate no. 1310-6204

Dimensions (mm)

10

DG: M PG Part no.

Domestic water system centre HWSC 2 42755
Connection kit for refilling of heating system 2 42757
Connection kit for water softening 2 42756
Extension supply outlet G¾ female thread 2 42758
Automatic backwashing unit RA 01 4 42739

www.afriso.com 349
 Water technology equipment Filter

Water filter WAF 04 R with

pressure reducer, backwashable

■ With integrated pressure reducer

■ Inlet pressure compensation for constant
outlet pressure
■ Rotatable cover to indicate

the next backwashing date

■ Transparent fi lter cup shows degree of

pollution of the filter

■ Innovative backwashing system: Thorough

cleaning of the filter, low water consumption

Application For the protection of drinking water installations against corrosion as per DIN 1988. The pressure
reducer reduces the inlet pressure to an even, system-specific pressure in order to protect the installa-
tion and to ensure economical water consumption. Water filters help to keep pollutants such as rust
particles and sand grains from reaching the domestic water installation and thus protect valves,
machines, flow heaters, etc. from malfunctions caused by pollution. Ideal for modernisation of domes-
tic water installations where an existing filter needs to be replaced.

Description DVGW-tested water filter, compact plastic version with backwashable fine filter, integrated pressure
reducer and pressure gauge for the outlet pressure. The fine filter insert consists of an upper part and
a combined lower part. In the operating state "Filtration", the small upper filter is closed so that the
water can only flow through the main filter from the outside to the inside. When the ball valve for
"Backwashing" is opened, the filter is pressed down until the water supply to the outside of the main
filter is interrupted. At the same time, the water flow through the upper filter is opened. The water
required for cleaning the filter flows through the upper sieve, the rotating impeller and the main filter
from the inside to the outside. This ensures effective cleaning of the filter across the entire surface of
the sieve at full inlet pressure. When the ball valve is closed again, the filter automatically resumes
normal operation.
The pressure reducer operates on the basis of a force comparison system, i.e. the force of a spring
10 counteracts the force of a diaphragm. The inlet pressure neither acts in the opening nor in the closing
direction. Therefore, pressure changes at the inlet pressure side do not affect the outlet pressure.

Technical Medium
specifications Drinking water
Inlet pressure
Max. 16 bar
Outlet pressure
1.5–6 bar
Operating temperature range
Medium: Max. 30 ºC
Mounting position
Vertical or horizontal with Automatic backwashing unit RA 01
filter cup down (accessory) for setting the backwashing
intervals.
Connection
G¾, G1, G1¼ as required
Material
Housing: High-grade plastic
Fine filter: Stainless steel, mesh size 110 µm
Filter cup: Shock-resistant, transparent
DG: G PG Part no.
plastic
WAF 04 R – G¾ 1 42714
DVGW approval
NW-9311AT2316 WAF 04 R – G1 1 42715
WAF 04 R – G1¼ 1 42716
Accessories
Automatic backwashing unit
4 42739
RA 01

350 www.afriso.com
 Safety equipment Water technology equipment

Anode tester AT 10,

diaphragm safety valves MSW

Anode tester Diaphragm safety valve MSW

CAPBs® sens AT 10
Application CAPBs® sens AT 10 is used together with a For sealed drinking water heaters as per EN 806,
CAPBs® handle to test sacrificial anodes installed DIN 1988 and DIN 4753-1 and for protection
in an isolated way at hot water tanks. To do so, against overpressure.
disconnect the cable connection between the
anode and the hot water tank and connect the
terminals of the sensor module AT 10. AFRISO
offers various conversion kits for isolated installa-
tion of standard sacrificial anodes (please
enquire).

Description The measured data is transmitted to a smart- The response pressure is factory-set.
phone or a tablet via, for example, the integrated
Bluetooth® interface of the handle. In the case of
measurements with less than 0.3 mA, the applet
"Anode Test" recommends an anode replace-
ment. The measurement can be documented with
the app EuroSoft®, including comprehensive addi-
tional documentation. Please note: Handle BG 10
or CAPBs® device required. 10
Technical Dimensions Opening pressure/response pressure
specifications W x H x D: 58 x 42 x 35 mm See ordering table
Weight Connection
93 g See ordering table
Measuring range Material
0 / 60 mA Housing: Brass (CW617N), cap: PA 6, blue
Resolution Operating temperature range
0.01 mA Medium: 4/110 °C
Connection anodes Type approval mark
Terminals with 0.5 m cable TÜV.SV.yy-2017.13.W
"yy" represents the year of the approval

DG: H Maximum heating PG Part no.

capacity
Anode tester CAPBs sens AT 10
®
- 4 1 - M090283910
MSW G½ x G¾, 6 bar 75 kW 2 1 84 42421
MSW G½ x G¾, 8 bar 75 kW 2 1 84 42422
MSW G½ x G¾, 10 bar 75 kW 2 1 84 42423
MSW G¾ x G¾, 6 bar 100 kW 2 1 84 42456
Further MSW G¾ x G1, 6 bar 150 kW 2 1 84 42425
information: MSW G¾ x G1, 8 bar 150 kW 2 1 84 42426
MSW G¾ x G1, 10 bar 150 kW 2 1 84 42427
MSW Rp1 x Rp1¼, 6 bar 250 kW 2 1 10 42442
MSW Rp1 x Rp1¼, 8 bar 250 kW 2 1 10 42443
MSW Rp1 x Rp1¼, 10 bar 250 kW 2 1 10 42444

www.afriso.com 351
 Water technology equipment Rainwater harvesting

Oil tank conversion kits II + III

for rainwater usage in gardens

Application Oil tank conversion made easy. We supply a number of special rainwater components for quick and
easy installation of rainwater harvesting systems. The tank cover is the most important component of
the kit as it enables simple and clean piping through two openings. The pipe is routed from the down-
pipe to the tank top and connected to the filter system. Depending on the site conditions and the avail-
able space in the manhole, it is recommended to install a downpipe filter or a cartridge filter. Pipe cou-
plers are used to connect the filter elements. The pipe to the sewage system must form a siphon using
the drain pipe elbows. A self-priming jet pump with integrated pressure and dry run protection is ideally
suited for water withdrawal.

Scope of delivery Oil tank conversion kit II for rainwater Oil tank conversion kit III for rainwater
usage in gardens (up to 75 m2 roof area): usage in gardens (up to 210 m2 roof area):

10 ■ Plastic manhole cover Ø 500 mm ■ Plastic manhole cover Ø 500 mm

■ Rainus downpipe filter with 2 quick-action ■ Cartridge filter PF with 2 quick-action

connection pieces (DN 100) connection pieces (DN 100)

■ Calmed inlet ■ Calmed inlet

i
See page 354 for inner DG: M, PG: 1 Part no.
linings for rainwater. Oil tank conversion
1 - 53076
See pages 10, 11, kit II
14–15 for level meas- Oil tank conversion
urement. 1 - 53077
kit III

352 www.afriso.com
 Rainwater harvesting Water technology equipment

Accessories rainwater harvesting

DG: M, PG: 1 Part Description Part no.

Plastic manhole cover Ø 500 mm With two connections for pipe diameter 100 mm 53099

Supplies rainwater to the tank without turbulence.

Calmed inlet Connections for pipe diameter 100 mm and pipe 53111
diameter 125 mm

For simple mounting of filter and pipe diameter

Pipe couplers 100 mm. 53080
1 pieces

For roof area up to approx. 75 m2.

Downpipe filter Rainus 53081
Suitable for downpipe diameter 100 mm

For roof area up to approx. 210 m2.

Cartridge filter PF 53091
Connections DN 100

10

www.afriso.com 353
 Water technology equipment Rainwater harvesting

Rainwater inner lining

AR-SM with magnets

■ Operation without pressure type leak

detector, no pressure, no current
■ Easy and fast installation by means of
powerful neodymium magnets
■ Perfectly fitting, robust PVC lining

Application For conversion of cylindrical steel DIN tanks such as decommissioned fuel oil tanks, diesel tanks or
storage tanks into reliable, high-grade rainwater storage tanks. No pressure or flow required. The rain-
water inner lining AR-SM with magnets is suitable for storing rainwater in cylindrical steel tanks
(3,000 to 50,000 litres).
Please note: In the case of coated steel tanks, verify that the attractive force of the magnets is sufficient.

Description The rainwater inner lining AR-SM allows owners to convert a decommissioned steel tank into a rainwa-
ter storage tank with very little effort.

The rainwater inner lining AR-SM is a PVC lining with flat, round, extremely powerful neodymium mag-
nets welded into lateral and top areas. The lining is reliably held at the inner wall by the magnets – no
pressure or power supply are required inside the tank. A tank can be conveniently converted into a
rainwater storage tank: First, the tank is measured and then a precisely fitting lining is manufactured.
The tank is prepared on the basis of a defined procedure (thorough cleaning of the tank, corrosion
checks, etc.); depending on the condition of the tank, a fleece layer is placed on the tank floor for
impact protection.

Then the lining is fitted in the steel tank and inflated by means of a blower; if necessary, the final fit is
10 achieved by means of a vacuum pump. When the PVC lining is inflated, the magnets click into place at
the inner wall exactly where planned. The fit of the PVC lining is checked and then it is fastened in the
manhole by means of a fastening ring. The tank is ready for storing rainwater immediately after the lining
and the piping connections have been installed.

Scope of delivery Rainwater inner lining AR-SM, made of plastic film Sikaplan® WP5140-08 black, film thickness 0.8 mm,
for closed tanks, with all neodymium magnets welded into the film in the lateral and top areas, with film
flange for the standard fastening ring.

i
Not only cylindrical DIN
steel tanks, but certain
steel tanks with different
geometrical shapes can
be converted into rainwa-
ter storage tanks. DG: H, PG: 1 Part no.
Please enquire separately. 3,000 l 43889.003
5,000 l 43889.005
PG Part no. 7,000 l 43889.007
i
Depending on the local Additional manhole 10,000 l 43889.010
conditions and on the 500 mm 1 08027 13,000 l 43889.013
tank, a fleece lining may
600 mm 1 08024 15,000 l 43889.015
be required in the bottom
area of the tank as an Accessories (DG: H) 16,000 l 43889.016
impact protection. Fastening ring Ø 500 mm 3 43900A 20,000 l 43889.020
Different manhole distanc- Fastening ring Ø 600 mm 3 43900C 25,000 l 43889.025
es and special dimensions
Fleece LSV2, 1 x 2 m Platte 1 43952 30,000 l 43889.030
are manufactured at the
same conditions. Bottom plate, 800 x 800 1 43894 50,000 l 43889.050

354 www.afriso.com
 Rainwater harvesting Water technology equipment

Backup controller kit RENA

for rainwater storage tanks

■ Microprocessor-controlled supply of drinking 1

water to rainwater tanks with connected
water station
■ Dry run protection and safety shutdown
■ 2 program times for normal or
increased water consumption
■ Easy handling – fast installation
2

1 Level probe
2 Solenoid valve

Application For monitoring rainwater tanks for sufficient water level. The backup controller RENA, consisting of
control unit RENA, probe and solenoid valve, is designed for fully automatic supply of drinking water to
rainwater tanks with connected water station. Continuous operation without frequent on and off cycles,
two selectable program times for normal or increased water consumption, with leak monitoring, dry
run protection and protection against deposits.

Description The complete backup controller kit consists of a control unit, indicators and controls and a socket with
PE contact for connection of the water station, a probe for the water tank and a solenoid valve for con-
nection to the water tap. If, as a result of insufficient precipitation or considerable water withdrawal, the
level in the tank falls below a specific value, the solenoid valve is opened and fresh water from the
drinking water mains system is supplied. 2 program times are selectable, depending on the water con-
sumption (e.g. garden watering, car wash). In order to avoid the formation of deposits at the solenoid
valve, the valve is opened and closed for one second three times in a row once per week. RENA fea-
tures a safety shut-off system that responds to leaks in the tank or the pipes.

Technical Functions Solenoid valve

specifications Fully automatic backup controller for supplying For drinking water and rainwater
drinking water to rainwater tanks with connected W x H x D: 95 x 80 x 100 mm 10
water station, with leak monitoring, dry run Connection: G½ x G¾
protection and protection against deposits Flow rate: Max. 50 l/min
(inlet pressure 4 bar, open outlet)
Control unit RENA Supply voltage: AC 230 V
Control unit with microprocessor Mains cable: 3 m
Operating temperature range Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529)
Ambient: 0/40 °C
Level probe
Isolated, earthed power outlet For drinking water and rainwater
AC 230 V (fuse T 10 A) Supply voltage: AC 6 V
Supply voltage
AC 230 V Scope of delivery RENA backup
controller kit
Dimensions ■ Control unit RENA
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm ■ Level probe RENA with 15 m probe cable

■ Solenoid valve (½ x ¾) with 3 m mains cable

Degree of protection
■ Operating instructions
IP 20 (EN 60529)

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

RENA backup controller kit, complete 1 - 53100
Control unit RENA 1 - 53101
Level probe RENA with 15 m probe cable 1 - 53102
Level probe RENA with 25 m probe cable 1 - 53122
Solenoid valve G½ x G¾ 1 - 53134

www.afriso.com 355
 Capsule pressure gauge/
pressure gauge
accessories

Pressure gauges for

heating installations

Bourdon tube pressure

gauge

Differential pressure gauge

CHAPTER 11

Mechanical pressure measuring instruments

(pressure gauges)

OVERVIEW ELECTRICAL CONTACTS Quick finder

Mechanical pressure measuring instruments at a glance 358 Electrical contacts

465
electromechanical/electronic/inductive
Technical information pressure gauges 360
Switching functions 468

CAPSULE PRESSURE GAUGES Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Quick finder 471
with electrical contacts
Standard capsule pressure gauges 361
Bourdon tube pressure gauge for
Capsule pressure gauges for 473
370 industrial applications with electrical contacts
chemical applications
Bourdon tube pressure gauges with
475
BOURDON TUBE PRESSURE GAUGES Quick finder
electrical contacts for chemical applications
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for Alarm unit for low gas level AG 10 Ex 480
375
boiler and heating system applications
Contact protection relay MSR,
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for 481
377 Isolating switching amplifier KFA/KHA
heating/plumbing applications
Bourdon tube pressure gauges with
381
plastic capillary tube DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE GAUGES Quick finder
Bourdon tube pressure gauges with Stainless steel diaphragm pressure gauges 482
386
copper capillary tube
Diaphragm pressure gauges for
Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges 391 486
chemical applications
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for Standard diaphragm pressure gauges 488
402
industrial applications
11
Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges 405
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES Quick finder
Stainless steel Bourdon tube pressure gauges 419
Standard capsule pressure gauges 492
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for
422 Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges 494
chemical applications
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for Magnetic piston pressure gauges 497
430
chemical applications with glycerine filling
Magnetic piston diaphragm pressure gauges 501
Bourdon tube safety pressure gauges 436
Magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges 502
Bourdon tube pressure gauges with
442
screw bezel housing Standard spring-diaphragm pressure gauges 506
Bourdon tube pressure gauges Process Gauge 445 Spring-diaphragm pressure gauges for
508
chemical applications
Precision Bourdon tube pressure gauges 448

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for high pressure 451

ACCESSORIES FOR PRESSURE GAUGES
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for Accessories for panel mounting
454 511
refrigeration engineering and wall mounting
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for
457 Shut-off cocks and valves for
welding applications 512
pressure gauges
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for
459 Overpressure safety device, pressure gauge
gas applications 513
push-button stop cock
Bourdon tube pressure gauges for
462 Accessories for pressure gauges 514
ultra-pure gas applications

357
 Pressure gauge Overview

Mechanical pressure measuring instruments

at a glance

Bourdon tube pressure

Standard Bourdon
gauges/stainless steel
Standard capsule Capsule pressure tube pressure gauges/
pressure gauges
pressure gauges gauges for chemical Bourdon tube pressure
Bourdon tube pressure
applications gauges for industrial
gauges for chemical
applications
applications
NG 40 • •
NG 50 • •
NG 63 • • • •
• • •
Housing size

NG 80
NG 100 • • • •
NG 160 • • • •
NG 250 •
Bottom process connection • • • •
Centre back process connection • • • •
Process connection both ends
-25/0 mbar to -1,000/0 mbar • • • (-1 bar) • (-1 bar)
0/25 mbar to 0/1,000 mbar •* •
Ranges

0/0.6 bar to 0/1,600 bar • (max. 1,000 bar) •

Pressure gauges for
0/2,500 bar to 0/4,000 bar
high pressures
0/10 mbar to 0/25 bar
≥ Class 1.6 • • • •
Accuracy

≥ Class 1.0 •** • •

Precision pressure Precision pressure
≥ Class 0.6
gauges gauges
Application areas

Operating temperature range -20/+60 °C • •

Operating temperature range -20/+100 °C • •**

Operating temperature range -20/+200 °C •**

11 Relative pressure measurement • • • •

Application areas

Differential pressure measurement • • •

Measurement of gases • • • •
Measurement of liquids • •
Crystallising media •* •*
Thermal engineering/pneumatics • • • •
Process engineering • • • •
Housing filling (glycerine, paraffin) •** • •
Safety pressure
Safety version
gauges
Options/extra equipment

Electrical contact •** •**

Overload safety 10 x FSD •
Back flange • • • •
Clamp fixing • • • •
3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel • • • •
Throttle screw • • • •
Reference pointer • • • •
Maximum pointer ≥ 250 mbar ≥ 250 mbar • •
Special scale • • • •
* Only in connection with chemical seal.
** Depending on version.
Page 361 Page 370 Pages 391/402 Pages 419/422

358
 Overview Pressure gauge

MF MFW

Stainless steel diaphragm Spring-diaphragm pressure

Standard spring-dia- Magnetic piston pressure
Standard diaphragm pressure gauges/ pressure gauges for chemical
phragm pressure gauges gauges for differential
pressure gauges gauges for chemical applications for
for differential pressure pressure
applications differential pressure

•
• • • • •
• •

• • • •

• • (0/250 mbar, 6 bar) (0/250 mbar, 25 bar**) (0/0.25 bar, 0/10 bar)
• • ±2.5 % FS ±2.5 % FS ±3 % FS

• • • (-20/+80 °C)

• •

• • 11
• • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
•** •**
• • •
• • • • •
• • • • •

•** •**

• • •** •
•** •** Up to 25 bar at both sides •**
• •**

•
• •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
Page 488 Pages 482/486 Page 506 Page 508 Page 497

359
 Pressure gauge Technical information

Pressure gauges – Mechanical pressure measur-

ing instruments with elastic measuring elements

Bourdon tube pressure gauge

The measuring element of a Bourdon tube pressure gauge is a C shaped or helical metal tube closed
at one end. For pressure ranges up to a maximum of 60 bar, the tube has an oval cross section and
the shape of a C. For higher pressure ranges, the tube is bent into the shape of a helix. The oval cross
section is obtained during bending. When pressure is applied, both types of bent tubes try to regain their
original shapes, the straight tube. In this process, the radius increases and this displacement is con-
verted into a circular movement by the movement. Bourdon tube pressure gauges are suitable for a
wide variety of applications in measuring liquids and gases; they are the most commonly used pressure
gauges. They are used for pressure measurements from 600 mbar up to several 1,000 bar.

Capsule pressure gauge

Capsule pressure gauges are used in gas technology applications for low pressure ranges. Two con-
centrically shaped diaphragms are connected at the outer edges by means of welding or soldering.
One diaphragm has an opening in the centre through which the gas to be measured can flow in. The
pressure in the capsule causes the diaphragm to arch to the outside. A deflection lever at the opposite
side of the inlet opening transmits the linear displacement to a movement and converts it into a rotary
movement. As early as in the 1920s, AFRISO patented this system as the "fine pressure gauge".
Capsule pressure gauges are exclusively used for dry and clean gases at measuring ranges from 6
mbar to 1,000 mbar.

Diaphragm pressure gauge

Diaphragm pressure gauges use a concentrically shaped diaphragm which is directly connected to the
process connection. The pressure is applied to the process side of the diaphragm. A rod at the oppo-
site side which is fitted with a movement converts the displacement of the diaphragm into a rotary
movement. Diaphragm pressure gauges are used for gaseous and liquid media within the range from
10 mbar to 25 bar; the media can even be viscous or crystallising if the process connection opening
(open flange) is sufficiently large.
With a flush welded diaphragm, they are ideal for measurements in hygienic processes.

11
Spring-diaphragm pressure gauges
Spring-diaphragm pressure gauges are ideal for measuring low differential pressures at high static
pressures. The pressures act on two pressure chambers separated by an elastic diaphragm. If there
are different pressures in the chambers, the diaphragm is axially displaced against a compression
spring. This displacement is transmitted to a movement by a rod and converted into a rotary move-
ment. The differential pressure is directly indicated by a pointer. The diaphragm is held by a metallic
support which results in an overpressure safety of up to 25 bar at both sides. Diaphragm pressure
gauges are used for liquids that are not highly viscous and for differential pressure from 250 mbar to
25 bar.

Magnetic piston and magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges

Magnetic piston type pressure gauges and magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges are primarily used
for measuring differential pressure at filters which are subject to high static pressures. The pressures
act on two pressure chambers separated by a diaphragm and/or a piston. If there are different pres-
sures in the chambers, a rod with a permanent magnet is axially displaced against a compression
spring. The permanent magnet transmits this displacement to the pointer by means of a ring magnet
mounted to the pointer hub. The pointer indicates the pressure difference. Magnetic piston pressure
gauges and magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges are used for the measurement of differential pres-
sure of gases from 2.5 mbar to 10 bar; a static pressure of up to 350 bar is permissible.

360 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

■ With zero correction

■ Ideal for low pressure ranges
■ GOSSTANDART-certified

Page 513

Application For gaseous, dry media which do not attack copper alloys.

Technical Types Operating temperature range

specifications D2 / D3 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
63 – 80 – 100
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-3/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/25 to 0/1,000 mbar and all corresponding vac- rising temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
uum and compound ranges with overpressure falling temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
protection of full scale value

Application area Degree of protection

Static load: full scale value NG 63-80: IP 33 (EN 60529)
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value NG 100: IP 44 (EN 60529)
Overload safety: 1.3 x full scale value

Standard version Connection Dial

Brass, bottom or centre back Aluminium, white 11
NG 63 G¼B – spanner size SW 14 Dial marking black
NG 80 – 100 G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN
Pointer
837-3/7.3)
Aluminium, black
Measuring element
Housing
Capsule element, CuBe alloy
D 2 – black, sheet steel
Movement D 3 – stainless steel 304
Brass
Window
Zero correction Clip-in plastic
From the front
Seal
NBR (Perbunan)

Options ■ Back flange ■ Throttle screw

■ Panel mounting bezel (D3) ■ Reference pointer
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Special scales
■ Measuring system stainless steel (NG 100) ■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 361
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Standard capsule pressure gauges

Type D 2/D 3 – NG 63/80/100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, crimped bezel housing with Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with
clamp fixing, NG 63 clamp fixing, NG 80/100

11

① Rotary knob

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 b2 b3 b4 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 d5 d6 d7 G g g1 g2

63 9.5 12 33.7 36.2 35.7 30.5 - 5 2 13 75 85 3.5 68 68 64 66 G¼B 56.7 58.7 53.5
80 14.8 17.8 43.3 46.3 44.6 - 46.5 6 3 20 95 110 4.8 - 86 81 83 G½B 75.3 76.6 -
100 15.6 19.1 44 47.5 45.6 - 47 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 - 107 101 105 G½B 76 77.6 -

Nominal size (NG) g3 h m n s s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 SW

63 - 52.7 94 82 3.7 5.5 3 2 7 4 14
80 78 69 - - 3.8 5.5 3.5 2 - 4.5 22
100 79 87 - - 3.5 5.5 3.5 2 - 4.5 22
* Dimensions for NG 100 according to DIN 16014.

362 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

■ With zero correction

■ Optional overpressure and/or
underpressure safety 10 x FSD
■ Extremely low measuring ranges
from 0/6 mbar
■ GOSSTANDART-certified

Page 513

Application For gaseous, dry media which do not attack copper alloys.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
63 – 100 – 160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6 (25 to 1,000 mbar)
measuring system deviates from the normal
4 at NG 160 (6 to 16 mbar)
temperature of +20 °C:
Ranges (EN 837-3/5) rising temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
NG 63-100: 0/25 to 0/1,000 mbar falling temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
NG 160: 0/6 to 0/1,000 mbar of full scale value
and all corresponding vacuum and compound
Degree of protection
ranges with overpressure protection
NG 63-160: IP 33 (EN 60529)
Application area NG 100: IP 54 (EN 60529)
Static load: full scale value
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value
Overload safety: 1.3 x full scale value

11
Standard version Connection Dial
Brass, bottom or centre back Aluminium, white
NG 63 G¼B – spanner size SW 14 Dial marking black
NG 100 – 160 G½B – spanner size SW 22
Pointer
(EN 837-3/7.3)
Aluminium, black
Measuring element
Housing
Capsule element, CuBe alloy
Stainless steel 304
Movement
Bayonet type bezel
Brass
Stainless steel 304
Zero correction
Window
From the front
Instrument glass
Seal Panel mounted devices (types D 431/451):
NBR (Perbunan) Plastic (PMMA)

Options ■ Overpressure and underpressure safety 10 x FSD ■ Throttle screw

■ Back flange ■ Reference pointer
■ Panel mounting bezel, with window, plastic ■ Special scales
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel with window, ■ Other process connections
plastic

www.afriso.com 363
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Standard capsule pressure gauges

Type D 4 – NG 63/100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with clamp fixing

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 d5 d6 G g g1 h s1 s2

63 10.8 13.4 40 42.1 37 37 5 2 13 75 85 3.5 64 68 64 G¼B 60 60 53 5.2 3
100 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 49 49 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 104 107 101 G½B 81 81 86 5.5 4
160 17.5 20.5 50 53 50 52 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 167 161 G½B 82 84 116 6 4

Nominal size (NG) s3 s4 SW

63 2 3 14
100 2 4 22
160 2 4.5 22
* Dimensions for NG 100 according to DIN 16014.

364 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 2

Type KP63, D201 KP63, D211 KP80, D201

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 80
Housing Black sheet steel, plastic clip-in window
Measuring element Capsule element, CuBe alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G½B

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no.

-25/0 35004201 35004211 35054201
-40/0 35005201 35005211 35055201
-60/0 35006201 35006211 35056201
-100/0 35007201 35007211 35057201
-160/0 35008201 35008211 35058201
-250/0 35009201 35009211 35059201
-400/0 35010201 35010211 35060201
-600/0 35011201 35011211 35061201
-1,000/0 35012201 35012211 35062201

0/25 35016201 35016211 35066201

0/40 35017201 35017211 35067201
0/60 35018201 35018211 35068201
0/100 35019201 35019211 35069201
0/160 35020201 35020211 35070201
0/250 35021201 35021211 35071201
0/400 35022201 35022211 35072201
11
0/600 35023201 35023211 35073201
0/1,000 35024201 35024211 35074201
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 374 for options.

www.afriso.com 365
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 2

Type KP100, D201 KP100, D211 KP63, D301 KP63, D311 KP63, D331 KP63, D351

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 63 63 63 63

Black sheet steel, plastic,

Housing Stainless steel 304, plastic clip-in window
clip-in window

Measuring element Capsule element, CuBe alloy Capsule element, CuBe alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G½B G½B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
3-hole fixing, panel
mounting bezel,
Clamp fixing
stainless steel 304,
polished

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-25/0 35104201 35104211 35004301 35004311 35004331 35004351
-40/0 35105201 35105211 35005301 35005311 35005331 35005351
-60/0 35106201 35106211 35006301 35006311 35006331 35006351
-100/0 35107201 35107211 35007301 35007311 35007331 35007351
-160/0 35108201 35108211 35008301 35008311 35008331 35008351
-250/0 35109201 35109211 35009301 35009311 35009331 35009351
-400/0 35110201 35110211 35010301 35010311 35010331 35010351
-600/0 35111201 35111211 35011301 35011311 35011331 35011351
-1,000/0 35112201 35112211 35012301 35012311 35012331 35012351

0/25 35116201 35116211 35016301 35016311 35016331 35016351

0/40 35117201 35117211 35017301 35017311 35017331 35017351
0/60 35118201 35118211 35018301 35018311 35018331 35018351
0/100 35119201 35119211 35019301 35019311 35019331 35019351

11 0/160 35120201 35120211 35020301 35020311 35020331 35020351

0/250 35121201 35121211 35021301 35021311 35021331 35021351
0/400 35122201 35122211 35022301 35022311 35022331 35022351
0/600 35123201 35123211 35023301 35023311 35023331 35023351
0/1,000 35124201 35124211 35024301 35024311 35024331 35024351
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 374 for options.

366 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 2

Type KP80, D301 KP80, D311 KP80, D331 KP80, D351 KP100, D301 KP100, D311

Version

Housing Ø 80 80 80 80 100 100

Housing Stainless steel 304, plastic clip-in window
Measuring element Capsule element, CuBe alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel Panel mounting bezel,
mounting bezel, chrome plated,
chrome-plated with clamp fixing

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-25/0 35054301 35054311 35054331 35054351 35104301 35104311
-40/0 35055301 35055311 35055331 35055351 35105301 35105311
-60/0 35056301 35056311 35056331 35056351 35106301 35106311
-100/0 35057301 35057311 35057331 35057351 35107301 35107311
-160/0 35058301 35058311 35058331 35058351 35108301 35108311
-250/0 35059301 35059311 35059331 35059351 35109301 35109311
-400/0 35060301 35060311 35060331 35060351 35110301 35110311
-600/0 35061301 35061311 35061331 35061351 35111301 35111311
-1,000/0 35062301 35062311 35062331 35062351 35112301 35112311

0/25 35066301 35066311 35066331 35066351 35116301 35116311

0/40 35067301 35067311 35067331 35067351 35117301 35117311
0/60 35068301 35068311 35068331 35068351 35118301 35118311
0/100 35069301 35069311 35069331 35069351 35119301 35119311
0/160 35070301 35070311 35070331 35070351 35120301 35120311
0/250 35071301 35071311 35071331 35071351 35121301 35121311
11
0/400 35072301 35072311 35072331 35072351 35122301 35122311
0/600 35073301 35073311 35073331 35073351 35123301 35123311
0/1,000 35074301 35074311 35074331 35074351 35124301 35124311
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 374 for options.

www.afriso.com 367
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 2

KP63, KP63, KP63, KP63, KP100, KP100, KP100, KP100,

Type
D401 D411 D431 D451 D401 D411 D431 D451

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 63 63 100 100 100 100

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, window, see data sheet
Measuring element Capsule element, CuBe alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, Panel mounting 3-hole fixing, Panel mounting
panel mounting bezel, 304, panel mounting bezel, 304,
bezel 304 polished, bezel 304 polished,
polished with clamp fixing polished with clamp fixing

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-25/0 35004401 35004411 35004431 35004451 35104401 35104411 35104431 35104451
-40/0 35005401 35005411 35005431 35005451 35105401 35105411 35105431 35105451
-60/0 35006401 35006411 35006431 35006451 35106401 35106411 35106431 35106451
-100/0 35007401 35007411 35007431 35007451 35107401 35107411 35107431 35107451
-160/0 35008401 35008411 35008431 35008451 35108401 35108411 35108431 35108451
-250/0 35009401 35009411 35009431 35009451 35109401 35109411 35109431 35109451
-400/0 35010401 35010411 35010431 35010451 35110401 35110411 35110431 35110451
-600/0 35011401 35011411 35011431 35011451 35111401 35111411 35111431 35111451
-1,000/0 35012401 35012411 35012431 35012451 35112401 35112411 35112431 35112451

0/25 35016401 35016411 35016431 35016451 35116401 35116411 35116431 35116451

0/40 35017401 35017411 35017431 35017451 35117401 35117411 35117431 35117451
0/60 35018401 35018411 35018431 35018451 35118401 35118411 35118431 35118451
0/100 35019401 35019411 35019431 35019451 35119401 35119411 35119431 35119451
0/160 35020401 35020411 35020431 35020451 35120401 35120411 35120431 35120451
11 0/250 35021401 35021411 35021431 35021451 35121401 35121411 35121431 35121451
0/400 35022401 35022411 35022431 35022451 35122401 35122411 35122431 35122451
0/600 35023401 35023411 35023431 35023451 35123401 35123411 35123431 35123451
0/1,000 35024401 35024411 35024431 35024451 35124401 35124411 35124431 35124451
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 374 for options.

368 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Standard capsule pressure gauges

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 2

Type KP160, D401 KP160, D411 KP160, D431 KP160, D451

Version

Housing Ø 160 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel
Measuring element Capsule element, CuBe alloy
Accuracy class 1.6* 1.6* 1.6* 1.6*
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel mounting Panel mounting bezel,
bezel, 304, polished 304, polished, with clamp fixing

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-6/0 35151401 35151411 35151431 35151451
-10/0 35152401 35152411 35152431 35152451
-16/0 35153401 35153411 35153431 35153451
-25/0 35154401 35154411 35154431 35154451
-40/0 35155401 35155411 35155431 35155451
-60/0 35156401 35156411 35156431 35156451
-100/0 35157401 35157411 35157431 35157451
-160/0 35158401 35158411 35158431 35158451
-250/0 35159401 35159411 35159431 35159451
-400/0 35160401 35160411 35160431 35160451
-600/0 35161401 35161411 35161431 35161451
-1,000/0 35162401 35162411 35162431 35162451

0/6 35163401 35163411 35163431 35163451

0/10 35164401 35164411 35164431 35164451
0/16 35165401 35165411 35165431 35165451
0/25 35166401 35166411 35166431 35166451 11
0/40 35167401 35167411 35167431 35167451
0/60 35168401 35168411 35168431 35168451
0/100 35169401 35169411 35169431 35169451
0/160 35170401 35170411 35170431 35170451
0/250 35171401 35171411 35171431 35171451
0/400 35172401 35172411 35172431 35172451
0/600 35173401 35173411 35173431 35173451
0/1,000 35174401 35174411 35174431 35174451
* ≤ 16 mbar = accuracy class 4. Blue part no. = in-stock items
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.

i
See page 374 for options.

www.afriso.com 369
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Capsule pressure gauges

for chemical applications EN 837-3

■ With zero correction

■ Robust stainless steel housing
(with bayonet bezel)
■ Wetted parts and movement
made of stainless steel
■ GOSSTANDART-certified
■ Ex version (optional)
A

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and dry media, also for use in corrosive environments.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
63 – 100 – 160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-3/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/25 to 0/1,000 mbar and all corresponding rising temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
vacuum and compound ranges with falling temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
overpressure protection of full scale value

Application area Degree of protection

Static load: full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value
Overload safety: 1.3 x full scale value

Standard version Connection Dial

11 Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L, Aluminium, white
bottom or centre back Dial marking black
NG 63 G¼B – spanner size SW 14
Pointer
NG 100 – 100 G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN
Aluminium, black
837-3/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element
Stainless steel 304
Capsule element, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Bayonet type bezel
Movement
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel
Window
Zero correction
Laminated safety glass
From the front
Panel mounted devices (types D 432/452):
Seal Plastic (PMMA)
FKM (Viton)

Options ■ Back flange ■ Throttle screw

■ Panel mounting bezel ■ Special scales
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Ex version

370 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Capsule pressure gauge for chemical applications

Type D 4 – NG 63/100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing,

panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with

clamp fixing

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 d5 d6 G g g1 h s1 s2

63 10.8 13.4 40 42.1 37 37 5 2 13 75 85 3.5 64 68 64 G¼B 60 60 53 5.2 3
100 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 49 49 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 104 107 101 G½B 81 81 86 5.5 4
160 17.5 20.5 50 53 50 52 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 167 161 G½B 82 84 116 6 4

Nominal size (NG) s3 s4 SW

63 2 3 14
100 2 4 22
160 2 4.5 22
* Dimensions for NG 100 according to DIN 16014.

www.afriso.com 371
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Capsule pressure gauges for chemical applications

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 3

KP63Ch, KP63Ch, KP63Ch, KP63Ch, KP100Ch, KP100Ch, KP100Ch, KP100Ch,

Type
D402 D412 D432 D452 D402 D412 D432 D452

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 63 63 100 100 100 100

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, window, see data sheet
Measuring element Capsule element, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, 3-hole fixing,
Panel mounting Panel mounting
panel mounting panel mounting
bezel 304 with bezel 304 with
bezel 304 pol- bezel 304
clamp fixing clamp fixing
ished polished

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-25/0 35004402 35004412 35004432 35004452 35104402 35104412 35104432 35104452
-40/0 35005402 35005412 35005432 35005452 35105402 35105412 35105432 35105452
-60/0 35006402 35006412 35006432 35006452 35106402 35106412 35106432 35106452
-100/0 35007402 35007412 35007432 35007452 35107402 35107412 35107432 35107452
-160/0 35008402 35008412 35008432 35008452 35108402 35108412 35108432 35108452
-250/0 35009402 35009412 35009432 35009452 35109402 35109412 35109432 35109452
-400/0 35010402 35010412 35010432 35010452 35110402 35110412 35110432 35110452
-600/0 35011402 35011412 35011432 35011452 35111402 35111412 35111432 35111452
-1,000/0 35012402 35012412 35012432 35012452 35112402 35112412 35112432 35112452

0/25 35016402 35016412 35016432 35016452 35116402 35116412 35116432 35116452

0/40 35017402 35017412 35017432 35017452 35117402 35117412 35117432 35117452
0/60 35018402 35018412 35018432 35018452 35118402 35118412 35118432 35118452
0/100 35019402 35019412 35019432 35019452 35119402 35119412 35119432 35119452
0/160 35020402 35020412 35020432 35020452 35120402 35120412 35120432 35120452
11 0/250 35021402 35021412 35021432 35021452 35121402 35121412 35121432 35121452
0/400 35022402 35022412 35022432 35022452 35122402 35122412 35122432 35122452
0/600 35023402 35023412 35023432 35023452 35123402 35123412 35123432 35123452
0/1,000 35024402 35024412 35024432 35024452 35124402 35124412 35124432 35124452
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 374 for options.

372 www.afriso.com
 Capsule element Pressure gauge

Capsule pressure gauges for chemical applications

EN 837-3

DG: M, PG: 3

Type KP160Ch, D402 KP160Ch, D412 KP160Ch, D432 KP160Ch, D452

Version

Housing Ø 160 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, window, see data sheet
Measuring element Capsule element, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel mount- Panel mounting bezel 304,
ing bezel, 304, polished with clamp fixing

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.

-25/0 35154402 35154412 35154432 35154452

-40/0 35155402 35155412 35155432 35155452
-60/0 35156402 35156412 35156432 35156452
-100/0 35157402 35157412 35157432 35157452
-160/0 35158402 35158412 35158432 35158452
-250/0 35159402 35159412 35159432 35159452
-400/0 35160402 35160412 35160432 35160452
-600/0 35161402 35161412 35161432 35161452
-1,000/0 35162402 35162412 35162432 35162452

0/25 35166402 35166412 35166432 35166452

0/40 35167402 35167412 35167432 35167452
0/60 35168402 35168412 35168432 35168452
0/100 35169402 35169412 35169432 35169452
0/160 35170402 35170412 35170432 35170452
0/250 35171402 35171412 35171432 35171452 11
0/400 35172402 35172412 35172432 35172452
0/600 35173402 35173412 35173432 35173452
0/1,000 35174402 35174412 35174432 35174452
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 374 for options.

www.afriso.com 373
 Pressure gauge Capsule element

Options for capsule pressure gauges

DG: M

Housing diameter (mm) PG 63 80 100 160

Description Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Overpressure safety 10 x FSD for ranges > 25 mbar (only for measur-
2 38192 --- 38194 38195
ing system brass/CuBe, only for instruments with bayonet bezel)
Overpressure and underpressure safety 10 x FSD for ranges > 25 mbar
(only for measuring system brass/CuBe, only for gauges with bayonet 2 38197 --- 38199 38200
bezel)
Accuracy class 1.0
0 --- --- 38180 38181
(only for Ms/CuBe measuring systems)
3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel, stainless steel 304
3 37608 --- 37609 37610
(only for gauges with bayonet bezel, also for bottom connection)

Back flange, stainless steel 304, bare metal surface

3 38048 38049 38050 38051
(only for gauges with stainless steel housing)

Housing stainless steel 304 polished 0 37611 37612 37613 37614

Bayonet bezel stainless steel 304 polished 0 38052 38053 38055
Laminated safety glass window
- 38072 38074 38075
(only for gauges with bayonet bezel)
Connection socket nickel-plated 3 38084 38085 38086 38087
On On On On
Connection socket with special thread -
request request request request
Throttle screw brass – hole
2 38097 38098 38099 38100
0.3 – 0.5 – 0.7 mm (please specify)
Throttle screw stainless steel 316 Ti – hole
3 38103 38104 38105 38106
0.3 – 0.5 – 0.7 mm (please specify)
Red mark on dial 0 38184 38185 38186 38187
1 reference pointer red – external screwdriver
1 38115 38116 38117 ---
adjustment (window = plastic)
1 reference pointer red – external rotary knob
1 38188 38189 38190 38191
adjustment (window = plastic)
Max pointer – for ranges greater than 0/250 mbar (only for gauges
11 without filling, not possible for overpressure safety 10 x FSD or over-
pressure/underpressure safety 10 x FSD as well as negative ranges)
1 38127 38128 38129 38130

Special mounting position - 38147 38148 38149 38150

Oil and grease removed from wetted parts (not for oxygen!), label
0 37615 37616 37617 37618
"Oil and grease free" (only for stainless steel measuring system)
Glycerine/water filling, only for pressure gauges for chemical
applications with positive ranges ≥ 60 mbar, accuracy class 2.5 at - 37619 --- 37620 37621
increasing pressure
Higher degree of protection IP 54 (only for gauges with bayonet bezel) 1 --- --- 38160 ---
Printing block costs per scale and colour
0 38153 38154 38155 38156
(scale design as per EN 837-3, others on request)
Additional colour 0 38165 38166 38167 38168
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See the overview "Accessories for panel mounting and wall mounting" on page 511.

374 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

boiler and heating system applications

■ Design as per EN 837-1

■ Corrosion-resistant, highly impact-resistant
plastic housing
■ Many customised versions available

Version: Plastic connection

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not
attack copper alloys and plastic.
! For measuring gas or vapour, these gauges must be used in accordance with the table "Selection
Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D1 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
26 – 28
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
4.0
measuring system deviates from the normal
Range (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/4 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K,
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Application area of full scale value
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value Degree of protection
Short-term: full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Dial 11

Axial Plastic (ABS), white
Plastic, integrated in housing: Dial marking black
RF 26 = G1/8B
Pointer
RF 28 = M 10 x 1
Plastic, black
Brass: G1/8B, M10 x 1
Housing
Measuring element
RF 26 = Plastic (PA6), black
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
RF 28 = Plastic (PA6), white,
"C" type tube
Back flange
Movement
Window
Brass
Clip-in plastic

Options ■ Special scales

■ Reference pointer
■ Other brass connection

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

RF 26, plastic connection G1/8B On request
RF 26, brass connection G1/8B On request
RF 28, plastic connection M10 x 1 On request
RF 28, brass connection M10 x 1 On request
Minimum order quantity = 100 pieces per delivery.

www.afriso.com 375
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for boiler and

heating system applications Type D 1 – RF 26/28

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

RF 26 plastic connection, integrated in housing RF 26 Brass connection

RF 28 plastic connection, integrated in housing RF 28 Brass connection

11

376 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

heating/plumbing applications

■ With self-sealing connection thread

(NG 50 and 63) for fast mounting
■ Red maximum mark on dial (version HZ)
■ Adjustable red reference pointer and green
operation segment on window (version HZ)
■ Corrosion-resistant housing
Mounting valves
with self-sealing coating, automatically close
A during replacement of gauge to enable fast
and cost-effective servicing (see "Accessories
for pressure gauges").

Page 512

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack cop-
per alloys and EPDM.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Nominal size Operating temperature range

specifications 50 – 63 – 80 – 100 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Tmax = +60 °C
2.5
Temperature performance
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
Indication error when the temperature of the
-1/0 bar
measuring system deviates from the normal
0/0.6 to 0/25 bar
temperature of 20 °C:
Application area rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Static load: ¾ x full scale value falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value of full scale value
Short-term: full scale value
Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Dial

NG 50–63 G¼B: Self-sealing thread with PTFE Plastic, white
ring for safe and fast installation (Attention: Dial marking black
Approx. 60° chamfer required at female thread) 11
Pointer
Brass, bottom or back
Plastic, black
NG 50–63 G¼B – spanner 14
NG 80–100 G½B – spanner 22 Housing
Plastic (ABS), black, highly impact-resistant
Measuring element
and corrosion-resistant
Bourdon tube, copper alloy; "C" type tube
Window
Movement
Clip-in plastic NG 80–100 with adjustable
Brass
red reference pointer

Special versions Pressure gauges for heating installations Hydrometer NG 80–100

NG 50–63–80 Water level indicator for open heating systems
for sealed heating systems Ranges: 0/0.6 to 0/10 bar
Range: 0/4 bar Connection: Brass G½B bottom – spanner 22
Connection: NG 50 G¼B bottom back Dual scale: bar outer black
NG 63 G¼B or G3/8B mWC inner black
radial or centre back Window with adjustable red reference pointer
NG 80 G½B bottom or
G¼B centre back
(with valve G¼ x G½)
Dial with red mark at 2.5 or 3 bar and
green sector from 1.5 to 2.5 or 3 bar,
window with adjustable red reference pointer and
green flag

www.afriso.com 377
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for heating/plumbing applications

Housing types and dimensions

HZ 50 – bottom back connection RF 50/63, HZ 63 – bottom connection

RF/HZ 63 – centre back connection RF 80/HY 80/HZ 80 – bottom connection

HZ 80 – centre back connection RF 100/HY 100 – bottom connection

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size Spanner

a b b1 c c1 c2 e g g1 G G1 h h1 s SW
(NG) size SW1
50 - 25.8 - 11.2 - - 14 43 - G¼B - - - 3.8 14 -
63 9.8 30.4 29.7 11.2 13 11.5 - 49.9 50.4 G¼B G3/8B 49.5 51.5 3.7 14 17
80 12.8 31 32.8 17 11.5 - - 50 - G½B G¼B 64 - 2.8 22 14
100 15.5 - 34.5 17 - - - - - G½B - 74 - 3.5 22 -

378 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for heating/plumbing applications
DG: G, PG: 2

Type RF 50 rad RF 50 ax RF 63 rad RF 63 ax RF 80 rad HY 80 rad* RF 100 rad HY 100 rad*

Version

Housing Ø 50 50 63 63 80 80 100 100

Housing Plastic (ABS), black, highly impact-resistant and corrosion-resistant
Measuring
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
element
Accuracy class 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G½B G½B G½B G½B
Thread Self-sealing with PTFE sealing ring -
With adjustable red reference pointer
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 - - 63501 - 63551 - 63601 -
0/0.6 - - - - - - - 63281
0/1 - - - - 63559 63570 63609 63282
0/1.6 - - - - 63560 63571 63610 63283
0/2.5 - - 63511 63536 63561 - 63611 63284
0/4 - - 63512 63537 63562 - 63612 63285
0/6 63122 63127 63513 63538 63563 63574 63613 63286
0/10 63123 63128 63514 63539 63564 63575 63614 63287
0/16 63124 63129 63515 63540 63565 - 63615 -
0/25 - - - - 63566 - 63616 -

HZ 50 back
Type HZ 63 rad HZ 63 ax HZ 63 rad HZ 63 ax HZ 80 rad HZ 80 rad HZ 80 ax
bottom

Version
11
Housing Ø 50 63 63 63 63 80 80 80
Housing Plastic (ABS), black, highly impact-resistant and corrosion-resistant
Measuring
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
element
Range 0/4 bar
Dial With red mark at 3 bar and green sector from 1.5 to 3 bar
Window Plastic with adjustable red reference pointer and green flag
Accuracy class 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
G¼ with G¼ with
Connection G¼B G3/8B G3/8B G¼B G¼B G½B valve valve
G¼ x G½ G¼ x G½
Self-sealing with
Thread Self-sealing with PTFE sealing ring -
PTFE sealing ring
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Part no. 63927 63910 63914 63911 63915 63918 63913 63919

Dial With red mark at 2.5 bar and green sector from 1.5 to 2.5 bar
Part no. - 63908 63909 - - - - -
* Dual scale bar/mWC. Blue part no. = in-stock items
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 25 pieces.

www.afriso.com 379
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Pressure gauges with capillary tube

For burners, boiler, hot water tanks and air conditioning/refrigeration systems, AFRISO offers different pressure and temperature
measuring instruments with various housing versions and connection types. The portfolio covers cost-effective pressure gauges and
thermometers with plastic or copper capillaries as well as combination instruments such as combined thermometer/pressure gauges.
We also provide OEM versions for your specific applications. Please enquire.

Application examples

11

i
See page 626 for thermo-
meters with capillary tube.

380 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges
with plastic capillary tube

■ Ideal for boilers and burners, especially for

wall-mounted boilers
■ Corrosion-resistant, highly impact-resistant
plastic housing
■ Many customised versions available

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not
attack copper alloys and plastic.
! For measuring gas or vapour, these gauges must be used in accordance with the table "Selection
Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D1 Medium: Tmax = +80 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +70 °C
26 – 28 – 37 – 40 – 42 – 52 – 45 x 45
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
4.0
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/4 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/6 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value

11
Standard version Connection Housing
Back, with plastic capillary Plastic (ABS), white, black or grey
Brass disk G¼B Highly impact-resistant and corrosion-resistant
RFK 26, RFK 28 = Plastic (PA6)
Measuring element
glass-fibre reinforced
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
"C" type tube Window
Clip-in plastic, transparent
Movement
RFK 52 with bezel
Brass
Capillary length
Dial
Plastic capillary, R3, black
Plastic (ABS), white or black
L = 500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000 mm
Dial marking black
Pointer
Plastic, black or white

Options ■ Window with reference pointer ■ Other process connections

(RFK 28, 37, 45, 52) ■ Various capillary lengths
■ Special scale ■ Special colours for housing, dial, pointer
■ Dial with customer logo

www.afriso.com 381
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Pressure gauges with plastic capillary tube

Dimensions (in mm)

Type RFK 26

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 28

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 37

11

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 40

SW 14

① Capillary length

382 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges with plastic capillary tube

Dimensions (in mm)

Type RFK 42

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 45

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 52

11

SW 14

① Capillary length

www.afriso.com 383
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Pressure gauges with plastic capillary tube

DG: G, PG: 2

Type RFK 26 RFK 28 RFK 37 RFK 40

Version

Housing Ø 26 28 37 40
Housing Plastic (PA6), black Plastic (PA6), white Plastic (ABS), white
Pointer Plastic, black
Dial/scale Dial white / scale black
Packing unit** 72 pieces

Range 0/4 bar 0/4 bar 0/4 bar 0/4 bar

Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm On request On request On request On request
1,000 mm On request On request On request On request
1,500 mm On request On request On request On request
2,000 mm On request On request On request On request
Range --- --- 0/6 bar 0/6 bar
Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm --- --- On request On request
1,000 mm --- --- On request On request
1,500 mm --- --- On request On request
2,000 mm --- --- On request On request
* Other capillary lengths on request.
** Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 144 pieces per delivery.

11

384 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges with plastic capillary tube

DG: G, PG: 2

Type RFK 42 RFK 45 RFK 52

Version

Housing Ø 42 45 x 45 52
Plastic (ABS), grey,
Housing Plastic (ABS), white Plastic (ABS), black
with bezel, black
Pointer Plastic, black Plastic, white
Dial white /
Dial/scale Dial white / scale black
scale black
Packing unit** 72 pieces 72 pieces 50 pieces

Range 0/4 bar 0/4 bar 0/4 bar

Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm On request On request On request
1,000 mm On request On request On request
1,500 mm On request On request On request
2,000 mm On request On request On request
Range 0/6 bar 0/6 bar 0/6 bar
Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm On request On request On request
1,000 mm On request On request On request
1,500 mm On request On request On request
2,000 mm On request On request On request
* Other capillary lengths on request.
** Minimum order quantity = 2 packing units.

11

www.afriso.com 385
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Pressure gauges with

copper capillary tube

■ Ideal for boilers and burners, especially for

wall-mounted boilers
■ Corrosion-resistant, highly impact-resistant
plastic housing
■ Many customised versions available

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not
attack copper alloys and plastic.
! For measuring gas or vapour, these gauges must be used in accordance with the table "Selection
Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D1 Medium: Tmax = +80 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +70 °C
26 – 28 – 37 – 40 – 42 – 52 – 45 x 45
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of
4.0
the measuring system deviates from
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) the normal
0/4 bar temperature of 20 °C:
0/6 bar rising temperature approx. ± 0.4 %/10 K
falling temperature approx. ± 0.4 %/10 K
Application area of full scale value
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value Degree of protection
Short-term: full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)

11
Standard version Connection Housing
Back, with copper capillary Plastic (ABS), white, black or grey
Brass disk G¼B Highly impact-resistant and corrosion-resistant
RFK 26, RFK 28 = Plastic (PA6)
Measuring element
glass-fibre reinforced
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
"C" type tube Window
Clip-in plastic, transparent
Movement
RFK 52 with bezel
Brass
Capillary length
Dial
Cu capillary with PVC coating, R3, grey
Plastic (ABS), white or black
L = 500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000 mm
Dial marking black
Pointer
Plastic, black or white

Options ■ Window with reference pointer (RFK 28, 37, 45, 52)
■ Special scales
■ Dial with customer logo
■ Other process connections
■ Various capillary lengths
■ Special colours for housing, dial, pointer

386 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges with copper capillary tube

Dimensions (in mm)

Type RFK 26

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 28

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 37

11

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 40

SW 14

① Capillary length

www.afriso.com 387
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Pressure gauges with copper capillary tube

Dimensions (in mm)

Type RFK 42

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 45

SW 14

① Capillary length

Type RFK 52

11

SW 14

① Capillary length

388 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges with copper capillary tube

DG: G, PG: 2

Type RFK 26 RFK 28 RFK 37 RFK 40

Version

Housing Ø 26 28 37 40
Housing Plastic (PA6), black Plastic (PA6), white Plastic (ABS), white
Pointer Plastic, black
Dial/scale Dial white / scale black
Packing unit** 50 pieces

Range 0/4 bar 0/4 bar 0/4 bar 0/4 bar

Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm On request On request On request On request
1,000 mm On request On request On request On request
1,500 mm On request On request On request On request
2,000 mm On request On request On request On request
Range --- --- 0/6 bar 0/6 bar
Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm --- --- On request On request
1,000 mm --- --- On request On request
1,500 mm --- --- On request On request
2,000 mm --- --- On request On request
* Other capillary lengths on request.
** Minimum order quantity = 100 pieces per delivery.

11

www.afriso.com 389
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Pressure gauges with copper capillary tube

DG: G, PG: 2

Type RFK 42 RFK 45 RFK 52

Version

Housing Ø 42 45 x 45 52
Plastic (ABS), grey, with
Housing Plastic (ABS), white Plastic (ABS), black
bezel, black
Pointer Plastic, black Plastic, white
Dial/scale Dial white / scale black Dial white / scale black
Packing unit** 72 pieces 72 pieces 50 pieces

Range 0/4 bar 0/4 bar 0/4 bar

Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm On request On request On request
1,000 mm On request On request On request
1,500 mm On request On request On request
2,000 mm On request On request On request
Range 0/6 bar 0/6 bar 0/6 bar
Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm On request On request On request
1,000 mm On request On request On request
1,500 mm On request On request On request
2,000 mm On request On request On request
Range --- --- 0/10 bar
Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm --- --- On request
1,000 mm --- --- On request
11 1,500 mm --- --- On request
2,000 mm --- --- On request
* Other capillary lengths on request.
** Minimum order quantity = 2 packing units.

390 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

■ For pneumatic and heating system

applications
■ Design as per EN 837-1
■ Accuracy class 1.6
■ Corrosion-resistant, highly impact-
resistant plastic housing
■ Many customised versions available
A

Page 512

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D1 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
40 – 50 – 63 – 80 – 100
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Dial 11

Brass, bottom or centre back Plastic, white
NG 40 G1/8B – SW 12 Dial marking black
NG 50-63 G¼B – SW 14
Pointer
NG 80-100 bottom G½B – spanner size SW 22
Plastic, black
NG 80-100 centre back G¼B – spanner size SW
14 Housing
(EN 837-1/7.3) Black ABS, highly impact-resistant
and corrosion-resistant
Measuring element
Bourdon tube, copper alloy Window
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube Clip-in plastic, NG 80-100 with
> 60 bar helical tube adjustable red reference pointer
Movement
Brass

Options ■ Throttle screw

■ Reference pointer
■ Special scales
■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 391
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 1 – NG 40/50/63/80/100

Housing types and dimensions

NG 40/50/63 – bottom connection NG 40/50/63 – centre back connection

NG 80 – bottom connection NG 80 – centre back connection

NG 100 – bottom connection NG 100 – centre back connection

11

Dimensions (mm)

Spanner
Nominal size (NG) a b b1 Øc c1 c2 Øe e1 e2 g G G1 h s SW
size SW1
40 9.5 25 25 4 2 10 - - - 41.5 G1/8B G1/8B 36 3 12 -
50 10.3 26.8 27.1 5 2 13 - - - 47.1 G¼B G¼B 45 3.8 14 -
63 9.8 29.7 30.4 5 2 13 - - - 50.4 G¼B G¼B 51.5 3.7 14 -
80 12.8 32.8 32.8 6 3 20 5 2 13 55.8 G½B G¼B 72 2.8 22 14
100 15.5 34.5 32 6 3 20 5 2 13 55 G½B G¼B 82 3.5 22 14

392 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

■ For pneumatic and heating system

applications
■ Robust steel or stainless steel housing
■ Accuracy class 1.6
■ Many customised versions
available

Page 512

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D 2/D 3 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
40 – 50 – 63
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: 3/4 x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Dial 11

Brass, bottom or centre back Plastic, white
NG 40 G1/8B – spanner size SW 12 Dial marking black
NG 50-63 G¼B – spanner size SW 14
Pointer
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Plastic, black
Measuring element
Housing
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
D 2 – black sheet steel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
D 3 – stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube
Window
Movement
Clip-in plastic
Brass

Options ■ Panel mounting bezel ■ Reference pointer

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Special scales
■ Throttle screw ■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 393
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 2/D 3 – NG 40/50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with clamp fixing

11

① Panel cut-out

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 g g1 g2 G h m

40 8.5 23.5 25 26 28 4 2 10 51 61 3.6 41 45 44 41.5 42.5 46.6 G1/8B 36 50
50 10.5 26 26 27.5 30.3 5 2 13 60 71 3.6 50 54 54 47 49 51.3 G¼B 45 58
63 9.5 29.4 29.4 30.3 30.3 5 2 13 75 85 3.6 63 66.5 67.8 50.4 51.3 53.3 G¼B 51.5 72

Nominal size (NG) s s1 s2 s3 SW

40 3 2.5 2 5.2 12
50 3.8 2.5 2 5.4 14
63 3.7 2.5 2 5.6 14

394 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

■ For domestic and mechanical

engineering applications
■ Robust steel housing
■ Window with adjustable reference
pointer
■ Many customised versions available

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D2 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
80 – 100
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Dial 11

Brass, bottom: Plastic, white
NG 80 – 100 G½B – spanner size SW 22 Dial marking black
Brass, centre back:
Pointer
NG 80 – 100 G¼B – spanner size SW 14
Plastic, black
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element
Sheet steel, black
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube Window
> 60 bar helical tube Clip-in plastic, with adjustable
red reference pointer
Movement
Brass

Options ■ Stainless steel housing (NG 100) ■ Throttle screw

■ Push on bezel ■ Special scales
■ Instrument glass window ■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 395
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 2 – NG 80/100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Bottom connection, with push on bezel Centre back connection, with push on bezel

11

Dimensions (mm)

Spanner
Nominal size (NG) a b b1 Øc c1 c2 Øc1 c3 c4 g g1 G G1 h SW
size SW1
80 11.7 31 33.5 6 3 20 5 2 13 54 56.5 G½B G¼B 72 22 14
100 11 29.5 34 6 3 20 5 2 13 52.5 57 G½B G¼B 82 22 14

396 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

■ For domestic and mechanical

engineering applications
■ With reference pointer on dial
■ Robust steel housing
■ Many customised versions available

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D2 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/40 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 32 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Window

Brass, bottom: G½B – spanner size SW 22 Instrument glass 11
Measuring element
Bourdon tube, copper alloy Bottom connection
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube
Movement
Brass
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black with adjustable
reference pointer
Pointer
Aluminium, black
Housing
Sheet steel, black
Push on bezel
Dimensions (mm)
Sheet steel, black
Nominal size (NG) a b Øc c1
160 15.5 50 6 3
Options
■ Throttle screw Nominal size (NG) c2 G h SW
■ Special scales
■ Other process connections 160 20 G½B 116 22

www.afriso.com 397
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2

Type RF40, D101 RF40, D111 RF50, D101 RF50, D111 RF63, D101 RF63, D111 RF80, D101 RF100, D101

Version

Housing Ø 40 40 50 50 63 63 80 100
Housing ABS highly impact-resistant, clip-in plastic window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G /8B
1
G /8B
1
G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G½B G½B
PU* 100 pieces 100 pieces 100 pieces 100 pieces 100 pieces 100 pieces 50 pieces 50 pieces
With adjustable red reference pointer
on window

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85001101 85001111 85051101 85051111 85101101 85101111 85151101 85201101
-1/+0.6 --- --- --- --- 85102101 85102111 85152101 85202101
-1/+1.5 --- --- --- --- 85103101 85103111 85153101 85203101
-1/+3 --- --- --- --- 85104101 85104111 85154101 85204101
-1/+5 --- --- --- --- 85105101 85105111 85155101 85205101
-1/+9 --- --- --- --- 85106101 85106111 85156101 85206101
-1/+15 --- --- --- --- 85107101 85107111 85157101 85207101

0/0.6 85009101 85009111 85059101 85059111 85109101 85109111 85159101 85209101

0/1 85010101 85010111 85060101 85060111 85110101 85110111 85160101 85210101
0/1.6 85011101 85011111 85061101 85061111 85111101 85111111 85161101 85211101
0/2.5 85012101 85012111 85062101 85062111 85112101 85112111 85162101 85212101
0/4 85013101 85013111 85063101 85063111 85113101 85113111 85163101 85213101
0/6 85014101 85014111 85064101 85064111 85114101 85114111 85164101 85214101
0/10 85015101 85015111 85065101 85065111 85115101 85115111 85165101 85215101

11 0/16 85016101 85016111 85066101 85066111 85116101 85116111 85166101 85216101

0/25 85017101 85017111 85067101 85067111 85117101 85117111 85167101 85217101
0/40 85018101 85018111 85068101 85068111 85118101 85118111 85168101 85218101
0/60 85019101 85019111 85069101 85069111 85119101 85119111 85169101 85219101
0/100 85020101 85020111 85070101 85070111 85120101 85120111 85170101 85220101
0/160 85021101 85021111 85071101 85071111 85121101 85121111 85171101 85221101
0/250 85022101 85022111 85072101 85072111 85122101 85122111 85172101 85222101
0/400 --- --- 85073101 85073111 85123101 85123111 85173101 85223101
* Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 100 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 401 for options.

398 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2

Type RF40, D201 RF40, D211 RF40, D231* RF40, D251* RF50, D201 RF50, D211 RF50, D231* RF50, D251*

Version

Housing Ø 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50
Housing Black sheet steel, plastic clip-in window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G /8B
1
G /8B
1
G /8B
1
G /8B
1
G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
3-hole fixing, Panel mounting 3-hole fixing, Panel mounting
panel mounting bezel stainless panel mounting bezel stainless
bezel, steel, polished, bezel, steel, polished,
stainless steel with clamp fixing stainless steel with clamp fixing

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85001201 85001211 85001231 85001251 85051201 85051211 85051231 85051251
-1/+0.6 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-1/+1.5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-1/+3 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-1/+5 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-1/+9 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
-1/+15 --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

0/1 85010201 85010211 85010231 85010251 85060201 85060211 85060231 85060251

0/1.6 85011201 85011211 85011231 85011251 85061201 85061211 85061231 85061251

0/2.5 85012201 85012211 85012231 85012251 85062201 85062211 85062231 85062251
0/4 85013201 85013211 85013231 85013251 85063201 85063211 85063231 85063251
0/6 85014201 85014211 85014231 85014251 85064201 85064211 85064231 85064251
0/10 85015201 85015211 85015231 85015251 85065201 85065211 85065231 85065251
0/16 85016201 85016211 85016231 85016251 85066201 85066211 85066231 85066251 11
0/25 85017201 85017211 85017231 85017251 85067201 85067211 85067231 85067251
0/40 85018201 85018211 85018231 85018251 85068201 85068211 85068231 85068251
0/60 85019201 85019211 85019231 85019251 85069201 85069211 85069231 85069251
0/100 85020201 85020211 85020231 85020251 85070201 85070211 85070231 85070251
0/160 85021201 85021211 85021231 85021251 85071201 85071211 85071231 85071251
0/250 85022201 85022211 85022231 85022251 85072201 85072211 85072231 85072251
0/400 --- --- --- --- 85073201 85073211 85073231 85073251
* Dual scale, bar outer, black – psi inner, red. Blue part no. = in-stock items
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 100 pieces.

i
See page 401 for options.

www.afriso.com 399
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2

Type RF63, D201 RF63, D211 RF63, D231* RF63, D251* RF80, D201 RF100, D201 RF100, D211 RF160, D201

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 63 63 80 100 100 160

Push on bezel,
Housing Black sheet steel, plastic clip-in window instrument glass

Measuring ele-
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
ment
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G½B G½B G¼B G½B
3-hole fixing, Panel mounting
panel mounting bezel stainless
bezel, stainless steel, polished, With adjustable red reference pointer
steel with clamp fixing

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.

-1/0 85101201 85101211 85101231 85101251 85151201 85201201 85201211 85251201

-1/+0.6 85102201 85102211 85102231 85102251 85152201 85202201 85202211 85252201
-1/+1.5 85103201 85103211 85103231 85103251 85153201 85203201 85203211 85253201
-1/+3 85104201 85104211 85104231 85104251 85154201 85204201 85204211 85254201
-1/+5 85105201 85105211 85105231 85105251 85155201 85205201 85205211 85255201
-1/+9 85106201 85106211 85106231 85106251 85156201 85206201 85206211 85256201
-1/+15 85107201 85107211 85107231 85107251 85157201 85207201 85207211 85257201

0/0.6 85109201 85109211 85109231 85109251 85159201 85209201 85209211 85259201

0/1 85110201 85110211 85110231 85110251 85160201 85210201 85210211 85260201
0/1.6 85111201 85111211 85111231 85111251 85161201 85211201 85211211 85261201
0/2.5 85112201 85112211 85112231 85112251 85162201 85212201 85212211 85262201
0/4 85113201 85113211 85113231 85113251 85163201 85213201 85213211 85263201
0/6 85114201 85114211 85114231 85114251 85164201 85214201 85214211 85264201
11
0/10 85115201 85115211 85115231 85115251 85165201 85215201 85215211 85265201
0/16 85116201 85116211 85116231 85116251 85166201 85216201 85216211 85266201
0/25 85117201 85117211 85117231 85117251 85167201 85217201 85217211 85267201
0/40 85118201 85118211 85118231 85118251 85168201 85218201 85218211 85268201
0/60 85119201 85119211 85119231 85119251 85169201 85219201 85219211 ---
0/100 85120201 85120211 85120231 85120251 85170201 85220201 85220211 ---
0/160 85121201 85121211 85121231 85121251 85171201 85221201 85221211 ---
0/250 85122201 85122211 85122231 85122251 85172201 85222201 85222211 ---
0/400 85123201 85123211 85123231 85123251 85173201 85223201 85223211 ---
* Dual scale, bar outer, black – psi inner, red. Blue part no. = in-stock items
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 100 pieces (RF 160, D 201 = 10 pieces).

i
See page 401 for options.

400 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Options for standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

DG: M

Housing diameter (mm) PG 40 50 63 80 100 160

Description Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Housing nickel-plated 3 38064 38065 38066 --- --- ---
Push on bezel nickel-plated 3 38250 38251 38252 38253 38254 ---
Housing stainless steel 304, vibratory-finished
3 38256 38257 38258 --- 38300 ---
(extra charge, instead of steel housing)
Housing stainless steel 304, polished
3 38259 38260 38261 --- 38314 ---
(extra charge, instead of steel housing)
Push on bezel stainless steel 304 2.60
3 38262 38264 --- --- ---
DNV type approval, polished 38263
Connection socket nickel-plated 3 38082 38083 38084 38085 38086 38087

Connection socket with special thread - On request On request On request On request On request On request
Throttle screw brass – hole 0.3 – 0.5 – 0.7 mm
2 38095 38096 38097 38098 38099 38100
(please specify)
Red mark on dial 0 38182 38183 38184 38185 38186 38187
1 reference pointer, red, printed on window 1 38315 38316 38109 Standard Standard ---
2 reference pointers, red, on dial, adjustable 1 --- --- --- --- 38123 ---
Printing block costs per scale and colour (scale
0 38151 38152 38153 38154 38155 38156
design as per EN 837-1, others on request)
Printing costs per additional colour 0 38163 38164 38165 38166 38167 38168

* Minimum order quantity for special versions (non-stock items) = 100 pieces per version and delivery. Blue part no. = in-stock items

Spare windows for

standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges 11

DG: M, PG: 1

Housing diameter (mm) 40 50 63 80 100 160

Description Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Plastic window,
38285 38271 38272 38273 38274 ---
clip-in, for plastic housing
Plastic window,
38275 38276 38277 38317 38318 ---
clip-in, for steel housing
Instrument glass window --- --- --- 38278 38279 38280
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 401
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for industrial applications
EN 837-1

■ For machine and plant engineering

■ Robust, stainless steel housing
with bayonet bezel
■ Can be equipped with electrical contact
■ DNV type approval and
GOSSTANDART-certified

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack cop-
per alloys. For high accuracy and rough application conditions.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Short-term:

specifications D4 ≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value
> 600 bar = full scale value
Nominal size
100 – 160 Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
1.0
Tmax = +60 °C
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
Temperature performance
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
Indication error when the temperature of
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
the measuring system deviates from the normal
Application area temperature of 20 °C:
Static load: rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = full scale value falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value of full scale value
Dynamic load:
Degree of protection
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value
IP 54 (EN 60529)
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value
11

Standard version Connection Pointer

Brass, bottom or bottom back Aluminium, black
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element Stainless steel 304
Bourdon tube, ≤ 60 bar "C" type tube, with blow-out
copper alloy> 60 bar helical tube,
Bayonet type bezel
stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Stainless steel 304
Movement
Window
Brass
Instrument glass
Dial
Aluminium, white; dial marking black

Options ■ Nominal size 250 (bottom connection) ■ Throttle screw

■ Back flange ■ Reference pointer
■ Panel mounting bezel ■ Electrical contacts
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Special scales
■ Laminated safety glass window ■ Other process connections

402 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

industrial applications Type D 4 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with clamp fixing

11

① 90° drawn staggered

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 d5 d6 e G g g1 h s1
(NG)
100 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 49 49 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 104 107 101 26.5 G½B 81 81 86 5.5
160 17.5 20.5 50 53 50 52 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 167 161 26.5 G½B 82 84 116 6

Nominal size
s2 s3 s4 SW
(NG)
100 4 2 4 22
160 4 2 4.5 22
* Dimensions for NG 100 according to DIN 16064.

www.afriso.com 403
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

industrial applications EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 2

RF100 I, RF100 I, RF100 I, RF100 I, RF160 I, RF160 I, RF160 I, RF160 I,

Type
D401 D411 D431 D451 D401 D411 D431 D451

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 160 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, instrument glass window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy (> 60 bar stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L)
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, Panel mounting 3-hole fixing, Panel mounting
panel mounting bezel, 304, polis- panel mounting bezel, 304, polis-
bezel 304 polis- hed, with clamp bezel 304 polis- hed, with clamp
hed fixing hed fixing

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85301401 85301411 85301431 85301451 85351401 85351411 85351431 85351451
-1/+0.6 85302401 85302411 85302431 85302451 85352401 85352411 85352431 85352451
-1/+1.5 85303401 85303411 85303431 85303451 85353401 85353411 85353431 85353451
-1/+3 85304401 85304411 85304431 85304451 85354401 85354411 85354431 85354451
-1/+5 85305401 85305411 85305431 85305451 85355401 85355411 85355431 85355451
-1/+9 85306401 85306411 85306431 85306451 85356401 85356411 85356431 85356451
-1/+15 85307401 85307411 85307431 85307451 85357401 85357411 85357431 85357451

0/0.6 85309401 85309411 85309431 85309451 85359401 85359411 85359431 85359451

0/1 85310401 85310411 85310431 85310451 85360401 85360411 85360431 85360451
0/1.6 85311401 85311411 85311431 85311451 85361401 85361411 85361431 85361451
0/2.5 85312401 85312411 85312431 85312451 85362401 85362411 85362431 85362451
0/4 85313401 85313411 85313431 85313451 85363401 85363411 85363431 85363451
0/6 85314401 85314411 85314431 85314451 85364401 85364411 85364431 85364451
0/10 85315401 85315411 85315431 85315451 85365401 85365411 85365431 85365451
0/16 85316401 85316411 85316431 85316451 85366401 85366411 85366431 85366451
11 0/25 85317401 85317411 85317431 85317451 85367401 85367411 85367431 85367451
0/40 85318401 85318411 85318431 85318451 85368401 85368411 85368431 85368451
0/60 85319401 85319411 85319431 85319451 85369401 85369411 85369431 85369451
0/100 85320401 85320411 85320431 85320451 85370401 85370411 85370431 85370451
0/160 85321401 85321411 85321431 85321451 85371401 85371411 85371431 85371451
0/250 85322401 85322411 85322431 85322451 85372401 85372411 85372431 85372451
0/400 85323401 85323411 85323431 85323451 85373401 85373411 85373431 85373451
0/600 85324401 85324411 85324431 85324451 85374401 85374411 85374431 85374451
0/1,000 85325401 85325411 85325431 85325451 85375401 85375411 85375431 85375451
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.
Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

404 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure

gauges EN 837-1

■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations

and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Longer service life due to less wear and
corrosion protection of the measuring
system
■ No steaming up of the inside of the
window in case of outdoor applications

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pressure loads.
! For measuring gas and vapour, these gauges must be used in accordance with the table "Selection Criteria
as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D6 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
40
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of +20 °C:
0/1 bar to 0/400 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
-1/0 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 65 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar) IP 54

Standard version Connection

Brass, centre back G1/8B – spanner size SW 12 Centre back connection – NG 40 11
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Measuring element
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube
Movement
Brass
Dial
Plastic, white; dial marking black
Pointer
Plastic, black
Dimensions (mm)
Housing
Plastic (ABS), black, with blow-out Nominal size (NG) b Øc c2 -
Window 40 25 4 10 -
Plastic, ultrasonically welded to housing
Filling liquid Nominal size (NG) D G g SW
Glycerine (99.5 %) 40 40 G1/8B 43 12

Options ■ Special scales

■ Throttle screw
■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 405
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure

gauges EN 837-1

■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations

and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Longer service life due to less wear and
corrosion protection of the measuring
system
■ No steaming up of the inside of the
window in case of outdoor applications

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pressure loads.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D6 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
50 – 63
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 65 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar) IP 54

11 Standard version Connection Pointer

Brass, bottom or centre back Aluminium, black
G¼B – spanner size SW 14 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element Polyamide, black
Bourdon tube, copper alloy With blow-out
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
Crimped bezel
> 60 bar helical tube
Aluminium, black
Movement
Window
Brass
Plastic
Dial
Filling liquid
Aluminium, white
Glycerine (99.5 %)
Dial marking black

Options ■ Back flange (NG 63) ■ Special scales

■ Throttle screw ■ Other process connections

406 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 6 – NG 50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection, back flange

Bottom connection

Centre back connection

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d3* D G g h s SW

50 12 - 31.5 - 5 2 13 - 53 G¼B 54.5 47 5 14 11
63 10 13 32 35 5 2 13 3.6 68 G¼B 55 53 7 14

www.afriso.com 407
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2

RF40Gly, RF50Gly, RF50Gly, RF63Gly, RF63Gly,

Type
D611 D601 D611 D601 D611

Version

Housing Ø 40 50 50 63 63
Housing ABS black Polyamide, black, with crimped bezel, black, plastic window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G1/8B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85001611 85051601 85051611 85101601 85101611
-1/+0.6 --- 85052601 85052611 85102601 85102611
-1/+1.5 --- 85053601 85053611 85103601 85103611
-1/+3 --- 85054601 85054611 85104601 85104611
-1/+5 --- 85055601 85055611 85105601 85105611
-1/+9 --- 85056601 85056611 85106601 85106611
-1/+15 --- 85057601 85057611 85107601 85107611

0/0.6 --- 85059601 85059611 85109601 85109611

0/1 85010611 85060601 85060611 85110601 85110611
0/1.6 85011611 85061601 85061611 85111601 85111611
0/2.5 85012611 85062601 85062611 85112601 85112611
0/4 85013611 85063601 85063611 85113601 85113611
0/6 85014611 85064601 85064611 85114601 85114611
0/10 85015611 85065601 85065611 85115601 85115611
0/16 85016611 85066601 85066611 85116601 85116611
0/25 85017611 85067601 85067611 85117601 85117611
11 0/40 85018611 85068601 85068611 85118601 85118611

0/60 85019611 85069601 85069611 85119601 85119611

0/100 85020611 85070601 85070611 85120601 85120611
0/160 85021611 85071601 85071611 85121601 85121611
0/250 85022611 85072601 85072611 85122601 85122611
0/400 85023611 85073601 85073611 85123601 85123611
* Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 25 pieces Blues part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

408 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube

pressure gauges
EN 837-1

■ Robust stainless steel housing

■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations
and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Longer service life due to less wear and
corrosion protection of the measuring
system
■ No steaming up of the inside of the window
in case of outdoor applications
A

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pressure loads.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D7 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
50 – 63
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
NG 63 to 0/600 bar of full scale value

Application area Degree of protection

Static load: ¾ x full scale value IP 65 (EN 60529)
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54
Short-term: full scale value

11
Standard version Connection Pointer
Brass, bottom or centre back Aluminium, black
G¼B – spanner size SW 14
Housing
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Stainless steel 304
Measuring element with blow-out
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Crimped bezel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
Stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube
Window
Movement
Plastic
Brass
Filling liquid
Dial
Glycerine (99.5 %)
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Filling liquid silicone oil ■ Special scales

■ Back flange (NG 63) ■ Clip reference pointer, red, adjustable (NG 63)
■ Clamp fixing ■ Throttle screw
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Crimped bezel polished

www.afriso.com 409
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 7 – NG 50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange (NG 63)

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, with clamp fixing

11

① Rotary knob

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 D G g h m n s s1 s2 SW

50 11 - 28 - 5 2 13 - - - - 53 G¼B 51 45.5 82 73 4.5 - - 14
63 9.5 13 30.5 34 5 2 13 75 85 3.6 64 68 G¼B 53.3 53 94 82 7 5.5 2 14
* Dimensions as per DIN 16063.

410 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2

RF50Gly, RF50Gly, RF50Gly, RF63Gly, RF63Gly, RF63Gly, RF63Gly,

Type
D701 D711 D751 D701 D711 D731 D751

Version

Housing Ø 50 50 50 63 63 63 63
Housing Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304, plastic window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
Dual scale, bar outer, black – psi inner, red*
Clamp fixing 3-hole fixing, panel
Clamp fixing
mounting bezel 304

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85051701 85051711 85051751 85101701 85101711 85101731 85101751
-1/+0.6 85052701 85052711 85052751 85102701 85102711 85102731 85102751
-1/+1.5 85053701 85053711 85053751 85103701 85103711 85103731 85103751
-1/+3 85054701 85054711 85054751 85104701 85104711 85104731 85104751
-1/+5 85055701 85055711 85055751 85105701 85105711 85105731 85105751
-1/+9 85056701 85056711 85056751 85106701 85106711 85106731 85106751
-1/+15 85057701 85057711 85057751 85107701 85107711 85107731 85107751

0/0.6 85059701 85059711 85059751 85109701 85109711 85109731 85109751

0/1 85060701 85060711 85060751 85110701 85110711 85110731 85110751
0/1.6 85061701 85061711 85061751 85111701 85111711 85111731 85111751
0/2.5 85062701 85062711 85062751 85112701 85112711 85112731 85112751
0/4 85063701 85063711 85063751 85113701 85113711 85113731 85113751
0/6 85064701 85064711 85064751 85114701 85114711 85114731 85114751
0/10 85065701 85065711 85065751 85115701 85115711 85115731 85115751
0/16 85066701 85066711 85066751 85116701 85116711 85116731 85116751
0/25 85067701 85067711 85067751 85117701 85117711 85117731 85117751
11
0/40 85068701 85068711 85068751 85118701 85118711 85118731 85118751
0/60 85069701 85069711 85069751 85119701 85119711 85119731 85119751
0/100 85070701 85070711 85070751 85120701 85120711 85120731 85120751
0/160 85071701 85071711 85071751 85121701 85121711 85121731 85121751
0/250 85072701 85072711 85072751 85122701 85122711 85122731 85122751
0/315 86818701 86818711 86818731 86818751
0/400 85073701 85073711 85073751 85123701 85123711 85123731 85123751
0/600 --- --- --- 85124701 85124711 85124731 85124751
* Append the code Z001 to the part number for single scales. Blue part no. = in-stock items
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 25 pieces.

i
See page 441 for options.

www.afriso.com 411
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube

pressure gauges
EN 837-1

■ Compact design
■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations
and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Longer service life due to less wear and
corrosion protection of the measuring
system
■ No steaming up of the inside of the window
in case of outdoor applications
A

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pressure loads.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D7 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
80 – 100
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/1 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 65 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54

11 Standard version Connection

Brass, bottom NG 80-100 G½B –
Pointer
Aluminium, black
spanner size SW 22
Housing
Brass, centre back NG 80 G¼B –
Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
spanner size SW 14
NG 100 G½B – spanner size SW 22 Crimped bezel
(EN 837-1/7.3) Stainless steel 304
Measuring element Window
Bourdon tube, copper alloy Plastic
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube Filling liquid
Glycerine (99.5 %)
Movement
Brass
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Filling liquid silicone oil ■ Measuring system stainless steel

■ Clamp fixing (up to 1,000 bar)
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Special scales
■ Back flange ■ Throttle screw
■ Crimped bezel polished ■ Other process connections

412 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 7 – NG 80/100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel Centre back connection, clamp fixing

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 D g G h M s s1 SW

80 Ms ax - 33.5 5 2 13 95 110 5.2 - 85 56.5 G¼B - 82 7 2 14
80 VA ax - 33.5 5 2 13 95 110 5.2 - 85 59 G¼B - 82 7 2 14
80 Ms rad 12.2 33.5 6 3 20 - - - - 85 - G½B 71 - 7 - 22
80 VA rad 12.2 33.5 6 3 20 - - - - 85 - G½B 79.5 - 7 - 22
100 Ms 12.2 33.5 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 101 106 65.5 G½B 81 106 7 3.8 22
100 VA 11.8 33.5 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 101 106 76.5 G½B 90 106 7 3.8 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

www.afriso.com 413
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2 DG: M, PG: 3

Measuring system copper alloy Measuring system stainless steel
RF80Gly, RF80Gly, RF80Gly, RF80EGly, RF80EGly, RF80EGly,
Type
D701 D711 D751 D702 D712 D752

Version

Housing Ø 80 80 80 80 80 80
Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304, Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304,
Housing
plastic window plastic window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G½B G¼B G¼B G½B G¼B G¼B
Clamp fixing Clamp fixing

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85151701 85151711 85151751 85151702 85151712 85151752
-1/+0.6 85152701 85152711 85152751 85152702 85152712 85152752
-1/+1.5 85153701 85153711 85153751 85153702 85153712 85153752
-1/+3 85154701 85154711 85154751 85154702 85154712 85154752
-1/+5 85155701 85155711 85155751 85155702 85155712 85155752
-1/+9 85156701 85156711 85156751 85156702 85156712 85156752
-1/+15 85157701 85157711 85157751 85157702 85157712 85157752

0/1 85160701 85160711 85160751 85160702 85160712 85160752

0/1.6 85161701 85161711 85161751 85161702 85161712 85161752
0/2.5 85162701 85162711 85162751 85162702 85162712 85162752
0/4 85163701 85163711 85163751 85163702 85163712 85163752
0/6 85164701 85164711 85164751 85164702 85164712 85164752
0/10 85165701 85165711 85165751 85165702 85165712 85165752
0/16 85166701 85166711 85166751 85166702 85166712 85166752
0/25 85167701 85167711 85167751 85167702 85167712 85167752
0/40 85168701 85168711 85168751 85168702 85168712 85168752
11
0/60 85169701 85169711 85169751 85169702 85169712 85169752
0/100 85170701 85170711 85170751 85170702 85170712 85170752
0/160 85171701 85171711 85171751 85171702 85171712 85171752
0/250 85172701 85172711 85172751 85172702 85172712 85172752
0/400 85173701 85173711 85173751 85173702 85173712 85173752
0/600 --- --- --- 85174702 85174712 85174752
0/1,000 --- --- --- 85175702 85175712 85175752

Options
Class 1.0 --- --- --- On request On request On request
Minimum order quantity = 10 pieces.  Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

414 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 2 DG: M, PG: 3
Measuring system copper alloy Measuring system stainless steel
RF100Gly, RF100Gly, RF100Gly, RF100Gly, RF100EGly, RF100EGly, RF100EGly, RF100EGly,
Type
D701 D711 D731 D751 D702 D712 D732 D752

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304, Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304,
Housing
plastic window plastic window
Measuring
Bourdon tube, copper alloy Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
element
Accuracy 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
class
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, 3-hole fixing,
panel mounting panel mounting
Clamp fixing Clamp fixing
bezel, stainless bezel, stainless
steel steel

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.

-1/0 85201701 85201711 85201731 85201751 85201702 85201712 85201732 85201752

-1/+0.6 85202701 85202711 85202731 85202751 85202702 85202712 85202732 85202752
-1/+1.5 85203701 85203711 85203731 85203751 85203702 85203712 85203732 85203752
-1/+3 85204701 85204711 85204731 85204751 85204702 85204712 85204732 85204752
-1/+5 85205701 85205711 85205731 85205751 85205702 85205712 85205732 85205752
-1/+9 85206701 85206711 85206731 85206751 85206702 85206712 85206732 85206752
-1/+15 85207701 85207711 85207731 85207751 85207702 85207712 85207732 85207752

0/1 85210701 85210711 85210731 85210751 85210702 85210712 85210732 85210752

0/1.6 85211701 85211711 85211731 85211751 85211702 85211712 85211732 85211752
0/2.5 85212701 85212711 85212731 85212751 85212702 85212712 85212732 85212752
0/4 85213701 85213711 85213731 85213751 85213702 85213712 85213732 85213752
0/6 85214701 85214711 85214731 85214751 85214702 85214712 85214732 85214752
0/10 85215701 85215711 85215731 85215751 85215702 85215712 85215732 85215752
0/16 85216701 85216711 85216731 85216751 85216702 85216712 85216732 85216752 11
0/25 85217701 85217711 85217731 85217751 85217702 85217712 85217732 85217752
0/40 85218701 85218711 85218731 85218751 85218702 85218712 85218732 85218752
0/60 85219701 85219711 85219731 85219751 85219702 85219712 85219732 85219752
0/100 85220701 85220711 85220731 85220751 85220702 85220712 85220732 85220752
0/160 85221701 85221711 85221731 85221751 85221702 85221712 85221732 85221752
0/250 85222701 85222711 85222731 85222751 85222702 85222712 85222732 85222752
0/400 85223701 85223711 85223731 85223751 85223702 85223712 85223732 85223752
0/600 --- --- --- --- 85224702 85224712 85224732 85224752
0/1,000 --- --- --- --- 85225702 85225712 85225732 85225752

Options

Class 1.0 --- --- --- --- On request On request On request On request
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

www.afriso.com 415
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube

pressure gauges
EN 837-1

■ Robust, stainless steel housing

with bayonet bezel
■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations
and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Longer service life due to less wear and cor-
rosion protection of the measuring system
■ No steaming up of the inside of the window
in case of outdoor applications
■ DNV-GL-certified A

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pressure loads.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Short-term:

specifications D8 ≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value
D 751 > 600 bar = full scale value
Nominal size Operating temperature range
100 – 160 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Tmax = +60 °C
1.0
Temperature performance
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
Indication error when the temperature of the
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
measuring system deviates from the normal
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
temperature of 20 °C:
Application area rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Static load: falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = full scale value of full scale value
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value
Degree of protection
Dynamic load: IP 65 (EN 60529)
11 ≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value

Standard version Connection Pointer

Brass, bottom or bottom back: Aluminium, black
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
Bourdon tube,
Bayonet type bezel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube, copper alloy
Stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube,
(D 751 = crimped bezel)
stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Window
Movement
Instrument glass
Brass
(D 751 = plastic)
Dial
Filling liquid
Aluminium, white
Glycerine (99.5 %)
Dial marking black

Options ■ Back flange ■ Special scales

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections

416 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 8 – NG 100/160; D 751 – NG 100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, with clamp fixing (D 751 – NG 100)

11

① As per EN 837-1

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 b2 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 e G g h s1

100 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 49 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 104 26.5 G½B 81 86 5.5
160 17.5 20 50 53 50 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 26.5 G½B 82 116 6

Nominal size (NG) s2 s3 SW

100 4 2 22
160 4 2 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

www.afriso.com 417
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Glycerine filled Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 2

RF100Gly, RF100Gly, RF100Gly, RF100Gly, RF160Gly, RF160Gly, RF160Gly,

Type
D801 D811 D831 D751 D801 D811 D831

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304, window, see data sheet
Measuring element Bourdon tube, copper alloy (> 60 bar stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L)
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel 3-hole fixing, panel
Crimped bezel 304
mounting bezel, mounting bezel,
with clamp fixing
304, polished 304, polished

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85201801 85201811 85201831 85301751 85251801 85251811 85251831
-1/+0.6 85202801 85202811 85202831 85302751 85252801 85252811 85252831
-1/+1.5 85203801 85203811 85203831 85303751 85253801 85253811 85253831
-1/+3 85204801 85204811 85204831 85304751 85254801 85254811 85254831
-1/+5 85205801 85205811 85205831 85305751 85255801 85255811 85255831
-1/+9 85206801 85206811 85206831 85306751 85256801 85256811 85256831
-1/+15 85207801 85207811 85207831 85307751 85257801 85257811 85257831

0/0.6 85209801 85209811 85209831 85309751 85259801 85259811 85259831

0/1 85210801 85210811 85210831 85310751 85260801 85260811 85260831
0/1.6 85211801 85211811 85211831 85311751 85261801 85261811 85261831
0/2.5 85212801 85212811 85212831 85312751 85262801 85262811 85262831
0/4 85213801 85213811 85213831 85313751 85263801 85263811 85263831
0/6 85214801 85214811 85214831 85314751 85264801 85264811 85264831
0/10 85215801 85215811 85215831 85315751 85265801 85265811 85265831
0/16 85216801 85216811 85216831 85316751 85266801 85266811 85266831
11 0/25 85217801 85217811 85217831 85317751 85267801 85267811 85267831
0/40 85218801 85218811 85218831 85318751 85268801 85268811 85268831
0/60 85219801 85219811 85219831 85319751 85269801 85269811 85269831
0/100 85220801 85220811 85220831 85320751 85270801 85270811 85270831
0/160 85221801 85221811 85221831 85321751 85271801 85271811 85271831
0/250 85222801 85222811 85222831 85322751 85272801 85272811 85272831
0/400 85223801 85223811 85223831 85323751 85273801 85273811 85273831
0/600 85224801 85224811 85224831 85324751 85274801 85274811 85274831
0/1,000 85225801 85225811 85225831 85325751 85275801 85275811 85275831
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

418 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Stainless steel Bourdon tube

pressure gauges
EN 837-1

■ Extremely compact design

■ Wetted parts and movement
made of stainless steel
■ Housing welded to pressure connection
■ Optional for control cabinet mounting
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ GOSSTANDART-certified

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D3 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
40
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
2.5
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/1.6 bar to 0/600 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Application area of full scale value
Static load:
¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: IP 32 (EN 60529)
2
/3 x full scale value
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection

Stainless steel 316 L
Dial
Aluminium, white
11
G1/8B – spanner size SW 14 bottom or Dial marking black
centre back
Pointer
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Aluminium, black
Measuring element
Housing
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 L
Stainless steel 304
≤ 60 "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube Window
Tightness-tested with helium Clip-in plastic
Movement
Stainless steel

Options ■ Other process connections

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
■ Special scales
■ Oil- and grease-free version

www.afriso.com 419
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Stainless steel Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D3 – NG 40

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection radial G1/8B Centre back connection G1/8B

Bottom connection G¼B (optional) Centre back connection G¼B (optional)

11

Dimensions (mm)

Connection (G) a b Øc c1 c2 g h SW
G /8B bottom
1
9.2 25.5 4 2 10 - 36.5 14
G1/8B centre back - 29 4 2 10 49.5 - 14
G¼B bottom 9.2 25.5 5 2 13 - 39.5 14
G¼B centre back - 29 5 2 13 52.5 - 14

420 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Stainless steel Bourdon tube pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 3

Type RF40E, D302 RF40E, D312 RF40E, D332

Version

Housing Ø 40 40 40
Housing Stainless steel 304
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 L
Accuracy class 2.5 2.5 2.5
Connection G /8B
1
G /8B
1
G1/8B
3-hole fixing,
panel mounting bezel 304

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no.

-1/0 --- --- ---
-1/+0.6 --- --- ---
-1/+1.5 --- --- ---
-1/+3 --- --- ---
-1/+5 --- --- ---
-1/+9 --- --- ---
-1/+15 --- --- ---

0/0.6 --- --- ---

0/1 --- --- ---
0/1.6 85011302 85011312 85011332
0/2.5 85012302 85012312 85012332
0/4 85013302 85013312 85013332
0/6 85014302 85014312 85014332
0/10 85015302 85015312 85015332
0/16 85016302 85016312 85016332
0/25 85017302 85017312 85017332 11
0/40 85018302 85018312 85018332
0/60 85019302 85019312 85019332
0/100 85020302 85020312 85020332
0/160 85021302 85021312 85021332
0/250 85022302 85022312 85022332
0/400 85023302 85023312 85023332
0/600 85024302 85024312 85024332
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

www.afriso.com 421
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for chemical applications
EN 837-1

■ Extremely compact design

■ For chemical and process engineering
applications
■ Wetted parts and movement
made of stainless steel
■ Housing welded to pressure connection
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ DNV- and GOSSTANDART-certified

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D9 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
40
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
2.5
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/1.6 bar to 0/400 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Application area of full scale value
Static load:
¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: IP 65 (EN 60529)
2
/3 x full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54
Short-term: full scale value

11 Standard version Connection Dial

Stainless steel 316 L Aluminium, white
G1/8B – spanner size SW 14 centre back Dial marking black
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Pointer
Measuring element Aluminium, black
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 L Housing
≤ 60 "C" type tube Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
> 60 bar helical tube
tightness-tested with helium Crimped bezel
Stainless steel 304
Movement
Stainless steel Window
Plastic (PMMA)

Options ■ Glycerine filling Dimensions (mm)

■ Other process connections
■ Special scales
■ Oil- and grease-free version

422 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for chemical applications
EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 3
Version with
glycerine filling
RF40Ch,
Type RF40ChGly, D712
D912

Version

Housing Ø 40 40
Housing Stainless steel 304
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 L
Accuracy class 2.5 2.5
Connection G /8B
1
G1/8B

Range (bar) Part no. Part no.

-1/0 --- ---
-1/+0.6 --- ---
-1/+1.5 --- ---
-1/+3 --- ---
-1/+5 --- ---
-1/+9 --- ---
-1/+15 --- ---

0/0.6 --- ---

0/1 --- ---
0/1.6 85011912 85011712
0/2.5 85012912 85012712
0/4 85013912 85013712
0/6 85014912 85014712
0/10 85015912 85015712
0/16 85016912 85016712
11
0/25 85017912 85017712
0/40 85018912 85018712
0/60 85019912 85019712
0/100 85020912 85020712
0/160 85021912 85021712
0/250 85022912 85022712
0/400 85023912 85023712
0/600 --- ---
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 423
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for chemical applications
EN 837-1

■ For chemical and process engineering

applications
■ Measuring system fully welded to housing

■ Extremely robust design

■ Temperatures of the medium

up to 150 C or 200 C
■ Tightness-tested with helium

■ GOSSTANDART-certified

■ Ex version (optional)

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
corrosive environments.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D9 Medium: Tmax = +150 °C (NG 50)
Tmax = +200 °C (NG 63)
Nominal size
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
50 – 63
Tmax = +60 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Temperature performance
1.6
Indication error when the temperature of the
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) measuring system deviates from the normal
NG 50: temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/600 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
NG 63: of full scale value
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
Degree of protection
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
IP 65 (EN 60529)
Application area with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
11 Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Dial

Stainless steel 316 L Aluminium, white
NG 50 bottom or bottom back Dial marking black
NG 63 bottom or centre back
Pointer
G¼B – spanner size SW 14 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Aluminium, black
Measuring element
Housing
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube Crimped bezel
tightness-tested with helium Stainless steel 304
Movement Window
Stainless steel NG 50 plastic
NG 63 laminated safety glass

Options ■ Plastic window (NG 63) ■ Crimped bezel polished

■ Back flange (NG 63) ■ Special scales
■ Clamp fixing ■ Other process connections
■ Ex version

424 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for chemical applications Type D 9 – NG 50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection NG 50/63 Centre back connection

NG 63 NG 50

Centre back connection,3-hole fixing, Centre back connection, with clamp fixing, NG 63
panel mounting bezel NG 63 NG 50

① Rotary knob

Centre back connection, with clamp fixing, NG 50 Bottom connection, back (NG 63) for fitting of chemical seal

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* d4 D e G g h m n s s1 s2 SW

50 10.5 - 28 5 2 13 60 70 3.6 - 53 12.5 G¼B 51 46 59 - 4.5 - 2.5 14
63 11.5 13 32 5 2 13 75 85 3.6 64 68 - G¼B 56 53 94 82 7 5.5 2 14
* Dimensions as per DIN 16063.

www.afriso.com 425
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

chemical applications EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 3

RF50Ch, RF50Ch, RF50Ch, RF50Ch, RF63Ch, RF63Ch, RF63Ch, RF63Ch,

Type
D902 D912 D932 D952 D902 D912 D932 D952

Version

Housing Ø 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63
Housing Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
3-hole fixing, 3-hole fixing,
panel mounting panel mounting
Clamp fixing Clamp fixing
bezel, 304, bare bezel, 304, bare
metal surface metal surface

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85051902 85051912 85051932 85051952 85101902 85101912 85101932 85101952
-1/+0.6 85052902 85052912 85052932 85052952 85102902 85102912 85102932 85102952
-1/+1.5 85053902 85053912 85053932 85053952 85103902 85103912 85103932 85103952
-1/+3 85054902 85054912 85054932 85054952 85104902 85104912 85104932 85104952
-1/+5 85055902 85055912 85055932 85055952 85105902 85105912 85105932 85105952
-1/+9 85056902 85056912 85056932 85056952 85106902 85106912 85106932 85106952
-1/+15 85057902 85057912 85057932 85057952 85107902 85107912 85107932 85107952

0/0.6 85059902 85059912 85059932 85059952 85109902 85109912 85109932 85109952

0/1 85060902 85060912 85060932 85060952 85110902 85110912 85110932 85110952
0/1.6 85061902 85061912 85061932 85061952 85111902 85111912 85111932 85111952
0/2.5 85062902 85062912 85062932 85062952 85112902 85112912 85112932 85112952
0/4 85063902 85063912 85063932 85063952 85113902 85113912 85113932 85113952
0/6 85064902 85064912 85064932 85064952 85114902 85114912 85114932 85114952
0/10 85065902 85065912 85065932 85065952 85115902 85115912 85115932 85115952
0/16 85066902 85066912 85066932 85066952 85116902 85116912 85116932 85116952
11
0/25 85067902 85067912 85067932 85067952 85117902 85117912 85117932 85117952
0/40 85068902 85068912 85068932 85068952 85118902 85118912 85118932 85118952
0/60 85069902 85069912 85069932 85069952 85119902 85119912 85119932 85119952
0/100 85070902 85070912 85070932 85070952 85120902 85120912 85120932 85120952
0/160 85071902 85071912 85071932 85071952 85121902 85121912 85121932 85121952
0/250 85072902 85072912 85072932 85072952 85122902 85122912 85122932 85122952
0/400 85073902 85073912 85073932 85073952 85123902 85123912 85123932 85123952
0/600 85074902 85074912 85074932 85074952 85124902 85124912 85124932 85124952
0/1,000 --- --- --- --- 85125902 85125912 85125932 85125952
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

426 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for chemical applications
EN 837-1

■ For chemical and process engineering

applications
■ Measuring system fully welded to housing

■ Extremely robust design

■ For temperatures of the medium

of up to 200 °C
■ Tightness-tested with helium

■ DNV- and GOSSTANDART-certified

■ Ex version (optional)

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
corrosive environments.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Short-term:

specifications D 4 ≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value
> 600 bar = full scale value
Nominal size
100 – 160 Operating temperature range
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6) Medium: Tmax = +200 °C
1.0 Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Tmax = +60 °C
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar Temperature performance
NG 100 0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar Indication error when the temperature of the
NG 160 0/0.6 to 0/1,600 bar measuring system deviates from the normal
temperature of 20 °C:
Application area
rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Static load:
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = full scale value
of full scale value
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: Degree of protection
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value IP 65 (EN 60529) 11
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54

Standard version Connection Dial

Stainless steel 316 L, Aluminium, white
bottom or bottom back Dial marking black
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Pointer
Measuring element Aluminium, black
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Housing
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
> 60 bar helical tube
tightness-tested with helium Bayonet type bezel
Stainless steel 304
Movement
Stainless steel Window
Laminated safety glass

Options ■ Back flange ■ Special scales

■ Panel mounting bezel ■ Electrical contacts
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Ex version

www.afriso.com 427
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for chemical applications Type D 4 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with clamp fixing Bottom connection, back for fitting of chemical seal

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* d4 d5 d6 e G g g1 h s1
(NG)
100 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 49 49 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 104 107 101 34.5 G½B 83 83 86 5.5
160 17.5 20.5 50 53 50 52 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 167 161 34.5 G½B 84 86 116 6

Nominal size
s2 s3 s4 SW
(NG)
100 4 2 4 22
160 4 2 4.5 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

428 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

chemical applications EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 3

RF100Ch, RF100Ch, RF100Ch, RF100Ch, RF160Ch, RF160Ch, RF160Ch, RF160Ch,

Type
D402 D412 D432 D452 D402 D412 D432 D452

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 160 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, laminated safety glass window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, Panel mounting 3-hole fixing, Panel mounting
panel mounting bezel, 304, panel mounting bezel, 304,
bezel 304 polished, with bezel 304 polished, with
polished clamp fixing polished clamp fixing

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85201402 85201412 85201432 85201452 85251402 85251412 85251432 85251452
-1/+0.6 85202402 85202412 85202432 85202452 85252402 85252412 85252432 85252452
-1/+1.5 85203402 85203412 85203432 85203452 85253402 85253412 85253432 85253452
-1/+3 85204402 85204412 85204432 85204452 85254402 85254412 85254432 85254452
-1/+5 85205402 85205412 85205432 85205452 85255402 85255412 85255432 85255452
-1/+9 85206402 85206412 85206432 85206452 85256402 85256412 85256432 85256452
-1/+15 85207402 85207412 85207432 85207452 85257402 85257412 85257432 85257452

0/0.6 85209402 85209412 85209432 85209452 85259402 85259412 85259432 85259452

0/1 85210402 85210412 85210432 85210452 85260402 85260412 85260432 85260452
0/1.6 85211402 85211412 85211432 85211452 85261402 85261412 85261432 85261452
0/2.5 85212402 85212412 85212432 85212452 85262402 85262412 85262432 85262452
0/4 85213402 85213412 85213432 85213452 85263402 85263412 85263432 85263452
0/6 85214402 85214412 85214432 85214452 85264402 85264412 85264432 85264452
0/10 85215402 85215412 85215432 85215452 85265402 85265412 85265432 85265452
0/16 85216402 85216412 85216432 85216452 85266402 85266412 85266432 85266452
11
0/25 85217402 85217412 85217432 85217452 85267402 85267412 85267432 85267452
0/40 85218402 85218412 85218432 85218452 85268402 85268412 85268432 85268452
0/60 85219402 85219412 85219432 85219452 85269402 85269412 85269432 85269452
0/100 85220402 85220412 85220432 85220452 85270402 85270412 85270432 85270452
0/160 85221402 85221412 85221432 85221452 85271402 85271412 85271432 85271452
0/250 85222402 85222412 85222432 85222452 85272402 85272412 85272432 85272452
0/400 85223402 85223412 85223432 85223452 85273402 85273412 85273432 85273452
0/600 85224402 85224412 85224432 85224452 85274402 85274412 85274432 85274452
0/1,000 85225402 85225412 85225432 85225452 85275402 85275412 85275432 85275452
0/1,600 --- --- --- --- 85276402 85276412 85276432 85276452
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

www.afriso.com 429
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for chemical

applications with glycerine filling EN 837-1

■ For chemical and process engineering

applications
■ Measuring system fully welded to housing
■ Extremely robust design
■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations
and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ DNV- and GOSSTANDART-certified
A

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
corrosive environments. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pres-
sure loads.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D7 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
50 – 63
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
NG 50: rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/600 bar of full scale value
NG 63:
Degree of protection
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
IP 65 (EN 60529)
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
with housing vent (< 25 bar): IP 54
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
11 Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Pointer

Stainless steel 316 L Aluminium, black
NG 50 bottom or bottom back
Housing
NG 63 bottom or centre back
Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
G¼B – spanner size SW 14
(EN 837-1/7.3) Crimped bezel
Stainless steel 304
Measuring element
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Window
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube NG 50 plastic
> 60 bar helical tube NG 63 laminated safety glass
tightness-tested with helium
Filling liquid
Movement Glycerine (99.5 %)
Stainless steel
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Filling liquid silicone oil ■ Ex version

■ Plastic window (NG 63) ■ Crimped bezel polished
■ Back flange (NG 63) ■ Special scales
■ Clamp fixing ■ Other process connections

430 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for chemical

applications with glycerine filling Type D 7 – NG 50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection NG 50/63 Centre back connection

NG 63 NG 50

Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, Centre back connection, with clamp fixing, NG 63
panel mounting bezel NG 63 NG 50

① Rotary knob

Centre back connection, with clamp fixing, NG 50 Bottom connection, back (NG 63) for fitting of chemical seal

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* d4 D e G g h m n s s1 s2 SW

50 10.5 - 28 5 2 13 60 70 3.6 - 53 12.5 G¼B 51 46 59 - 4.5 - 2.5 14
63 11.5 13 32 5 2 13 75 85 3.6 64 68 - G¼B 56 53 94 82 7 5.5 2 14
* Dimensions as per DIN 16063.

www.afriso.com 431
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for chemical

applications with glycerine filling EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 3

RF50ChGly, RF50ChGly, RF50ChGly, RF50ChGly, RF63ChGly, RF63ChGly, RF63ChGly, RF63ChGly,

Type
D702 D712 D732 D752 D702 D712 D732 D752

Version

Housing Ø 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63
Housing Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel 304
Measuring
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
element
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
3-hole fixing, 3-hole fixing,
panel mounting panel mounting
Clamp fixing Clamp fixing
bezel, 304, bare bezel, 304, bare
metal surface metal surface

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85051702 85051712 85051732 85051752 85101702 85101712 85101732 85101752
-1/+0.6 85052702 85052712 85052732 85052752 85102702 85102712 85102732 85102752
-1/+1.5 85053702 85053712 85053732 85053752 85103702 85103712 85103732 85103752
-1/+3 85054702 85054712 85054732 85054752 85104702 85104712 85104732 85104752
-1/+5 85055702 85055712 85055732 85055752 85105702 85105712 85105732 85105752
-1/+9 85056702 85056712 85056732 85056752 85106702 85106712 85106732 85106752
-1/+15 85057702 85057712 85057732 85057752 85107702 85107712 85107732 85107752

0/0.6 85059702 85059712 85059732 85059752 85109702 85109712 85109732 85109752

0/1 85060702 85060712 85060732 85060752 85110702 85110712 85110732 85110752
0/1.6 85061702 85061712 85061732 85061752 85111702 85111712 85111732 85111752
0/2.5 85062702 85062712 85062732 85062752 85112702 85112712 85112732 85112752
0/4 85063702 85063712 85063732 85063752 85113702 85113712 85113732 85113752
0/6 85064702 85064712 85064732 85064752 85114702 85114712 85114732 85114752
0/10 85065702 85065712 85065732 85065752 85115702 85115712 85115732 85115752
11 0/16 85066702 85066712 85066732 85066752 85116702 85116712 85116732 85116752
0/25 85067702 85067712 85067732 85067752 85117702 85117712 85117732 85117752
0/40 85068702 85068712 85068732 85068752 85118702 85118712 85118732 85118752
0/60 85069702 85069712 85069732 85069752 85119702 85119712 85119732 85119752
0/100 85070702 85070712 85070732 85070752 85120702 85120712 85120732 85120752
0/160 85071702 85071712 85071732 85071752 85121702 85121712 85121732 85121752
0/250 85072702 85072712 85072732 85072752 85122702 85122712 85122732 85122752
0/400 85073702 85073712 85073732 85073752 85123702 85123712 85123732 85123752
0/600 85074702 85074712 85074732 85074752 85124702 85124712 85124732 85124752
0/1,000 --- --- --- --- 85125702 85125712 85125732 85125752
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

432 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for chemical

applications with glycerine filling EN 837-1

■ For chemical and process engineering

applications
■ Measuring system fully welded to housing
■ Extremely robust design
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ DNV- and GOSSTANDART-certified
■ Ex version (optional)
A

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
corrosive environments. For measurements in areas with high vibration levels and high, dynamic pres-
sure loads.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Short-term:

specifications D8 ≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value
> 600 bar = full scale value
Nominal size
100 – 160 Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
1.0
Tmax = +60 °C
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
Temperature performance
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
Indication error when the temperature of the
NG 100 0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
measuring system deviates from the normal
NG 160 0/0.6 to 0/1,600 bar
temperature of 20 °C:
Application area rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Static load: falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = full scale value of full scale value
> 600 bar = 3/4 x full scale value
Degree of protection
Dynamic load:
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value
IP 65 (EN 60529) 11
with housing vent (< 25 bar): IP 54
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value

Standard version Connection Pointer

Stainless steel 316 L, Aluminium, black
bottom or bottom back
Housing
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Stainless steel 304
Measuring element with blow-out
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Bayonet type bezel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
Stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube
tightness-tested with helium Window
Laminated safety glass
Movement
Stainless steel Filling liquid
Glycerine (99.5 %)
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Filling liquid silicone oil ■ Ex version

■ Brass movement ■ Electrical contacts
■ Back flange ■ Special scales
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 433
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for chemical

applications with glycerine filling type D 8 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Bottom connection for chemical seal mounting Back connection for chemical seal mounting

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 b2 Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* d4 e G g h s1
(NG)
100 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 49 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 104 34.5 G½B 83 86 5.5
160 17.5 20.5 50 53 50 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 34.5 G½B 84 116 6

Nominal size
s2 s3 SW
(NG)
100 4 2 22
160 4 2 22
* Dimensions for NG 100 according to DIN 16064.

434 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for chemical

applications with glycerine filling EN 837-1
DG: M, PG: 3

RF100ChGly, RF100ChGly, RF100ChGly, RF160ChGly, RF160ChGly, RF160ChGly,

Type
D802 D812 D832 D802 D812 D832

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, laminated safety glass window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel 3-hole fixing, panel
mounting bezel, 304, mounting bezel, 304,
polished polished

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85201802 85201812 85201832 85251802 85251812 85251832
-1/+0.6 85202802 85202812 85202832 85252802 85252812 85252832
-1/+1.5 85203802 85203812 85203832 85253802 85253812 85253832
-1/+3 85204802 85204812 85204832 85254802 85254812 85254832
-1/+5 85205802 85205812 85205832 85255802 85255812 85255832
-1/+9 85206802 85206812 85206832 85256802 85256812 85256832
-1/+15 85207802 85207812 85207832 85257802 85257812 85257832

0/0.6 85209802 85209812 85209832 85259802 85259812 85259832

0/1 85210802 85210812 85210832 85260802 85260812 85260832
0/1.6 85211802 85211812 85211832 85261802 85261812 85261832
0/2.5 85212802 85212812 85212832 85262802 85262812 85262832
0/4 85213802 85213812 85213832 85263802 85263812 85263832
0/6 85214802 85214812 85214832 85264802 85264812 85264832
0/10 85215802 85215812 85215832 85265802 85265812 85265832
0/16 85216802 85216812 85216832 85266802 85266812 85266832
0/25 85217802 85217812 85217832 85267802 85267812 85267832 11
0/40 85218802 85218812 85218832 85268802 85268812 85268832
0/60 85219802 85219812 85219832 85269802 85269812 85269832
0/100 85220802 85220812 85220832 85270802 85270812 85270832
0/160 85221802 85221812 85221832 85271802 85271812 85271832
0/250 85222802 85222812 85222832 85272802 85272812 85272832
0/400 85223802 85223812 85223832 85273802 85273812 85273832
0/600 85224802 85224812 85224832 85274802 85274812 85274832
0/1,000 85225802 85225812 85225832 85275802 85275812 85275832
0/1,600 --- --- --- 85276802 85276812 85276832
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 441 for options.

www.afriso.com 435
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube
safety pressure gauges EN 837-1

■ Safety pressure gauge S3

as per EN 837-1/9.7.2
■ Measuring system fully welded to housing
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ GOSSTANDART-certified
■ Ex version (optional)

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
corrosive environments. This gauge is designed for applications as per EN 837-1/9.7.2.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
63
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6 (> 0/600 bar 2.5)
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value IP 54 (EN 60529)
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Pointer

11 Stainless steel 316 L, Aluminium, black
bottom or bottom back
Housing
G¼B – spanner size SW 14 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Stainless steel 304 with solid
Measuring element baffle wall and blow-out (S3)
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Bayonet type bezel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
Stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube
tightness-tested with helium Window
Laminated safety glass
Movement
Stainless steel
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Glycerine filling (bottom version type D8) ■ Special scales

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Ex version

436 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube safety pressure gauges

Type D 4/D 8 – NG 63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection for chemical seal mounting

Bottom connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel Centre back connection

Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d1 d2 d3 d4 e g G h s1 s2 s3 SW

63 18 38 41 61 5 2 13 75 85 3.6 M3 18 60 G¼B 53 21 3 5 14

www.afriso.com 437
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube
safety pressure gauges EN 837-1

■ Safety housing S3
as per EN 837-1/9.7.2
■ Measuring system fully welded
to housing
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ GOSSTANDART-certified
■ Ex version (optional)
A

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
aggressive environments. This gauge is designed for applications as per EN 837-1/9.7.2.

Technical Type Short-term:

specifications D4 ≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value
> 600 bar = full scale value
Nominal size
100 – 160 Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
1.0
Tmax = +60 °C
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
Temperature performance
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
Indication error when the temperature of the
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
measuring system deviates from the normal
Application area temperature of 20 °C:
Static load: rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = full scale value falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value of full scale value
Dynamic load:
Degree of protection
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value
IP 54 (EN 60529)
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value
11
Standard version Connection Pointer
Stainless steel 316 L, bottom Aluminium, black
G½B – spanner size SW 22
Housing
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Stainless steel 304 with solid
Measuring element baffle wall and blow-out (S3)
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Bayonet type bezel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
Stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube
tightness-tested with helium Window
Laminated safety glass
Movement
Stainless steel
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Glycerine filling (bottom version type D8) ■ Special scales

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Ex version

438 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube safety pressure gauges

Type D 4/D 8 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection for chemical seal mounting

Bottom connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* G h s2 s3 SW

100 25 57 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 G½B 86 4 2 22
160 26 65 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 G½B 116 4 2 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

www.afriso.com 439
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube safety pressure gauges

EN 837-1

DG: M, PG: 3
Version with glycerine filling
RF63Si, RF63Si, RF63Si RF100Si, RF160Si, RF63SiGly, RF100SiGly, RF160SiGly,
Type
D402 D412 D432 D402 D402 D802 D802 D802

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 63 100 160 63 100 160

Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, laminated safety glass window, Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, laminat-
Housing (S3) blow out baffle wall ed safety glass window, blow out baffle wall
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6* 1.6* 1.6* 1.0 1.0 1.6* 1.0 1.0
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G½B G½B G¼B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel
- - mounting bezel 304 - - - - -
polished
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85401402 85401412 85401432 85451402 85501402 85401802 85451802 85501802
-1/+0.6 85402402 85402412 85402432 85452402 85502402 85402802 85452802 85502802
-1/+1.5 85403402 85403412 85403432 85453402 85503402 85403802 85453802 85503802
-1/+3 85404402 85404412 85404432 85454402 85504402 85404802 85454802 85504802
-1/+5 85405402 85405412 85405432 85455402 85505402 85405802 85455802 85505802
-1/+9 85406402 85406412 85406432 85456402 85506402 85406802 85456802 85506802
-1/+15 85407402 85407412 85407432 85457402 85507402 85407802 85457802 85507802

0/0.6 85409402 85409412 85409432 85459402 85509402 85409802 85459802 85509802

0/1 85410402 85410412 85410432 85460402 85510402 85410802 85460802 85510802
0/1.6 85411402 85411412 85411432 85461402 85511402 85411802 85461802 85511802
0/2.5 85412402 85412412 85412432 85462402 85512402 85412802 85462802 85512802
0/4 85413402 85413412 85413432 85463402 85513402 85413802 85463802 85513802
0/6 85414402 85414412 85414432 85464402 85514402 85414802 85464802 85514802
0/10 85415402 85415412 85415432 85465402 85515402 85415802 85465802 85515802
11 0/16 85416402 85416412 85416432 85466402 85516402 85416802 85466802 85516802
0/25 85417402 85417412 85417432 85467402 85517402 85417802 85467802 85517802
0/40 85418402 85418412 85418432 85468402 85518402 85418802 85468802 85518802
0/60 85419402 85419412 85419432 85469402 85519402 85419802 85469802 85519802
0/100 85420402 85420412 85420432 85470402 85520402 85420802 85470802 85520802
0/160 85421402 85421412 85421432 85471402 85521402 85421802 85471802 85521802
0/250 85422402 85422412 85422432 85472402 85522402 85422802 85472802 85522802
0/400 85423402 85423412 85423432 85473402 85523402 85423802 85473802 85523802
0/600 85424402 85424412 85424432 85474402 85524402 85424802 85474802 85524802
0/1,000 85425402 85425412 85425432 85475402 85525402 85425802 85475802 85525802
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.  Blue part no. = in-stock items
* > 0/600 bar class 2.5.

i
See page 441 for options / see page 479 for options for electrical contact.

440 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Options for Bourdon tube pressure gauges

(industrial, glycerine, chemical, safety versions)

DG: M

Housing diameter PG 50 63 100 160

Description Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Housing stainless steel 304 polished 3 38281 38282 38283 38284
Bayonet bezel stainless steel 304 polished 3 --- 38286 38287 38288
Crimped bezel stainless steel 304 polished 3 38289 38290 38291 ---
Housing 316 Ti 3 --- On request On request ---
Laminated safety glass window - 38071 38072 38074 38075
Connection socket nickel-plated 3 38083 38084 38086 38087
Connection socket with special thread - On request On request On request On request
Throttle screw brass – hole
2 38096 38097 38099 38100
0.3 – 0.5 – 0.7 mm (please specify)
Throttle screw stainless steel 316 Ti –
3 38102 38103 38105 38106
hole 0.3 – 0.5 – 0.7 mm (please specify)
Red mark on dial 0 38183 38184 38186 38187
1 reference pointer red, external knob adjustment for
1 --- 38188 38190 38191
unfilled gauges (plastic window)
Clip reference pointer, red, adjustable
1 --- 38193 --- ---
for housing types D7/D9
1 reference pointer red, external knob adjustment for
1 --- 38301 38302 38303
filled gauges (plastic window)
Max. pointer for unfilled gauges *
1 --- --- 38129 38130
(only for gauges with bayonet bezel, plastic window)
Max. pointer for filled gauges*
1 --- --- 38306 38307
(only for gauges with bayonet bezel, plastic window)
Knife edge pointer 3 --- 38133 38135 38136
Micro-adjustable pointer for zero correction 3 --- 38335 38308 38309
Damped movement, brass 3 On request On request 38293 38294
Measuring system hard-soldered, suitable for
temperature of medium Tmax of +180°C 3 --- 38295 38296 38297
(gauges with filling Tmax of medium +100°C)
Housing can be sealed, serial number on dial (only for
housing with bayonet bezel). Conformity assessment by 3 --- On request On request On request
Board of Weights and Measures not possible
Range -1/0 bar to 0/600 bar (only for classes 0.6 and
1.0). Conformity assessment by Board of Weights and - --- --- On request On request 11
Measures as per module F1 with certification of con-
formity and declaration of conformity by AFRISO
Special mounting position 0 38146 38147 38149 38150
Wetted parts cleaned for oxygen – label "Oxygen",
1)

symbol "Free from oil and grease" 0 38138 38139 38141 38142
(gauges without filling only)
Printing block creation per scale and colour
0 38152 38153 38155 38156
(scale design as per EN 837-1, others on request)
Additional colour 0 38164 38165 38167 38168
Stainless steel plate for TAG number, needled lettering
3 37625 37625 37625 37625
incl. seal wire and aluminium seal
1) Observe table "Selection criteria according to EN 837-2" (see appendix). Blue part no. = in-stock items
* Accuracy no longer classes 1 and 1.6, but possible from measuring range 6 bar.

i
See the overview "Accessories for panel
mounting and wall mounting" on page 511.

www.afriso.com 441
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

with screw bezel housing EN 837-1

■ For machine and plant engineering

■ Available with or without glycerine filling
■ Extremely robust plastic housing (PA 6.6
GB30)
■ Laminated safety glass window
■ Higher accuracy class optional

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys. For high measuring accuracy.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Short-term:

specifications D 1 ≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value
> 600 bar = full scale value
Nominal size
100 Operating temperature range
Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
1.0
Tmax = +60 °C
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
Temperature performance
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
Indication error when the temperature of the
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
measuring system deviates from the normal
Application area temperature of 20 °C:
Static load: rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = full scale value falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value of full scale value
Dynamic load:
Degree of protection
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value
IP 65 (EN 60529)
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value
11 With housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54

Standard version Measuring element Pointer

Bourdon tube, Aluminium, black
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube, copper alloy
Housing
> 60 bar helical tube,
Plastic (PA 6.6 GB30)
stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
with screw type bezel (PA 6.6 GB30)
Movement with blow-out
Brass Window
Dial Laminated safety glass
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Glycerine filling (type D 6)

■ Higher accuracy class
■ Throttle screw
■ Special scales
■ Other process connections
■ Micro-adjustable pointer

442 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

with screw bezel housing type D1/D6 – NG 100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection with clamp fixing

11

① Union nut

Dimensions (mm)

Connection (G) a a1 b b1 b2 Øc c1 c2 d1 d2 d3 d4 D e g h s1 s2
G½B 15.5 18.5 50 52.5 52.5 6 3 20 116 131.5 5 101 114 34 91 86 5 17.5

www.afriso.com 443
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

with screw bezel housing type D1/D6 – NG 100
DG: M, PG: 2
Version with glycerine filling
RF100ISR, RF100ISR, RF100ISR, RF100ISR, RF100 RF100 RF100 RF100
Type
D101 D111 D141 D171 GlySR, D601 GlySR, D611 GlySR, D641 GlySR, D671

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Plastic (PA 6.6 GB30) with screw type bezel, window: Plastic (PA 6.6 GB30) with screw type bezel, window:
Housing
laminated safety glass laminated safety glass
Bourdon tube, copper alloy Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Measuring element
(> 60 bar stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L) (> 60 bar stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L)
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½ G½B G½B G½B G½B
With clamp fixing With back flange With clamp fixing With back flange

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.

-1/0 85301101 85301111 85301141 85301171 85201601 85201611 85201641 85201671

-1/+0.6 85302101 85302111 85302141 85302171 85202601 85202611 85202641 85202671
-1/+1.5 85303101 85303111 85303141 85303171 85203601 85203611 85203641 85203671
-1/+3 85304101 85304111 85304141 85304171 85204601 85204611 85204641 85204671
-1/+5 85305101 85305111 85305141 85305171 85205601 85205611 85205641 85205671
-1/+9 85306101 85306111 85306141 85306171 85206601 85206611 85206641 85206671
-1/+15 85307101 85307111 85307141 85307171 85207601 85207611 85207641 85207671

0/0.6 85309101 85309111 85309141 85309171 85209601 85209611 85209641 85209671

0/1 85310101 85310111 85310141 85310171 85210601 85210611 85210641 85210671
0/1.6 85311101 85311111 85311141 85171171 85611601 85611611 85611641 85611671
0/2.5 85312101 85312111 85312141 85312171 85212601 85212611 85212641 85212671
0/4 85313101 85313111 85313141 85313171 85213601 85213611 85213641 85213671
0/6 85314101 85314111 85314141 85314171 85214601 85214611 85214641 85214671
0/10 85315101 85315111 85315141 85315171 85215601 85215611 85215641 85215611
11 0/16 85316101 85316111 85316141 85316171 85216601 85216611 85216641 85216671
0/25 85317101 85317111 85317141 85317171 85217601 85217611 85217641 85217671
0/40 85318101 85318111 85318141 85318171 85218601 85218611 85218641 85218671
0/60 85319101 85319111 85319141 85319171 85219601 85219611 85219641 85219671
0/100 85320101 85320111 85320141 85320171 85220601 85220611 85220641 85220671
0/160 85321101 85321111 85321141 85321171 85221601 85221611 85221641 85221671
0/250 85322101 85322111 85322141 85322171 85222601 85222611 85222641 85222671
0/400 85323101 85323111 85323141 85323171 85223601 85223611 85223641 85223671
0/600 85324101 85324111 85324141 85324171 85224601 85224611 85224641 85224671
0/1,000 85325101 85325111 85325141 85325171 85225601 85225611 85225641 85225671
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.  Blue part no. = in-stock items

444 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

type "Process Gauge"

■ Extremely robust pressure gauge

for offshore and onshore applications
■ Glass-fibre reinforced safety housing
with solid baffle wall and blow-out
■ Integrated pressure compensation
diaphragm
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ GOSSTANDART-certified

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise.
Specially suitable for the oil and chemical industries.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D1 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -40 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +65 °C
4½"
with glycerine filling -20/+65 °C
Accuracy class
Temperature performance
Grade 2A as per ASME B 40.100
Indication error when the temperature of the
(corresponds to class 0.5)
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/600 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value IP 67 (EN 60529)
Short-term: 1.3 x full scale value

Standard version Connection Pointer 11

Stainless steel 316 L Micro-adjustable pointer, brass, black
bottom or bottom back Gear brass, nickel-plated
½-14 NPT – spanner size SW 22
Housing
Measuring element PP-GF20, black,
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L with solid baffle wall
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube and blow-out
> 60 bar helical tube Integrated back flange
tightness-tested with helium
Screw type bezel
Movement PP-GF20, black, internal
Stainless steel
Window
Dial Plastic (PMMA)
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Glycerine filling (type D6) ■ Reference pointer

■ Silicone oil filling (type D 6) ■ Maximum pointer
■ Special scales ■ Electrical contacts
■ Measuring system copper alloy (type 1x1) ■ Other process connections
■ Laminated safety glass window

www.afriso.com 445
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges type

"Process Gauge" Type D 1/D 6 – NG 4½"

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Bottom connection, with electrical contact Centre back connection, with electrical contact

11

① Cable gland ① Cable gland

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b b1 c1 c2 d1 d2 d3 ØD e G g h h1 h2 s1 s2 s3 SW

½-14
4½" (D 1/D 6) 40 82.5 114.5 15 20 137 148 6 129 38 105.5 102 67 78 12.5 25 12.5 22
NPT

446 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges type

"Process Gauge"
DG: M
Version with glycerine filling
RF130PG, RF130PG, RF130PG, RF130PG, RF130PG RF130PG RF130PG RF130PG
Type
D101 D111 D102 D112 Gly, D601 Gly, D611 Gly, D602 Gly, D612

Version

Housing Ø 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½" 4½"

Housing PP-GF 20, black, with internal screw type bezel PP-GF 20, black, with internal screw type bezel
Copper alloy, Copper alloy Stainless steel 316 Ti/316
Measuring element Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
(> 60 bar 316 Ti/316 L) (> 60 bar 316 Ti/316 L) L
Grade 2A as per ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A as per ASME B 40.100
Accuracy class
(corresponds to class 0.5) (corresponds to class 0.5)
Connection ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT ½-14 NPT
PG 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3
Range (bar)* Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 87901101 87901111 87901102 87901112 87901601 87901611 87901602 87901612
-1/+0.6 87902101 87902111 87902102 87902112 87902601 87902611 87902602 87902612
-1/+1.5 87903101 87903111 87903102 87903112 87903601 87903611 87903602 87903612
-1/+3 87904101 87904111 87904102 87904112 87904601 87904611 87904602 87904612
-1/+5 87905101 87905111 87905102 87905112 87905601 87905611 87905602 87905612
-1/+9 87906101 87906111 87906102 87906112 87906601 87906611 87906602 87906612
-1/+15 87907101 87907111 87907102 87907112 87907601 87907611 87907602 87907612

0/0.6 87909101 87909111 87909102 87909112 87909601 87909611 87909602 87909612

0/1 87910101 87910111 87910102 87910112 87910601 87910611 87910602 87910612
0/1.6 87911101 87911111 87911102 87911112 87911601 87911611 87911602 87911612
0/2.5 87912101 87912111 87912102 87912112 87912601 87912611 87912602 87912612
0/4 87913101 87913111 87913102 87913112 87913601 87913611 87913602 87913612
0/6 87914101 87914111 87914102 87914112 87914601 87914611 87914602 87914612
0/10 87915101 87915111 87915102 87915112 87915601 87915611 87915602 87915612
0/16 87916101 87916111 87916102 87916112 87916601 87916611 87916602 87916612
0/25 87917101 87917111 87917102 87917112 87917601 87917611 87917602 87917612 11
0/40 87918101 87918111 87918102 87918112 87918601 87918611 87918602 87918612
0/60 87919101 87919111 87919102 87919112 87919601 87919611 87919602 87919612
0/100 87920101 87920111 87920102 87920112 87920601 87920611 87920602 87920612
0/160 87921101 87921111 87921102 87921112 87921601 87921611 87921602 87921612
0/250 87922101 87922111 87922102 87922112 87922601 87922611 87922602 87922612
0/400 87923101 87923111 87923102 87923112 87923601 87923611 87923602 87923612
0/600 87924101 87924111 87924102 87924112 87924601 87924611 87924602 87924612
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.  Blue part no. = in-stock items
* Pressure unit psi available at no extra charge.

www.afriso.com 447
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Precision Bourdon tube

pressure gauges

■ High measuring accuracy

(accuracy class 0.6)
■ Housing can be sealed
■ Serial number on dial
■ Suitable as measuring equipment
as per QA requirements
■ DNV- and GOSSTANDART-certified
A

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not corrosive and not highly viscous and which do not crystallise.
For high measuring accuracy.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
0.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 bar to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Calibration medium
≤ 40 bar: air Degree of protection
> 40 bar: water IP 54 (EN 60529)

Application area
Static load: full scale value
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value
11
Standard version Connection Dial
Brass, bottom or bottom back Aluminium, white
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3) Dial marking black
Measuring element Pointer
Bourdon tube Knife edge pointer aluminium, black
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube, copper alloy
Housing
> 60 bar helical tube,
Stainless steel 304
stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Bayonet type bezel
Movement
Stainless steel 304
Brass/nickel silver
Window
Plastic (PMMA)

Options ■ Factory test certificates ■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

■ Glycerine filling (type D 8) > 2.5 bar ■ Throttle screw
■ Wetted parts stainless steel (type D 4x2) ■ Special scales
■ Laminated safety glass window ■ Other process connections
■ Back flange

448 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Precision Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Type D 4 – NG 160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Centre back connection Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, panel mounting bezel with clamp fixing

11

① 90° drawn staggered

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* d4 d5 d6 e G g g1 h s1
(NG)
160 17.5 20.5 50 53 50 52 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 164 167 161 44.5 G½B 82 84 116 6

Nominal size
s2 s3 s4 SW
(NG)
160 4 2 4.5 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16070.

www.afriso.com 449
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Precision Bourdon tube pressure gauges

DG: M

RF160F, RF160F, RF160F, RF160ChF, RF160ChF, RF160ChF,

Type
D401 D411 D431 D402 D412 D432

Version

Housing Ø 160 160 160 160 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel
Bourdon tube, copper alloy,
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
(60 bar 316 Ti/316 L)
Accuracy class 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
3-hole fixing, panel 3-hole fixing, panel
mounting bezel, mounting bezel,
stainless steel stainless steel
PG 2 2 2 3 3 3
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 85701401 85701411 85701431 85701402 85701412 85701432
-1/+0.6 85702401 85702411 85702431 85702402 85702412 85702432
-1/+1.5 85703401 85703411 85703431 85703402 85703412 85703432
-1/+3 85704401 85704411 85704431 85704402 85704412 85704432
-1/+5 85705401 85705411 85705431 85705402 85705412 85705432
-1/+9 85706401 85706411 85706431 85706402 85706412 85706432
-1/+15 85707401 85707411 85707431 85707402 85707412 85707432

0/0.6 85709401 85709411 85709431 85709402 85709412 85709432

0/1 85710401 85710411 85710431 85710402 85710412 85710432
0/1.6 85711401 85711411 85711431 85711402 85711412 85711432
0/2.5 85712401 85712411 85712431 85712402 85712412 85712432
0/4 85713401 85713411 85713431 85713402 85713412 85713432
0/6 85714401 85714411 85714431 85714402 85714412 85714432
0/10 85715401 85715411 85715431 85715402 85715412 85715432
11
0/16 85716401 85716411 85716431 85716402 85716412 85716432
0/25 85717401 85717411 85717431 85717402 85717412 85717432
0/40 85718401 85718411 85718431 85718402 85718412 85718432
0/60 85719401 85719411 85719431 85719402 85719412 85719432
0/100 85720401 85720411 85720431 85720402 85720412 85720432
0/160 85721401 85721411 85721431 85721402 85721412 85721432
0/250 85722401 85722411 85722431 85722402 85722412 85722432
0/400 85723401 85723411 85723431 85723402 85723412 85723432
Glycerine filling (≥ 2.5 bar) on request
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

450 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

high pressure

■ For pressure ranges up to 4,000 bar

■ Housing with solid baffle wall and
blow-out

Application For measurement of extremely high pressures in gaseous and liquid corrosive media which are not
highly viscous and do not crystallise; also suitable for corrosive atmospheres.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
100 – 160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.0
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges temperature of 20 °C:
0/2,500 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/4,000 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 65 % of full scale value IP 54 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Housing

Stainless steel 316 L, bottom Stainless steel 304 with solid baffle
HP connection for ¼" pipe
Female thread M16 x 1.5 or
wall and blow-out
11
9/16–18 UNF (option) Bayonet type bezel
Each with sealing cone 60° Stainless steel 304
Measuring element Window
Bourdon tube, NiFe alloy Laminated safety glass
Helical tube
Fastening
Movement Wall mounting by means of instrument bracket,
Stainless steel protrusion 60 mm (not included in scope of deliv-
ery) or panel mounting by means of 3-hole fixing,
Dial
panel mounting bezel (option). Direct mounting to
Aluminium, white
rigid measuring line possible
Dial marking black
Pointer
Aluminium, black

Options ■ Glycerine filling (type D802)

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 451
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for high pressure

Type D 4 – NG 100 – 160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, with instrument bracket

Bottom connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel HP connection HP connection

Male thread 9/16-18 Female thread M16 x 1.5
UNF-2A-LH

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a b d1* d2 d 3* d4 G h o s2 s3 u u1 SW
(NG)
100 25 57 116 132 4.8 M 4 M16 97 - 4 2 - - 22
x
160 26 65 178 196 5.8 M5 1.5 127 63 4 2 65 56 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

452 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for high pressure

DG: M
Glycerine filling Glycerine filling
RF100HD, RF100HDGly, RF160HD, RF160HDGly,
Type
D402 D802 D402 D802

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 160 160

Housing Stainless steel 304
Measuring element NiFe alloy
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
HP connection ¼" with female thread
Connection M16 x 1.5 with sealing cone 60°

PG 3 3 3 3
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 --- --- --- ---
-1/+0.6 --- --- --- ---
-1/+1.5 --- --- --- ---
-1/+3 --- --- --- ---
-1/+5 --- --- --- ---
-1/+9 --- --- --- ---
-1/+15 --- --- --- ---

0/0.6 --- --- --- ---

0/1 --- --- --- ---
0/1.6 --- --- --- ---
0/2.5 --- --- --- ---
0/4 --- --- --- ---
0/6 --- --- --- ---
0/10 --- --- --- ---
0/16 --- --- --- ---
0/25 --- --- --- ---
0/40 --- --- --- --- 11
0/60 --- --- --- ---
0/100 --- --- --- ---
0/160 --- --- --- ---
0/250 --- --- --- ---
0/400 --- --- --- ---
0/2,500 85247402 85247802 85277402 85277802
0/4,000 85248402 85248802 85278402 85278802
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 453
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges for

refrigeration engineering with glycerine filling

■ Can be used in case of heavy vibrations

and high, dynamic pressure loads
■ Longer service life due to less wear and
corrosion protection of the measuring
system
■ Various refrigerants measurable
with multiple scales
■ DNV- and GOSSTANDART-certified

Application For simultaneous measurement of vapour pressures and temperatures in refrigeration engineering.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Application area

specifications D 7/D 8 Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
Nominal size
Short-term: full scale value
63 – 80 – 100 (D 7)
100 (D 8) Operating temperature range
Medium: According to refrigerant
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
NG 63: 1.6
Tmax = +60 °C
NG 80/NG 100: 1.0
Temperature performance
Ranges
Indication error when the temperature of the
-1/+9 bar -1/+12.5 bar
measuring system deviates from the normal
-1/+15 bar -1/+24 bar
temperature of 20 °C:
-1/+30 bar
rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
each with temperature scale
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Temperature scales of full scale value
For refrigerants:
Degree of protection
R 134a R 290
IP 65 (EN 60529)
R 407A R 404A
with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54
11 R 744 R 717 (NH3)
R 507

Standard version Connection Pointer

Brass, bottom or centre back Aluminium, black
NG 63 – 100 D 7 centre back
Housing
NG 100 D 8 bottom back
Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
7/16-20 UNF SAE J514 / ISO 8434-2 (37°), G¼B,
G½B (for R 717 stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L) Bezel
D 7 – NG 63 – 80 – 100:
Measuring element
crimped bezel stainless steel 304
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
D 8 – NG 100:
"C" type tube (for R 717 stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L)
bayonet bezel stainless steel 304
Movement
Window
Brass
Plastic
Dial
Filling liquid
Aluminium, white
Glycerine (99.5 %)
Pressure dial marking black
Temperature dial marking coloured
(see appendix for examples)

Options ■ Temperature scales for other refrigerants ■ Throttle screw

■ Back flange ■ Special scales
■ Clamp fixing ■ Other process connections
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel (NG 63/100) ■ 7/16 – 20 UNF SAE J513 (45°)

454 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for refrigeration engineering Type D 7/D 8 – NG 63/80/100

Housing types and dimensions

Type D 7 – bottom connection Type D 7 – bottom connection, back flange

Type D 7 – centre back connection Type D 7 – centre back connection,

3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel (NG 63/100)

Type D 8 – bottom connection Type D 8 – centre back connection

11

Dimensions (mm)
Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 c3 c4 d1* d2* d3* d4 D e g g1 G G1 h h1
7/16-20
63 (D 7) 11.5 13 32 35.5 5 2 13 4 9.5 75 85 3.6 64 68 - 53.5 55.5 G¼B UNF 53 55
7/16-20
80 (D 7) 12.2 15.2 33.5 36.5 6 3 20 4 9.5 95 110 5 - 85 - 65.5 58.5 G½B UNF 71 62.5
7/16-20
100 (D 7) 12.2 15.7 33.5 37 6 3 20 4 9.5 116 132 4.8 101 106 - 65.5 58.5 G½B UNF 81 72.5
100 (D 8) 15.6 19.1 49 52.5 6 3 20 - - - - - - - 26.5 81 - G½B - 86 -

Spanner
Nominal size (NG) s s1 s2 SW
size SW1

63 (D 7) 7 5.5 2 14 14

80 (D 7) 7 5.5 - 22 14
100 (D 7) 7 5.5 3.8 22 14
100 (D 8) - 5.5 2 22 -
* Dimensions as per DIN 16063 (NG 63) and 16064 (NG 80/100).

www.afriso.com 455
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for refrigeration engineering with glycerine filling
DG: M

RF63KTGly, RF63KTGly, RF80KTGly, RF80KTGly, RF100KTGly, RF100KTGly, RF100KTGly, RF100KTGly,

Type
D701 D711 D701 D711 D701 D711 D802 D812

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 80 80 100 100 100 100

Stainless steel 304 with
Housing Stainless steel 304 with crimped bezel
bayonet bezel
Bourdon tube,
Measuring
Bourdon tube, copper alloy stainless steel
element
316 Ti/316 L
Scale According to selection table Temperature scale R 717
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
7/16-20 7/16-20 7/16-20 7/16-20
Connection 7/16-20 UNF 7/16-20 UNF G½B G½B
UNF UNF UNF UNF
PG 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/+9 85130701 85130711 85180701 85180711 85230701 85230711 – –
-1/+12.5 85131701 85131711 85181701 85181711 85231701 85231711 85231802 85231812
-1/+15 85132701 85132711 85182701 85182711 85232701 85232711 85232802 85232812
-1/+24 85133701 85133711 85183701 85183711 85233701 85233711 85233802 85233812
-1/+30 85134701 85134711 85184701 85184711 85234701 85234711 – –

Options PG
Wetted parts
3 On request –
316 Ti/316 L*
* Wetted parts stainless steel connection NG 63/80 = G¼B – NG 100 = G½B. Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See pages 441 and 479 for additional options.

11
Selection table – temperature scales for refrigerants (see chapter 9 for examples)
Please specify the code of the required temperature scale along with the part number of the basic gauge. Temperature scales for
other refrigerants on request.

Temperature scale for refrigerant Code

R 134a A
R 404a/R 134a B
R 502 C
R 404A E
R 717 (NH3) – stainless steel with wetted parts only F
R 407A G
R 410A H
Minimum order quantity = 10 pieces.

456 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for welding applications ISO 5171

■ Design as per ISO 5171

■ Rear blow-out
■ Measuring system cleaned, oil-free
and grease-free
■ Many customised versions available

Application For welding and cutting machines and systems as well as similar processes.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D3 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
50 – 63
Temperature performance
Version
Indication error when the temperature of the
ISO 5171
measuring system deviates from the normal
Accuracy class temperature of 20 °C:
2.5 rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Ranges of full scale value
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
0/1 to 0/400 bar Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
Short-term: full scale value

Standard version Connection Designation 11

Brass, bottom or centre back, Label "Oxygen" and symbol "Free from oil and
with throttling in the pressure inlet grease" for oxygen
G¼B – spanner size SW 14 (EN 837-1/7.3) Label "Acetylene" for acetylene
Measuring element Pointer
Bourdon tube, copper alloy ≤ 40 bar "C" type Aluminium, black
tube > 40 bar helical tube (copper portion in case
Housing
of acetylene < 70 %)
D 3 – stainless steel 304 with rear blow-out
Degree of cleanliness
Window
Wetted parts oil-free and grease-free
Plastic, snap-in
Movement
Brass
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Litre scales for argon/CO2

■ Special scales
■ Other connection threads

www.afriso.com 457
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for welding applications Type D 3 – NG 50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Blow-out – bottom connection Blow-out – centre back connection

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b b1 Øc c1 c2 G g h s SW

50 10.5 29 26 5 2 13 G¼B 47 46 3.8 14
63 11 29.5 29.5 5 2 13 G¼B 50.5 53 3.7 14

458 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for gas applications
EN 837-1-S2

■ Version safety pressure gauge S2

as per EN 837-1
■ Dual scale for measurement
of different media (option)
■ Rear blow-out
■ Many customised versions available

Page 515

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise. Specially designed
for gas technology devices, fittings and installations.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D 3 Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
40 – 50 – 63
Temperature performance
Version
Indication error when the temperature of the
EN 837-1 S2
measuring system deviates from the normal
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6) temperature of 20 °C:
1.6 rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) of full scale value
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
0/1 to 0/400 bar Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
Short-term: full scale value
11
Standard version Connection Pointer
Brass bottom or centre back Aluminium, black
G¼B – SW14 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Housing
NG 40: G1/8 B – SW12 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Stainless steel 304 with rear
Measuring element blow-out
Bourdon tube, copper alloy ≤ 40 bar "C" type
Window
tube > 40 bar helical tube
Plastic, snap-in
Movement
Brass
Dial
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black

Options ■ Wetted parts stainless steel ■ Special scales

■ Wetted parts oil-free and grease-free ■ Other connection threads
■ Helium leak test ■ Throttle screw

www.afriso.com 459
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for gas applications Type D 3 – NG 40/50/63

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Blow-out – bottom connection Blow-out – centre back connection

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b b1 Øc c1 c2 G g h s SW

40 8.2 23.5 25 4 2 10 G1/8B 41.5 36 3 12
50 10.5 29 26 5 2 13 G¼B 47 46 3.8 14
63 11 29.5 29.5 5 2 13 G¼B 50.5 53 3.7 14

460 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for welding/gas applications
DG: M
Version for
welding applica-
tions ISO 5171
RF63ST, RF40GT, RF50GT, RF50GT, RF63GT, RF63GT, RF50GT, RF63GT,
Type
D301 D301 5) D301 D311 D301 D311 D302 4) D302 4)

Version

Housing Ø 63 40 50 50 63 63 50 63
Housing Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
CU alloy,
Stainless steel
Measuring element oil-free and Copper alloy
316 Ti/316 L
grease-free
Accuracy class 2.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G /8B
1
G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
PG 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 --- --- 85051301GT 85051311GT 85101301GT 85101311GT 85051302GT 85101302GT
-1/+0.6 --- --- 85052301GT 85052311GT 85102301GT 85102311GT 85052302GT 85102302GT
-1/+1.5 --- --- 85053301GT 85053311GT 85103301GT 85103311GT 85053302GT 85103302GT
-1/+3 --- --- 85054301GT 85054311GT 85104301GT 85104311GT 85054302GT 85104302GT
-1/+5 --- --- 85055301GT 85055311GT 85105301GT 85105311GT 85055302GT 85105302GT
-1/+9 --- --- 85056301GT 85056311GT 85106301GT 85106311GT 85056302GT 85106302GT
-1/+15 --- --- 85057301GT 85057311GT 85107301GT 85107311GT 85057302GT 85107302GT

0/0.6 --- --- 85059301GT 85059311GT 85109301GT 85109311GT 85059302GT 85109302GT

0/1 883003011) --- 85060301GT 85060311GT 85110301GT 85110311GT 85060302GT 85110302GT
0/1.6 883013011) --- 85061301GT 85061311GT 85111301GT 85111311GT 85061302GT 85111302GT
0/2.5 883023011) --- 85062301GT 85062311GT 85112301GT 85112311GT 85062302GT 85112302GT
0/4 88303301 85013301GT 85063301GT 85063311GT 85113301GT 85113311GT 85063302GT 85113302GT
0/6 88304301 2)
85014301GT 85064301GT 85064311GT 85114301GT 85114311GT 85064302GT 85114302GT
0/10 88305301 85015301GT 85065301GT 85065311GT 85115301GT 85115311GT 85065302GT 85115302GT
11
0/10 883063013) --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0/16 883073012) 85016301GT 85066301GT 85066311GT 85116301GT 85116311GT 85066302GT 85116302GT
0/25 88308301 85017301GT 85067301GT 85067311GT 85117301GT 85117311GT 85067302GT 85117302GT
0/40 883093011) 85018301GT 85068301GT 85068311GT 85118301GT 85118311GT 85068302GT 85118302GT
0/40 883103012) --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0/60 --- 85019301GT 85069301GT 85069311GT 85119301GT 85119311GT 85069302GT 85119302GT
0/100 --- 85020301GT 85070301GT 85070311GT 85120301GT 85120311GT 85070302GT 85120302GT
0/160 --- 85021301GT 85071301GT 85071311GT 85121301GT 85121311GT 85071302GT 85121302GT
0/250 88314301 85022301GT 85072301GT 85072311GT 85122301GT 85122311GT 85072302GT 85122302GT
0/315 88315301 2)
85023301GT 85079301GT 85079311GT 85129301GT 85129311GT 85079302GT 85129302GT
0/315 88316301 --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0/400 88317301 85024301GT 85073301GT 85073311GT 85123301GT 85123311GT 85073302GT 85123302GT
1) With label "acetylene". 2) With label "oxygen". 3) Scale 0/30 l/min "Argon" red, 0/28 l/min "CO2" black. Blue part no. = in-stock items
4) Centre back connection on request (type D312). 5) Centre back connection on request (type D311).
Minimum order quantities: Type D301/D311 = 25 pieces, type D302/D312 = 10 pieces.

i
See page 441 for options.

www.afriso.com 461
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for ultra-pure gas applications

■ Wetted parts specially cleaned, flushed

and electropolished
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ Rear blow-out
■ Versatile connection technology
■ GOSSTANDART-certified

Application Designed for highly demanding applications in terms of surface quality and purity of the wetted parts,
particularly for measuring ultra-pure gases.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D3 Medium: Tmax = +150 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
63
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) temperature of 20 °C:
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
0/0.6 to 0/400 bar falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
Calibration medium
Nitrogen or dried air Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)
Application area
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
Short-term: full scale value

11 Standard version Connection Movement

Bottom, either: ¼–18 NPT Stainless steel
9/16–18 UNF, with pressure screw
9/16–18 UNF, with union nut Dial
Aluminium, white
Measuring element Dial marking black
Bourdon tube Label "Ultra-pure gas"
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube Pointer
tightness-tested with helium, Aluminium, black
leak rate ≤ 10-9 mbar x l/s Housing
Wetted parts Stainless steel 304 with rear blow-out
Connection stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Push on bezel
Measuring element stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Stainless steel 304, bare metal surface
Cleaned, flushed with nitrogen,
electropolished, surface roughness Window
≤ Ra 0.6 µm Plastic

Options ■ Surface roughness Ra 0.4 µm ■ Special scales

■ Housing polished ■ NG 50
■ Push on bezel polished ■ Other process connections
■ Electrical contacts

462 www.afriso.com
 Bourdon tube Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for ultra-pure gas applications
Type D 3 – NG 63
Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection, ¼-18 NPT Bottom connection, 9/16-18 UNF, with pressure screw

① Pressure screw
② Protective cap

Bottom connection, 9/16-18 UNF, with union nut Version with contacts – bottom connection, ¼-18 NPT

① Union nut

Version with contacts – bottom connection, Version with contacts – bottom connection,
9/16-18 UNF, with pressure screw 9/16-18 UNF, with union nut

11

① Pressure screw ① Union nut

② Protective cap

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b b1 b2 D D1 D2 G h h1 S S1 S2

¼–18
63 9 28 66 74 63 62 64 54 57 8 48 8
NPT

www.afriso.com 463
 Pressure gauge Bourdon tube

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for ultra-pure gas applications
DG: M, PG: 3
Version with electrical contacts
RF63RG, RF63RG, RF63RG, RF63RG, MK1, RF63RG, MK2, RF63RG, IK1, RF63RG, IK2,
Type
D302 D302 D302 D302 D302 D302 D302

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 63 63 63 63 63
Single magnetic Dual magnetic Single induc- Dual inductive
Contact type
spring contact spring contact tive contact contact
Housing Stainless steel 304 with push on bezel, plastic window
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
9/16-18 UNF 9/16-18 UNF
Connection ¼-18 NPT with pressure with union ¼-18 NPT ¼-18 NPT ¼-18 NPT ¼-18 NPT
screw nut
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 87001302 87051302 87101302 --- --- --- ---
-1/+0.6 87002302 87052302 87102302 87352302 87202302 87252302 87302302
-1/+1.5 87003302 87053302 87103302 87353302 87203302 87253302 87303302
-1/+3 87004302 87054302 87104302 87354302 87204302 87254302 87304302
-1/+5 87005302 87055302 87105302 87355302 87205302 87255302 87305302
-1/+9 87006302 87056302 87106302 87356302 87206302 87256302 87306302
-1/+15 87007302 87057302 87107302 87357302 87207302 87257302 87307302

0/0.6 87009302 87059302 87109302 --- --- --- ---

0/1 87010302 87060302 87110302 --- --- --- ---
0/1.6 87011302 87061302 87111302 87361302 87211302 87261302 87311302
0/2.5 87012302 87062302 87112302 87362302 87212302 87262302 87312302
0/4 87013302 87063302 87113302 87363302 87213302 87263302 87313302
0/6 87014302 87064302 87114302 87364302 87214302 87264302 87314302
11
0/10 87015302 87065302 87115302 87365302 87215302 87265302 87315302
0/16 87016302 87066302 87116302 87366302 87216302 87266302 87316302
0/25 87017302 87067302 87117302 87367302 87217302 87267302 87317302
0/40 87018302 87068302 87118302 87368302 87218302 87268302 87318302
0/60 87019302 87069302 87119302 87369302 87219302 87269302 87319302
0/100 87020302 87070302 87120302 87370302 87220302 87270302 87320302
0/160 87021302 87071302 87121302 87371302 87221302 87271302 87321302
0/250 87022302 87072302 87122302 87372302 87222302 87272302 87322302
0/400 87023302 87073302 87123302 87373302 87223302 87273302 87323302
Options 9/16-18 UNF pressure screw or
union nut on request
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

464 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Electrical contacts
electromechanical

Precision contact system Sectional view

Nameplate screws Adjustment Red setting pointer
pin
Nameplate

Front plate
Support arm
Connection Contact pin
Magnet holding plate
Contact base Screw-in magnet
Contact arm with flat spring
Driving pin on gauge pointer
Protective conductor Spiral Jewel bearing
connection spring (ruby)

Magnetic spring Electrical contacts (electromechanical magnetic spring contacts) in measuring devices with pointers
contact are auxiliary electrical switches which open or close electrical circuits at set limit values by means of a
contact arm which is moved in accordance with the indicated value. They consist of:
■ An adjustable red setting pointer
■ A support arm which is connected to the setting pointer and which holds the contact pin
■ A contact arm which is moved by the gauge pointer and which carries the second contact pin
A contact adjustment lock in the window of the gauge allows the user to adjust the setting pointer to
the value at which the device is to switch. The gauge pointer can move beyond the adjusted setting
pointer after the contact has been made (however, the contact remains active).
Two types of electromechanical contacts are available: magnetic spring contacts and sliding contacts
(which are not described in detail here).

Type of action Magnetic spring contacts have a permanent magnet screwed to the setting pointer at the contact sup-
port arm. To close the circuit, the contact pin of the moving contact arm is attracted by the magnet so
that the contact snaps closed. When the circuit opens, the magnet attracts the contact arm until the
resetting force of the measuring element overcomes the effective force of the magnet so that the con-
tact snaps open.
The snap action reduces arcing between the contacts, thus allowing for greater switch ratings. Due to
the increased contact force, this type of contact is also less sensitive to vibrations. Furthermore, the
contact stability is increased by greater contacting pressure.

11
Application Magnetic spring contacts can be used under almost any type of operating condition. They can also be
integrated into devices with filling. In order to prevent switching errors (particularly in the case of great-
er inductive switch ratings or considerable system vibration or in gauges with filling) we recommend
installing our pulse-controlled series MSR contact protection relays.

Technical Supply voltage Switching accuracy

specifications Max. 250 V Approx. 2 – 5 % of full scale value
Making current and breaking current Operating temperature range
Max. 1.0 A -20/+70 °C or corresponding to
the respective gauges
Continuous current
Max. 0.6 A Adjustment range
5 – 95 % measuring range of gauge
Switch rating
Max. 30 W 50 VA (no filling)
Max. 15 W 20 VA (with filling)
Contact material
Ag80 Ni20 Au 10 µ
(extra charge for special materials)

www.afriso.com 465
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Electrical contacts
electronic

Precision contact system Sectional view

Nameplate screws Adjustment Red setting pointer
pin
Nameplate

Front plate
Connection

Driving pin on gauge pointer

Contact base Spiral spring Jewel bearing (ruby)

Electronic Electronic contacts have non-contact electrical displacement pick-ups (proximity sensors).
contact They consist of:
■ An adjustable red setting pointer
■ A support arm which is connected to the setting pointer and which carries the control head (initiator)
with the completely encapsulated electronics
■ A control flag which is moved by the gauge pointer

A contact adjustment lock in the window of the gauge allows the user to adjust the setting pointer to
the value at which the device is to switch. The gauge pointer can move beyond the adjusted setting
pointer after the contact has been made (however, the contact remains active).

Type of action The proximity switches used in the electronic contacts are simple 2-wire or 3-wire DC voltage switches.
Due to the slot design, the proximity switches are also referred to as slot initiators. The electromagnetic
field is concentrated between 2 opposing coils. The switch is activated when the aluminium control
flag moved by the gauge pointer reaches the gap between the two coils (slot). The signal is generated
without a delay, according to the motion of the gauge pointer.
The switching behaviour of the PNP switches used in these contacts is usually defined as a normally
open contact, i.e.: Control flag in the slot initiator
■ Contact closed

■ Output active

Control flag not in the slot initiator

■ Contact open

11 ■ Output not active

Application Due to non-contact switching, the high switching accuracy and the long service life, electronic contacts
with PNP output are ideal for any type of industrial application.
The use of these contacts is particularly advantageous in applications with liquid-filled measuring
instruments, at low voltages (DC 10–30 V) and low DC loads (≤ 100 mA), e.g.
■ For PLC signal input

■ To control opto-isolators

■ For other electronic evaluation units

Version Standard electronic contacts are shipped with a 3-wire initiator type Si2-K08-AP6.
The contacts are also available with the Si2-K08-AG6 2-wire initiator.

Technical Supply voltage Operating temperature range

specifications DC 10–30 V -25/+70 °C
or corresponding to the respective gauges
Switching current
≤ 100 mA Adjustment range
5 – 95 % measuring range of gauge
Switching accuracy
Approx. 0.5 % of full scale value

466 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Electrical contacts
inductive

Precision contact system Sectional view

Nameplate screws Adjustment Red setting pointer
pin
Nameplate

Front plate
Support arm
Connection
Proximity switch
(slot initiator)

Control flag
Driving pin on gauge pointer

Contact base Spiral spring Jewel bearing (ruby)

Inductive Inductive contacts have non-contact proximity sensors as per EN 60947-5-6 / NAMUR worksheet NA
contact 001. They consist of:
■ An adjustable red setting pointer
■ A support arm which is connected to the setting pointer and which carries the control head (initiator)
with the completely encapsulated electronics
■ A control flag which is moved by the gauge pointer
A contact adjustment lock in the window of the gauge allows the user to adjust the setting pointer to
the value at which the device is to switch. The gauge pointer can move beyond the adjusted setting
pointer after the contact has been made (however, the contact remains active).

Type of action Inductive contacts are used together with an isolating switching amplifier. The switching amplifier sup-
plies the control head with direct voltage. As soon as the control flag reaches the control head, the
internal resistance in the control head increases (high-resistance initiator). This causes the current to
change which is used to control the switching amplifier. The amplifier converts the input signal into a
binary output signal. Therefore, the switching function of inductive contacts is not only determined by
the slot initiator, but also by the switching amplifier.

Application Due to non-contact switching, the high switching accuracy and the long service life, inductive contacts
are ideal for industrial applications and should be used in liquid filled pressure gauge. Inductive con-
tacts are particularly recommended when the switching function must be extremely reliable or when
the switching frequency is high. The electronics are fully encapsulated so that this type of contact is 11
also suitable for corrosive environments.
If suitable isolating switching amplifiers (such as KFA6-SR2-Ex) are used, the system will have the type
of protection "intrinsic safety i". It is marked
II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 and is approved for use in hazardous areas, zones 1 and 2 together with an iso-
lating switching amplifier. The isolation switching amplifier must always be installed outside of the haz-
ardous area.
For standard industrial applications, we recommend our cost-efficient isolating switching amplifiers
KFA/KHA.

Version Inductive contacts are shipped with a 2-wire initiator type Si2-K08-Y1.

Technical Nominal voltage Operating temperature range

specifications ≈ DC 8 V = (Ri 1 kOhm) -20/+70 °C
or corresponding to the respective gauges
Supply voltage
5–25 V Adjustment range
5 – 95 % measuring range of gauge
Current input
≥ 2.1 mA (active area free) Option
≤ 1.2 mA (active area covered) Contact systems with
safety integrity level
Switching accuracy
SIL 2
Approx. 0.5 % of full scale value

www.afriso.com 467
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Switching functions
and definitions

Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

Definition of 1 = Contact closes clockwise when the setpoint is reached

switching function 2 = Contact opens clockwise when the setpoint is reached
W = 1 contact opens and 1 contact closes at the same time (changeover contact)
The switching function of a contact is always specified in terms of a clockwise movement of the point-
er. If the gauge pointer moves counterclockwise, the switching function is inverted!
If several contacts are fitted to a gauge, the contact closest to the left start value or end value of the
scale is defined as the first contact. This also applies to vacuum ranges!

Optimisation of Application-related specifications, such as the operating behaviour of the contact (e.g. contact switches
the switching with increasing or decreasing pressure), the switching point or the speed of pressure changes, help to
performance optimise contact adjustment to achieve a more accurate switching performance.

Selection table The selection tables on the following pages show the switching functions of single, double and the
switching functions most common triple contacts (with switching scheme and wiring diagram).
This allows you to quickly and easily find the correct contact designation for the required switching
function.

Description of Figure 1:
switching scheme ■ Thin line means: contact open, circuit open
■ Thick line means: contact closed, circuit closed

11

Description Figure 2: ■ Contact closed Figure 3: ■ Contact open

wiring diagram ■ Circuit closed ■ Circuit open

Definition of MK = magnetic spring contact Example: MK 2.12

the contact type SK = sliding contact Magnetic spring contact,
EK = electronic contact double
IK = inductive contact Contact 1 closes
Depending on the type of the pressure gauge, up Contact 2 opens
to 4 contacts can be installed per gauge. The
number of switching contacts is indicated by
means of a figure (1–4) after the contact type.

Definition of The code for the contact is appended to the type Example:
complete gauge designation of the measuring instrument. RF100Ch IK1.2
Bourdon tube pressure gauge,
NG 100,
Version for chemical applications
Inductive contact
single,
Contact opens

468 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Switching functions of
electrical contacts (electromechanical)

Switching function Contact type

Switching scheme Wiring diagram (pointer moves Magnetic spring
clockwise) Sliding contact
contact
Single contact

Contact closes MK1.1 SK1.1

Contact opens MK1.2 SK1.2

Contact switches over,

i.e. 1 contact opens MK1.W SK1.W
and 1 contact closes

Double contact

Contact 1 closes
MK2.11 SK2.11
Contact 2 closes

Contact 1 closes
MK2.12 SK2.12
Contact 2 opens

Contact 1 opens
MK2.21 SK2.21
Contact 2 closes

Contact 1 opens
MK2.21 SK2.2
Contact 2 opens

Triple contact 11
Contact 1 opens
Contact 2 closes MK3.212 SK3.212
Contact 3 opens

Contact 1 closes
Contact 2 opens MK3.121 SK3.121
Contact 3 closes

www.afriso.com 469
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Switching functions of
inductive electrical contacts

When the setpoint is

exceeded, the gauge
Switching scheme Wiring diagram Switching function Contact type
pointer moves the
control flag ...
Pointer moves clockwise Inductive contact
Single contact

out of the
Contact closes IK1.1
control head

into the
Contact opens IK1.2
control head

Double contact

of the 1st and 2nd

Contact 1 closes
contact out of the IK2.11
Contact 2 closes
control head

of contact 1 out of
Contact 1 closes the control head
IK2.12
Contact 2 opens of contact 2 into
the control head

of contact 1 into
Contact 1 opens the control head
IK2.21
Contact 2 closes of contact 2 out of
the control head

of the 1st and the 2nd

Contact 1 opens
contact into the IK2.22
Contact 2 opens
control head

Triple contact
of the 1st and the 3rd
11 Contact 1 opens contact into the control
Contact 2 closes head IK3.212
Contact 3 opens of contact 2 out of
the control head
of the 1st and the 3rd
Contact 1 closes contact out of the con-
Contact 2 opens trol head IK3.121
Contact 3 closes of contact 2 into
the control head

470 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges with

electrical contacts nominal size 63

■ Up to two contacts possible

■ Wetted parts and movement made
of stainless steel
■ Available with MK, EK, IK
■ Safety housing S2 as per
EN 837-1 (blow-out)

A A A

Page 481 Page 481 Page 709

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise.
For measuring in areas with limited space. Especially suitable for monitoring minimum pressure in gas
cylinders in conjunction with an AFRISO alarm unit for low gas level.

Technical Type Minimum ranges

specifications D3 Contact
MK single 1.6 bar
Nominal size
MK double 1.6 bar
63
EK/IK single 1,6 bar
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6) EK/IK double 1.6 bar
1.6
Operating temperature range
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) Medium: Tmax = +150 °C
-1/+0.6 to -1/+15 bar Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
0/1.6 to 0/600 bar Tmax = +60 °C
Application area Temperature performance
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Indication error when the temperature of the
Dynamic load: 2/3 full scale value measuring system deviates from the normal
Short-term: full scale value temperature of 20 °C:
rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Contact types falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Magnetic spring contact (MK) of full scale value
Electronic contact (EK) 11
Inductive contact (IK) Degree of protection
See page 466 for Technical specifications IP 42 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Dial

Stainless steel 316 L, bottom or bottom Aluminium, white
back G¼B – spanner size SW 14 Dial marking black
(EN 837-1/7.3)
Pointer
Electrical connection Aluminium, black
Cable gland M12 x 1.5 Housing
Cable length: 1 m Stainless steel 304, safety housing S2
Measuring element as per EN 837-1, with rear blow-out
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Push on bezel
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube Stainless steel 304
> 60 bar helical tube
Window
Movement Makrolon, with contact adjustment lock
Stainless steel

Options ■ Wetted parts oil-free and grease-free ■ Throttle screw

(≤ 0/400 bar) ■ Special scales
■ Ultra-pure gas version ■ Other process connections
■ Back flange

www.afriso.com 471
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Bourdon tube pressure gauges with

electrical contacts nominal size 63 type D3

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Bottom connection, back flange

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 D* d1* d 2* d 3* g G h s s1 s2 SW
(NG)
63 9.5 13 66 69.5 5 2 13 64 75 85 3.6 89 G¼B 46 47.5 8 5.5 14
* Dimensions as per DIN 16063.

472 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Pressure gauges for industrial

applications with electrical contacts

■ Robust stainless steel housing

■ Excellent readability
■ Up to four switching contacts
■ Available with MK, EK, IK

A A A

Page 481 Page 481 Page 709

Application For gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper
alloys.

Technical Type See page 466 for Technical

specifications D4 specifications
Nominal size Minimum ranges
100 – 160 Contact
MK single 1.6 bar
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
MK double 1.6 bar
1.0
EK/IK single 1 bar
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) EK/IK double 1 bar
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar
Operating temperature range
0/1 to 0/1,000 bar
Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Application area Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Static load: Tmax = +60 °C
≤ 600 bar = full scale value
Temperature performance
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value
Indication error when the temperature of the
Dynamic load: measuring system deviates from the normal
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value temperature of 20 °C:
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Short-term: falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value of full scale value 11
> 600 bar = full scale value
Degree of protection
Contact types IP 54 (EN 60529)
Magnetic spring contact (MK)
Electronic contact (EK)
Inductive contact (IK)

Standard version Connection Dial

Brass, bottom or bottom back Aluminium, white
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3) Dial marking black
Electrical connection Pointer
Cable gland M12x1.5 Aluminium, black
Cable length: 1 m
Housing
Measuring element Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
Bourdon tube, ≤ 60 bar "C" type tube, copper alloy,
> 60 bar helical tube, 316 Ti/316 L Bayonet type bezel
Stainless steel 304
Movement
Brass Window
Makrolon, with contact adjustment lock

Options ■ Back flange ■ Connector

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Special scales
■ Throttle screw ■ Other process connections
■ Junction box

www.afriso.com 473
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Bourdon tube pressure gauge

for industrial applications with electrical contacts
Type D 4 – NG 100/160
Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Bottom connection (centre back connection), back flange Centre back connection (bottom connection), 3-hole fixing,
panel mounting bezel

Bottom connection, with junction box (option) Centre back connection, with junction box (option)

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* D e g G h m n r1 r2 s s1

100 15.6 19.1 87 90.5 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 101.5 26.5 119 G½B 86 92 72 14 34.5 5.5 2
160 17.5 20.5 97 100 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 161.5 26.5 129 G½B 116 122 72 14 34.5 6 2

Nominal size (NG) s2 SW

100 4 22
160 4 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

474 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges with

electrical contacts for chemical applications

■ Measuring system fully welded

to housing
■ Robust mechatronical pressure gauge
■ Up to four switching contacts
■ Tightness-tested with helium
■ GOSSTANDART-certified

A A A

Page 481 Page 481 Page 709

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise; suitable for
corrosive environments.

Technical Type Minimum ranges

specifications D4 Contact
MK single 1.6 bar
Nominal size
MK double 1.6 bar
100 – 160
EK/IK single 1 bar
Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6) EK/IK double 1 bar
1.0
Operating temperature range
Ranges (EN 837-1/5) Medium: Tmax = +150 °C
-1/0 to -1/+15 bar Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
0/1 to 0/1,000 bar Tmax = +60 °C
Application area Temperature performance
Static load: Indication error when the temperature of the
≤ 600 bar = full scale value measuring system deviates from the normal
> 600 bar = ¾ x full scale value temperature of 20 °C:
Dynamic load: rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
≤ 600 bar = 0.9 x full scale value falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
> 600 bar = 2/3 x full scale value of full scale value

Short-term: Degree of protection

≤ 600 bar = 1.3 x full scale value IP 54 (EN 60529) 11
> 600 bar = full scale value
Contact types
Magnetic spring contact (MK)
Electronic contact (EK)
Inductive contact (IK)
See page 466 for Technical specifications

Standard version Connection Dial

Stainless steel 316 L, bottom or bottom back, Aluminium, white
G½B- spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3) Dial marking black
Electrical connection Pointer
Junction box Aluminium, black
Measuring element Housing
Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
≤ 60 bar "C" type tube
> 60 bar helical tube Bayonet type bezel
Stainless steel 304
Movement
Stainless steel Window
Makrolon, with contact adjustment lock

Options ■ Liquid filling (silicone oil) ■ Connector

■ Back flange ■ Special scales
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Throttle screw

www.afriso.com 475
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Bourdon tube pressure gauges with

electrical contacts for chemical applications
Type D 4 – NG 100/160
Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Centre back connection

Bottom connection, back flange Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Centre back connection, back flange Bottom connection, back for diaphragm seal mounting

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal
a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* D e g G h h1 k m n s s1
size (NG)
100 15.6 19.1 87 90.5 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 101.5 34.5 121 G½B 86 83.5 40 92 72 5.5 2
160 17.5 20.5 97 100 6 3 20 178 196 5.8 161.5 34.5 131 G½B 116 116 40 122 72 6 2

Nominal
S2 SW
size (NG)
100 4 22
160 4 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

476 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

with electrical contacts
DG: M

RF63MK1, RF63MK2, RF63IK1, RF63IK2,

Type
D302 D302 D302 D302

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 63 63

Housing Stainless steel 304 with push on bezel

Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G¼B G¼B G¼B
Contact type Magnetic spring single Magnetic spring double Inductive, single Inductive, double

PG 3 3 3 3
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 --- --- --- ---
-1/+0.6 87402302 87502302 87452302 87552302
-1/+1.5 87403302 87503302 87453302 87553302
-1/+3 87404302 87504302 87454302 87554302
-1/+5 87405302 87505302 87455302 87555302
-1/+9 87406302 87506302 87456302 87556302
-1/+15 87407302 87507302 87457302 87557302

0/0.6 --- --- --- ---

0/1 --- --- --- ---
0/1.6 87411302 87511302 87461302 87561302
0/2.5 87412302 87512302 87462302 87562302
0/4 87413302 87513302 87463302 87563302
0/6 87414302 87514302 87464302 87564302
0/10 87415302 87515302 87465302 87565302
0/16 87416302 87516302 87466302 87566302
11
0/25 87417302 87517302 87467302 87567302
0/40 87418302 87518302 87468302 87568302
0/60 87419302 87519302 87469302 87569302
0/100 87420302 87520302 87470302 87570302
0/160 87421302 87521302 87471302 87571302
0/250 87422302 87522302 87472302 87572302
0/400 87423302 87523302 87473302 87573302
0/600 87424302 87524302 87474302 87574302
0/1,000 --- --- --- ---
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
Please specify required switching function (normally closed/
normally open). See page 479 for other versions.

www.afriso.com 477
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Bourdon tube pressure gauges

with electrical contacts
DG: M

RF100I RF100I RF100I RF100I RF100Ch RF100Ch RF100Ch RF100Ch

Type
MK1, D401 MK2, D401 IK1, D401 IK2, D401 MK1, D402 MK2, D402 IK1, D402 IK2, D402

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel
Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Measuring element Bourdon tube, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
(> 60 bar stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L)
Accuracy class 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
Magnetic spring Magnetic spring Inductive Inductive Magnetic spring Magnetic spring Inductive Inductive
Contact type single double single double single double single double

PG 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 --- --- 87701401 87751401 --- --- 87701402 87751402
-1/+0.6 87602401 87652401 87702401 87752401 87602402 87652402 87702402 87752402
-1/+1.5 87603401 87653401 87703401 87753401 87603402 87653402 87703402 87753402
-1/+3 87604401 87654401 87704401 87754401 87604402 87654402 87704402 87754402
-1/+5 87605401 87655401 87705401 87755401 87605402 87655402 87705402 87755402
-1/+9 87606401 87656401 87706401 87756401 87606402 87656402 87706402 87756402
-1/+15 87607401 87657401 87707401 87757401 87607402 87657402 87707402 87757402

0/0.6 --- --- 87709401 87759401 --- --- 87709402 87759402

0/1 --- --- 87710401 87760401 --- --- 87710402 87760402
0/1.6 87611401 87661401 87711401 87761401 87611402 87661402 87711402 87761402
0/2.5 87612401 87662401 87712401 87762401 87612402 87662402 87712402 87762402
0/4 87613401 87663401 87713401 87763401 87613402 87663402 87713402 87763402
0/6 87614401 87664401 87714401 87764401 87614402 87664402 87714402 87764402
0/10 87615401 87665401 87715401 87765401 87615402 87665402 87715402 87765402

11 0/16 87616401 87666401 87716401 87766401 87616402 87666402 87716402 87766402

0/25 87617401 87667401 87717401 87767401 87617402 87667402 87717402 87767402
0/40 87618401 87668401 87718401 87768401 87618402 87668402 87718402 87768402
0/60 87619401 87669401 87719401 87769401 87619402 87669402 87719402 87769402
0/100 87620401 87670401 87720401 87770401 87620402 87670402 87720402 87770402
0/160 87621401 87671401 87721401 87771401 87621402 87671402 87721402 87771402
0/250 87622401 87672401 87722401 87772401 87622402 87672402 87722402 87772402
0/400 87623401 87673401 87723401 87773401 87623402 87673402 87723402 87773402
0/600 87624401 87674401 87724401 87774401 87624402 87674402 87724402 87774402
0/1,000 87625401 87675401 87725401 87775401 87625402 87675402 87725402 87775402
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
Please specify required switching function (normally closed/
normally open). See page 479 for other versions.

478 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Options for electrical contacts

DG: M, PG: 3

Type Magnetic spring contact Inductive contact

Code MK 1 MK 2 MK 3 IK 1 IK 2 IK 3
Number of contacts 1 2 3 1 2 3
Switching function: 1 = closes, 2 = opens 1 11, 12 As 1 11, 12 As
(pointer moves clockwise) 2 21, 22 specified 2 21, 22 specified
The options indicated include mounting;
pressure gauge not included
Nominal Option Option Option Option Option Option
Version Housing
size available available available available available available
Bourdon tube pressure gauges
for industrial applications type 100 No filling • • • • • •
D4 (only without filling)
Pressure gauges for chemical
applications type D4/D8 160 No filling • • • • • •
Safety pressure gauges
type D4/D8
100 With filling • • • • • •
Stainless steel diaphragm
pressure gauges type D4/D8
Diaphragm pressure gauges for 160 With filling • • • • • •
differential pressure type MFW
100 No filling • • • • • •
Standard diaphragm pressure 160 No filling • • • • • •
gauges type D4/D8 100 With filling • • • • • •
160 With filling • • • • • •
100 No filling • • • • • •
Diaphragm pressure gauges 160 No filling • • • • • •
for chemical applications type
D4/D8 100 With filling • • • • • •
160 With filling • • • • • •

DG: M, PG: 4

Available options for special versions NG 100 NG 160

1 contact (EK 1) • •
Electronic contact with 3-wire slot initiator
(extra over and above magnetic spring contact)
2 contacts (EK 2) • • 11
3 contacts (EK 3) • •
Separate circuits for double magnetic spring contacts • •
Separate circuits for triple magnetic spring contacts • •
Up to 4 wires • •
Cable NYLHY (more than 1 metre) per metre
5 wires / 7 wires • •
Junction box for gauges without filling • •
Additional cable for junction box, 1 m long • •
Single changeover contact (extra charge over and above single magnetic spring contact)* • •
Double changeover contact (extra charge over and above double magnetic spring contact) • •
Gold-silver • •
Contact pins made of special material (per contact)
Platinum-iridium • •
Inductive contact, safety version Type IK SN • •
(per contact) (can only be used in conjunction with isolat- Type IK S1N (NG 100 only 1
ing switching amplifier KHA6-SH-Ex!) • •
contact possible)
* Also available for nominal size 63.

i
Versions with 4 electrical contacts on request.

www.afriso.com 479
 Pressure gauge Electrical contacts

Alarm unit AG 10 Ex

■ With visual/audible alarms,

Test and Acknowledge buttons
■ Relay output for event reporting systems 3 3 3

■ Logistics made easy: For example, just in

time information on empty gas cylinders
①
1

A
②
2

1 Combined alarm light and horn

Page 471
2 Cylinder battery
3 Pressure gauge with electrical contacts

Application For example, for monitoring the pressure in gas-filled containers (e.g. pressure control panels, cylinder
batteries or bundle stations).

Function The alarm signal is generated by a pressure gauge with an electrical contact. The alarm threshold can
be set to any value from 5 to 95 % of the range by means of the contact arm of the pressure gauge.
A green LED indicates normal operation. In case of a power outage, the device does not generate an
alarm signal; when power becomes available again, the unit immediately resumes operation. If, in the
meantime, the gas pressure has fallen below the set limit, an alarm signal is generated. In the case of
an alarm, the red LED lights up; in addition, the system generates an audible alarm. The audible alarm
can be acknowledged. The red LED remains lit. The alarm can also be configured for fail-safe mode so
that an alarm can also be triggered in the case of a power outage.
Proper operation of the system can be checked at all times by means of pressing the Test key. If this
button is pressed, the system generates an alarm, i.e. the red LED lights up and the audible alarm
sounds.

Description The system consists of one or several pressure contacts (connected in series), a control unit (alarm
unit AG 10 Ex) and, if required, an additional alarm unit.
If several contacts are to be monitored, the corresponding number of electrical contacts can be con-
nected in series and monitored by a single alarm unit. It is also possible to connect a separate alarm
unit for each measuring point. An alarm is triggered when the contact opens.
An event reporting system can be connected to the relay output of the alarm unit for remote monitoring.

11
Technical Operating temperature range Response delay
specifications Ambient: -20/+50 °C None

Supply voltage Intrinsic safety

AC 230 V ±10 % Ex II (1)G [Ex ia Ga] IIC

Power input Housing

5 VA Wall mounting housing made of impact-resistant
plastic (ABS) W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
Switching input
Voltage-free connection, e.g. Bourdon tube Degree of protection
pressure gauge with magnetic spring contact IP 30 (EN 60529)

Probe circuit
Intrinsically safe, maximum values:
U0= 16.8 V
I0 = 57 mA
P0 = 240 mW
C0 = 180 nF for IIC
675 nF for IIB
L0 = 1 mH for IIC
8 mH for IIB
Switching output
Relay contact: 1 voltage-free changeover contact DG: M, PG: 4 Part no.
Contact rating: Max. 250 V, 2 A, Alarm unit AG 10 Ex 67000
(resistive load) Blue part no. = in-stock items

480 www.afriso.com
 Electrical contacts Pressure gauge

Contact protection relays/isolating switch-

ing amplifiers for electrical contacts

Contact protection relay Isolating switching amplifi er

MSR KFA/KHA
Application Controlling the electromechanical contacts with This isolation is suitable for intrinsically safe appli-
pulse-shaped voltage avoids unwanted switching. cations. The device transmits binary signals from
This protects the contacts and prolongs their ser- SN/S1N proximity sensors and approved mechan-
vice life due to a dropout delay. Specially recom- ical contacts from the hazardous area/Ex area to
mended for liquid-filled measuring instruments. safe areas.

Technical Supply voltage Supply voltage

specifications AC 230 V, 50–60 Hz AC 207–253 V, 45–65 Hz
Power input approx. 6 VA
Open circuit voltage/short circuit current
Control voltage Standard version approx DC 8 V/8 mA
MSR DC 35–40 V pulses Safety version approx DC 8.4 V/11.7 mA
Relay output Relay output (not intrinsically safe)
1 x voltage-free changeover contact 1 x voltage-free changeover contact
Switch rating max. 250 V/8 A Standard version
AC 250 V/2 A (DC 40 V)/2 A
Supply voltage
Safety version
DC 24 V, max. 20 mA for external
AC 250 V (DC 24 V)/1 A
devices or LED indicators
Type of protection
Housing
Ex II(1)G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
Polyamide 6.6, DIN rail mounting
Ex II(1)D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
35 x 7.5 as per EN 60715
W x H x D: 50 x 75 x 100 mm
PTB 00 ATEX 2081 11
Housing
Degree of protection
Makrolon, DIN rail mounting
IP 20 (as per EN 60529)
35 x 7.5 mm as per EN 60715
Operating temperature range
Degree of protection
0/70 °C IP 20 as per IEC 529
Operating temperature range
-20/+60 °C
SIL
Up to SIL 2 as per IEC 61508/IEC 61511

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no. DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

Please enquire for MSR 010, 1 contact 38201 KFA6-SR2-Ex1.W 38215

complete data sheets MSR 020, 2 contacts 38202 KFA6-SR2-Ex2.W 38216
for the individual ver- MSR 011, interval 38203 KHA 6-SH-Ex 1 38217
sions.
Blue part no. = in-stock items Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 481
 Pressure gauge Diaphragm

Stainless steel diaphragm

pressure gauges
EN 837-3

■ Robust and compact design

■ Various process connections possible
■ Flush mounted versions without
transmission liquid
■ Welded, so no seals required in
wetted area
■ GOSSTANDART-certified
■ Ex version (optional)

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media, also for use in corrosive environments. With open connection
flange also suitable for viscous and polluted media; with hygienic connections specially suitable for
pharmaceutical processes.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
100 – 160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Indication error when the temperature
1.6
of the measuring
Ranges (EN 837-3/5) system deviates from the normal
0/100 mbar to 0/25 bar temperature of 20 °C:
rising temperature approx. ±0.8 %/10 K
Application area falling temperature approx. ±0.8 %/10 K
Static load: full scale value of full scale value
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value
Degree of protection
Overpressure safety IP 65 (EN 60529)
Overpressure safety 5 FSD, with housing vent (≤ 25 bar): IP 54
however, max. 60 bar
11
Standard version Connection Dial
Stainless steel 316, bottom Aluminium, white
G½B – spanner size SW 22 with Dial marking black
channel hole 10 mm
Pointer
Lower measuring flange Aluminium, black
Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Housing
Upper measuring flange Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
Stainless steel 316 L
Bayonet type bezel
Measuring element Stainless steel 304
Diaphragm
Window
100 mbar to 2.5 bar stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Laminated safety glass
4 bar to 25 bar Duratherm
Movement
Stainless steel

Options ■ Glycerine filling (≥ 1 bar) ■ Flush mounted connection flanges as per EN

■ Wetted parts with special coating ■ Open connection flanges as per EN/ANSI
■ Clamp connection ■ Other connection threads
■ Varivent or BioControl connection ■ Electrical contacts (≥ 0/0.6 bar)
■ Ex version

482 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Pressure gauge

Stainless steel diaphragm pressure gauges

Type D 4 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection, 0/100 mbar to 0/2.5 bar Bottom connection, 0/4 bar to 0/25 bar

Clamp connection 2" according to ISO 2852, 0/1 bar to 0/6 bar Connection flange as per EN 1092-1/B 1/DN 25/PN 40
Open, 0/100 mbar Flush mounted, 0/1 bar
Up to 0/25 bar Up to 0/6 bar

Flush mounted connection flange as per EN 1092-1/B 1 Flush mounted connection flange as per EN 1092-1/B 1
DN 50/PN 40, 0/100 mbar to 0/25 bar DN 80/PN 40, 0/100 mbar to 0/25 bar

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a b c d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 d8 d9 d10 d11 dm dm1 D D1 D2 DN
(NG)
100 15.6 49 20 68 85 115 4xØ18 102 125 165 8xØ18 138 160 200 48 68 69 78 64 25
160 17.5 50 20 68 85 115 4xØ18 102 125 165 8xØ18 138 160 200 48 68 69 78 64 25

Nominal size
G G1 h h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 s s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 SW
(NG)
100 G½B 4xM12 117 117 86 102 96 86 90 2 30 3 20 3 24 22
160 G½B 4xM12 148 148 117 133 127 117 121 2 30 3 20 3 24 22

www.afriso.com 483
 Pressure gauge Diaphragm

Stainless steel diaphragm pressure gauges

EN 837-3

DG: H, PG: 3

PF100E, PF160E, PF100CP, PF160CP, PF100FLO, PF160FLO, PF100FL, PF160FL,

Type
D402 D402 D402 D402 D402 D402 D402 D402

Version

Housing Ø 100 160 100 160 100 160 100 160

Housing Stainless steel 304
316 Ti/316 L Stainless steel 316 L, Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Measuring element Stainless steel 316 L
(≥ 4 bar Duratherm) (4 bar and higher Duratherm) (≥ 4 bar Duratherm)
Flanges Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Flush mounted connection
Open connection flange
Clamp 2" Clamp 2" flange as per
Connection G½B G½B as per EN 1092-1/
ISO 2852 ISO 2852 EN 1092-1/
B 1/DN 25/PN 40
B 1/DN 50/PN 40
Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/100 85886402 --- --- --- 88906402 --- 88946402 ---
0/160 85887402 --- --- --- 88907402 --- 88947402 ---
0/250 85888402 --- --- --- 88908402 --- 88948402 ---
0/400 85889402 85929402 --- --- 88909402 88929402 88949402 88969402

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/0.6 85890402 85930402 --- --- 88910402 88930402 88950402 88970402
0/1 85891402 85931402 88980402 88990402 88911402 88931402 88951402 88971402
0/1.6 85892402 85932402 88981402 88991402 88912402 88932402 88952402 88972402
0/2.5 85893402 85933402 88982402 88992402 88913402 88933402 88953402 88973402
0/4 85894402 85934402 88983402 88993402 88914402 88934402 88954402 88974402
0/6 85895402 85944402 88984402 88994402 88915402 88935402 88955402 88975402
0/10 85896402 85936402 --- --- 88916402 88936402 88956402 88976402
0/16 85897402 85937402 --- --- 88917402 88937402 88957402 88977402
11 0/25 85898402 85938402 --- --- 88918402 88938402 88958402 88978402
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

484 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Pressure gauge

Options for stainless steel diaphragm pressure gauges

DG: H

Process connection
Groove/tongue as per EN 1092-1 Option
Connection G¼B (channel hole Ø 6 mm) Option
Connection ¼ NPT (channel hole Ø 6 mm) Option
Connection ½ NPT (channel hole Ø 10 mm) Option
Connection M20 x 1.5 (channel hole Ø 10 mm) Option
Other connection threads On request
Channel hole Ø 10 mm with connection G½B Standard
Type N
VARIVENT /VARINLINE
® ®
PN 25 On request
(D = 68 mm)
Neumo BioControl D65 and D80 PN 25 On request
Flush mounted connection flange
As per EN 1092-1/B1 Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
(extra charge over and above connection G½B)
DN 25
PN 40 Option
(0/1 bar to 0/6 bar)
DN 50 PN 40 Option
DN 80 PN 40 Option
Other connection flanges On request

Glycerine filling (≥ 1 bar)

Nominal size 100 Option
Nominal size 160 Option

Other
Vacuum proof (≥ 0/4 bar) Standard
Electrical contacts (≥ 0/0.6 bar) See page 471

11

www.afriso.com 485
 Pressure gauge Diaphragm

Diaphragm pressure gauges

for chemical applications
EN 837-3

■ For low pressure ranges

■ High overload protection
■ High resistance
■ Optional flange connections

Page 512

Application For corrosive gaseous and liquid media, also for use in corrosive environments. With open connection
flange also suitable for viscous and polluted media.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
100 – 160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-3/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/10 to 0/250 mbar (flange Ø 160) rising temperature approx. ±0.8 %/ 10 K
0/0.4 to 0/25 bar (flange Ø 100) falling temperature approx. ±0.8 %/ 10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value IP 54 (EN 60529)

Overpressure safety
High overload: Up to 5 x FSD,
max. 40 bar / max. 2.5 bar
11 with measuring flange Ø 160 mm

Standard version Connection Movement

Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L, bottom Stainless steel
G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-3/7.3)
Dial
Lower measuring flange Aluminium, white
Stainless steel 316 L Dial marking black

Upper measuring flange Pointer

Stainless steel 304 Aluminium, black

Measuring element Housing

Diaphragm Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
Measuring flange: Duratherm Bayonet type bezel
Stainless steel 304
Seal
FPM (Viton) Window
Laminated safety glass

Options ■ Safety housing ■ Glycerine filling (≥ 40 mbar,

■ Overpressure safety 10 x FSD ≤ 250 mbar accuracy class 2.5)
(measuring flange Ø 100 to max. 40 bar, ■ Wetted parts with special coating
measuring flange Ø 160 to max. 2.5 bar) ■ Open connection flanges as per EN/ASME
■ Electrical contacts

486 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Pressure gauge

Diaphragm pressure gauges

for chemical applications
Type D 4 – NG 100/160
Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection, measuring flange Ø 100 Bottom connection, measuring flange Ø 160

Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 25 Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 50

Measuring flange Ø 100 Measuring flange Ø 100

Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 25 Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 50

Measuring flange Ø 160 Measuring flange Ø 160

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a b Øc c1 c2 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 d8 D D1 DN DN1 G G1 h h1
(NG)
100 20 55 6 3 20 68 85 115 102 125 165 4x18 4x14 100 160 25 50 G½B 4xM12 127 111
160 20 55 6 3 20 68 85 115 102 125 165 4x18 4x14 100 160 25 50 G½B 4xM12 156 141

Nominal size
h2 h3 h4 s s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 t SW
(NG)
100 101 129 137 2 30 3 20 18 48 20 56 12 22
160 131 159 167 2 30 3 20 18 48 20 56 12 22

www.afriso.com 487
 Pressure gauge Diaphragm

Standard diaphragm pressure gauges

EN 837-3

■ For low pressure ranges

■ High overpressure safety
■ Robust design
■ Optional flange connections

Page 512

Application For non-corrosive gaseous and liquid media. With open connection flange also suitable for viscous
and polluted media.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D4 Medium: Tmax = +100 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
100 – 160
Temperature performance
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
1.6
measuring system deviates from the normal
Ranges (EN 837-3/5) temperature of 20 °C:
0/10 to 0/250 mbar (flange Ø 160) rising temperature approx. ±0.8 %/ 10 K
0/0.4 to 0/25 bar (flange Ø 100) falling temperature approx. ±0.8 %/ 10 K
of full scale value
Application area
Static load: full scale value Degree of protection
Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value IP 54 (EN 60529)

Overpressure safety
High overload: Up to 5 x FSD,
max. 40 bar / max. 2.5 bar
11 with measuring flange Ø 160 mm

Standard version Connection Movement

Steel, bottom Brass
G½B – spanner size SW 22
Dial
(EN 837-3/7.3)
Aluminium, white
Lower measuring flange Dial marking black
Steel, galvanised
Pointer
Upper measuring flange Aluminium, black
Stainless steel 304
Housing
Measuring element Stainless steel 304 with blow-out
Diaphragm, measuring flange:
Bayonet type bezel
Stainless steel 316 L
Stainless steel 304
Seal
Window
NBR (Perbunan)
Instrument glass

Options ■ Safety housing ■ Glycerine filling

■ Overpressure safety 10 x FSD (≥ 40 mbar, ≤ 250 mbar accuracy class 2.5)
(measuring flange Ø 100 to max. 40 bar, ■ Wetted parts with special coating
measuring flange Ø 160 to max. 2.5 bar) ■ Open connection flanges as per EN/ASME
■ Electrical contacts

488 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Pressure gauge

Standard diaphragm pressure gauges

Type D 4 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection, measuring flange Ø 100 Bottom connection, measuring flange Ø 160

Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 25 Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 50

Measuring flange Ø 100 Measuring flange Ø 100

Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 25 Connection flange as per EN 1092-1, DN 50

Measuring flange Ø 160 Measuring flange Ø 160

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a b Øc c1 c2 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6 d7 d8 D D1 DN DN1 G G1 h h1
(NG)
100 20 55 6 3 20 68 85 115 102 125 165 4x18 4x14 100 160 25 50 G½B 4xM12 127 111
160 20 55 6 3 20 68 85 115 102 125 165 4x18 4x14 100 160 25 50 G½B 4xM12 156 141

Nominal size
h2 h3 h4 s s1 s2 s3 s4 s5 s6 s7 t SW
(NG)
100 101 129 137 2 30 3 20 18 48 20 56 12 22
160 131 159 167 2 30 3 20 18 48 20 56 12 22

www.afriso.com 489
 Pressure gauge Diaphragm

Standard diaphragm Diaphragm pressure

pressure gauges gauges for chemical
applications
DG: H, PG: 3
With glycerine filling With glycerine filling
PF100, PF160, PF100Gly, PF160Gly, PF100Ch, PF160Ch, PF100ChGly, PF160ChGly,
Type
D401 D401 D801 D801 D402 D402 D802 D802

Version

Housing Ø 100 160 100 160 100 160 100 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel
Measuring element Stainless steel 316 L Duratherm
Lower flange Steel, galvanised Stainless steel 316 L
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6 1.6* 1.6* 1.6 1.6 1.6* 1.6*
Connection G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B

Range (mbar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/10 85901401 85951401 --- --- 85901402 85951402 --- ---
0/16 85902401 85952401 --- --- 85902402 85952402 --- ---
0/25 85903401 85953401 --- --- 85903402 85953402 --- ---
0/40 85904401 85954401 85904801 85954801 85904402 85954402 85904802 85954802
0/60 85905401 85955401 85905801 85955801 85905402 85955402 85905802 85955802
0/100 85906401 85956401 85906801 85956801 85906402 85956402 85906802 85956802
0/160 85907401 85957401 85907801 85957801 85907402 85957402 85907802 85957802
0/250 85908401 85958401 85908801 85958801 85908402 85958402 85908802 85958802

Range (bar) Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/0.4 85909401 85959401 85909801 85959801 85909402 85959402 85909802 85959802
0/0.6 85910401 85960401 85910801 85960801 85910402 85960402 85910802 85960802
0/1 85911401 85961401 85911801 85961801 85911402 85961402 85911802 85961802
0/1.6 85912401 85962401 85912801 85962801 85912402 85962402 85912802 85962802
0/2.5 85913401 85963401 85913801 85963801 85913402 85963402 85913802 85963802
11 0/4 85914401 85964401 85914801 85964801 85914402 85964402 85914802 85964802
0/6 85915401 85965401 85915801 85965801 85915402 85965402 85915802 85965802
0/10 85916401 85966401 85916801 85966801 85916402 85966402 85916802 85966802
0/16 85917401 85967401 85917801 85967801 85917402 85967402 85917802 85967802
0/25 85918401 85968401 85918801 85968801 85918402 85968402 85918802 85968802
Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
* ≤ 250 mbar Cl. 2.5, see page 491 for options.

490 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Pressure gauge

Options for standard diaphragm pressure gauges/

diaphragm pressure gauges for chemical applications
DG: H, PG: 3

Ranges 10 to 250 mbar Ranges 0.4 to 25 mbar

Open connection flanges
Measuring flange Ø 160 Measuring flange Ø 100
Material Steel Stainless steel Steel Stainless steel
Nominal
Version
diameter
EN 1092-1, PN 40 DN 15 On request On request On request On request
DN 20 On request On request On request On request
DN 25 On request On request On request On request
DN 50 On request On request On request On request
ASME B 16.5 CL 150 DN ½" On request On request On request On request
DN 1" On request On request On request On request
DN 2" On request On request On request On request

Special connection Material steel Material stainless steel 316 L

Channel hole Ø 10 mm On request On request
Groove/tongue as per EN 1092-1 On request On request
RJT groove ANSI B16.5 On request On request

Special materials for Ranges 10 to 250 mbar Ranges 0.4 to 25 mbar

diaphragms Measuring flange Ø 160 Measuring flange Ø 100
Material
PTFE film (≥ 40 mbar) On request On request
Silver foil (≥ 160 mbar) On request On request
Tantalum foil (≥ 160 mbar) On request On request
Other materials On request

Special materials for lower

Ranges 10 to 250 mbar Ranges 0.4 to 25 mbar
measuring flange (wetted
Measuring flange Ø 160 Measuring flange Ø 100
part) for types D402 and D802
Flange, Flange,
Flange, Flange,
EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1,
EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1,
Connection G½B DN 15–25 G½B DN 15–25
flange
DN 50 flange
ANSI 2"
flange
DN 50 flange
ANSI 2"
11
ANSI ½", 1" ANSI ½", 1"
Material
PTFE lining On request
Other materials On request

Overpressure safety 10 x FSD Ranges 10 to 250 mbar Ranges 0.4 to 25 mbar

(measuring flange Ø 100 to max. Measuring flange Ø 160 Measuring flange Ø 100
40 bar, measuring flange Ø 160
to max. 2.5 bar) On request On request

 Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See page 479 for options
for electrical contacts.

www.afriso.com 491
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Standard capsule pressure gauges

for differential pressure

■ Measurement of extremely small

differential pressures
■ Robust design
■ Static pressures up to 400 mbar
■ Direct indication of the differential pressure
■ Many customised versions available

Page 512

Application For differential pressure measurement of non-corrosive, gaseous, dry media. Especially suitable for filter
loss measurement in air conditioning and ventilation applications.
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Application area

specifications D 9/D 4 Static load: full scale value
Nominal size Dynamic load: 0.9 x full scale value
63 – 100 – 160 Overpressure safety
Function Full scale value
The "plus" pressure (= high pressure) is applied to
the inside of the diaphragm. The "minus" pressure Maximum static pressure
(= low pressure) is applied to the inside of the 400 mbar
pressure-tight housing. The pressure difference Operating temperature range
causes the diaphragm to change its shape, thus Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
generating the movement required to measure
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
the pressure.
Tmax = +60 °C
This displacement is picked up by the movement.
The differential pressure is directly indicated by Temperature performance
a pointer. Indication error when the temperature of the
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6) measuring system deviates from the normal
1.6 (25 to 400 mbar) temperature of 20 °C:
4 (4 to 16 mbar) rising temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
11 Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
falling temperature approx. ±0.6 %/10 K
of full scale value
NG 63 0/16 to 0/400 mbar
NG 100 0/6 to 0/400 mbar Degree of protection
NG 160 0/4 to 0/400 mbar IP 66 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection (wetted part) Pointer (wetted)

NG 63: Aluminium, black
2 x G¼B – spanner size SW 14 centre back (brass)
Housing (wetted part)
NG 100&160:
Stainless steel 304
2 x G½B – spanner size SW 22 bottom (stainless steel)
2 x G½B – spanner size SW 22 centre back (brass) Bayonet type bezel/crimped bezel
(EN 837-3/7.3) Stainless steel 304
Measuring element (wetted part) Window (wetted part)
Capsule element, CuBe alloy Plastic (PMMA)
Movement (wetted part) Fastening
Brass Wall mounting by means of back flange or 3-hole
fixing, panel mounting bezel (each as option).
Seal (wetted part)
Direct mounting to rigid measuring line possible
Perbunan (NBR)
Dial (wetted part)
Aluminium, white, dial marking black

Options ■ Back flange ■ Special scales

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel ■ Other process connections
■ Hose connections

492 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Standard capsule pressure gauges

for differential pressure type D 9 – NG 63/type D 4 – NG 100/160

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection (NG 100/160) Bottom connection, back flange (NG 100/160)

Centre back connection (NG 100/160) Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
(NG 100/160)

Centre back connection (NG 63) Centre back connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
(NG 63)

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 c d1* d2 d3* D1 D2 D3 e1 e2 g G h S S1 S2 S3 SW
(NG)
63 - - 30.5 - 2 75 85 3.6 68 62 64.3 - 20 53 G¼B - 14 - 6 2 14
100 16 18 49 51 3 116 133 4.5 101 99 - 32 34.5 79 G½B 86 20 5 2.5 3 22
160 16 19 49 52 3 178 196 4.5 161 159 - 32 34.5 79 G½B 118 20 6 4.5 2 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16063/16064.

www.afriso.com 493
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Standard Bourdon tube pressure

gauges for differential pressure

■ Indication of plus pressure, minus pressure Reading example

and differential pressure
■ Excellent price/performance ratio
■ Two independent Bourdon tube systems
■ Housing and wetted parts also available
in stainless steel (option)

p1 (+ connection) Δp (differential pressure)

p2 (- connection)
Page 515

Application For differential pressure measurement of gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not
crystallize and do not attack copper alloys. Specially suitable for heating systems (flow and return pipes).
! For measuring gas or vapour, observe the table "Selection Criteria as per EN 837-2" (see appendix)!

Technical Type Application area

specifications D2 The maximum pressure in the system must not
exceed the full scale value. For good readability,
Nominal size
the differential pressure to be measured should
100
not be less than approx. 20 % of the full scale
Function value.
The pressures are measured in two independent
Operating temperature range
Bourdon tube systems ("plus" pressure = high
Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
pressure, "minus" pressure = low pressure). The
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
pressure is indicated by means of a dial and a
Tmax = +60 °C
pointer. The differential pressure scale covers
50 % of the range of the "plus" pressure and Temperature performance
50 % of the range of the "minus" pressure. The Indication error when the temperature of the
black pointer ("plus" connection) and the red measuring system deviates from the normal
pointer ("minus" connection) at the differential temperature of 20 °C:
pressure gauge scale allow you to read the pres- rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
sures in both systems on the fixed scale. falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
of full scale value
11 Accuracy class (EN 837-1/6)
1.6 Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)
Ranges (EN 837-1/5)
0/0.6 to 0/60 bar

Standard version Connection Pointer/dial

Brass, bottom; parallel in line Aluminium
2 x G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-1/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element Sheet steel, black
Bourdon tube, "C" type tube, copper alloy
Push on bezel
Movement Sheet steel, black
Brass
Window
Dial Instrument glass
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black (bar/mWC)

Options ■ Wetted parts stainless steel ■ Throttle screw

■ Housing and push on bezel stainless steel ■ Special scales
■ Back flange ■ Other process connections
(with stainless steel housing only)
■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
(only with stainless steel housing)

494 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Standard Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for differential pressure type D 2 – NG 100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange (stainless steel housing,

type D3)

Bottom connection, 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

(stainless steel housing, type D3)

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d1* d 2* d 3* G h k s s1 s2 SW
(NG)
100 15.6 19.1 84 87.5 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 G½B 86 32 2 5.5 3 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

www.afriso.com 495
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Standard capsule/Bourdon tube pressure gauges

for differential pressure
DG: M, PG: 2

KP63Dif, KP100Dif, KP100Dif, KP160Dif, KP160Dif, RF100Dif, RF100Dif,

Type
D 911 D 401 D 411 D 401 D 411 D 201 D 301

Version

Housing Ø 63 100 100 160 160 100 100

Housing Stainless steel 304, plastic window Sheet steel Stainless steel
Measuring element Capsule element, CuBe alloy Bourdon tube, copper alloy
Accuracy class 1.6 1.6* 1.6* 1.6* 1.6* 1.6 1.6
Connection G¼B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B G½B
Dual scale bar/mWC, black
Range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/4 mbar --- --- --- 35612401 35612411 --- ---
0/6 mbar --- 35563401 35563411 35613401 35613411 --- ---
0/10 mbar --- 35564401 35564411 35614401 35614411 --- ---
0/16 mbar 35515911 35565401 35565411 35615401 35615411 --- ---
0/25 mbar 35516911 35566401 35566411 35616401 35616411 --- ---
0/40 mbar 35517911 35567401 35567411 35617401 35617411 --- ---
0/60 mbar 35518911 35568401 35568411 35618401 35618411 --- ---
0/100 mbar 35519911 35569401 35569411 35619401 35619411 --- ---
0/160 mbar 35520911 35570401 35570411 35620401 35620411 --- ---
0/250 mbar 35521911 35571401 35571411 35621401 35621411 --- ---
0/400 mbar 35522911 35572401 35572411 35622401 35622411 --- ---

0/0.6 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85609201 85609301

0/1 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85610201 85610301
0/1.6 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85611201 85611301
11 0/2.5 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85612201 85612301
0/4 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85613201 85613301
0/6 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85614201 85614301
0/10 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85615201 85615301
0/16 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85616201 85616301
0/25 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85617201 85617301
0/40 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85618201 85618301
0/60 bar --- --- --- --- --- 85619201 85619301
0/100 bar --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0/160 bar --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0/250 bar --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
0/400 bar --- --- --- --- --- --- ---

Options
Wetted parts stain-
--- --- --- --- --- • •
less steel
* ≤ 16 mbar = accuracy class 4. Blue part no.. = in-stock items
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.

i
See page 511 for mounting accessories options.

496 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Magnetic piston pressure gauge

for differential pressure – high overload protection

■ Compact and robust stainless steel

measuring system
■ Max. static pressure PN 100, 250, 400
■ Leak-proof due to mechanical separation
of pressure chamber and display
■ Various types of connections
■ Easy retrofitting of electrical contacts
without intervention in the measuring
system
① High pressure ⑤ Pointer
② Reed switch ⑥ Ring magnet
③ Measuring spring ⑦ Magnetic piston
④ Low pressure ⑧ Seal

Application For differential pressure measurements at very high static pressures. For gaseous and liquid, non-
adhesive media that are not highly viscous. Particularly suitable for monitoring filters, pumps, pipe
systems and cooling circuits.

Description The pressures act on two pressure chambers separated by a magnetic piston. If there are different
pressures in the chambers, the magnetic piston is axially displaced against a compression spring.
The magnetic piston transmits this displacement to the pointer by means of a ring magnet mounted to
the pointer hub. The differential pressure is directly indicated. The complete mechanical separation of
pressure chamber and display excludes the possibility of leaks.

Technical Type Maximum static pressure

specifications MAG 80/100 Dif D312 100 bar
Nominal size Overpressure safety
80–100 mm Up to the maximum static pressure at both ends
Accuracy Operating temperature range
±3 % of full scale value Medium: Tmax = 80 °C
(at increasing differential pressure) Ambient: Tmin = 0 °C
Tmax = 80 °C
Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
0/0.25 bar to 0/10 bar Degree of protection
IP 65 (EN 60529)
11
Standard version Connection (wetted part) Housing
Stainless steel 316, on left and right sides, Stainless steel 304 with rubber sealing ring
opposite each other 2 x G¼ female thread – at the front
spanner size SW 17
Window
(EN 837-3/7.3)
Instrument glass
Connection cover
Fastening
Plastic, glass-fibre reinforced, black
Wall mounting via mounting plate (option)
Measuring element (wetted part) or pipe mounting by means of mounting plate
Compression spring and fixing clamp (option) for 2" pipe
Stainless steel 301
Magnetic piston (wetted part) Options
Stainless steel 316/strontium ferrite
■ Mounting plate with fixing clamp
Seal (wetted part) ■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
NBR (Perbunan) ■ Max. static pressure PN 250/400
■ Other connection threads
Dial ■ Other connection designs
Aluminium, white ■ Window acrylic glass
Dial marking black/red (bar/psi) ■ Electrical contacts (Reed contacts)
Scale angle 90° ■ Filter in "plus" connection
Pointer ■ Glycerine filling
Aluminium, black ■ Maximum pointer
■ Special scales

www.afriso.com 497
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Magnetic piston pressure gauge

for differential pressure – high overload protection
Type D 3 NG 80/100
Types and dimensions (mm)

Lateral connection, right and left Connection on right and left sides 3-hole fixing,
panel mounting bezel

Connection on right and left side, Mounting plate and fixing clamp
with electrical contact

2" pipe

11 ① Fixing clamp
② Mounting plate

Technical specifications electrical contact Wiring diagram

Version: Reed contact, single, changeover contact (SPDT)

Max. switching voltage: AC/DC 30 V

Max. switch rating: AC 3 VA –- DC 3 W
Max. current: AC/DC 300 mA
Switching hysteresis: approx. 5 %
Adjustment range: 20–80 % of full scale value
Electrical connection: ISO 4400 connector (DIN 43650-A)

498 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Magnetic piston pressure gauge with

display at both sides – high overload protection

■ 2 displays for site condition

independence
■ Extremely compact and robust
stainless steel measuring system
■ IP 65 degree of protection for
pressure gauge and switching
contact
■ Leak-proof due to mechanical
separation of pressure chamber
and display
① High pressure ⑥ Pointer
② Reed switch ⑦ Ring magnet
③ Measuring spring ⑧ Seal
④ Low pressure ⑨ Magnetic piston
⑤ Piston

Application For differential pressure measurements at very high static pressures. For gaseous and liquid, non-
adhesive media that are not highly viscous. Particularly suitable for monitoring filter elements in process
technology applications. Displays on both sides for site condition independence.

Description The pressures act on two pressure chambers separated by a magnetic piston. If there are different
pressures in the chambers, the magnetic piston is axially displaced against a compression spring. The
magnetic piston transmits this displacement to the pointers by means of a ring magnet mounted to
the pointer hub. The differential pressure is directly indicated on both sides. The complete mechanical
separation of pressure chamber and display excludes the possibility of leaks.

Technical Type Overpressure safety

specifications MAG 63/80/100 Dif D301 Up to the maximum static pressure at both ends
Nominal size Operating temperature range
63–100 mm Medium: Tmax = +80 °C
Ambient: Tmin = 0 °C
Accuracy
Tmax = +80 °C
±5 % of full scale value
(at increasing differential pressure) Degree of protection
IP 65 (EN 60529)
Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
0/0.25 bar to 0/70 bar
Maximum static pressure 11
350 bar

Standard version Connection (wetted part) Dial

2 x G¼ female thread, parallel, bottom, Aluminium, white
distance 54 mm Dial marking black (bar)
Scale angle 90°
Connection block
Aluminium Pointer
Aluminium, black
Measuring element (wetted part)
Housing
Compression spring stainless steel 301
Stainless steel 304 with rubber sealing ring
Magnetic piston (wetted part) at the front
Aluminium, stainless steel 301,
Window
strontium ferrite and sealing materials
Instrument glass
Seal (wetted part)
FKM (Viton)

Options ■ Other connection threads ■ Glycerine filling

■ Lateral connection, left and right ■ Maximum pointer
■ Window acrylic glass ■ Special scales
■ Electrical contacts (Reed contacts) ■ Connection block brass, stainless steel
■ Filter in "plus" connection

www.afriso.com 499
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Magnetic piston pressure gauge for differential

pressure – high overload protection type D 3 NG 63/80/100

Types and dimensions (mm)

Lateral connection, right and left Lateral connection, right and left

MAG 100 = 102

MAG 63 = 66
MAG 80 = 82
Lateral connection, right and left 3D view
With electrical contact

11

Technical specifications electrical contact Wiring diagram

Version: Reed contact, single,

changeover contact (SPDT)
Max. switching voltage: AC/DC 30 V
Max. switch rating: AC 3 VA–DC 3 W
Max. current: AC/DC 300 mA
Switching hysteresis: approx. 5 %
Adjustment range: 35–100 % of full scale value
Electrical connection: ISO 4400 connector (DIN 43650-A)
Yellow
Black
Red

500 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Magnetic piston diaphragm pressure gauges for medi-

um differential pressure – high overload protection

■ Separating diaphragm between + and –

■ Extremely compact and robust stain-
less steel measuring system
■ Maximum static pressure PN 100
■ IP 65 degree of protection for pres-
sure gauge and switching contact
■ Leak-proof due to mechanical separa-
tion of pressure chamber and display

① High pressure ⑤ Low pressure

② Pointer ⑥ Ring magnet
③ Reed switch ⑦ Magnetic piston
④ Measuring spring

Application For differential pressure measurements at very high static pressures. For gaseous and liquid, non-
adhesive media that are not highly viscous. Particularly suitable for monitoring and checking backflow
prevention systems.

Description The pressures act on two pressure chambers separated by a magnetic piston and an additional
diaphragm. If there are different pressures in the chambers, the magnetic piston is axially displaced
against a compression spring. The magnetic piston transmits this displacement to the pointers by
means of a ring magnet mounted to the pointer hub. The differential pressure is directly indicated. The
complete mechanical separation of pressure chamber and display excludes the possibility of leaks.

Technical Type Overpressure safety

specifications MAG 80 M/100 M Dif Up to the maximum static pressure
Nominal size Operating temperature range
80–100 mm Medium: Tmax = 80 °C
Ambient: Tmin = 0 °C
Accuracy
Tmax = 80 °C
±2 % of full scale value
(at increasing differential pressure) Degree of protection
IP 65 (EN 60529)
Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
0/0.075 bar to 4 bar
Maximum static pressure
100 bar 11
Standard version Connection block (wetted part) Pointer
Aluminium, sides, opposite each other Aluminium, black
2 x ¼ NPT female thread (EN 837-3/7.3)
Housing
Measuring element (wetted part) Stainless steel 304 with rubber sealing ring
Compression spring stainless steel 301 at the front

Magnetic piston (wetted part) Window

Stainless steel 316/strontium ferrite Instrument glass

Seal and diaphragm (wetted part) Fastening

NBR Wall mounting via mounting plate (option)
or pipe mounting by means of mounting plate
Dial and fixing clamp (option) for 2" pipe
Aluminium, white
Dial marking black (bar)
Scale angle 90°

Options ■ Other connection threads ■ Glycerine filling

■ Window acrylic glass ■ Maximum pointer
■ Electrical contacts (Reed contacts) ■ Special scales
■ Connection block brass, stainless steel ■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
■ Mounting plate for wall mounting ■ Other connection designs
■ Mounting plate and fixing clamp for ■ Other seal materials
pipe mounting (2")
■ Filter in "plus" connection

www.afriso.com 501
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges

for very low differential pressure

■ Differential pressure ranges starting

at 0/2.5 mbar
■ Switching contacts can be retrofitted
■ IP 65 degree of protection for pressure
gauge and switching contact
■ Side or back connection
■ Delivery includes adapter for hose
connection and brackets for control
panel mounting
① High pressure ⑤ Low pressure
② Pointer ⑥ Diaphragm
③ Reed switch ⑦ Ring magnet
④ Measuring spring ⑧ Magnet

Application For differential pressure measurement at very low differential pressure. Specially for gaseous media.
Particularly suitable for monitoring filters and fans in air supply, air conditioning and clean room appli-
cations.

Description The pressures act on two pressure chambers separated by a diaphragm. If there are different pres-
sures in the chambers, the diaphragm is axially displaced against a compression spring by a magnet.
This displacement is transmitted to the pointer by means of a ring magnet mounted to the pointer hub.
The differential pressure is directly indicated.

Technical Type Overpressure safety

specifications MAG 115 Dif D311 Up to 2.4 bar at both sides
Nominal size Operating temperature range
115 mm Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
Ambient: Tmin = 0 °C
Accuracy
Tmax = +60 °C
±3 % of full scale value
(at increasing differential pressure) Degree of protection
IP 65 (EN 60529)
Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
0/2.5 mbar to 0/100 mbar
Maximum static pressure
2.4 bar
11
Standard version Connection (wetted part) Dial
Plastic, glass-fibre reinforced, Aluminium, white
choice of left and right sides, opposing or back Dial marking black
(use enclosed blind plugs) Scale angle 90° (first graduation mark after zero
2 x 1/8 NPT female thread or point at 15 % of full scale value)
2 x hose connection 5 mm
Pointer
(use enclosed adapters)
Aluminium, black
Measuring element (wetted part)
Housing
Diaphragm: NBR (Perbunan)
Stainless steel 304 with rubber sealing ring
Compression spring: Stainless steel 301
at the front
Transmission unit: Stainless steel 316
Window
Magnet (wetted part)
Instrument glass
Strontium ferrite
Fastening
Seal (wetted part)
Panel mounting by means of mounting clips
NBR (Perbunan)
(standard), wall mounting by means of mount-
ing plate (option) or pipe mounting by means of
mounting plate and fixing clamp (option) for 2" pipe

Options ■ Mounting plate with fixing clamp

■ Window acrylic glass
■ Electrical contacts (Reed contacts)
■ Special scales

502 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges

for very low differential pressure type D 3 NG 115

Types and dimensions (mm)

Connection on right and left Mounting plate and fixing clamp

sides or on rear

①
2"②

① Fixing clamp
② Pipe
③ Mounting plate
① Plug

Connection on right and left sides or on rear,

with electrical contact

11
① Plug

Technical specifications electrical contact Wiring diagram

Version: Reed contact, single, changeover contact (SPDT)

Max. switching voltage: AC/DC 30 V

Max. switch rating: AC 3 VA – DC 3 W
Max. current: AC/DC 300 mA
Switching hysteresis: approx. 5 %
Adjustment range: 20–80 % of full scale value
Electrical connection: ISO 4400 connector (DIN 43650-A)

www.afriso.com 503
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Magnetic piston pressure gauges/magnetic dia-

phragm pressure gauges for differential pressure
DG: M, PG: 3

MAG 80 Dif, MAG 100 Dif, MAG 80 Dif, MAG 100 Dif, MAG 115 Dif, MAG 115 Dif,
Type
D 312 D 312 RK1.W, D 312 RK1.W, D 312 D 311 RK1.W, D 311

Version

Housing Ø 80 100 80 100 115 115

Housing Stainless steel 304 with rubber sealing ring at the front
Measuring
See data sheet
element
Accuracy ±3 % of full scale value (at increasing differential pressure)
Connection 2 x G¼ female thread 2 x 1/8 NPT female thread
Max. static
100 bar 2.4 bar
pressure
Reed, single, Reed, single, Reed, single,
Contact type --- --- changeover changeover --- changeover
contact* contact* contact*
Connector and junction Connector and junction Connector and junction
Electrical
--- --- box as per ISO 4400 box as per ISO 4400 --- box as per ISO 4400
connection (DIN 43650-A) (DIN 43650-A) (DIN 43650-A)

Range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/2.5 mbar --- --- --- --- 88002311 88013311
0/4 mbar --- --- --- --- 88003311 88014311
0/6 mbar --- --- --- --- 88004311 88015311
0/10 mbar --- --- --- --- 88005311 88016311
0/16 mbar --- --- --- --- 88006311 88017311
0/25 mbar --- --- --- --- 88007311 88018311
0/40 mbar --- --- --- --- 88008311 88019311
0/60 mbar --- --- --- --- 88009311 88020311
0/100 mbar --- --- --- --- 88010311 88021311
0/160 mbar --- --- --- --- --- ---
11
0/0.25 bar 88002312 88013312 88022312 88033312 --- ---
0/0.4 bar 88003312 88014312 88023312 88034312 --- ---
0/0.6 bar 88004312 88015312 88024312 88035312 --- ---
0/1 bar 88005312 88016312 88025312 88036312 --- ---
0/1.6 bar 88006312 88017312 88026312 88037312 --- ---
0/2.5 bar 88007312 88018312 88027312 88038312 --- ---
0/4 bar 88008312 88019312 88028312 88039312 --- ---
0/6 bar 88009312 88020312 88029312 88040312 --- ---
0/10 bar 88010312 88021312 88030312 88041312 --- ---
* Please specify required switching point.  Blue part no. = in-stock items

504 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Options for magnetic piston pressure gauges/

magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges
DG: M

MAG 80 Dif, MAG 100 Dif, MAG 115 Dif,

Type
D 312 D 312 D 311

Version

Available options Available options Available options

Maximum static pressure PN 250 • • ---
Maximum static pressure PN 400 • • ---
Centre back connection (electrical contacts not possible) • • ---
Bottom connection • • ---
Connection ¼ NPT female thread • • ---
Connection G¼B male thread (adapter) • • ---
Connection G½B male thread (adapter) • • ---
Connection ½ NPT male thread (adapter) • • ---
Piston seal FKM (Viton) • • ---
3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel (can only be factory-fitted) • • ---
Window acrylic glass • • •
Window Instrument glass, hardened • • •
Glycerine filling • • ---
Plus connection right (pointer moves from right to left) • • ---
Max. pointer • • ---
Red reference pointer, adjustable • • •
Filter in plus connection • • ---
Double Reed contact, changeover contact RK2.W (extra charge relates
• • ---
to basic device with single Reed contact, changeover contact RK1.W!)
Red / green colour strip • • •
Customer logo, monochrome • • •
Customer logo, bi-colour • • •
Blue part no. = in-stock items
11


Accessories
DG: M

MAG 80 Dif, MAG 100 Dif, MAG 115 Dif,

Type
D 312 D 312 D 311
PG Part no. Part no. Part no.
Aluminium mounting plate and fixing clamp for wall mounting or
3 38001 38001 38304
2" pipe mounting
Plastic mounting plate for wall mounting 1 38305 38305 ---
Mounting kit for MAG 115 Dif. D311
(2 x connection adapter 1/4" NPT x hose connector ø 5 mm grey, 1 --- --- 38334
3 x angled brackets, 3 x screws)
Blue part no. = in-stock items


www.afriso.com 505
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Standard spring-diaphragm pressure gauges

for differential pressure – overload protected

■ Direct indication of the

differential pressure
■ High overload protection Function overview
■ Zero correction ① Movement
② Dial
■ With integrated pressure ③ Pointer
throttle ④ Transmission unit
⑤ Measuring spring
⑥ Diaphragm
⑦ Measuring flange
A

Page 512

Application For differential pressure measurement at low differential pressure and high static pressure.
For non-corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous. Particularly suitable for mon-
itoring filters, pumps and pipe systems.

Technical Type Maximum static pressure

specifications MF 100 Dif D401 25 bar
Nominal size Overpressure safety
100 Up to 25 bar at both sides
Function Operating temperature range
The pressures act on two pressure chambers Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
separated by an elastic diaphragm. If there are Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
different pressures in the chambers, the dia- Tmax = +60 °C
phragm is axially displaced against a
Temperature performance
compression spring.
Indication error when the temperature of the
This is transmitted to the movement by means of
measuring system deviates from the normal
a rod. The differential pressure is directly indicated
temperature of 20 °C:
by a pointer. The diaphragm is held by a metallic
rising temperature approx. ±0.5 %/10 K
support which results in an overpressure safety
falling temperature approx. ±0.5 %/10 K
of up to 25 bar at both sides.
of full scale value
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Degree of protection
11 2.5
IP 54 (EN 60529)
Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
0/250 mbar to 0/6 bar

Standard version Connection Dial

Brass nickel-plated, bottom; parallel in line Aluminium, white
2 x G½B – spanner size SW 22 (EN 837-3/7.3) Dial marking black
with locked throttle screw, inside diameter 0.5
Pointer
mm
Aluminium, black
Measuring element
Housing
Compression spring
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 301
Bayonet type bezel
Diaphragm
Stainless steel 304
FKM (Viton)
Window
Measuring flange
Laminated safety glass
Aluminium eloxed
Movement
Brass

Options ■ Glycerine filling (type D 8) ■ Special scales

■ Back flange ■ Other process connections

506 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Standard spring-diaphragm pressure gauges

for differential pressure type D 4 – NG 100

Housing types and dimensions

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* G h k s SW
(NG)
100 16 19.5 112.5 116 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 G½B 84 32 5.5 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

11

www.afriso.com 507
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Spring-diaphragm pressure gauges for

chemical applications for differential pressure –
overload protected
■ Direct indication of the differential pressure
■ High overload protection
■ Compact design
■ High resistance to chemicals
■ Electrical contacts optional

Page 512

Application For differential pressure measurement at low differential pressure and high static pressure.
For corrosive gaseous and liquid media which are not highly viscous, also for use in corrosive environ-
ments. Particularly suitable for monitoring filters, pumps and pipe systems.

Technical Types Maximum static pressure

specifications MFW 100 Ch Dif D402 25 bar
MF 100 Ch Dif D402
Overpressure safety
Nominal size Up to 25 bar at both sides
100
Operating temperature range
Function Medium: Tmax = +60 °C
The pressures act on two pressure chambers Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
separated by an elastic diaphragm. If there are Tmax = +60 °C
different pressures in the chambers, the dia-
Temperature performance
phragm is axially displaced against a compression
Indication error when the temperature of the
spring. This is transmitted to the movement by
measuring system deviates from the normal
means of a rod. The differential pressure is direct-
temperature of 20 °C:
ly indicated by a pointer. The diaphragm is held by
rising temperature approx. ±0.5 %/ 10 K
a metallic support which results in an overpres-
falling temperature approx. ±0.5 %/ 10 K
sure safety of up to 25 bar at both sides.
of full scale value
Accuracy class (EN 837-3/6)
Degree of protection
11 2.5
IP 54 (EN 60529)
Ranges (EN 837-3/5)
MF 100: 0/250 mbar to 0/6 bar
MFW 100: 0/250 mbar to 0/25 bar

Standard version Connection Dial

Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L, MF 100 = bottom Aluminium, white
parallel in line/MFW 100 = parallel next to each Dial marking black
other 2 x G½B – SW22 (EN 837-3/7.3) with
Pointer
locked throttle screw, inside diameter 0,5 mm
Aluminium, black
Measuring element
Housing
Compression spring
Stainless steel 304
stainless steel 301
Bayonet type bezel
Diaphragm
Stainless steel 304
FKM (Viton)
Window
Measuring flange
Laminated safety glass
Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
Movement
Stainless steel

Options ■ Back flange (MF 100) ■ Other process connections

■ Special scales ■ Electrical contacts (MFW 100)

508 www.afriso.com
 Differential pressure Pressure gauge

Spring-diaphragm pressure gauges for chemical

applications for differential pressure type D 4 – NG 100

Housing type and dimensions

MF 100 Ch Dif D402 MF 100 Ch Dif D472

Bottom connection Bottom connection, back flange

MFW 100 Ch Dif D402 MFW 100 Ch Dif D402

Bottom connection Bottom connection, with electrical contact

11

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size
a a1 b b1 b2 b3 Øc c1 c2 d1* d2 d 3* ØD G h h1 k k1 m
(NG)
100 16 19 112.5 116.5 49 87 6 3 20 116 132 4.8 99 G½B 86 177 32 37 92

Nominal size
n s s1 s2 SW
(NG)
100 72 2 5.5 3 22
* Dimensions as per DIN 16064.

www.afriso.com 509
 Pressure gauge Differential pressure

Spring diaphragm pressure gauges

for differential pressure
DG: M, PG: 3

MF 100 MF 100 Ch MFW 100 Ch MFW 100 Ch MFW 100 Ch

Type
Dif, D401 Dif, D402 Dif, D402 Dif, MK1 D402 Dif, IK1 D402

Version

Housing Ø 100 100 100 100 100

Housing Stainless steel 304, bayonet bezel stainless steel 304
Measuring element See data sheet
Accuracy class 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Connection 2 x G½B 2 x G½B 2 x G½B 2 x G½B 2 x G½B
Max. static pressure 25 bar 25 bar 25 bar 25 bar 25 bar
Range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/40 mbar --- --- --- --- ---
0/60 mbar --- --- --- --- ---
0/100 mbar --- --- --- --- ---
0/160 mbar --- --- --- --- ---
0/250 mbar 88086401 88086402 88106402 88126402 88146402
0/400 mbar 88087401 88087402 88107402 88127402 88147402
0/600 mbar 88088401 88088402 88108402 88128402 88148402

0/1 bar 88089401 88089402 88109402 88129402 88149402

0/1.6 bar 88090401 88090402 88110402 88130402 88150402
0/2.5 bar 88091401 88091402 88111402 88131402 88151402
0/4 bar 88092401 88092402 88112402 88132402 88152402
0/6 bar 88093401 88093402 88113402 88133402 88153402
0/10 bar --- --- 88114402 88134402 88154402
0/16 bar --- --- 88115402 88135402 88155402

11 0/25 bar --- --- 88116402 88136402 88156402

Available options
Max. static pressure
--- --- --- --- ---
PN 100
Glycerine filling • • • --- ---
Silicone oil filling --- --- --- • •
Back flange Connection piece for instrument bracket = standard.
Wall mounting
• See page 517 for instrument brackets
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

510 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Pressure gauge

Accessories for panel mounting and wall mounting

DG: M

Type Housing diameter (mm) 50 63 80 100 160

Description PG Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.

3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Stainless steel 304,
for retrofitting (with mounting aid) to
3 38014* 38015* --- 38017* ---
RF 50, 63, 100 centre back D7/D9
(stainless steel housing with crimped
bezel), flat version

3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Stainless steel 304,
for retrofitting (front side) to RF 63
3 --- 38019** --- --- ---
centre back or bottom
D6/D7/D9 (plastic or stainless steel
housing with crimped bezel)

3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Plastic, black, for retrofitting to
1 --- 38003 --- --- ---
RF 63 back D611
(plastic housing with crimped bezel)

3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

(bayonet type)
Stainless steel 304,
for factory-fitting to RF 100, 160 D4/D8 3 --- 38054* --- 38056* 38057*
KP 63, 100, 160 D4
(stainless steel housing with bayonet
bezel)
Clamp fixing
Stainless steel 304, bare metal surface,
with 2 screws M4 and knurled knob as
mounting aid for retrofitting to 3 38033 38034 38042 --- ---
RF 50, 63 D611 (plastic housing)
RF 50, 80, 63 D711 (stainless steel
housing)

Back flange
Stainless steel 304, 11
for factory-fitting to
3 --- 38048** 38049** 38050** 38051**
RF 63, 80, 100, 160 D3/D4/D7/D8/D9
KP 63, 80, 100, 160 D3/D4
(stainless steel housing)

Back flange
Stainless steel 304,
for retrofitting to
3 --- 38343** --- --- ---
RF 63, D7/D9
(stainless steel housing with crimped
bezel)

* Polished Blue part no. = in-stock items

** Vibratory-finished

www.afriso.com 511
 Pressure gauge Accessories

Shut-off cocks and valves for pressure gauges

Shut-off cocks for Pressure gauges shut-off

pressure gauges valves
Application Shut-off element between pipe and pressure Shut-off or reducing element between pipe and
gauge. Shut-off cocks with test port allow you to pressure gauge. Stop valves with test port allow
connect both pressure gauges and testers to the you to connect both pressure gauges and testers
pipe. Suitable for liquids, gases and vapour. to the measuring line. Suitable for liquids, gases
and vapour.

Technical Version Version

specifications DIN 16261 to 16263 DIN 16270 without test port
(or based on DIN) DIN 16271 with test port, male M20 x 1.5
DIN 16272 with test port which can
Operating temperature range
be closed separately, male, see 16271
Medium: -10/+50 °C
Type A female/female x male connection
Connection and nominal pressure Type B loose female coupling x male
See price list connectionand shaft for instrument
bracket
Housing and tap
Brass bare metal surface or stainless steel bare Operating temperature range
metal surface. Brass: -10/ +120 °C
The tap contains two holes which are arranged Steel 1.0460: -10/ +120 °C
in the shape of a T. The function depends on Stainless steel 316 Ti:-20/+200 °C
the tap position:
Connection and nominal pressure
1. Vent pressure gauge
See parts list
11 2. Apply pressure to pressure gauge
3. Blow out measuring line
4. Apply pressure to tester
Materials
Stainless
Parts Brass Steel
steel
Housing Brass 1.0460 316 Ti
Valve spindle Brass 430 F 316 Ti
Valve cone Brass 430 F 316 Ti

① ② Packing PTFE PTFE PTFE

Stainless
Cap Brass Steel
steel
Stainless
Union nut Brass Steel
steel
Female/female Stainless
Brass Steel
connection steel
Loose female Stainless
③ ④ Brass Steel
coupling steel
Vent
316 Ti 316 Ti 316 Ti
① Vent ③ Blow out screw
② Operation ④ Test (option)
Hand wheel Plastic Plastic Plastic

512 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Pressure gauge

Overpressure safety device,

pressure gauge push-button
stop cock
Overpressure safety device
Application Adjustable overpressure safety device used to protect the
system against peak pressures exceeding the range of the
pressure gauge. At measuring points which are subject to
great pressure variations, you can install different pressure
gauges with different ranges in order to precisely measure
Overpressure safety device
even the lower pressures. The overpressure safety devices
are adjusted according to the maximum permissible pres-
sure ratings of the various pressure gauges installed.
Dimensions
Function (in mm)
Technical When the set pressure is reached, a piston valve shuts
specifications off the port to the pressure gauge. After the pressure has
dropped to a value of approx. 25 % below the closing
pressure, the valve opens again.
Operating temperature range
Max. 80 °C
Overpressure safety
Brass: 600 bar
Stainless steel:1,000 bar
Max. vacuum range up to -1 bar, no adjustment function
Connection
G½ female/female connection x male connection

Materials overpressure safety device

Stainless
Parts Brass
steel
Housing Brass 316 Ti
Piston 316 Ti 316 Ti
Female/female connection Steel 303
Diaphragm FKM FKM
O ring FKM FKM
Pressure gauge push-button stop cock

Pressure gauge push-button

stop cock Dimensions (Rp ½ )

Application Shut-off element between measuring line and pressure

64
2x RP1/2
11
gauge. Normally, the push-button stop cock is closed.
In this state, there is no pressure applied to the pressure
71,5 (Rp1/2) / 73,5 (G1/2)

gauge. Push the button to apply pressure to the pressure

gauge and to display the operating pressure. With connec-
tion as per DIN EN 10226-1 suitable for gases as per
DVGW G260 and SVGW.

Technical Test
specifications DVGW- and SVGW-tested, with EU Type Examination
Certificate, product ID number CE-0085AQ0985 for
the version with connection as per DIN EN 10226-1.
Operating temperature range
Dimensions (Rp ¼)
Medium: 0/70 °C
Ambient: -20/+60 °C
64
Connection
2x RP1/4
2 x female thread
Rp ½, EN 10226
Rp ¼, EN 10226
½ NPT (without test), no GAR conformity
53,5

¼ NPT (without test), no GAR conformity

Nominal pressure
5 bar (MOP 5)
Housing
Brass, nickel-plated

www.afriso.com 513
 Pressure gauge Accessories

Accessories for pressure gauges

DG: H

Pressure gauge shut-off cock female x female

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
G¼ PN 6 Brass 2 63001
G3/8 PN 16 Brass 2 63002
G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63003
With round test flange 40 x 5 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63004
With test flange 60 x 25 x 10 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63005
With sealing gland G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63006

Pressure gauge shut-off cock female x male

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
G¼ PN 6 Brass 2 63011
G3/8 PN 16 Brass 2 63012
G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63013
With round test flange 40 x 5 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63009
With test flange 60 x 25 x 10 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63010

Pressure gauge shut-off cock female/female x male

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
G¼ PN 6 Brass 2 63014
G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63027
G½ PN 16 1.4571 3 63090
With test flange 60 x 25 x 10 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63028
With test flange 60 x 25 x 10 G½ PN 16 1.4571 3 63091
With male test connection M20 x 1.5 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63015
With male test connection M20 x 1.5 G½ PN 16 1.4571 3 63016

Pressure gauge shut-off cock loose female x female

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63017

With test flange 60 x 25 x 10 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63018

11 Pressure gauge shut-off cock loose female x male

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63107

With test flange 60 x 25 x 10 G½ PN 16 Brass 2 63024

Pressure gauge shut-off valve DIN 16270

Type A – female/female x male connection
Type B – loose female coupling x male connection and shaft for instrument bracket
Type A Type B Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Type A Type B
Part no. Part no.
G¼ PN 125 Brass 2 63094 ---
G½ PN 250 Brass 2 63092 63046
G½ PN 400 Steel 3 63040 63047
G½ PN 400 1.4571 3 63093 63048
DVGW-tested G½ PN 100 Brass 2 63189 ---
DVGW-tested G½ PN 100 1.4571 3 63194 ---
Test connection male M20 x 1.5 DIN 16271 G½ PN 250 Brass 2 63041 63049
G½ PN 400 Steel 3 63042 63108
G½ PN 400 1.4571 3 63044 63109
Extra charge oil-free and grease-free* 63045 63110
Extra charge DVGW-tested On request On request
* Only for brass and stainless steel.

514 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Pressure gauge

Accessories for pressure gauges

DG: H

Pressure gauge dual stop valve DIN 16272 with male test connection M20 x 1.5
Type A – female/female x male connection
Type B – loose female coupling x male connection and shaft for instrument bracket
Type A Type B Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Type A Type B
Part no. Part no.
G½ PN 250 Brass 2 63111 63115
G½ PN 400 Steel 3 63112 63116
G½ PN 400 1.4571 3 63113 63117
Extra charge oil-free and grease-free (only for brass and stainless steel) - 63114 63118

Pressure gauge push-button stop cock female x female

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
Rp ½, EN 10226 MOP 5 Brass, nickel-plated 2 63031
Rp ¼, EN 10226 MOP 5 Brass, nickel-plated 2 63191
¼-18 NPT* MOP 5 Brass, nickel-plated 2 63193
½-14 NPT* MOP 5 Brass, nickel-plated 2 63235
* Without DVGW and SVGW approval.

Throttling device (pressure surge protection) female x male – adjustable

Connection Nominal pressure Material PG Part no.
G½ PN 400 Brass 2 63074
G½ PN 400 316 Ti 3 63076

Overpressure safety device G½ female/female connection x male – adjustable, vacuum-tight

Adjustment range in bar Material PG Part no. Material PG Part no.
0.4–2.5 Brass 2 63131 316 Ti 3 63139
2–6 Brass 2 63132 316 Ti 3 63140
5–25 Brass 2 63133 316 Ti 3 63141
20–60 Brass 2 63134 316 Ti 3 63142
50–250 Brass 2 63135 316 Ti 3 63143
240 – 400 Brass 2 63136 316 Ti 3 63144
Extra charge oil-free and grease-free - 63137 - 63145 11
Extra charge DVGW-tested - 63138 - 63146

Siphon DIN 16282 – outlet female/female connection G½

Shape Inlet Material Nominal pressure PG Part no.
U shape A* G½B Steel PN 100 3 63147
Without thread, welded
B Steel PN 100 3 63148
end 20 x 2.6 mm
A* G½B 316 Ti PN 100 3 63149
Circular shape C* G½B Steel PN 100 3 63150
Without thread, welded
D Steel PN 100 3 63151
end 20 x 2.6 mm
C* G½B 316 Ti PN 100 3 63152
* Types A and C are no longer provided for in the new DIN edition.

Siphon – standard – inlet G½

U shape Circular shape Shape Outlet Material Nominal pressure PG Part no.
U- G½B Steel PN 25 3 63085
U- Female/female connection G½B Steel PN 25 3 63153
Circular G½B Steel PN 25 3 63081
Circular Female/female connection G½B Steel PN 25 3 63154
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 515
 Pressure gauge Accessories

Accessories for pressure gauges

Reducers and adapters

Female connection Male connection Material PG Part no.
G /8
1
G¼ Brass 2 63050
G¼ G1/8 Brass 2 63052
G¼ G /8
3
Brass 2 63053
G¼ G½ Brass 2 63054
G¼ G½ 316 Ti 3 63051
G /8
3
G¼ Brass 2 63056
G3/8 G½ Brass 2 63057
G½ G¼ Brass 2 63058
G½ G3/8 Brass 2 63059
G½ M20 x 1.5 Brass 2 63155

Female connection Female connection Material PG Part no.

G¼ G¼ Brass 2 63159

Male connection Male connection Material PG Part no.

G½ G½ Brass 2 63164
G½ G½ 316 Ti 3 63165

Connection nipple – self-sealing

11
Female connection Male connection Material PG Part no.
G /8
1
G¼ Brass 2 63067
G¼ G /8
3
Brass 2 63068
G¼ G½ Brass 2 63069
G /8
3
G½ Brass 2 63065

Mounting valve with self-sealing coating – automatically closes when the pressure gauge is replaced

Female connection Male connection Material PG Part no.

G¼ G¼ Brass 2 1 – 77907
G¼ G /8
3
Brass 2 1 – 77908
G¼ G½ Brass 2 1 – 77914
G /8
3
G½ Brass 2 25 250 77918
Blue part no. = in-stock items

516 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Pressure gauge

Accessories for pressure gauges

DG: H

Union nut + nipple DIN 16284

Female connection Male connection Material PG Part no.
G¼ 6 mm Brass 2 63072
G½ 12 mm Brass 2 63084
G½ 12 mm 316 Ti 3 63070

Female/female connection DIN 16283

Female connection Female connection Material PG Part no.
G½ left G½ Brass 2 63104
G½ left G½ Steel 3 63105
G½ left G½ 316 Ti 3 63106

Instrument bracket DIN 16281 – type H

Female connection Protrusion Material PG Part no.
26 mm 60 mm Aluminium 3 63077
26 mm 100 mm Aluminium 3 63078
26 mm 100 mm 316 Ti 3 63080

Adapter DIN 16281

Female connection Male connection Material PG Part no.
G½ G½ Brass 2 63095
G½ G½ Steel 3 63097
G½ G½ 316 Ti 3 63096

Seals
Shape For thread Material PG Part no.
Profile seal for G¼ 11
Copper 2 39205
inner centering M12 x 1.5
Profile seal for G½
Copper 2 39206
inner centering M20 x 1.5
Flat gasket G¼
Copper 2 39209
DIN 16258 M12 x 1.5
Flat gasket G½
Copper 2 39210
DIN 16258 M20 x 1.5
Flat gasket G½
316 Ti 3 39211
DIN 16258 M20 x 1.5
Flat gasket G½
PTFE 1 39212
DIN 16258 M20 x 1.5

Protective caps
Nominal size* Colour* Material PG Part no.
63 Blue Rubber 1 63029
63 Red Rubber 1 63100
63 Black Rubber 1 63019
100 Black Rubber 1 63030
* Other nominal sizes and colours on request. Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 517
 Piston type
diaphragm seal

Diaphragm seal

In-line chemical seal

CHAPTER 12

Chemical seals:
Diaphragm seals, in-line chemical seals
and piston type chemical seals

OVERVIEW

Chemical seals at a glance 520

Technical information chemical seals 522

DIAPHRAGM

Diaphragm seals M
 D 11 – plastic version 524

Diaphragm seals M
 D 21/22 – compact version 525

Diaphragm seals M
 D 30 – standard version 529

Diaphragm seals M
 D 40 – for the paper and pulp industries 530

Diaphragm seals M
 D 50/51 – for screwed pipe connections (food) 532

Diaphragm seals M
 D 60 – Clamp 534

Diaphragm seals M
 D 56 – NEUMO BioControl® 537

Diaphragm seal MD 63 – for VARINLINE® housings 539

Diaphragm seals M
 D 70 – for homogenising machines 541

Diaphragm seals M
 D 80 – flange version 542

Diaphragm seals M
 D 81 – "tubus" flange version 544

PISTON 12
Piston type chemical seals K
 D 21 528

IN-LINE

In-line chemical seals RD 50/51/60 – for hygienic processes 547

In-line chemical seals RD 80 – intermediate flange version 548

ACCESSORIES

Mounting options 550

519
 Chemical seals Overview

Chemical seals at a glance

MD 11 KD 21 MD 21 MD 22 MD 30 MD 40
Piston type
Type Diaphragm seal
diaphragm seal
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal

Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection

Connection type Paper flange
thread thread thread thread thread

¼"
Nominal diameter / process connection • •
½" • • • • •
¾" • •
1" • •
1½" • •
2" • •
2½"
3"
3½"
4"
DN 25
DN 32
DN 40 DN 48
DN 50
DN 65
DN 80
DN 100
PN 10 •
PN 16
PN 25 •
Pressure ratings

PN 40 • •
PN 65
PN 80
PN 100 •
PN 160
PN 250 • •
PN 600 • •
PN 1,000 •
Application

With cooling element > 100 °C • • • •

area

With capillary tube > 100 °C • • • •

Paraffin oil (FDA) • • • • •
Neobee (FDA) • • • •
Filling liquid

Glycerine • • • • •
12 Glycerine / water • • • •
Silicone oil • • • •
Halocarbon • • • •
High-temperature oil • • • •
Measurement of water and waste water • • • • •
Measurement of oils • • •
Application areas

Measurement of heavy fuel oil •

Measurement of chemicals • • • •
Measurement of pulp materials • •
Measurement of food
Measurement of pharmaceuticals
Measurement of suspensions • • • • •
Measurement of abrasive suspensions •
Measurement of crystallising media • • •
Special materials • • • • •
Coatings • • •
Options

Other designs • • •
Mating flanges •
Seals •
* See product description on the catalogue page
or in the operating instructions. Page 524 Page 528 Page 525 Page 525 Page 529 Page 530

520
 Overview Chemical seals

MD 50/51 MD 56 MD 60 MD 63 MD 80/81 RD 50/51 RD 60 RD 80

Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal In-line chemical seal In-line chemical seal In-line chemical seal

Clamp ISO 2852 VARIVENT/ Intermediate

DIN 11851 / 11887 NEUMO Flange
Clamp DIN 32676 VARINLINE® DIN 11851 / 11887 Clamp ISO 2852 flange
SMS 1147 BioControl ® connection
Tri-Clamp Form N / F connection

•
• • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • •
• • •

• •
• • • • • • •
• • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • •
• •
•
• •
• • • •
• • • •

•*

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • • 12
• •
• • • •
• •
• • • •
• • • • •
• •
• • • •

• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •

• • • • • • • •
• • •
• • • •
•
• •
• •
Page 532 Page 537 Page 534 Page 539 Page 542 Page 547 Page 547 Page 548

521
 Chemical seals Technical information

Chemical seals

Application Chemical seals are process connections with a separating diaphragm which separate the measuring
system and the medium to be measured.
Chemical seals expand the application ranges of pressure gauges, pressure switches and pressure
transducers.

Description Chemical seals are used e.g. in the following situations:

■ The medium must not come into contact with the measuring element, for example, because the

medium is polluted, highly viscous, crystallises or hardens.

■ The medium is corrosive and the special materials which are suffi ciently corrosion-resistant cannot

be used for elastic measuring elements.

■ The ambient temperature at the measuring point or the temperature of the medium are extremely high.

■ For hygienic reasons, there must be no dead space.

■ The site conditions do not allow for direct installation of a pressure gauge.

Pressure
measuring
instrument

12

Hydraulic
transmission medium

Accessories
(e.g. wall bracket)

Capillary tube
Chemical seal

Application-specific
process connection Diaphragm
(welded to chemical seal)

522 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Chemical seals

Chemical seals

Type of action Chemical seals are used in conjunction with

Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure trans-
ducers or pressure switches. They are either
mounted directly to the measuring instrument or
connected via a cooling element or a capillary
tube. The separating element - a diaphragm or
a pipe - is the main component of a chemical
seal. The diaphragm seal is the most commonly
used chemical seal. A chemical seal is always a
sealed system; the space between the separating
element and the measuring device (e.g. Bourdon
tube) is evacuated and then filled with a pressure
transmission liquid. The medium to be measured
is in contact with the separating element and
causes it to bend. The element must have a dis-
placement capacity which is sufficient to move
the measuring element. The deflection must
always take place in the elastic area of the sepa-
rating element. This is determined by the diame-
ter, the material and the shape.

Temperature The system is filled at room temperature. Different

performance temperatures will change the volume of the filling
liquid. This would have a negative impact on the
accuracy. If you specify the operating tempera-
tures, we can counteract this effect by selecting
the most suitable filling liquid.
If the temperature exceeds 100 °C, the gauge and 12
the chemical seal at the measuring point should
be separated by means of a capillary tube or the
system should be equipped with a cooling ele-
ment.

Adjustment time Using a chemical seal will generally result in a

delayed response of the pressure gauge. This
effect may be used for additional damping.

Pressure The pressure transmission liquid must be select-

transmission ed according to the minimum and maximum
liquid operating temperatures. In addition, the pressure
transmission liquid and the medium must be com-
patible as it is possible that they will come into
contact if the separating element is damaged.

www.afriso.com 523
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 11
plastic version

■ Robust plastic version

■ Suitable for many chemicals
■ Perfect solution for waste water
■ Different materials available

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges or pressure switches.

Specially for polluted waste water, fertilisers, corrosive media.

Technical Process connection

specifications PVC, PP or PVDF Dimensions (mm)
Instrument connection
female thread G½ or G¼
Diaphragm
EPDM, TFM-coated,
internal
Instrument connection
Female thread G½ or G¼
PP GF 30
Pressure transmission liquid
Glycerine (FM 03)
Nominal pressure
PN 10
Operating temperature range Process
PVC 0/60 °C connection
PP -10/+80 °C
PVDF -20/+100 °C

Options ■ Other process connections

12

DG: M, PG: 1
MD 11 plastic version
Chemical seal Process Instrument Minimum range
Part no.
body connection connection (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
PVC G¼ G¼ 1.6 1.6 1.6 --- 33970
PVC G½ G½ 1.6 1.6 1.6 --- 33971
PP G¼ G¼ 1.6 1.6 1.6 --- 33972
PP G½ G½ 1.6 1.6 1.6 --- 33973
PVDF G¼ G¼ 1.6 1.6 1.6 --- 33974
PVDF G½ G½ 1.6 1.6 1.6 --- 33975
Blue part no. = in-stock items

524 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 21/22

compact version

Type MD 21 Type MD 22

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges,
pressure transducers or pressure switches. For pressure transducers or pressure switches. For
corrosive, hot and polluted media at high pressures. corrosive, hot and polluted media at medium
Specially suitable for mechanical engineering and pressures. Specially suitable for mechanical engi-
chemical industry applications. neering and chemical industry applications.

Technical Process connection Process connection

specifications Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L Stainless steel 316 L
G½B to G2B, DIN 3852 type A G½B, fixed male thread
Fixed male thread
Upper body and lower body
Diaphragm Stainless steel 316 L
Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L,
Diaphragm
welded flush to upper body,
Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
no dead space
Internal, welded
Instrument connection
Instrument connection
Welded connection
Welded connection
Pressure transmission liquid
Pressure transmission liquid
Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Pressure ranges
Pressure ranges
See overview of versions
See overview of versions
Nominal pressure
Nominal pressure
PN 600 to PN 1,000
PN 40 to PN 250

Options ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B 12
■ Cooling element (> 100 °C) ■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)
■ Capillary tube ■ Capillary tube
■ Other threads ■ Other threads
■ Other materials ■ Other materials
■ Other filling liquids ■ Other filling liquids

www.afriso.com 525
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 21/22

Types and dimensions (mm)

Type MD 21 Pipe thread as per DIN 3852 type A

or ISO 228-1

G d dm h H a b SW
G½B 26 17.2 17 33.5 3 3 27
G¾B 32 23.5 19 34 3 3 32
G1B 39 28 21 36 3 3 41
G1½B 55 40 25 48 3 3 55
G2B 68 50 27 56 3 3.5 70

Pipe thread as per ANSI/ASME B1.20.1

G d dm h H a b SW
1"NPT - 23.5 24 36 - - 41
1½"NPT - 35 25 45 - - 55
2"NPT - 48 26 50 - - 70

Type MD 22

PN G ØA ØD h H
40 G¼B 55 6 13 44.5
40 G3/8B 55 6 16 47.5
40 G½B 55 10 20 51.5
40 ¼" NPT 55 6 15 46.5
40 ½" NPT 55 10 20 51.5
250 G¼B 40 6 13 44.5
250 G3/8B 40 6 16 47.5
250 G½B 40 10 20 51.5
250 ¼" NPT 40 6 15 46.5
250 ½" NPT 40 10 20 51.5

12
Adapter for instrument connection G¼/G½ Cooling element, can be welded at both ends
with filling port

526 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 21/22

DG: M, PG: 3

MD 21 compact version
diaphragm stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L, welded
Nominal Process Instrument Minimum range*
Part no.
pressure connection connection (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
PN 1,000 G½B Welded 6 6** - 1 - 31415W
PN 1,000 G¾B Welded 4 4 4 1 - 31416W
PN 1,000 G1B Welded 4 4 4 1 4 31328W
PN 600 G1½B Welded 0.6 1.6 1.6 0.6 1.6 31329W
PN 600 G2B Welded 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31330W

MD 22 compact version
diaphragm stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L, internal, welded
Nominal Process Instrument Minimum range*
Part no.
pressure connection connection (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
PN 40 G¼B Welded 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31997W
PN 40 G½B Welded 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31998W
PN 40 ½-14 NPT Welded 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31999W
PN 250 G¼B Welded 4 4 4 4 4 32000W
PN 250 G½B Welded 4 4 4 4 4 32001W
PN 250 ½-14 NPT Welded 4 4 4 4 4 32002W
* Valid for standard pressure transmission liquid with direct mounting (without capillary tube) Blue part no. = in-stock items
and an ambient temperature and a temperature of the medium of 20 °C.
** Version in bayonet bezel housing (cl 1.0) 6– 40 bar, in crimped bezel housing (cl 1.6) 6– 600 bar.

12

i
See page 550 for options,
mounting options and
accessories.

www.afriso.com 527
 Chemical seals Piston

Piston type chemical seals KD 21

■ Piston instead of diaphragm: For extremely

rough conditions with abrasive media
■ For pressures from 10 bar to 600 bar
■ Robust and reliable pressure measurement
■ Shock- and vibration-resistant

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches. For cor-
rosive, polluted and abrasive suspensions at high pressures. Specially for pressure measurements in
waste water, drilling water, sludge, concrete, plaster and minerals.

Technical Process connection Nominal pressure

specifications Stainless steel 316 L PN 600
Thread G½B to G2B, ½-14 NPT to 2-11½ NPT
Accuracy
Seal With pressure gauge CI. 2.5
FKM (Viton) With pressure transducer 1.0 % FSO
Pressure connection Can be mounted to
Stainless steel 316 L ■ Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Flush NG 50, 63, 80, 100, 160 and RF 130 PG

■ Pressure transducer DMU
Instrument connection ■ Pressure switch DS
Welded connection
Pressure transmission liquid
Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Pressure ranges
0/10 bar to 0/600 bar

Options ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼/G½

■ Capillary tube
■ Flange connections EN, ASME, JIS
■ Other process connections
Other materials
12
■

■ Other filling liquids, except for Neobee M20 (FM 10)

■ Other measuring ranges

DG: M, PG: 3
Nominal Process Instrument Minimum range*
d h H a b SW Part no.
pressure connection connection (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
PN 600 G½B 26 17 33.5 3 3 27 Welded 10 16 16 10 31420W
PN 600 G¾B 32 19 34 3 3 32 Welded 10 16 16 10 31421W
PN 600 G1B 39 21 36 3 3 41 Welded 10 16 16 10 31422W
PN 600 G1½B 55 25 48 3 3 55 Welded 10 16 16 10 31423W
PN 600 G2B 68 27 56 3 3.5 70 Welded 10 16 16 10 31424W
PN 600 ½–14 NPT - 20 33.5 - - 27 Welded 10 16 16 10 31425W
PN 600 ¾–14 NPT - - - - - - Welded 10 16 16 10 31426W
PN 600 1–11½ NPT - 24 36 - - 41 Welded 10 16 16 10 31427W
PN 600 1½–11½ NPT - 25 45 - - 55 Welded 10 16 16 10 31428W
PN 600 2–11½ NPT - 26 50 - - 70 Welded 10 16 16 10 31429W
* Valid for standard pressure transmission liquid with direct mounting Blue part no. = in-stock items
(without capillary tube) and an ambient temperature and a temperature of the medium of 20 °C.

528 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 30
standard version with threaded connection

■ Can be disassembled and cleaned

■ Applications up to 250 bar
■ Welded diaphragm
■ Many process connections available

MD 30, PN 100
A A
MD 30, PN 100

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches.
For corrosive, viscous, polluted or hot media.

Technical Process connection/lower body Spacer ring

specifications Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L (for PN 100)
G½B or ½ NPT
Screws and nuts
Diaphragm Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 316 L
Pressure transmission liquid
Seal Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
FKM (Viton)
Pressure ranges
Instrument connection/upper body See overview of versions
Stainless steel 316 L
Nominal pressure
Welded connection
PN 25 to PN 250
Retaining flanges
Stainless steel 316 L

Dimensions (mm)

G d1 PN dm D H n SW
G½ 10 25 36 95 60 4xM10 22
G½B 10 25 36 95 63 4xM10 22
½-14 NPT 10 25 36 95 63 4xM10 22
12
G½ 10 100 36 95 60 4xM10 22
G½B 10 100 36 95 63 4xM10 22
½-14 NPT 10 100 36 95 63 4xM10 22
G½ 10 250 56 95 56 8xM10 22
G½B 10 250 56 95 79 8xM10 22
½-14 NPT 10 250 56 95 76 8xM10 22

Options Process connection/lower body Instrument connection/upper body

■ Special materials/coatings ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B

■ Other connection threads ■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)

■ Capillary tube
Diaphragm
■ Special materials/coatings Screws/nuts/spacer ring
■ Other materials
Seal
■ Other materials Other
■ Other filling liquids

www.afriso.com 529
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 40
for the paper and pulp industries

■ Special flange connection for

the pulp and paper industries
■ Compact design
■ Can be welded directly to the
pressure gauge
■ Various tubus lengths available

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches. For cor-
rosive, highly viscous, polluted or hardening media. Typical application areas:
■ Paper industry

■ Pulp industry

■ Lacquer industry

Technical Process connection/tubus Pressure transmission liquid

specifications Stainless steel 316 L, DN 48 Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Loose retaining flange
Pressure ranges
Stainless steel 304
See overview of versions
Diaphragm
Nominal pressure
Stainless steel 316 L
PN 40
Seal
Scope of delivery
NBR (Perbunan) ■ Diaphragm seal
Instrument connection ■ Screws M6 x 20 (galvanised steel)

Stainless steel 316 L ■ Seal (NBR) 59 x 48 x 2 mm

Welded connection

MD 40
Dimensions (mm)

12

① Welded connection Ø 10 for measuring instrument

Options Process connection/tubus Instrument connection

■ Extended tubus 18 mm ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B

(also suitable for O ring seal) ■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)

■ Special materials ■ Capillary tube

■ Silicone-free version
Other
Diaphragm ■ Other filling liquids

■ Special materials

530 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 30/40

DG: M, PG: 3

MD 30 standard version
Nominal Minimum range*
Process connection Part no.
pressure (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
Stainless steel 316 L,
PN 25** 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31417W
G½B
Stainless steel 316 L,
PN 100 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31331W
G½B
Stainless steel 316 L,
PN 250 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31332W
G½B
Possible options
Process connection G½B, PFA-coated
Process connection ½-14 NPT
Process connection ½-14 NPT, PFA-coated
Process connection G½ female thread

MD 40 version for the paper and pulp industries

Instrument connection stainless steel 316 L, welded connection
Process connection stainless steel 316 L, DN 48, PN 40 (including seal and screws)
Retaining flange stainless steel 304, ranges 0/1.6 to 0/40 bar*
Part no.
Direct connection 31347W
Spare parts/accessories
6 screws M6 x 20 31418
Spare seal, Perbunan 59 x 48 x 2 31419
* Valid for standard pressure transmission liquid with direct mounting (without capillary tube) Blue part no. = in-stock items
and an ambient temperature and a temperature of the medium of 20 °C.
** Without spacer ring.

12

www.afriso.com 531
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 50/51 for

screwed pipe connection (food)

■ All materials FDA-listed

■ SIP/CIP enabled
■ No dead space
■ Various standards available

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application Diaphragm seals MD 50/51 with food law compliant screwed pipe connection for hygienic process
separation of pressure measuring and control units in pipes or tanks. For mounting to Bourdon tube
pressure gauges, pressure transducers and pressure switches. For installation in hygienic processes
without dead spaces. Typical application areas:
■ Food and luxury food industry

■ Dairies

■ Beverage machines

■ Breweries

Description All materials used are FDA-listed. The chemical seal and the measuring instrument are welded togeth-
er, resulting in an inseparable single, shock- and vibration-resistant unit that does not require additional
external protection. The chemical seals are available with various nominal diameters; due to their
compact design, they are suitable for a wide range of applications.

Technical Type Pressure transmission liquid

specifications MD 50 and 51 Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Process connections Pressure ranges
MD 50: DIN 11851/11887 DN 25 to DN 65 0.6 bar to 40 bar
MD 51: SMS 1147 1" to 2½"
Can be mounted to
Material ■ Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Stainless steel 316 L, FDA-listed NG 50, 63, 80, 100, 160

■ Pressure transducers (DMU)
Surface roughness ■ Pressure switches (DS)
Ra ≤ 0.8 μm

12 Options ■ Other designs (Südmo, Guth)

■ Other materials
■ Electropolished
■ Cooling element
■ Capillary
■ Other pressure transmission liquids
■ Accessories such as union nuts and seals
■ Other process connections:
MD 52-1: DIN 11864-1 GS or ÜM, design A/B, DN 25/80, H3
DIN 11853-1 GS or ÜM, DN 25/80, H3
MD 52-2: DIN 11864-2 NF or BF, design A/B, DN 25/80, H3
DIN 11853-2 NF or BF, DN 25/80, H3
MD 52-3 DIN 11864-3 NKS or BKS, design A/B, DN 25/80, H3
DIN 11853-3 NKS or BKS, DN 25/80, H3
MD 53: APV-RJT 1" to 3"
MD 54: IDF 1" to 3"
MD 55: APV-ISS 1" to 3"

532 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 50/51

Types and dimensions (mm)

Tapered socket DIN 11851 type D/ Threaded socket DIN 11851 type C/ DIN 11887 type A
DIN 11887 type B with grooved union nut DIN 11851 type F

Type DN PN dm G D H Type DN PN dm G H
25 40 23.5 Rd52 x 1/6 63 14 25 40 23.5 Rd52 x 1/6 21
32 40 28 Rd58 x 1/6 70 14 32 40 28 Rd58 x 1/6 21
MD 50, MD 50,
40 40 36 Rd65 x 1/6 78 14 40 40 36 Rd65 x 1/6 21
DIN 11851 DIN 11851
50 25 48 Rd78 x 1/6 92 15 50 25 48 Rd78 x 1/6 21
65 25 48 Rd95 x 1/6 112 16 65 25 - Rd95 x 1/6 -

Socket and union nut SMS 1147 Threaded socket SMS 1147

Type DN PN dm G D H Type DN PN dm G H
1½" 40 36 Rd60 x 1/6 74 14 1½" 40 36 Rd60 x 1/6 17
MD 51,
2" 40 48 Rd70 x 1/6 84 14
MD 51,
2" 40 48 Rd70 x 1/6 17
12
SMS standard SMS standard
2½" 25 48 Rd85 x 1/6 100 14 2½" 25 48 Rd85 x 1/6 17

www.afriso.com 533
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 60
for hygienic processes

■ 3-A-certified in conjunction with Bourdon

tube pressure gauge RF 63/100 and
chemical seal DMU 02 Vario
■ All materials FDA-listed
■ SIP/CIP enabled
■ NovAseptic®-compatible (1" to 2½")

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches. For vis-
cous, perishable or hot media. Typical application areas:
■ Food and luxury food industry

■ Beverages industry

■ Pharmaceutical industry

■ Biotechnology

Description All materials used are FDA-listed. The chemical seal and the measuring instrument are welded together,
resulting in an inseparable single, shock- and vibration-resistant unit that does not require additional
external protection. The chemical seals are available with various nominal diameters; due to their com-
pact design, they are suitable for a wide range of applications.

Technical Type Pressure transmission liquid

specifications MD 60: Clamp ISO 2852 Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Process connection Pressure ranges
Stainless steel 316 L See overview of versions
Clamp ¾" to 2½"
Nominal pressure
Diaphragm PN 25 to 40
Stainless steel 316 L,
Test
welded to upper body, no dead space
3-A-certified:
Surface roughness Nominal diameter 1½"– 2½" for RF 63/100
RA ≤ 0.8 μm (crimped bezel and bayonet bezel versions)
Nominal diameter 1"–2½" for DMU 02 Vario
Instrument connection
Welded connection
12
Options ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B ■ Other process connections:
■ Special materials / coatings MD 61: Clamp DIN 32676
■ Electropolished MD 62: Tri-Clamp
■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)
■ Capillary tube
■ Other filling liquids
■ Accessories (retainer ring, seal, socket)

i
NovAseptic® is a registered
trademark of Millipore AB.

534 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 60

Types and dimensions (mm)

Clamp connection ¾" ISO 2852 Clamp connection 1"–2½", ISO 2852

Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B Cooling element,

with filling port can be welded at both ends

Type DN PN D dm d H b
MD 60 ¾" 40 25 17.2 19 14 3.6
1" 40 50.5 23.5 27 10 2.85 12
MD 60 1½" 40 50.5 36 27 10 2.85
NovAseptic®‌­
design 2" 40 64 48 27 10 2.85
2½" 25 77.5 48 38.2 10 2.85

www.afriso.com 535
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 50/51/60

DG: M, PG: 3

MD 50 for hygienic processes, grooved union nut DIN 11851

Nominal Nominal
Minimum range*
diameter pressure Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size
DN PN
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
25 40 4 4 4 1 --- 31300W
32 40 0.6 1.6 1.6 1 --- 31301W
40 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 31302W
50 25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31303W
65 25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31304W
MD 50 for hygienic processes, threaded socket DIN 11851
Nominal Nominal
Minimum range*
diameter pressure Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size
DN PN
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
25 40 4 4 4 1 --- 31306W
32 40 0.6 1.6 1.6 1 --- 31307W
40 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 31308W
50 25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31309W
65 25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31310W
MD 51 for hygienic processes, grooved union nut SMS 1147
Nominal Nominal
Minimum range*
diameter pressure Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size
DN PN
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
1½" 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 31314W
2" 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 31315W
2½" 25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31316W
MD 51 for hygienic processes, threaded socket SMS 1147
Nominal Nominal
Minimum range*
diameter pressure Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size
DN PN
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
1½" 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 31320W
2" 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 31321W

12 MD 60 clamp connection ISO 2852

Nominal Nominal
Minimum range*
diameter pressure Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size
DN PN
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
¾" 40 6 --- --- 1.6 --- 31913W**
1" 40 --- --- --- 1.6 --- 31914W***
1" 40 4 4 --- 1.6 --- 31912W
1½" 40 0.6 0.6 1.6 1 1 31324W
2" 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31325W
2½" 25 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 31326W
* Valid for standard filling liquid with direct mounting (without capillary tube) at an  Blue part no. = in-stock items
ambient temperature and temperature of the medium of 20 °C.
** Not available with 3-A approval.
*** DMU 02 Vario only. 

i
See page 550 for options,
mounting options and
accessories.

536 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals
MD 56 NEUMO BioControl®

■ Defined installation and press-fitting

with metal stop
■ Medium cannot get behind the seal
■ SIP/CIP enabled

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application Flange type diaphragm seal MD 56 for sterile process separation of pressure measuring and control
units in pipes or tanks. For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers and
pressure switches. For installation in sterile processes without dead spaces. Typical application areas:
■ Sterile applications in process engineering

■ Pharmaceutical industry

■ Biotechnology

■ Food and luxury food industry

■ Beverage machines

■ Dairies

■ Breweries

Description All materials used are FDA-listed. Defined installation as per EHEDG hygienic design recommendations.
The chemical seal and the measuring instrument are welded together, resulting in an inseparable single,
shock- and vibration-resistant unit without external edges that might collect dirt. The chemical seals
are available with nominal diameters 25, 50, 65, 80; due to their compact design, they are suitable for
a wide range of applications.

Technical Type Pressure transmission liquid

specifications MD 56 Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Process connection Pressure ranges
NEUMO BioControl® 0.6 bar to 16 bar
D25, D50, D65, D80
Can be mounted to
Material ■ Bourdon tube pressure gauges

Stainless steel 316 L, seal EPDM NG 50, 63, 80, 100, 160
(USP CLASS VI classified; FDA-listed) ■ Pressure transducers (DMU)

■ Pressure switches (DS)

Surface roughness 12
Ra ≤ 0.8 μm

Options ■ Other materials

■ Electropolished
■ Cooling element
■ Capillary
■ Other filling liquids
■ Accessories such as housing,
block flange and seals

i
BioControl® is a registered
trademark of NEUMO
GmbH & Co.KG.

www.afriso.com 537
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 56

Types and dimensions (mm)

Pressure gauge NG 100 with MD 56 Pressure transducer DMU 02 Vario BC

DG: M, PG: 3

Minimum range*
Type D d1 d2 d3 H h Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
MD 56 BioControl® D25 4 4 4 1 64 30.4 50 4xØ7 20 11 31410W
MD 56 BioControl D50
®
0.6 0.6 1.6 1 90 49.9 70 4xØ9 27 17 31411W
MD 56 BioControl® D65 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 120 67.9 95 4 x Ø 11 27 17 31412W
MD 56 BioControl® D80 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 140 87.4 115 4 x Ø 11 37 25 31413W
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

12

538 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 63
for VARINLINE® housing

■ Defined installation and press-fitting

with metal stop
■ Hygienic Design as per
EHEDG recommendation
■ Medium cannot get behind the seal
■ SIP/CIP enabled

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application Diaphragm seal MD 63 for sterile process separation of pressure measuring and control units in pipes
or tanks. For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers and pressure switches.
For installation in sterile processes without dead spaces. Typical application areas:
■ Sterile applications in process engineering

■ Pharmaceutical industry

■ Biotechnology

■ Food and luxury food industry

■ Beverage machines

■ Dairies

■ Breweries

Description All materials used are FDA-listed and comply with the EHEDG hygienic design recommendations. The
chemical seal and the measuring instrument are welded together, resulting in an inseparable single,
shock- and vibration-resistant unit without external edges that might collect dirt. The chemical seal is
available for type F and type N; due to its compact design, it is suitable for a wide range of applications.

Technical Type Surface roughness

specifications MD 63 Ra ≤ 0.8 μm
Process connection Pressure transmission liquid
For VARINLINE®/ VARIVENT® In-line housing Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Type F for housing DN 25 and 1"
Pressure ranges
(nominal installation diameter 50 mm)
0.6 bar to 25 bar
Type N for housing DN 40–125 and 1½"– 6"
(nominal installation diameter 68 mm) Can be mounted to
■ Bourdon tube pressure gauges
Material
NG 50, 63, 80, 100, 160
Stainless steel 316 L, seal EPDM
(USP CLASS VI classified, FDA-listed)
■ Pressure transducers (DMU) 12
■ Pressure switches (DS)

Options ■ Other materials

■ Electropolished
■ Cooling element, electropolished (> 100 °C)
■ Capillary tube
■ Other filling liquids
■ Accessories (brackets, housings and seals)

i
VARINLINE® and
VARIVENT® are registered
trademarks of GEA
Tuchenhagen GmbH.

www.afriso.com 539
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 63

Types and dimensions (mm)

Pressure gauge NG 100 with MD 63 Pressure transducer DMU 02 Vario VT

DG: M, PG: 3

Minimum range* DN
Type D D1 d1 H h Part no.
(in bar) at nominal size VARILINE
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
MD 63 VARIVENT type F
®
4 4 --- 1 1 50 66 53 17 12.3 DN 25; 1" 31340W
DN 40-125;
MD 63 VARIVENT type N
®
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 68 84 71 17 12.3 31341W
1½"-6"
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

12

540 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Chemical seals MD 70
for homogenising machines

■ For high pressures

■ Ideal for high dynamic loads
■ Compact and robust design
■ Easy integration into existing systems

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges and pressure transducers. For highly viscous media at
high pressures. Specially for homogenising machines.

Technical Process connection

Stainless steel 316 L Dimensions (mm)
specifications
Loose retaining flange,
Stainless steel
Diaphragm
Stainless steel 316 L
Welded to upper body, no dead space
Instrument connection
Stainless steel 316 L
Welded connection
Pressure transmission liquid
Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Pressure ranges
See overview of versions
Nominal pressure
PN 600

Options ■ Other filling liquids

12

DG: M
MD 70 version for homogenising machines

Instrument connection stainless steel 316 L PG Part no.

Process connection stainless steel 316 L, DN 23.9, PN 600
Ranges 0/100 to 0/600 bar* 3 31352W

Price reduction without retaining flange - On request

*Valid for standard pressure transmission liquid with direct mounting (without capillary tube) Blue part no. = in-stock items
and an ambient temperature and a temperature of the medium of 20 °C.

www.afriso.com 541
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 80
Flange version

■ Flush, welded diaphragm

■ For DIN and ASME flange connections
■ Numerous special materials and coatings
(option)
■ With bottom instrument connection as cell
design (option)

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches. For cor-
rosive, highly viscous, polluted, crystallising or hot media. Typical application areas:
■ Chemical Industry

■ Petrochemistry

■ Refineries

■ Power plant engineering

Technical Type Instrument connection

specifications MD 80 Welded connection
Process connection Pressure transmission liquid
Stainless steel 316 L, Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 1
Pressure ranges
DN 25 to 100 or
See overview of versions
ASME B 16.5 (Raised Face) DN 1" to 4"
Nominal pressure
Diaphragm
PN 40
Stainless steel 316 L
Class 150 to 300

Options Process connection Other

■ Special materials /coatings ■ Higher nominal pressures

■ Other sealing surfaces ■ Cell design

■ Cell design ■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B

■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)

Diaphragm ■ Capillary tube (back or bottom)
■ Special materials: Hastelloy, Monel, nickel,

12 Inconel, Incoloy, platinum, titanium, tantalum,

■ Other filling liquids

■ Customer-specifi c flanges
zirconium other chrome-nickel-steel alloys ■ Other nominal diameters
■ Coatings/linings:

PFA (up to 250 °C), ECTFE (up to 150 °C)

PTFE (up to 150 °C, up to 100 bar)
Silver (up to 150 °C), gold (up to 200 °C)

542 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 80

Types and dimensions (mm)

Flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 1 Flange connection as per ASME B 16.5 (Raised Face)

DN PN D d1 d2 d3 H h dm DN CL D d1 d2 d3 H h dm
25 40 115 68 85 4 x 14 18 2 28 150 108 50.8 79.4 4 x 15.9 14.3 1.6 28
1"
40 40 150 88 110 4 x 18 18 2 48 300 123.9 50.8 88.9 4 x 19.1 17.5 1.6 28
50 40 165 102 125 4 x 18 18 2 48 150 127 73.2 98.6 4 x 15.9 17.5 1.6 36
1½"
80 40 200 138 160 8 x 18 24 2 48 300 155.6 73.2 114.3 4 x 22.4 22.4 1.6 36
100 40 235 162 190 8 x 22 24 2 48 150 152.4 92.1 120.7 4 x 19.1 19.1 1.6 48
2"
300 165.1 92.1 127 8 x 19.1 25.4 1.6 48
150 190.5 127 152.4 4 x 19.1 23.9 1.6 48
3"
300 209.6 127 168.3 8 x 22.4 31.8 1.6 48
150 228.6 157.2 190.5 8 x 19.1 23.9 1.6 48
4"
300 254 157.2 200.1 8 x 22.3 31.7 1.6 48

Adapter for instrument connection G¼/G½ Cooling element, can be welded at both ends
with filling port

12

www.afriso.com 543
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Diaphragm seals MD 81
Tubus flange version

■ For tanks with thick walls

■ For higher block flanges
and increased insulation
■ Connection as per DIN or ASME
■ Tubus length can be adapted as required

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches. For cor-
rosive, highly viscous, polluted, crystallising or hot media. Ideal for insulated or thick-walled tanks.
Specially designed for use in the chemical and petrochemical industries, in refineries or power plant
engineering.

Technical Process connection Diaphragm/sealing surface

specifications Stainless steel 316 L, Stainless steel 316 L, welded
Flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 1
Instrument connection
DN 50 to 100 or
Stainless steel 316 L, welded connection
ASME (Raised Face) B 16.5 DN 1" to 3"
Tubus lengths 50, 100, 150 mm Pressure transmission liquid
Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
Dimensions (mm)
Pressure ranges
See overview of versions
Nominal pressure
PN 40
Class 150

Flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 1

DN PN D d1 d2 d3 d4 H h L
50 40 165 102 125 4 x 18 48 20 3
50, 100,
150

80 40 200 138 160 8 x 18 76 24 3

12
100 40 235 162 190 8 x 22 94 24 3

Flange connection as per ASME B 16.5

DN CL D d1 d2 d3 d4 H h L
1" 150 108 51 79.5 4 x 16 25 14.5 1.5
50, 100,
150

2" 150 152 92 121 4 x 19 48 19 1.5

3" 150 190 127 152 4 x 19 76 24 1.5

Options Process connection PTFE (up to 150 °C, up to 100 bar),

■ Other tubus lengths Silver (up to 150 °C), gold (up to 200 °C)
■ Special materials/coatings

■ Other sealing surfaces

Other
■ Adapter for instrument connection G¼B /G½B
Diaphragm ■ Capillary tube (back or bottom)

■ Special materials: ■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)

Hastelloy, Monel, nickel, Inconel, Incoloy, ■ Other filling liquids

platinum, titanium, tantalum, zirconium, ■ Customer-specifi c flanges

other chrome-nickel-steel alloys ■ Other nominal diameters

■ Coatings/linings:

PFA (up to 250 °C), ECTFE (up to 150 °C),

544 www.afriso.com
 Diaphragm Chemical seals

Diaphragm seals MD 80/81

DG: M

MD 80 flange version, flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 1

Nominal Nominal Minimum range*
PG Part no.
diameter DN pressure PN (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
25 40 4 4 - 0.6 - 3 31333W
40 40 4 4 - 0.6 0.6 3 31336W
50 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31339W
80 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31385W
100 40 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31388W

MD 80 flange version, flange connection as per ASME B 16.5 (Raised Face)

Nominal Nominal Minimum range*
PG Part no.
diameter DN pressure CL
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
150 4 4 - 1 - 3 31393W
1"
300 4 4 - 1 - 3 31394W
150 4 4 4 1 1 3 31396W
1½"
300 4 4 4 1 1 3 31397W
150 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31399W
2"
300 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31400W
150 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31402W
3"
300 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31403W
150 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31405W
4"
300 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 31406W

MD 81 tubus flange version, tubus length 50 mm,

flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 1
Nominal Nominal Minimum range*
PG Part no.
diameter DN pressure PN (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
50 40 1 2.5 - 1 On request 3 31917W
80 40 0.6 0.6 1 1 On request 3 31921W
100 40 0.6 0.6 1 1 On request 3 31924W

MD 81 tubus flange version, tubus length 50 mm,

flange connection as per ASME B 16.5 (Raised Face)
Nominal Nominal Minimum range* 12
PG Part no.
diameter DN pressure CL (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU DMU 13 Vario
1" 150 4 4 - 1 - 3 31938W
2" 150 1 2.5 - 1 On request 3 31929W
3" 150 0.6 0.6 1 1 On request 3 31931W

Options
Nominal diameter DN
Tubus length 50/2“ 80/3“ 100
100 mm On request On request On request
150 mm On request On request On request
* Valid for standard pressure transmission liquid with direct mounting (without capillary tube)
at an ambient temperature and a temperature of the medium of 20 °C.

i
See pages 546/550 for
options, mounting
options and accessories.

www.afriso.com 545
 Chemical seals Diaphragm

Options for diaphragm seals MD 80/81

DG: M

Type of sealing surface MD 80 MD 81

Groove, type D EN 1092-1 (for stainless steel) On request On request
Tongue, type C EN 1092-1 (for stainless steel) On request On request
Groove, type RJF (Ring Joint Facings) ASME B 16.5 On request On request
Capillary connection
Capillary connection centre back On request On request
Capillary connection bottom On request On request
Special materials
Nominal diameter
for wetted parts*
Hastelloy C276 DN 25 On request On request
DN 40 On request On request
DN 50 On request On request
DN 80 On request On request
DN 100 On request On request
Tantalum DN 25 On request On request
DN 40 On request On request
DN 50 On request On request
DN 80 On request On request
DN 100 On request On request
Monel 400, nickel,
On request On request
Inconel, platinum, titanium
Coatings*
PFA (up to 250 °C continuous DN 25 • On request
temperature)
DN 40 • On request
DN 50 • On request
DN 80 • On request
DN 100 • On request
ECTFE (up to 150 °C) DN 25 On request On request
DN 40 On request On request
DN 50 On request On request
DN 80 On request On request
DN 100 On request On request
PTFE, silver, gold All nominal diameters On request On request
12 * Please enquire for special materials for groove or tongue version.

546 www.afriso.com
 In-line Chemical seals

In-line chemical seals RD

50/51/60 for hygienic processes

■ For dairy fitting DIN 11851 and

clamp connection ISO 2852
■ No T piece required in pipe
■ Easy, fast installation in pipe

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches. For flow-
ing, corrosive and highly viscous media; designed for direct installation in pipes. Typical application
areas:
■ Biochemical applications

■ Food and luxury food industry

■ Beverages industry

■ Pharmaceutical industry

Technical Process connection Pressure transmission liquid

specifications RD 50: DIN 11851, 316 L, Paraffin oil (FM 09), FDA-listed
male thread DN 15 to DN 80
Pressure ranges
RD 51: SMS 1147 1" to 3"
See overview of versions
RD 60: Clamp ISO 2852, 316 L 1" to 3"
Nominal pressure
Diaphragm
See dimensions table
Stainless steel 316 L, no dead space,
welded to body Options
■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)
Instrument connection ■ Capillary tube
Stainless steel 316 L
Welded connection

Type RD 50 DIN 11851/DIN 11887 Type RD 60 Clamp ISO 2852

12

① Welded connection Ø 10 for measuring instrument ① Welded connection Ø 10 for measuring instrument

DN PN G L D H DN PN D D1 L H
15 40 Rd34 x /8"1
240 16 20 1" 16 50.5 22.2 110 24
25 40 Rd52 x /6"1
110 26 24 1½" 16 50.5 34.8 110 31.5
32 40 Rd58 x 1/6" 110 32 29 2" 16 64 47.8 110 37
40 40 Rd65 x /6"1
110 38 31.5 2½" 16 77.5 60.3 110 45
50 25 Rd78 x 1/6" 110 50 37 3" 10 91 72.9 60 51.5
65 25 Rd95 x 1/6" 110 66 45
80 25 Rd110 x ¼" 60 81 51.5

www.afriso.com 547
 Chemical seals In-line

In-line chemical seals RD 80

intermediate flange version

■ Easy intermediate flange

installation in the pipe
■ Various nominal sizes
■ Various nominal pressures
■ Special materials (option)

A A

Chapter 11 Chapter 13

Application For mounting to Bourdon tube pressure gauges, pressure transducers or pressure switches.
For flowing, corrosive and highly viscous media, for direct installation in pipes.

Technical Process connection Dimensions (mm)

specifications Stainless steel 316 L, Flange connection as per EN 1092-1 type B 2
for flanges as per EN 1092-1
Type B 2, DN Tue PN Da L H
DN 25 to DN 100 or 25 28.5 4-400 68 100 29
ASME B 16.5, 1" to 4" 40 43.1 4-400 88 100 29
Diaphragm 50 54.5 4-400 100 100 29
Stainless steel 316 L, welded
65 70.3 4-400 120 100 29
to body, no dead space
80 82.5 4-400 138 60 29
Instrument connection
Stainless steel 316 L
Female thread G½
Flange connection as per ASME B 16.5
Pressure transmission liquid
Paraffin oil (FM 09) DN Tue CL Da L H
Pressure ranges 1" 28.5 150–6000 50 100 29
See overview of versions 1½" 43.1 150–6000 73.2 100 29
Nominal pressure 2" 54.5 150–6000 91.9 100 29
PN 4 to 400
3" 82.5 150–6000 127 60 29
Class 150 to 6000
4" 107.1 150–6000 157.2 60 29
Options Coatings
12
■

■ Cooling element (> 100 °C)

■ Capillary tube
■ Other filling liquids

548 www.afriso.com
 In-line Chemical seals

In-line chemical seals RD 50/51/60/80

DG: M, PG: 3

RD 50 for hygienic processes, male thread DIN 11851

Nominal Nominal Minimum range*
Part no.
diameter DN pressure PN (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
15 40 1.6 --- --- 4 31952W
25 40 1.6 2.5 --- 1 31365W
32 40 1 2.5 --- 1 31953W
40 40 1 2.5 4 1 31366W
50 25 1 2.5 4 0.6 31367W
80 25 1 2.5 4 0.6 31369W
RD 51 for hygienic processes, threaded socket SMS 1147
Nominal Nominal Minimum range*
Part no.
diameter DN pressure PN (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
1" 40 1.6 2.5 --- 1.6 31371W
1½" 40 1.6 2.5 4 1.6 31372W
2" 40 1 1.6 2.5 1.6 31373W
2½" 25 1 1.6 2.5 1.6 31374W
3" 25 1 1.6 1.6 1.6 31375W
RD 60 clamp connection ISO 2852
Nominal Nominal pres- Minimum range*
Part no.
diameter DN sure PN (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
1" 16 1.6 2.5 --- 1.6 31377W
1½" 16 1.6 2.5 4 1.6 31378W
2" 16 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31379W
2½" 16 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31380W
3" 10 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31381W
RD 80 intermediate flange version for flanges as per EN 1092-1 type B 2
Nominal diam- Nominal pres- Minimum range*
Part no.
eter sure PN (in bar) at nominal size
63 100 160 DMU
25 4–400 1.6 2.5 --- 1.6 31355
40 4–400 1.6 2.5 4 1.6 31356
50 4–400 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31357 12
65 4–400 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31956
80 4–400 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31358
RD 80 intermediate flange version for flanges as per ASME B 16.5
Nominal Nominal pres-
Minimum range* Part no.
diameter DN sure CL
63 100 160 DMU
1" 150–6000 1.6 2.5 --- 1.6 31360
1½" 150–6000 1.6 2.5 4 1.6 31361
2" 150–6000 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31362
3" 150–6000 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31363
4" 150–6000 1.6 2.5 2.5 1 31364
* Valid for standard pressure transmission liquid with direct mounting (without capillary tube) Blue part no. = in-stock items
and an ambient temperature and a temperature of the medium of 20 °C
i
See page 550 for
options, mounting
options and accessories.

www.afriso.com 549
 Chemical seals Accessories

Chemical seals – mounting options and accessories

DG: M

The part number includes fitting of the pressure gauge or pressure transducer to the chemical seal, filling of the system with trans-
mission liquid, closing and securing the screw connections and calibration of the system at room temperature (20 °C).
The final price consists of the price for the pressure gauge, the price for the chemical seal, the fitting price and the price for options
and/or accessories, if applicable. Refer to the effective price list for details.
Length of Fitting to AFRISO Fitting to AFRISO
Mounting options1)
capillary tube Bourdon tube pressure gauge2) pressure transducer2)
Direct mounting PG Part no. Part no.
(at >100 °C it is advisable to use a
cooling element or a capillary tube) --- 3 32007 32016
Fitting with capillary tube 1m 3 32008 32017
Capillary tube stainless steel,
screwed or welded to chemical seal, 2m 3 32009 32018
with bend protection and connection 3m 3 32010 32019
piece for instrument bracket
4m 3 32011 32020
5m 3 32012 32021
6m 3 32013 32022
8m 3 32014 32023
10 m 3 32015 32052
Others On request On request
Options PG Available options
Spiral protection hose Per metre 3 •
Calibration of the filled system at operating temperatures
other than +20 °C (between +20 and +100 °C), with dial 3 •
marking tA = x °C
Calibration of the filled system at operating temperatures
other than +20 °C (between > 100 and +180 °C), 3 •
with dial marking t A = x °C
Application /
Other pressure transmission liquids operating tempera- 3 •
ture range3)
FM 01 Silicone oil -20/+200 °C 3 •
FM 02 Silicone oil -90/+100 °C 3 •
FM 03 Glycerine 0/230 °C 3 •
FM 04 Glycerine/water -10/+120 °C 3 •
FM 05 Almond oil -10/+250 °C - ---
FM 06 High-temperature oil -10/+300 °C 3 •
FM 07 High-temperature oil -10/+400 °C 3 •
Halocarbon4)
FM 08 -40/+175 °C 3 •
12 (for oxygen or chlorine)
Paraffin oil
FM 09 -20/+220 °C - Standard
(FDA-compliant)
Neobee® M20
FM 10 -20/+200 °C 3 •
(FDA-compliant)
Accessories Version PG Part no. Version PG Part no.
Adapter for instrument connection Instrument Instrument
with thread and filling port, connection 3 32003 connection 3 32004
for welding to chemical seal G¼ female G½ female
Cooling element, can be welded at Up to Tmax Up to Tmax medium
both ends (only suitable for factory-­ medium 3 32005 300 °C (Ø 40) 3 32006
fitting) 200 °C (Ø 27)
Up to Tmax Up to Tmax medium
Cooling element, screw connection
medium 3 31420 300 °C (Ø 40) 3 31421
at both ends, G½ female x male
200 °C (Ø 27)
1) For differential pressure measuring instruments = please order part no. twice. Blue part no. = in-stock items
2) Please enquire for other makes or measuring instruments.
3) Only at positive overpressure.
4) Up to a maximum of 160 bar.

550 www.afriso.com
 12

www.afriso.com 551
 Pressure transducers
for process engineering

Pressure transducers

HydroFox® for
level measurement

Pressure transducers
with local display
CHAPTER 13

Electronic pressure measuring instruments:

Pressure transducers, digital pressure gauges,
pressure switches

OVERVIEW PROCESS ENGINEERING

Pressure transducers at a glance 554 Pressure transducersHydroFox® DMU 08 T –

level probe with temperature measurement 587
Technical information pressure transducers 556 Pressure transducersHydroFox® DMU 09 –
level probe, for chemical applications 589
OEM VERSION
Pressure transducersDeltaFox DMU 10 D –
Pressure transducersDMU 600/20 – version for differential pressure measurement 591
compact version 558
Pressure transducersDeltaFox DMU 11 D –
Pressure transducersDMU 01 K – compact version 559 version for differential pressure measurement 593
Pressure transducersDelta Fox DMU 20 D –
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING version for differential pressure measurement 602

Pressure transducersDMU 01 – standard version 560 Pressure transducersDelta Fox DMU 21 D –

version for differential pressure measurement 605
Electronic pressure switchEDS 10  617 Pressure transducersDMU 30 – industrial version 608

PROCESS ENGINEERING Differential pressure switchesDS 01 616

Pressure transducersDMU 02 – industrial version 564

PROCESS ENGINEERING
Pressure transducersDMU 02 Vario – programmable 566 Pressure transducersDMU 13 Vario –
with local display 597
Pressure transducersDMU 02 Vario – flush 567
Pressure transducersDMU 14 DG/FG Ex –
intelligent version 599
Pressure transducersDMU 03 – industrial version 573

Pressure transducersDMU 04 – industrial version 577 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Universal digital pressure gaugesDIM 20 –
Pressure transducersDMU 05 P – precision version 579 service instrument 611

Pressure transducersHydroFox® DMU 07 – Precision digital pressure gaugeDIM 30  613

for level measurement 583

Pressure transducersHydroFox® DMU 08 – level probe 585

13

553
 Pressure transducers Overview

DMU DMU 02
DMU 01 DMU 02 DMU 03 DMU 04 DMU 05 P DMU 07
600/20 Vario

Smallest measuring range 0/4 bar 0/1 bar 0/600 mbar 0/1 bar 0/100 mbar 0/100 mbar 0/100 mbar 0/40 mbar

Largest measuring range 0/40 bar 0/400 bar 0/2,000 bar 0/1,000 bar 0/600 bar 0/400 bar 0/600 bar 0/20 bar
4–20 mA / HART •/- •/- •/- •/- •/- •/- •/- •/-
0–10 V Output • • • • • • •
≤ ±1 % FSO •
Accuracy

≤ ±0.5 % FSO • •
≤ ±0.35 % FSO • • • •
≤ ±0.1 % FSO •
Stainless steel • •
Stainless steel, FKM • • •
Wetted parts

Stainless steel, ceramic (AL2O3),

• •
FKM
Stainless steel, silicon, glass,
•
silicone
Aluminium, silicon, glass,
silicone, PUR
No pressure transmission liquid • • • •
transmission
Pressure

Paraffin oil, FDA • •

Silicone oil • •
Connection thread • • • • • • • •
Process con-

Hygienic connections • •
nection

Flanges •
Submersible probes
ISO 4400 connector • • • • • • • •
Electrical con-

M12 x 1 • • • • • • • •
nection

Fixed cable connection • • • • • • •

Cable gland •
Temp. of the medium ≥ 100 °C • • • • • • •
Application area

Temp. of the medium < 100 °C •

Temp. of the medium < -25 °C • • • • •
Temp. of the medium ≥ -25 °C • • • •
Measuring range spread •
Evaluation

Indication of measured values

ATEX certificate • • • •
SIL assessment •*** • •
13 Negative pressure (vacuum) • • • • • • • •
Relative pressure measurement • • • • • • • •
Absolute pressure measurement • • • • • •
Differential pressure measurement
Measurement of water /
Application areas

• • • • • • • •
waste water
Measurement of oils • • • • • • • •
Measurement of chemicals • • •
Measurement of food • •
Measurement of pharmaceuticals • •
Measurement of crystallising media • •
Measurement of gases • • • • • • • •
Measurement of liquids • • • • • • • •
* Depends on measuring range.
** Accuracy of mechanical local display. P. 558 P. 559 P. 564 P. 566 P. 573 P. 577 P. 579 P. 583
*** Depends on version.
554
 Overview Pressure transducers

DMU 08 DMU 09 DMU 10 D DMU 11 D DMU 13 DMU 14 DMU 20 D DMU 21 D DMU 30 DIM 20 DIM 30

0/100 0/600 0/400 0/100

0/40 mbar 0/6 mbar 0/20 mbar 0/0.25 mbar 0/1 bar 0/16 bar 0/1 bar
mbar mbar mbar mbar
0/25 bar 0/10 bar 0/1 bar 0/16 bar 0/40 bar 0/600 bar 0/1,000 mbar 0/70 bar 0/1,000 bar 0/700 bar 0/400 bar
•/- •/- •/- •/- •/- •/• •/- •/- •/-
• • • •
•* •** •
• • • •*
• • •
• •
•
• • • • • •

• •

• •

• • • • •
•
• • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• • • •
• • •
• • •
• • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• •
• • •
• • • • •
• • • •
•
• • • 13
• • • • • • •
• •
• • • •

• • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • •
• • •
• •
• •
•
• • • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •

P. 585 P. 589 P. 591 P. 593 P. 597 P. 599 P. 602 P. 605 P. 608 P. 611 P. 613

555
 Pressure transducers Technical information

Pressure transducers

Application Pressure transducers are used for electronic pressure measurement in many industrial and building
applications. Various measuring principles, output signals, materials, pressure transmission liquids and
process connections allow pressure transducers to be used in almost any application. Pressure trans-
ducer versions are available for abrasive, pure, highly viscous, viscous or crystallising media as well as
special models for hygienic processes.

Typical application ■ Pneumatic/hydraulic

areas ■ Gas industry
■ Process engineering
■ Pharmaceutical and biotechnology applications
■ Chemical industry and petrochemical industry
■ Medical technology
■ Laboratory applications
■ Food applications
■ Water treatment
■ Waste water applications
■ Machines and plants
■ Automation
■ Filter monitoring
■ Heating, refrigeration, air conditioning Connection technology with numerous versions, diffusion-tight
■ Automotive industry and extremely robust: pressure transducer DMU 02 Vario

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
Different pressure transducer versions are available which use a variety of measuring principles serving
as the basis for sensing the pressure.

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive polysilicon stainless steel measuring cell (thin film)
and measuring cell An isolation layer made of non-conductive silicon oxide is coated to the stainless steel diaphragm
(a high-precision part calculated in view of the force path) on the side facing away from the pressure;
after that, polysilicon is deposited. Semiconductor resistors are etched from this layer; a gold layer pro-
vides contacts. When pressure is applied and causes a deflection, the resistance changes. As com-
pared to conventional strain gauges (conductors), polysilicon semiconductor sensors have a higher out-
put signal.
Since the measuring cell is made of stainless steel, it can be directly welded to the process connection.
This helps to prevent leaks caused by fatigue of the sealing material. These robust measuring cells are
insensitive to shock and vibration and have a high resistance to overloads. They are used for pressure
measurements from 600 mbar up to several thousand bar.

Pressure transducers with polysilicon stainless steel measuring cells:

DMU 02, 02 Vario, DMU 13 Vario

Benefits
13 ■ Robust measuring cell

■ High resistance to chemicals

■ No seal

■ No internal transmission liquid

■ High output signal

■ High long-term stability

■ Shock- and vibration-resistant

556 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Pressure transducers

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive silicon measuring cells

and measuring cell The function principle of piezo-resistive silicon measuring cells is based on a silicon chip with measur-
ing resistors in the diaphragm. When pressure is applied and causes a deflection, the resistance
changes.

As opposed to open measuring cells which can only be used with certain, non-corrosive media, the
silicon chips of encapsulated measuring cells are contained in a gas-evacuated protective housing
filled with transmission liquid; this housing is closed with an elastic diaphragm at the pressure side. If
the diaphragm is deflected as a result of the application of pressure, the transmission liquid is dis-
placed towards the sensor.
Silicon measuring cells are highly sensitive and have a high output signal. This allows for measure-
ments at very low pressures and provides for high chemical resistance.

Pressure transducers with encapsulated silicon stainless steel measuring cells:

DMU 03, 04, 05, 08, 11, 12, 14, 21 D, DIM 30, EDS 10
Pressure transducers with open silicon measuring cells:
DMU 10 D, 600/20, 20 D

Benefits
■ High resistance to chemicals

■ High output signal

■ Very small measuring ranges possible

■ High accuracy

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive and capacitance ceramic measuring cells

and measuring cell Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) that is resistant to almost all chemicals is used for ceramic measuring cells.
Piezo-resistive thick-film measuring cells consist of a base and a diaphragm made of aluminium oxide
ceramic. During the production process, measuring resistors are burnt into the side of the diaphragm
facing away from the medium; they change when pressure is applied to the diaphragm and causes a
deflection. Ceramic thick-film measuring cells are used for medium pressure from 1 bar to up to 400 bar.

Capacitance ceramic measuring cells use a ceramic base and a ceramic diaphragm which are
gold-coated on the side facing away from the pressure. The gold coating forms the electrode pair of a
capacitor; they are positioned at a distance of just a few µm away from each other. Pressure causes a
deflection of the diaphragm and the capacitance changes. Capacitance ceramic measuring cells are
used for low pressures from 40 mbar to up to 20 bar; they have a high overload resistance.

Both measuring cell types are mounted to the process connection via elastomer seals. The use of
ceramic measuring cells is only limited by the chemical resistance of the seals. Different pressure loads
and pressure measuring ranges can be obtained by varying the thickness of the diaphragm.

13
Pressure transducers with piezo-resistive thick-film ceramic measuring cells:
DMU 01K, 01, 01 VM and DIM 20, DMU 13
Pressure transducers with capacitance ceramic measuring cells:
DMU 07, 09

Benefits
■ Robust measuring cell
■ High resistance to chemicals

■ Abrasion-resistant

■ No internal transmission liquid

■ No chemical seal required

www.afriso.com 557
 Pressure transducers OEM version

Pressure transducers DMU 600/20

Compact version

■ Special OEM unit Dimensions (mm)

■ Compact design
■ Superior price/performance ratio due to
automated large-scale production
■ High pressure resistance
■ Without transmission liquid

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement for media such as air, chemical gases (humidity: 0 to 85 % rH, not
condensing), water, oil, petrol. Not suitable for media which react with glass, silicon, stainless steel 304
or silicone glue.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 600/20 is equipped with a piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Materials

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 304
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 304
hysteresis, repeatability): <±1 % FSO Diaphragm: Silicon, glass
Seal: Silicone
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: 0/4 bar to 0/40 bar Supply voltage
DC 9–32 V
Overpressure safety
At least 2 x FS Output signal
(burst pressure at least 2 x FS) 4–20 mA, 2-wire
Operating temperature range Load
Medium: -25/+85 °C 4–20 mA ≤ UB – UBmin
Ambient: -25/+85 °C 0.02 A
Storage: -40/+85 °C Current input
4–20 mA < 25 mA
Temperature error band
In compensated range Electrical protection
-10/+70 °C < 0.2 % FSO/10 K Short circuit proof and protected against
reverse polarity
Dynamic characteristics
Response time < 1 ms Electrical connection/degree of protection
Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
Process connection
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
G¼B, DIN 3852 type E
CE conformity
13 EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Options ■ Other measuring ranges

■ Other process connections DG: H, PG: 4
■ Other electrical connections
Measuring range Part no.
■ Fixed cable connection
■ Other output signals, 0/4 bar 50 - 33005
e.g. 0–10 V, 1–5 V 0/6 bar 50 - 33006
■ Absolute pressure version
0/10 bar 50 - 33007
0/16 bar 50 - 33008
0/25 bar 50 - 33009
0/40 bar 50 - 33010
Minimum order quantity 50 pieces
Blue part no. = in-stock items

558 www.afriso.com
 OEM version Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 01K

Compact version

■ Special OEM unit Wiring diagram

■ Proven ceramic technology (4–20 mA, 2-wire)
■ No mechanical ageing of the measuring cell
■ Superior price/performance ratio due to
automated large-scale production
■ Compact design
■ Without transmission liquid
A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in industrial or HVAC applications such as hydraulic, pneumatic,
automation, heating or air conditioning.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 01K is equipped with a piezo-resistive thick-film ceramic measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Supply voltage

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according 2-wire DC 8–32 V
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
Output signal
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±1 % FSO
4–20 mA, 2-wire
Measuring ranges
Load
Relative pressure: 0/1.6 to 0/250 bar
2-wire: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
Overpressure safety
Current input
At least 2 x FS
4–20 mA < 25 mA
except for 250 bar: Overload max. 400 bar
(burst pressure at least 3 x FS) Electrical protection
Short circuit proof and protected against
Operating temperature range
reverse polarity
Medium: -25/+125 °C
Ambient: -25/+85 °C Electrical connection/degree of protection
Storage: -40/+85 °C Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
Temperature error band
In compensated range CE conformity
-25/+85 °C ≤ 0.5 % FSO/10 K (typ.) EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Dynamic characteristics
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Response time:
2-wire: ≤ 10 ms
3-wire: ≤ 3 ms
Process connection
G¼B, DIN 3852 type E Dimensions (mm) 13
Material
Housing: Stainless steel 304
Pressure connection: Stainless steel 304
Diaphragm: Ceramic (Al2O3 96 %)
Seal: FKM (Viton)

Options ■ Fixed cable connection

■ Other output signals
■ Other connection threads
■ Output signal 0–10 V, 3-wire

www.afriso.com 559
 Pressure transducers Mechanical engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 01

Standard version

■ Proven ceramic technology

■ No mechanical ageing of the measuring cell
■ No transmission liquid
■ Versions for relative pressure and
absolute pressure
■ Small temperature error

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in industrial applications such as hydraulic and pneumatic applica-
tions as well as mechanical and plant engineering.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 01 is equipped with a piezo-resistive thick-film ceramic measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Materials

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 304
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 304
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.5 % FSO Diaphragm: Ceramic (Al2O3 96 %)
(measuring range -1/0 bar < ± 1 % FSO) Seal: FKM (Viton)
Measuring ranges Supply voltage
Relative pressure: -1/0 to 0/400 bar 2-wire DC 8–32 V
Absolute pressure: 0/1 to 0/400 bar 3-wire DC 14–30 V
Overpressure safety Output signal
At least 2 x FS, except for: 4–20 mA, 2-wire
■ 250 bar: Overload 400 bar 0–10 V, 3-wire
■ 400 bar: 650 bar
Load
(burst pressure at least 3 x FS, 2-wire: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
except 400 bar: burst pressure = 1,000 bar) 3-wire: Rmin = 10 kΩ
Operating temperature range Current input
Medium: -25/+125 °C 4–20 mA < 25 mA
Ambient: -25/+85 °C 0–10 V < 7 mA
Storage: -40/+85 °C
Electrical protection
Temperature error band Short circuit proof and protected against
In compensated range reverse polarity
-25/+85 °C ≤ ±0.3 % FSO/10 K
Electrical connection/degree of protection
Dynamic characteristics Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
13 Response time (DIN 43650-A, EN 175301-803), IP 65
2-wire ≤ 10 ms
3-wire ≤ 3 ms CE conformity
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Process connection RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
G½B EN 837-1/7.3 or G½B DIN 3852 type E Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
with protruding diaphragm
(DMU 01 VM up to max. 0/25 bar, enquire for
absolute pressure ranges)

Options ■ Fixed cable connection

■ Other output signals
■ Other connection threads
■ SIL 2 (IEC 61508/61511) 2-wire,
for DMU 01 VM

560 www.afriso.com
 Mechanical engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 01

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection G½B Connection G¼B DMU 01 VM with connection G½B DIN 3852 type E
EN 837 EN 837 with protruding diaphragm DMU 01 VM

① Flat gasket FKM (Viton)

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire Connector Cable colours

ISO 4400 (DIN 47100)
4–20 mA
2-wire system: Supply + 1 White
(4–20 mA) Supply – 2 Brown
Earth Earth pin Green/yellow

3-wire 3-wire system: Supply + 1 White

0–10 V (0–10 V) Supply – 2 Brown
Signal + 3 Green
Earth Earth pin Green/yellow

The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

13

www.afriso.com 561
 Pressure transducers Mechanical engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 01

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 01 K* DMU 01 DMU 01 VM

Version

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive thick-film ceramic measuring cell

Measuring accuracy 0.5 % FSO

1 % FSO 0.5 % FSO
(IEC 60770) (-1/0 bar 1 % FSO)

Wetted parts Ceramic/stainless steel 304/FKM

G¼B G½B G½ DIN 3852 type E
Connection
DIN 3852 type E EN 837 with protruding Diaphragm

Supply voltage DC 8–32 V DC 8–32 V DC 8–32 V

Output 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA
System 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire
Electrical connection Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A)
Measuring range Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 bar --- 31114 31619
-1/+1.5 bar 31608 31616 31620
-1/+3 bar 31609 31617 31621
-1/+5 bar 31610 31618 31622

0/1 bar --- 31115 31623

0/1.6 bar 31511 31116 31624
0/2.5 bar 31512 31117 31625
0/4 bar 31513 31118 31626
0/6 bar 31514 31119 31627
0/10 bar 31515 31120 31628
0/16 bar 31516 31121 31629
0/25 bar 31517 31122 31630
0/40 bar 31518 31123 ---
0/60 bar 31611 31124 ---
0/100 bar 31612 31125 ---
0/160 bar 31613 31126 ---
0/200 bar --- 31878 --
0/250 bar 31614 31127 ---
13 0/400 bar --- 31128 ---
0/600 bar --- --- ---
* Delivery only in packing units of 10 pieces per measuring range. Blue part no. = in-stock items

562 www.afriso.com
 Mechanical engineering Pressure transducers

Options for pressure transducer DMU 01

DG: H

Type DMU 01 DMU 01 VM

Version

Connection G½B DIN 3852 type E --- Standard

Connection G¼B EN 837 type E • ---
Connection ¼-18 NPT • ---
Connection ½-14 NPT • ---
Other connections On request On request

Suitable for oxygen (≤ 25 bar) • •

Fixed cable connection 2 metres • •

Cable extension
• •
per metre
Output 0–10 V, 3-wire • •
Other output signals On request On request

Absolute pressure (measuring

• •
ranges according to data sheet)
SIL 2 (only for 4–20 mA) --- •

13

i
See chapter 15 for digital display units and
signal processing.

www.afriso.com 563
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 02

Industrial version

■ Extremely resistant to shock, pulsation and vibration

■ High overload safety
■ Dynamic pressure resistance at high load changes
■ Wetted area without seals due to welding
■ No transmission liquid

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in industrial applications, e.g. hydraulic, pneumatic, gas industry, refrig-
eration, automation, medical, as well as general mechanical and plant engineering applications.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 02 is equipped with a piezo-resistive polysilicon thin-film measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Material

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 304
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 304
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.5 % FSO Electr. measuring cell: Stainless steel 630/304
Seal: Without
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: Supply voltage
-1/0 to -1/+24 bar DC 10–32 V
0/0.6 to 0/1,000 bar
Output signal
Overpressure safety 4–20 mA, 2-wire
≤ 250 bar min. 2 x FS 0–10 V, 3-wire
(burst pressure at least 3 x FS)
Load
> 250 bar at least 1.5 x FS
4–20 mA ≤ UB – UBmin
(burst pressure at least 2 x FS) 0.02 A
≥ 1,000 bar min. 1.2 x FS
0–10 V > 5 kOhm
(burst pressure at least 1.5 x FS)
Current input
Operating temperature range
4–20 mA < 25 mA
Medium: -40/+125 °C
0–10 V < 20 mA
Ambient: -40/+105 °C
Storage: -40/+125 °C Electrical protection
Short circuit proof and protected against
Temperature error band
reverse polarity
In compensated range
-20/+85 °C ≤ 0.15 % FSO/10 K Electrical connection/degree of protection
Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
Dynamic characteristics
13 Response time < 1 ms
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
CE conformity
Process connection
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
G½B (EN 837-1/7.3)
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Options ■ Other connection threads

■ Fixed cable connection
■ Other connectors
■ Other output signals
■ Cleaned for oxygen

564 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 02

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connector ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A) M12 connector

① Ex version

Connector DIN 43650-C Fixed cable connection

13

Pin assignment table Electrical connections

M12 x 1
ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A,
(4-pin) Cable outlet
EN 175301-803)
EN 61076-2-101
2-wire system: Supply + 1 1 Red
Supply – 2 3 Black
Earth Earth contact – –
3-wire system: Supply + 1 1 Red
Supply – 2 3 Black
Signal 3 4 White
Earth Earth pin – –
The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

www.afriso.com 565
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers
DMU 02 Vario (programmable)

■ Connection technology with numerous versions

■ Extremely resistant to shock, pulsation and vibration
■ Best dynamic pressure resistance at high load changes
■ Measuring cell welded without seals
■ Without transmission medium
■ Turn down 1:4
■ Zero calibration via magnet
A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in mechanical and plant engineering applications, gas applications
and medical technology. Particularly suitable for pure media.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 02 Vario is equipped with a piezo-resistive polysilicon thin-film measuring cell. All standard elec-
trical connection types are available. The measuring ranges can be changed via optional parameterisa-
tion hardware and software. The zero point can be corrected from the outside via a permanent magnet
after voltage has been applied and within a given time window.

Technical Measuring accuracy Material

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 304
to IEC 60770 limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.3 % FSO Electr. measuring cell: Stainless steel 630/304
Seal: Without
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: Supply voltage
-1/0 to -1/+24 bar DC 10–32 V
0/1 bar to 0/1,000 bar
Output signal
Overpressure safety 4–20 mA, 2-wire
≤ 250 bar at least 2 x FS
Load
(burst pressure min. 3 x FS)
4–20 mA < UB – UBmin
> 250 bar at least 1.5 x FS 0.02 A
(burst pressure at least 2 x FS)
0–10 V > 5 kOhm
≥ 1,000 bar at least 1.2 x FS
(burst pressure at least 1.5 x FS) Current input
< 25 mA
Operating temperature range
Medium: -40/+125 °C Electrical protection
Ambient: -40/+105 °C Short circuit proof and protected against
Storage: -40/+125 °C reverse polarity
Temperature error band Electrical connection/degree of protection
13 In compensated range Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
-10/+80 °C < 0.15 % FSO/10 K (DIN 43650-A), IP 65
Dynamic characteristics CE conformity
Response time < 4 ms EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
(without flush diaphragm) RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Process connection
G½B (EN 837-1/7.3)

Options ■ Other process connections ■ Fitting of chemical seal

■ Other electrical connections ■ Customer-specific setting
■ Field housing (stainless steel) (damping, unit)
Cleaned for oxygen Programmable hardware and software
i
■ ■

■ Other output signals ■ Other operating temperature ranges

See page 568
for dimensions.

566 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers
DMU 02 Vario ((flush)

■ Ideal for hygienic processes

■ Connection technology with numerous versions
■ Extremely resistant to shock,
pulsation and vibration
■ Best dynamic pressure resistance at
high load changes
■ Zero calibration via magnet

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in mechanical and plant engineering applications, gas applications,
medical technology. With flush diaphragm, the pressure transducers are also suitable for use with vis-
cous, highly viscous or crystallising media.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 02 Vario is equipped with a piezo-resistive polysilicon thin-film measuring cell. DMU 02 Vario is
available in a virtually unlimited number of versions. All standard and customer-specific connections
can be connected to the electronic precision measuring system. All standard electrical connection
types are available. The zero point can be corrected from the outside via a permanent magnet after
voltage has been applied and within a given time window.

Technical Measuring accuracy Material

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 304
to IEC 60770 limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.3 % FSO Seal: Without
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: Pressure transmission liquid
-1/0 to -1/+24 bar Multi-grade oil, FDA-compliant
0/1 bar to 0/600 bar
Supply voltage
Overpressure safety DC 10–32 V
≤ 250 bar at least 2 x FS
Output signal
(burst pressure min. 3 x FS)
4–20 mA, 2-wire
> 250 bar at least 1.5 x FS
(burst pressure at least 2 x FS) Load
4–20 mA < UB – UBmin
Operating temperature range 0.02 A
Medium: -10/+125 °C
Ambient: -10/+105 °C Current input
Storage: -10/+125 °C < 25 mA
Temperature error band Electrical protection
In compensated range Short circuit proof and protected against 13
0/70 °C < 1.5 % FSO/10 K reverse polarity
Dynamic characteristics Electrical connection/degree of protection
Response time < 20 ms Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
Process connection
G½B DIN 3852 A with O ring (FBO); CE conformity
Clamp (CP); dairy fitting (MR); EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Varivent (VT); NEUMO BioControl (BC); RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Flange connection (FT) Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU

Options Other process connections Other output signals

i
■ ■

■ Other electrical connections ■ Customer-specific setting

See page 568 ■ Field housing (stainless steel) (damping, unit)
for dimensions. ■ Filling for oxygen

www.afriso.com 567
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 02 Vario

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection G½B EN 837 Wiring diagram

4–20 mA, 2-wire

Setting the zero point

Magnet

Modular system for great variety of versions

Plug

ISO 4400 Field housing M12 x 1 M12 x 1 with

junction box
Transducer electronics
Housing

Direct mounting Cooling element up to 180 ºC Capillary

13
Thermal isolation

Other lengths on request

Length = 1 to 10 m

G½B EN 837 G½B DIN 3852-E ½–14 NPT VCR 9/16-18 UNF Chemical seals (e.g. MD 40)
connections
Process

568 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 02/DMU 02 Vario

DG: H, PG: 4

DMU 02 Vario DMU 02 Vario FBO DMU 02 Vario CP

Type DMU 02**
Programmable* flush with O ring Clamp

Version

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive polysilicon stainless steel measuring cell (thin-film)

Measuring accuracy
0.5 % FSO 0.3 % FSO
(IEC 60770)
Stainless steel
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
Wetted parts 630/316 L
630/304 316 L/FKM 316 L
316 Ti/304
Connection G½B EN 837 G½B EN 837 G½B DIN 3852-A ISO 2852 1"
Supply voltage DC 10–32 V
Output 4–20 mA
System 2-wire
Electrical connection Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A)
Offset error compensation --- Subsequent zero calibration via magnet from the outside
Measuring range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 bar 32801 32833 32863 32892
-1/+1.5 bar 32802 32834 32864 32893
-1/+3 bar 32803 32835* 32865 32894
-1/+5 bar 32804 32836 32866 32895
-1/+9 bar 32805 32837* 32867 32896
-1/+24 bar 32806 32838* 32868 32897
0/600 mbar 32807 32841 --- ---

0/1 bar 32808 32842* 32872 32901

0/1.6 bar 32809 32843 32873 32902
0/2.5 bar 32810 32844* 32874 32903
0/4 bar 32811 32845 32875 32904
0/6 bar 32812 32846 32876 32905
0/10 bar 32813 32847* 32877 32906
0/16 bar 32814 32848 32878 32907
0/25 bar 32815 32849 32879 32908
0/40 bar 32816 32850* 32880 32909
0/60 bar 32817 32851 32881 ---
0/100 bar 32818 32852 32882 ---
13
0/160 bar 32819 32853* 32883 ---
0/250 bar 32820 32854 32884 ---
0/400 bar 32821 32855 32885 ---
0/600 bar 32822 32856 32886 ---
0/1,000 bar 32823 32857* --- ---
0/1,600 bar --- --- --- ---
0/2,000 bar --- --- --- ---
* Programmable turn down 1:4 via optional programming tool Blue part no. = in-stock items
(no asterisk = fixed measuring range).
** Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces

www.afriso.com 569
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 02 Vario

DG: H, PG: 4

DMU 02 Vario DMU 02 Vario MR DMU 02 Vario VT DMU 02 Vario BC DMU 02 Vario FL
Type
CP Clamp Dairy fitting VARIVENT® NEUMO BioControl® Flange

Version

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive polysilicon stainless steel measuring cell (thin-film)

Measuring accuracy
0.3 % FSO
(IEC 60770)
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
Wetted parts Stainless steel 316 L
316 L 316 L 316 L 316 L
VARIVENT® F NEUMO EN 1092-1 type B1
Connection ISO 2852 1½" DIN 11851 DN 25
(DN 25 and 1") BioControl® DN 25 DN 25 PN 40
Supply voltage DC 10–32 V
Output 4–20 mA
System 2-wire
Electrical connection Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A)
Offset error compensation Subsequent zero calibration via magnet from the outside
Measuring range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 bar 33080 32915 32938 32960 32981
-1/+1.5 bar 33081 32916 32939 32961 32982
-1/+3 bar 33082 32917 32940 32962 32983
-1/+5 bar 33083 32918 32941 32963 32984
-1/+9 bar 33084 32919 32942 32964 32985
-1/+24 bar 33085 32920 32943 32965 32986

0/1 bar 33089 32924 32947 32969 32990

0/1.6 bar 33090 32925 32948 32970 32991
0/2.5 bar 33091 32926 32949 32971 32992
0/4 bar 33092 32927 32950 32972 32993
0/6 bar 33093 32928 32951 32973 32994
0/10 bar 33094 32929 32952 32974 32995
0/16 bar 33095 32930 32953 32975 32996
0/25 bar 33096 32931 32954 --- 32997
0/40 bar 33097 32932 --- --- 32998
0/60 bar --- --- --- --- On request
0/100 bar --- --- --- --- On request
13 0/160 bar --- --- --- --- On request
0/250 bar --- --- --- --- On request
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

570 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Options for DMU 02/DMU 02 Vario

DG: H, PG: 4

DMU 02 Vario
DMU 02 Vario DMU 02 Vario
Type DMU 02 FBO flush
Programmable CP Clamp
with O ring

Version

Connection G¼B EN 837 • --- --- ---

Connection G½B DIN 3852 type E • • --- ---
Connection G¼B DIN 3852 type E • --- --- ---
Connection G½B DIN 3852 type A On request On request --- ---
Connection G¼B DIN 3852 type A On request --- --- ---
Connection ¼–18 NPT • • --- ---
Connection ½–14 NPT • • --- ---
High pressure connection M20 x 1.5 female --- --- --- ---
Connection G½B (flush DIN 3852-A) --- --- • ---
Connection G1B (flush DIN 3852 A) --- --- • ---
Connection G1B (flush with O ring DIN 3852 A) --- --- On request ---
Connection clamp ISO 2852 2" --- --- --- •
Connection clamp ISO 2852 2½" --- --- --- •
Other connections and designs (chemical seals) --- See page 550 --- ---
Other materials On request
Coatings --- --- On request
Surface roughness ≤ 0.4 µm for diaphragm --- --- • •
High temperature version up to 180 °C • • • •
Capillary tube with spiral hose --- See page 550 See page 550 See page 550
Cleaned for oxygen • • --- ---
Socket DIN EN 175301-803 • --- --- ---
Field housing (stainless steel) --- • • •
Circular connector M12x1, 4-pin, A-coded
• • • •
DIN-EN 61076-2-101
Fixed cable connection 2 metres • --- --- ---
Cable extension per metre • --- --- ---
Output 0–20 mA, 3-wire • --- --- ---
Output 0–10 V, 3-wire • --- --- ---
CANopen 2.0A On request --- --- ---
Ratiometric 0.5–4.5 V @ 5 VDC • --- --- ---
Other output signals On request On request On request On request
Calibration report (for measuring accuracy up to 0.3 % FSO) • • • •
13

www.afriso.com 571
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Options for DMU 02/DMU 02 Vario

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 02 Vario BC

DMU 02 Vario MR DMU 02 Vario DMU 02 Vario FL
NEUMO
Dairy fitting VT VARIVENT® Flange
BioControl®

Version

Connection DIN 11851 DN 32 / PN 40 • --- --- ---

Connection DIN 11851 DN 40 / PN 40* • --- --- ---
Connection DIN 11851 DN 50 / PN 25* • --- --- ---
Connection DIN 11851 DN 65 / PN 25 • --- --- ---
Connection DIN 11851 DN 80 / PN 25 • --- --- ---
Connection VARIVENT type N DN 40-125 and
®
--- On request --- ---
1½"–6"
NEUMO BioControl® DN 50 --- --- On request ---
NEUMO BioControl DN 65 ®
--- --- On request ---
NEUMO BioControl® DN 80 --- --- On request ---
Connection EN 1092-1 type B1 DN 40 PN 40 --- --- --- •
Connection EN 1092-1 type B1 DN 50 PN 40 --- --- --- •
Connection EN 1092-1 type B1 DN 80 PN 40 --- --- --- •
Connection EN 1092-1 type B1 DN 100 PN 40 --- --- --- •
Connection ASME B 16.5 DN 1" class 150 --- --- --- •
Connection ASME B 16.5 DN 1½" class 150 --- --- --- •
Connection ASME B 16.5 DN 2" class 150 --- --- --- •
Connection ASME B 16.5 DN 3" class 150 --- --- --- •
Connection ASME B 16.5 DN 4" class 150 --- --- --- •
Other connections and designs --- --- --- On request
Other materials On request On request On request On request
Coatings On request On request On request On request
Surface roughness ≤ 0.4 µm for diaphragm On request On request On request On request
High temperature version up to 180 °C • • • •
Capillary tube with spiral hose See page 550 See page 550 See page 550 See page 550
Cleaned for oxygen --- --- --- ---
Field housing (stainless steel) • • • •
Circular connector M12 x 1, 4-pin,
• • • •
A-coded EN 61076-2-101
Other output signals On request On request On request On request
13 5-point calibration report
On request On request On request On request
(for measuring accuracy up to 0.3 % FSO)
* See options table DMU 04 for separate union nut.

572 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 03

Industrial version

■ For low pressure ranges

■ Versions for relative pressure
and absolute pressure
■ Excellent long-term stability
■ Ex version (optional)
■ Option SIL 2

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in mechanical and plant engineering as well as process engineering
applications. With protruding diaphragm, the pressure transducers are also suitable for use with viscous,
highly viscous media.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 03 is equipped with an oil-filled piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell. The Safety Integrity Level of
the pressure transducers DMU 03 is SIL 2 (IEC 61508/IEC 61511).

Technical Measuring accuracy Process connection

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according G½B (EN 837-1/7.3) / DIN 3852-E
to IEC 60770 limit point calibration (non-linearity, with protruding diaphragm (0/100 mbar to 0/60 bar)
hysteresis, repeatability): < ± 0.35 % FSO Materials
(measuring ranges 0/100 mbar to 0/400 mbar Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
and 0/1,000 bar to 0/2,200 bar ≤ ± 0.5 % FSO) Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
Long-term stability Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
≤ ±0.1 % FSO/year at reference conditions Seal: FKM (Viton)
Measuring ranges ≥ 1,000 bar: connection and diaphragm
Relative pressure: 0/100 mbar to 0/600 bar made of stainless steel 630
Absolute pressure: 0/400 mbar to 0/600 bar Pressure transmission liquid
HP version: 0/1,000 bar to 0/2,200 bar Silicone oil
Overpressure safety Output signal/supply voltage
At least 3 x FS, except for 4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 8–32 V
■ 40, 60 bar: Overload = 105 bar Ex version DC 10–28 V
■ > 400 bar: Overload = at least 1.5 0–20 mA, 3-wire DC 14–30 V
Burst pressure at least 5 x FS, except for 0–10 V, 3-wire DC 14–30 V
■ 25 bar: Burst pressure = 120 bar
Load
■ 400 bar: Burst pressure = 1,250 bar
4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
■ > 600 bar: Burst pressure = at least 3 x FS
0–20 mA ≤ 240 Ω
Operating temperature range 0–10 V > 10 kΩ
Medium: -40/+125 °C Current input
Ambient: -40/+85 °C 4–20 mA < 25 mA
In Ex zone 0: -20/+60 °C 0–20 mA < 25 mA
Ex zone 1 and higher: -20/+70 °C
Storage: -40/+100 °C
0–10 V < 7 mA
13
Electrical protection
Temperature error band Short circuit proof and protected against
■ P < 0.4 bar ≤ ±1 % FSO
N reverse polarity
in compensated range 0/70 °C
■ P
Electrical connection/degree of protection
≥ 0.4 bar to 60 bar ≤ ±0.75 % FSO
N
Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
in compensated range -20/+85 °C
■ P
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
N
≥ 100 bar to 600 bar ≤ ±0.75 % FSO
in compensated range 0/70 °C CE conformity
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Dynamic characteristics
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Response time: 2-wire ≤ 10 ms
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
3-wire ≤ 3 ms

Options ■ Ex version ■ Other seal materials

(II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da) ■ Higher accuracy and overpressure safety
■ Other process connections ■ Fitting of chemical seal
■ Other electrical connections ■ SIL 2 (IEC 61508/61511)
■ Field housing (stainless steel 303) 2-wire

www.afriso.com 573
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 03

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection G½B Connection G¼B Connection G½B DIN 3852 type E

EN 837 and ISO 4400 EN 837 and ISO 4400 with protruding diaphragm

PN 0/100 mbar to 0/40 bar: Length of housing 50 mm PN 0/100 mbar to 0/40 bar: Length of housing 50 mm
PN 0/60 bar to 0/600 bar: Length of housing 59 mm PN 0/60 bar to 0/600 bar: Length of housing 59 mm
Ex version: Length of housing 83 mm Ex version: Length of housing 83 mm

DMU 03 with G½B EN 837 and field housing Electrical connections

ISO 4400 Binder 723

(DIN 43650)

The Ex version is 26.5 mm longer.

(cable gland M12 x 1.5 brass, nickel-plated)

DMU 03 HD with M20 x 1.5 female thread and ISO 4400 DMU 03 HD with 9/16-18 UNF female thread

13
Wiring diagram Pin assignment table
2-wire
Connector Binder Cable
M12 x 1
4–20 mA ISO 4400 Series colours
4-pin
(DIN 43650) 723 (DIN 47100)
2-wire system:
3-wire Supply + 1 3 White 1
(4–20 mA) Supply – 2 4 Brown 2
0–20 mA Earth Earth pin 5 Yellow/green 4
3-wire system:
Supply + 1 3 White 1
Supply – 2 4 Brown 2
Signal + 3 1 Green 3
0–10 V Earth Earth pin 5 Yellow/green 4

The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

574 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 03

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 03 DMU 03 VM DMU 03 HD

Version

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive stainless steel measuring cell Thin film sensor
Measuring accuracy 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO
0.5 % FSO
(IEC 60770) (≤ 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO) (≤ 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO)
Wetted parts Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 630
G½B G½B DIN 3852 type E M20 x 1.5
Connection
EN 837 with protruding Diaphragm female thread
Supply voltage DC 8–32 V DC 8–32 V DC 12 – 36 V
Output 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA
System 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire
Electrical Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
connection (DIN 43650-A)
Measuring range Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 bar 31634 --- ---
-1/+1.5 bar 31635 --- ---
-1/+3 bar 31636 --- ---
-1/+5 bar 31637 --- ---

0/40 mbar 32024 --- ---

0/60 mbar 32025 --- ---
0/100 mbar 31638 31643 ---
0/160 mbar 31639 31644 ---
0/250 mbar 31145 31165 ---
0/400 mbar 31146 31166 ---
0/600 mbar 31147 31167 ---

0/1 bar 31148 31168 ---

0/1.6 bar 31149 31169 ---
0/2.5 bar 31150 31170 ---
0/4 bar 31151 31171 ---
0/6 bar 31152 31172 ---
0/10 bar 31153 31173 ---
0/16 bar 31154 31174 ---
0/25 bar 31155 31175 ---
13
0/40 bar 31156 32026 ---
0/60 bar 31157 --- ---
0/100 bar 31158 --- ---
0/160 bar 31159 --- ---
0/250 bar 31160 --- ---
0/400 bar 31161 --- ---
0/600 bar 31162 --- ---
0/1,000 bar --- --- 33402
0/1,600 bar --- --- 33403
0/2,200 bar --- --- 33404
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 575
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Options for pressure transducer DMU 03

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 03 DMU 03 VM DMU 03 HD

Version

Ex protection II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 • • •
Connection G¼B DIN 3852 type E • --- ---
Connection G½B DIN 3852 type E • Standard ---
Connection G¼B EN 837 type E • --- ---
Connection ¼-18 NPT • --- ---
Connection ½-14 NPT • --- ---
Other connections On request On request •
Connection 9/16 UNF female
--- --- •
thread
Field housing (stainless steel 303) • • •
Binder connector 723 • • •
M12 x 1, 4-pin • • •
Fixed cable connection 2 metres • • •
Cable extension
• • •
per metre
Output 0–20 mA, 3-wire • • •
Output 0–10 V, 3-wire • • •
Other output signals On request On request On request

Calibration for special measuring

• • •
range
Absolute pressure (measuring
• • ---
ranges according to data sheet)
Measuring accuracy 0.25 % FSO • • •
5-point measurement report
(for measuring accuracy up to • • ---
0.25 % FSO)
All measuring ranges,
minimum range
Fitting of chemical seal --- ---
depends on design of
chemical seal
SIL 2 (only for 4–20 mA) • • •

13

i i
See chapter 15 for digital display units and See chapter 12 for chemical seals.
signal processing.

576 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 04

industrial version

■ DMU 04 CP/MR for hygienic processes

■ Small temperature error
■ Options: Ex, field housing or high temper-
ature version (up to 300 °C) and SIL 2

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application For applications requiring hygienic process connections, materials or processing, especially food tech-
nology, pharmaceutical and biotechnology applications.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 04 is equipped with an oil-filled piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell. The Safety Integrity Level of
the pressure transducers DMU 04 is SIL 2 (IEC 61508/IEC 61511).

Technical Measuring accuracy Clamp 1"/1½"/2" ISO 2852,

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Conical dairy fitting DIN 11851
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, DN 25/40/50 (without union nut)
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.35 % FSO
Materials
(measuring ranges ≤ 0/400 mbar and > 40 bar
Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
< ±0.5 % FSO)
Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
Measuring ranges Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Relative pressure: -1/0 bar, 0/100 mbar to 0/60 bar Pressure transmission liquid
Absolute pressure: 0/400 mbar to 0/400 bar Food oil (FDA-compliant)
Overpressure safety Output signal/supply voltage
At least 3 x FS, except for 4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 8–32 V
■ 40 bar: Overload = 105 bar Ex version DC 10–28 V
(burst pressure at least 5 x FS), except for 0–20 mA, 3-wire DC 14–30 V
■ 25 bar: Burst pressure = 120 bar 0–10 V, 3-wire DC 14–30 V

Operating temperature range Load

Medium: -10/+125 °C 4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
Short-term (60 min) up to 150 °C 0–20 mA ≤ 500 Ω
Ambient: -40/+85 °C 0–10 V > 10 kΩ
In Ex zone 0: -20/+60 °C Current input
Ex zone 1 and higher: -20/+70 °C 4–20 mA < 25 mA
Storage: -40/+100 °C 0–20 mA < 25 mA
0–10 V < 7 mA
Temperature error band
Electrical protection
In compensated range
Short circuit proof and protected against
13
-20/+85 °C ≤ ±0.75 % FSO/10 K
(0–50 °C < 0.40 bar ≤ ±1.5 % FSO/10 K) reverse polarity
Electrical connection/degree of protection
Dynamic characteristics
Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
Response time
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
2-wire ≤ 10 ms
3-wire ≤ 3 ms CE conformity
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Process connections RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
G½B DIN 3852 with flush diaphragm, Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
G1B DIN 3852 with flush diaphragm

Options ■ Ex version ■ High temperature version up to 300 °C

(II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da) ■ Higher accuracy
■ Other process connections ■ Union nut DN 25/40/50
■ Other electrical connections ■ SIL 2 (IEC 61508/61511)
■ Field housing (stainless steel 303) 2-wire

www.afriso.com 577
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 04

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Threaded connections with flush diaphragm Clamp connection ISO 2852

The SIL and Ex versions are 26.5 mm longer. Clamp 1"

Conical dairy fitting DIN 11851 Field housing

Conical dairy fitting DN 25

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire Connector Cable col-

ISO 4400 ours
4–20 mA
13 (DIN 43650) (DIN 47100)

2-wire system: Supply + 1 White

(4–20 mA) Supply – 2 Brown
3-wire Earth Earth pin Yellow/green

0–20 mA 3-wire system: Supply + 1 White

(0–10 V) Supply – 2 Brown
(0–20 mA) Signal + 3 Green
Earth Earth pin Yellow/green

0–10 V

The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

578 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 05 P

precision version

■ Precision version with outstanding

measurement performance
■ For applications requiring superior
measuring accuracy and long-term stability
■ Options: Ex version or RS-232 interface

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application Electronic pressure measurement in applications requiring high measuring accuracy and long-term
stability, such as process technology, water treatment, laboratory applications as well as measure-
ments of gas consumption and heat energy.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 05 P is equipped with an oil-filled piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell. The intelligent DMU 05 P
pressure transducers are equipped with digital amplifier electronics (microprocessor and 16 bit A /D
converter). DMU 05 P actively compensates for sensor-specific deviations (non-linearity and tempera-
ture error), allowing for superior measuring characteristics. DMU 05 can also be supplied with an
optional digital RS-232 interface for setting offset, range and damping.

Technical Measuring accuracy Materials

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
hysteresis, repeatability): < ±0.1 % FSO Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Seal: FKM (Viton)
Long-term stability
≤ +0.1 % FSO/year Pressure transmission liquid
Silicone oil
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: 0/400 mbar to 0/600 bar Output signal/supply voltage
Absolute pressure: 0/400 mbar to 0/600 bar 4–20 mA DC 12–36 V
2-wire
Overpressure safety Ex version DC 14–28 V
At least 2 x FS, 600 bar at least 3.5 x FS
(burst pressure at least 5 x FS, Load
≥ 400 bar at least 2 x FS) 4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
Current input
Operating temperature range
4–20 mA < 25 mA
Medium: 25/+125 °C
Ambient: -25/+85 °C Electrical protection
In Ex zone 0: -20/+60 °C Short circuit proof and protected against
Ex zone 1 and higher: -20/+65 °C reverse polarity
Storage: -40/+100 °C Electrical connection/degree of protection 13
Temperature error band Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
In compensated range (DIN 43650-A), IP 65
-20/+80 °C ≤ 0.02 % FSO/10 K CE conformity
Dynamic characteristics EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Response time < 5 ms RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Process connection
G½B (EN 837-1/7.3) or G½ DIN 3852 type E
with protruding diaphragm (0/400 mbar to 0/40 bar)

Options ■ RS-232 interface in conjunction with ■ Other process connections

Binder connector 723, 7-pin ■ Other electrical connections
(interface and software required) ■ Other seal materials
■ Ex version
(II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85°C Da)

www.afriso.com 579
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 05 P

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection G½B EN 837 Connection G½B DIN 3852 type E with

protruding diaphragm

Version up to 0/40 bar: Version greater than 0/60 bar:

G¾B DIN 3852 type E Electrical connections / cable outlet

Screw-in version for level measurement

ISO 4400 Binder 723

(DIN 43650-A)

13

Pin assignment table Electrical connections

ISO 4400 Binder 723 Binder 723
Cable outlet
(DIN 43650) (5-pin) (7-pin)
2-wire system: Supply + 1 3 3 White
Supply – 2 4 1 Brown
Earth Earth contact 5 2 Green/yellow

RS 2321):          RxD 4
TxD – – 5 –
GND 7
Software, interface and cable must be ordered separately.
1)

The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

580 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 04/DMU 05 P

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 04 DMU 04 DMU 04 CP DMU 04 MR DMU 05 P DMU 05 P VM

Version

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive stainless steel measuring cell

Measuring accuracy 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO
(< 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO (< 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO 0.1 % FSO 0.1 % FSO
(IEC 60770) > 60 bar 0.5 % FSO) > 40 bar 0.5 % FSO)
(< 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO) (< 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO)

Wetted parts Stainless steel 316 L/FKM Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L/FKM

Clamp 1" Conical dairy fitting G½B G½B DIN 3852

Connection G½B DIN 3852-E G1B DIN 3852-E
with flushdiaphragm with flushdiaphragm ISO 2852 DIN 11851 DN 25 EN 837
with protruding
(without union nut) diaphragm

Supply voltage DC 8–32 V DC 8–32 V DC 8–32 V DC 8–32 V DC 12–36 V DC 12–36 V

Output 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA
System 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire
Electrical connection Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A)

Measuring range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
-1/0 bar --- 31663 31686 31719 31742 ---
-1/+1.5 bar 31647 31664 31687 31720 31743 ---
-1/+3 bar 31648 31665 31688 31721 31744 ---
-1/+5 bar 31649 31666 31689 31722 31745 ---

0/100 mbar --- 33021 --- --- 33026 33027

0/160 mbar --- 33022 --- --- 31747 31771
0/250 mbar --- 31669 33023 33025 31748 31772
0/400 mbar --- 31670 33024 31726 31749 31773
0/600 mbar 33018 31671 31694 31727 31750 31774

0/1 bar 33019 31672 31695 31728 31751 31775

0/1.6 bar 33020 31673 31696 31729 31752 31776
0/2.5 bar 31651 31674 31697 31730 31753 31777
0/4 bar 31652 31675 31698 31731 31754 31778
0/6 bar 31653 31676 31699 31732 31755 31779
0/10 bar 31654 31677 31710 31733 31756 31780
0/16 bar 31655 31678 31711 31734 31757 31781 13
0/25 bar 31656 31679 --- 31735 31758 31782
0/40 bar 31657 31680 --- 31736 31759 33028
0/60 bar 31658 31681 --- --- 31760 ---
0/100 bar 31659 31682 --- --- 31761 ---
0/160 bar 31660 31683 --- --- 31762 ---
0/250 bar 31661 31684 --- --- 31763 ---
0/400 bar 31662 31685 --- --- 31764 ---
0/600 bar --- --- --- --- 31765 ---
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 581
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Options for DMU 04/DMU 05 P

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 04 DMU 04 DMU 04 CP DMU 04 MR DMU 05 P DMU 05P VM

Version

Available options
Ex protection II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 • • • • • •
Clamp 1½" ISO 2852 --- --- • --- --- ---
Clamp 2" ISO 2852 --- --- • --- --- ---
---
Conical dairy fitting DIN 11851 DN 40 --- --- --- • ---

Conical dairy fitting DIN 11851 DN 50 --- --- --- • --- ---
Sep. union nut DIN 11851 DN 25 --- --- --- • --- ---
Sep. union nut DIN 11851 DN 40 --- --- --- • --- ---
Sep. union nut DIN 11851 DN 50 --- --- --- • --- ---
G1B with conical seal --- • --- --- --- ---
Other process connections On request On request On request On request On request On request
High temperature version up to +300 °C • • • • --- ---

Field housing (stainless steel 303) • • • • --- ---

Binder connector 723, 5-pin • • • • • •
Fixed cable connection 2 metres • • • • --- ---
Cable extension per metre • • • • • •

Output 0–20 mA, 3-wire • • • • --- ---

Output 0–10 V, 3-wire • • • • --- ---
Other output signals On request On request On request On request On request On request

Absolute pressure (measuring ranges

• • • • • •
according to data sheet)
Measuring accuracy 0.25 % FSO • • • • --- ---
5-point measurement report
• • • • --- ---
(for measuring accuracy up to 0.25 % FSO)
RS-232 interface* --- --- --- --- • •
Programming interface and software --- --- --- --- On request On request
13 SIL 2 (only for 4–20 mA) • • • • --- ---
* Only in conjunction with Binder connector 723

i
See chapter 15 for digital display units
and signal processing.

582 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducer HydroFox® DMU 07

for level measurement

■ Flush diaphragm
■ Without transmission liquid 1
■ Mechanically insensitive ceramic sensor
■ Small temperature error
2
■ Ex version (optional)

A 3

1 Digital display unit DA 12

2 Signalling device
Page 700
3 Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 07

Application Continuous electronic level measurement of liquids and for pressure measurement of liquids and
gases in plant engineering.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
HydroFox® DMU 07 uses a capacitance ceramic measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Materials

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
hysteresis, repeatability): <±0.35 % FSO Diaphragm: Ceramic (AI2O3 96 %)
Seal: FKM (Viton)
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: 0/40 mbar to 0/20 bar Output signal/supply voltage
4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 9–32 V
Overpressure safety
Ex version DC 14–28 V
≤ 400 mbar at least 25 x FS
0–10 V DC 14–32 V
> 400 mbar at least 3 x FS
≥ 16 bar at least 2 x FS Load
4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
Operating temperature range
Medium: -40/+125 °C Current input
Ambient: -40/+85 °C 4–20 mA < 21 mA
Storage: -40/+100 °C
Electrical protection
Temperature error band Short circuit proof and protected against
In compensated range reverse polarity
-20/+80 °C ≤ 0.1 % FSO/10 K
Electrical connection/degree of protection
Dynamic characteristics Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
Response time ≤ 200 ms (DIN 43650-A), IP 65
Process connection CE conformity
G1½B flush diaphragm EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU 13

Options ■ Pressure connection made of PVDF

■ Other seal materials
■ Field housing (stainless steel 303)
■ Higher accuracy
■ Other output signals
■ Ex version
Ex II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
Ex II 1G Ex ia IIC od. IIB T6 od. T4 Ga
(metal housing)
i Ex II 1/2D Ex ia IIIC T 110° C Da/Db
Ex II 10 Ex ia IIIC T 110° C (metal housing)
See chapter 1 for the
complete "Level
Measurement" range.

www.afriso.com 583
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 07

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection G1½B DIN 3852 type E – Connection G1½B – field housing

connector and junction box ISO 4400
Pressure connection made
of stainless steel

① Cable outlet

Connection G1½B DIN 3852 type E – Electrical connections

connector and junction box ISO 4400
Pressure connection ISO 4400 Binder 723
made of PVDF (DIN 43650-A)

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire Electrical connections

Connector Binder 723 Cable colours
4–20 mA
ISO 4400 5-pin (DIN 47100)
2-wire system:
Supply + 1 3 White
(4–20 mA) Supply – 2 4 Brown
3-wire Earth Earth pin 5 Yellow/green
3-wire system:
White
0–10 V Supply + 1 3
Brown
(0–10 V) Supply – 2 4
Green
(0–20 mA) Signal + 3 1
Yellow/green
Earth Earth pin 5

13
The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

584 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers HydroFox®

DMU 08 – level probe

■ Compact and sturdy stainless steel design 1

■ Integrated overvoltage protection
■ Special calibration for all standard pressure
units possible 2

■ Optional Ex version optional

3

A
4

1 Junction box with pressure relief port

Page 702
2 Digital display unit DA 10/12/14
3 Signalling device
4 Hydro Fox® DMU 08

Application For electronic, continuous level measurement, e.g. in wells, drilling holes, water, containers or in waste
water systems. Suitable for groundwater, waste water (with optional FEP cable), diesel fuel and fuel oil.

Description Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 08 convert physical pressure into an electrical signal propor-
tional to the pressure. HydroFox® DMU 08 uses a piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Supply voltage

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according 4–20 mA DC 12–36 V
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Ex version DC 10–28 V
hysteresis, repeatability): <±0.35 % FSO 0–10 V DC 14–32 V
(measuring ranges 0/100 mbar to
Output signal
0/400 mbar < ±0.5 % FSO)
4–20 mA, 2-wire
Measuring ranges
Load
Relative pressure: 0/100 mbar to 0/25 bar
4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
Overpressure safety
Current input
See page 589
4–20 mA < 25 mA
Operating temperature range
Electrical protection
Medium: -10/+70 °C
Short circuit proof and protected against
Ambient: -10/+70 °C
reverse polarity
Storage: -25/+70 °C
For Ex version -20/+60 °C Electrical connection (degree of protection)
at Patm 0.8 to 1.1 bar PUR cable (IP 68)
With integrated breather tube for reference to
Temperature error band
the ambient atmospheric pressure
In compensated range
0/70 °C ≤ 400 mbar ≤ ±1 % FSO/10 K CE conformity
≥ 400 mbar ≤ ±0.75 % FSO/10 K EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Dynamic characteristics
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Response time ≤ 10 ms
Accessories
Materials ■ Screw connector kit
13
Housing: Stainless steel 316 L ■ Junction box
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L ■ Anchor clamp
Seals: FKM (Viton)
Pressure transmission liquid
Silicone oil

Options ■ Ex version ■ FEP cable

(II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, II 1D Ex ia IIIC T85 °C Da) ■ SIL 2 (IEC 61508/61511)
■ Measuring accuracy 0.1 % FSO

i
See chapter 1 for the
complete "Level
Measurement" range.

www.afriso.com 585
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 08

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Standard version Ex version, SIL, 3-wire 0–10 V, accuracy 0.1 % FSO

Screw connector kit Anchor clamp Junction box with pressure relief port

① Cable diameter ① Earth ② Cable gland ③ Pressure compensation element

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire
Cable colours
4–20 mA (DIN 47100)

2-wire system: Supply + White

(4–20 mA) Supply – Brown
Earth Yellow/green
3-wire
3-wire system:
0–10 V (0–10 V) Supply + White
(0–20 mA) Supply – Brown
Signal + Green
Earth Yellow/green

13
The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

Overpressure safety DMU 08

Measuring 100 160 200 250 300 400 600 1 1.6 2 2.5 4 6 10 16 20 25
range mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
Quin­ Sex­ Quin­ Quad­ Quin­ Quin­ Sex­ Quad­ Quad­ Quin­ Sex­ Quad­ Quin­
Overload Triple Octuple Triple Triple
tuple tuple tuple ruple tuple tuple tuple ruple ruple tuple tuple ruple tuple
Max. pres-
40 bar
sure load

586 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducer HydroFox®

DMU 08 T – level probe

■ With integrated temperature measurement

■ Compact and sturdy stainless steel design
■ Integrated overvoltage protection
■ Special calibration for all standard pressure
units possible

Page 702

Application Electronic, continuous level and temperature measurement, e.g. in wells, drilling holes and for monitor-
ing of rain overflow facilities, rivers and waters, for drinking water treatment in tanks or waste water
systems. Suitable for groundwater, drinking water, waste water (with optional FEP cable), diesel fuel
and fuel oil.

Description Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 08 T convert physical pressure and temperature into two inde-
pendent, electrical signals. HydroFox® DMU 08 T uses a piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell; the tem-
perature is measured by means of an integrated PT 100 sensor.

Technical Measuring accuracy Output signals

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Pressure: 4–20 mA, 2-wire
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Temperature: 4–20 mA, 2-wire
hysteresis, repeatability): <±0.35 % FSO
Load
(measuring ranges 0/100 mbar to
4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
0/400 mbar < ±0.5 % FSO)
Current input
Measuring ranges
4–20 mA < 25 mA
Relative pressure: 0/100 mbar to 0/25 bar
Electrical protection
Temperature (please specify when ordering):
Short circuit proof and protected against
1.) 0…30 °C (designation: 0030)
reverse polarity
2.) 0…50 °C (designation: 0050)
3.) 0…70 °C (designation: 0070) Electrical connection (degree of protection)
PUR cable (IP 68)
Overpressure safety
With integrated breather tube for reference to
See page 589
the ambient atmospheric pressure
Operating temperature range
CE conformity
Medium: -10/+70 °C
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Ambient: -10/+70 °C
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Storage: -25/+70 °C
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Temperature error band
Accessories
In compensated range
0/70 °C < 400 mbar ≤ ±1 % FSO
■ Screw connector kit 13
■ Junction box
≥ 400 mbar ≤ ±0.75 % FSO ■ Anchor clamp

Dynamic characteristics ■ Extended weight

Response time ≤ 10 ms
for output signal pressure
Materials
Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Seals: FKM (Viton)
Pressure transmission liquid
Silicone oil
i
Supply voltage Options
See chapter 1 for the
Pressure: DC 12–30 V ■ FEP cable
complete "Level
Temperature: DC 10–30 V ■ Other measuring ranges on request
Measurement" range.

www.afriso.com 587
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 08 T

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Standard version

Screw connector kit Anchor clamp Junction box with pressure relief port

① Cable diameter ① Earth ② Cable gland ③ Pressure compensation element

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire
4–20 mA Cable colours
Electrical connections
(DIN 47100)
Supply P + White
Supply P – Brown
Supply T + Grey
Supply T – Pink
Earth Yellow/green

13 The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

Overpressure safety DMU 08 T

Measuring 100 160 200 250 300 400 600 1 1.6 2 2.5 4 6 10 16 20 25
range mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
Quin­ Sex­ Quad­ Quad­ Quad­ Quin­ Quin­ Sex­ Quad­ Quad­ Quin­ Sex­ Quad­ Quin­
Overload Octuple Triple Triple
tuple tuple ruple ruple ruple tuple tuple tuple ruple ruple tuple tuple ruple tuple
Max. pres-
40 bar
sure load

588 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 09

Level probe – for chemical applications

■ Chemical-resistant plastic version 1

■ Robust ceramic diaphragm
without transmission liquid
■ Highly resistant FEP cable 2
■ Special calibration for all standard pressure
units possible
3
■ Ex version (optional)
A
4

1 Junction box with pressure relief port

Page 702
2 D igital display unit DA 12
3 Signalling device
4 Hydro Fox® DMU 09

Application Electronic, continuous level measurement in extremely corrosive liquids, e.g. chemicals or waste water
from landfill sites.

Description Pressure transducers HydroFox® convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the
pressure. HydroFox® DMU 09 uses a capacitance ceramic measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Output signal/supply voltage

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according 4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 9–32 V
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
hysteresis, repeatability): <±0.35 % FSO Ex version DC 14–28 V
0–10 V DC 14–32 V
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: 0/40 mbar to 0/10 bar Load
4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
Overpressure safety
≤ 400 mbar at least 15 x FS Current input
> 400 mbar at least 3 x FS 4–20 mA < 21 mA

Operating temperature range Electrical protection

Medium: -25/70 °C Short circuit proof and protected against
Ambient: -25/70 °C reverse polarity
Storage: -25/70 °C
Electrical connection/degree of protection
Temperature error band FEP cable (IP 68)
In compensated range With integrated breather tube for reference to
0/70 °C ≤ ±0.1 % FSO/10 K the ambient atmospheric pressure

Dynamic characteristics CE conformity

Response time < 200 ms EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Materials Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Housing: PP
Ex version: Stainless steel 316 L Accessories
■ Screw connector kit
Diaphragm: Ultra-pure ceramic (Al2O3 99.9 %)
Seals: FKM (Viton) ■ Junction box 13
■ Anchor clamp

Options ■ Housing PVDF

■ Cable protection conduits
■ FFKM seals
■ Ex version
Ex II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
Ex II 1G Ex ia IIC od. IIB T6 od. T4 Ga
(metal housing)
Ex II 1/2D Ex ia IIIC T 110° C Da/Db
Ex II 10 Ex ia IIIC T 110° C (metal housing)
i
See chapter 1 for the
complete "Level
Measurement" range.

www.afriso.com 589
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers HydroFox® DMU 09

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Standard version Screw connector kit

Anchor clamp Junction box with pressure relief port

① Cable diameter ① Earth ② Cable gland PG 11 ③ Pressure compensation element

13
Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire 4–20 mA
Cable colours
(DIN 47100)

2-wire system: Supply + White

(4–20 mA) Supply – Brown
Earth Yellow/green

The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

590 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 10 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

■ Compact design 1 2
■ Robust aluminium housing
■ High long-term stability P1 P2

■ High overpressure safety 3

■ Long service life

A A
4

1 DeltaFox DMU 10 D
Page 701 Page 702 2 Digital display and control unit DA 14
3 Alarm filter replacement
4 Filter

Application For electronic differential pressure measurement at very low differential pressure. For non-corrosive
gaseous media. Particularly suitable for monitoring filters and fans in air and air conditioning applica-
tions.

Description The DeltaFox DMU 10 D pressure transducers feature piezo-resistive silicon measuring cells. When
pressure is applied, the pressure difference between the positive side and the negative side is convert-
ed into a current or voltage signal which is proportional to the differential pressure.

Technical Measuring accuracy Process connection

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve as per 2 x G1/8B female thread
IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
Materials
hysteresis, repeatability):
Housing: Aluminium,
> 0/160 mbar: < ±0.35 % FSO
silver-coloured, anodised
0/40–0/160 mbar: ≤ ±1 % FSO
Process
< 0/40 mbar: ≤ ±2 % FSO
connection: Aluminium
Long-term stability Sensor: Silicon, glass, RTV,
≤ +0.2 % FSO/year Ceramic (Al2O3), nickel
Seal: PUR glued
Measuring ranges
Output signal / supply voltage
Differential pressure
Overload 4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 8–32 V
measuring range
0–20 mA, 3-wire DC 14–30 V
0/6 mbar to
100 mbar 0–10 V, 3-wire DC 14–30 V
0/10 mbar
0/25 mbar 200 mbar Load
0/40 mbar to 4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
350 mbar 0–20 mA < 240 Ω
0/60 mbar
0/100 mbar to 0–10 V > 10 kΩ
1,000 mbar
0/400 mbar Current input
0/600 mbar to 0/4–20 mA max. 25 mA
3,000 mbar
0/1,000 mbar 0–10 V max. 7 mA
Electrical protection
13
Operating temperature range
Medium: -25/+125 °C Short circuit proof and protected against
Ambient: -25/+85 °C reverse polarity
Storage: -40/+100 °C Electrical connection/degree of protection
Temperature error band Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
Differential pressure In compensated
measuring range range 0/60 °C CE conformity
≤ 0/10 mbar ≤ ±2 % FSO EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
≤ 0/25 mbar ≤ ±1.5 % FSO
≤ 0/250 mbar ≤ ±1 % FSO
> 0/250 mbar ≤ ±0.5 % FSO Options
■ Other process connections
Dynamic characteristics ■ Other electrical connections
Response time < 5 ms ■ Digital plug-in display DA 06

www.afriso.com 591
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 10 D

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection 2 x G1/8B female thread

M4x10

① Connector ISO 4400 ① Screw

DMU 10 D with plug-in display DA 06 Electrical connections

Optional

Standard Optional

① Connector ISO 4400 ISO 4400 (IP 65) M12 x 1 4-pin (IP 67) Cable outlet (IP 67)

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire
ISO 4400 Cable
Pin assignment M12 x 1
4–20 mA (DIN 43650) colours

2-wire system:
Supply + 1 1 White
3-wire (4–20 mA) Supply – 2 2 Brown
Earth Earth pin 4 Yellow/green
0–20 mA
3-wire system:
Supply + 1 1 White
Supply – 2 2 Brown
Signal + 3 3 Green
0–10 V Earth Earth pin 4 Yellow/green

13

592 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 11 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

■ Compact design 1

■ High overload safety

2
■ Mechanically robust and reliable, suitable
for applications involving dynamic pressure
changes as well as shock and vibration
3

A A

1 Delta Fox DMU 11 D

Page 701 Page 702
2 Digital display and control unit DA 12
3 Pump

Application For electronic differential pressure measurement in industrial applications. For corrosive gaseous and
liquid media which are not highly viscous and do not crystallise.

Description The DeltaFox DMU 11 D pressure transducers feature two oil-immersed piezo-resistive stainless steel
measuring cells. When pressure is applied, the pressure difference between the positive side and the
negative side is converted into a current or voltage signal which is proportional to the differential pressure.

Technical Measuring accuracy Process connection

specifications Deviation from characteristic curve as per 2 x G½B (837-1/7.3)
IEC 60770 limit point calibration (non-linearity, Materials
hysteresis, repeatability): Housing: Aluminium, black, anodised
PN > 1 bar: ≤ ± 0.5 % FSO (differential pressure Pressure connection:Stainless steel 316 L
range with turn down from 1:1 to 1:5) Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
PN ≤ 1 bar: ≤ ±1 % FSO (differential pressure Seal: FKM (Viton)
range with turn down from 1:2 to 1:10)
Output signal/ supply voltage
≤ ±0.5 % FSO (differential pressure range
4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 12–36 V
with turn down from 1:1 to 1:2)
0–10 V, 3-wire DC 14-36 V
Measuring ranges/overload safety Load
Nominal Differential pres- Max. static 4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
pressure sure measuring pressure at 0–10 V > 10 kΩ
(bar) range (bar) one end (bar)
Current input
0.2 0/0.02 to 0/0.2 0.5 4–20 mA < 25 mA
0.4 0/0.04 to 0/0.4 1 0–10 V < 7 mA
1.0 0/0.1 to 0/1.0 3 Electrical protection
2.5 0/0.25 to 0/2.5 6 Short circuit proof and protected against
6.0 0/0.6 to 0/6.0 20 reverse polarity
16 0/1.6 to 0/16 60 Electrical connection/degree of protection
Connector and junction box as per ISO 4400
Operating temperature range
(DIN 43650-A), IP 65
Medium: -25/+125 °C
Ambient: -25/+85 °C CE conformity
Storage: -40/+100 °C EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
13
Temperature error band Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
In compensated range
0/70 °C ≤±1.5 % FSO Scope of delivery
In compensated range Pressure measuring instrument with mounting bracket
0/50 °C at nominal pressure 0.4 bar ≤±2 % FSO
In compensated range
0/50 °C at nominal pressure 0.2 bar ≤±2.5 % FSO
Dynamic characteristics
Response time < 5 ms

Options ■ Other process connections

■ Other electrical connections
■ Other seal materials
① Delta Fox DMU 11 D ③ Alarm signal filter replacement
■ Other output signals ② Filter ④ Digital display unit DA 12
■ Fitting of chemical seal

www.afriso.com 593
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 11 D

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection 2 x G½B (EN 837) Connection 2 x G½B (EN 837)

① Connector ① Screw

Connection 2 x 7/16 UNF Connection 2 x G¼ female thread

① Connector
① Connector ② Pressure connection (female thread)

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire
ISO 4400
4–20 mA Pin assignment
(DIN 43650)

2-wire system: Supply + 1

(4–20 mA) Supply – 2
Earth Earth pin
3-wire
3-wire system: Supply + 1
0–10 V Supply – 2
(0...10 V) Signal + 3
Earth Earth pin

13
The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

594 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 07 – DMU 11 D

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 07 DMU 07 FG DMU 08 DMU 08 T** DMU 09 DMU 10 D DMU 11 D*

Version

Piezo-resistive Piezo-resistive Capacitance Piezo-resistive

Measuring Capacitance ceramic stainless steel stainless steel ceramic
Piezo-resistive
stainless steel
principle measuring cell measuring cell measuring cell measuring cell
silicon measuring cell
measuring cell
Measuring > 160 mbar = 0.35 % FSO 0.5 % FSO
accuracy 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO 0.35 % FSO 40–160 mbar = 1 % FSO (with ref. to
(≤ 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO) (≤ 0.4 bar 0.5 % FSO) < 40 mbar = 2 % FSO
(IEC 60770) nominal pressure)

Ceramic/FKM Ceramic/FKM Aluminium/silicon/glass

Stainless steel/ Stainless steel/ PP/ceramic/ Stainless steel/
Wetted parts Stainless steel Stainless steel RTV/ceramic,
FKM 316 L FKM 316 L FKM nickel/PUR (glued) FKM 316 Ti
316 L 316 L
G1½B G1½B 2 x G1/8B 2 x G½B
Connection --- --- ---
with flush diaphragm with flush diaphragm female thread EN 837
Supply voltage DC 9–32 V DC 9–32 V DC 12–36 V DC 10 (12)–30 V DC 9–32 V DC 8–32 V DC 12–36 V
Output 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 2x 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA
System 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire
Connector
Electrical Field housing 5m 5m 5m Connector ISO 4400
ISO 4400
connection M12 x 1.5 PUR cable PUR cable FEP cable (43650-A)
(43650-A)

Measuring
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
range
0/6 mbar --- --- --- --- --- 31861 ---
0/10 mbar --- --- --- --- --- 31862 ---
0/25 mbar --- --- --- --- --- 31863 ---
0/40 mbar 31789 31821 --- --- 31767 31864 31830
0/60 mbar 31790 31805 --- --- 31768 31865 31831
0/100 mbar 31791 31547 31555 31555T0070 31571 31866 31813
0/160 mbar 31792 31806 31556 31556T0070 31572 31867 31814
0/200 mbar 31793 31548 31557 31557T0070 31573 --- ---
0/250 mbar 31794 31807 31558 31558T0070 31574 31868 31815
0/300 mbar --- --- 31519 31519T0070 31812 --- ---
0/400 mbar 31795 31549 31559 31559T0070 31575 31869 31832
0/600 mbar 31796 31808 31560 31560T0070 31576 31870 31833
0/1 bar 31797 31550 31561*** 31561T0070 31577 31871 31816
0/1.6 bar 31798 31809 31562 31562T0070 31578 --- 31834
0/2 bar 31799 31551 31563 31563T0070 31579 --- --- 13
0/2.5 bar --- --- 31564 31564T0070 31580 --- 31817
0/4 bar 31800 31552 31565 31565T0070 31581 --- 31835
0/6 bar 31801 31810 31566 31566T0070 31582 --- 31818
0/10 bar 31802 31553 31567 31567T0070 31583 --- 31836
0/16 bar --- --- 31568 31568T0070 --- --- 31837
0/20 bar --- --- 31569 31569T0070 --- --- ---
0/25 bar --- --- 31570 31570T0070 --- --- ---
* P
 lease specify required nominal pressure/maximum static pressure when ordering.  Blue part no. = in-stock items
** 0–30
 °C, designation: 0030/0–50 °C, designation: 0050/0–70 °C, designation: 0070, standard temperature range: 0–70 °C.
Replace the designation of the part number, if necessary.
*** E lectrical connection 15 m PUR cable.

i
See page 596 for options and accessories.

www.afriso.com 595
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Options/accessories for DMU 07 – DMU 11 D

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 07 DMU 07 FG DMU 08 DMU 08 T DMU 09 DMU 10 D DMU 11 D

Version

Available options
Ex protection • • • --- • --- ---
2 x G¼ female thread --- --- --- --- --- --- •
2 x hose connection 6 mm --- --- --- --- --- • On request
2 x 7/16 UNF --- --- --- --- --- --- •
Other connections On request On request --- --- --- On request On request

Cable connection
--- --- • • --- --- ---
per metre PUR cable
Cable connection
--- --- • • • --- ---
per metre FEP cable

Binder connector • --- --- --- --- --- ---

Fixed cable connection 2 metres • --- --- --- --- --- ---
Cable extension per metre • --- --- --- --- • ---

Output 0–20 mA, 3-wire --- --- • --- --- --- ---
Output 0–10 V, 3-wire • • • --- --- • •
Other output signals On request On request On request --- On request On request On request

Measuring accuracy 0.25 % FSO • • --- --- • --- ---

5-point calibration report
• • --- --- --- --- ---
(for measuring accuracy 0.25 % FSO)
SIL 2 (only for 4–20 mA) --- --- • --- --- --- ---

Accessories for DMU 08/ DMU 09

DG: H PG Part no.
Screw connector kit plastic G2" – 1½" – 1" 1 52125
13 Screw connector kit stainless steel G1" 3 31822
Junction box with pressure relief port (IP 65) 1 31824
Anchor clamp 3 31825
Blue part no. = in-stock items

i
See chapter 15 for digital display units
and signal processing.

596 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 13 Vario

with local display

■ Robust stainless steel housing DMU 13 Vario with cooling element and
chemical seal
■ High-precision measurements
with integrated transducer
■ Mechanical, power-independent
local display
■ Zero correction via magnet

A A

Chapter 12 Page 702

Application For pressure measurements with a power-independent local display in combination with an electrical
output signal.

Description The DMU 13 Vario pressure transducers consist of a mechanical Bourdon tube measuring element
and a piezo-resistive polysilicon thin-film measuring cell. The Bourdon tube measuring element is used
to provide an easy-to-read analogue local display. The display is power-independent. Due to the inte-
grated pressure transducer, high-precision measurement in parallel is possible. A standardised current
output is available for signal transmission and recording of measured data. The robust stainless steel
housing has a solid baffle wall and blow out. The zero point of the electronic sensor can be corrected
from the outside via a permanent magnet after voltage has been applied and within a given time window.

Technical Nominal size Housing

specifications 100 Stainless steel 304 with solid baffle
wall and blow-out
Measuring accuracy
Pressure gauge: class 1.0 (EN 837-1/6) Window
Transducer: Deviation from the characteristic Laminated safety glass
curve according to IEC 60770 – limit point
Degree of protection
calibration (non-linearity, hysteresis, repeatability):
IP 54 (EN 60529)
< ± 0.3 % FSO
Process connection
Measuring ranges
G½B – spanner size SW 22, bottom (EN 837-1/7.3)
Relative pressure: -1/0 bar, 0/0.6 bis 0/400 bar
Wetted parts
Application area
Pressure connection Stainless steel 316 L/316 Ti
Static load: full scale value
Electr. measuring cell: Stainless steel 630/304
Dynamic load:
Seal: Without
0.9 x full scale value
Short term: 1.3 x full scale value Electrical connection
Junction box
Operating temperature range
Medium: -10/+85 °C
Ambient: -10/+60 °C
Storage: -10/+70 °C 13

Additional data Output signal/supply voltage Current input

transducer 4–20 mA, DC 10–32 V 4–20 mA < 25 mA
2-wire
Temperature error band
Load In compensated range
4–20 mA ≤ UB – UBmin -10/+80 °C ≤ 0.15 % FSO/10 K
0.02 A

Options ■ Housing filling (paraffin oil) ■ Range for positive and negative overpressure,
■ Electrical contacts e.g. -1/+3 bar
■ Other process connections
■ Fitting of chemical seal

www.afriso.com 597
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 13 Vario

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Bottom connection Bottom connection, with electrical contact

① Removable key, delivered loose with the unit.

Pin assignment table for pressure measuring cell Pin assignment table for electrical contact (left junction box).
(right junction box) Example: Magnetic spring contact MK2.12

Supply + 1 Normally open contact 1

Supply – 2 Normally closed contact 2
Earth Earth pin Supply 4

Wiring diagram

2-wire, 4–20 mA

13

598 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 14 DG/FG Ex

Intelligent precision version

■ Version DMU 14 FG Ex with Ex DMU 14 FG Ex

approval for zone 0
■ Ideal for process engineering
■ High accuracy of ±0.1 %
DMU 14 DG Ex

■ Either die cast housing (DG) or

field housing (FG)
■ Turn down 1:10
■ Local display

Application The intelligent pressure transducer DMU 14 DG Ex with die cast aluminium housing provides very high
accuracy and a turn down function for measuring range selection and is an ideal solution for process
engineering applications. The version DMU 14 FG Ex with a stainless steel field housing is perfectly
suitable for applications in the pharmaceutical and food industries. The devices come with HART®
communication.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 14 DG/FG Ex is equipped with an oil-filled piezo-resistive silicon measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Dynamic characteristics

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according 100 ms (without consideration of
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, electronic damping)
hysteresis, repeatability)
Process connection
≤ ±0.1 % FSO
G½B (EN 837-1/7.3)
≤ ±0.2 % FSO with turn down > 1:5
Materials
Long-term stability
Housing DG: Aluminium die cast,
≤ ±0.1 % x FSO/year at reference conditions
powder-coated
Display Housing FG: Stainless steel 316 L
LC display, 5-digit 7-segment main display Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
Character height 8 mm, indication range ±9,999 Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
8-digit 14-segment additional display Seal: FKM
Character height 5 mm
Pressure transmission liquid
52-segment bar chart
Silicone oil
Accuracy 0.1%, ±1 digit
(Option food oil – temp. of the medium -10/+125 °C)
Measuring ranges
Adjustable parameters
Relative pressure: 0/0.4 to 0/600 bar
Electronic damping: 0/100 s
Absolute pressure possible from 0/1 bar
Offset: 0/90 %
Vacuum ranges -1/+1; -1/+2; -1/+4 and -1/+10 bar
Turn down (of span): 1:10
Overpressure safety
Output signal/ supply voltage
Up to 0/20 bar, at least 4 x FS
4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 12–28 V 13
0/40 to 0/400 bar, at least 2 x FS
with Ex version/HART communication
0/600 bar: Overload = 1,000 bar
Load
Operating temperature range
4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB-UBmin)/0.02] Ω
Medium: -40/+125°C
HART® communication Rmin = 250 Ω
Short-term (60 min) up to +150 °C
Ambient: -20/+70 °C Current input
in Ex zone 0 at patm 0.8 to 1.1 bar Max. 25 mA
-20/+60 °C
without display -40/+80 °C Electrical protection
Storage: -30/+80 °C Short circuit proof and protected against
reverse polarity
Temperature error
≤ ±0.2 % FSO x turn down Electrical connection
in compensated range -20/+85 °C Cable gland M20 x 1.5
Degree of protection
IP 67 (EN 60529)

www.afriso.com 599
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 14 DG/FG Ex

Intelligent precision version

Technical CE conformity DMU 14 DG Ex

specifications EMC Directive 2014/30/EU II 2G Ex ia II B T4 Gb
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU and
(module A) II 1D Ex ia III C T85 °C Da
ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU Options

Ex approval
■ Other process connections
IBExU15ATEX1059 X
■ High temperature version up to 300 °C
DMU 14 FG Ex: (only for connection G½ DIN 3852 with
II 1G Ex ia II B T4 Ga protruding diaphragm)
and
II 1D Ex ia III C T85 °C Da

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

DMU 14 DG Ex DMU 14 DG Ex

DMU 14 FG Ex DMU 14 FG Ex

13
Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

Electrical Aluminium die cast Stainless steel

connections housing: field housing
Connection terminals Connection terminals
(terminal cross section (terminal cross section
2.5 mm2) 1.5 mm2)

Supply + IN + IN +
Supply – IN – IN –
Test Test –

Shield

600 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducer DMU 13 – DMU 14

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DMU 13 Vario DMU 14 FG Ex DMU 14 DG Ex

Version

Housing Ø 100 60 75
Housing Stainless steel Stainless steel Aluminium
0.3 % FSO
Measuring accuracy 0.1 % FSO 0.1 % FSO
Pressure gauge: class 1.0
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
Wetted parts
630/304/316 Ti/316 L 316 L/FKM 316 L/FKM
Connection G½B G½B G½B
Supply voltage DC 10–32 V DC 12–28 V DC 12–28 V
Output 4–20 mA 4–20 mA 4–20 mA
Measuring range Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/400 mbar --- 31977 31987

-1/0 bar 31200 --- ---

0/0.6 bar 31201 --- ---
0/1 bar 31202 31978 31988
0/2 bar --- 31979 31989
0/2.5 bar 31203 --- ---
0/4 bar 31204 31980 31990
0/6 bar 31205 --- ---
0/10 bar 31206 --- ---
0/16 bar 31207 --- ---
0/25 bar / 0/20 bar* 31208 31981 31991
0/40 bar 31209 31982 31992
0/60 bar 31210 --- ---
0/100 bar 31211 31983 31993
0/160 bar 31212 --- ---
0/250 bar / 0/200 bar* 31213 31984 31994
0/400 bar 31214 31985 31995
0/600 bar --- 31986 31996
Options en (without PG) Available options
Housing filling (paraffin oil) • --- ---
Without display – reduced price --- • •
Fitting of chemical seal See chapter chemical seals
High-temperature version +300 °C --- • • 13
Measuring range -1/xx bar On request • •
Pressure transmission liquid food oil --- • •
Absolute pressure (measuring ranges
--- • •
according to data sheet)
Magnetic pin MP 8 56227 --- ---
* Applies to DMU 14 DG/FG Ex only. Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 601
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 20 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

■ Multiple-range transmitter with up to

3 switchable measuring ranges
■ Easy parameterisation via 2-line LC display
■ Min./Max. value indication
■ Ideal for clean room and filter monitoring

Application The differential pressure transducer DMU 20 D can be used with all dry, gaseous, non-corrosive media.
The device detects even smallest differential pressures and is particularly suitable for heating, air condi-
tioning and ventilation applications. Clean rooms and filter monitoring are other application areas.

Description The devices equipped with silicon sensors. When pressure is applied, the pressure difference between
the positive side and the negative side is converted into a current or voltage signal which is proportional
to the differential pressure.
The 2-line LC display shows the measured value and the unit and optionally the status of the switching
outputs. The customer can parameterise up to three measuring ranges.

Technical Display ≤±0.5 % FSO BFSL

specifications 2-line LC display (measuring ranges < 6 mbar = ≤± 1 % FSO BFSL)
Visible area: 32.5 x 22.5 mm Long-term stability ≤±0.2 % FSO / year
5-digit 7-segment main display (measuring ranges < 6 mbar = ≤±0.5 % FSO/year)
(character height 8 mm, ±9,999) Mounting position: Vertical
8-digit 14-segment additional display
Measuring ranges/overload safety
(height 5 mm, 52-segment bar chart)
Accuracy: 0.1 % ±1 digit Nominal pressure Max. static
Switchable
Switchable pressure units: mbar, bar, Pa, hPa, PN diff. pressure
kPa, psi, Atm, torr, mmHG 1.6 mbar 1.0 mbar 200 mbar
4 mbar 2.5 mbar 200 mbar
Supply voltage 10 mbar 6 mbar 200 mbar
DC 11–32 V / 2-wire 40 mbar 25 mbar 345 mbar
DC 19–32 V / 3-wire
250 mbar 60/160 mbar 1,000 mbar
Load 1,000 mbar 400/600 mbar 3,000 mbar
0(4)–20 mA, 3-wire, Rmax = 330 Ω
Operating temperature range:
4–20 mA, 2-wire, Rmax = [(UB-UBmin)/0.02 A] Ω
Medium: 0/+50 °C
0–10 V, Rmin 10 kΩ
Ambient: 0/+50 °C
Output Storage: -10/+70 °C
0(4) – 20 mA, 3-wire
Electrical connection
0 – 10(5) V, 3-wire
13 Housing
Cable gland M16 x 1.5
Electrical protection
Plastic (ABS)
Short circuit proof and protected against
(H x W x D) 68.5 x 132 x 50 mm
reverse polarity
Sensor
Degree of protection
Ceramic, silicone, epoxy, RTV
IP 54 (EN 60529)
Process/pressure connection
CE conformity
Brass, nickel-plated
EMC Directive: 2014/30/EU
Hose olive Ø 6.6 x 11 mm,
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
for flexible hoses with Ø 6 mm
Options
Wetted parts ■ Other process connections
Pressure connection, PVC/silicone hose, sensor ■ Other output signals

Measuring accuracy
Deviation from the characteristic curve according
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
hysteresis, repeatability)

602 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 20 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

DMU 20 D Wiring diagram

3-wire

2-wire

Wiring diagram 2-wire and 2 x PNP Pin assignment table

Electrical
3-wire 2-wire
connections

Supply + VS + IN +
Supply – VS – IN –
Signal + (for 3-wire only) lout / Vout –
Switching output 1 S1
Switching output 2 S2

13

www.afriso.com 603
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 20 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

DG: H, PG: 4
1 Pressure transducer DMU 20 D
33409 DMU 20 D

2 Pressure type
D Differential pressure
R Relative pressure

3 Output
01 Analogue output 0 (4)–20 mA and 0–10 (5) V / 3-wire
02 Analogue output 4–20 mA, 2-wire and 2 x PNP open collector switching output
03 Analogue output 4–20 mA, 2-wire

4 Measuring range in mbar

053 0/1.6
054 0/4
002 0/10
005 0/40
009 0/250
012 0/1,000

5 Process connection
1 Hose olive Ø 6.6 x 11 mm, for flexible hoses with inner diameter 6 mm
2 Hose olive Ø 4.4 x 10 mm, for flexible hoses with inner diameter 4 mm

Ordering code
Example: 0/10 mbar,
33409 D 01 002 1
Connection Ø 6.6 x 11 mm

13

604 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 21 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

■ LED display and open collector

switching output
■ Turn down up to a maximum of 1:10
through customer
■ Min./max. value storage
■ Housing can be rotated by 330° and
pressure connections by 300°
A A

Page 698 Page 702

Application For electronic differential pressure measurement which requires a local display in addition to the analogue
output, for example, for monitoring filters and fans. The differential pressure transducer can be used with
all liquid and gaseous, corrosive media which a not highly viscous and which do not crystallize.

Description The DeltaFox DMU 21 D pressure transducers feature two oil-immersed piezo-resistive stainless steel
measuring cells and a 4-digit, red LED display. When pressure is applied, the pressure difference
between the positive pressure side and the negative pressure side is converted into a current signal
which is proportional to the differential pressure. A menu and two keys allow for displaying the measured
values and for configuring the individual parameters.

Technical Display Measuring accuracy

specifications 4-digit red 7-segment LED display Deviation from the characteristic curve according
(character height 7 mm) to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
Range -1,999/+9,999 hysteresis, repeatability) ≤ ± 1 % FSO BFSL
Accuracy: 0.1 %, ±1 digit
Application area
Digital damping: 0.3/30 s (programmable)
The maximum pressure in the system (maximum
Display housing can be rotated by 330°
static pressure, one end) must not exceed the full
Adjustments scale value (FS).
Turn down 1:10
Operating temperature range
Reference point for switching and analogue out-
Medium: -40/+125 °C
put selectable on + connection, - connection or
Ambient: -25/+85 °C
differential pressure
Storage: -40/+85 °C
Supply voltage
Process connection
DC 24 V ±10 %
G½ (DIN 3852)
Load Both pressure connections rotatable by 300°
500 Ω
Electrical connection
Analogue output Connector M12 x 1.5-pin
4 – 20 mA, 3-wire
Electrical protection
Switching output Short circuit proof and protected against
1 open collector (PNP), max. 125 mA reverse polarity 13
Status indication via LED
Degree of protection
On/off delay 0 to 100 s
IP 65 (EN 60529)
Switching accuracy ≤±0.5 % FSO
CE conformity
Material
EMC Directive: 2014/30/EU
Housing: Plastic (PA 6.6, polycarbonate)
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
Seal: FKM Scope of delivery
DMU 21 D, mounting bracket and 2 screws
Wetted parts
Diaphragm, pressure connection, seal Options
■ Other process connections
Measuring ranges ■ 2 x PNP open collector switching outputs
0/1 bar to 0/70 bar ■ Fixed cable connection with 2 metres PVC cable

www.afriso.com 605
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 21 D

Version for differential pressure measurement

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

DMU 21 D DMU 21 D

DMU 21 D Wiring diagram

Pin assignment table

Electrical M12 x 1 (5-pin), Cable outlet

connections plastic (IP 67)
Supply + 1 White
Supply – 3 Brown
Signal + 2 Green
Switching output 1 4 Grey
Switching output 2 5 Pink
Via pressure
Shield Yellow/green
connection

13

606 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DeltaFox DMU 21 D

Version for differential pressure measurement
Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4
1 Pressure transducer for differential pressure DMU 21 D
33410 DMU 21 D

2 Electrical connection
1 Connector M12 x 1, 5-pin

3 Output
01 Analogue output 4–20 mA, 3-wire + 1 x PNP open collector switching output
02 Analogue output 4–20 mA, 3-wire + 2 x PNP open collector switching output

4 Measuring range in bar

109 0/1.0
150 0/2.0
151 0/3.5
152 0/7.0
153 0/20
154 0/35
155 0/70

5 Process connection
01 G½B (DIN 3852)
02 G½B (EN 837-1)
03 G¼B (DIN 3852)
04 G¼B (EN 837-1)
05 ½-14 NPT
06 ¼-18 NPT

6 Seal
1 FKM
9 Others

Ordering code
Example: 0/20 bar,
3 3 410 1 01 15 3 01 1 13
G½B (DIN 3852)

www.afriso.com 607
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 30

industrial version

■ For pressure ranges up to 1,000 bar

■ Suitable for high overloads
■ Insensitive to pressure peaks
■ Ex version (optional)

A A A

Page 700 Page 701 Page 702

Application For electronic pressure measurement in machines and systems with technical gases (e.g. oxygen, oil-
free, grease-free) and for use in hydrogen applications.

Description Pressure transducers convert physical pressure into an electrical signal proportional to the pressure.
DMU 30 is equipped with a welded stainless steel measuring cell.

Technical Measuring accuracy Materials

specifications Deviation from the characteristic curve according Housing: Stainless steel 316 L
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity, Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L
hysteresis, repeatability): < ± 0.5 % FSO Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L
Long-term stability Seal: Without (welded)
≤ ±0.2 % FSO/year at reference conditions Degree of cleanliness:
Oil-free and grease-free version based on ISO 15001
Measuring ranges
Residual particles:
Relative pressure: 0/16 bar to 0/1,000 bar
No particles > 100 µm (with reference to 10 dm2)
Overpressure safety Residual grease:
■ 16 bar: Overload = 3 x FS
Residual grease content < 0.2 mg/dm2
■ > 16 bar: Overload = 2 x FS

■ > 600 bar: Overload = at least 1.5

Output signal/supply voltage
4–20 mA, 2-wire DC 8–32 V
Burst pressure at least 5 x FS, except for
■ 600 bar: Burst pressure = 2,000 bar
Ex version DC 10–28 V
■ > 600 bar: Burst pressure = at least 3 x FS Load
■ 1,000 bar: Burst pressure = 3,000 bar 4–20 mA: Rmax = [(UB – UBmin) / 0.02 A] Ω
UL-compliant, max. burst pressure = 2,420 bar Current input
■ Vacuum resistance: Unlimited 4–20 mA < 25 mA
Operating temperature range Electrical protection
Medium: -40/+125 °C Short circuit proof and protected against
Ambient: -40/+100 °C reverse polarity
In Ex zone 0: -20/+60 °C Electrical connection/degree of protection
Ex zone 1 and higher: -20/+70 °C M12 x 1, 4-pin (IP 67)
Storage: -40/+85 °C
CE conformity
13 Temperature error band EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
■ P ≥ 16 bar up to 1,000 bar ≤ ±0.2 % FSO/10K
N RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
in compensated range -25/+85 °C Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Dynamic characteristics
Response time: 2-wire ≤ 10 ms
Process connection
G¼B (EN 837-1⁄7.3) PN ≤ 600 bar
G½B (EN 837-1/7.3)
¼"-18 NPT

Options Ex version
■ Other output signal
■
zone 0+20
(II 1G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, II 1D Ex ia IIIC
■ Fitting of chemical seal
T135 °C Da)
■ Other electrical connections

608 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering Pressure transducers

Pressure transducers DMU 30

industrial version

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

Connection G½B (EN 837-1/7.3) Connection G¼B (EN 837-1/7.3) Connection ¼"-18 NPT

Electrical connections Electrical connections

M12 x 1, 4-pin (IP 67) Cable outlet with PVC cable (IP 67)

Wiring diagram Pin assignment table

2-wire
Electrical M12 x 1 / metal Wire colours
connections (4-pin) (IEC 60757)
4–20 mA Supply + 1 White
Supply – 2 Brown
Shield 4 Yellow/green

The units are shipped with a detailed connection diagram.

13

www.afriso.com 609
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Pressure transducers DMU 30

industrial version
Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4
DMU 30

1 Electrical connection
1 Connector M12 x 1, 4-pin (IP 67)
2 Cable outlet with PVC cable (IP 67)1
1
Standard: 2 m PVC cable without vent hose (operating temperature range -5/+70 °C)

2 Standard version
1 Oil-free and grease-free – cleaned for oxygen

3 Measuring range in bar (relative)

115 0/16
116 0/25
117 0/40
118 0/60
119 0/100
120 0/160
121 0/250
122 0/400
123 0/600
124 0/1,000
125 Special measuring ranges

4 Process connection
02 G¼B (EN 837-1/7.3)
04 G½B (EN 837-1/7.3)
06 ¼"-18 NPT

5 Output
01 2-wire: 4-20 mA / Ub = 8/32 VDC (standard)
02 2-wire: 4-20 mA / Ub = 10/28 VDC (Ex version)

13 Ordering key example DMU 30 1 1 119 04 01

610 www.afriso.com
 Quality assurance Pressure transducers

Universal digital pressure gauges

DIM 20 service instrument

■ High flexibility due to selectable units

■ Min./max. value memory
■ Intuitive operation via menus
■ Display can be rotated by 330°
■ Zero and full scale can be calibrated

Application High-precision electronic pressure measurement with local digital display, for applications such as
hydraulics, pneumatics, mechanical and plant engineering.

Description Compact microprocessor-controlled pressure gauge with thick-film ceramic measuring cell. The signal
received from the pressure sensor is processed by the microprocessor, converted into the desired unit
and displayed. Each device is shipped with its own measurement record.

Technical Functions Process connection

specifications Selection of units, min./max. memory, zero and G¼B (EN 837-1/7.3), bottom
full scale calibration, adjustable auto-off function,
Materials
adjustable decimal point, battery status indication
Housing: PA 6 glass-fibre reinforced
Displayed values Pressure connection: Stainless steel 304
Selectable pressure unit: Diaphragm: Ceramic (AI2O3 96 %)
bar/mbar/psi/inHg/mmHg/cmHg/kPa/MPa/mWC Seal: FKM
Display Degree of protection
Multi-line LC display IP 51 (EN 60529)
4.5 digit, numeric, for displaying the measured
value (character height 9.5 mm) – line 1 Supply voltage
1 x lithium battery 3.6 V (included),
6-digit, alphanumeric, for displaying additional
information (character height 6.8 mm) and addi- battery life depends on usage (max. 5 years)
tional symbols – line 2 CE conformity
Display can be rotated by 330° EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Measuring accuracy
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU module A
±0.5 % FSO BFSL
Deviation from the characteristic curve according
to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
hysteresis, repeatability)
Measuring ranges
Relative pressure: -1/0 bar, 0/2.5 bar to 0/700 bar
Dimensions (mm) 13
Overpressure safety
At least 1.5 x FS
Burst pressure
≤ 160 bar at least 2.5 x FS
> 160 bar at least 1.5 x FS
Operating temperature range
Medium: -20/+125 °C
Ambient: -20/+45 °C
i Storage: -30/+80 °C
See the catalogue
Temperature error
PORTABLE MEASURING
In compensated range
INSTRUMENTS for addi-
0/70 °C ≤ 0.5 % FSO/10 K
tional test, inspection and
service instruments for Dynamic characteristics
mobile use. Measuring rate 5/s

www.afriso.com 611
 Pressure transducers Quality assurance

Digital pressure gauge DIM 20

DG: H, PG: 4

Type DIM 20

Version

Housing Ø 75
Housing Plastic
Measuring accuracy 0.5 % FSO as per BFSL
Stainless steel 304
Wetted parts
ceramic/FKM
Connection G¼B
Supply voltage DC 3.6 V
Output ---
Measuring range Part no.
0/400 mbar ---
-1/0 bar 32500
0/0.6 bar ---
0/1 bar ---
0/1.6 bar ---
0/2.5 bar 32503
0/4 bar ---
0/6 bar 32505
0/10 bar 32506
0/16 bar ---
0/25 bar 32508
0/40 bar 32509
0/60 bar ---
0/100 bar 32511
0/160 bar 32512
0/250 bar 32513
0/400 bar 32514
0/600 bar ---
0/700 bar 32516
Options
Connection ¼-18NPT* •
Accessories
Spare battery 68309
* Please append N2 to the part no. when ordering.
13 Blue part no. = in-stock items

612 www.afriso.com
 Quality assurance Pressure transducers

Precision digital pressure gauge

DIM 30

■ Accuracy ≤±0.05 % at 400 mbar and higher

■ Suitable for on-site calibration or pressure transducers
■ Graphical LC display
■ Data logger function

Application For mobile electronic pressure measurement with high demands in terms of accuracy and long-term
stability in process engineering as well as mechanical and plant engineering applications. Suitable for
monitoring pressure and temperature behaviour as well as on-site calibration of pressure transducers.

Description The battery-operated digital pressure gauge DIM 30 consists of two devices – the digital display with a
graphical LC display and a pressure transducer with a piezo-resistive stainless steel sensor. The pres-
sure transducer can be replaced without tools and without calibration for other measurement tasks or
measuring ranges.
The integrated data logger can record pressure and temperature values linearly and cyclically. These
measured values can be analysed with the enclosed PC evaluation software.

Technical Display Measuring accuracy

specifications Backlit graphical LC display, Deviation from the characteristic curve according
Display unit visible area 55 x 46 mm to IEC 60770 – limit point calibration (non-linearity,
Indication of measured values max. 7 digits hysteresis, repeatability)
Temperature indication, time, ≤±0.05 % BFSL
100-segment bar chart potential input value, (measuring ranges <0.4 bar = ≤±0.125 % BFSL)
languages German/English Long-term stability ≤±0.1 % FSO / year
Duration and intensity of of backlight adjustable
Mounting position
Switchable pressure units: bar, mbar, hPa, kPa,
Any
MPa, psi, inHg, cmHg, mmHg, inH2O, mmH2O,
mH2O, kg/cm² Overload safety
Temperature indication: At least 3 x FS, except
Measuring ranges -10 / +55 °C 40 bar, overload = 105 bar
Resolution 0.1 °C 400 bar, overload = 1,000 bar
Accuracy ±2 K
CE conformity
Data logger EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Stores pressure values and sensor temperature RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
(sec., min., hour, daily at an adjusted time) Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
max. 600,000 values (module A)
Adjustable measurement interval Applies to devices with a maximum permissible overpressure of
> 200 bar only
Zero adjustment
From the front via keypad Scope of delivery
■ DIM 30 display unit
13
Supply voltage ■ Batteries

3 x 1.5 V, battery AA (LR6) ■ PC connection cable

Battery service life ■ Evaluation software on CD-ROM

Standard mode: > 2,000 h

Standby mode: At least 5 years
Current input
Without backlight: Approx. 1.3 mA
With backlight: Approx. 16 mA DG: H, PG: 4
(depends on adjusted intensity)
In standby mode: Approx. 1.2 µA Accessories Part no.
Service case with foam inlay,
Housing: 33420
no content
Stainless steel 304, Ø 100 mm
Protective cap, rubber,
33407
blue NG 100
Manual calibration pump 33408
Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 613
 Pressure transducers Quality assurance

Precision digital pressure gauge DIM 30

Technical Burst pressure Diaphragm

specifications At least 5 x FS, except Stainless steel 316 L
Pressure sensor 400 bar, burst pressure = 1,250 bar
Seal
Operating temperature range Without (weld version only for process
Medium: -10/+55 °C connections as per EN 837)
Ambient: -10/+55 °C FKM for all other process connections
Storage: -20/+70 °C
Wetted parts
Process connection Pressure connection, diaphragm, seal
See table Ordering Data
Measuring ranges
Degree of protection 0/100 mbar to 0/400 bar
IP 67 (EN 60529) PN ≥ 1 bar, vacuum-tight without limitation

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

DIM 30 DIM 30

DIM 30

13

614 www.afriso.com
 Quality assurance Pressure transducers

Precision digital pressure gauge DIM 30

Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4

Digital local display and evaluation software

33406 Display unit DIM 30 with evaluation software (CD-ROM) and PC connection cable (USB)

1 Pressure sensor, pressure type

R Relative
A Absolute (possible for 0.4 bar and higher)

2 Measuring range in bar

100 -1/0
102 -1/+1.5
103 -1/+3
104 -1/+5
007 0/0.10
008 0/0.16
009 0/0.25
010 0/0.40
108 0/0.60
109 0/1.0
110 0/1.6
111 0/2.5
112 0/4.0
113 0/6.0
114 0/10
115 0/16
116 0/25
117 0/40
118 0/60
119 0/100
120 0/160
121 0/250
122 0/400

3 Process connection
01 G ½ (DIN 3852)
02 G ½B (EN 837-1)
03 G ¼ (DIN 3852)
04 G ¼B (EN 837-1)
05 ½-14 NPT
13
06 ¼-18 NPT

4 Seal
0 Without seal (only process connection as per EN 837-1)
1 FKM
9 Others

Ordering code Pressure sensor DIM 30 R 114 02 0

Example: 0/10 bar, G½B

www.afriso.com 615
 Pressure transducers Process engineering

Differential pressure switches DS 01

Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm)

① Pipe Ø 6

Application Suitable for all practically neutral media such as process water, heating water, neutral gases, oils.
Suitable for two-point control by means of a continuously adjustable switching point (between 10 and
100% of pressure range).

Description A robust diaphragm type movement serves as the basis for this unit. It is suitable for overpressure,
vacuum and differential pressure measurements. The unit uses the same principle of operation for all
three measuring applications. The pressure or the differential pressure applies a force to one side of
the diaphragm. This force displaces the diaphragm system and moves the measurement range spring.
A switching pin mounted to the diaphragm actuates an electrical switching element. The switching
point is adjusted by means of a knurled knob according to the scale.

Technical Pressure ranges Switching point

specifications 0/0.6 to 0/4 bar 10–100 % of pressure range,
fully adjustable
Maximum static pressure
16 bar, device is overpressure-proof up to 16 bar Contact
and vacuum-proof Microswitch, normally open contact
(normally closed contact available without extra
Operating temperature range
charge)
Medium: Tmax = +80 °C
Ambient: Tmax = +80 °C Hysteresis
Approx. 2 %
Connection
2 x G1⁄8 female thread Maximum rating
U ... AC 250 V, I ... 3 A, P ... 500 VA
Pressure chamber
Brass
Diaphragm
NBR (Perbunan)
Mounting DG: H, PG: 4
Bracket for wall-mounting
Pressure range Part no.
Electrical connection
13 Cable gland M16 x 1.5 0/0.6 bar 88103
0/1 bar 88104
0/1.6 bar 88105
0/2.5 bar 88107
0/4 bar 88106
Options
Diaphragm FKM (Viton) 88125
Fixed cable 2.5 m 88126
2 x compression fitting
88120
for 6 mm pipe, steel
2 x compression fitting
88108
for 6 mm pipe, brass
2 x compression fitting
88114
for 8 mm pipe, brass
Blue part no. = in-stock items

616 www.afriso.com
 Mechanical engineering Pressure transducers

Electronic pressure switch EDS 10

■ 4-digit LED display

■ Display can be rotated and tilted to any position
■ 2 PNP switching outputs
■ Accuracy ≤ ±0.35 % at 400 mbar and higher
■ Measuring range selection from
100 mbar to 600 bar

A A

Page 698 Page 702

Application Main application areas comprise monitoring of gaseous or liquid media in plant and mechanical engi-
neering. The pressure switch lends itself to pneumatic or hydraulic systems requiring high switching
accuracy. The display can be rotated and tilted to practically any position so that the device can be
used under adverse mounting conditions.

Description The device is equipped with a piezo-resistive stainless steel measuring cell. The 4-digit LED display of
the pressure switch EDS 10 can be rotated by 330° and tilted by 300°. The switching points (switching
hysteresis) are via the menu and two keys. The status of the switching outputs is indicated by an LED
each. At a nominal pressure of ≥ 1, the pressure switch is vacuum-tight without limitations.

Technical Display Measuring ranges

specifications 4-digit, 7-segment, LED display, red Relative pressure: 0/100 mbar to 0/600 bar
(-1,999 … +9,999, visible area 22.5 x 10.5 mm) Vacuum-tight without limitations at nominal
4 LEDs for switchable pressure units pressure ≥ 1 bar
(bar, mbar, psi, MPa) Absolute pressure: 0/400 mbar to 0/600 bar
Status indication switching output
Overpressure safety
Switching output 1: green LED
At least 2 x FS, except
Switching output 2: yellow LED
0/600 bar, overload = 1,000 bar
Supply voltage Burst pressure at least 3 x FS
DC 18 – 30 V
Operating temperature range
Current input Medium: -40/+125 °C
< 40 mA Ambient: -40/+85 °C
Storage: -40/+100 °C
Switching outputs
2 x PNP (SIO mode), max. 200 mA Process connection
Delay time: 0 to 50 s G½ (DIN 3852)
Repeatability: ≤ ±0.1 % FSO
Electrical connection
Switching cycles: > 100 x 106
Connector M12 x 1 (4-pin), metal
Switching frequency: max. 200 Hz
Degree of protection
Material
IP 67 (EN 60529)
Housing: Plastic (PA 6.6) 13
highly impact-resistant and CE conformity
corrosion-resistant EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
Diaphragm: Stainless steel 316 L RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Seal: FKM (Viton), wetted part Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU
Pressure connection: Stainless steel 316 L (module A)*
* Applies to devices with a maximum permissible
Measuring accuracy overpressure of > 200 bar only
Deviation from characteristic curve as
per IEC 60770 Options
■ Other process connections
Limit point calibration (non-linearity,
■ Seal material (EPDM)
hysteresis, repeatability)
■ Other switching and analogue outputs
≤ ±0.35 % FSO
(measuring ranges ≤ 0.4 bar = ≤ ±0.5 % FSO)
Long-term stability ≤ ±0.3 % FSO/year

www.afriso.com 617
 Pressure transducers Mechanical engineering

Electronic pressure switch EDS 10

Dimensions (mm) and electrical connections

EDS 10 EDS 10, process connections

Wiring diagram Wiring diagram

3-wire system (SIO with switching output) 3-wire system (SIO with analogue output)

Pin assignment table

13 Electrical connections M12 x 1 (4-pin) M12 x 1

Metal (4-pin) metal
(without ana- (with ana-
logue output) logue output)

Supply + 1 1
Supply – 3 3
Signal + - 2
Communication/switching output 1 4 4
Switching output 2 2 -
Pressure Pressure
Shield
connection connection

618 www.afriso.com
 Mechanical engineering Pressure transducers

Electronic pressure switch EDS 10

Ordering data DG: H, PG: 4

1 Electronic pressure switch
33405 EDS 10

2 Pressure type
R Relative
A Absolute (possible for 0.4 bar and higher)

3 Output
01 2 x PNP (SIO mode)
02 2 x NPN (SIO mode)
11 Analogue output 4–20 mA + 1 x PNP (SIO mode)
12 Analogue output 4–20 mA + 1 x NPN (SIO mode)

4 Measuring range in bar

100 -1/0
102 -1/+1.5
103 -1/+3
104 -1/+5
007 0/0.10
008 0/0.16
009 0/0.25
010 0/0.40
108 0/0.60
109 0/1.0
110 0/1.6
111 0/2.5
112 0/4.0
113 0/6.0
114 0/10
115 0/16
116 0/25
117 0/40
118 0/60
119 0/100
120 0/160
121 0/250
122 0/400
123 0/600

5 Process connection
01 G½ (DIN 3852)
02 G½B (EN 837-1)
03 G¼ (DIN 3852)
04 G¼B (EN 837-1)
05 G¼ (DIN 3852) female thread
06 ½-14 NPT
13
07 ¼-18 NPT

6 Seal
1 FKM
3 EPDM

Ordering code
Example: 0/10 bar, 33405 R 01 114 01 1
G½B (DIN 3852)

www.afriso.com 619
 Thermometers
with capillary tube

Bimetal thermometers

Industrial thermometers

Resistance thermometers
CHAPTER 14

Temperature measuring instruments

and controllers

OVERVIEW INDUSTRIAL/CHEMICAL APPLICATIONS Quick finder

Mechanical temperature measuring instruments Bimetal stainless steel thermometers 649
at a glance 622
Electronic temperature measuring instruments Bimetal thermometers for
649
at a glance 624 chemical applications

Thermometers with capillary tube 626 Industrial thermometers V

 MTh 662

Resistance thermometers W
 Th 23–28 682
HEATING/PLUMBING Quick finder Electrical connection assignment for
688
resistance thermometers W  Th
Thermometers THK with capillary tube 627

Combined thermometer/pressure gauges CHEMICAL/PROCESS

629
THMK with capillary tube ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS Quick finder

Combined thermometer/pressure gauges TM/ Gas filled thermometers for

633 654
thermo-hydrometers TH chemical applications

Bimetal thermometers BiTh for heating/

636
plumbing applications HYGIENIC PROCESSES Quick finder

Bimetal standard thermometers, surface mount Resistance thermometers W

 Th 30 692
thermometers ATh, flue gas thermometers RT, 639
flue gas temperature controller RTC
OPTIONS/ACCESSORIES Quick finder
Temperature control thermostats TRT
664 Connection types for
with capillary tube 658
bimetal and gas filled thermometers
Safety temperature cut outs STB
666
with capillary tube Electrical contacts 660
Surface mounting thermostats
670 Thermowells according to DIN 43772 661
with housing GAT
Pockets for thermometers and
Immersion thermostats with housing G
 TT 672 669
thermostats with capillary tube
Thermostats with housing GTK
674
with capillary tube

Room thermostats with housing GRT 676

Twin thermostats with housing G

 DT 678
14
Resistance thermometers W
 Th 20–23 681

PLANT/VENTILATION ENGINEERING Quick finder

Bimetal thermometers for industrial
644
applications, bimetal air duct thermometers

Bimetal stainless steel thermometers 649

Industrial thermometers V
 MTh 662

621
 Thermometers mechanical Overview

Mechanical temperature measuring instruments

at a glance

Thermometers Bimetal Bimetal standard Surface mount Flue gas

with capillary thermometers thermometers thermometers thermometers

Heating and plumbing • • • • •

Mechanical and plant
engineering Application areas • •

Process engineering
Chemical applications
Food industry
Hygienic processes
Corrosive media
NG 40 • •
NG 50 • •
NG 52 •
NG 63 • • •
NG 80 • • • •
NG 100 • •
NG 160 •
Profile housing •
-40/+40 °C •
-30/+50 °C
-20/+60 °C • •
-20/+40 °C •
Ranges

0/60 °C • • •
0/120 °C • • • •
0/160 °C •
0/200 °C
≥ 0/300 °C •
Class 1 (EN 13190)
Accuracy

Class 2 (EN 13190) • • • •

DIN 16195
Plastic • • •
Housing

Sheet steel galvanised • • •

Aluminium, eloxed
Stainless steel 304
Stem • • •
Plug-on •
Connection

Mounting flange
Flange
Fastening spring/clip •
14 Magnetic holder •
Capillary tube •
Other ranges • • •
Options

Other connection designs •

Glycerine filling
Electrical contacts
Page 627 Page 636 Page 639 Page 639 Page 639

i
Technical specifications, application areas and suitability depend on the product version.
See catalogue data sheet and/or operating instructions for options and details.

622
 Overview Thermometers mechanical

Bimetal thermometers Bimetal thermometers Gas filled thermom-

Bimetal air duct Bimetal stainless steel V-shaped industrial
for industrial for chemical eters for chemical
thermometers thermometers thermometers
applications applications applications
• • • •

• • • • • •

• • • •
• •
• • •
• • •
• • •

• • • •
• • •
• • • • •
• • •

• • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • •
•
•

• •
•
• • •
• • • • • •

• •
• •

14
•
• • • • • •
• • • • •
• •
•
Page 644 Page 644 Page 649 Page 649 Page 654 Page 662

623
 Thermometers mechanical Overview

Electronic temperature measuring instruments

at a glance

Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance Resistance

thermometer WTh 20 thermometer WTh 21 thermometer WTh 22 thermometer WTh 23 thermometer WTh 24

Heating and plumbing • • • •

Air conditioning/ventilation • • • •
Pipeline engineering • •
Mechanical and plant
• •
engineering
Application areas

Appliance engineering •
Chemical/process engineering
•
applications
Pharmaceutical applications/
biotechnology
Food industry/hygienic processes
Corrosive media •
High temperatures
High pressure loads
Cable probe •
Fixed thread • •
Screwed pipe connection
Version

Flange connection •
Clamp connection
Varivent connection
Weld-in thermometer
PT 100, class A • •
Sensor

PT 100, class B • • • • •
100 mm • • •
Installation lengths

125 mm
160 mm • •
≥ 250 mm • •
Housing plastic • •
Material

Housing aluminium • •
Wetted parts 316 Ti • • • • •
Wetted parts 316 L
Electr. connection

Cable (wire ferrules) •

Cable gland • • • •

Connector

Other designs • • •
Options

Other process connections • •

14 Transmitter installation • • •
* Optional Page 681 Page 681 Page 682 Page 683 Page 684

i
Technical specifications, application areas and suitability depend on the product version.
See catalogue data sheet and/or operating instructions for options and details.

624
 Overview Thermometers mechanical

Resistance thermometer Resistance thermometer Resistance thermometer Resistance thermometer Resistance thermometer
WTh 25 WTh 26 WTh 27 WTh 28 WTh 30

• • • •

• • •

• • • •

• •

• •
• • • • •
• • • •
•

• •
•* •*
•
• •
•
•
• • • • •
• • • •
• • • • •
• •
• • • •
• • • •

• • • •
• • • •
•

• • • •

• • • • •
• • • • •
• • • • • 14
Page 684 Page 686 Page 686 Page 686 Page 692

625
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Thermometers with capillary tube

For burners, boiler, hot water tanks and air conditioning/refrigeration systems, AFRISO offers different temperature and pressure
measuring instruments with various housing versions and connection types. The portfolio covers pressure gauges and thermometers
with plastic or copper capillaries as well as combination instruments such as combined thermometer/pressure gauges. We also provide
OEM versions for your specific applications. Please enquire.

Application examples

14

i
See page 380 for pressure
gauge with capillary tube.

626 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Thermometers THK with capillary tube

■ Ideal for boilers and water heaters

■ Corrosion-resistant, highly impact-resistant
plastic housing
■ Many customised versions available

Page 669

Application Heating and plumbing, e.g. boilers, water heaters, hot water storage tanks.

Technical Nominal size Operating temperature range

specifications 37 – 40 – 52 – 45 x 45 Medium: Full scale value
Ambient: Tmax = +70 °C
Range
0/120 °C Operating pressure
No pressure
Accuracy/test point
50 °C = ±3 °C Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)
Measuring principle
Liquid filling

Standard version Connection Housing

Back, with Cu capillary tube Plastic (ABS), white, black or grey
Probe: Ø 6 x 30 mm, Cu Highly impact-resistant and corrosion-resistant
(see data sheet)
Window
Dial Clip-in plastic, transparent
Plastic (ABS), white or black RFK 52 with bezel
Dial marking black
Capillary length
Pointer Cu capillary with PVC coating, R3, grey
Plastic, black or white L = 500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000 mm

Options ■ Dial with customer logo

■ Various capillary lengths
■ Special colours for housing,
dial, pointer

14

www.afriso.com 627
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Thermometers THK with capillary tube

Dimensions (in mm)

Type THK 37 ①

① Capillary length

Type THK 40 ①

① Capillary length

Type THK 45 ①

① Capillary length

Type THK 52 ①

14

① Capillary length

628 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Combined thermometer/pressure
gauges THMK with capillary tube

■ Ideal for boilers and hot water storage tanks

■ Corrosion-resistant, highly impact-resistant
plastic housing
■ Many customised versions available

Page 669

Application Heating, cooling and plumbing, e.g. boilers, hot water storage tanks.

Technical Nominal size Application area

specifications 40 – 52 For pressure:
Static load: ¾ x full scale value
Ranges
Dynamic load: 2/3 x full scale value
0/120 °C – 0/4 bar
Short-term: full scale value
0/120 °C − 0/6 bar
For temperature: Full scale value
0/120 °C − 0/10 bar
Operating temperature range
Accuracy/test point
Medium: Full scale value
For pressure: Cl. 4.0
Ambient: Tmax = +70 °C
For temperature: 0/120 °C: 50 °C = ±3 °C
Operating pressure
Measuring principle
No pressure
For pressure: Bourdon tube, copper alloy
For temperature: Liquid filling Degree of protection
IP 32 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Window

Back, with Cu capillary tube THMK 40 = Clip-in plastic, transparent
For pressure: Brass disk G¼ B THMK 52 = Plastic, transparent with
For temperature: Probe Ø 6 x 30 mm, Cu reference pointer
(see data sheet)
Bezel
Dial THMK 52 = Push-on bezel
Plastic (ABS), white or black Plastic (ABS), grey
Dial marking black
Capillary length
Pointer Cu capillary with PVC coating, R3, grey
Plastic, black L = 500, 1,000, 1,500, 2,000 mm
Housing
Plastic (ABS), white or grey
Highly impact-resistant and corrosion-resistant

Options ■ Dial with customer logo 14

■ Various capillary lengths
■ Special colours for housing,
dial, pointer

www.afriso.com 629
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Combined thermometer/pressure gauges THMK

with capillary tube

Dimensions (in mm)

Type THMK 40 ①
①

① Capillary length

Type THMK 52 ①
①

① Capillary length

14

630 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Thermometers with capillary tube

DG: G, PG: 2

Type THK 37 THK 40 THK 45 THK 52 THMK 40 THMK 52

Version

Housing Ø 37 40 45 x 45 52 40 52
Plastic (ABS), Plastic (ABS),
Plastic (ABS), Plastic (ABS), Plastic (ABS), Plastic (ABS),
Housing grey, with bezel, grey, with bezel,
grey white black white
black black
Pointer Plastic, black Plastic, white Plastic, black Plastic, white
Dial white / scale Dial black / scale
Dial/scale Dial white / scale black Dial black / scale white
black white
Packing unit** 50 pieces

Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C – 0/4 bar

Capillary length* Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
500 mm 67512105 67652105 67522105 67502105 On request 67635105
1,000 mm 67512115 67652115 67522115 67502115 On request 67635115
1,500 mm 67512125 67652125 67522125 67502125 On request 67635125
2,000 mm 67512135 67652135 67522135 67502135 On request 67635135
Range --- --- --- --- 0/120 °C – 0/6 bar
Capillary length* --- --- --- --- Part no. Part no.
500 mm --- --- --- --- On request On request
1,000 mm --- --- --- --- On request On request
1,500 mm --- --- --- --- On request 67636125
2,000 mm --- --- --- --- On request On request
Range --- --- --- --- 0/120 °C – 0/10 bar
Capillary length* --- --- --- --- --- Part no.
500 mm --- --- --- --- --- On request
1,000 mm --- --- --- --- --- On request
1,500 mm --- --- --- --- --- On request
2,000 mm --- --- --- --- --- On request
* Other capillary lengths on request. Blue part no. = non-stock items
** Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 100 pieces per delivery.

14

www.afriso.com 631
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Thermometers THK
with capillary tube
DG: G, PG: 2

Type THK 58 S Cu THK 58 Cu THK 62 Cu THK 62 Cu oval

Version

Nominal size (W x H) 58 x 25 mm 25 x 58 mm 62 x 11 mm 62 x 11 mm
Housing Plastic, black
Dial/scale Dial white / numbers black
Mounting position Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Horizontal
Cu capillary with PVC jacket (R3, grey), Cu capillary with PVC jacket (R3, grey),
Capillary
Cu probe Ø 6.5 x 30 mm Cu probe Ø 6.5 x 25 mm
Packing unit 100 pieces

Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C

Capillary length* Part no.** Part no.** Part no.** Part no.**
1,000 mm 67542115 67542115s 67562115 67582115
1,500 mm 67542125 67542125s 67562125 67582125
2,000 mm 67542135 67542135s 67562135 67582135
3,500 mm 67542155 --- --- ---
* Other capillary lengths on request. Blue part no. = non-stock items
** Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 300 pieces.

14

632 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Combined thermometer/pressure
gauges TM / thermo-hydrometers TH

■ Pressure and temperature meas-

urement with at a single measuring
point
■ With self-sealing connection thread
for fast mounting
■ Bottom connection or
back connection
■ With mounting valve for easy
replacement without downtime
Bottom connection version

Application For liquid media which are not highly viscous, do not crystallise and do not attack copper alloys.
For combined measurement of pressure and temperature, especially in heating systems and heating
boilers.

Description The combined thermometer/pressure gauge / thermo-hydrometer consists of a Bourdon tube measur-
ing system for pressure measurement and a bimetal measuring system for simultaneous temperature
measurement. Both values are measured and displayed by a single gauge. A self-closing mounting
valve enables easy replacement of the gauge without the necessity to drain the system.
An optional M18 x 1 to G¼ adapter is available if the combined thermometer/pressure gauge has to be
mounted into an existing thermowell with M18 x 1 female thread.

Technical Type Operating temperature range

specifications D 1/D 2 Medium: Tmax = +120 °C
Ambient: Tmin = -20 °C
Nominal size
Tmax = +60 °C
63 – 80
Temperature performance
Accuracy class
Pressure gauge/hydrometer:
Pressure gauge/hydrometer: 2.5 (EN 837-1/6)
Indication error when the temperature of the
Thermometer: 2 (EN 13190)
measuring system deviates from the normal
Application area temperature of 20 °C:
Pressure gauge/hydrometer: rising temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
Static load: ¾ x full scale value Dynamic load: falling temperature approx. ±0.4 %/10 K
2
/3 x full scale value of full scale value
Short-term: full scale value
Degree of protection
Thermometer: 20/120 °C
IP 32 (EN 60529)
Ranges
Pressure gauge/hydrometer:
0/4 bar to 0/10 and 0/6 mWC to 0/60 mWC
Thermometer: 20/120 °C

Standard version Connection Pointer

Brass, bottom or centre back G¼B Pressure gauge/hydrometer: plastic, black
with mounting valve G¼ to R½ Thermometer: plastic, red
Measuring element Housing 14
Pressure: Bourdon tube, copper alloy D1 – plastic (ABS), highly impact-resistant
Temperature: bimetal element D2 – sheet steel black
Dial Window
Plastic, white Clip-in plastic with adjustable red mark
Dial marking black with circular arcs
(red/blue)

Options ■ Adapter M18 x 1 to G¼

■ Special scales
■ Other process connections

www.afriso.com 633
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Combined thermometer/pressure gauges TM /

thermo-hydrometers TH

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

TM 63 ax TM 80 ax

①
①

① PTFE sealing ring ① PTFE sealing ring

TM 63 ax with mounting valve TM 80 ax with mounting valve

①
②

① Mounting valve ① Mounting valve

② Pipe thread ② Pipe thread

TM 80 rad Mounting valve and adapter

TM80 Anschluss radial

NG80 30,3

14

11,2
58,5

SW14
1
11,2

G1/4B

① Pipe thread
① PTFE 1sealing ring
PTFE-Dichtring ② O ring (NBR)

634 www.afriso.com
Maßstab: 1:1 (Gewicht)
-
Allgemeintoleranzen Technische
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Combined thermometer/pressure gauges TM /

thermo-hydrometers TH
DG: G, PG: 2

Type TM 63, D211 TM 63, D211 TM 80, D111 TM 80, D201 TM 80, D211 TM 80, D211 TH 80, D211

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 80 80 80 80 80
Plastic (ABS)
Sheet steel,
Housing Sheet steel, black highly impact Sheet steel, black
black
resistant
Accuracy class Pressure gauge/hydrometer 2.5
Connection G¼B with mounting valve G¼ to R½
Adapter Without With Without Without Without With Without

Range Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
0/4 bar
63318 63346 63317 63337 63341 63348 ---
20/120 °C
0/6 bar
--- --- --- 63338 63342 --- ---
20/120 °C
0/10 bar
--- --- --- 63339 63343 --- ---
20/120 °C
0/6 mWC
--- --- --- --- --- --- 63311
20/120 °C
0/10 mWC
--- --- --- --- --- --- 63312
20/120 °C
0/16 mWC
--- --- --- --- --- --- 63313
20/120 °C
0/25 mWC
--- --- --- --- --- --- 63314
20/120 °C
0/40 mWC
--- --- --- --- --- --- 63315
20/120 °C
0/60 mWC
--- --- --- --- --- --- 63316
20/120 °C
* Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 100 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

Spare parts
DG: G, PG: 2 Part no.
Adapter G¼ to M18 x 1, brass 05 00 40 01

14

i
See page 516 for
mounting valves.

www.afriso.com 635
 Bimetal thermometers Heating/plumbing

Bimetal thermometers with plastic hous-

ing for heating/plumbing applications

BiTh 40 K with BiTh 50 K with plastic BiTh 63 K with brass

plug-on thermowell thermowell
Application Heating, plumbing, distribution Heating, plumbing, distribution Heating, plumbing
systems, underfloor heating systems, underfloor heating
manifolds. manifolds

Technical Nominal size Nominal size Nominal size

specifications 40 50 63 – 80 – 100
Measuring element Measuring element Measuring element
Bimetal spiral Bimetal helix Bimetal helix
Ranges °C Ranges °C Ranges °C
0/60 °C 0/60 °C -20/+60, 0/60, 0/120 °C
Application area Application area Application area
Full scale value Full scale value Full scale value
Operating pressure Operating pressure Operating pressure
No pressure at thermowell at thermowell
6 bar maximum 6 bar maximum

Standard version Connection Connection Connection

Plastic, plug-on, Stem plastic, Stem plastic, brass or alumini-
Ø 15 mm, no thermowell Ø 9 mm, thermowell G½B, um, Ø 9 mm, thermowell G½B,
plastic, removable brass, removable, stem length
Mounting position
40 mm or thread, self-sealing,
Centre back Mounting position
with PTFE sealing ring
Centre back
Dial
Mounting position
Plastic, white – Dial
Centre back
dial marking black Plastic, white –
(NG 63 bottom back optional)
dial marking black
Pointer
Dial
Plastic, black Pointer
Plastic, white –
Plastic, black
Housing dial marking black
ABS, white Housing
Pointer
ABS, white
Window Plastic, black
Clip-on plastic Window
Housing
Clip-in plastic
ABS, black
14 Window
Clip-in plastic

636 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal thermometers for heating and plumbing

applications

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Centre back connection, NG 40 Centre back connection, NG 50

① Mounting hole

Centre back connection, NG 63 – 80 – 100 Bottom back connection, NG 63

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal
14
B B1 D D1 d1 d2 d3 e G L1 L2 L3 L4 SW
size (NG)
40 13 – 40 – 14.8 33 – – – 11 50 – – –
50 11 – 49 – 14 – – – G½B 42 56.5 – – 24
63 14.7 13 62 63.5 12 – 15 16 G½B 14 25 19
40/63/100/ 61/85/122/
80 14.8 – 79 – 12 – – – G½B – – 19
150/200 172/222
100 15 – 100 – 12 – – – G½B – – 19

www.afriso.com 637
 Bimetal thermometers Heating/plumbing

Bimetal thermometers for heating and plumbing

applications

DG: G, PG: 1 DG: G, PG: 2

Type BiTh 40 K BiTh 50 K BiTh 63 K BiTh 80 K BiTh 100 K

Version

Housing Ø 40 50 63 80 100
Housing Plastic (ABS), white Plastic (ABS), black, window (plastic clip-in)
Stem Plastic, Ø 15 mm Plastic, Ø 9 mm Plastic, brass or aluminium, Ø 9 mm
Plastic, plug-on, Thermowell
Connection Thermowell G½B brass, Ø 12 mm outside, removable
no thermowell G½B, plastic
Accuracy class Class 2 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Stem length PU* PU* Part no. PU* Part no. PU* Part no. PU*
40 mm --- --- 63763 100 63776 100 63676 50
63 mm --- --- 63769 100 63777 100 63677 50
100 mm --- --- 63770 100 63778 50 63678 50
150 mm --- --- 63771 50 63779 40 63679 25
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64066 100 63749 100 63760 100 63765 100 63698 50
(See drawing
63 mm for stem) --- 63761 100 63766 100 63699 50
100 mm --- --- 63762 100 63767 50 63700 50
150 mm --- --- 63764 50 63768 40 63701 25
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm with
--- ---- 63702 100 63706 100 63684 50
PTFE sealing ring
40 mm --- --- 63704 100 63708 100 63997 50
63 mm --- --- 63710 100 63715 100 63695 50
100 mm --- --- 63711 100 63716 50 63696 50
150 mm --- --- 63714 50 63717 40 63697 25
200 mm --- --- --- 63671 10
* Minimum order quantity for non-stock items 1 PU (packing unit); delivery only in packing units.. Blue part no. = in-stock items

14
Spare thermowells
Connection G½B, brass
Stem length PG Part no.
40 mm with PTFE sealing ring 2 63685
40 mm 2 63856
63 mm 2 63686
100 mm 2 63687
150 mm 2 63688

638 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Bimetal thermometers

Standard bimetal thermometers/surface mount

bimetal thermometers/flue gas thermometers

Flue gas thermometer

Bimetal standard Surface mount RT / flue gas tempera-
thermometers thermometer ATh ture controller RTC
Application Heating, plumbing. Heating, ventilation and plumbing Flue gas thermometer RT and flue
Fastening by means of spring gas temperature controller RTC
(ATh Ø F), magnet (ATh Ø M) or for gas and oil-fired systems.
universal clamp (ATh Ø S).
Technical Nominal size Nominal size Nominal size
specifications 50 – 63 – 80 – 100 63 – 80 80
Measuring element Measuring element Measuring element
Bimetal helix Bimetal spiral Bimetal helix
Accuracy class Ranges °C Ranges °C
2 (EN 13190) -20/+40, 0/60, 0/120 RT: 0/300, 0/500
RTC: 0/350
Ranges °C Application area
-20/+60, 0/60, 0/120, 0/160 Full scale value Application area
Full scale value
Application area
Full scale value
Operating pressure
at thermowell
6 bar maximum

Standard version Connection Connection Connection

Stem plastic, brass or ATh Ø F: With heat-conducting RT: Stem stainless steel 316 L,
aluminium, Ø 9 mm element and fastening spring plain, with adjustable cone,
Thermowell G½B, brass, ATh Ø S: With universal clamp brass
removable (160 °C and higher for pipes 3/8" to 1½" RTC: Stem stainless steel 316 L,
with locking screw) ATh Ø M: 2 x magnet, Ø 20 mm plain, with ring magnet
bracket
Mounting position Mounting position
NG 50 – 63 – 80 – 100 NG 63 – 80 centre back Mounting position
NG 63 – 80 – 100 bottom Back
Dial
Dial Plastic, white; Dial
Up to 120 °C plastic, dial marking black Aluminium, grey dial marking
greater than 160 °C aluminium, black; RTC with green and red
Pointer
white reference zones
Plastic, black
Dial marking black
Pointer
Housing
Pointer
ATh Ø F: Sheet steel, galvanised
Aluminium, black 14
Plastic, black RTC with additional
ATh Ø M: Plastic, black
max. pointer, red
Housing ATh Ø S: Sheet steel, galvanised
Sheet steel galvanised Housing
Push on bezel
Sheet steel galvanised
Push on bezel Sheet steel nickel-plated
Sheet steel nickel-plated Push on bezel
Window
Sheet steel nickel-plated
Window Plastic
Plastic Window
Plastic
Options ■ Other ranges ■ Other ranges
■ Nominal size 34, 160 ■ Plastic housing

www.afriso.com 639
 Bimetal thermometers Heating/plumbing

Bimetal standard thermometers/surface mount

thermometers/flue gas thermometers

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Bimetal standard thermometer Bimetal standard thermometer

Centre back connection Bottom connection

Surface mount thermometer, centre back connection, Surface mount thermometers, centre back connection,
with fastening springs with magnets with universal clamp for pipes ¾" to 1½"

Flue gas thermometers RT Flue gas temperature controller RTC

Centre back connection Centre back connection

① Ø8/Ø12

① For hole

Dimensions (mm)
14 Nominal size (NG) a b1 b2 b3 D d1 d2 F G L1 L2 L3 SW
50 – 18 – – 50 12 – – G½B 40 19/22
141
63 10 20 35 15 63 12 – 29.3 G½B 63 86 19/22
191
80 10 21 33 15 80 12 6 47.3 G½B 100 136 19/22
291
100 10 23.7 40.5 – 100 12 – 59.3 G½B 150 19/22

640 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal standard thermometer

DG: G, PG: 2

Type BiTh 50 ST BiTh 63 ST BiTh 80 ST BiTh 100 ST

Version

Housing Ø 50 63 80 100
Housing Sheet steel, galvanised, push on bezel nickel-plated, plastic window
Stem Plastic, brass or aluminium, Ø 9 mm
Connection Thermowell G½B, brass, Ø 12 mm outside, removable*
Accuracy class Class 2 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm --- 63951 63955 63959
63 mm --- 63952 63956 63960
100 mm --- 63953 63957 63961
150 mm --- 63954 63958 63962
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64027B 63860 63865 63869
40 mm

63 mm 64028B 63861 63866 63870

100 mm 64029B 63862 63867 63871
150 mm 64030B 63864 63868 63872
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64031B 63801 63806 63811
63 mm 64032B 63802 63807 63812
100 mm 64033B 63803 63808 63813
150 mm 64034B 63804 63809 63814
200 mm --- --- 63842 63815
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C** 0/160 °C** 0/160 °C**
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm --- 63983*** 63987 64015
63 mm --- 63984 63988 64016
100 mm --- 63985 63989 64017
150 mm --- 63986 63990 64018
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 25 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items
* NG 50 with O ring clamp connection.
** 160 °C and higher = Thermowell with locking screw.
*** Dial red = Part no. 63674; on request / Dial blue = Part no. 63675; on request.

14

www.afriso.com 641
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Bimetal standard thermometer

DG: H, PG: 2

Type BiTh 63 ST BiTh 80 ST BiTh 100 ST

Version

Housing Ø 63 80 100
Housing Sheet steel, galvanised, push on bezel nickel-plated, plastic window
Stem Brass or aluminium, Ø 9 mm
Connection Thermowell G½B, brass, Ø 12 mm outside, removable
Accuracy class Class 2 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64039 64055 64073
63 mm 64040 64056 64074
100 mm 64041 64057 64075
150 mm 64042 64058 64076
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64043 64059 64077
63 mm 64044 64060 64078
100 mm 64045 64061 64079
150 mm 64046 64062 64080
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64047 64063 64081
63 mm 64048 64064 64082
100 mm 64049 64067 64083
150 mm 64050 64068 64084
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

Spare thermowells
14
DG: G, PG: 2

Connection G½B, brass

(only for bottom connection)
Stem length Part no.
40 mm 63850
63 mm 63851
100 mm 63852
150 mm 63853

642 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Surface mount thermometers/

eccentric thermometers
DG: G, PG: 3

Type ATh 63 S ATh 63 F* ATh 80 F* ATh 63 M ATh 80 M BiTh 63 exz

Version

Housing Ø 63 63 80 63 80 63
Sheet steel, galvanised, push on bezel nickel-plated, Plastic, black, push on bezel
Housing Plastic
plastic window nickel-plated, plastic window
Universal clamp Eccentric male
Heat-conducting element with fas-
Connection for pipes 3/8" to 2 x magnet Ø 20 mm connector
tening spring for pipes 3/8" to 1½" Ø 15 mm
1½"
Accuracy class Class 2 as per EN 13190

Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 20/100 °C

Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Dial black 63820 63822 63821 63651 63653 68895
Dial red --- --- --- --- --- 63920
Dial blue --- --- --- --- --- 63921
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
--- 63826 63943 63650 63652 ---
Range --- -20/+40 °C --- --- --- ---
--- 64339 ---
*ATh 63 F / ATh 80 F are also available with plastic housing (PG: 1). Blue part no. = in-stock items

Flue gas thermometers/

flue gas temperature controllers
DG: G, PG: 3

Type RT 80 RT 80 RTC 80

Version

Housing Ø 80 80 80
Housing Sheet steel galvanised, push on bezel nickel-plated, plastic window
Plain stem Plain stem
Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L Plain stem
Connection Adjustable cone Adjustable cone stainless steel 316, 14
Brass, nickel-plated Stainless steel magnet
8–12 mm 12–18 mm
Accuracy class Class 2 as per EN 13190
Range 0/300 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/350 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
100 mm --- --- --- 63833
150 mm 64238 63830 64164 63832
300 mm 64239 63831 --- ---
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 643
 Bimetal thermometers Industrial/ventilation applications

Bimetal thermometers for industrial applications/

Bimetal air duct thermometer

Bimetal thermometers for Bimetal air duct thermometer

industrial applications
Technical Mechanical engineering, plant engineering, pipe- Air conditioning, ventilation
specifications lines, boilers, heating technology
Type
Type
D2
D2
Nominal size
Nominal size
63 – 80 – 100
63 – 80 – 100 – 160
Measuring element
Measuring element
Bimetal helix
Bimetal helix
Accuracy class
Accuracy class
2 (EN 13190)
1 (EN 13190)
Ranges °C
Ranges °C
-30/+50, -20/+60, -20/+40, 0/60
-20/+60, 0/60, 0/120, 0/160
Application area
Application area (EN 13190)
Full scale value
Continuous load: measuring range
Short-term: range Degree of protection
IP 41 (EN 60529)
Operating pressure at thermowell
10 bar maximum
Degree of protection
IP 41 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Connection

Stem brass, Ø 9 mm Stem brass, Ø 9 mm, mounting flange,
Thermowell G½B, brass, removable plastic Ø 60 mm, or back flange, steel
Mounting position Mounting position
NG 63 – 80 – 100 – 160 centre back NG 63 – 80 – 100 centre back
NG 63 – 80 – 100 – 160 bottom
Dial
Dial Aluminium, white,
Aluminium, white, Dial marking black
Dial marking black
Pointer
Pointer Plastic, black
Aluminium, black
Housing
14 Housing Sheet steel galvanised
Sheet steel galvanised
Push on bezel
Push on bezel Sheet steel nickel-plated
Sheet steel nickel-plated
Window
Window Version LKF: Plastic
Instrument glass Version LKB: Instrument glass

Options ■ Other connection types ■ Other ranges

■ Other ranges ■ Other stem lengths
■ Other stem lengths ■ Accuracy class 1
■ Steel flange Ø 40/80 mm

644 www.afriso.com
 Industrial/ventilation applications Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal thermometers for industrial applications/

Bimetal air duct thermometer

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Bimetal thermometers for industrial applications Bottom connection

Centre back connection

Bimetal air duct thermometer

Centre back connection

① Adjustable

Dimensions (mm)

Nominal size (NG) a b b1 b2 D d1 d2 d3 d4 F G l l1 SW 14

63 10 24 34 63 9 12 51 60 43.5 G½B 40 10 22
Adjustable

80 10 24 36 80 9 12 51 60 52 G½B 63 10 22
100 10 26 36 100 9 12 51 60 62 G½B 100 10 22
160 - 32 37 160 -­ - -­ - 92 G½B 150 - 22

www.afriso.com 645
 Bimetal thermometers Industrial/ventilation applications

Bimetal thermometers for industrial applications

DG: H, PG: 2

Type BiTh 63 I D211 BiTh 80 I D211 BiTh 100 I D211 BiTh 160 I D211

Version

Housing Ø 63 80 100 160

Housing Sheet steel galvanised, push on bezel nickel-plated, instrument glass window
Stem Brass, Ø 9 mm
Connection Thermowell G½B, brass, Ø 12 mm outside, removable
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65106211 65206211 65306211 65406211
63 mm 65107211 65207211 65307211 65407211
100 mm 65108211 65208211 65308211 65408211
150 mm 65109211 65209211 65309211 65409211
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65131211 65231211 65331211 65431211
63 mm 65132211 65232211 65332211 65432211
100 mm 65133211 65233211 65333211 65433211
150 mm 65134211 65234211 65334211 65434211
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65146211 65246211 65346211 65446211
63 mm 65147211 65247211 65347211 65447211
100 mm 65148211 65248211 65348211 65448211
150 mm 65149211 65249211 65349211 65449211
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65151211 65251211 65351211 65451211
63 mm 65152211 65252211 65352211 65452211
100 mm 65153211 65253211 65353211 65453211
150 mm 65154211 65254211 65354211 65454211
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

14

i
See page 659 for options.

646 www.afriso.com
 Industrial/ventilation applications Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal thermometers for industrial applications

DG: H, PG: 2

Type BiTh 63 I D201 BiTh 80 I D201 BiTh 100 I D201 BiTh 160 I D201

Version

Housing Ø 63 80 100 160

Housing Sheet steel galvanised, push on bezel nickel-plated, instrument glass window
Stem Brass, Ø 9 mm
Connection Thermowell G½B, brass, Ø 12 mm outside, removable
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65106201 65206201 65306201 65406201
63 mm 65107201 65207201 65307201 65407201
100 mm 65108201 65208201 65308201 65408201
150 mm 65109201 65209201 65309201 65409201
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65131201 65231201 65331201 65431201
63 mm 65132201 65232201 65332201 65432201
100 mm 65133201 65233201 65333201 65433201
150 mm 65134201 65234201 65334201 65434201
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65146201 65246201 65346201 65446201
63 mm 65147201 65247201 65347201 65447201
100 mm 65148201 65248201 65348201 65448201
150 mm 65149201 65249201 65349201 65449201
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 65151201 65251201 65351201 65451201
63 mm 65152201 65252201 65352201 65452201
100 mm 65153201 65253201 65353201 65453201
150 mm 65154201 65254201 65354201 65454201
 Blue part no. = in-stock items


14

i
See page 659 for options.

www.afriso.com 647
 Bimetal thermometers Industrial/ventilation applications

Bimetal air duct thermometer

DG: H, PG: 2

BiTh 63 LKF BiTh 80 LKF BiTh 100 LKF BiTh 63 LKB BiTh 80 LKB BiTh 100 LKB
Type
D211 D211 D211 D271 D271 D271

Version

Housing Ø 63 80 100 63 80 100

Sheet steel galvanised, push on bezel
Sheet steel galvanised, push on bezel
Housing nickel-plated, with back flange,
nickel-plated, plastic window
Instrument glass window
Stem Brass, Ø 9 mm
Connection Flange, plastic, Ø 60 mm Plain
Accuracy class Class 2 as per EN 13190
Range -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
100 mm 65613211 65713211 65813211 65613271 65713271 65813271
150 mm 65614211 65714211 65814211 65614271 65714271 65814271
200 mm 65615211 65715211 65815211 65615271 65715271 65815271
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
100 mm 65608211 65708211 65808211 65608271 65708271 65808271
150 mm 65609211 65709211 65809211 65609271 65709271 65809271
200 mm 65610211 65710211 65810211 65610271 65710271 65810271
Range -20/+40 °C -20/+40 °C -20/+40 °C -20/+40 °C -20/+40 °C -20/+40 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
100 mm 65623211 65723211 65823211 65623271 65723271 65823271
150 mm 65624211 65724211 65824211 65624271 65724271 65824271
200 mm 65625211 65725211 65825211 65625271 65725271 65825271
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
100 mm 65633211 65733211 65833211 65633271 65733271 65833271
150 mm 65634211 65734211 65834211 65634271 65734271 65834271
200 mm 65635211 65735211 65835211 65635271 65735271 65835271
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

14

i
See page 659 for options.

648 www.afriso.com
 Industrial/chemical applications Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal stainless steel thermometers/

Bimetal thermometers for chemical applications

ter ring
With adap
well
for thermo
Ø 18 m m

Bimetal stainless steel Bimetal thermometers for

thermometer chemical applications
Application For corrosive media. Suitable for a great variety For corrosive media. Meets exacting measuring
of industrial applications. demands, e.g. in process engineering as well as
chemical and food industry applications.

Technical Type: D3 Type: D4

specifications
Nominal size: 63 – 80 – 100 Nominal size: 63 – 100 – 160
Measuring element: Bimetal helix Measuring element: Bimetal helix
Accuracy class: 1 (EN 13190) Accuracy class: 1 (EN 13190)
Ranges °C Ranges °C
-20/+60, 0/60, 0/120, 0/160 -20/+60, 0/60, 0/120, 0/160
Application area (EN 13190) Application area
Continuous load: measuring range Continuous: Full scale value
Short-term: range Short-term: 1.1 x full scale value
Operating pressure at thermowell Operating pressure at stem
(not included in scope of delivery) 6 bar maximum
25 bar maximum
Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529)
Degree of protection: IP 43 (EN 60529)

Standard version Connection Connection

Stem stainless steel 316 L, Ø 8 mm, plain Stem stainless steel 316 Ti, Ø 8 mm, plain,
Adapter ring closed
Plastic, for thermowells with Mounting position
connection collar Ø 14, 18 mm NG 63 – 100 – 160 centre back
(only for mounting position back up to max. 120 °C) NG 63 – 100 – 160 bottom
Mounting position Dial
NG 63 – 80 – 100 centre back Aluminium, white
NG 63 – 100 bottom Dial marking black
Dial
Aluminium, white – Dial marking black Pointer: Aluminium, black

Pointer: Aluminium, black Housing: Stainless steel 304

Housing and push on bezel Bayonet type bezel: Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 304
Window: Instrument glass
Window: Instrument glass 14
Options ■ Thermowell G½B, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L ■ Thermowell G½B, stainless steel 316 Ti/316 L
■ Other connection designs ■ Grooved nut connection as per DIN 11851
■ Other ranges ■ Other connection designs
■ Other stem lengths ■ Other ranges
■ Other stem lengths
■ Laminated safety glass window
■ Glycerine filling
Every angle version
i
■

■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

See page 661 for ■ Back flange
suitable thermowells. ■ Special materials

www.afriso.com 649
 Bimetal thermometers Industrial/chemical applications

Bimetal stainless steel thermometers/

Bimetal thermometers for chemical applications

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Bimetal stainless steel thermometers – centre back connection Bimetal stainless steel thermometers – bottom connection

Plain stem (standard): Plain stem (standard): Fixed male connection

(option):

Separate thermowell
(option):

Fixed male connection (option):

Separate thermowell (option):

Bimetal thermometers for chemical applications – Bimetal thermometers for chemical applications –
centre back connection bottom connection
Plain stem (standard): Separate thermowell Plain stem (standard): Fixed male connection
(option): (option):

Fixed male connection (option):

Separate thermowell (option):

Dimensions (mm)
14 Nominal size (NG) D a1 a2 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 F F1 G l1 l2
63 63 10 15.5 15 34 32 45 27 62 46.5 58.5 G½B 40 49
80 80 - - 15 - - - 28 - - - G½B 63 67
100 104
100 100 10 17.5 17 36 27.5 49.5 29 57.5 65 77.5 G½B 150 154
160 160 10 15.5 18 - 34 48 32 64 95 107.5 G½B 200 204

650 www.afriso.com
 Industrial/chemical applications Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal stainless steel thermometers

DG: H, PG: 3

Type BiTh 63 E D312 BiTh 80 E D312 BiTh 100 E D312 BiTh 63 E D302 BiTh 100 E D302

Version

Housing Ø 63 80 100 63 100

Housing Stainless steel 304 with push on bezel 304, instrument glass window
Stem Stainless steel 316 L, Ø 8 mm
Connection Plain stem (without thermowell)*
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66107312 66207312 66307312 66107302 66307302
100 mm 66108312 66208312 66308312 66108302 66308302
150 mm 66109312 66209312 66309312 66109302 66309302
200 mm 66110312 66210312 66310312 66110302 66310302
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66132312 66232312 66332312 66132302 66332302
100 mm 66133312 66233312 66333312 66133302 66333302
150 mm 66134312 66234312 66334312 66134302 66334302
200 mm 66135312 66235312 66335312 66135302 66335302
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
40 mm 66146312 66246312 66346312 --- ---
63 mm 66147312 66247312 66347312 66147302 66347302
100 mm 66148312 66248312 66348312 66148302 66348302
150 mm 66149312 66249312 66349312 66149302 66349302
200 mm 66150312 66250312 66350312 66150302 66350302
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66152312 66252312 66352312 66152302 66352302
100 mm 66153312 66253312 66353312 66153302 66353302
150 mm 66154312 66254312 66354312 66154302 66354302
200 mm 66155312 66255312 66355312 66155302 66355302
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items

14

i
* See page 659 for other connection types and options.

www.afriso.com 651
 Bimetal thermometers Industrial/chemical applications

Bimetal stainless steel thermometers

with fixed connection thread
DG: H, PG: 3

Type BiTh 63 E D312 BiTh 80 E D312 BiTh 100 E D312

Version

Housing Ø 63 80 100
Stainless steel 304 with push on bezel 304,
Housing
instrument glass window
Stem Stainless steel 316 L, Ø 8 mm
Connection Fixed male connection, fixed G½B**
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length L1* Part no. Part no. Part no.
63 mm 66132312AFG4D8 66232312AFG4D8 66332312AFG4D8
100 mm 66133312AFG4D8 66233312AFG4D8 66333312AFG4D8
150 mm 66134312AFG4D8 66234312AFG4D8 66334312AFG4D8
200 mm 66135312AFG4D8 66235312AFG4D8 66335312AFG4D8
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length L1* Part no. Part no. Part no.
63 mm 66147312AFG4D8 66247312AFG4D8 66347312AFG4D8
100 mm 66148312AFG4D8 66248312AFG4D8 66348312AFG4D8
150 mm 66149312AFG4D8 66249312AFG4D8 66349312AFG4D8
200 mm 66150312AFG4D8 66250312AFG4D8 66350312AFG4D8
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
Stem length L1* Part no. Part no. Part no.
63 mm 66152312AFG4D8 66252312AFG4D8 66352312AFG4D8
100 mm 66153312AFG4D8 66253312AFG4D8 66353312AFG4D8
150 mm 66154312AFG4D8 66254312AFG4D8 66354312AFG4D8
200 mm 66155312AFG4D8 66255312AFG4D8 66355312AFG4D8
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces. Blue part no. = in-stock items
* Maximum stem length = 300 mm.
** ½ –14 NPT optionally available.

14

652 www.afriso.com
 Industrial/chemical applications Bimetal thermometers

Bimetal thermometers for chemical applications

DG: H, PG: 3

BiTh 63 Ch BiTh 100 Ch BiTh 160 Ch BiTh 63 Ch BiTh 100 Ch BiTh 160 Ch
Type
D412 D412 D412 D402 D402 D402

Version

Housing Ø 63 100 160 63 100 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, instrument glass window
Stem Stainless steel 316 L, Ø 8 mm
Connection Plain stem (without thermowell)*
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66607412 66807412 66907412 66607402 66807402 66907402
100 mm 66608412 66808412 66908412 66608402 66808402 66908402
150 mm 66609412 66809412 66909412 66609402 66809402 66909402
200 mm 66610412 66810412 66910412 66610402 66810402 66910402
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66632412 66832412 66932412 66632402 66832402 66932402
100 mm 66633412 66833412 66933412 66633402 66833402 66933402
150 mm 66634412 66834412 66934412 66634402 66834402 66934402
200 mm 66635412 66835412 66935412 66635402 66835402 66935402
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66647412 66847412 66947412 66647402 66847402 66947402
100 mm 66648412 66848412 66948412 66648402 66848402 66948402
150 mm 66649412 66849412 66949412 66649402 66849402 66949402
200 mm 66650412 66850412 66950412 66650402 66850402 66950402
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
For thermowell
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
with stem length L1
63 mm 66652412 66852412 66952412 66652402 66852402 66952402
100 mm 66653412 66853412 66953412 66653402 66853402 66953402
150 mm 66654412 66854412 66954412 66654402 66854402 66954402
200 mm 66655412 66855412 66955412 66655402 66855402 66955402
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

14

i
* See page 659 for other connection types and options.

www.afriso.com 653
 Gas filled thermometers Process engineering applications

Gas filled thermometers for

chemical applications

■ For chemical, process engineering and food

industry applications
■ High measuring accuracy
■ Fast response

Page 661

Application For corrosive media. Meets the most exacting measuring demands, e.g. in process engineering as well
as chemical and food industry applications.

Technical Type Application area

specifications D4 Continuous: Full scale value
Short-term: 1.1 x full scale value
Nominal size
100 – 160 Operating pressure at thermowell
(not included in scope of delivery)
Measuring principle
Max. 10 bar (up to 300 °C)
Pressurised gas filling
Degree of protection
Accuracy class
IP 65 (EN 60529)
1 (EN 13190)
Ranges °C
-20/+60, 0/60, 0/120, 0/160,
0/200, 0/300, 0/400, 0/500

Standard version Connection Zero correction

Stem stainless steel 321, At side of housing
100 x 10 mm, plain Movement
Mounting position Brass
Centre back or bottom or with joint Housing
Dial Stainless steel 304
Aluminium, white Bayonet type bezel
Dial marking black Stainless steel 304
Pointer Window
Aluminium, black Instrument glass

Options ■ Every angle version ■ Glycerine filling (type D8)

■ Grooved nut connection as per DIN 11851 ■ 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
■ Other connection designs ■ Back flange
14 ■ Other nominal sizes ■ Capillary (stainless steel 321)
■ Other ranges ■ Special materials
■ Special scales ■ Electrical contacts

i
See page 661 for
suitable thermowells.

654 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering applications Gas filled thermometers

Gas filled thermometers for chemical applications

Type D4 – NG 100 / 160

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Centre back connection Bottom connection

Every angle version Version with capillary and wall bracket

Version with capillary and back flange Version with capillary and 3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel

Dimensions (mm)
Nominal size a b b1 ØD Ø d1 Ø d2 Ø d3 14
100 13 45 51 101 132 116 5.5
160 13 45 51 161 196 178 6

www.afriso.com 655
 Gas filled thermometers Process engineering applications

Gas filled thermometers for chemical applications

DG: H, PG: 3

FTh 100 Ch FTh 160 Ch FTh 100 Ch FTh 160 Ch FTh 100 Ch FTh 160 Ch
Type
D412 D412 D402 D402 D482 D482

Version

Housing Ø 100 160 100 160 100 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, instrument glass window
Stem Stainless steel 321, 100 x 10 mm
Connection Plain stem (without thermowell)*
Filling Pressurised gas filling
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Every angle version
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64341412 64343412 64341402 64343402 64341482 64343482
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64361412 64363412 64361402 64363402 64361482 64363482
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64373412 64375412 64373402 64375402 64373482 64375482
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64377412 64379412 64377402 64379402 64377482 64379482
Range 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64381412 64383412 64381402 64383402 64381482 64383482
Range 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64389412 64391412 64389402 64391402 64389482 64391482
Range 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64397412 64399412 64397402 64399402 64397482 64399482
Range 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64401412 64403412 64401402 64403402 64401482 64403482
 Blue part no. = in-stock items

14

i
* See page 659 for other connection types and options.

656 www.afriso.com
 Process engineering applications Gas filled thermometers

Gas filled thermometers for chemical applications

DG: H, PG: 3

FTh 100 Ch FTh 160 Ch FTh 100 Ch FTh 160 Ch FTh 100 Ch FTh 160 Ch
Type
D442 D442 D472 D472 D432 D432

Version

Housing Ø 100 160 100 160 100 160

Housing Stainless steel 304 with bayonet bezel, instrument glass window
Stem Stainless steel 321, 100 x 10 mm
Connection Plain stem (without thermowell)*
Filling Pressurised gas filling
Capillary Stainless steel 321, 1 metre
3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel,
Mounting Wall bracket Back flange
304
Accuracy class Class 1 as per EN 13190
Range -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C -20/+60 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64341442 64343442 64341472 64343472 64341432 64343432
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64361442 64363442 64361472 64363472 64361432 64363432
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64373442 64375442 64373472 64375472 64373432 64375432
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64377442 64379442 64377472 64379472 64377432 64379432
Range 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C 0/200 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64381442 64383442 64381472 64383472 64381432 64383432
Range 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C 0/300 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64389442 64391442 64389472 64391472 64389432 64391432
Range 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C 0/400 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64397442 64399442 64397472 64399472 64397432 64399432
Range 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C 0/500 °C
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
64401442 64403442 64401472 64403472 64401432 64403432

14

i
* See page 659 for other connection types and options.

www.afriso.com 657
 Gas filled thermometers Options/accessories

Connection types for bimetal and gas filled

thermometers (industrial, stainless steel and chemical versions)

Plain Loose male connection

① Housing ① Housing
② Stem ② Stem
③ Recess for locking screw ③ Loose connection with
thread for screw connection

Separate screw-in thermowell (with locking screw) Loose union nut

① Housing ① Housing
② Thread for screw connection ② Stem
③ Thermowell pushed on, ③ Loose female nut
fixed with locking screw (seat on shoulder on stem)

Separate weld-in thermowell (with locking screw) Compression fitting, adjustable on stem

① Housing ① Housing
② Locking screw for fixing ② Cutting ring
③ Thermowell pushed on, ③ Stem
for weld mounting ④ Compression fitting adjustable

Fixed male connection DIN thermowell

14

① Housing ① Housing
② Stem ② Stem
③ Fixed male connection, with ③ Thermowell according to
thread for screw connection DIN 43772 with thread

658 www.afriso.com
 Options/accessories Gas filled thermometers

Options – connection types for bimetal and gas

filled thermometers (industrial, stainless steel and chemical versions)
DG: H

Type Gas filled

Bimetal thermometers
thermometers
Stainless steel
Material Brass Steel Stainless steel
316 ss
PG 2 3 3 3
Stem length
mm Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Separate screw-in thermowell 45 64506 64511 64501 ---
(with locking screw), G½B
for stem up to 63 64507 64512 64502 ---
Ø 8 mm for BiTh 100 64508 64513 64503 64463
Ø 10 mm for FTh 150 64509 64514 64504 ---
200 64510 64515 64505 ---
250 64722 --- 64660 ---
300 64723 --- 64721
Separate weld-in thermowell 63 --- 64517 64521 ---
(with locking screw)
for stem up to 100 --- 64450 64453 64435
Ø 8 mm for BiTh 150 --- 64518 64522 ---
Ø 10 mm for FTh 200 --- 64519 64523 ---
Stem extension
64524 --- 64526 64527
per 100 mm1)
Thermowell extension
64528 --- 64530 64531
per 100 mm
Fixed male connection G¼B --- --- 64534 ---
Fixed male connection G½B --- --- 64454 64460
Loose male connection G¼B --- --- 64541 ---
Loose male connection G½B --- --- 64544 64545
Loose union nut G½, female --- --- 64455 64461
Loose union nut G¾, female --- --- 64553 64554
Compression fitting adjustable G½B --- --- 64556 64557
Compression fitting adjustable G¾B --- --- 64558 64559
Capillary per metre
--- --- --- 64464
Stainless steel
Stem Ø 6 mm 2)
On request --- On request ---
1) Only applies to standard lengths 200/250/300 mm –enquire for special lengths. Blue part no. = in-stock items
2) Only for centre back connection, limited measuring ranges (0–120° C, 0–300° C, 0–500° C).

14

www.afriso.com 659
 Gas filled thermometers Options/accessories

Options for bimetal thermometers and gas filled

thermometers (industrial, stainless steel, chemical application versions)
DG: H

Bimetal thermometers Gas filled thermometers

Housing diameter (mm) < 100 100 160 100 160
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
Red mark on dial 64465 64470 64478 64487 64492
1 reference pointer red, external rotary knob
adjustment (window = plastic) 64467 64471 --- 64488 64493
Tmax 160 °C only for instruments without filling
Maximum pointer, external rotary knob adjustment
(Window: BiTh 63, 100 = instrument glass;
BiTh 160 = plastic; FTh 100, 160 = plastic) 64468 64473 64481 64489 64494
Tmax 160 °C, only for gauges without filling and gauges
with bayonet bezel housing
Glycerine filling
--- 64475 64483 64490 64495
(only for instruments with bayonet bezel housing)
Glycerine filling
--- 64476 64484 64491 64496
(only for instruments with bayonet bezel housing)

Other ranges for bimetal thermometers Minimum stem length Minimum stem length Available
back connection bottom connection
(extra charge with reference to version 0/120 °C) (in mm) (in mm) options
-20/+40 °C 63 100 • ---
-20/+60 °C 63 63 • ---
-30/+50 °C 63 63 • ---
-40/+40 °C 63 63 • ---
-40/+60 °C 63 63 • ---
0/60 °C 63 100 • ---
0/80 °C 63 63 • ---
0/100 °C 63 63 • ---
0/200 °C 63 63 On request ---
0/250 °C 100 100 On request ---
0/300 °C 75 63 On request ---
0/400 °C 75 75 On request ---
0/500 °C 63 63 On request ---
0/600 °C 75 175 On request ---
* For version with separate thermowell.

Electrical contacts (only for gas filled thermometers)

DG: H, PG: 4

Type Magnetic spring contact Inductive contact

Code MK 1 MK 2 IK 1 IK 2
Number of contacts 1 2 1 2
Switching function: 1 = closes, 2 = opens 1 11, 12 1 11, 12
(pointer moves clockwise) 2 21, 22 2 21, 22

14 The options indicated include mounting,

thermometer not included
Version Nominal size Housing Available options
Gas filled thermom- 100 No filling On request On request On request On request
eters
100 With filling On request On request On request On request
Version for chemi-
cal applications 160 No filling On request On request On request On request
160 With filling On request On request On request On request

i
See page 481 for contact protection
relays and isolating switching amplifiers.

660 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Thermometer

Thermowells according to DIN 43772

DG: H

Type Design 5 Design 6 Design 4

d1 d2 E N D1 F1 K1 H1 H2 d1 d2 E N D1 F2 K1 H1 H2 d1 d2 F N F3 H1 H2
Dimensions 10 8 G½B G½ 26 12 14 19 15 10 8 G½B G½ 26 17 14 19 15 9 8 26 G½ 15 19 15
(mm) 11 10 G½B G½ 26 13 14 19 15 11 10 G½B G½ 26 17 14 19 15 11 10 26 G½ 17 19 15
d2 = probe diameter of instrument
To thermometer G½ female
Connection To thermometer G½ female
Process connection G½B
Version Welded, screw-in Bar stock, screw-in Single part, weld-in
Stainless Stainless Stainless
Material Brass Steel Steel
steel 316 Ti steel 316 Ti steel 316 Ti
Pmax* 25 bar 40 bar 160 bar 150 bar 160 bar 150 bar
Tmax* 160 °C 400 °C 300 °C 400 °C 300 °C 400 °C
PG 2 3 3 3 3 3
For stem diameters up to 8 mm
Lengths Lengths Lengths
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
mm mm mm
L 110 L 110 L 110
U1 82 64670 64674 U1 82 64678 64682 U1 82 64686 64690
G 105 G 105 G 105
L 170 L 170 L 170
U1 142 64671 64675 U1 142 64679 64683 U1 142 64687 64691
G 165 G 165 G 165
L 210 L 210 L 210
U1 182 64672 64676 U1 182 64680 64684 U1 182 64688 64692
G 205 G 205 G 205
L 260 L 260 L 260
U1 232 64673 64677 U1 232 64681 64685 U1 232 64689 64693
G 255 G 255 G 255
For stem diameters up to 10 mm
Lengths Lengths Lengths
Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
mm mm mm
L 110 L 110 L 110
U1 82 64694 64698 U1 82 64702 64706 U1 82 64710 64714
G 105 G 105 G 105
L 170 L 170 L 170 14
U1 142 64695 64699 U1 142 64703 64707 U1 142 64711 64715
G 165 G 165 G 165
L 210 L 210 L 210
U1 182 64696 64700 U1 182 64704 64708 U1 182 64712 64716
G 205 G 205 G 205
L 260 L 260 L 260
U1 232 64697 64701 U1 232 64705 64709 U1 232 64713 64717
G 255 G 255 G 255
 length and material of thermowell).
* Applies to static load (load always depends on medium, pressure and temperature of medium, flow rate, installation
The stem length of the thermometer is calculated as follows (for fixed male connection, G½B): L = minus 10 mm.

www.afriso.com 661
 Thermometer Industry

Industrial thermometers VMTh

■ Extremely robust due to full metal housing

■ Vibration-resistant glass thermometers
■ Stem: Stainless steel version possible
■ Excellent readability due to blue
thermometer filling

Application Heating, industry, mechanical engineering.

Technical Nominal size Thermometer filling

specifications 110 x 30 – 150 x 36 – 200 x 36 Standard version: Blue liquid indicating
from -60 to +200 °C.
Upper part
Aluminium, V-shaped, polished, anodised Stem
brass-coloured. Numbers of measuring range Brass, Ø 10 mm, with fixed thread G½B.
printed in black at the right part of the scale below Stainless steel version on request.
the anodised layer. Adjustable by means of brass
Accuracy
nut (spanner size SW 22) so that readings from
DIN 16195
any angle are possible.
Ranges °C
Glass insert (capillary)
-30/+50, 0/60, 0/100, 0/120, 0/160
Prismatic capillary, completely made of glass,
Ø 6 mm. Graduation marks of the capillary Mounting position
burnt in, black, completely resistant. Straight
Main graduation marks corresponding to the Angled 90°
numbers printed on the housing are especially Angled 135°
bold and easy to read.
Stem lengths (mm)
40, 63, 100, 160

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

14

Options ■ Other ranges Type L L1

■ Other stem lengths
■ Other stem materials VMTh 110 110 40
Other connection threads 63
■
VMTh 150 150
100
■ Upper part anodised aluminium-coloured
VMTh 200 200 160
■ Upper part made of plastic
■ Thermowells

662 www.afriso.com
 Industry Thermometer

Industrial thermometers VMTh

DG: H, PG: 2

VMTh 110 VMTh 110 VMTh 150 VMTh 150 VMTh 200 VMTh 200

Version

Nominal size 110 x 30 110 x 30 150 x 36 150 x 36 200 x 36 200 x 36

DIN 16181 16182 16185 16186 16189 16190
Mounting
Straight Angled 90° 1)
Straight Angled 90° 1)
Straight Angled 90°1)
position
Housing Aluminium, anodised brass-coloured
Stem Brass, Ø 10 mm
Connection Version B with screw-in socket G½B, brass2)
Accuracy As per DIN 16195
Range -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C -30/+50 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64101 64120 64136 64150 --- ---
63 mm 64102 64121 64137 64151 64165 64181
100 mm 64103 64122 64138 64152 64166 64182
160 mm 64104 64123 64139 64153 64167 64183
Range 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C 0/60 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64106 64124 64140 64154 --- ---
63 mm 64107 64125 64141 64155 64169 64185
100 mm 64108 64126 64142 64156 64170 64186
160 mm 64109 64127 64143 64157 64171 64187
Range 0/100 °C 0/100 °C 0/100 °C 0/100 °C 0/100 °C 0/100 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm --- --- 64330 64335 --- ---
63 mm --- --- 64331 64336 --- ---
100 mm --- --- 64332 64337 --- ---
160 mm --- --- 64333 64338 --- ---
Range 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C 0/120 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64111 64128 64100 64110 --- ---
63 mm 64112 64129 64105 64115 64173 64189
100 mm 64113 64130 64144 64158 64174 64190
160 mm 64114 64131 64145 64159 64175 64191
Range 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C 0/160 °C
Stem length Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
40 mm 64116 64132 64146 64160 --- ---
63 mm 64117 64133 64147 64161 64177 64193
100 mm 64118 64134 64148 64162 64178 64194
160 mm 64119 64135 64149 64163 64179 64195
1)
Version with mounting position 135° on request. 2) Screw-in socket (stem) stainless steel on request. Blue part no. = in-stock items
14
Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 10 pieces.

www.afriso.com 663
 Thermostats Control thermostats

Temperature control thermostats TRT

with capillary tube

■ Mechanical temperature controllers

■ For controlling and monitoring
thermal processes
■ Ideal for heat and process engineering
■ Simple, robust design

Page 669

Application Mechanical temperature controller and limiter without external power supply. The device is suitable for
application areas in the field of heat and process engineering. With the liquid-filled measuring systems
and the short response times, the devices lend themselves for controlling thermal processes in appli-
ance engineering, ovens, heating and air conditioning and other industrial or domestic applications.

Description The temperature measured at the probe causes a change in the volume of the measuring liquid in the
probe-capillary system. Electrical switching is triggered by the force acting. A thermowell allows for
pressure-tight installation of the probe in various types of pressurised tanks.

Technical Type Probe and capillary tube

specifications TR 2 Copper
Operating range Capillary length
0/90 °C Cu capillary tube with PVC coating, black
L = 1,000, 1,500 mm
Tolerance
±6 K at 20 °C Degree of protection
IP 00 (EN 60529)
Influence of ambient temperature
-0.054 °C/°C Time constant
DIN-tested
Switching differential
DIN EN 14597:2012-09
∆T 4 ±1K
Registration number TR/STB 1211
Adjustment angle
Electrical switching contact
270°
Changeover contact
Probe element
Contact rating
Liquid-filled
NC 16 (6) A 250 V AC
Ø 6.5 x 95 mm
NO 6(4)A 250 V AC
Operating temperature range
Probe: Max. 130 °C
Housing: Max. 90 °C

Options ■ Other operating ranges

■ Other capillary tube lengths
■ Customised versions
14

664 www.afriso.com
 Control thermostats Thermostats

Temperature control thermostats TRT

with capillary tube

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Temperature control thermostat TRT, Temperature control thermostat TRT,

housing dimensions with adjustment angle housing dimensions and probe dimensions

Connections (view Z) Switching scheme

① Connections

14

www.afriso.com 665
 Thermostats Safety temperature cut outs

Safety temperature cut outs

STB with capillary tube

■ Ideal for heating and process industries

■ For protection against exceeding the
maximum temperature
■ No external power supply
■ Manual reset

Page 669

Application There are many application areas for safety temperature cut outs in the heating and process indus-
tries. In conventional oil-fired or gas-fired boilers, these devices are used to monitor the boiler water.
The safety temperature cut outs feature a manual reset button which must be actuated for unlocking.

Description If the temperature at the probe increases, the measuring liquid in the measuring system expands. If the
temperature exceeds a critical value, the device triggers, the voltage-free contact switches and the
system is set to a defined safe state. When the temperature has decreased by approx. 15 K, the
device can be unlocked and the system resumes operation.

Technical Type Probe and capillary tube

specifications LS1 Copper
Switching point Capillary length
100 °C Cu capillary tube with PVC coating, black
L = 1,000, 1,500 mm
Tolerance
+0 K Degree of protection housing
-6 K at 20 °C IP 00 (EN 60529)
Influence of ambient temperature Time constant
0.25 °C/°C DIN-tested
DIN EN 14597:2012-09
Switching differential
Registration number TR/STB 1211
∆T 15 ±8 K
Electrical switching contact
Fail safe
Changeover contact
Yes
Contact rating
Probe element
NC 16 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Liquid-filled
NO 0.5 A 250 V AC
Ø 6.5 x 95 mm
Operating temperature range
Probe: Max. 125 °C
Housing: Max. 85 °C

Options ■ Other operating ranges

■ Other capillary tube lengths
14 ■ Customised versions

666 www.afriso.com
 Safety temperature cut outs Thermostats

Safety temperature cut outs

STB with capillary tube

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

Housing dimensions STB Housing and probe dimensions STB

① Sealing wax

Connections (view Z) Switching scheme

① Connections

14

www.afriso.com 667
 Thermostats Control thermostats/cut outs

Temperature control thermostats TRT and safety

temperature cut outs STB with capillary tube

Operating range/ Capillary

DG: G, PG: 4 Contact Type Part no.
switching point length
Thermostats TRT
Changeover
0/90 °C 1,000 mm TRT TR2/711 EU 67216X
contact
Changeover
0/90 °C 1,500 mm TRT TR2/711 EU 67217X
contact
Changeover
10/200 °C 1,000 mm TRT TR2/712 EU 67609
contact
Changeover 1,000 mm
Stop/310 °C TRT TR2/711 EU 67639
contact without jacket
Safety temperature cut out STB
Changeover
100 °C 1,000 mm STB LS1/971 FU 67276X
contact
Changeover
100 °C 1,500 mm STB LS1/971 FU 67277X
contact

Single 100 °C 1,000 mm STB LS1/971 F1 67273X

Single 90/110 °C 1,000 mm ETB LS1/961 E1 67619

Single 110 °C 1,500 mm STB LS1/961 F1 67288X

Changeover
75 °C 1,500 mm STB LS1/971 FU 67585X
contact
Single STW LS3 F1
100 °C 1,500 mm 67312X
0.3 A/100 mV without manual reset
Accessories
Designation
Rotary knob 42 mm --- 0/40 °C --- --- 67342
Rotary knob 42 mm --- 0/90 °C --- --- 67341
Rotary knob 42 mm --- 0/120 °C --- --- 67343
Rotary knob 42 mm --- 0/210 °C* --- --- 67344
Rotary knob 42 mm --- 0/300 °C* --- --- 67345
Cover for thermostat, black --- --- --- --- 67346
Cover for thermostat, chrome-plated --- --- --- --- 67347
Fixing clamp --- --- --- --- 67348
Press-on spring for pockets --- --- --- --- 67361
* Minimum order quantity = 100 pieces per delivery. Blue part no. = in-stock items

14

668 www.afriso.com
 Accessories Thermostats

Pockets for thermometers and thermostats

with capillary tube
DG: G, PG: 2

Pocket Pocket Pocket Profile pocket

Type
½" 7 x 8 mm ½" 9 x 10 mm ½" 15 x 16 mm ½" 15 x 16 mm

Dimensions (mm)

Connection ½ NPT ½ NPT ½ NPT ½ NPT

Pmax* 4 bar 4 bar 4 bar 4 bar
Tmax* 200 °C 200 °C 200 °C 200 °C
Material Brass/Cu alloy
Stem length L1 Part no. PU** Part no. PU** Part no. PU** Part no. PU**
50 mm 67320 200 67326 200 --- ---
100 mm 67321 200 67327 200 67331 200 67335 200
120 mm 67322 200 67328 200 67332 200 67336 200
150 mm 67323 200 67329 200 67333 200 67337 200
200 mm 67324 200 67330 200 67334 200 67338 200
As above, but nickel-plated
Stem length L1 Part no. PU** Part no. PU** Part no. PU** Part no. PU**
100 mm 67321N 200 On request 200 67331N 200 67335N 200
120 mm 67322N 200 On request 200 67332N 200 67336N 200
150 mm 67323N 200 On request 200 67333N 200 67337N 200
200 mm 67324N 200 On request 200 67334N 200 67338N 200
* A pplies to static load (load always depends on medium,  Blue part no. = in-stock items
pressure and temperature of medium, flow rate, installation length and material of thermowell).
** Minimum order quantity manufactured goods = 1 packing unit (PU).

14

www.afriso.com 669
 Thermostats Surface mounting thermostats

Surface mounting thermostats

with housing GAT

■ Mechanical temperature controller

■ Ideal for underfloor heating systems
■ Temperature limitation at pipes
■ Easy installation with strap

Application Surface mounting thermostat for strap mounting at pipes from 16 to 100 mm diameter. The version
with internal adjustment and temperature control range up to 60 °C is specially suited for underfloor
heating systems.

Description The surface mounting thermostat us a bimetal strip (element consisting of two metal strips with differ-
ent heat expansion coefficients). When the temperature changes, the bimetal strip bends which trig-
gers electrical switching.

Technical Type Housing

specifications GAT Upper part: Plastic (PVC), grey (RAL 7035)
Base plate: Galvanised sheet steel
Operating ranges
20/60 °C and 20/90 °C Cable entry
Plastic (PVC), black
Tolerance
M20 x 1.5
+2 K/-8 K
Degree of protection housing
Switching differential
IP 20 (EN 60529)
∆T 8 ±3 K
Response time
Setting
1 K/minute
GAT/7RC: Externally adjustable
GAT/7HC: Internally adjustable Electrical switching contact
Changeover contact
Probe element
Bimetal Contact rating
NC 16 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Operating temperature range
NO 2.5 A 250 V AC
Housing: Max. 85 °C

14

670 www.afriso.com
 Surface mounting thermostats Thermostats

Surface mounting thermostats with housing GAT

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

GAT/7RC, external adjustment GAT/7HC, internal adjustment

46 55 46
39 43,5 39 43,5
99

99
112
112

Switching scheme

14

www.afriso.com 671
 Thermostats Immersion thermostats

Immersion thermostats
with housing GTT

■ Mechanical temperature controller

■ For controlling heating and cooling processes
■ Ideal for heat and process engineering
■ Control directly at the process

Application Mechanical temperature controller and limiter. The device is suitable for application areas in the field of
heat and process engineering. Heating and cooling processes in industrial or domestic applications
can be controlled directly at the process.

Description The temperature measured at the probe causes a change in the volume of the measuring liquid.
Electrical switching is triggered by the force acting. The pocket allows for direct installation in pressure-
tight tanks.

Technical Type Process pressure

specifications GTT / TC2 Max. 4 bar
Operating ranges Probe
0/90 °C Copper
Tolerance Housing
±1 K at ambient temperature 20 °C Plastic (PVC), grey (RAL 7035)
Switching differential Cable entry
∆T 4 ±1 K Plastic (PVC), black
M20 x 1.5
Setting
GTT/7RG: Externally adjustable Degree of protection housing
GTT/7HG: Internally adjustable IP 40 (EN 60529)
Probe element Time constant
Liquid-filled DIN-tested
DIN EN 14597:2012-09
Pocket
Registration number TR/STB 1211
Cu alloy, connection ½-14 NPT
Ø 8 mm Electrical switching contact
Lengths: 100, 150 or 200 mm Changeover contact
Operating temperature range Contact rating
Probe: Max. 130 °C NC 10 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Housing: Max. 85 °C NO 6 (2.5) A 250 V AC

Options ■ Customised versions

14

672 www.afriso.com
 Immersion thermostats Thermostats

Immersion thermostats with housing GTT

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

GTT/7RG, external adjustment GTT/7HG, internal adjustment

Switching scheme

14

www.afriso.com 673
 Thermostats With capillary tube

Thermostats with housing GTK

with capillary tube

■ Mechanical temperature controller

for remote measurement
■ For controlling heating and cooling processes
■ Ideal for heat and process engineering

Page 669

Application Mechanical temperature controller and limiter for remote measurement. The device is suitable for appli-
cation areas in the field of heat and process engineering. Heating and cooling processes in industrial
and domestic applications (in particular solar systems) are easy to control and monitor.

Description The temperature measured at the probe causes a change in the volume of the measuring liquid in the
probe-capillary system. Electrical switching is triggered by the force acting.
A thermowell allows for pressure-tight installation of the probe in various types of pressurised tanks.

Technical Type Cable entry

specifications GTK / TC2 Plastic (PVC), black
M20 x 1.5
Operating range
0/90 °C Capillary length
Cu capillary tube with PVC coating, black
Tolerance
L = 1,000, 2,000 mm
+3 K at ambient temperature 20 °C
Degree of protection housing
Switching differential
IP 40 (EN 60529)
∆T 4 ±1 K
Time constant
Setting
DIN-tested
Externally adjustable
DIN EN 14597:2012-09
Probe element Registration number TR/STB 1211
Liquid-filled
Electrical switching contact
Ø 6.5 x 95 mm
Changeover contact
Operating temperature range
Contact rating
Probe: Max. 150 °C
NC 10 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Housing: Max. 80 °C
NO 6 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Probe
Copper
Housing
Plastic (PVC), grey (RAL 7035)

Options ■ Customised versions

14

674 www.afriso.com
 With capillary tube Thermostats

Thermostats with housing GTK with capillary tube

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

GTK/7RD, external adjustment Switching scheme

14

www.afriso.com 675
 Thermostats Room thermostats

Room thermostats with housing GRT

■ Mechanical temperature controller

■ For monitoring of greenhouses
■ For use in animal breeding applications
■ Easy wall mounting

Version 0–40 °C

Application Mechanical room thermostat for industrial use. Due to the high degree of protection, the device can be
used in humid rooms and in animal breeding applications. The room thermostats are also suitable for
temperature monitoring in greenhouses.

Description The temperature measured at the probe causes a change in the volume of the measuring liquid.
Electrical switching is triggered by the force acting.

Technical Type Probe

specifications GRT Copper, nickel-plated
Operating ranges Housing
0/40 °C and 0/55 °C Plastic (PVC), grey (RAL 7035)
Tolerance Cable entry
+2 K at ambient temperature 20 °C Plastic (PVC), black
M16 x 1.5
Switching differential
0/40 °C ∆T 2 ±1 K Degree of protection housing
0/55 °C ∆T 3 ±1 K IP 54 (EN 60529)
Setting Electrical switching contact
GRT/7RT: Externally adjustable Changeover contact
GRT/7HT: Internally adjustable
Contact rating
Probe element NC 16 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Liquid-filled NO 6 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Operating temperature range
Probe: 0/40 °C, 50 °C
Housing: 0/55 °C, 85 °C

14

676 www.afriso.com
 Room thermostats Thermostats

Room thermostats with housing GRT

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

GRT/7RT, external adjustment (0–55 °C) GRT/7HT, internal adjustment (0–55 °C)

GRT/7HT, internal adjustment (0–40 °C) Switching scheme

14

www.afriso.com 677
 Thermostats With multiple functions

Twin thermostats with housing GDT

■ Mechanical temperature controller

■ Ideal for all heat and process
engineering applications
■ With integrated safety temperature
cut out
■ Control directly at the process

Version TRT/STB with reset button

Application Twin thermostat with housing with pocket. Available with two temperature control thermostats (TRT)
for controlling heating and cooling processes in industrial and domestic applications. Also available as
version with temperature control thermostat (TRT) and safety temperature cut out (STB) with manual
reset button. The device is suitable for application areas in the field of heat and process engineering.

Description The temperature measured at the probe causes a change in the volume of the measuring liquid.
Electrical switching is triggered by the force acting. The pocket allows for direct installation in pressure-
tight tanks.

Technical Type Probe

specifications GDT / TLSC Copper
Operating range/switching point Housing
TRT: 0/90 °C – 0/90 °C Plastic (PVC), grey (RAL 7035)
STB: 100 °C
Cable entry
Tolerance Plastic (PVC), black
STB: +0 K/-6 K at ambient temperature 20 °C M20 x 1.5
TRT: ± 3 K
Degree of protection housing
Switching differential IP 40 (EN 60529)
∆T 4 ±1 K
Time constant
Setting DIN-tested
TRT externally or internally adjustable DIN EN 14597:2012-09
Registration number TR/STB 1231
Probe element
Liquid-filled Electrical switching contact
2 x changeover contact
Pocket
Cu alloy, connection ½-14 NPT Contact rating
Ø 16 mm, profile version TRT
Length: 100 mm NC 10 (2.5) A 250 V AC
NO 6 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Operating temperature range
STB
Probe: Max. 125 °C
NC 10 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Housing: Max. 80 °C
NO 10 (2.5) A 250 V AC
Process pressure
Max. 4 bar
14

678 www.afriso.com
 With multiple functions Thermostats

Twin thermostats with housing GDT

Housing types and dimensions (mm)

GDT/8RS, version TRT/STB Switching scheme

STB TRT

GDT/8HR, version TRT/TRT Switching scheme

TRT (internal) TRT (external)

14

www.afriso.com 679
 Thermometer Thermostats with housing

Thermostats with housing

Operating range/ Capillary

DG: G, PG: 4 Adjustment Stem length Type Part no.
switching point length

Surface mounting thermostats with housing

External 20/60 °C --- --- GAT/7RC 67400X

External 20/90 °C --- --- GAT/7RC 67401X

Internal 20/60 °C --- --- GAT/7HC 67402X

Internal 20/90 °C --- --- GAT/7HC 67403X

Immersion thermostats with housing

External 0/90 °C --- 100 mm GTT/7RG 67407X

External 70/210 °C --- 100 mm GTT/7RG 67708

External 0/90 °C --- 150 mm GTT/7RG 67408AX

External 0/90 °C --- 200 mm GTT/7RG 67408BX

Internal 0/90 °C --- 100 mm GTT/7HG 67413X

Internal 0/90 °C --- 200 mm GTT/7HG 67414BX

Capillary type thermostats with housing/room thermostats with housing

External 0/90 °C 1,000 mm --- GTK/7RD 67421X

External 0/90 °C 2,000 mm --- GTK/7RD 67424X

External 0/40 °C --- --- GRT/7RT 67464X

External 0/55 °C --- --- GRT/7RT 67465X

Internal 0/40 °C --- --- GRT/7HT 67466X

Internal 0/55 °C --- --- GRT/7HT 67467X

Twin thermostats with housing

Internal/external 0/90 °C – 0/90 °C --- 100 mm GDT/8HR 67447X

14 fixed/external 0/90 °C (100 °C) --- 100 mm GDT/8RS 67453X

Internal/external 0/60 °C – 30/120 °C --- 280 mm GDT-TTCA 67640

* Minimum order quantity for non-stock items = 5 pieces Blue part no. = in-stock items

680 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Resistance thermometers
WTh 20/21

WTh 20 WTh 21

Technical Version Version

specifications Plug-in type resistance thermometer Indoor and outdoor resistance thermometer
for wall mounting
Sensor
1 x PT 100 Sensor
2-, 3- or 4-wire 1 x PT 100
Class B, IEC 751 2-, 3- or 4-wire
Class B, IEC 751
Probe
Ø 6 mm, length 50 mm Probe
Stainless steel 316 Ti Ø 6 mm, length 42 mm
Stainless steel 316 Ti
Electrical connection
Cable with wire ferrules Electrical connection
Cable gland
Cable
PVC (heat-resistant) Measuring range
-50/+90 °C
Measuring range
With installation type Housing
Fixed: -40/+105 °C Impact-resistant plastic
Moving: -5/+105 °C W x H x D: 58 x 64 x 36 mm
Degree of protection
IP 65 (EN 60529)

Options ■ Coated measuring line ■ Open probe

■ Sensor class A ■ Sensor class A
■ Sensor Pt 1,000 ■ Sensor Pt 1.000/Ni 1.000
■ Process connection as
adjustable compression fitting
or fixed male connection
■ Connector ISO 4400
■ Miniature circular plug
■ Lemosa connector
■ Other probe diameters
■ Other probe lengths
■ Other cables:
Silicone (-50/+180 °C)
PTFE (-200/+260 °C) 14
Glass fibre with stainless steel braiding
(-50/+400 °C)
■ Bending protection

i
See page 688 for
wiring diagram.

www.afriso.com 681
 Thermometer Heating/plumbing

Resistance thermometers
WTh 22/23

WTh 22 WTh 23

Description Version Version

Resistance thermometer especially for use in Compact screw-in resistance thermometer
air ducts. specially for heating, ventilation and air
conditioning applications.

Technical Sensor Sensor

specifications 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100
2-, 3- or 4-wire 2-, 3- or 4-wire
Class B, IEC 751 Class B, IEC 751
Probe Measuring insert
Ø 8 x 1 mm, perforated Not replaceable
Stainless steel 316 Ti
Protective pipe
Process connection Ø 6 mm, stainless steel 316 Ti
Mounting flange Ø 40 mm,
Process connection
adjustable, stainless steel
G¼B stainless steel 316 Ti
Installation lengths
Installation length
100, 160, 250 mm
100 mm
Housing
Connection head (degree of protection)
Impact-resistant plastic
Type J, aluminium die cast (IP 54)
W x H x D: 58 x 64 x 36 mm
Measuring range
Degree of protection
-35/+180 °C
IP 54 (EN 60529)
Measuring range
0/130 °C

Options ■ Process connection G½B ■ Sensor class A

(compression fitting or ■ Sensor Pt 1,000
fixed male connection) ■ Transmitter installation
■ Sensor class A ■ Other thermowell diameters
■ Sensor Pt 1,000 ■ Thermowell with bend, measuring tip with spring
■ Transmitter installation ■ Neck
(standard: 0/100 °C = 4–20 mA) ■ Other process connections
14 ■ Other installation lengths

i
See page 688 for
wiring diagram.

682 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Resistance thermometers types WTh 20/21/22/23

Dimensions (mm)

Type WTh 20 Type WTh 21

① Cable
② Probe length

Type WTh 22 Type WTh 23

Ø 40
14
①

① Installation length ① Installation length

www.afriso.com 683
 Thermometer Industry

Resistance thermometers
WTh 24/25

WTh 24 WTh 25

Description Version Version

Screw-in resistance thermometer for medium Screw-in resistance thermometer for medium and
pressure and flow loads, specially for mechanical high pressure and flow loads at high temperatures
engineering and plant engineering
Technical Sensor Sensor
specifications 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100
2-, 3- or 4-wire 2-, 3- or 4-wire
Class B, IEC 751 Class B, IEC 751
Measuring insert Measuring insert
Replaceable Replaceable, Ø 6 mm
Protective pipe Protective pipe
As per DIN 43772 As per DIN 43772
Ø 9 x 1 mm, stainless steel 316 Ti Ø 9 x 1 mm, stainless steel 316 Ti
Neck Neck
Ø 9 x 1 mm, 25 mm long Ø 9 x 1 mm, 120 mm long
Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti
Process connection Process connection
G½B stainless steel 316 Ti G½B stainless steel 316 Ti
Installation lengths Installation lengths
100, 160, 250 mm 100, 125, 160, 250, 400 mm
Connection head (degree of protection) Connection head (degree of protection)
Type B as per DIN 43729 Type B as per DIN 43729
Aluminium die cast (IP 54) Aluminium die cast (IP 54)
Measuring range Measuring range
-35/+180 °C -35/+400 °C

Options ■ Sensor class A ■ Sensor class A

■ Sensor Pt 1,000 ■ Sensor Pt 1,000
■ Transmitter installation ■ Reduced measuring tip (6 mm)
(standard: 0/100 °C = 4–20 mA) ■ Transmitter installation
Other installation lengths Other thermowell materials, process connec-
14
■ ■

tions, installation lengths

i
See page 688 for
wiring diagram.

684 www.afriso.com
 Industry Thermometer

Resistance thermometers types WTh 24/25

Dimensions (mm)

Type WTh 24

① Neck length (standard = 25)

② Installation length

Type WTh 25

① Neck length (standard = 140)

② Installation length

14

www.afriso.com 685
 Thermometer Industry

Resistance thermometers
WTh 26/27/28

WTh 26 WTh 27 WTh 28

Technical Version Version Version

specifications Weld-in resistance thermome- Flanged resistance thermometer Resistance thermometer for
ter for high pressure and flow for medium pressure and flow hygienic processes, e.g. food,
loads. loads. beverages, pharmaceutical,
biotechnology applications.
Sensor Sensor
1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 Sensor
2-, 3- or 4-wire 2-, 3- or 4-wire 1 x PT 100
Class B, IEC 751 Class B, IEC 751 2-, 3- or 4-wire
Class B, IEC 751
Measuring insert Measuring insert
Replaceable, Ø 6 mm Replaceable, Ø 6 mm Measuring insert
Replaceable, Ø 6 mm
Protective pipe Flanged thermowell
As per DIN 43772-4 Several parts, Ø 11 x 2 mm Protective pipe
Stainless steel 316 Ti Flange connection as per Ø 9 x 1 mm, stainless steel 316 Ti
EN 1092-1 type B 1,
Neck Neck
DN 25, PN 40
Ø 11 x 2 mm, 140 mm long Ø 9 x 1 mm, 140 mm long
Stainless steel 316 Ti
Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti
Neck
Installation lengths (L1/L3) Process connection
Ø 11 x 2 mm, 120 mm long
65/110, 65/140, 65/200, Either clamp, screw connection
Stainless steel 316 Ti
125/ 200, 125/260 DIN 11851, weld-in ball, weld-in
Installation lengths socket
Connection head
100, 160, 250, 400 mm
(degree of protection) Installation length
Type B as per DIN 43729 Connection head 100, 125, 160, 250, 400 mm
Aluminium die cast (IP 54) (degree of protection)
Connection head
Type B as per DIN 43729
Measuring range (degree of protection)
Aluminium die cast (IP 54)
-35/+550 °C Type B, type BUZ
Measuring range Aluminium die cast (IP 54)
-35/+400 °C
Measuring range
-35/+300 °C

Options ■ Sensor class A ■ Sensor class A ■ Sensor class A

■ Without thermowell (thread ■ Reduced measuring tip (6 mm) ■ Reduced measuring tip (6 mm)
M18 x 1.5 or M14 x 1.5) ■ Transmitter installation ■ Other thermowell materials
14 Transmitter installation Other thermowell materials, Other process connections
■ ■ ■

■ Other thermowell materials, process connections, ■ Other installation lengths

process connections, installation lengths, ■ Transmitter installation
installation lengths, connection heads ■ Field housing
connection heads

i
See page 688 for
wiring diagram.

686 www.afriso.com
 Industry Thermometer

Resistance thermometers WTh 26/27/28

Dimensions (mm)

Type WTh 26

① Neck length (standard = 140)

② Installation length

Type WTh 27

① Neck length (standard = 120)

② Installation length
③ Flange

Type WTh 28

14
y

① Neck length (standard = 140)

② Installation length
③ E.g. clamp connection

www.afriso.com 687
 Thermometer Industry

Electrical connection assignment

for resistance thermometers WTh

Ceramic base in connection head, type J (WTh 23)

1 x two-wire 1 x three-wire 1 x four-wire

Ceramic base in connection head, type B (WTh 24 to WTh 28)

1 x two-wire 1 x three-wire 1 x four-wire

PCB in connection head, made of plastic (WTh 21 and WTh 22)

1 x two-wire 1 x three-wire 1 x four-wire

Cable probe (WTh 20)

1 x two-wire 1 x three-wire 1 x four-wire

① Red
② White

14 Transducer

① Two-wire transducer ③ Display unit ⑤ Power supply unit DC 7.5 ... 30 V ⑦ Power supply unit DC 15 ... 30 V
② Controller ④ Recorder ⑥ Three-wire transducer

688 www.afriso.com
 Heating/plumbing Thermometer

Resistance thermometers

DG: H, PG: 4

Type WTh 20 WTh 21 WTh 22

Version

1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100

Sensor
3-wire, class B 3-wire, class B 3-wire, class B
Thermowell/probe diameter 6 mm 6 mm Perforated 8 mm
Material Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti

Neck --- --- ---

Mounting flange
Process connection --- ---
Ø 40 mm
Connection head/ PVC cable Plastic/ Plastic/
electrical connection Wire ferrules cable gland cable gland
Measuring range fixed -40/+105 °C
-50/+90 °C 0/130 °C
(moving) (-5/+105 °C)
Installation length Part no. Part no. Part no.

44 mm 32400 ---
Probe length 50 mm
100 mm up to cable length --- 32215
2,000 mm
160 mm --- 32216
32220
250 mm Cable extension --- 32217
per 500 mm possible
400 mm --- ---

Options (without PG) Available options

Per additional 100 mm**
--- --- •
installation length
1 x PT 100
• • •
4-wire
2 x PT 100
--- --- ---
2-wire
Sensor class A • • •
Connection head
--- --- •
Type BBK
Transmitter installation*
--- • •
DC 7.5–30 V/4–20 mA
* Applies to standard measuring ranges (-50/+50, 0/50, 0/100, 0/120, 0/150, 0/200, 0/300 °C), enquire for others.
** Applies up to 1,000 mm, enquire for installation lengths greater than 1000 mm.

14

www.afriso.com 689
 Thermometer Industry

Resistance thermometers

DG: H, PG: 4

Type WTh 23 WTh 24 WTh 25

Version

Sensor 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100

3-wire, class B 3-wire, class B 3-wire, class B
Thermowell/probe diameter 6 mm 9 mm 9 mm
Material Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti
Neck --- 25 mm 120 mm
Process connection G¼B G½B G½B
Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti
Connection head/ Design J/ DIN 43729, type B DIN 43729, type B
Electr. connection cable gland Cable gland Cable gland
Measuring range fixed (moving) -35/+180 °C -35/+180 °C -35/+400 °C
Installation length Part no. Part no. Part no.
65 mm --- --- ---
100 mm 32225 32210 32240
125 mm --- --- 32241
160 mm 32226 32211 32242
250 mm 32227 32212­ 32243
400 mm 32228 --- 32244

Options (without PG) Available options

Per additional 100 mm
• • •
installation length
Transmitter installation*
• • •
DC 7.5–30 V/4–20 mA
1 x PT 100
• • •
4-wire
2 x PT 100 • --- •
2-wire
Sensor class A • • •
Reduced measuring tip
--- --- •
(Ø 6 mm) for 1 x PT 100
* Applies to standard measuring ranges (-50/+50, 0/50, 0/100, 0/120, 0/150, 0/200, 0/300 °C), Blue part no. = in-stock items
enquire for others.
** Applies up to 1,000 mm, enquire for installation lengths greater than 1,000 mm.

14

690 www.afriso.com
 Industry Thermometer

Resistance thermometers

DG: H, PG: 4

Type WTh 26 WTh 27 WTh 28

Version

Sensor 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100

3-wire, class B 3-wire, class B 3-wire, class B
Thermowell/probe Weld-in thermowell
11 mm 9 mm
Diameter as per DIN 43772
Stainless steel 316 Ti Stainless steel 316 Ti
Material Stainless steel 316 Ti
Neck 140 mm 120 mm 140 mm
Process connection Weld-in thermowell Flange EN 1091-1 Clamp 1"
as per DIN 43772* Type B1 DN 25/PN 40
Connection head/ DIN 43729, type B DIN 43729, type B Type B, type BUZ
electrical connection Cable gland Cable gland Cable gland
Measuring range -35/+550 °C -35/+400 °C -35/+200 °C
Installation length Part no. Part no. Part no.
65 mm 32250 --- ---
100 mm 32251 32260 32230
125 mm
32231

160 mm 32253 32261 32232

250 mm 32254 32262 32233
400 mm --- 32263 32234

Options (without PG) Available options

Per additional 100 mm
--- • •
installation length***
Transmitter installation**
• • •
DC 7.5–30 V/4–20 mA
1 x PT 100 4-wire • • •
2 x PT 100 2-wire • • •
Sensor class A • • •
Reduced measuring tip
--- • •
(Ø 6 mm) for 1 x PT 100
Clamp 1½" --- --- On request
DIN 11851, DN 40 --- --- On request
Hygienic, DN 40 --- --- On request
Weld-in ball --- --- On request
Weld-in socket --- --- On request
* Enquire for thermowells made of other materials.  Blue part no. = in-stock items
** Applies to standard measuring ranges (-50/+50, 0/50, 0/100, 0/120, 0/150, 0/200,
0/300, 0/400, 0/500 °C), enquire for others.
*** Applies up to 1,000 mm, enquire for installation lengths greater than 1,000 mm. 14

www.afriso.com 691
 Thermometer Hygienic processes

Resistance thermometer WTh 30

for hygienic processes

■ Hygienic design as per EHEDG

recommendations
■ Compact design
■ High accuracy
■ Short response time
■ Various process connections
■ Transducer can be integrated

Application For temperature measurement in tanks and pipelines and applications requiring hygienic process con-
nections, materials and processing. Specially suitable for food, pharmaceutical and biotechnology
applications due to the compact design and the high accuracy.

Description WTh 30 consists of a sturdy stainless steel housing with diverse process connections and a PT 100
measuring insert which is directly integrated in a thermowell. The change in resistance depending on
the measured temperature is directly available as a signal or can be detected by a transducer and
converted into a 4–20 mA output signal. The instrument is connected by means of a compact M12
connector.

Technical Measuring range Electrical connections

specifications -50/+200 °C M12 connector, connector housing stainless steel
Response time Process connections
As per to EN 60751, test in flowing water Stainless steel 316 L, one of the following:
(without transducer) T 90 = 5.5 s G½B; G½B conical, metal seal;
grooved union nut DIN 11851;
Sensor
Clamp DIN 32676;
1 x PT 100, 4-wire
Clamp ISO 2852;
Class A, IEC 751
Tri-Clamp
Protective pipe VARIVENT® type N
Stainless steel 316 L, Ø 6 mm
Surface roughness
Installation lengths Ra < 0.8 µm
30, 35, 50, 100, 150, 200 mm Welding seam < 1.6 µm
Housing Operating pressure
Stainless steel, Ø 18 mm Max. 16 bar
(VARIVENT® type N max. 10 bar)
Degree of protection
IP 67 (EN 60529)

Technical Version Supply voltage

specifications Transducer directly integrated in the plug housing, DC 8.5–36 V
Transducer (option) with encapsulated electronics
Output signal
Measuring ranges 4–20 mA, 2-wire
14 0/100 °C (standard)
0/150 °C
-50/+100 °C

Options ■ Integrated transducer ■ Replaceable measuring insert

■ Other process connections ■ Other installation lengths
■ Electropolishing ■ Weld-in sockets

692 www.afriso.com
 Hygienic processes Thermometer

Resistance thermometers WTh 30

Electrical connections and dimensions (mm)

Connection G½B Connection G½B, tapered, Weld-in socket

metallic seal

① Connector 4-pin ① Connector 4-pin

② Version with integrated ② Version with integrated ③ Socket with inspection hole
transducer (um 24 mm longer) transducer (um 24 mm longer) ④ Socket without inspection hole

Tapered socket with grooved union nut DIN 11851 Clamp connection VARIVENT® connection

① Connector 4-pin D = 68 for VARIVENT® type N

① Connector 4-pin Clamp DIN 32676 DN 25, DN 40
Clamp ISO 2852 1", 1½"
TriClamp 1", 1½"

Pin assignment Pin assignment

Without transducer With transducer

1 x PT 100, 4-wire 4–20 mA, 2-wire

14

www.afriso.com 693
 Thermometer Hygienic processes

Resistance thermometers WTh 30

DG: H, PG: 4

Type WTh 30 WTh 30 DK WTh 30 MR WTh 30 CP WTh 30 VT

Version

1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100 1 x PT 100

Sensor
4-wire, class A 4-wire, class A 4-wire, class A 4-wire, class A 4-wire, class A
Thermowell/probe diameter 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm
Material Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L Stainless steel 316 L
Grooved union nut Clamp
G½B tapered, VARIVENT®
Process connection G½B DIN 11851 ISO 2852
metallic seal Type N
DN 25/PN 40 DN 25
M12 plug M12 plug M12 plug M12 plug M12 plug
Electrical connection
connection connection connection connection connection
Measuring range -50/+200 °C -50/+200 °C -50/+200 °C -50/+200 °C -50/+200 °C
Installation length L1 Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
30 mm 32302 32310 32318 32326 32334
35 mm 32303 32311 32319 32327 32335
50 mm 32304 32312 32320 32328 32336
100 mm 32305 32313 32321 32329 32337
150 mm 32306 32314 32322 32330 32338
200 mm 32307 32315 32323 32331 32339

Options (without PG) Available options

Installed transducer
• • • • •
4–20 mA*
Process connection
DIN 11851 DN 32 --- --- • --- ---
ISO Clamp DN 38 --- --- --- • ---
DIN Clamp DN 25 --- --- --- • ---
DIN Clamp DN 40 --- --- --- • ---
Tri-Clamp 1" --- --- --- • ---
Tri-Clamp 1½" --- --- --- • ---

Accessories Part no.

Weld-in socket for G½B conical, metal seal, with inspection hole 32340
Weld-in socket for G½B conical, metal seal, without inspection hole 32341
Connector with cable, 5 metres On request
* Please specify desired measuring range: 0/100 °C (standard), 0/150 °C, -50/+100 °C (corresponding to 4–20 mA each).

14

694 www.afriso.com
 14

www.afriso.com 695
 Display units

Signalling devices

Transducer
CHAPTER 15

Signalling devices/display units/signal processing,

monitoring and communication systems

SIGNAL ISOLATION/AMPLIFICATION

Isolation amplifiersTV 22 GL , TV 200 GS, STV 22 GL 698

Trip amplifierMK 330 GS 699

Ex safety barrierZ 787 699

Multi-purpose transducersMFU 12/14 700

DISPLAY/CONTROL

Digital display unitsDA 06 701

Digital display unitsDA 10/12/14 702

Digital display and control unit V

 arioFox® 24 704

Multi-channel process display with data logger M

 PA 20 705

SIGNAL PROCESSING/EVENT REPORTING

Combined warning light and horn WLH 1, hornKH1 707

HornHPW 2, w
 arning light with rotating reflector SLD 1 708

Additional alarm unitZAG 01 709

15

697
 Signal processing Isolation/amplification

Isolation amplifier

TV 22 GL TV 200 GS STV 22 GL

Description The TV 22 GL isolation amplifier The TV 200 GS isolation amplifi- The STV 22 GL supply isolation
is used for galvanic isolation and er is used for galvanic isolation, amplifier is used for galvanic
amplification of DC current sig- conversion and amplification of isolation and amplification of DC
nals (mA). Input and output are standard output signals (V/mA). signals (mA). The connected
galvanically isolated with a high Input and output are galvanically transducer is directly supplied
degree of isolation. The inte- isolated with a high degree of by means of a galvanically iso-
grated high-efficiency electronic isolation. The integrated high-ef- lated and limited supply voltage.
power supply unit helps to avoid ficiency electronic power supply Input and output are galvanically
overheating and allows for high unit helps to avoid overheating isolated with a high degree of
output loads. and allows for high output loads. isolation.
The extremely narrow design Offset and gain can be set by The integrated high-efficiency
results in a high packing factor. means of two potentiometers on electronic power supply unit
the front. helps to avoid overheating and
allows for high output loads.

Technical Housing Housing Housing

specifications DIN rail housing DIN rail housing DIN rail housing
W x H x D: 18 x 78 x 103 mm W x H x D: 23 x 78 x 103 mm W x H x D: 18 x 78 x 103 mm
Supply voltage Supply voltage Supply voltage
AC/DC 20–253 V AC/DC 20–253 V DC 20–253 V
AC 50–253 V
Input Input
0–20 mA or 4–20 mA Part no. 53704: 4–20 mA Sensor supply
Part no. 53705: 0–10 V DC 24 V open circuit voltage
Output
DC 18 V at 20 mA
0–20 mA or 4–20 mA Output
1:1 to input signal Part no. 53704: 0–10 V Input
Part no. 53705: 4–20 mA 0–20 mA or 4–20 mA
Output load
Max. 400 Ohm Output load Output
Max. 500 Ohm current output 0–20 mA or 4–20 mA
Min. 1 kOhm voltage output 1:1 to input signal
Output load
Max. 400 Ohm

DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.

Isolation amplifier TV 22 GL 53701
15 Isolation amplifier TW 41 GM (isolator without power supply) 53702
Isolation amplifier TWH 41 GM (HART-enabled) 53703
Isolation amplifier TV 200 GS* (input 4–20 mA /output 0–10 V) 53704
Isolation amplifier TV 200 GS* (input 0–10 V/output 4–20 mA ) 53705
Supply isolation amplifier STV 22 GL 53706
* Other signals on request. Blue part no. = in-stock items

698 www.afriso.com
 Isolation/amplification Signal processing

Trip amplifiers, Ex safety barrier

MK 330 GS Z 787

Description The MK 330 GS trip amplifier compares the The Zener barrier limits the amount of energy
measurement signal at the input with the values transferred from the non-hazardous area to the
set by means of the coding switches (0–99 %). If hazardous area. It is used for evaluation of up to
the measurement signal exceeds or falls below 2 signals from the hazardous area. No separate
the set value, the corresponding output relay supply voltage required.
responds according to the selected function (relay
energises or de-energises). The SMK 330 GS trip If used in conjunction with AFRISO 2-wire
amplifier with supply also supplies the connected Ex devices, only usable as a single-channel
transducer. system.

Technical Housing Housing

specifications DIN rail housing DIN rail housing
W x H x D: 23 x 78 x 103 mm W x H x D: 12.5 x 115 x 110 mm
Supply voltage Supply voltage
DC 20–253 V Max. 28 V DC
AC 50–253 V
Fuse rating
Input 50 mA
0–10 V or (0)4–20 mA
Connection
Input resistance Dual-channel
50 Ohm/U 400 kOhm DC version
Positive polarity
Output
With AFRISO devices: See description
2 relay changeover contacts 250 V, 2 A, 100 VA
Function 2 max, 2 min or Current circuits (max. data)
1 max./min. U0 28 V
I0 93 mA
P0 650 mW
Nominal resistance
300 Ohm
Operating temperature range
-20/+60 °C
EU Type Examination
Certificate
IECEx BAS 09.0142
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
[Ex ia Da] III C
[Ex ia Ma] I
-20°C ≤ Ta ≤ +60°C

15
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Trip amplifier MK 330 GS 53708
Trip amplifier with power supply SMK 330 GS 53709
Zener barrier Z 787 31296
Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 699
 Signal processing Isolation/amplification

Multifunctional transducer MFU 12/14

■ Universal input (current, voltage, Application

resistance)
■ Integrated supply voltage
for 2-wire/3-wire transmitter
■ 2 analogue outputs
■ 2 or 4 additional contact outputs
■ Programming interface
■ Universal power supply unit

Description The digital multi-purpose transducers are freely programmable digital transducers with two analogue
outputs and up to 4 relays. Current up to 20 mA (also bipolar), voltage up to 10 V (also bipolar) or a
three-wire technology potentiometer are possible input signals. In addition, a supply for 2-wire or 3-wire
transmitters is integrated. The inputs are galvanically isolated from the voltage and the outputs. The
two analogue outputs can be used simultaneously.

Technical Display Switching outputs

specifications Multi-line LCD, 42 x 64 pixels, Up to 4 voltage-free changeover contacts
multi-colour backlight, Configurable as required, max. AC 250 V
backlight can be switched off Selectable functions energising/de-energising,
hysteresis, window or trend function
Range
selectable delays for energising/de-energising
0 to 9,999 digits (start and end value
freely configurable), free scaling unit, Linearisation
3 languages (English, French, German) Via 24 free x/y on characteristic curve
Characteristic curve mode table, cylinder, sphere
Accuracy
± 0.2 % of maximum value Additional functions
■ Alarm message in the case of missing or
Resolution
defective sensor
Inputs 13 bits, outputs 10 bits ■ Zoom function, spreading, inverted mode,

Inputs trend indication, teach functions

Current: Max. -20.4/+20.4 mA, adjustable as required ■ Automatic or manual simulation mode
Voltage: Max. -10.2 /+10.2 V, adjustable as required ■ Locking of parameters / editing lock
■ Programming interface
Potentiometer:
0.1/100 kOhm, adjustable as required
Supply voltage
Transmitter supply 19.5 .. 24.5 V DC
DC 20–253 V
Analogue output 1 (current) AC 50–253 V
Max. 0/4–20.4 mA, adjustable as required
Housing
Galvanically isolated from input
DIN rail housing
Analogue output 2 (voltage) W x H x D: 33 x 110 x 128 mm
Max. 0/2–10.2 V; adjustable as required Removable screw terminals
Galvanically isolated from input

Accessories ■ Programming software MFU 03-S ■ Device with identical functions, but for
(options) (Win XP, Vista, 7) with interface cable temperature inputs (PT 100, Pt 1,000, Ni 1,000
and USB adapter and thermocouples)

15
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Transducer MFU 12, 2 voltage-free changeover contacts 53722
Transducer MFU 14, 4 voltage-free changeover contacts 53723
Software MFU 03-S, with interface cable and USB adapter 53724
Blue part no. = in-stock items

700 www.afriso.com
 Display/control Signal processing

Digital plug-in display DA 06

■ Easy and fast mounting via plug-in system

■ Indication scalable as required
■ Housing and display can be rotated
at any angle
■ Open collector switching output / PNP

A A

Chapter 13 Page 548

Application Cost-effective digital display unit with local indication for all transducers with 4–20 mA output and ISO
4400 (DIN 43650-A) connector. Easy and fast mounting via plug-in system. Optional Ex protection
(zone 1) and connector M 12 x 1, 5-pin.

Description DA 06 is mounted between the plug and the junction box and is immediately ready for operation. As
the unit is supplied via the 4–20 mA loop, it does not require a separate power supply. The unit is
programmed by means of two keys at the front. The following parameters can be set: scaling, decimal
point, dampening, switching point and delay. In addition, the unit features a memory for min. and max.
values.
The settings are not lost in case of a power outage. Out of range values can be displayed as messages
(both ends of the range). The integrated diagnostics system continuously monitors all functions of the
display. The housing can be turned by 300°, the display by 330°.

Technical Range Operating temperature range

specifications 9,999 digit (start and end values scalable as Ambient/
required) Electronics: -25/+85 °C
Display Storage: -40/+85 °C
4-digit, 7 mm high, red LED display For Ex version: -25/+70 °C
Display housing can be turned by 330° Electrical connection
Adapter for connector as per ISO 4400
Accuracy
(DIN 43650-A)
0.1 % ±1 digit
Input signal/output signal
Adjustable parameters 4–20 mA, 2-wire
Scaling, decimal point, dampening, switching
Switching output
point, delay
1 open collector (PNP), max. 125 mA
Min./max. value memory (no external power may be supplied for
The highest and lowest values reached during Ex protection)
operation can be displayed. On/off delay; 0 to 100 s

Housing CE conformity (EMC)

Plastic PA 6.6/polycarbonate EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
W x H x D: 47 x 47 x 68 mm
Options
Housing can be rotated by 300°
■ Ex protection II 2G Ex ia IIC T4 Gb
Degree of protection ■ Electrical connection M12 x 1, 5-pin
IP 65 (EN 60529) ■ 3-wire 0–10 V

Pin assignment table

DG: H PG Part no.
Electrical connections M12 x 1, metal DA 06 4 31278
ISO 4400
(5-pin)
DA 06 Ex 4 31279 15
Supply + 1 1 DA 06 – M12 x 1 4 33336
Supply – 2 2
Signal + (for 3-wire) 3 3 DA 06 Ex – M12 x 1 4 33222
Switching output 1 3 5 Accessories
Earth Wall bracket for DA 06,
Shield 4 1 31284
contact black plastic
Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 701
 Signal processing Display/control

Digital display units DA 10/12/14

■ Grey display with excellent readability

■ Text-based user interface 1
■ Linearisation for volume indication (24 points)
■ Scalable units, displayed as bar chart 2
■ Integrated supply voltage for transducer

A A

3
1 Digital display unit DA 12
Chapter 13 Page 707
2 Signalling device
3 Pressure transducer DMU 07

Application Universal application for displaying measured values (DA 10),

optionally with additional relay outputs (DA 12/14) for electronic transducers.

Description Digital display unit in plastic housing for control panel mounting. With grey display and automatic off
function for the backlight. The universal measurement input can be configured as a current input or a
voltage input. Standard bearing charts for cylindrical horizontal tanks and spherical tanks are pre-pro-
grammed, additional units can be selected or set up. The units are scalable and shown as bar charts.
Limit values can be displayed via a window and a trend function (rising/falling). With display message
(flashing error text) if values are exceeded, parameter backup for restoring previous configurations and
potentiometer for test purposes.

Technical Display Degree of protection (front)

specifications 5-digit graphical LC display, backlit (white), text- IP 65 (EN 60529)
based user interface, user interface language
Electrical connection
selectable (German, English, French, Italian),
Plug-in screw terminals (1.5 mm2)
selectable units, custom units can be defined
Linearisation
Measuring range Customer-specific linearisation with a max. of
± 99,999 digits 24 points for the indication of volume (e.g. litres)
(start and end values scalable as required) in non-linear tanks. Bearing charts for cylindrical
Linearity horizontal tanks and spherical tanks are pre-
±0.1 % of measuring range programmed.

Resolution Min./max. value memory

Decimal point position can be set as required The highest and lowest values reached during
operation can be displayed.
Response time
< 0.2 s Additional functions DA 12/14

Operating temperature range Analogue output 2

Ambient: 0/50 °C 0–10 V, galvanically isolated

Supply voltage Switching outputs

AC 50–253 V /DC 20–253 V Relay contacts: 2 x (DA 12) / 4 x (DA 14)
2.5 W / AC 4.4 V voltage-free changeover contacts (adjustable
switching hysteresis)
Sensor supply Contact rating: AC 250 V, 2A, 100 VA
Integrated, galvanically isolated supply voltage
for transducer:
≥ 21 VDC at 20 mA
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Sensor input
DA 10 31281
All analogue standard signals,
e.g 4–20 mA, 0–20 mA, 0–1 V, 0–10 V DA 12 31282
as well as potentiometer DA 14 31283
Analogue output Accessories (PG: 3)
15 0/4–20 mA, galvanically isolated Wall mounting housing WAG 01
for mounting of one DA 31287
Housing
WAG 02
Standard plug-in housing 31288
for mounting of two DAs
W x H x D: 96 x 48 x 135 mm
WAG 03 for mounting of three DAs 31289
Panel cut out WAG 04 for mounting of four DAs 31290
W x H: 92 x 45 mm
Blue part no. = in-stock items

702 www.afriso.com
 Display/control Signal processing

Digital display units DA 10/12/14

Dimensions (mm) and connection diagrams

Panel cut out DA 10/12/14

Wall-mounting housing WAG 01/02 Wall mounting housing WAG 03/04

for up to 2 DA 10/12/14 for up to 4 DA 10/12/14

① Fixing holes ① Fixing holes

Connection diagram for standard application Connection diagram for Ex application

+ 1 8 +
DA
2 7 10/12/14
DMU
Z 787 or
Ex 3 6
VarioFox
– 4 5 – 24

15

www.afriso.com 703
 Signal processing Display/control

Digital display and control unit

VarioFox® 24

■ Can be used as compact, ready-to- 1

connect filling or emptying controller
■ Visual and audible alarms
2
■ 4 switching outputs
■ Data logger function via SD memory
3
card or RS485 interface

4
1 Junction box with pressure relief port
2 Digital display and control unit
Chapter 13 VarioFox® 24
3 Signalling device
4 Pressure transducer DMU 08

Application For recording process parameters. Together with the event reporting system EMS and the AFRISO Net
web service, this unit serves as an economical measuring and control station with data logging and
remote monitoring functionality.

Description Compact, ready-to-connect display and control unit in a robust wall-mounting housing. With integrated
sensor supply and 4 relay outputs. Together with a transducer (e.g. for pressure, temperature, level),
VarioFox® forms an autonomous measuring and control system. VarioFox® is universally applicable and
freely configurable.

Technical Display Digital interface

specifications Multi-coloured, backlit graphical display RS485 (19200 Baud)
(50 x 30 mm) with Baud rate adjustment
■ Blue = Operation

■ Red = Alarm
Switching outputs
■ Green = Setup
Relay contacts: 4 voltage-free changeover
contacts (adjustable switching
Display (5 digits)
hysteresis)
User interface language selectable:
Contact rating: AC 250 V 2 A 250 VA
English, German, French, Italian
DC 250 V 1 A 100 W
(start and end values as well as comma scalable
as required) Housing
Robust wall mounting housing made of
Linearity
impact-resistant plastic (PC)
±0.1 % of measuring range
W x H x D: 175 x 125 x 75 mm
Resolution Degree of protection: IP 65 (EN 60529)
10 bits, decimal point position can be set as required Colour: RAL 7035 (grey)
Electrical connection:
Response time 5 x cable gland M16 x 1.5 mm
< 0.2 s, filter can be activated
Linearisation
Operating temperature range
Customer-specific linearisation with a max. of
Ambient: 0/50 °C
24 points for the indication of volume (litres) in
Storage: -20/+65 °C
non-linear tanks. Bearing charts for cylindrical
Supply voltage horizontal tanks and spherical tanks are pre-pro-
AC 50–253 V, 4.2 VA grammed.
DC 20–253 V, 2.7 W
Min./max. value memory
Sensor supply The highest and lowest values reached during
Integrated, galvanically isolated power supply operation can be displayed.
for transducer: DC 20 V/20 mA
Data storage and clock
Analogue input Long-term monitoring data is stored on a memory
All analogue standard signals, card (SD/MMC). Memory card not included.
15 e.g. 4–20 mA, 0–20 mA, 0–10 V
Audible alarm
DG: H, PG: 4 Part no.
Integrated piezo buzzer, can be acknowledged
VarioFox 24
®

Analogue output 1 31248

(4 relay contacts)
0/4–20 mA, galvanically isolated
SD memory card 1 GB,
31257
Analogue output 2 industrial version
0–10 V, galvanically isolated Blue part no. = in-stock items

704 www.afriso.com
 Display/control Signal processing

Multi-channel process display

MPA 20

■ Up to 90 channels for inputs/outputs

■ 35 mathematical/logical functions
■ 8 integrated PID controllers with autotuning
■ 8 time-controlled/event-controlled profiles
■ Touchscreen operation and remote operation
■ Multi-level password system
■ Web server with HTML5 widgets
■ E-mail function

Application Universal application for displaying and logging up to 16 independent analogue input signals, 8 binary
inputs, 4 resistance thermometer inputs (RTD), 4 thermocouple inputs (TC) with freely selectable scal-
ing and units. MPA 20 is very well suited for applications in which several physical measured variables
reflect the state of an object and the state is controlled by several parameters at the same time.

Description Digital display unit with integrated data logger in plastic housing for control panel mounting which
allows for simultaneous measurement, visualisation and controlling of multiple channels. MPA 20 can
operate autonomously or in conjunction with external measuring equipment and actuators.
The multi-channel process display is designed as a modular device that consists of a base unit and
optional input modules and output modules. The base unit comprises the main processor, a touch
display, a switched-mode power supply (two available versions: 19–35 VDC and 85–260 VAC) as well
as the communication interfaces (USB and RS 485).

Technical Display Degree of protection

specifications 5.7" TFT touchscreen IP 65 (front), IP 20
User interface languages: (housing and connection terminal)
German, English, French IP 40 (front, USB at front)
Indication of vale, bar chart, diagram, IP 20 (terminals)
pointer, groups
Electrical connection
Selectable measuring ranges Plug-in screw terminals (1.5 mm²)
Current inputs 4–20 mA
Interfaces
Voltage inputs 0–5 V, 1–5 V, 0–10 V, 2–10 V ■ RS 485 (Modbus RTU)
Resistance thermometers ■ RS 232
Thermocouple ■ USB host

Operating temperature range ■ Ethernet (Modbus TCP)

Ambient: 0/50 °C
Data memory
Supply voltage Internal memory 1.5 GB,
AC 16–35 V / DC 19–50 V max. 125,000,000 values
Max. 35 VA Acquisition of measured values of up to 60 channels
2 selectable measurement frequencies (max. 10 Hz)
Input resistance
Comprehensive trigger functions
Current < 65 Ohm
Data transmission via USB flash drive or Ethernet
Voltage > 100 kOhm
Optional
Housing ■ Software
Panel housing 144 x 144 x 110 mm ■ DIN rail adapter

Weight
Max. approx. 1.2 kg

15

www.afriso.com 705
 Signal processing Display/control

Multi-channel process display MPA 20

Ordering data DG: 4, PG: 0

1 Multi-channel process display
MPA 20 Base version MPA 20

2 Slot P
Supply 19–50 VDC, 16–35 VAC
01 Output 24 VDC 200 mA
Digital input 24 VDC, RS-485 Modbus RTU
Supply 85–260 VAC/DC
02 Output 24 VDC 200 mA
Digital input 24 VDC, RS-485 Modbus RTU

3 Slot D
01 Empty
02 USB host port rear
USB host port rear
03
Ethernet 10 Mbit/s

4 Slot C / B / A
01 24 x current input (I)
02 16 x binary input (D)
03 4 x resistance thermometer input (RTD)
04 4 x thermocouple input (TC)
05 3 x universal input (I, U, RTD, TC)
06 4 x current output
07 12 x SPST relay 1A

5 Special version
01 Sealing frame IP 65
02 USB host port front

15 Ordering key
M PA 2 0 01 02 01 01
example

706 www.afriso.com
 Signalling devices Signal processing

Signalling devices

Combined warning light Horn KH 1

and horn WLH 1
Benefits ■ Highly effective signal due to yellow light ■ Loud 90 dB alarm tone
■ Loud 90 dB alarm tone ■ Horn with continuous tone
■ Warning light and horn can be controlled

separately

Application For dry indoor spaces. For dry indoor spaces.

Technical Sound pressure Sound pressure

specifications 90 dB (A), distance 1 m 90 dB (A), distance 1 m
Supply voltage Supply voltage
AC 230 V AC 230 V
Power input Power input
10 VA 6 VA
Degree of protection Degree of protection
IP 33 (EN 60529) IP 20 (EN 60529)
Weight Weight
0.19 kg 0.18 kg

15

DG: G, PG: 4 Part no.

Combined warning light and horn WLH 1 1 - 61020
Horn KH 1 1 - 61011

www.afriso.com 707
 Signal processing Signalling devices

Signalling devices

Horn HPW 2 Warning light with rotating

refl ector SLD 1
Benefits ■ Loud 110 dB alarm tone ■ Highly effective signal due to yellow light
■ Horn with continuous tone and rotating reflector
■ Robust design with AI base

■ Maintenance-free

Application For humid rooms and for outdoor installation. For humid rooms and for outdoor installation.

Technical Sound pressure Supply voltage

specifications 110 dB (A), distance 1 m AC 230 V
Supply voltage Degree of protection
AC 230 V IP 55 (EN 60529)
Power input Weight
22 VA 1.8 kg
Degree of protection Mounting position
IP 55 (EN 60529) Any
Weight
1 kg

15

PG DG Part no.
Horn HPW 2 4 G 1 - 61012
Warning light with rotating reflector SLD 1 4 H 1 - 61015

708 www.afriso.com
 Event reporting Signal processing

Additional alarm unit ZAG 01

■ Audible and visual alarms

for maximum safety
■ Can be connected to all WATCHDOG-LINE
alarm units
■ With 2 voltage-free changeover contacts
(at output side)
■ Ready-to-connect device for easy
installation and commissioning

Application For indication and transfer of alarm signals from Watchdog LINE alarm units, AFRISO leak detectors or
any other switching equipment. Suitable for triggering additional visual and audible alarms in buildings,
e.g. in the case of underground tank facilities or in rooms which are far away from the dangerous loca-
tion. Can be connected directly to the switching output of the alarm unit.

Description The additional alarm unit in a wall mounting housing signals alarm conditions in conjunction with an
alarm unit or a leak detector. ZAG 01 is connected to the voltage-free contact of the alarm unit. A 230
V alarm input is also available. The audible alarm can be acknowledged with the Acknowledge key in
the case of an alarm. The visual alarm is cleared once the leak has been fixed or the cause of the
event removed. The Test key allows you to perform a function test.

The voltage-free relay contacts allow for connection of additional external signalling equipment (such
as horns), event reporting systems EMS, building control systems or similar equipment.
ZAG 01 is suitable for panel mounting with a mounting frame. A sealing kit (IP 54) is available for rough
application conditions.

Technical Operating temperature range Alarm sound

specifications Ambient/storage: -10/+60 °C Min. 70 dB(A)
Supply voltage Housing
AC 230 V Wall mounting housing made of
impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
Nominal power
W x H x D: 100 x 188 x 65 mm
3 VA
Degree of protection
Alarm input
IP 40 (EN 60529)
Input 1: Voltage-free
Input 2: AC 230 V

Switching outputs
Relay contact 1:
Voltage-free changeover contact,
can be acknowledged
Relay contact 2:
Voltage-free changeover contact,
cannot be acknowledged
Contact rating: AC 250 V, 2 A

15
PG DG Part no.
Additional alarm unit
4 H 40633
ZAG 01
Mounting frame 1 G 43521
Sealing kit
1 G 43416
(IP 54)
Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 709
Oxygen analyser

Stationary gas analysis

Mobile and portable gas

treatment systems
CHAPTER 16

Stationary gas analysers

and plant engineering

STATIONARY GAS ANALYSIS

Technical information on measuring gas concentrations 712

Application examples 714

ANALYSERS

Gas analyser BIOLYZER 716

Oxygen measuring system O

 xystem 250 717

GAS TREATMENT

Mobile gas treatment system MAXISYSTEM ST 718

Portable gas treatment system TMA 65 719

Portable gas treatment system TMA 75 721

SERVICE INSTRUMENTS

BlueLine measuring instruments at a glance 722

CAPBs® sensor modules 724

16

711
 Stationary gas analysis Technical information

Stationary gas analysis – information on gas

concentration measurement

Typical applications:
■ Emission measurement ■ Biological systems
■ Combustion processes ■ Tunnel monitoring
■ Large combustion systems ■ Cooling plants
■ Turbo generator monitoring ■ Fruit and vegetable
■ Industrial gas filling storage houses
■ Incineration
■ Purity measurements
■ Crematoria

Task
The objective of gas concentration measurement is to measure a component of a gas
mixture continuously, selectively and quantitatively and to transform the results into electrical,
standardised signals. These signals can be processed for logging, control, calculation or
analysis purposes. Each gas component is measured on the basis of different chemical/physical
or physical measuring principles.

Such measuring principles include:

■ Absorption of infrared radiation for measuring heteroatomic gases

■ Paramagnetism for measuring oxygen concentrations

■ Ion conductivity of solid electrolytes and liquid electrolytes

The selectivity of the component to be measured is a key factor in finding a suitable measuring system.
Selectivity refers to the specific technical detectability of a certain component in the gas to be measured
without it being influenced by other gases.

Application
The analysis of gas mixtures with continuously operating measuring systems is a part of industrial
measuring technology. By using continuously operating gas analysers it is possible to recognise
tendencies, monitor, control and/or evaluate processes. The technical analysis of gas emissions is
prescribed by numerous environmental acts in many countries. For example, in Germany, legislation
and directives such as TA-Luft and BlmSchG stipulate that certain systems must be equipped with
emission measuring facilities. AFRISO supplies tested and approved analysers, turnkey analysis systems
and/or auxiliary equipment (such as gas sampling probes, filters, coolers) for such applications; these
units make continuous analysis of gas components possible.

16

712 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Stationary gas analysis

Design of a stationary gas

analysis system 1. Sampling point
2. Gas sampling probe
3. Heated gas line
4. Cooler
5. Condensate separation
6. Filter
7. Changeover valve
8. Gas pump
9. Flow monitoring
10. Flow measurement
11. Analyser
12. Gas outlet

Design features
Due to the varied nature of measuring tasks and gas components, it is imperative to consider the operating conditions and ambient
conditions in addition to the selection of the measuring principle and the measuring range. Therefore, the operating conditions (such
as pressure, temperature, humidity, dirt/pollution) and the ambient conditions (such as ambient temperature, corrosive environments,
shocks, dust concentration) play a key role in the design of a measuring system.

Gas treatment
The accuracy and the reliability of a gas analysis system are determined by the selection of the gas sampling and gas treatment sys-
tems. In most cases, the process gas sampled for analysis cannot be directly processed by the gas analyser. The performance of the
analyser can be adversely affected by high dust concentrations or high humidity, high dew points, excessively high or low pressures,
excessively high temperatures as well as other detrimental components.

Therefore, the design of the gas analysis system is a crucial factor determining the viability of the analysis values generated by the
analyser. The most important conditions for minimum maintenance and trouble-free operation are the sampling point as well as suitable
accessories and their proper arrangement.

Precise and efficient gas analysis therefore requires a targeted design of the entire gas treatment system.
Take advantage of AFRISO's many years of experience and competence as a supplier of complete analysis systems for solutions
to your measuring problems.
AFRISO supplies gas analysis systems:

1. Individual system components

2. Completely mounted on panel, wired and with all hoses connected
3. Completely mounted, wired, with all hoses connected, already installed
in measuring cabinets
4. As a complete measuring station in a container or built onto a vehicle

Application example:
Emission measurement in biomass combustion plants

Measuring cabinet with two lines for emission measurement in a log wood combustion sys-
tem for heat and power generation. Pertinent legislation such as the 13th German Federal
Immission Act requires continuous monitoring of CO, O2 and dust limit values. Monitoring of
an existing oil fuelled plant was also integrated into the system. Data is acquired, calculated
and visualised once a second.

i 16
Custom-built systems to your
specifications – please enquire.

www.afriso.com 713
 Stationary gas analysis Applications

Application examples: Gas analysis systems

and components for gas treatment

16

714 www.afriso.com
 Applications Stationary gas analysis

Application examples: Heated zone

3
5
5

1
4

Typical components in a heated zone:

1 Heated filter 4 Temperature controller

2 Solenoid valve, heated 5 Gas pump, heated
3 Fan

Heated gas treatment system

Application: Heated gas treatment systems are required in higher and constant operating
temperatures (e.g. to keep the temperature from falling below the dew point). Heated gas
treatment systems are available as 19" rack housing systems, portable systems and wall
mounting systems. Various components such as filters, solenoid valves, flow monitoring
units, pumps, etc. can be installed to meet specific application requirements.

Application examples:
Sampling point switching
Sampling point selectors are used in gas analysis systems to measure the
gas from different sampling points with a single analyser. Depending on
the specific application requirements, different numbers of sampling points
can be measured via a single unit. They are available as heated and
unheated versions.

16

www.afriso.com 715
 Stationary gas analysis Analysers

Gas analysis system BIOLYZER

for discontinuous measurement

■ For discontinuous measurement

■ Ideal for biogas plants
■ Monitors up to four gas components
■ Compact wall mounting housing system
ready for installation

Application For discontinuous analysis and regular process monitoring of biogenous process gases such as bio-
gas, sewage gas and landfill gas. All important gas types such as methane, hydrogen sulphide, oxy-
gen and carbon dioxide can be monitored.

Description Gas measuring system for discontinuous, selective measurement and indication of up to four different
gas components (CH4, H2S, O2 and CO2 ). CH4 and CO2 are detected by means of infrared technology,
O2 and H2S by means of electrochemical sensors. The measuring instrument and all components are
integrated in a robust wall mounting housing. BIOLYZER features LED displays, status indicators for
each measurement channel as well as a lit LC display. The memory has a history function, the values
can be displayed. With freely adjustable alarm thresholds and binary outputs for: active, error, calibra-
tion, alarm. The gas treatment system with all important components (gas cooler with hose pump, fine
filter, aerosol filter, rotameter with needle valve, anti-detonation device) is integrated in a robust, air-
flushed wall mounting housing. BIOLYZER is delivered complete with wiring, hoses, calibration and
ready to be mounted.

BIOLYZER LT is suitable for simple routine checks. Version without gas cooler and load limitation for
hydrogen sulphide measurements. Therefore, the standard measuring range is 0 to 1,000 ppm H2S.

Technical Gas types/measuring ranges Operating temperature range

specifications CH4 0/100 % by vol., IR double beam Ambient: 10/40 °C
CO2 0/100 % by vol., IR double beam
Supply voltage
O2 0/25 % by vol., electrochemical
230 V / 50 Hz
H 2S 0/5,000 ppm, electrochemical
Optional: 115 V / 60 Hz
Measuring intervals can be programmed for
Power input: Max. 85 VA
the individual gases. Manual measurement is
possible at all times. Dimensions
W x H x D: Approx. 300 x 400 x 185 mm
Indication
4-digit LED: Status indicators for each channel Degree of protection
4 line LCD: Data memory can be read via RS 232 IP 54 (EN 60529)
Communication
RS 232, analogue output for each gas type,
output 4–20 mA, linearised, data memory

PG: 4 Part no.

Gas analyser BIOLYZER for CH4, H2S, O2, CO2 69643
Gas analyser BIOLYZER for CH4, H2S, O2 69644
Gas analyser BIOLYZER for CH4, H2S 69645
Gas analyser BIOLYZER LT for CH4, H2S, O2, CO2 69646
Gas analyser BIOLYZER LT for CH4, H2S, O2 69647
Gas analyser BIOLYZER LT for CH4, H2S 69648
Options
Profibus DP for BIOLYZER 69637
16 Sampling point selector MSU 69636
Continuous measurement BIOLYZER 61850
Blue part no. = in-stock items

716 www.afriso.com
 Analysers Stationary gas analysis

Oxygen measuring system

Oxystem 250

■ In situ measurement directly

in the gas duct
■ Compact design
■ No gas treatment required
Control unit

Zirconium
dioxide meas-
uring probe

Application For monitoring combustion and production processes as well as storage facilities and storage contain-
ers which require the oxygen concentration to be measured and/or controlled.

Description Compact electronic oxygen measuring probe for stationary installation. Consisting of a 100 mm long
zirconium dioxide measuring probe with an adjustable screw fitting and control electronics.
Inline oxygen measurement without gas treatment. A reliable
dynamic O2 probe based on ZrO2 is used to acquire the measured values. The probe is calibrated in
atmospheric air. No reference gases are required. Due to the compact dimensions, the probe can be
easily installed in the flue gas pipe. The probe provides fast and precise measurement results.
Oxystem 250 is suitable for flue gas temperatures of up to 300 °C.

Technical Measuring range Supply voltage

specifications 0/21 % O2 by volume Power supply unit: AC 230 V/12 V, 10 VA
Measuring accuracy Heat-up time
±0.1 % O2 by volume 5 minutes
Operating temperature range Output
Medium: Max. 300 °C 4–20 mA
Ambient: 0/50 °C 0–10 V on request
Sensor operating temperature Housing
700 °C Impact-resistant plastic (ABS)
W x H x D: 250 x 185 x 125 mm
Screw fitting
Weight: 2 kg
Ø 30 mm, L = 100 mm, G1, V2A
Degree of protection: IP 40 (EN 60529)
Display
2 line LC display
Indication of O2 value and lambda

PG: 4 Part no.

Oxygen measuring system Oxystem 250
61840
with control unit, power supply unit, probe
Spare parts
Oxygen probe GSO 250 K 61841
Power supply unit NTE 12 61842 16
Control unit AWE 250 61843
Blue part no. = in-stock items

www.afriso.com 717
 Stationary gas analysis Gas treatment

Mobile gas treatment system

MAXISYSTEM ST

■ Automatic sensor regeneration via fresh

air valve allows for convenient long-term
measurements (< 12 hours)
■ Smart system protection: Continuous
monitoring of fresh air valve, heated line,
cooler and humidity sensor
■ Automatic zero point for convenient and
fast measurement preparation

Lateral connections/controls

Application Gas treatment system specially for mobile applications. Whenever high-precision gas analysis is
required where the flue gas may contain pollution and condensate, MA XISYSTEM ST is the system of
choice. In the analysis of highly water-soluble gases such as NO2 and SO2, MA XISYSTEM ST must be
used in order to be able to obtain reliable measurement results.

Description The modular measurement concept allows to use the corresponding flue gas analyser MULTILYZER STx
as a "stand-alone device" or in conjunction with MA XISYSTEM ST. With the integrated temperature
controller, the temperature of the heated line can be optimally adjusted to the application between
100 °C and 180 °C. Flue gas analysis, draft/differential pressure and flue gas temperature are directly
measured. Efficiency, flue gas loss and dew point are calculated in real time. The operating state of the
measuring system can be checked via the status indication of the heated line and the gas cooler. The
condensate outlet integrated in the housing reliably discharges condensate. MAXISYSTEM ST is
designed for quasi-continuous operation with an operating time of up to 12 hours.

Technical Dimensions (W x H x D) Main fuse

specifications 420 x 350 x 220 mm T 5 A / 250 V (4 x 20 mm)
Weight Supply voltage
7.5 kg 230 V / 50 Hz – 60 Hz
Material Approvals
Polypropylene (PP) 2014/35/EU (Low Voltage Directive)
Operating temperature range Gas cooler "cooling system"
Ambient: 5/40 °C 5 °C, alarm at ±3 °C
Storage: -20/+50 °C
Heated line "Heating"
Pressure range 100 – 180 °C, alarm at ±3 °C
750 hPa/1,100 hPa
Cooling capacity
Humidity 72 kJ/h
20 % r.h./80 % r.h.

PG: 4 Part no.

MAXISYSTEM ST docking M05100210
Options
16
MAXISYSTEM ST humidity sensor 511180
MAXISYSTEM ST heated line, length 3 m 524437

718 www.afriso.com
 Gas treatment Stationary gas analysis

Gas treatment system

TMA 65

■ Compact version of a fully-featured gas

treatment system
■ Can be used as a portable or stationary
gas treatment system
■ Adjustable output dew point and alarm
thresholds
■ Gas cooler with 80 kJ/h nominal capacity
■ Ready to operate after approx. 10 minutes

Application Portable gas treatment system for performing accurate gas analyses at changing sites with different
analysis devices. Especially for long-term or continuous measurements and measurements involving
pollution and/or condensate. Decisive for precise and reproducible measurement results.

Description The base version of TMA 65 consists of a gas cooler with condensate pump and filter. Irrespective of
the ambient temperature, the gas cooler cools the gas down to the adjusted dew point. A safety circuit
only releases the gas pump when the cooler has reached its point of operation. The gas cooler and
the filter element are adapted to condition corrosive gases. With the optional gas pump with bypass
valve and the flow meters, it is possible to supply up to two gas outlets individually. The function "cold
start" enables fast use even at a storage temperature of less than 5 °C.

Technical Operating temperature range Supply voltage

specifications Ambient: 5/50 °C AC 230, 50/60 Hz
Gas outlet dew point: Current input
Adjustable: 2/20 °C Max. 250 VA (without heated gas line)
Factory setting: 5 °C
Wetted parts
Alarm thresholds PVDF, glass, stainless steel, PTFE, Norprene,
Adjustable, –3/–1 K and 1/7 K Viton, epoxy resin, sintered PTFE
(around dew point)
Housing
Gas flow W x H x D: Approx. 360 x 460 x 260 mm
Approx. 50/280 l/h Connection length low temperature connector: 2.5 m
Weight: Approx. 13.5 kg (base device)
Operating pressure
Degree of protection: IP 20
0.2/2 bar absolute
Options
Static dew point ■ Other connections for gas inlet/gas outlet
0.1 K ■ Supply voltage AC 115 V, 50/60 Hz
In entire range: ±1.5 K ■ Gas pump with bypass valve

■ Humidity probe
Input dew point
■ Rotameter
Max. 70 °C
Gas inlet temperature
Max. 140 °C
Nominal cooling capacity (at 25 °C): 80 kJ/h

16

www.afriso.com 719
 Stationary gas analysis Gas treatment

Gas treatment system

TMA 65

Gas flow chart

5
6
1 3 4

7
2

1 Gas cooler 5 Gas pump with bypass (option)

2 Condensate pump 6 Rotameter 1 (option)
3 Humidity probe (option) 7 Rotameter 2 (option)
4 Filter element

PG: 4 Part no.

Portable gas treatment system TMA 65 69483
Options
Gas pump MGP 65 BV, with bypass valve 69484
16
Humidity probe KFF 65 69494
Rotameter DFM 65 SK 69489

720 www.afriso.com
 Gas treatment Stationary gas analysis

Gas treatment system

TMA 75

■ Compact version of a fully-featured gas

treatment system
Can be used as a portable or stationary
MULTILYZER STx not included

gas treatment system

■ Adjustable output dew point
in scope of delivery

■ With status alarm (changeover contact)

■ Ready to operate after approx. 10 minutes

Application Portable gas treatment system for performing accurate gas analyses at changing sites with different
analysis devices. Especially for long-term or continuous measurements and measurements involving
pollution and/or condensate. Decisive for precise and reproducible measurement results.

Description The base version of TMA 75 consists of a gas cooler with condensate pump and a 2 µm fine particu-
late filter. Irrespective of the ambient temperature, the gas cooler cools the gas down to the adjusted
dew point.

Lightweight, compact gas treatment unit, ideal for portable flue gas analysers.

Technical Operating temperature range Connections

specifications Ambient: 5/40 °C Measured gas/condensate:
Compression fitting Ø 4/6 mm
Gas outlet dew point:
Adjustable: 2/20 °C Supply voltage
Factory setting: 5 °C AC 230 V, 60 Hz
Status alarm Current input
Changeover contact Max. 150 VA
Gas flow Contact rating
75 l/h, without pre-separation 1 VA/24 VDC; 0.5 VA/120 VAC
Operating pressure Wetted parts
Max. 1 bar PA, PTFE, Viton, Duran glass, stainless steel 316
Pressure loss Housing
< 1 mbar at 60 l/h Aluminium
W x H x D: 360 x 415 x 220 mm
Flow meter
Degree of protection: IP 20
7/70 l/h air, 20 °C, 1 bar absolute
Options
Pumps ■ Supply voltage AC 115 V, 60 Hz
Measured gas: Vmax. = 180 l/h
Condensate: Vmax. = 1 ml/min
Input dew point
40 °C, without pre-separation
Gas inlet temperature
Max. 120 °C

16
PG: 4 Part no.
Portable gas treatment system TMA 75 69503

www.afriso.com 721
 Service instruments Overview

The BlueLine measuring instrument series

at a glance
See the Catalogue Portable
Measuring Instruments for details
on service instruments
STM 225 Series
BLUELYZER ST EUROLYZER STx MULTILYZER STx
BLACK EDITION S4600 ST
O2 • • •
CO (up to 6,000 ppm) •
CO (up to 10,000 ppm) • •
CO (up to 20,000 ppm) •**
CO2 (calculated) • • •
NO •*** •***
NO2 •***
Parameters/measured values

NOX •*** •***

CO (40,000 ppm) •***
SO2 •***
Particulate matter •
Methane
Propane (liquefied gas)
Butane
Lambda • • •
Eta efficiency / eta coefficient • • •
Flue gas loss qA • • •
Temperature • • •
Pressure • • • •
Dew point • • •
Humidity in %
Volume flow •*** •*** •***
Measurements of filters, ventilation systems, ducts •
Measurements of production facilities, tanks •
Burner servicing (gas, oil, solid fuel systems) • • • • •
CO ambient measurement • • •
Servicing of water heaters • • •
Servicing of CHP systems • •
Flue gas measurement • • •
Pressure measurement • • • •
Measurement of inlet pressure, flow pressure,
static pressure, nozzle pressure • • •
Pressure / vacuum measurement • • • •
Typical applications areas

Differential pressure measurement • • •

Vacuum measurement •
Temperature measurement (flue gas, air, external wall) • • •
Temperature measurement (water)
Temperature measurement (moving objects)
Surface temperature measurement • • •
Differential temperature measurement • • •
Draft/chimney draft measurement • • • •
Ventilation loss measurement
Flue gas loss measurement • • •
Heating system check
4 Pa test
Gas leak detection
Gas concentration measurement
Flow rate measurement (water)
Moisture measurement (material/moisture/indoor climate)
Air velocity •*** •*** •***
BlmSchV • •
Approvals

EN 50379-2 • • •
16 EN 15378
KÜO • •
* See product description on the catalogue page
or in the operating instructions.
Page 48 Page 52 Page 54 Page 62 Page 74
** Depends on product version.
*** Optional.

722
 Overview Service instruments

Series
GSP 4 MFM 22 TMD 9 CAPBs® BlueAir-STx
S2600

•
•
• •

•*** • • •***
• •

• • •***
• •
• • •
• • •
• •
•
• •
•

• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• • •***
• •

• •
• •
• •
•

•
•
• •
• •
•
• • •***
• •

• •
• 16
Page 73 Page 91 Page 86 Page 89 Page 11 Page 92

723
 Service instruments CAPBs ®

Universal. Accurate. Flexible.

Suitable CAPBs® for any measuring task.

The AFRISO CAPBs® sensors constitute a modular measuring with high accuracy. The applications consider technical rules
system for a vast array of physical measurands. In conjunction and regulations to support the task at hand during the meas-
with a base handle, almost all tasks of HVAC experts, chimney urement.
sweeps or service technicians can be performed easily and

Your measuring task:

Servicing air condition and ventilation systems Assessment of the heating circuit water or the drinking water

Ambient air quality in rooms Water quality

Thermal disinfection, flushing or temperature profile or drinking Tightness tests, for example, of gas lines, drinking water lines or
water installations heating system lines

Drinking water hygiene Tightness

Select suitable CAPBs ®

CAPBs® module BG 10 with sensor module CAPBs® device with sensor module

16 i
Snap the CAPBs® sensor module into the base handle: Depending on the model, settings such as zero point, data logger
or start of the measurement can be made via the multi-purpose key or the adjustment keys.

724 www.afriso.com
 CAPBs ® Service instruments

heizungsbau
meister

heizungsbau
meister

Google Play App Store

heizungsbau

Your result: meister

Professional, compliant PDF

report with your own company heizungsbau
meister

logo – ready to be sent via

e-mail or messengers. The rep- Test the free, comprehensive
resentation of the report is the app with integrated demo
same even in the case of differ- apps.
ent measuring tasks.

Start menu-guided measurement

Connect the CAPBs ® system to the free app EuroSoft ® live

Transmission of Transmission of
measurement data via measurement data via

or QR code

16

www.afriso.com 725
 Service instruments CAPBs ®

CAPBs® sensor modules for pressure

measurement and tightness test

Pressure Pressure Pressure Pressure

Pressure Pressure
measure- measure- measure- measure-
measurement transmitter
ment ment ment ment

PS 10 PS 20 PS 33 PS 40/4 PS 60/61 PT 70
CAPBs®
(20 mbar) (180 mbar) (2 bar) (6 bar) (20 bar) (25 bar)
Application Measurement Check of connection Evaluation of Tightness and Stress pressure Test of water pipes
examples of ultra-fine and flow pressure serviceability load test of gas test at pipe (test medium water)
pressure (Pitot in gas-fired heating (TRGI) lines systems as per ZVSHK
measurement) systems
Parameters/meas-

Temperature
ured values

Pressure • • • • • •
Dew point

Volume flow •* •*
Measurements of filters,
ventilation systems, ducts
• • • •

Measurements of production
facilities, tanks, gas pipes
• • • • •

Burner adjustment/servicing
(gas, oil, solid fuel systems)
• • • •

Pressure measurement • • • • • •
Tightness test (gas) • • •
Load test (gas) • •

Serviceability test (gas) •

Typical applications areas

Tightness test (ZVSHK) •** • •** •***

Strength test (ZVSHK) • •** •***
Stress pressure test • •
Measurement of inlet pressure,
flow pressure, static pressure, • •
nozzle pressure
Pressure / vacuum measurement • • • • •
Differential pressure measurement • •
Vacuum measurement • • • •
Surface temperature measurement

Draft/chimney draft measurement • •

Ventilation loss measurement

Heating system check

4 Pa test

Air velocity •* •*
* Accessories required, see catalogue page.
** With test medium air. Page 37 Page 37 Page 37 Page 37 Page 37 Page 37
16 *** With test medium water.

726
 CAPBs ® Service instruments

Visit capbs.info or see the Catalogue Portable

Measuring Instruments for details on the sensor mod-
ules; the page references at the bottom of the table gets
you right there.

Tightness test
Pressure/ Tightness Evaluation of underfloor Tightness
Test set Test set
temperature test serviceability heating test water pipe
system
Heating system
FP 10 DPK 60-6 sens DPK 60-7 sens PT 70 – FBH ADS-WS 4 Pa test
check 2.0
Determination of Leak test set for Evaluation of servicea- Leak test set for Pressure tests at (drink- Determination of Check of under-
ventilation loss gas, heating, oil or bility of gas lines (TRGI) underfloor systems for ing) water pipes ventilation loss pressure values in
(heating system water pipes heating/cooling buildings
check), 4 Pa test

• •
• • • • • • •

• •

• • •

• • • • • • •

• •

• •

• • •

• •

• •

• •

• • •

• • • • • • •

• • •

• •

• •

• •
• • •

Page 37 Page 19 Page 20 Page 21 Page 21 Page 22 Page 23

16

727
 Service instruments CAPBs ®

CAPBs® sensor modules for further application

areas in the HVAC industry

Humidity/
Temperature Temperature Air quality Air quality Air quality
air temperature

CAPBs® TK 11 type K TK 20 – TK 50 RH 80 AQ 20 AQ 35 AQ 36
Application examples Determination of Determination of Monitoring or Fast and reliable Assessment Assessment
temperatures on temperatures on humidity in closed detection of VOCs of ambient air of ambient air
surfaces, in liquids surfaces, in liquids rooms (volatile organic com- quality in rooms, quality in rooms,
and in gases and in gases pounds) and CO2 detection of CO2 detection of CO2,
humidity and
temperature
Methane

Propane (liquefied gas)

Butane
Parameters/measured values

Temperature • • • •
Pressure

Humidity in % • •
CO

CO2 • • •
VOC •
Volume flow

TDS value in mg/l

Salinity

Electrical conductivity

pH value

Flow rate measurement (water)

Thermal disinfection
Measurements of filters,
ventilation systems, ducts • • •
Adjustment of ventilation/
air conditioning systems • • • •
(EN 16798/TRGS 900)
Measurements of production
facilities, tanks, gas pipes
Heating water analysis
Typical applications areas

(VDI 2035)
Drinking water analysis
(rapid test)
Burner adjustment/servicing
(gas, oil, solid fuel systems)
Hydraulic Balancing
Servicing of water heaters • •
Temperature measurement
(flue gas, air, external wall) • •
Temperature measurement
(water) • •
Surface temperature measurement

Gas leak detection

Gas concentration measurement

Moisture measurement (material/
moisture/indoor climate/mould) •
Air velocity
* Accessories required,
see catalogue page. Page 29 Page 29 Page 30 Page 30 Page 30 Page 30
** With test medium air.

16
*** With test medium water.

728
 CAPBs ® Service instruments

Visit capbs.info or see the Catalogue Portable

Measuring Instruments for details on the sensor mod-
ules; the page references at the bottom of the table gets
you right there.

Gas leak CO Flow rate/

Water quality Hydraulic Balancing
detection detection temperature

GS 10 CO 30 FlowTemp® STx WQ 10 / WQ 11 PT 85 PT 86
Detection of leaking CO concentration meas- Function tests of drink- On-site check of Balancing of radiator Balancing of line fittings
flammable gases urement in boiler rooms ing water heaters and drinking water quality or valves and lockshield and control valves
(e.g. methane) connected pipe systems quality of system water valves with measure-
in heating systems ment function (AFRISO
VarioQ)

•
•
•
•
• •

•
•
•
•
•
• • •
•

• •

• •
• •

•
• •

Page 32 Page 32 Page 36 Page 35 Page 26 Page 26

16

729
CHAPTER 17

Appendix – Technical Information

SERVICE TEST REPORTS

Seminars and training 732 Level sensor chain 754

AFRISO services 733 Liquid-based leak detector LAS 755

Information material – brochures, flyers 734 Liquid-based leak detector LAG 756

Downloads 735 Vacuum type leak detector 757

Pressure type leak detectors 758

CERTIFICATES
ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ATEX, Protection equipment against siphoning 759
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU 737

PROOFED BARRIER, A3, DNV-GL 738 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

OF DELIVERY / INDEX
General Terms and Conditions of Delivery (GTCD) 760
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Flange standard EN 1092 Index 763
International comparison of grades 739

Conversion table pressure units 740

Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (PED) 741

Selection criteria/safety considerations

for pressure gauges as per EN 837-2 742

Dials for pressure gauges – graduation 744

Temperature scales for refrigerants 747

CHECK LISTS

Enquiry – pressure gauges 748

Enquiry – chemical seals 749

Enquiry – pressure transducers 750

Enquiry – thermometers 751

Enquiry – resistance thermometers 752

Enquiry level measurement 753

731
17
 Appendix Service

Courses and Training

Professional and practical. With our courses, workshops and seminars, you benefit from our many
years of in-depth experience in the field of measuring and control technology. All of our offers are
based on current topics and standards as well as questions from our customers. Of course, it is also
possible to arrange for individual in-house courses and seminars to be provided at your site.

AFRISO training programme

Smart Home expert Heating system check as per
One-day seminars, overview and design of an EN 15378
AFRISO smart home system One-day seminar on the inspection and evaluation
of heating systems
Tank protection and leak
protection lining HVAC service with BlueLine,
Two-day seminar on the installation of leak CAPBs® and apps
protection linings and leak detectors (theory and One-day seminar covering typical HVAC measuring
practice) tasks

Fuel oil consuming systems – Dust measurement at solid-fuel

what's new? systems
One-day seminar on planning, modernising and One-day seminar on working with the dust meas-
converting fuel oil supply systems uring instrument STM 225 BLACK EDITION (theory
and practice)
Hydraulic Balancing
One-day seminar on hydraulic balancing with the
VarioQ valve program with measuring function

i
We will be glad to answer
your questions concerning
our seminars. Please get in
touch with us.
E-mail: [email protected]
Phone: +49-7135-102-222

17 732 www.afriso.com
 Service Appendix

Our Service – Your Benefit

Flexible, cost-aware, on schedule, solution-oriented and fast –

the AFRISO team always provides the decisive added value.

Information and presentation Repair service

Whether telephone support or on site: Our con- In the case of a malfunction, request a return slip
sultants speak your language – we provide you at [email protected] and send us your AFRISO
with personal and individual consulting worldwide. device along with a short description of the prob-
And if you have an in-house event for your cus- lem. We will deal with your request within a few
tomers, we will be glad to participate. workdays.

After sales service Renal devices

Whether commissioning, professional mainte- You cannot afford to do without your instrument?
nance, calibration or function checks – a network No problem, our rental service ensures that you
of service centres and our specialists in the plant remain on duty. When you send your device for
support you in getting the maximum out of your maintenance or repair via our returns portal, you
AFRISO product. For safe processes, precise can indicate if you are interested in a rental
measurement results, compliance with legal device. We will immediately get in touch with you.
requirements and a long service life.

i
Our service department will
be glad to answer your
questions.
Please get in touch with us.
Phone: +49 7135 102-211

www.afriso.com 733
17
 Appendix Service

AFRISO information material –

brochures and flyers

Discover new opportunities and sales potential with AFRISO quality products. We offer a large variety
of information materials and media for wholesalers, points of sale, associations, HVAC companies and
tank protection companies. You can order these media from us free of charge – even large numbers of
copies. All printed materials allow you to add your company stamp to the back page.

Meas uring and

contr ol techn
ology
for hygie nic proc
esse s.

AFRISO – more
than 150 years
of expert knowledge

WATCHDOG- LINE
Safety for indust
alarmunits –
ry and domes tic
techno logy

-INDEX
AFRISO-EURO

The comp anySchmiedefeld, Germany

in
by Adalbert Fritz

Flyers, brochures and product

AFRISO, founded with a total staff
medium-sized company the
in 1869, is an innovative, are employed at
over 500 of which
of over 1,000 worldwide,
five German sites. and control devices
for AFRISO – more
than 150 years
manufacture measuring we have of expert knowledge
Traditionally, we than 50 years now,
temperature and
pressure. For more
measuring, control
and monitoring devices The comp any
also been manufacturing
environmental protection:
and systems for AFRISO, founded
by Adelbert Fritz

overviews
Profe ssion al level
in 1869, is an innovative, in Schmiedefeld,
Level indicators medium-sized company Germany
of over 1,200 worldwide, with a total staff
prevention systems over 550 of which
Overfill four German sites. are employed at
Güglingen
the
Leak detectors Headquarters in

Fittings for heating

systems
mea sure men t
Flue gas analysers

Research and development for industr ial techno solut ions

market-oriented products making logy and proces
Our leading-edge,
and innovations result
from our comprehen-
highly motivated and
qual-
Tools and equipment
Highly versatile and
rational production s engine ering
sive know-how, a
ified staff and the
fact that we understand Highest quality levels
approvals
what the market
needs. National and international
com- brand
everything from a
AFRISO training
for leading-edge centre
Our portfolio covers AFRISO stands
proven your requirements.
AFRISO logistics
products to meet
and service centre
of standardised, Headquarters in
prehensive range
Güglingen (Germany)
all the way to high- as per ISO
off-the-shelf products Environmental management AFRISO.

Flyers, brochures, and product overviews

Traditionally, we
solutions. of course for manufacture measuring
grade customised 14001 is a matter and control devices Our portfolio covers
for temperature everything from a
pressure. For more and prehensive range com-
than 50 years now, of standardised,
have also been we off-the-shelf products proven
manufacturing measuring, all the way to high-
control and monitoring grade customised
devices and systems solutions.
for environmental Research and development
protection:
Level indicators Tools and equipment
making
Overfill prevention Highly versatile and

provide information on individual products or

systems rational production
Leak detectors Highest quality levels

–
Systems Safe
Fittings for heating National and international
systems
approvals

Mak ing Heat ing

Flue gas analysers AFRISO stands
for leading-edge
Our leading-edge, products to meet brand
please request a
r
market-oriented products your requirements.

from a Single Supplie

For detailed information and innovations result Environmental management
our complete catalogue from our comprehen-
CD-ROM copy of sive know-how, a as per ISO

A Compl ete Range

highly motivated and 14001 is a matter
atalogue qual- of course for AFRISO.
at www.afriso.com/c ified staff and the
fact that we understand

complete product ranges for various appli-

what the market
needs.

For detailed information

on our product range,
find our online catalogue

cation areas.
at
www.afriso.com

Protection
Environmental
Technology for Measuring. Controlling.
Monitoring.
∙ www.afriso.com
∙ [email protected]
Fax +49 7135 102-147
+49 7135 102-0 ∙
∙ Germany ∙ Phone
20 ∙ 74363 Güglingen
EX GmbH ∙ Lindenstr. We ensure that you
AFRISO-EURO-IND get profes-
sional, personal
service. You
can reach your contact
person
on: www.afriso.com/cont
act

Technology for
Environmental
Protection
AFRISO-EURO-INDE
Measuring. Controlling.
X GmbH ∙ Lindenstr. Monitoring.
20 ∙ 74363 Güglingen
∙ Germany ∙ Phone
+49 7135 102-0 ∙
Fax +49 7135 102-147
∙ [email protected]
∙ www.afriso.com

tion linin g
Lea k pro tec Syste matic tank prote ction

Product literature for end

consumers
AFRISO-EURO-INDEX

Product literature for end users is a great

medium for fairs, exhibition rooms, mail
campaigns and other activities. They present AFRISO Smart Home
Personalised, versatile and flexible

the benefits and applications of AFRISO

products for building technology and tank
protection in private households in a con- Reducing Heating Costs

cise, easy-to-understand way. Protecting the Environment

Living Safely

i
All information material can
be downloaded from the
download centre at www.
afriso.com. If you want to
order for free, simply
specify the number of cop-
ies required in your e-mail
to [email protected]

17 734 www.afriso.com
 Service Appendix

Downloads

On www.afriso.com, you can

find all product-relevant infor-
mation such as operating
instructions, brochures,
special forms, certificates,
CAD files or suitable software
directly on the product page
under Downloads.

Visit the INFO CENTRE on

www.afriso.com for compre-
hensive information, technical
specifications, General Terms
and Conditions of Delivery
(CTCD), valuable downloads
and the latest news – all
around the clock.

Operating instructions

In addition to product descrip-

tions, the operating instruc-
tions include detailed technical
data, mounting, installation
and safety information as well
as information on approvals for
all AFRISO products.
Download
centre:

Software

Due to continuous improve-

ments and to changes in legis-
lation and directives, we pro-
vide software updates for
electronic measuring instru-
ments on an ongoing basis.
The updates and the appropri-
ate instructions can be down-
loaded from our website for
free.

www.afriso.com 735
17
 Appendix Notes

17 736 www.afriso.com
 Certificates Appendix

Certificates and approvals

You can find the latest certificates at www.afriso.com directly on the respective product page.

CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE
The Certification Body The Certification Body
of TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH of TÜV SÜD Management Service GmbH
certifies that certifies that

AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH

Lindenstr. 20 • 74363 Güglingen Lindenstr. 20 • 74363 Güglingen
Germany Germany
Friedhofstr. 3 • 63916 Amorbach Friedhofstr. 3 • 63916 Amorbach
Germany Germany

has established and applies has established and applies

a Quality Management System for an Environmental Management System for

Development, production and distribution of Development, production and distribution of

measuring-, control- and monitoring devices for measuring-, control- and monitoring devices for
domestic appliances, industry and environmental protection. domestic appliances, industry and environmental protection.

An audit was performed, Order No. 70010777. An audit was performed, Order No. 70010777.
Proof has been furnished that the requirements Proof has been furnished that the requirements
according to according to

ISO 9001:2015 ISO 14001:2015

are fulfilled. are fulfilled.
The certificate is valid from 2022-08-03 until 2025-08-02. The certificate is valid from 2022-08-03 until 2025-08-02.
Certificate Registration No.: 12 100 14587 TMS. Certificate Registration No.: 12 104 14587 TMS.

Head of Certification Body Head of Certification Body

Munich, 2022-07-27 Munich, 2022-07-27

Certificate
Quality Assurance System
acc. to Directive 2014/68/EU

Certificate no.: 01 202 642/Q-18 0001

Name and address of the Afriso-Euro-Index GmbH

certificate holder: Lindenstr. 20
74363 Güglingen
Germany

Herewith we certify that the above -mentioned manufacturer

operates a quality system according to the European Directive
2014/68/EU.
The manufacturer has the permission to affix the following
CE marking to pressure equipment described and
manufactured in accordance to the scope covered by this Quality-
Assurance System:

Test basis: Directive 2014/68/EU: QA-System (Module D)

(the QS-Modules E1, E, D1 are covered by Module D)

Audit report no.: 01 202 642/Q-18 0001

® TÜV, TUEV und TUV sind eingetragene Marken. Eine Nutzung und Verwendung bedarf der vorherigen Zustimmung.

Scope: production of safety equipment,

see annex to certificate

Manufacturing plant: Afriso-Euro-Index GmbH

Lindenstr. 20
74363 Güglingen
Germany

Validity: This certificate is valid

from 2021-09-10 to 2024-10-24.
Initial issuance: 2018

Cologne, 2021-09-10
Dipl.-Ing. (FH) Vera Ruff

TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH

Notified Body for Pressure Equipment, ID-No. 0035
Am Grauen Stein, D-51105 Cologne MS-0037317 E-008-Rev01

www.tuv.com

www.afriso.com 737
17
 Appendix Certificates

Zertifikat
Die Qualitätsgemeinschaft Geruchsgesperrte Heizölanlagen e.V.
verleiht der Fima
AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH
D-74363 Güglingen
für folgende Produkte:
• Membran-Antiheberventil MAV • Filtertypen: Einstrang (ggf. mit Rücklaufzufüh-
• Kolben-Antiheberventil KAV rung) und Zweistrang
• Autom. Heizölentlüfter Flow-Control (auch • Tankentnahmeeinrichtung Euroflex (alle Aus-
Hochtemp. Variante) führungen) und Miniflex
• Autom. Heizölentlüfter FloCo-Top-1/-2/ • Grenzwertgeber GWG 12
-1C/-2C (auch mit Optimum-Filter) • Füllstandanzeiger MT-Profil

und deren Materialien zur Geruchsdichtheit

das Recht die Marke PROOFED BARRIER® zu führen

Die Verleihung erfolgt auf Grund des positiven Berichtes des Qualitätsausschusses vom 27.09.2020 unter Zugrun-
delegung des Prüfungsberichtes des Fraunhofer Institutes für Verfahrenstechnik und Verpackung IVV, 85354 Frei-
sing vom 09.09.2020. Die Firma Afriso-Euro-Index GmbH unterwirft sich der laufenden Überwachung durch das
Fraunhofer Institut IVV und den Regeln der Qualitätsgemeinschaft Geruchsgesperrte Heizölanlagen e.V. (QgH e.V.)
sowie der Markensatzung der QgH e.V. in der jeweils geltenden Fassung.

Würzburg, den 28.09.2020 Wolfgang Dehoust

Vorsitzender der Qualitätsgemeinschaft Geruchsge-
sperrte Heizölanlagen e.V.

Job Id: 262.1-005533-4

Certificate No: TAA000010J
Revision No: 2

Certificate No: Product description

TAA000010J Type : RF__, Version designation, Series D4_ _, D7_ _ , D8_ _ and D9_ _ in any combinations as follows:
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Revision No:
2 Type Series
40 Version 4 0 1
50 Designation 7 1 2
This is to certify: Ch, ChGly, ChF,
63 8 2
That the Pressure Indicator RF F, Gly, I, KTGly, D
80 9 3
Oe
with type designation(s) 100 4
RF_ _, Series D4_ _, D7_ _, D8_ _, and D9_ _ 160 5

Issued to
Application/Limitation
Afriso-Euro-Index GmbH
Amorbach, Germany Type Approval documentation
See annex
is found to comply with
DNV rules for classification – Ships, offshore units, and high speed and light craft Tests carried out
Applicable tests according to Class Guideline DNV-CG-0339, August 2021
Application : Marking of product
Product(s) approved by this certificate is/are accepted for installation on all vessels classed by DNV. The products to be marked with:
Temperature D - manufacturer name
Humidity B - model name
Vibration B, C - lot number (encoded - includes manufacturer name, model name, manufacturing date)
EMC Not applicable
Enclosure C
Manufacturing Places
- Afriso-Euro-Index GmbH Amorbach, Germany
- Afriso-Euro-Index SRL Bukarest, Romania
- Afriso Measurement & Control Technology Co.Ltd. Suzhou City, China

Periodical assessment
Issued at Hamburg on 2022-07-19 The scope of the periodical assessment is to verify that the conditions stipulated for the type are complied with, and that
This Certificate is valid until 2027-07-18. for DNV no alterations are made to the product design or choice of systems, software versions, components and/or materials.
DNV local station: Augsburg The main elements of the assessment are:
 Ensure that type approved documentation is available
Approval Engineer: Didier Girardin  Inspection of factory samples, selected at random from the production line (where practicable)
Joannis Papanuskas  Review of production and inspection routines, including test records from product sample tests and control routines
Head of Section  Ensuring that systems, software versions, components and/or materials used comply with type approved
documents and/or referenced system, software, component and material specifications
 Review of possible changes in design of systems, software versions, components, materials and/or performance,
and make sure that such changes do not affect the type approval given
 Ensuring traceability between manufacturer’s product type marking and the type approval certificate
Periodical assessment is to be performed after 2 years and after 3.5 years. A renewal assessment will be performed at
renewal of the certificate.

END OF CERTIFICATE

This Certificate is subject to terms and conditions overleaf. Any significant change in design or construction may render this Certificate invalid.
The validity date relates to the Type Approval Certificate and not to the approval of equipment/systems installed.

LEGAL DISCLAIMER: Unless otherwise stated in the applicable contract with the holder of this document, or following from mandatory law, the liability of DNV AS, its
parent companies and their subsidiaries as well as their officers, directors and employees (“DNV”) arising from or in connection with the services rendered for the
purpose of the issuance of this document or reliance thereon, whether in contract or in tort (including negligence), shall be limited to direct losses and under any
circumstance be limited to 300,000 USD.
Form code: TA 251 Revision: 2021-03 www.dnv.com Page 1 of 3

Form code: TA 251 Revision: 2021-03 www.dnv.com Page 2 of 3

17 738 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Appendix

Information on the flange standard EN 1092 /

international comparison of grades

Conversion to EN 1092 AFRISO flanges

The new flange standard EN 1092-1 for all flange types has been AFRISO usually ships type B1 flanges as per EN 1092.
in effect since June 2002. Currently, the old standards are still in This flange type differs from the former type C flanges as per
use. However, this will change since the old standards are no DIN 2630 only in terms of the surface quality of the sealing sur-
longer maintained and updated. New standards will exclusively face. Flanges according to the old standard are available upon
refer to EN 1092. request.

OLD NEW
(DIN 25../26..) (EN 1092-1)

Flanges Sealing surface Shape Standard RZ (µm) Shape RZ (µm)

A DIN 2573 – A 12.5 – 50

Flat
B DIN 2576 40 – 160

C DIN 2630 40 – 160 B1* 12.5 – 50

Raised face D to 40
E DIN 2638 16 B2** 3.2 – 12.5

Spring
F C
DIN 2512 3.2 – 12.5
N D
Groove

Spigot
V 13 E
DIN 2513 12.5 – 50
R 13 F
Recess

Spigot
V 14 H
DIN 2514
for 3.2 – 12.5
O rings
R 14 G
Recess

* Typically PN 2.5 to PN 40. ** Typically PN 63 and PN 100.

Stainless steel – international comparison of grades

Material no. DIN AISI

1.4301 X 5 CrNi 18 10 304
1.4305 X 8 CrNiS 18-9 303
DIN: Deutsches
1.4310 X 12 CrNi 177 / X 10 CrNi 188 301
Institut für Normung
1.4401 X 5 CrNiMo 17 123 316
1.4404 X 2 CrNiMo 17 132 316 L AISI: American Iron
1.4435 X 2 CrNiMo 18 143 316 L Steel Institute
1.4462 X 2 CrNiMoN 22 53 318 L
1.4542 X 5 CrNiCuNb 16-4 630
1.4571 X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122 316 Ti
1.4541 X 6 CrNiTi 18-10 321

www.afriso.com 739
17
 Conversion table for standard pressure units

Unit bar mbar Pa kPa MPa kp/mm ² kp/cm² atm mmHg mWC mmWC psi "H 2 O "Hg
1 bar 1 1000 100000 100 0.1 0.01019716 1.019716 0.986923 750.062 10.19716 10197.16 14.50377 401.463 29.53
1 mbar 0.001 1 100 0.1 0.0001 0.0000101972 0.001019716 0.000986923 0.750062 0.01019716 10.19716 0.01450377 0.401463 0.02953
Technical information

1 Pa 0.00001 0.01 1 0.001 0.000001 0.000000102 0.000010197 0.000009869 0.00750062 0.0001019716 0.1019716 0.000145038 0.00401463 0.0002953
1 kPa 0.01 10 1000 1 0.001 0.01019716 0.00986923 7.50062 0.1019716 101.9716 0.1450377 4.01463 0.2953
1 MPa 10 10000 1000000 1000 1 0.1019716 10.19716 9.86923 7500.62 101.9716 101971.6 145.0377 4014.63 295.3
1 kp/mm² 98.0665 98066.5 9806650 9806.65 9.80665 1 100 96.7841 73555.9 1000 1000000 1422.3344 39370.08 2895.9016
1 kp/cm² 0.980665 980.665 98066.5 98.0665 0.0980665 0.01 1 0.967841 735.559 10 10000 14.223344 393.7008 28.959016
1 atm 1.01325 1013.25 101325 101.325 0.101325 0.01033227 1.033227 1 760 10.33227 10332.27 14.6959 406.38858 29.92126
1 mmHg 0.001333224 1.333224 133.3224 0.1333224 0.000133322 0.000013951 0.00135951 0.001315789 1 0.01360 13.60 0.019336 0.53524 0.03937

www.afriso.com
1 mWC 0.0980665 98.0665 9806.65 9.80665 0.00980665 0.001 0.1 0.0967841 73.556 1 1000 1.4223274 39.37008 2.8959016
1 mmWC 0.000098067 0.0980665 9.80665 0.00980665 0.000009807 0.000001 0.0001 0.000096784 0.073556 0.001 1 0.001422327 0.03937008 0.002895902
1 psi 0.06894757 68.94757 6894.757 6.894757 0.006894757 0.0070307 0.070307 0.068046 51.715217 0.70307 703.07 1 27.68 2.03529
Appendix

1 "H2O 0.00249089 2.49089 249.089 0.249089 0.000249089 0.0000254 0.00254 0.002458317 1.86832 0.0254 25.4 0.03613 1 0.07356

740
1 "Hg 0.0338639 33.8639 3386.4 3.3864 0.0033864 0.000345312 0.0345312 0.03342104 25.4 0.345316 345.316 0.49115 13.595 1

17
 Technical information Appendix

Information on the
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU (PED)

The European Pressure Equipment Directive came into force on May 30, 2002. The
following paragraphs provide some information on the Directive itself and on our
activities within the framework of this Directive:

■ AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH pressure gauges with a full scale value of greater than 0.5 bar
are subject to the Pressure Equipment Directive and meet the appropriate requirements.

■ Since the future application conditions of most pressure gauges are normally not completely
known at the time of manufacture, we always manufacture our products in accordance with
the most stringent criteria (gases of group 1).

■ This way, our pressure gauges with a full scale value of 200 bar receive a CE mark according
to the conformity assessment procedure.

■ Pressure gauges with a connection flange of greater than DN 25 receive a CE mark with a full
scale range of 0.5 bar and greater.

■ The CE mark is attached to the outside of the housing (type designation plate).

■ A declaration of conformity is provided on request.

■ Detailed operating instructions and the appropriate data sheets are available at www.afriso.
com in the download centre.

■ Pressure gauges with a full scale value of less than 0.5 bar and loose chemical seals do not
fall under the PED and must not carry a CE mark.

■ Pressure gauges with a full scale value of between 0.5 bar and 200 bar fall under
"Good Engineering Practice" and must not carry a CE mark (section 4, paragraph 3).

■ We are not authorised to CE mark pressure gauges without a company name or a

company logo.

■ Pressure gauges which are used as a part of a safety system installed to protect against
exceeding permissible limit values (equipment parts with a safety-related function) are
treated separately.

■ Our pressure gauges comply with the European Standards EN 837-1 and EN 837-3 and are
manufactured and tested according to the appropriate requirements.

www.afriso.com 741
17
 Appendix Technical information

Selection criteria /safety considerations

for pressure gauges as per EN 837-2

Medium Liquid

Housing Without filling With filling

Nominal size 40/50/63/80 100/160/250 40/50/63/80 100/160/250

Range bar ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 25 > 25

Code for
minimum safety 0 0 0 0 S1 S1 S1 S1
version
AFRISO
All All All All D6/D7/D8 D6/D7/D8 D7/D8 D7/D8
type designation

Medium Gas or steam (attention: not applicable to oxygen + acetylene)

Housing Without filling With filling

Nominal size 40/50/63/80 100/160/250 40/50/63/80 100/160/250

Range bar ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 25 > 25 ≤ 25 > 25

Code for
minimum safety 0 S2 S1 S3 S1 S2 S1 S3
version
RF RF
AFRISO type desig-
All "A" D4/D9 100/160 Si D6/D7/D8 "B" D6/D7/D8 100/160 Si
nation
D4x2 D8x2

Explanations of key:

"A" RF 63 Ch D 9x2, RF 63 Si D 4x2, RF 50/63 ST, RF 50/63 GT,

RF 63 MK/IK D 3x2
"B" RF 63 D 7x2, RF 63 Si D 8x2

0 Pressure gauges without blow-out

S1 Pressure gauges with blow-out
S2 Safety pressure gauges without solid baffle wall
S3 Safety pressure gauges with solid baffle wall (for higher safety level)

Note 1:
Pressure gauges for oxygen and acetylene must meet the requirements for safety pressure gauges (NS 40 – 80 S2, NS
63/100/160 S3).

Note 2:
Pressure gauges with glycerine filling must not be used for oxygen or other oxidation process fluids. High-concentration fluorine
liquids and chlorinated liquids (for example, halocarbon) can be used for such applications.

Note 3:
This table contains the standard safety version with the corresponding keys. Users must take into consideration any informa-
tion they have concerning their special requirements and may also use safety pressure gauges at pressures below than 25 bar.

i
Silicone-filled pressure measuring instruments
may not be used in production facilities for paint
and lacquer and in paint shop environments.

17 742 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Appendix

Selection criteria /safety considerations

for pressure gauges as per EN 837-2

Pressure gauges for oxygen and acetylene

Only safety pressure gauges (S2 and S3) may be used.

All materials for wetted parts (parts coming into contact with oxygen or acetylene) must comply with EN 29539.

Pressure gauges for oxygen

The Bourdon tube and other wetted parts must be free from oil and grease. Only lubricants suitable for oxygen at maximum
operating pressure may be used.

The dial must bear the word "oxygen" in English and the international symbol for "free from oil and grease" (symbol 0248
according to ISO 7000 with the "oil prohibited" symbol):

Oxygen and acetylene

NG 40 – 80 NG 100 – 250
S2/S3 S3

Version RF 50 ST RF 100 Si D 4x2

RF 50 GT RF 160 Si D 4x2
RF 63 ST
RF 63 GT
RF 63 MK/IK D 3x2
RF 63 Si D 4x2

www.afriso.com 743
17
 Appendix Technical information

Dials for pressure gauges – graduation

Housing diameters (NG) 40, 50, 63, 72x72 – accuracy classes 1.6 and 2.5

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 1 bar 0.05 bar 0 ... 10 mbar 0.5 mbar -60 ... +40 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... 0 bar 0.05 bar -4 ... +6 mbar 0.5 mbar -100 ... 0 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 10 bar 0.5 bar -6 ... +4 mbar 0.5 mbar 0 ... 1000 mbar 50 mbar
-1 ... +9 bar 0.5 bar 10 ... 0 mbar 0.5 mbar -400 ... +600 mbar 50 mbar
0 ... 100 bar 5 bar 0 ... 100 mbar 5 mbar -600 ... +400 mbar 50 mbar
0 ... 1000 bar 50 bar -40 ... +60 mbar 5 mbar -1000 ... 0 mbar 50 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 1.6 bar 0.05 bar 0 ... 16 mbar 0.5 mbar 0 ... 160 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +0.6 bar 0.05 bar -6 ... +10 mbar 0.5 mbar -60 ... +100 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 16 bar 0.5 bar -10 ... +6 mbar 0.5 mbar -100 ... +60 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +15 bar 0.5 bar -16 ... 0 mbar 0.5 mbar -160 ... 0 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 160 bar 5 bar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 2.5 bar 0.1 bar 0 ... 25 mbar 1 mbar 0 ... 250 mbar 10 mbar
-1 ... +1.5 bar 0.1 bar -10 ... +15 mbar 1 mbar -100 ... +150 mbar 10 mbar
0 ... 25 bar 1 bar -15 ... +10 mbar 1 mbar -150 ... +100 mbar 10 mbar
0 ... 250 bar 10 bar -25 ... 0 mbar 1 mbar -250 ... 0 mbar 10 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 4 bar 0.2 bar 0 ... 40 mbar 2 mbar 0 ... 400 mbar 20 mbar
-1 ... +3 bar 0.2 bar -15 ... +25 mbar 2 mbar -150 ... +250 mbar 20 mbar
0 ... 40 bar 2 bar -25 ... +15 mbar 2 mbar -250 ... +150 mbar 20 mbar
0 ... 400 bar 20 bar -40 ... 0 mbar 2 mbar -400 ... 0 mbar 20 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 0.6 bar 0.02 bar 0 ... 60 mbar 2 mbar 0 ... 600 mbar 20 mbar
-0.6 ... 0 bar 0.02 bar -20 ... +40 mbar 2 mbar -200 ...+400 mbar 20 mbar
0 ... 6 bar 0.2 bar -40 ... +20 mbar 2 mbar -400 ...+200 mbar 20 mbar
-1 ... +5 bar 0.2 bar -60 ... 0 mbar 2 mbar -600 ... 0 mbar 20 mbar
0 ... 60 bar 2 bar
0 ... 600 bar 20 bar

17 744 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Appendix

Dials for pressure gauges – graduation

Housing diameters (NG) 80, 100, 160, 96x96, 144x144 – accuracy classes 1.0 and 1.6

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 1 bar 0.02 bar 0 ... 10 mbar 0.2 mbar -60 ... +40 mbar 2 mbar
-1 ... 0 bar 0.02 bar -4 ... +6 mbar 0.2 mbar -100 ... 0 mbar 2 mbar
0 ... 10 bar 0.2 bar -6 ... +4 mbar 0.2 mbar 0 ... 1000 mbar 20 mbar
-1 ... +9 bar 0.2 bar -10 ... 0 mbar 0.2 mbar -400 ... +600 mbar 20 mbar
0 ... 100 bar 2 bar 0 ... 100 mbar 2 mbar -600 ... +400 mbar 20 mbar
0 ... 1000 bar 20 bar -40 ... +60 mbar 2 mbar -1000... 0 mbar 20 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 1.6 bar 0.05 bar 0 ... 16 mbar 0.5 mbar 0 ... 160 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +0.6 bar 0.05 bar -6 ... +10 mbar 0.5 mbar -60 ... +100 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 16 bar 0.5 bar -10 ... +6 mbar 0.5 mbar -100 ... +60 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +15 bar 0.5 bar -16 ... 0 mbar 0.5 mbar -160 ... 0 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 160 bar 5 bar
0 ... 1600 bar 50 bar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 2.5 bar 0.05 bar 0 ... 25 mbar 0.5 mbar 0 ... 250 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +1.5 bar 0.05 bar -10 ... +15 mbar 0.5 mbar -100 ... +150 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 25 bar 0.5 bar -15 ... +10 mbar 0.5 mbar -150 ... +100 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 250 bar 5 bar -25 ... 0 mbar 0.5 mbar -250 ... 0 mbar 5 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 4 bar 0.1 bar 0 ... 4.0 mbar 0.1 mbar -25 ... +15 mbar 1 mbar
-1 ... +3 bar 0.1 bar -1.5 ... +2.5 mbar 0.1 mbar -40 ... 0 mbar 1 mbar
0 ... 40 bar 1 bar -2.5 ... +1.5 mbar 0.1 mbar 0 ... 400 mbar 10 mbar
0 ... 400 bar 10 bar -4 ... 0 mbar 0.1 mbar -150 ... +250 mbar 10 mbar
0 ... 40 mbar 1 mbar -250 ... +150 mbar 10 mbar
-15 ... +25 mbar 1 mbar -400 ... 0 mbar 10 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 0.6 bar 0.01 bar 0 ... 6 mbar 0.1 mbar -40 ... +20 mbar 1 mbar
-0.6 ... 0 bar 0.01 bar -2 ... +4 mbar 0.1 mbar -60 ... 0 mbar 1 mbar
0 ... 6 bar 0.1 bar -4 ... +2 mbar 0.1 mbar 0 ... 600 mbar 10 mbar
-1 ... +5 bar 0.1 bar -6 ... 0 mbar 0.1 mbar -200 ... +400 mbar 10 mbar
0 ... 60 bar 1 bar 0 ... 60 mbar 1 mbar -400 ... +200 mbar 10 mbar
0 ... 600 bar 10 bar -20 ... +40 mbar 1 mbar -600 ... 0 mbar 10 mbar

www.afriso.com 745
17
 Appendix Technical information

Dials for pressure gauges – graduation

Housing diameter (NG) 160, 250 – accuracy class 0.6 – DIN 16123

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 1 bar 0.005 bar 0 ... 10 mbar 0.05 mbar -60 ... +40 mbar 0.5 mbar
-1 ... 0 bar 0.005 bar -4 ... +6 mbar 0.05 mbar -100 ... 0 mbar 0.5 mbar
0 ... 10 bar 0.0 bar -6 ... +4 mbar 0.05 mbar 0 ... 1000 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +9 bar 0.05 bar -10 ... 0 mbar 0.05 mbar -400 ... +600 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 100 bar 0.5 bar 0 ... 100 mbar 0.5 mbar -600 ... +400 mbar 5 mbar
-40 ... +60 mbar 0.5 mbar -1000 ... 0 mbar 5 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 1.6 bar 0.01 bar 0 ... 16 mbar 0.1 mbar 0 ... 160 mbar 1 mbar
-1 ... +0.6 bar 0.01 bar -6 ... +10 mbar 0.1 mbar -60 ... +100 mbar 1 mbar
0 ... 16 bar 0.1 bar -10 ... +6 mbar 0.1 mbar -100 ... +60 mbar 1 mbar
-1 ... +15 bar 0.1 bar -16 ... 0 mbar 0.1 mbar -160 ... 0 mbar 1 mbar
0 ... 160 bar 1 bar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 2.5 bar 0.02 bar 0 ... 25 mbar 0.2 mbar 0 ... 250 mbar 2 mbar
-1 ... +1.5 bar 0.02 bar -10 ... +15 mbar 0.2 mbar -100 ... +150 mbar 2 mbar
0 ... 25 bar 0.2 bar -15 ... +10 mbar 0.2 mbar -150 ... +100 mbar 2 mbar
0 ... 250 bar 2 bar -25 ... 0 mbar 0.2 mbar -250 ... 0 mbar 2 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 4 bar 0.02 bar 0 ... 40 mbar 0.2 mbar 0 ... 400 mbar 2 mbar
-1 ... +3 bar 0.02 bar -15 ... +25 mbar 0.2 mbar -150 ... +250 mbar 2 mbar
0 ... 40 bar 0.2 bar -25 ... +15 mbar 0.2 mbar -250 ... +150 mbar 2 mbar
0 ... 400 bar 2 bar -40 ... 0 mbar 0.2 mbar -400 ... 0 mbar 2 mbar

Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Ranges Graduation Example

0 ... 0.6 bar 0.005 bar 0 ... 6 mbar 0.05 mbar -40 ... +20 mbar 0.5 mbar
-0.6 ... 0 bar 0.005 bar -2 ... +4 mbar 0.05 mbar -60 ... 0 mbar 0.5 mbar
0 ... 6 bar 0.05 bar -4 ... +2 mbar 0.05 mbar 0 ... 600 mbar 5 mbar
-1 ... +5 bar 0.05 bar -6 ... 0 mbar 0.05 mbar -200 ... +400 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 60 bar 0.5 bar 0 ... 60 mbar 0.5 mbar -400 ... +200 mbar 5 mbar
0 ... 600 bar 5 bar -20 ... +40 mbar 0.5 mbar -600 ... 0 mbar 5 mbar

17 746 www.afriso.com
 Technical information Appendix

Temperature scales for refrigerant dew point

temperature Example range -1/+24 bar

R 134a R 290

R 723 / R 717 R 723

R 404A R 717 (NH3)

Standard colours for temperature scales: R 717 = red

www.afriso.com 747
17
 Appendix Checklists

Checklist for enquiries – pressure gauges

Company: Project/enquiry:

Quantity

Application

Medium to be measured

Tmax Medium: Tmax Ambient:

Temperatures
Tmin Medium: Tmin Ambient:

Pressure loads Static: Dynamic: from to

Bourdon tube Capsule element Diaphragm Magnetic piston

Measuring system
Other: Spring diaphragm
26 40 50 63 80 100 160
Housing diameter
250 mm 4½"
Range

Connection position Bottom Back Radial at o'clock

Connection thread G NPT BSPT

⁄8
1
¼ ⁄8
3
½ ¾
Other:
Mounting type Direct Clamp fixing
Back flange
3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
Housing Plastic Sheet steel, black
Sheet steel with clip-in window Stainless steel with bayonet bezel

Housing with blow-out Yes No Safety version S3

Filling No filling Glycerine Silicone oil

Other:
Window Plastic Instrument-grade glass Laminated safety glass
Must be resistant to solvents: Yes No
Must be resistant to:
Wetted parts Brass Steel Stainless steel 316Ti/316 L
Monel Other:

Special coatings (diaphragm) PTFE Other:

Measuring system helium-tested Yes qpv= 10-6 No

Dial Single scale as per EN Dual scale

Special scale:
Customer logo Yes No

Accuracy class 0.6 1.0 1.6 2.5 4.0

Electrical contacts No
Magnetic spring contact Inductive contact
Reed contact Electronic contact
1x 2x 3x 4x
Switching function:

Other

17 748 www.afriso.com
 Checklists Appendix

Checklist for enquiries – chemical seals

Company: Project/enquiry:

Quantity

Application

Medium to be measured

Tmax Medium: Tmax Ambient:

Temperatures
Tmin Medium: Tmin Ambient:

Pressure loads Static: Dynamic: from to

Vacuum Yes No

Special requirements

Information on the pressure gauge Pressure gauge Pressure transducer

Housing diameter 63 100 160 ---

Range/measuring range

Connection position Bottom Back ---

See checklists "Pressure gauges" and "Pressure

transducers" for additional specifications

Details on the chemical seal Diaphragm seal Piston type chemical seal
In-line chemical seal Tongue type chemical seal
Process connection (thread type and size /
nominal diameter and nominal pressure)

Material for wetted parts

Other

Fitting of pressure gauge to chemical seal

Direct mounting Yes No

Cooling element between pressure gauge and

Yes No
chemical seal
Capillary length m
Fitting with capillary tube Height difference between pressure measuring instrument and
chemical seal cm

Calibration temperature +20 °C (= standard) Other:

Preferred filling liquid

Other

www.afriso.com 749
17
 Appendix Checklists

Checklist for enquiries – pressure transducers

Company: Project/enquiry:

Quantity

Application

Medium to be measured

Material for wetted parts

Tmax medium: Tmax ambient:

Temperatures
Tmin Medium: Tmin Ambient:

Pressure loads Static: Dynamic: from to

Piezo-resistive ceramic measuring cell

Measuring principle Piezo-resistive stainless steel measuring cell
Capacitance ceramic measuring cell Piezo-resistive thin film measuring cell

Measuring range

Pressure type Relative pressure Absolute pressure Differential pressure

Connection type/connection thread Standard Protruding diaphragm Flush

G NPT Other:
1
⁄8 ¼ ½ Other:
Chemical seal fitted:
Clamp connection:
Dairy fitting DIN 11851:
Housing Standard Field housing Submersible probe
Field housing with display
Electrical connection Connector ISO 4400 (DIN 43650-A) Fixed cable metres
PUR cable FEP cable
Plug connector:
Output signal
4–20 mA 0–20 mA 0–10 V Other:

Measuring accuracy 0.1 0.25 0.35 0.5 1.0 % FSO

Ex protection No Yes, for zone:

Accessories Digital display unit for panel mounting Without switching output
Digital plug-in display With switching outputs
Integrated display Isolation amplifier
Supply isolation amplifier
Other

17 750 www.afriso.com
 Checklists Appendix

Checklist for enquiries – thermometers

Company: Project/enquiry:

Quantity

Application

Medium to be measured

Version Bimetal thermometer Gas filled thermometer

Housing diameter 34 40 50 63 80 100 160 250

Range

Connection position Bottom Back Every angle version

Connection type Plain Loose male connection

Sep. screw-in thermowell Loose union nut
Sep. weld-in thermowell Compression fitting, adjustable
DIN/EN thermowell Fixed male connection

Neck No
Yes mm
Connection thread G NPT BSPT For welding
¼ ⁄8
3
½ ¾
Other:
Stem length

Mounting for capillary type Wall bracket Back flange

3-hole fixing, panel mounting bezel
Capillary length

Housing Plastic Sheet steel

Stainless steel with push on bezel Stainless steel with bayonet bezel
Filling No filling Glycerine Silicone oil
Other:
Stem material
Brass Stainless steel Other:

Protective pipe material Brass Steel Stainless steel

Other:
Dial Single scale as per EN Dual scale:
Special scale:
Customer logo Yes No

Accuracy class Class 1 2 as per EN 13190

Electrical contacts No
(only for gas filled thermometers) Magnetic spring contact Inductive contact
Single Dual switching function:

Other

www.afriso.com 751
17
 Appendix Checklists

Checklist for enquiries – resistance thermometers

Company: Project/enquiry:

Quantity

Application

Medium to be measured

Temperatures Tmax medium: Tmax ambient:

Pressure loads Static: Dynamic: from to

Measuring range

1 x 2x
PT 100 PT 1000 Other:
Sensor
Class B Class A as per IEC 751
2-wire 3-wire 4-wire

Neck
No Yes, length mm
Material stainless steel 316 Ti Other material:

Installation length mm

Process connection Fixed male connection Union nut Compression fitting

G NPT M Other:
¼ ½ 18x1.5 14x1.5 Other:
Mounting flange Ø 41 mm Ø 80 mm, adjustable
Clamp DN DIN 11851 DN Hygienic DN
Other:
Protective pipe Weld-in thermowell as per DIN:
Flanged thermowell, blind flange DN 25, PN 40
Other:
Material for process connection Stainless steel 316 Ti Other:
or thermowell
Reduced measuring tip
No Yes 6 mm 4 mm

Required connection head or electrical connection

Transmitter installation No Yes, output signal 4–20 mA 0–10 V

Measuring range of transmitter:
Other

17 752 www.afriso.com
 Checklists Appendix

Checklist for enquiries – level measurement

Company: Project/enquiry:

Quantity

Requirements Level measurement with local display

Level measurement without local display
Min. level switch
Max. level switch
Level control
Other:
Preferred measuring principle Level detection: Continuous measurement:
PTC thermistor Mechanical
Conductivity Pneumatic
Vibration Capacitance
Capacitance Hydrostatic
Ultrasonic
Guided micropulse (TDR)
Required outputs 4–20 mA 0–10 V HART Digital
Limit level contacts, no. Other:
Required accuracy

Medium to be measured

Viscosity/density/granule size

Dielectric constant ( r)

Surface medium Calm Foam: Yes Thickness:

Turbulent No Water content:
Changing media
Yes No

Ex protection
No Yes, Ex zone

Approved overfill prevention system required

No Yes,

Temperatures Tmax medium: Tmax ambient:

Tmin medium: Tmax ambient:
Tank height / diameter

Tank shape Cylindrical Rectangular

Vertical Horizontal
Is the tank pressurised? Not pressurised Yes, max. pressure bar

Tank with vacuum? No Yes, max. vacuum bar

Required process connection G1B G1½B G2B G2½B Flange:

Other:
Mounting type
Top mounting Side mounting Other:

Location of tank
Aboveground Underground In building Outdoor

Tank material

Are there stirrers, struts or other obstructions in

the tank (please enclose sketch)?

www.afriso.com 753
17
 Appendix Test reports

Report
Function test level sensor/ level sensor chain

Site of facility

Company

First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city

Product
Manufacturer/ AFRISO GWG 12 Approval:
CE or Z-65.17-182 or PTB
type

AFRISO GWG 23 Approval:

CE or Z-65.17-366 or PTB

Manufacturer Type

Measurement With level sensor tester GPG 01

With level sensor tester ME 5/6

With level sensor tester GPR 4

Electrical function test Wet test

F
 illing released S
 witching off

Heat-up time seconds Switch-off time seconds

GWG level Yes No

sensor chain
Adjustment dimension E mm (in tank)

Check dimension YE mm (above tank)

Adjustment The level sensor was set to the following dimensions:

dimensions
Adjustment dimension X mm (in tank)

Check dimension Y mm (above tank)

Notes

Date of test:

Specialised
company Company
(as per WHG
(AwSV)): First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city Signature/stamp

17 754 www.afriso.com
 Test reports Appendix

Report
Function test liquid based leak detector LAS

Site of facility

Company

First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city

Product LAS 24, 39, 72 and 230

Approval: Technical Approval of the German Institute for Civil Engineering (DIBt) Z-65.24-381

Checklist Results of visual inspection of the system: Installation as per instructions, no visible damage.

The system was tested by opening the test valve.

The leak detection fluid escaped at a flow rate of at least 0.5 l/min.

The level of the leak detection fluid is correct.

Notes

Date of test:

Specialised
company Company
(as per WHG
(AwSV)): First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city Signature/stamp

www.afriso.com 755
17
 Appendix Test reports

Report
Function test liquid based leak detector LAG

Site of facility

Company

First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city

Product LAG-13 KR Approval: Z-65.24-380 or CE or ÜHP

LAG-14 ER Approval: Z-65.24-1 or CE or ÜHP und ATEX Type Examination Certificate

Checklist Results of visual inspection of the system: Installation as per instructions, no visible damage.

The system was tested by opening the test valve.

The leak detection fluid escaped at a flow rate of at least 0.5 l/min.

When the probe was removed, the device triggered visual and audible alarms.

When the Test key was pressed, the device triggered visual and audible alarms.

The audible alarm can be acknowledged.

The operation and alarm lamps function properly.

The level of the leak detection fluid is correct.

Notes

Date of test:

Specialised
company Company
(as per WHG
(AwSV)): First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city Signature/stamp

17 756 www.afriso.com
 Test reports Appendix

Report
Function test vacuum type leak detector

Site of facility

Company

First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city

Product LAZ-04/1 (HV) Eurovac HV Approval:

Z-65.22-4 or CE or ÜHP

LAZ-04/3 (NV) Eurovac NV Approval:

Z-65.22-382 or CE or ÜHP

Serial number

Measurement Measurements of the switching points yielded the following results:

Alarm on: mbar Pump on: mbar

Alarm off: mbar Pump off: mbar

Checklist Results of visual inspection of the system: Installation as per instructions, no visible damage.


When the pressure exceeded the alarm pressure, the device triggered visual and audible alarms.

 hen the Test key was pressed, the device triggered visual and audible alarms.
W

The audible alarm can be acknowledged.


The operation and alarm lamps function properly.


Condensate traps are installed at the lowest points of the hose lines. The condensate traps have been
emptied, if necessary.

Date of test:

Specialised
company Company
(as per WHG
(AwSV)): First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city Signature/stamp

www.afriso.com 757
17
 Appendix Test reports

Report
Function test pressure type leak detector

Site of facility

Company

First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city

Product Europress LAD-10 Approval: Z-65.23-3

Europress Approval: Z-65.23-3 or CE or ÜHP

Serial number

Measurement Measurements of the switching points yielded the following results:

Alarm on: mbar Pump on: mbar

Alarm off: mbar Pump off: mbar

Checklist Results of visual inspection of the system: Installation as per instructions, no visible damage.


When the pressure dropped below the alarm threshold, the device triggered visual and audible alarms.

 hen the Test key was pressed, the device triggered visual and audible alarms.
W

The audible alarm can be acknowledged.


The operation and alarm lamps function properly.

The drying beads in the drying filter have been replaced when completely discoloured or they are still
usable.

Date of test:

Specialised
company Company
(as per WHG
(AwSV)): First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city Signature/stamp

17 758 www.afriso.com
 Test reports Appendix

Report
Function test protection equipment against siphoning

Site of facility

Company

First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city

Product KAV, piston type anti-siphon valve Approval: Z-65.50-415

MAV, diaphragm type anti-siphon valve Approval: Z-65.50-415

Diaphragm valve against siphoning Approval:

Measurement The function test was performed by means of the anti-siphon valve tester:

Measurement result: bar Siphoning protection works

Siphoning protection does not work

K AV only: The adjustment value was adapted to the current level in the tank prior to the test
and reset to the maximum possible level after the test.

Measurement
alternative: Test The function test was not performed. A test by simulation of a line leak was performed by opening at
the lowest point of the oil line. No significant amount of oil escaped.

Checklist Results of visual inspection: Installation as per instructions, no visible damage.

The adjustment height was tested and lead-sealed. The adjustment height was documented and
attached to the system documentation.

The fuel oil consumer was started to de-aerate the fuel line and then stopped.

Adjustment Adjustment value for safe height:

value

Notes

Date of test:

Specialised
company Company
(as per WHG
(AwSV)): First name / last name

Street

Postcode / city Signature/stamp

www.afriso.com 759
17
 Appendix Terms of delivery

General Terms and Conditions of Delivery (CTCD)

of AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH · Lindenstraße 20 · 74363 Güglingen

§ 1 Validity
(1) All our business relations with our contractual partners (herein- (3) Invoices shall be payable within 30 days from the invoice date
after referred to as "Customers") are exclusively based on these without any deduction, unless otherwise agreed in writing (e.g.
General Terms and Conditions of Delivery (GTCD), if the customer e-mail). The date of unconditional credit on our business account
is a business person (§ 14 BGB, German Civil Code), a legal entity shall be decisive for payment in due time. Payment by check shall
under public law or a special fund under public law. They shall be excluded.
also apply to all future business relations between us and our
customers as an outline agreement, even if they are not separate- (4) Any set-off with counterclaims of the customer shall only be per-
ly agreed again. missible if and to the extent that such counterclaims are undisput-
ed or asserted by a court. The customer shall only be entitled to
(2) General terms and conditions of the customer shall only become a right of retention if it is based on the same contractual relation-
part of the contract if we expressly consent to their validity in writing. ship.
This consent requirement shall apply in any and all cases, even
(5) We shall be entitled to deliver or provide outstanding deliveries
if, for example, we carry out deliveries to the customer without
or services only after advance payment or provision of security if,
expressly rejecting the customer's general terms and conditions
after the conclusion of the contract, we become aware of circum-
even though we are aware of such terms and conditions.
stances which substantially reduce the creditworthiness of the
customer and which jeopardise the payment of our outstanding
(3) Legally relevant declarations and notifications by the customer in
claims arising from the contract through the customer, including
relation to the contract (e.g. setting of a deadline, notification of
claims from other individual contracts pursuant to the same out-
defects, withdrawal or reduction) must be made in writing (e.g.
line agreement.
letter, e-mail, fax).
Statutory formal requirements and other evidence, especially in
the event of doubts about the legitimacy of the declaring party, § 4 Delivery and delivery period
shall remain unaffected. (1) Deliveries are made ex works.

§ 2 Offer and conclusion of contract (2) Time limits and deadlines for deliveries and services mentioned
by us are only approximate, unless a fixed deadline or a fixed date
(1) All our offers are free and non-binding, unless they are expressly has been explicitly agreed. If shipping has been agreed, delivery
marked as binding or contain a certain acceptance period. periods and delivery dates refer to the date of transfer to the for-
We shall have the right to accept orders within a period of four- warding agent, freight carrier or to any other third party in charge
teen days after receipt. of shipping.
(2) The legal relationship between us and the customer shall be (3) Without prejudice to our rights arising from default of the custom-
governed solely by the written purchase agreement (e.g. e-mail), er, we shall be entitled to demand from the customer an exten-
including these General Terms and Conditions of Delivery. The sion of delivery and performance periods or a postponement of
purchase agreement and the General Terms and Conditions of delivery and performance dates for the period during which the
Delivery contain all agreements between the parties with regard customer does not meet his obligations pursuant to the contract.
to the contract.
(4) We shall not be liable for impossibility of delivery or for delays in
(3) Amendments and modifications to the agreements, including delivery, if such impossibility or delay is caused by
these General Terms and Conditions of Delivery, must be made force majeure (e.g. pandemic-related restrictions), disruptions of
in writing in order to be effective. With the exception of managers operations of any kind, transport delays, strikes, lawful lockouts,
or authorized signatories, our employees are not entitled to make labour, energy or raw materials shortages, lack of official permits
any differing verbal agreements. or official measures, or incorrect or delayed supply by suppliers
shall release us from our obligation to perform for the duration of
(4) We reserve the right to property or copyright to all offers and cost the disruption and to the extent of its effect. If such events make
estimates submitted by us as well as to all drawings, illustrations, performance substantially more difficult or impossible for us and
calculations, brochures, catalogues, models, tools and other the impediment is not only of temporary duration, we shall be
documents and equipment provided to the customer. The cus- entitled to withdraw from the contract. In the case of hindrances
tomer shall not be permitted to disclose these objects, as such of a temporary nature, the performance periods shall be extended
or in content, to third parties, to use them himself or through third by the period of the hindrance plus a reasonable start-up period.
parties or to reproduce them. At our request, he shall be obliged If, as a result of the delay, the customer cannot reasonably be
to completely return such objects to us and to destroy any cop- expected to accept the service, the customer shall be entitled to
ies produced if they are no longer required by him in the normal withdraw from the contract, which withdrawal is to be performed
course of business or if negotiations do not lead to the conclusion immediately by an instrument in writing (e.g. e-mail). The customer
of a contract. Storage of data provided electronically for the pur- shall not be entitled to any claims for damages.
pose of standard data backup shall be the only exception to this.
(5) We shall be entitled to partial deliveries and partial services as well
as to under-deliveries and over-deliveries to the amount of 10 %, if
§ 3 Prices and payment
this does not conflict with substantial interests of the customer.
(1) The prices apply to the scope of services and delivery specified
in the order confirmations. Additional or special services will be (6) If we are in default with a service or if a service is impossible for
charged separately. The prices are in EURO ex works plus pack- any reason whatsoever, our liability for compensation shall be
aging, the applicable value added tax and transport insurance; for limited pursuant to provision § 8 of these General Terms and
export deliveries, customs duties as well as fees and other public Conditions of Delivery.
charges are not included.

(2) If the agreed prices are based on our list prices and if the delivery §5P
 lace of performance, shipping, packaging, passage of
is to be effected more than four months after conclusion of the risk, acceptance
contract, our list prices valid at the time of delivery shall apply. (1) The place of performance for all obligations resulting from

17 760 www.afriso.com
 Terms of delivery Appendix

the contract shall be the registered office of our company in only if the aforementioned claims against the manufacturer and
Güglingen, unless other agreements have been made. If the suppliers could not be enforced or if such enforcement is futile,
installation is part of the contract, the place of performance shall for example, due to insolvency. During the duration of the legal
be the place at which the installation is to be performed. dispute, the period of limitation of the customer's warranty claims
against us shall be suspended.
(2) The type of shipping and packaging are subject to our discretion.
The cost of shipping and packaging shall be borne by the cus-
tomer. If the customer requires drop shipping delivery, we shall (6) The warranty shall be void if the customer modifies the delivery
charge a processing fee of EUR 15.00 to a maximum of EUR item without our consent or has it modified by a third party and
100.00 for each delivery. such modification renders the rectification of the defect impossi-
ble or unreasonable. In any such case, the customer shall bear
(3) In cases of small orders with a net purchase value of less than the additional costs arising from such modification for rectification
EUR 150.00, we will charge a processing fee of EUR 25.00 in of the defect.
addition to shipping and packaging.

(4) Storage costs incurred by us after transfer of risk shall be borne (7) If, in individual cases, a delivery of used items is agreed with the
by the customer. If we store the goods to be delivered, the stor- customer, such delivery shall be performed under exclusion of
age costs amount to 0.25% of the invoice amount of the delivered any warranty for material defects.
goods per completed week. We reserve the right to assert and
prove further storage costs. The customer shall be entitled to (8) The customer shall be obliged to dispose of the delivered goods
prove lesser damage. when they are no longer used at his own cost and in full compli-
ance with all pertinent regulations. The customer shall indemnify
(5) We shall provide for transportation insurance of the consignment
us from the obligations pursuant to § 19 of the German Electronic
without recognising any legal obligation to this effect.
Equipment Act (obligation of manufacturers to take back their
(6) If acceptance has to take place, the purchase item shall be products) and from any claims of third parties related to this. The
deemed accepted if: customer shall contractually oblige any other commercial third
a) the delivery and, provided we also have to perform installation, party to which the customer transfers the delivered goods to dis-
the installation are completed, and we have set the customer a pose of such goods according to the pertinent regulations when
reasonable deadline for acceptance; such goods are no longer used. If the customer fails to contractu-
b) within this period, the customer has refused acceptance for ally oblige third parties to which the customer transfers the deliv-
any reason other than for a defect of which the customer has ered goods to take on the disposal obligation and to oblige his
notified us and which substantially impedes or make impossi-
customers to take on such disposal obligation, the customer shall
ble the use of the purchased item;
c) 12 working days have passed since delivery or installation and be obliged to take back the delivered goods at his own expense
we have informed the customer of the delivery or installation, after the end of use and to dispose of them properly in accord-
or ance with the statutory provisions. Our claim to the above transfer
d) the customer has begun to use the purchased item (e.g. a of indemnification or reimbursement through the customer shall
delivered plant has been put into operation) and six workdays be extended by a period of limitation of two years after the final
have passed since delivery or installation termination of the usage of the delivery item. The two-year period
of suspension of the limitation shall not begin until we receive a
§ 6 Warranty, material defects, acceptance of the disposal written notice of the customer stating that he has ceased to use
obligation by the customer the device.
(1) The warranty period shall be one year from the date of delivery or,
if acceptance is required, from the date of acceptance. § 8 sec-
§ 7 Infringement of intellectual property rights
tion 5 hereto shall remain unaffected.
(1) Pursuant to this provision § 7, we shall ensure that the delivery
(2) The goods delivered must be carefully inspected immediately item is free from industrial property rights or third-party copy-
after delivery to the customer or to the third party designated by rights. Each party to this contract shall immediately notify the
the customer. With regard to obvious defects or other defects other party to this contract by an instrument in writing if claims
which would have been recognizable in the case of an imme-
with regard to the infringement of such rights are asserted against
diate examination, they shall be deemed to be accepted by the
him.
customer if we do not receive written notification (e.g. e-mail) of
defects within three workdays after delivery. With regard to other
defects, the delivery items shall be deemed to have been accept- (2) In the event that the delivery item infringes an industrial property
ed by the customer if the notice of defect does not reach us with- right or copyright of a third party, we shall, at our discretion and at
in three workdays after the date of detection of the defect. Upon our expense, alter or replace the delivery item in such a way that
request by us, a rejected delivery item must be returned to us free no rights of third parties are infringed, but the delivery item con-
of freight charges. tinues to fulfil the contractually agreed functions; or we shall enter
into a license agreement in order to obtain the right to use the
(3) In the case of material defects of the goods delivered, we shall
delivery item for the customer. If we should not be able to suc-
first be entitled to rectify or replace the goods at our discretion
within a reasonable period of time. ceed within a reasonable period, the customer shall be entitled to
withdraw from the contract or to reasonably reduce the purchase
(4) Insignificant or typical variations in colour, dimensions, weight and price.
quality shall not be considered to be defects of the delivery items.
(3) In the case of infringements of laws by products of other manu-
(5) In the case of defects of components of other manufacturers, facturers delivered by us, we shall, at our discretion, assert our
which we cannot remedy for license or actual reasons, we will, at claims against the manufacturers and suppliers on behalf of the
our discretion, assert our warranty claims against the manufactur-
customer or assign such claims to the customer. In these cases,
ers and suppliers on behalf of the customer or assign them to the
customer. there shall only be claims against us subject to the provisions of
In the case of such defects, there shall only be warranty claims this provision § 7 and only if the aforementioned claims against
against us subject to the other conditions and according to the the manufacturer and suppliers could not be enforced or if such
provisions of these General Terms and Conditions of Delivery and enforcement is futile, for example, due to insolvency.

www.afriso.com 761
17
 Appendix Terms of delivery

(4) If an order is to be filled (designs, etc.) according to customer this case, we shall also be entitled to revoke the customer's
specifications, drafts or instructions, the customer shall be fully authorization to resell and process the goods subject to reten-
responsible for obtaining all rights of commercial exploitation of tion of title.
the property rights that may be contained in his specifications, (d) If the liquidable value of the securities exceeds our claims by
drafts or instructions. If the execution of an order according to more than 10 %, we shall, at the customer's request, release
specifications, etc. of the customer violates third-party property securities at our discretion.
rights or labelling obligation, the customer shall undertake to
indemnify us from any resulting claims for compensation,
compensation for expenses or reimbursement of third parties. § 10 Final clause
(1) If the customer is a merchant, a legal entity under public law or a
§ 8 Liability for damages in case of fault special fund under public law or if the customer has no general
(1) Our liability shall be limited to intent and gross negligence, unless court of jurisdiction in the Federal Republic of Germany, the exclu-
we are charged with the violation of an essential contractual obli- sive place of jurisdiction for all disputes arising from the business
gation. In this case, our liability shall be limited to the damages relationship or in conjunction with the business relationship shall
typical for the contract and foreseeable by us. be court in charge at our registered office in Güglingen.

(2) The amount of our liability shall limited to the amount of our liabili- (2) The relations between us and our customers are subject exclu-
ty insurance's customary coverage of € 12.5 million Euros. sively to the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany. The United
Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of
(3) The above exclusions and limitations of liability shall apply to Goods (CISG) of April 11, 1980 shall not apply.
the same extent on behalf of our organs, legal representatives,
employees and other vicarious agents.
(3) If a provision of the contract or in these General Terms and
Conditions of Delivery is invalid or unenforceable or becomes
(4) If we provide technical information or consultancy services and
such information or services are not a part of the scope of servic- invalid or unenforceable, the validity of the remaining provisions
es agreed upon by contract and owed by us, this shall be free of shall not be affected. If and to the extent a provision is invalid or
charge and without any liability whatsoever. unenforceable or that the contract or these General Terms and
Conditions of Delivery contain gaps in the provisions, those pro-
(5) The limitations of this provision § 8 shall not apply to expressly visions shall be deemed to have been agreed upon which the
guaranteed characteristics, to our liability under the German contract parties would have agreed upon in view of the economic
Product Liability Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz), or to damages aris- objectives of the contract and the purpose of these General
ing from injury to life, body or health. Terms and Conditions of Delivery if they had been aware of such
invalidity or gaps.
§ 9 Retention of title
(1) We retain the title to the sold goods until we have received full Notice
payment of all our present and future receivables arising from the
We collect and process the data of our customers necessary for the
purchase contract and from an ongoing business relationship
processing of the contract in compliance with the statutory provi-
(secured claims).
sions. Further details can be found in the data protection information
(2) Prior to full payment of the secured claims, the goods subject to available on our website.
retention of title shall neither be pledged to third parties nor trans-
ferred to third parties for security. The customer shall notify us in December 2022
writing (e.g. e-mail) immediately if an application for the opening of
insolvency proceedings is filed or if third parties attempt to seize
the goods under retention of title (e.g. by means of distraint or
attachment).

(3) The customer shall be entitled to resell and/or process the goods
under retention of title in the ordinary course of business, subject
to revocation pursuant to provision (c) below. In this case, the fol-
lowing provisions shall apply in addition.
(a) The retention of title shall cover the full value of the products
resulting from processing, mixing or combining our products; we
shall be deemed the manufacturer. If, in the case of processing,
mixing or combining with goods of third parties, their rights of
ownership remain, we shall acquire co-ownership to the ratio of
the invoice amounts of the processed, mixed or combined goods.
If our ownership expires due to combination, mixing or processing
with other items not belonging to us, the ownership of the cus-
tomer shall pass to us on a pro rata basis.
(b) The customer shall assign to us, as a security, the claims aris-
ing against third parties from the resale of the reserved goods
or of the product. We accept the assignment. The obligations
of the customer pursuant to provision § 9 (2) hereto shall also
apply in respect of the assigned claims.
(c) The customer shall remain entitled to collect the claim in addi-
tion to us. We undertake n claim as long as the customer
meets his payment obligations. If any of the above conditions
are not met, we shall be entitled to request the customer
to notify us of the assigned claims and the corresponding
debtors and provide us with any information and the appro-
priate documents necessary for us to collect such claims,
and to notify the debtors (third parties) of such assignment. In
AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH · Lindenstr. 20 · 74363 Güglingen · Phone +49 7135 102-0 · Telefax +49 7135 102-147 · E-mail: [email protected]

17 762 www.afriso.com
Index Appendix

Index

www.afriso.com 763
17
 Appendix Index

A Oil-on-water detector ÖAWD-8

Oil alarm unit OM 5

103

101
AAV – frost protection valve for heat pumps 204 Oil/water alarm unit ÖWU 102
Accessories for Temperature/pressure measuring instrument
Additional alarm unit ZAG 01 709 TDM 51 F 133
Alarm units 94–122
Overfill prevention system UFS 01 (WHG) 67
Anti-siphon valves 169
Alarm units for separators WGA 110–114
Bimetal thermometers 644
Boiler water low level alarm WMS-WP6 190
Chemical seals 550
Water valve WaterControl 01 132
Digital pressure gauges 611
Display units 704 Water alarm unit WWG 105

Fuel oil de-aerators/oil filters 182 AFRISOhome – mobile app 149

Gas alarm units/sensors 117–122 AFRISOhome gateway HG 02 150

Heat pumps 204
AF-S inner linings for liquid fertiliser AHL, AdBlue® 86
Leak detectors 83
Level sensors 60 Air duct thermometers 644
Level switches 35–48 Air separators 199, 201
Panel mounting and wall mounting 117
Air-Control 188
Panel mounting and wall mounting 109
Pressure gauges 511–517 AK-S tank protection package (inner linings) 85
Pressure transducers, pressure transmitters 558–610
Alarm unit for low gas level AG 10 Ex 122
Rainwater harvesting 352
Alarm units
Resistance thermometers 688
Solar pump assemblies 242–244 For oil, petrol and grease separators 110–114

Vibration level switch 48 WATCHDOG-LINE 96

ACT ProClick 215 Wireless module TCM 320 for retrofitting 152

Actuators ARM Pro Click 213 With EnOcean wireless

®
153

Actuators for manifold systems 268 Alignment horn adapter for UST 20 29

Adapter for pressure gauges 516 Angled quick air vent 193

AdBlue® – inner linings 86 Anode tester AT 10 351

AdBlue® – level indicator 13 Anti-siphon valve tester 169

Additional alarm unit 709 Anti-siphon valves 166–168

AFA 11 – liquid detector 99
Anti-tamper cap valves 202
AFRISO smart home system 125
App AFRISOhome 149
AFRISO WATCHDOG-LINE (alarm units) 94
App Eurosoft live 294
AG 10 Ex 122
Digital tank contents indicator DTA 10 / 20 E 14–15 ARM ProClick actuators 213

Liquid detector AFA 11 99 AR-S inner lining for rainwater harvesting 87

Liquid detector AFA 11 with burner connection kit 100
AR-SM rainwater lining 88
Level indicator TankControl 10 18
Leak detectors Eurovac 80–84 ARV ProClick mixing valves 210
Leak detectors LAG 77–78
ATM mixing valves 342
Transducer UFS 01 (WHG) 67
Automatic fuel oil de-aerators 173–180
Minimelder/Maximelder-R 35
Backup controller kit RENA 355 Automatic radiator valves 306–313

17 764 www.afriso.com
 Index Appendix

B Plastic version
Diaphragm
524
524–546
Back flanges for pressure gauges 511 In line 547

Backup controller kit RENA 355 Chemical seals 519

Base kit universal withdrawing system 56 Chimney sleeve 189

Base module BM Cositherm® 249 Circulation controller EC 1 344

Battery-operated tank contents gauge DTA 14–15 Circulation lance ZL 2 343

Bimetal thermometers 636–653 Circulation switch ZS 2 345

BIOLYZER 716 Clamp fixing for pressure gauges 511

BlueLine service instruments 722 CO2 air quality traffic light 144

Boiler filling and drain valves KFE 206 CO2 measuring instruments 143–144

Boiler manifolds KSV 217 CoFox® ELT 680 37

Boiler safety group assemblies BFK 12 346 CoFox® ELT 8 36

Boiler safety group assemblies KSG 195 Combination blocks for compact radiators 303, 309, 311

Boiler water low level alarm WMS-WP6 190 Combination blocks with thermostat 309

Bourdon tube pressure gauges 375–464 Combined air/flow filter 201

Bourdon tube pressure gauges 375–464, 471–478 Combined pressure gauge/thermometer 629

Bourdon tube pressure gauges, screw bezel housing 442 Combined thermometer/pressure gauges THMK 629

Burner controlled motorised boiler room vent 188 Combined thermometer/pressure gauges,
thermometer-hydrometers 633
Bypass valve DÜ 205
Combined warning light and horn 707

Combustion controller FR 1 191

Condensate bar 83

C Condensate trap KG 2 16

Cable extension fitting KVA 60 Conductivity water sensors 130–131

Cap for dipstick pipe 161 Connection assembly for expansion vessel GAK 197

Capacitance level indicators 21, 40 Connection assignment for resistance thermometers 688

CAPBs® sensor modules 724 Connection combination for diaphragm

expansion vessels 197–198
CAPBs® set line balancing 297
Connection nipple for pressure gauges 516
CAPBs® set valve balancing 296
Contact protection relay for electrical contacts 481
CapFox® EFT 20 21
Control and display unit VarioFox® 24 704
CapFox® ENT 21 40
Control head, wireless 142
Caps 60, 160
Control heads for radiators 322, 142
Capsule pressure gauges for differential pressure 492
Controller ARC 346, weather-compensated 216
Capsule pressure gauges 361
Controller for pump assemblies 215
Charging unit for storage tank charging 228
Controller module Cositherm® 248–260
Chemical seals
For homogenising machines 541 Controller terminal bar WB 01 261

Piston 528 Conversion kit float kit 163

www.afriso.com 765
17
 Appendix Index

Conversion kit for withdrawal systems 163 Dual stop valve 515

Conversion kit shut-off valve 163 Dual-line filters for fuel oil 171

Conversion kits for oil tanks 352 Dynamic thermostat valves Vario-DP 306

CosiTherm® single room temperature controller 248–252

Coupling socket/plug 64

E
Electrical contacts for pressure gauges 465
D Electrical contacts for thermometers 660

DA 06, DA 06-Ex 701 Electrical contacts 465

DA 10/12/14 702 Electronic pressure switch 617

Data logger with process display – MPA 20 705 Electro-thermostatic actuators TSA 268

DeltaFox pressure transducers 591–594 ELT 680 37

Detectors 94 ELT 8 36

Diaphragm pressure gauges for chemical applications 486 Energy harvesting 126

Diaphragm safety valves 203, 242, 351 EnOcean® wireless module TCM 320 152

Diaphragm seals MD 524–546 EnOcean® wireless, smart home products 126

Actuator 142
Diaphragm type anti-siphon valve MAV 168
Air quality traffic light 143–144
Differential pressure bypass valve DÜ 205
Alarm units 153
Differential pressure gauges 492–510 CO2 measuring instruments CM 10, CM 20 143–144

Differential pressure switches DS 01 616 Door/window contact 147

Gateway 150
Differential pressure transducers 591–594
Heat detector 136
Differential pressure transmitters 591–594
Leak detectors 80–82, 90
Digital display units Level switches 35
DA 06, DA 06-Ex 701 Radiator actuator 142
DA 10/12/14 702 Repeater 152
VarioFox® 24 704 Rocker switches 146
Digital plug-in display DA 06 701 Room temperature sensor 139
Digital pressure gauges DIM 20 / DIM 30 611–615 Siren 148
Smoke alarm 135
Digital tank contents indicators 14–15
Tank contents indicators 15
DIN rail clip 109
Temperature and humidity sensor 141
Dipsticks 9 Temperature and pressure measuring instrument 133
Display and control units 701–706 Temperature control 137
Transmitters 145
Display units 701–706
Transmitters, temperature/humidity 140
Domestic water station HWSC 347
Water sensors 128
Door contact, wireless 147 Water valves 132

Draft stabiliser WZB-1 189 ENT 21 – level switch 40

Drinking water mixing valves 342 Equipment for drinking water supply 347–351

Drip pan 109 Equipment for rainwater harvesting 352–355

17 766 www.afriso.com
 Index Appendix

Euroflex 162 Flood hazard areas, suitable products

Anti-siphon valves 167–168
Europress 90
Cable extension fittings 60
EuroSoft live app 294
Caps for dipsticks, filler caps 161
Eurovac NV/HV 80–82 Condensate traps 16

Ex products Fuel oil de-aerators 173

Digital plug-in display DA 06-EX 701 GWG level sensor filler caps 60, 161

Gas measuring system 121 Level indicators 10–13, 16–19

Isolating switching amplifiers 698 Level sensors 58–64

Leak detector LAG-14 ER 78 Mounting kits for level indicators 16

Level indicator PulsFox® PMG 20 30 Pressure compensation unit 165

Level probe 585–590 Pressure relief device 160

Level probe 70 Tank withdrawal systems 162–164

Level sensors (Ex) 62–63 Vacuum gauges 182

Floor water probe BWS 10-1 38, 107
Overfill prevention system (Zone 0) 70
Pressure transducers 564, 573, 577, 579, 585, 599 Floor water probe BWS 10-2 131
Safety barrier Z 787 699 FloorControl 261
WGA 01 – WGA 06 110–114
Flow filters 201
Extension module Zigbee 151
Flow meter DFM 207
Extension universal withdrawal system 56 Flow-Control 174

Flue gas thermometers 639

Front flange, 3-hole front flange 511

F Frost protection valve AAV 204

Fuel oil alarm unit HMS 104

Felt sieve 181
Fuel oil de-aerators 173
Field housing (pressure transducers) 573, 577, 599
Fuel oil filters Optimum/Opticlean 181
Field housing (resistance thermometers) 686
Fuel oil filters 171
Filler caps 161
Fuel oil withdrawal systems 162
Filler caps 60
Fully insulated probe (level) 30
Filling and flushing unit solar 242

Filling fittings FA/FAM 206

Filter cups 181

Filter spanners 182 G

Filter spare parts (fuel oil) 181 GAMPPER valves 286

Filters for drinking water 350 Gas alarm system 118

Filters for fuel oil 170 Gas analyser BIOLYZER 716

Fixed setpoint controller ACT ProClick 215 Gas analyser for CH4, CO2, H2S, O2 716

Flex pipe 242 Gas analysis, stationary 711

Flexible mono probe 21, 30 Gas applications, pressure gauges for 459

Floating probe SWS 103, 107 Gas filled thermometers 654

FloCo-Top 176–180 Gas sensors 119

www.afriso.com 767
17
 Appendix Index

Gateway AFRISOhome 150 In-line chemical seals 547–549

Glycerine-filled pressure gauges 405, 430, 454 Inner linings for tanks – mounting accessories 89

GPG 01 – level sensor tester 65 Inner linings 86

Guided micropulse (TDR) 30 Fuel oil, diesel and biodiesel 85

Liquid fertiliser AHL, AdBlue 86
GVG – vibration level switch 46
Mounting accessories 89
GWG level sensor chain 54
Rainwater 87–88
Inner tank linings for
Fuel oil, diesel and biodiesel 85
Liquid fertiliser AHL, AdBlue 86

H Rainwater 87–88
Instrument bracket 517
Handheld measuring instrument for line fittings
Intelligent precision pressure transducers 599
and valves 296–297
Isolated probe (level) 30
Hand-held suction pump for fuel oil 182
Isolating switching amplifiers 481
Heat detector AHD 136

Heating circuit manifolds 273

Heating pump assembly PrimoTherm® 219

High pressure – pressure gauges 451

K
High-temperature – level probes 69
KH 1 – horn 707
High-temperature fuel oil de-aerators 175
KSG 195
Horn KH 1, horn HPW 2 707–708

Hose connectors 11, 16

Hot water circulation system WZS 333

Hot water mixing valves 342 L

Hybrid quick air vents 194 LAG container 79
Hydraulic balancing 290 LAG mounting kit 79
Hydraulic separator 218
LAG spare parts 84
HydroFox DMU 07
®
583
LAG-13 KR 77
HydroFox DMU 08
®
20, 585
LAG-14 ER 78
HydroFox DMU 09
®
589
LAS 24/39/72/230 76
Hydrometers 377, 633
Leak detection fluid – concentrate 79
Hydrostatic level indicators 17–20
Leak detection systems

CoFox® ELT 8 36
Fuel oil alarm unit HMS 104
Liquid detector AFA 11 99
I Oil/water alarm unit OM 5 101
Leak detectors
Immersion thermostats 672
Europress 90
Indoor siren AIS 10 148
Eurovac NV/HV 80–82
Industrial thermometers 662 LAG 77–78
Industrial thermometers 662 LAS 76

17 768 www.afriso.com
 Index Appendix

Liquid-based 76–78 Local display PD 20 29

Vacuum type- 80–82 LS 300 – level probe 70
Leak detectors for systems with liquid
in the interstitial space 76

Level controllers 36, 71

Level controls for emptying 36, 71

M
Level controls for filling 36
MAG connection kit 242
Level indicators (level transmitters)
Magnetic diaphragm pressure gauges 502
Capacitance 21
CapFox® EFT 20 21
Magnetic piston pressure gauges 497

Guided micropulse (TDR) 30 Manhole cover, plastic 353

HydroFox DMU 08
®
20 Manifold systems for geothermal systems 283
Hydrostatic 20
Manifold systems for heating and cooling 274
PulsFox® PMG 20 30
Maximelder-R 35
Ultrasound 26
Level indicators for fuel oil Measuring instruments, portable 722

Hydrostatic 18 Measuring probe Oxystem 250 717

Mechanical 9 Measuring units CAPBs® for BlueLine
Pneumatic 10–15 measuring instruments 724
Level indicators for water
Mechanical boiler water low level alarm 190
Hydrostatic 18 Mechanical level indicators 9–10
Pneumatic 11–15
Mechanical water sensor 129
Level probes for overfill prevention systems 69
Metallised sleeve 57
Level probes 585–590
MF420-Ex gas measuring system 121
Level sensor accessories 60
Micropulse, guided 30
Level sensor chain with withdrawing system 56
Miniflex 164
Level sensor chain 54
Minimelder/Maximelder probe, EnOcean® – wireless 152
Level sensor combinations 56, 59
Minimelder-R 35
Level sensor filler caps 60
Mixing valve ARV ProClick 210
Level sensor fittings 64
Mixing valve drinking water 342
Level sensor tester 65
Mixing valves heating circuit water 210
Level sensors GWG 52
Mono probes 21, 30, 40
Level switches
Montagefix extension kit 16
Capacitance 40
CapFox® ENT 21 40 Motor for mixing valves 214
CoFox ELT 680
®
37 Motorised boiler room vent Air-Control 188
CoFox ELT 8
®
36
Mounting accessories for inner linings 89
Conductivity 36
Mounting kits for
Float 35
Fuel oil tank contents gauges 16
Vibration 46
LAG 84
Level switches 35, 71
LAS 76
Liquid barrier 83
Water tank contents gauges 11, 14–15
Liquid detector AFA 11 99 Mounting valves for quick air vents 193

www.afriso.com 769
17
 Appendix Index

MS, MSM 203 Plastic manhole cover 353

MSS 242 Plastic quick air vents 194

MSW 351 Plug-in display DA 06 701

MT-Profil R 10 PMG 20 – level indicator 30
Multi-channel process display MPA 20 705 Pneumatic level indicators 11–15
Multiple-range transmitter 602 Pneumofix 2 16

Pockets for thermometers 669

Precision digital pressure gauges 611

N Precision pressure gauges 448

NB 220 H/QS 68 Pressure and temperature measuring instrument TDM 133

Pressure compensation unit DAE 165

Pressure gauges for chemical applications

O  370, 422, 476, 486, 508

Pressure gauges for heating installations 375

Oil filter spanners 182
Pressure gauges for industrial applications
Oil filters 171 with electrical contacts 473
Oil tank conversion kits for rainwater 352–354 Pressure gauges for industrial applications 402, 473
Oil vents 172 Pressure gauges for refrigeration engineering 454
Oil withdrawal systems 162
Pressure gauges for ultra-pure gas 462
Oil/water alarm unit OM 5 101
Pressure gauges
Oil/water alarm unit ÖWU 102 Bourdon tube 391, 471, 494

Oil-on-water detector ÖAWD-8 103 Capsule 492

Chemical applications 370, 422, 476, 487, 508
Open end spanner for replaceable filter 182
Diaphragm 482
Opticlean ultra-fine filters 181
Differential pressure 492–510
Overfill prevention systems 67 Digital 611–615
Overpressure safety device 513 For plant engineering 333

Oxygen analyser 717 Gas applications 460

Glycerine filled 405, 430, 454
Oxystem 717
Heating installations 377
High pressure 451
Industrial 402, 473
P Magnetic diaphragm 502
Magnetic piston 497
Paper filters Opticlean 181
Overpressure safety device 513
Photoelectric probe 108
Precision 448
Pipe for dipstick 9 Pressure gauge accessories 511–517

Piston type anti-siphon valve KAV 167 Pressure gauges with capillary tube 380
Pressure gauges with capillary tube 380
Piston type chemical seals KD 21 528
Process gauge 445
Plastic chemical seals 524
Push-button stop cock 513
Plastic dipsticks 9 Refrigeration engineering 454
Plastic inner linings 85–88 Safety versions 436

17 770 www.afriso.com
 Index Appendix

Shut-off cocks and valves 512 Floor water 38

Spring diaphragm 508 For alarm units 107–114
Stainless steel 419, 482 For CoFox ®
38
Standard versions 361, 391, 492, 506 Guided micropulse (TDR) 30
Ultra-pure gas applications 462 Hydrostatic 17–19
Welding applications 458 Level 585–590
With electrical contact 465
Minimelder/Maximelder 35
Pressure indicator for fuel oil filters 179
Mono 21, 30, 40
Pressure relief device 160 Multi-rod 38
Pressure switch EDS 617 Oxygen 717

Pressure transducers Photoelectric 108

DMU 01 560 Quadruple rod 38

DMU 01 K 559 Rigid probes 21, 30, 40

DMU 02 564 Rod 21, 30

DMU 02 Vario (flush) 567 Rope 21, 30, 39
DMU 02 Vario (programmable) 566 Single rod 39
DMU 03 573 Triple rod 39
DMU 04 577 Ultrasound 26
DMU 05 P 579 Wall rail 39
DMU 07 584
WGA 110–114
DMU 08 585
Zirconium dioxide 120
DMU 08 T 587
ProCalida
®
273
DMU 09 589
Process display with data logger – MPA 20 705
DMU 10 D 591
DMU 11 D 593 Process gauge 445
DMU 13 597 ProClick 210–216
DMU 14 DG/FG Ex 599
Programming display PD 20 29
DMU 20 D 602
DMU 21 D 605 Protective cap for pressure gauges 517

DMU 600/20 558 Protective sleeve, metallised 57

Pressure transmitters 558–610
PTC thermistor probe 108
Pressure type leak detectors 90
Pull cord 165
PrimoSol® – accessories 242
PulsFox® PMG 20 30
PrimoSol – solar pump assemblies
®
239
Pump assemblies
PrimoTherm® – heating pump assemblies 219
For heating circuit manifolds 279
PrimoTherm Floor 130
®
279 For heating systems – PrimoTherm® 219

PrimoVent quick air vents 192 For increased return temperature 224, 226

Solar – PrimoSol® 239

Probes
With adjustable flow coefficient Kvs 224, 233, 236
Capacitance 110–114
Push-button stop cock for pressure gauges 513
Coax 21
Conductivity 38
Dual rod 39
ELT series
Ex
107
110–114
Q
Float 35 Quick air vents 192

www.afriso.com 771
17
 Appendix Index

R Sensors
Ex gas 121
Radiator control head, wireless 142 Gas 119
Oxygen 717
Radiator lockshield valves 301, 317
Service instruments 722–729
Radiator valves for hydraulic balancing 298, 306
DIM 20 611
Radiator valves 298, 306, 314 DIM 30 613

Radio-controlled water valve WaterControl 01 132 Shut-off cocks for pressure gauges 512

Rainwater harvesting accessories 352–354 Shut-off valves for pressure gauges 512

Signal amplifiers 698–699

Rainwater lining AR-SM 88
Signal isolation 698
RD 50-80 – in-line chemical seal 547–549
Signalling devices 707
Reducers for
Level indicators 16 SIL 2 pressure transducers  560, 573, 577, 585

Level sensors 60 Single room controller RTL-Box 324 Vario 271

Pressure gauges 516 Single room temperature controller – wireless 255
RENA – backup controller 355
Single room temperature controller CosiTherm® 248
Repeater 152
Single room temperature controller FloorControl 261
Replaceable filter adapter 182
Single-line filters for fuel oil 171
Resistance thermometers WTh 681–694
Sintered plastic sieves 170
Rock switch, wireless 146
Siphons 515
Rocker switch, wireless 146
Siren for indoor spaces 148
Room controller 248–267 Sludge separator 200
Room temperature sensor D – wired 253 Smart home system 125
Room temperature sensors FT/FTF – wireless 258 Smoke alarm – wireless 135
Room thermostats 263–267 Solar liquid, collector tank 244

RTL-Box 324 Vario 271 SonarFox® UST 20 26

Spare parts for

AFRISO smart home 152

S Boiler water low level alarm WMS

Combined thermometer/pressure gauges,
190

thermometer-hydrometers 635
Safety barrier Z 787 699
Heating pump assemblies 238
Safety group assemblies 195
ÖAWD-8 107
Safety group assembly for boilers 346 OM 5 108

Safety pressure gauges 436 Oxystem 717

RENA 355
Safety temperature cut out 666
Replaceable filter cartridge for fuel oil filters 181
Safety valves 203, 242, 351 WGA 01 – WGA 06 110–114

Screw connections 182 WWG 105

Spare probes for
Screw fittings with measuring function Q 305
ELT series 107
Sealing kit (IP 54) 79, 109
Leak detectors LAG, LAZ 84
Seals 517 Minimelder/Maximelder 35

17 772 www.afriso.com
 Index Appendix

Spare thermowells 638, 642 Bimetal 644

Stainless steel diaphragm pressure gauges 482 Chemical applications 649

Flue gas 639

Stainless steel heating circuit manifold
ProCalida® VA 1 DP 273 For air ducts 644

For heating installations 636

Stainless steel pressure gauges 419, 482
Gas filled 654
Stainless steel sieve for fuel oil 170
Industrial thermometers VMTh 662
Stainless steel thermometers 649
Industrial 644
Standard diaphragm pressure gauges 488 Stainless steel 649
Standard pressure gauges  361, 391, 492, 506 Standard 639

Stationary gas analysis 711 Surface 639

With capillary tube 626

Stems 659
Thermometers for chemical applications 649
Supply isolation amplifier 698
Thermometers for heating installations 636
Surface mount thermometers 639
Thermometers for industrial applications 644
Surface mounting thermostats 670
Thermostat control heads 142, 322

Thermostat valve bodies with measuring function 298

T Thermostat valve bodies 298, 306, 314
Tank accessories  74–90, 158–164
Thermostatic actuators TSA 268
Tank contents indicator DIT 10 17
Thermostatic mixing valves ATM 340
Tank contents indicator DTA 10 14
Thermostats with housing 670–680
Tank contents indicator DTA 20 E 15
Immersion thermostats with housing GTT 672
Tank conversion kit for rainwater 352 Room thermostats with housing GRT 676

Tank fittings 60 Room thermostats with housing TA 03 263

Tank protection package AK-S 85 Surface mounting thermostats with housing GAT 670

Thermostats with housing GTK with capillary tube 674

Tank withdrawal systems 162
Twin thermostats with housing GDT 678
TankControl 10 18
Thermostats 664
Temperature and pressure measuring instrument TDM 133
Thermowells for thermometers 642, 659, 661
Temperature control thermostats 664
Throttling device 515
Temperature controller CosiTherm® 248–260
Top filling system 55
Temperature controller FloorControl 261
Transducer
Temperature cut outs 666
For overfill prevention systems (WHG) 67
Terminal bar for controlling surface LS 500 70
heating systems 259, 261 NB 220 H/QS 68

Test gas bag PGT 10 116 UFS 01 67

Transducer MFU 12/14 700
Test reports 755–759

Tester for safety-related equipment against siphoning 167 Trip amplifier MK 330 GS 699

Thermal safety valve TAS 03 191 Trip amplifiers with power supply 699

Thermal safety valve TAS 03 191 TSA – actuators 268

Thermometer Type 76 A / AH level probe 69

www.afriso.com 773
17
 Appendix Index

U Water safety group assembly WSG 345

Water sensors
UFS 01 67 WaterSensor BWS 131
WaterSensor con 130
Ultrasonic transmitter SonarFox® 26
WaterSensor eco 129
Unimes 10
Water valve, radio-controlled 132
Unitel 11
WaterControl 01 132
Unitop 12
WaterSensor 128
Unitop-Set AdBlue 13
Weather-compensated controller ARC 345 216
Universal withdrawal system 56
Welding applications, pressure gauges for 457
UST 20 – ultrasonic level indicator 26
WGA 01 D 111

V WGA 01 110

WGA 02/WGA 03 112

Vacuum gauges for fuel oil filters 182
WGA 04/WGA 05 113
Valve bodies 298, 306, 314
WGA 06 114
Valves
Anti-siphon 166 Window contact AMC 20, wireless 147
Anti-tamper cap 202
Wireless actuators 142
Differential pressure bypass 205
Mounting 516 Wireless control 137
Pressure gauge shut-off 512
Wireless gateway 150
Pressure gauge 512-516
Radiator 298, 306, 314 Wireless module TCM 320 152
Safety versions 203, 242, 351
Wireless rocker switch FT4F-rw 146
Shut-off 512-515
VarioFox® 24 704 Wireless room temperature sensor 139

VarioQ 298 Wireless standard EnOcean® 126

Vent caps 161 Wireless temperature control 137

VibraFox GVG 46 Wireless transmitters, temperature/humidity 140

Vibration level switch 46 Wireless water sensors 128

Withdrawal systems 56
W Withdrawal with level sensor chain 56

WAF 04 – water filter 350 WLAN gateway 150

Wall mounting housing WAG 702

Wall mounting rail probe WSS 38 Z

Wall mounting rail probe WSS 107 ZAG 01 709

Warning light with rotating reflector 708 Zener barrier Z 787 699

WATCHDOG-LINE alarm units 94 Zigbee extension module 151

Water alarm units Z-Wave extension module 151

AFA 11 99
CoFox® ELT 36
OM 5 101
ÖWU 102
WWG 105
Water filters WAF 04 350

17 774 www.afriso.com
 AFRISO-EURO-INDEX GmbH
Lindenstraße 20
74363 Güglingen
Germany
Phone +49 7135 102-0
Fax +49 7135 102-147
Art.-Nr. 10012

[email protected]
23/04

www.afriso.com